Skip to main content

Full text of "A Pāli reader : with notes and glossary"

See other formats





Cornell University 

The original of this book is in 
the Cornell University Library. 

There are no known copyright restrictions in 
the United States on the use of the text. 











Tiykt tned Vnderslettelse af Vniversitelets Ftitrykskonto 















(AIKt. >IMUItl.KI«H) 



In issuing the present part of the Pali Reader I ought to express 
my sincere regret that various circumstances have so much retarded the 
final revision and printing of the glossary, the conclusion of which I know 
has been expected long ago by not a few scholars. As has been pro- 
mised in the preface to Part 1. this glossary includes the vocabulary of 
the whole text of Dhammapada, and I have upon the whole done my 
best to make it as complete as possible. It has been my aim by this to 
supply the young student with a sufficient help for the first years' study, 
untill he will be able to -work inpendently, and I have therefore above 
all striven to arrange the materials so that every passage in the texts 
which might be supposed to present even the slightest difficulty to the 
beginner should not be passed by in silence. Whether I have succeeded 
in my explanations in such cases, where I differ from the usual inter- 
pretation, I must leave to my critics to judge of. With regard to the 
lexicographical system introduced into this glossary I need not to say 
much; it is of course, as to the outer form, in many respects different 
from that of the Dictionary of Childers : in addition to the Indian order 
of the letters I have introduced all declinable words in their stems (only 
with a few exceptions, e. g. pronouns like aham, bhavam, etc.); where 
the stems are ending in consonants these have been printed in Italics, 
the reason for which I hope will be understood : ghosavat, cetas, 
muddhan, gandhiw, pitar (the latter I have considered more prac- 
tical than pitu). The verbs ought in my opinion to be given in their 
present indicative (3. sing.), as has also been done by Childers, together 
with reference to the Sanskrit roots; so I have not paid any attention 
to roots or forms given by the native Pali-grammarians, my task only 

being to deal with the texts themselves, and nothing has been quoted, 
that cannot be traced in the litterature. In many single cases I have 
had an indispensable support in the exhaustive lexicographical collections 
of V. Trenckner (now in the Copenhagen University Library), especially 
where rny own collections were not sufficient to state a certain signifi- 
cation, form, or gender of a word; the abbreviation (Tr.) added here 
and there in the glossary will show that also on other accounts 1 have 
derived som 3 benefit from suggestions of his accidentally occurring among 
the vast number of his quotations. With regard to typographical ar- 
rangements I beg to remark that asterisks have been put before those 
Pali words to which no Sanskrit equivalents can be traced; likewise 
generally before compounds not found in the Sanskrit Dictionary of 
Monier Williams, the new edition of which has been of great help to 
me during the whole work; certain forms of the Pali words are put 
within parentheses in order to show that they do not occur in the 
Reader or the Dhpd., whilst brackets put to a heading-word (e. g. [sa- 
rnSsati]) denote that this particular form of the word is not traced. 
Of the English iranslations it ought to be observed that those within 
double inverted comma are simply quotations from my predecessors; 
other typographical indications, abbreviations, etc., I hope will easily be 
understood; Before using the book my readers are earnestly requested 
to insert the corrections and additions given on the last pages into the 
text of both parts. 

In conclusion I wish to address my best thanks to my young friend 
Mr, Jolt. Eijser, Assistant Librarian at our University Library, to whom 
I am indebted for his kind assistance in correcting the proofs. 

Coiienhageii, September 1907. 

Dines Andersen. 



Professor Dr. phil. V. FAUSB0LL 





Copenhagen, March 16., 1905 



Reproduced by XEROGRAPHV 
by Micro Photo Inc. 
Cleveland 12, Ohio 


a-', the base of pron, gen, assa, assa, 
V. ayam, 

a-^ the prp, a», shortened before 
double cons, v, akkamati, akkosati etc. 

a-^, the augment originally prefixed 
to the verbal root in the formation of 
the inipf., aor, & cond. tenses, in most 
cases dropped after ma {q. v.) and gene- 
rally omitted in ordinary prose. List 
of augmented forms occurring in the 
texts of the Reader & the Dhp.i 
a-ka, a-kari, a-kasi, a-kaihsu, 

a-karamhase, v. karoti, 
a-karayi, v, kareti. 
a-gaficbi, a-gama, a-gamasi, 

a-gatnaihsu, v. gaoobati. 
a*ggahi, a-ggahum, a-ggahesi, 

V. ganhati. 
a-'ghatayi, v. ghateti. 
a-cari, v. carati. 
a-cavayi, v, caveti. 
a-cchidda, a-cohindi, v, chin* 

a-jali, V. jalati. 
a-jini. v. jinati. 
a-ttha, a-tthasi, a-Uharasu, v. 

a-tari, v. tarati. 
a-da, a-dasi(m), a'damsa, v. 

a-desayi, v. deseti. 
a-ddakkhi, v. dakkhati. 
a-ddasa, a^ddasa, a-ddasama, 
a- d das a sum, v. dissati. 

, PSli Oloiiur/. 

a- pas si, v, passati. 

a-pucchi, a-pucchiihsu, v. puc> 

a-piijesuih. v. piijeti. 
a-plavim, v. p(a)lavati. 
a-bravi, a-bruvi. v, bruti. 
a-bbavissa (cond.), w. bhavati. 
a-bhassatba, v. bhassati, 
a-bbanim, v. bhanati. 
a-bbasi, a-bbasatha, v. bhasati. 
a>Taca(m), a-voca, a-TOoum, v. 

a-vadhi, v, vadhati, 
a-vadesi. v. vadeti. 
a-samsi, v. samsati. 
a-8akkhi(in), v. sakkoti. 
a>88umha, v. sunati. 
a-hayatha. v. hayati. 
a- ha si, v. harati, 
a-hu, a-buifa, a- buva, a-huva- 

ttha, a-huvambase, a-ho8i(m), 

a-hesum, v, hoti. 
&8im, V. attbi. 
acc-a-ga, aoc-a-gama, v, all- 

ajjh-a-ga, ajjh'a-gu, v. acUii- 

ajjh-a-bhasi, v. adhi-bbasati. 
ajjb-a-vasayi, v, adbi-vaseti. 
anu-pariy*a-ga, v, anu-pari- 

anv-a-ga, v. anu-gacchati, 
apa-nayi, v. apa-neti. 
ud-a-padi, v. up-pajjati. 
upaoc-a-ga, v. (upati-gaocbati). 
up a- garni, v. if^a-gaochati. 



upa,-visi, V. upa-visati. 
paoc-a-ssosi, paoc>a-Bso&um, 

V. pati-sunati. 
p^-mado, V. pa-majjati. 
pa-yasi, pa-yiin8u, v. pa-yati. 
pa-vassi, v. pa-vasiiati. 
pj.-visi, V, pa-vist'ti. 
p&-hesi, V. pahinati. 
yyapa-nudi, «. vyapa-nudati. 

a-'*, negative particle, prefixed to 
the following words, 1) to doudb (subst,, 
adj., adv.), 2) to verbal forms (moBtly 
to fart., grd., g'.r. or inf., rarely to 
fioite verbal forms). In comp. with 
words beginning originally with two 
co'jsouanta the first cons, is generally 
doubled (v. a-ppativattya, a-pacca- 
kkhaya), and before vowels it has al- 
ways the form an- [:>. below). As to 
the sifnificatiijn it is often opp. to sa* 
(gf. f.) and synora. witl) the particles na-, 
nir, v> (.'ina-?). Sometimes this par- 
tide is found reoeafed: an-a- (as a 
kiiid of stronger negation (?), cp. an-a* 
bliavakata [but an-a-kama, not un- 
willing]). It is doubtful whether thispar- 
ticle is contained in comp. like pbalE- 
pbiJa, maggamagfjae/c. ((?, r.). [R, Otto 
Frunkc: a-piicasi, ZDM». 
{cp. a-m.'ckoti. Dhpd. (1866) p. 102,u. 
a-sakkhi, Jut. I, 382,34. an-abhirami, 
Jut. Ill, 30,3o) G. Bilhler: ZDMQ. 
XL, 644 (cp. Jut. I, 171,17. 386,16)]. 
a-kakkasa, mfn. free from hnrsh- 

nesg. Dh. 408. (.-waiii, ace. m.). 
a-kata, a) mfn. not 'done, left un- 
done, Dh. 50.165.314. b) ,1. the 
uncreated (a. Nibbuna):! a-kata- 
fifiuK mfn. Dh. 97. 383. (^u), 
knowing the uncreated, 
a-katafiflu'. mfn. ungrateful, 14,i. 
ft-katta*. >». who does no gooii, 14,i 

(arc, -Mfaiil). 
a-katva, v. karoti, 
a-kathaiii-kathin, mfn. free from 
doubt (katharii.-katlul). Dh. 411. 
•114 (-i, m,). * 
a-kuthotvil, v. katlieti. 
a-kaiiiuii, //.. umiHHiun, avoiding of, 
Dh. 183. 333. 

a-karonta, v. karoti. 

a-katna, mfn. unwilling, reluctant, 

104,10. (<x/assa, m. gen.). 
a-karanena, instr, adv. without 

(reasonable) cause, 34;i7. 68, ii, v. 

a-kariya, mfn, not to be done, that 

may not be done, 106, is — • Dh. 176, 

V. karoti. 
a-kala, m. wrong time, or mfn, un- 
seasonable, 26,91. 37,16, ti. kSla. 
a-kicca, mfn. not to be done, Dh, 

74. 293, V, karoti. 
a-kincana, mfn, without anything, 

calling nothing his own, disintor- 

ested, Dh. 88. 221. 396—431. 
a-kinci, adv, not a little, Dh. 390, 

V, koci [cp, na). 
a-kujjhitva, v. kujjhati. 
a-kutobhaya, mfn. (— so, from 

kuto '\- bhaya, q. v,), knowing no 

fear, secure, Dh.l96 (.>^e, ace. pi. m.). 
a-kuddha, mfn. not angry, 11, 17 

(-^assa, gen.), v. kujjhati. 
a-kubbato, gen.m., from por<. kub- 

bam, {v, karoti), who does not act, 

Dh. 61, 124. 
a-kuli«, mfn. (fr. kula, q. v.), of 

base extraction, 102,4 (^ioo ra« 

jano, nom. pi. »».). 
a-kusala, mfn, evil, 76,84 (yatlia 

-^.aiii, ucc. m.); n, ,%.arii, evil deed, 

demerit, 97. 13. Dh. 281. 
a-kkodha, w. mildness, 44,8 — Dh. 

223 (^ena, instr.), v. kodba. 
a-kkodhana, mfn. free from anger, 

104,31. Dh. 400. V. kodhana. 
a-kkhara, q. v. 
a-ganhanti, v, ganhati. 
a-gata, mfn. not gone to, 48,ii; not 

frequented, Dh. 323, V. gata. 
a-gantvit, v. gaccbiiti, 
a-giuidliaka,w/'rt. [fr, gandha.g. v.), 

without odour (opp. sa-gandhaka), 

Dh. 51 (-^aiii puppbaiii). 
a-gahctvii, I', ganliati. 
a-guna. m. fault, '^o, 43,4, <vara, 

43.7. ^11 (pi.) 44,r.; '•-gavosaka. 

mfn, seeking his own faults, 43, m 

(^o); **-vadin, mfn, telling one of 

his faults, ,vi, ^im {nom, ace, m.) 
43,5. 43,6, 
a-caritva, v. carati. ' 
a-carima, mfn. not eubsequent, not 
last; ^am, adv. 99,20 (vp. a-pubba). 
a-cala, mfn. immovable, firm, 110,7 
(~a bbiimi). 

a-cira, mfn. sliort, brief; ^am, adv. 
soon, before long. 107,5 — Dh. 41; 
"-ppakkanta, mfn. 70, is .^e, loc. 
soon after he was gone [cp, pakka- 

a- ecu t a, mfn. not fallen, permanent, 
unchangeable, Dh, 225 ^vam t^ia- 
nam, NibbSna [cp. cuta & cavati). 

a-cchidda, mfn. uninjured, fault- 
less, blameless; '-vutti adj. m. Dh. 
229 ('>^im, ace) of blameless con- 

a-chinditva, v. chindati. 

a-iauiia, mfn. not to be produced 
(v. jayati); n, a portent; purisa- 
janiio, m, Dh. 193, q.v, 

a-jananta (gen. a-janato), a-ja- 
nitva, V. janati. 

a-jhayato (gen.), v. jhayati. 

a-nnana. n. ignorance, 94,8i (.%/am, 
ace), 94,84 (/^.-aya. dat.) op. nana. 

a-fiiiata. mfn. unknown [v. janati), 
/N/aiii, nom. n. 92,25. ^ anaih, gen. 
m, pi. unknown persons. 90,39. 

a-niiataka. mfn. (afiiiata w. suff. 
-ka) id. •'-vesena, instr. in dis- 
guise 43,12 [cp. vesa). 

a-tthana, n. wrong place or wrong 
time [v. thana), 34,32 (/^^e, loc); an 
impossible thing, that cannot take 
place 76,26 (-N^aiii, nom.). 

a-takkavacara, mfn. being beyond 
the sphere of thought, 94,25 (takka 
+ avacara, q.v,). 

a-tandita. mfn, not slothful, ud> 
wearied, Dh. 306. 366. 375. 

a-titta, mfn. unsatisfied, insatiate, 
52,24 fsjAm {ace. f.) kamesu, in- 
satiate in pleasures; Dh. 48. 

a-tula, mfn, unequalled; 
(q.v.) Dh. 227. 

a-danda, mfn. *) without stick, 77, 
IS (>^ena, inatr,) - *) exempt from 

punishment, innocent, Dh. 137 

(r«.-fc'8U. loc, pi.). 

a-datra, v. dadati. 

a-dassana, n. not seeing (to. gen.); 
piyanaih ^ara, 106,26 — Dh. 210; 
^ena (instr.) morassa, before the 
peacock had appeared, 18,32 ; Dh.206 ; 
^ara gaoche, will not see, Dh. 46. 

*a-datukamata; f. (fr, inf. da- 
tum V. dadati) -J- kama w. suff. 
-ta) unwillingness to give, -%/aih 
(ace.) 16,14, -x^aya (instr. „ because 
you do not wish to give it") 23,36. 

a-dinna, mfn. not given; ^am adi- 
yati, to take what is not given, to 
steal, 97,10, Dh. 246. 409; a-dinna- 
dana, n. stealing, 81,22 (<^a, ahl.)\ 
a-dinnapubba, mfn. not given be- 
fore, 16,30 (cp. pubba). 

a-disva, (a)-di88aman<v, v, dis- 

a-du^tha. mfn, not guilty, innocent, 
Dh. 399. 

*a-diibha, mfn. not treacherous (or 
S. >«.(?) not deceiving) 111,29:- a- 
dubhatthaya (dat. cp. attha*) „in 
order that she might not prove her- 
self treacherous" (cp, diibhati). 

a-ddhuva, mfn. not fixed, uncer- 
tain, 86,15 (cp. dhuva). 

a-dhamma. »». injustice, Dh. 248; 
~ena (instr. adv.) unjustly, Dh. 84, 

*a-dhammika, mfn. unrighteous, 
impious, i^& (m, pi.) 102.6, 

*a-dhammikata, f. unrighteous- 
ness, ^aya (instr,) 102.6. 

*a-nikka8ava. mfn. not free from 
impurity, impure, Dh. 9 (cp. ka- 
sava & kasava). 

a- nice a mfn, (v. niocam) not eternal, 
transitory, impermanent, perishable, 
ojSk samkharu 80,28; 107, u — Dh. 
277; a-nicc£ldi-vasena (instr.) 88,32 
„on account of the instability etc, 
of this world" (?) (cp. adi & vasa). 

a-niccata,. f. transient existence, 
instability, mortality, (x/E (= a- 
niccataya, instr.\ 95,22. 

a-ni^thita, mfn. not, finished, not 
completed, 87,ii. ^ 


a-Dindita, mfn, (v. nindati), not 

blamed, Dh. 227. 
""a-nibbisaih, part, adv. UBeleiily, 

fruitlessly, 108,i6. Dh. 163. {v. 

liibbittha; 8BE. X, 43.) 
a-nimitta, mfn. causeless, ground- 
less, r^o vimokKo (q. v.) —- Nib- 

bana, Dh. 92. 93. 
•a-nimisata, f. not winking; rwSya 

(akkbinam) 59,5 „on account of her 

not winking", 
a-niyata, mfn. not fixed, uncertain, 

•%.^am jlvitam, 86,i7. 
*a-niyata-gat(ka, wi/n. whose path 

(through the numerous forms of life, 

V. gati) is uncertaio, ^a, f, 87,89. 
*a-niyyanika, «i/w. unprofitable, 


a-nivattana, n. not turning back, 
not fleeing: "-dhamma, mfn. hav- 
ing the nature of not fleeing, 39, lo 
^a mahayodha (m. />/.). 

a-nivesana, mfn. homeless; inacces- 
sible to de iire, froe from attach- 
ment (?) Dh. 40. (cp. SBE. X, 14.j 

a-nissita, mfn, trot dependent on, 
Dh. 93 abare />^o, „not absorbed 
in enjoyment". 

*a - n i g h Si,mfn. scatheless, harmless (?) 
Dh. 294. 296. {Sa. *a-nigbna, 
Morris JPTS. '91—93, p. 41 ff.; 
*a-nyagha (= an-agha), sinless, 
Fsb. cp. SBE. X, 71 fi'. The na- 
tives derive this word from *nigha 
nsuiferiug" and expl():n it by nid- 
dukklia; cp, also sa, un-ehas 
(Vih)). > 

a-paccakkbaya, t;. paccakkhati. 

a-pafina, mfn. not intelligent, Dh. 
3 '2. 

a-patikkamitva, v. patikkamati. 

a- pad a, mfn. footless i. e. having no 
footing in the existence (samsara), 
Dh. 179. ISO.* 

*a-pabbajana, n. 47, s: "-attbaya 
{Jat. V. attha^) „to keep him from 
a religious life", 

*a-paf&-npaccaya, mfn. not depen- 
dent of others, ^o sasane ( — „for 
the knowledge of the doctrine") 69,i4; 

aparappacoaya, ahl. adv. (N/fianam, 
intuitive knowledge, 96,i4. 

a-pariggaha, mfn. unmarried, 56,4 
fva, /".); "-bhava, »n. the unmarried 
state, 66,7 (cp. pariggaha). 

a-parighamsanta, v. parigbam- 

*a-parisuddha, mfn, dirty, 41, i. 

a-paribina-jbana, n. uninterrup- 
ted meditation, 45,i5 (v. parihayati). 

a-passanta, a-passitva, v. pas- 

a-para, «. not the opposite bank, 
Dh, 385 (v. para). 

a-puccba, mfn. not to be asked about, 
r^am [ace. n.) 91, is (v. pucchati). 

a-puj j a, mfn. not to ba revered, not 
deserving homage, 30,21 (v. piijeti). 

a-puflna, n. demerit, 76,3 "-labba, 
m. acquisition of demerit, Dh, 309. 

*a-putbujjana-sevita.»i/'«. which 
common people cannot aojoy, Dh. 
272 [cp. sevati). 

a-pubba, mfn. not first, unprecee- 
ded [opp. a-carima);, adv. 
99,25! apubbam acarimam, „not 
before and not after", „simulta- 
neously- (Morris JPTS. '87 p. 101; 
Ehya Davids SBE. XXXV p. 64). 

a-ppagabbha, tnfn. not arrogant, 
modest, quiet, Dh. 245 (v, pagab- 

*a- p p a t i c c b a u n a, mfn. not covered, 
nuked, 10,i5 »vO aliosi, „he ex- 
posed himself {v. pa^icobanna). 

*a-ppatipuggala, mfn. unequal- 
led, 80,24 (v, pati-puggala). 

a-ppatibaddha-citta, mfn, one 
whose mind is not turned to (loc), 
kamesu ^o, Huot bewildered by 
love", Dh. 218 (v. patibaddba). 

a - p p a t i V a 1 1 i y a, mfn. insubvertible, 
110,T ^a (f bhumi). (v, pativatteti). 

*a-ppatik.araka, mfn. ungrateful, 
14,1 : katnssa '>.arri (ace. »*.), one 
who does not return what has been 
done, (v, patikaraka). 

*a-ppatissavasa, m. anaichy,10.3i. 
(v. patissuva). 

a-ppatta. mfn. not having obtained 
{ace.) Dh. 272. {v. patta' cp. SBE. 
X, p. 67). 

a-ppaduttha, mfn. harmless, Dh. 
125. {v. paduttha, cp. dussati). 

a-ppaniatta, mfn. not slothful, ear- 
nest, zealous, strenuous, i^vi (m. pi.) 
104,9. Dh. 21. [v. pamatta, pa- 
majjati; cp. appa-matta). 

a-ppamadu, m. earnestness, stre- 
nuouaness, ^o Dh. 21 ; .>.'e & o/amhi 
[loc.) Dh. 22; -^ena sampadetlia, 
„work out your salvation with dili- 
gence" [instr.). "-rata, mfn, de- 
lighting in earneBtnesB, Dh. 31. 327. 
"-vagga, m. the second chapter of 
Dh. "-viharin, mfn. living atre- 
nuously, Dh. 57 (--vinaih, gen, pi.) 
[cp. pamada & pamajjati). 

a-ppameyya. mfn, immensurable, 
95,13. [v. pameyya), 

a-ppasanna, mfn. not quiet, un- 
believing, without faith, 76,30. (cp, 
pasanna & pasldati). 

a-ppiya, mfn. unpleasant, disagree- 
able; /N^ehi [instr, n, pi,) 67,9. 106,»5 
— Dh. 210; .x/Snam [gen. n, pi.) 
106,98 — Dh. 210; m. .n^o, an en- 
nemy, Dh. 77. [v. piya). 

a-ph^^la, mfn, without fruit, impro- 
fitable, vain, ,%/a vaca Dh, 51. [opp. 
sa-phala, cp. phalaphala). 

*a-phasuka, mfn. unpleasant, un- 
• easy; n, sickness, 46, s. 49,34. 28. kim 
te /x/am, what ails you? 49,»s, 

a-bala. mfn. weak; *a-bal'-as8a. m. a 
weak horse, a hack [opp. sighassa), 
Dh. 29. 

a- b ban a, mfn. having no wound 
(vanai q. v.) Dh. 124. 

a-bbata, mfn. undisciplined, not ob- 
serving the religious duties (vata, 
q. V.) Dh. 264 [cp. subbata). 

a-brahmacariya, n. uncbastity, 
impurity, <va [abl.) 81, na. 

a-bhabba, mfn. [v, bhabba <^ bba* 
vati) unable, w. inf. 69,s« : t^o 
Yaso kame paribbufijitum, ^it is 
impossible that Y. should enjoy 
pleasures"; te, dat. twO pariha- 

naya, „cannot fall away (from holi- 
ness)", Dh. 32. 

a- b hay a [fr. bhaya, n.) ') mfn. 
free from fear, Dh. 268, ^) n. sa- 
fety, security, immunity, rvaih, nom. 
7,6. ace. 6,18, r^e, loc. 7,u. Dh. 
317. *a-bhaya-laddhaka, mfn. 7.35, 
who has obtained immunity °— 
*laddhabhaya, mfn. 7,s [cp. la- 
ddha). *a-bhaya-das8iM, mfn. see- 
ing no danger, Dh, 317 (ix>ino, m, 

a-bbava, m. absence, non-existence, 
rv& [abl.) 42,30. 63,31 (& 'x/ena 
[instr.) 59,18, 88, si, on account of 
the absence of [gen.)\ an-abhava- 
kata. q. V, 

a-bhavita, mfn. [v. bhaveti) •) not 
produced, not practised, not reali- 
zed, ^a [f. maranasati) 86,i8. ') not 
trained, not versed in religious prac- 
tise, -x^aiii (cittam) Dh. 13 „unre- 
flecting" [opp. 8u-bhavita). 

a-bhuta, mfn. that has not happened, 
^am [ace. n.) 9,J9. *<'-vadin, mfn. 
delighting in lie, fs/i [nom, m.) 74,i. 

a-bhejja, m/V». unconquerable, *'-va- 
rasura-, 39,18. 

a-magga. »». the evil path, Dh. 403 

a-mangala. mfn, unauspioious, un- 
gracious, impolite (?), i^am [n, pati- 
kkhipanam) 56,a3. 

a- mat a, mfn, immortal; n. the im- 
mortal (— Nibbana), Dh. 374; rvam 
padaiii [n.) Dh. 114 ■— a-mata- 
pada, n. Dh. 21, the immortal place, 
Nibbana [opp. maccuno padam). 
*a-matogadha, n.(?) [cp. ogadha) 
the depth of Nibbana, Dh. 411. 

*a-mattannu, mfn. immoderate 
[w. loc.) Dh. 7. 

a-madhura, mfn. not sweet, sour, 
bitter, "-samsaggena, „by the com- 
pany of the sour (plant)**, 37,ii. 

a-manussa, m. not a human being, 
pi. i^S,, 68,8 [cp. a-manusa). 

a-mara, m/'n. immortal, imperishable, 
n. <v>am, 56,ii; f, <»&,, ~- 
Amaradevi, q, v. 


a-mStu-hadaya, ti. not a mother's 

heart, 69,i« (v. mataf). 
a -mar us a, mfa. not human, super* 

human; m. <vO (saddo) 27,6; f.i^i 

(rat:;) Dh. J)73 (cp, a-manussa). 
a-nareata, v, mirfti. 
a-iaiUa, m. an enemy, ^venSva, 

{imtr.) Dh. 66 207 ^„aB with an 

snemy", cp. iva). 
a-yasa, m, infamy, disgrace, ace, 

• ^am 73,8. 

a-yutta, mfn. unfit, unright, wrong, 
«. o/am 38,19. 

a-yoga, m. not meditation, lack of 
devotLin or religioaa exertion, abl. 
^a Dh. 282, loc. ^e Dh. 209. 

a-yojayaih, v. jojeti. 

a-rakkhita, mfn. 9,io, •= a-rak- 
khiya, mfn. 52,8,. difficult to watch 
(v. rakkhati). 

a-rati, f. diBcontent, 103,i6 (dutiya 
sena Marassa). 

a-rajika, mfn. [sa, a-rajaka), hav- 
ing no king (f. rajan), n. .>..aifa rat* 
thaiii, 31,1'i. 

a-roga, mfn, free from disease, heal- 
thy, m. pL rwS, 106,8 [cp. arogya). 

a-lajjitaya, mfn. what one ought 
not to be ashamed of, Dh. 316 [v, 
lajjati). _ 

a-laddha, a-Iabhanta, a-la- 
bhanti, a-1 abhaioana, a-la- 
bbitva V. lahhati. 

a-lasa, mfn. (= sa.\ without energy, 
lazy, slothful, Dh. 280 (cp. ala- 

*a-lina, mfn. free from attachment, 
instr, ,>,ena, Dh. 246 [cp. alliyati). 

U*lola, mfn. unagitated,' not desi- 
rous, not wanton, f. rva (gopi) 


*a-vajja, m'n. to bii avoided, «. sin, 
{au't, loc. ove Ih. 318; "-dassJM, 
mfn. seeing no sin, m, pi, r^'mo 
Dh. 318. 

a-vanna, m, blame; »,aih uppa- 
deti, to bring reproach on [gen.) 

* a-vatthu-ka^a, mfn. pulled out 

of the ground, tala-** 96,ii. q. v. 

a-vatva, v. vadati. 
a-vas9am, adv. necessarily, Inevi- 
tably, 86,16 [sa, a-va(;yam, cp, vasa 

c& vasl). 
a-vijana^ r. vijanati. 
a-vijjamana, V. vjjjati. 
a-vijja, f, ignorance, gen. «%/aya 

66,12; "-paccaya, 66,s, g. v. 
a-vijjhapita, a-vijjhapetva, v, 

a-vitinna-kamkha, mfn. who has 

not overcome desires, Dh. 141. 
a-vidure, adv. not far off, near, l,s«; 

prp. w. gen. 6,30. 36, 20. 75,i7, 

w. abl. tato -^w 61, is [cp. vidiira). 
a-viddasu, mfn. ignorant, Dh. 

*a-vina8ana, mfn. imperishable, m, 

ace. ^aih llO.i. 
*a-vinipata-dhainma, mfn. not 

liable to be born in a lower state 

of existence [v. vinipata), 79,33. 
a-viruddha, mfn. compatible, tole- 
rant, Dh. 406 {w. loc). 
a-visahanta, v. visahati. 
a-vihaniiainana, v. vihafifiati. 
'''a -vera, n. abstinence from hatred 

or anger, mildness, instr, -^ena 

106,21 = Dh. 5. 
*a-veriM. mfn. free from hatred, m. 

^i Dh. 258. pi. ^ino Dh. 197. 
a-vyakata, mfn. not explained, not 

elucidated, 93,3 {v. vyakaroti). 
a-samvara, m. lack of self-restraint, 

instr. «^eiia 86,ip. 
a-sariivuta, mfn. not controlled, in« 

temperate, indriyesu ^arii [ace. m.) 

„wlio8e senses are not controlled", 

Dh. 7. 
a-sariisa^^ha, mfn. not mixed with, 

who keeps aloof from [instr.), acc, 

m. ,>.aih Dh. 404. 
*a-8amhira, mfn. not to be shaken, 

immovable, wi. pi. ^a 109, s7. 
a-sakkonta, v. sakkoti. 
*a-samkuppa, »«/«. immovable, w. 

pi. ~a 109,87. 
a-sajjamana, mfn. not attached to 

[loc), Dh. 221 [cp. sajjati, sattai). 
a-sajjhaya, m. [sa. a-svadhyaya) 

Don -repetition; "-mala, mfn. Dh. 
241 {v. mala. «.), 
a-saniiata, mfn, unrestrained, in- 
temperate, 107,8 — Dli. 308; pi. 
i^a, Dh. 248; w, insh\ vacaya 

PwO, 84,89, 

a-sanna. /", non-perception, 80,8 
(in covip, neva-sanfia-nasaflfia-", 
q. v.). 
a-8a<, mfn. [cp. a-eanta) ') not be- 
ing, not existing, false; instr, asatS 
socati Db. 367, loc, ahs, sami- 
kanihi asati 81, s (without husband), 
») bad, pi a8ant(o) Dh. 304 (bad 
people), gen. pi. asatarh Dh. 73. 
77, .V sannivasena 37, as (^by bad 
oonipany"); a-sad-dbamma. m. bad 
quality, fault, instr. pi. /x/ehi sam- 
annagato 18,i6; wickedness 51,86 
(asaddbamma-samannagata itthi- 
ya); sexual intercourse 52.29 (<vaih 
a-satta, mfn. not clinging to the 
world, free from desires, Dh, 419 
(cp. sajjati d- sanga). 
a-sattha, mfn. weaponless, unarmed, 

instr. H). (N^ena 77, is. 
a-saddahitva, v. saddahati. 
a-saddbamDia, v. &-s&t. 
*a-8anta, mfn. (cp. a-sa<), not be- 
ing, unreal, imaginary. — a-santa- 
paggaha, m. taking or accepting for 
real what is only imaginary, <^aiu 
katva 29,39 („becauBe he imagined 
himself saluted"); i^-karana, n. id. 
(naivet6?) 29.27. 
*a-Kanta8ana, n. intrepidity; ^ 
-bhava, mfn. intrepid, m. pi. /^a 
(mabayodba) 39,io. 
*a-santasiM, mfn. who does not 

tremble, m. t^i, Dh. 361. 
a-sabbba. m/n. unfit, improper, abl, 

n. ,^a, Dh. 77. 
*a-samahita, mfn. not collected, 
whose mind is not composed (opp, 
jhayiw), Dh. 110. 
a-sampajjanta, v. sampajjati. 
'''a-8ainpavedbin, mfn, not to be 
shaken, ^1 (— <vino, m, pi, (kbila)) 
105,iT. ^ 

a-8arira, mfn. bodiless. Incorporeal, 
<v^am oittaiii. Dh. 37. 

a-sallakkhetva, v. sallakkbeti. 

*a-8allina, mfn. not depressed, re- 
solute, /N^ena cittena [instr, „witb 
unshaken mind") 80,S4. 

a-8as8ata, mfn. not eternal, transi 
lent, ^o loko 89,86, 

a-8ahanta, v, sabati. 

""a-sata. mfn. unpleasant, noxious, 
87, n (o-amadbura-), 

a-sSdbu, mfn, not good, bad, evil; 
n, pi. /v&ni, bad deeds, Dh. 168. 

a-aSra, m. (or mfn.) what is not es- 
sential, Dh. 11, 13 {v. s^ra); a-sSra- 
dassin, mfn, considering anything 
as unessential,, >vino, Dh, 11, 

a- 8 aba 8 a, M. non-violence ;i»sfr. adv, 
^ena, not arbitrarily, Dh, 257 (cp. 

a-8uci, mfn. impure; m, impure mat- 
ter, phlegm, semen etc. instr. 'vina 


*a-8uddbi/i, mfn. impure, nom, m. 
o.-! Dh. 166 (cp. suddba). 

a-subba, mfn. not beautiful, dis- 
agreeable, inauspicious, bad, n. r^&va. 
Dh. 3.50, subhasubbam Dh. 409. 
*a-subha8upas9iM, mfn. not look- 
ing for what is agreeable, acc, m. 
^im Dh. 8, 

^a-sura, m. not a hero, na /vO 
„none but a hero* 103,92. 

a-8e8a, m/n. without remainder, per- 
fect, complete; "-viraga-nirodba 
(all.), by a complete annihilation 
that leaves no track, 66, 13. (cp. 

a- 8 oka, mfn. free from sorrow, Dh. 
28. 412. 

a-S8addba, mfn, ') unbelieving, m. 
1^0 22,14, pi. rs/si 76,30. *) free 
from credulity, Dh. 97 (v, saddba 
(& saddba). 

a-bata, mfn. not beaten, uninjured; 
o-vatthani (n. pi.) 27,i8, "-vattha- 
61,28, new (unwashed or not worn 
out?) clothes. 

a-himsa, f. (— sa.cp. himsati) not 
injuring anything, harmlesBnesB, com- 


passion or pity on all bein(;8, Dh, 
261 ; fy^a, (= «waya. instr.) Dh. 270 ; 
/>^aya, loc. Dh. 300. a-himsaka, 
mfn. not injuring, m. |)2. >x/a, Dh. 
a-hita. mfn, not good, unadvanta- 
geoug; n. disadvantage, damage, 
-%^aya (dat.) 90,27, ^ani (p^) Aevil 
deeds", Dh 163. 
a-hirika or a-liirika, mfn, [fr, 
hiri, q. v.) shameless, m. pi. -^^a, 
64,13; instr, «x-era [varr, -hiri-, 
-hlri-) Dh. 244. 
a-hethayam, v. he^heti. 

an- (only before vowels, = a-*) in 
the foil, comp.', 
an-akkosam, t). akkosati. 
*an-akkhata, mfn. not described, 
ineifable; n. =» Nibbilna, -^.-e, loc. 
Dh. 218. 
an-iigariya, f. [sa. an-agarika, cp. 
agara) houseless life, ace, .>^arii, 
an- aggha, mfn. -priceless, invaluable, 
W/ . /vo (manto) 32,io; "-manto 
*aii-aagana, mfn. frei from lust, 

without sin, Dh. 126. 236. 361. 
an-atikkamanta, v. atikkamati. 
»,n-atta, »«/w. (v. atta«) destitute of 
a soul or a self; sabbe dhamma 
^a (m. pi.) 107,15 -- Dh. 279. 
*an-»tla',nana, mfn. (fr. atta* ■{- 
manas. q. v.) displeased, m. ^o, 
an - at t ha, ') m. {o. attha') non-value, 
harm, a bad or worthless thing; 
attham /%.aii ca (ace.) „right and 
wrong" Dh. 256; dat, t>/aya „to 
harm" Dh. 72; ''-samllita. mfn. 
profitless, 66,3T. •) mfn. worthless, 
senseless; "-pada-samhita, mfn. 
„raade up of senseless words'*, Dh. 
an-anta, mfn, endless, (cp. anafica); 
*0-gocara, mfn, whose sphere (of 
perception) is unlimited, | Dh. 179 
(rvam Buddliam). 
au-antara, mfn. having 'no inter- 
val, next following; "-gatha, f. 

26,T {^aya, instr.); cp. Snantariya, 

an-antarahita, mfn. not concea- 
led, open, bare; loc. f. -v-aya bbu- 
miya, 83.i9 (v. antaradhayati). 

an-antava<, mfn. infinite; nom. m. 

^va loko, 89,88. 
*an-anvahata-ceta8a,wi/'n. whose 

mind is not perplexed, Dh. 39 (cp. 


an-apayin, mfn. not going away. 
f. .>./ini (chaya) Dh. 2. 

an-apekkhiH, an-apekhi», »»/'«. 
without desire, regardless, indiffe- 
rent, m. pi. rviao, 47,38 — Dh. 348, 
347 (-kh-). 

♦an-appaka, mfn, not a litUe, con- 
siderable, great, f ^a (labha) 105,js ; 
n. ^aifa (dukkhaih) Dh. 144. 

*an-a-bhava-kata. mfn. become 
not existent, annihilated, «. .^aiu 
(rSpam Tathagatassa). The often 
recurring phrase „anabhavam ga- 
meti", to annihilate, seems to infer 
that we have to take an-a- in a 
negative sense, as a kind of stron« 
ger negation (cp. Tr. PM. 64,35, 
who considers "-kata an error for 
"-gata, due to the preceeding tala- 
vatthukata). In Prakrit a similar 
use of ana- has been traced in not 
ft few instances, (op. Pischel, Qramra. 
d. Prfikfit-Spr. § 77). I should, how- 
ever, be inclined to thiuk that this 
phenomenon is only a secondary de- 
velopment, having no true base in 
the original language; thus sa. ana* 
bhavakrta would mean „roade not 
non-existing" o: brought into a state 
in which it can neither be said to 
exist nor not to exist; in this case 
an-abhava would be adj. „free from 
annihilation" (a-bhava being taken 
in a kind of positive value, as Fans- 
bell suggests), and *'-kata would be 
correct, cp. anamatagga. 
*an-abhirati, f. not delighting in, 
discontent (w. loc), ace. ^im, 47, Ji 
""an-abhirata, mfn. not taking plea- 


sure in (loc), m. ^o (naccadisu) 
64,32 [cp. abhiraniati). 
*an-amatagf;a, mfn. endless, loc. 
rwasmirii saihsare „in the endless 
revolution of being* 89,i!ii "-katha, 
f. ace. ~am kathesi „he instructed 
him about Saiiisara" 89,i5. This 
word has generally been taken as 
— Sa, *an-amrta + agra «whioh 
does not end in Nibbana" [cp. a- 
mata above), or *ana-mata (yman) 
-f- agra, „whose end is not known" 
(Alwis, Buddhist Nirv. p. 21., Tr, 
PM., p. 64, with the negative pre- 
fix doubled, like ana-bhava-kata). 
Weber, Ind. Str. Ill p. IBO refers 
to Sa. an-anirta, ^without end or 
beginning [cp. an-amatam „immor- 
tal" Jat. II 66, »), but Jacobi and 
Pischel have shown that anama- 
tagga must be identical with Pra- 
krit: anavadagga or anavayagga 
and have taken it -= Sa *a-namad- 
agra (ynam) „de8sen Anfang sich 
nicht verUndert, endlos" [Jacobi. 
Erziihl, 33,17. Pischel, Gramm, §261. 
cp. an-abhavakata above). 

an-ariya, mfn. ignoble, low, m, .^o 
(anto) 66,37. 

an-alllyanta, v. alliyati. 

an-avakasa, tnfn, that cannot take 
place, impossible, not occurring, m. 
1^0 yo . . [w. pot.) „it cannot oc- 
cur that one should . ,'', 76, ae, 

an-avattliita-citta, mfn. un- 
steady'minded,9en.m. /vassa, Dh.38. 

*an-ava88uta-citta, mfn, whose 
mind is free from lust, gen. m. 
<%/a8sa. Db. 39. [cp. avassuta, asava, 
8BE. X p. 13—14). 

an-agata, mfn. future, ace. m. f^am 
(attham) 112.*; loc. [adv.) atitanfi- 
gate, in the past and in the future, 
66,u; ~vam8a, q, v. 

*an-agaraana, n. not coming, not 
returning; pacchato kassaci "-bha- 
vam natva ^seeing no one pursuing", 
40,11 ; asuranam "-atthaya, ,to pre- 
vent the A'b from coming back", 

an -a gar a, m. houseless, a mendi- 
cant, instr. pi. -wehi Dh. 404. 
an-acara. »», misconduct, immoral- 
ity, ace. ,^ara 9, is. 62. so. 

an-acikkhitva, v, iicikkhati. 

an-atura, mfn. free from Buffering, 
w». pi. <x-a Dh, 198. 

■"an-adana, mfn, free from affection 
or desire, m. /vO Dh. 362, ace, 
i^&m. Dh. 406 [opp. 8adana). 

an-ayanta, v. ayati. 

'''an -ill ay a, m. not desiring, aversion, 
doing away with, nom, rvO (tan- 
haya) 67,i8. 

an-avila, mfn. clear, pure, undistur- 
bed, m. o/O (rahado) Dh. 82, ace. 
^&m Dh. 413. 

an-asaka, f. [sa. anagaka, n.) fast- 
ing, Dh. 141 [cp, asa). 

*an-a8ava, mfn. free from paseions, 
m, aco. >%^am Dh. 386, gen, >x'assa, 
Dh. 94, pi. ^a. Dh. 126. 

an- a bar a, mfn, having or taking 
no food, being without nutriment, 
m. -wO (aggi) 96,8. 

an-ukkanthamana,v. ukkan^hati. 

an-utthabana, v. u^tbahati. 

an-u^^bana, n. the act of not ris- 
ing, want of energy or firmness; 
"-mala, mfn. whose taint (fault) is 
bad repair, pi. <^a, ghara „ houses 
are useless, if they are in bad re- 
pair* Dh. 241 [cp. mala). 

an-uttara, mfn. best, highest, un- 
surpassed, m. /vO (silagandbo) Db. 
55, ace. fs^&m (yogakkhemam) Dh, 

an-uddhata, mfn. 'not lifted up', 
calm (in speech), »i. /vO (bbikkhu) 
Db. 363. 

*an-upakkam8na, adv. not by at- 
tack (from external enemies) 76, S7 
[opp, parHpakkamena, v. upakka- 

an-upagata, an-upagamma, v. 

an-upaghata, m, not striking, not 
abusing, nom, f^o Db. 185. 

""a n - u p a d d a v a, m/n. uninjured, safe, 
loc. M, o,e (mule) Dh. 338. 



""an-upaddutat mfn. not annoyed, 
not oppreiBed, n. idam . . is/om 
^bere is no distress", 68,i4. 

"'an-upalitta, mfn, not besmeared, 
free from taint, m, n^o Dh. 353 

""an-upaTada, m. not blaming, not 
abusing, <n/0 Dh. 185. 

*an-upas8attha, mfn, not afflicted, 
not plagued, n. idam . . <N^am „here 
is no danger", 68,ii, 

*an-upahara, m. not presenting, 
afifiassa »^a (aM.'S „ because it can 
get no other (fuel)" 96,8. 

an-upada = an-upadaya. t&an- 
upadiyana, v. upiidiyati. 

*an-upayena, adv. by misguided 
means, 34,i7 (v, upaya). 

an-uppada, m. not coming into 
existence; "-dhamma, mfn. not li- 
able to come into existence again, 
«. .>.am (rupaih) 96,ii {cp. dham- 

an-u8uyyam, v. usuyyati. 

an-ussuka, mfn. not eager, free from 
greed, m. vl. <^a Dh. 199. 

"r. n-us3U tj-. mfn. free from lust, 
ace, m. n^am Th. 400 (= an-ava- 
ssuta, q. V. (Fsb.); fr, ea. *an-ud- 
sruta (Child.)). 

1. n-iipalitta -= an-upalitta, q. v. 

an-Shata, mfn, not destroyed, loc. 
r.e Dh. 338 [v. ahannati). 

an-eka, mfn, mauy; *-akara, mfn. 
multiform: "-vokura, »!/"«. containing 
many disadvantages, ace. m, /N^aiii 
(adinavarii) 8'i,s; "-adinuva, mfn. 
full of diingerj, m. rwo (samuddo) 
23.7, "-jati-eamtara, ' m. a course 
(if many b rtlis, ucc, ->.am Dh. 163; 
"-pariyayrna, instr, adv. in many 
ways, 69,18; "-supa- vyafijana, mfn. 
richly supplied with sauce & con- 
diments, n. rvaiii (I)ahubliattarii) 

*an-eja, mfn, free from lust (eja, 
f. q. t.) m. r^o (muni) 8O.33, Dh. 
4 '4; ace. -^aiii Dh. 422. 

ati enta, v, eti. 

an-cka, m. a houseless statp, acc. 

,vam (adt».?) Db. 87; "-sariw, w/«. 

wandering about homeless, acc. m, 

(vsarim Dh. 404. 
an-okkanta, v, okkamati, 
*an-odaka, mfn. without water, dry, 

f. «.-a (nadi) 31, la. 

amsa, w. (= sa.) ') a shoulder, 
instr. »%.ena paticchitum nasakkhi 
„could not get hold of him by his 
shoulder" (o: dropped him? or have 
we to take amsena — in part (adt;.)? 
and translate « could not thoroughly 
get hold of him). *) {sa. am^a) a part, 
portion; v, ekaiiisa, sukkamsa. 

akka, m, [sa. ark a) name of a 
plant (Calotropis gigantea, ^swallow- 
wort" (Child.); gen. ^assa (jiya), mad© 
from that plant, 92, 16. 

akkamati, vh. (sa, a-\/kram), to 
tread upon (acc); ger, /%^itva 3, 21. 
akkamma (sa. a-kraraya) 108.29. 

akkosa, m. (sa. iikro^a) abuse, re* 
proach. acc. />.am Dh. 399. 

akkosati, vb. (sa. a-v/krug), to 
abuse (acc.) pr. 3. sg. ^&t\ (bhikkhii) 
84.29; part, an-akkosarii (m. — 
i^anto. not abusing) 14,4. m. pi, 
rvanta, 73,34. 

a k k h a, tn, (sa. uksha) an axle (of 
a chariot), nom. ^0 98,4. 

akkhara, n. d- m. (sa. akshara, 
«.) a letter, gen. pi. ^.^anaiil Dh. 362. 

akkhatar, m. (sa, akhyatr] a 
preacher, 11 teacher, pi. .^.aro (Ta" 
thagata) ,(only) preachers", Dh. 276. 

akkliati. vb. (sa. a-Y^khya), to 
tell, communicate; imp. (x-abi (taiil 
me) 54,37; pp. akkhata, »«. .^.o me 
maggo ,.the way was preached by me", 
Dh. 276; 8V-akkhato dhammo „well 
taught is the doctrine", 70,io (cp, 
SU-); samma-d-akkhata Dh. 86. v, 
samnia; an-akkhata q. v. 

akkhi. w. (sa. akshi) the eye; pt. 
nom. rwini 3, 17; abl. .vihi 5.i4; gen. 
/x^inarii 59,f.. inandakklii, adj, f. 
20,27. V. manda. 

agara (d- agara), n. (— sa.) a 
house; nom, ^aiii 106, 31 = Dh. i4; 



pi. ^ani Dh. 140, «) a household 
lile, ace. ^am 61,38, abl. r^& 61,33, 
^asnia (pabbajja) 68,4; »-)uajjhe 
„amid a householders life", 46,17. 
47,21 (v. niajjha). - bandhanagara, 
a prison, v. bandhana. - suiifia- 
fjara, an empty house, v, sufina. 
{cp. an-agara, an-agariya). 

*agarika. m. [fr. agara) a house- 
holder, a layman; "-bhuto, m. „ while 
he lived in his bouBe'*, 69,28 {cp, 

agga, mfn. {sa. agra) ') foreraoBt, 
first; <N^ara saihgahaib (ace.) „the 
first coUeotion" 109,80 ; agga-nikkhit» 
taka (thera) „orii?inal depositaries (of 
Buddha's doctrine)" 109,n; agga-vaoo 
the first or original doctrine =• tbera- 
Tado, 109,30. — *) highest, topmost; 
agga-sakba {ace. f, pi.) „the topmost 
branches" 62, n. — ') excellent, best, 
chief, principal; m. ,>/0 dhutavadanam 
„the chief propounder of the Dlm- 
tanga" 109,6; agga-dhamma, agga- 
mahesi, g. v.; agga-rasa-, v, nana; 
agga-raja „the chief King" 98,i3; 
agga-santike „from the first (among 
teachers)" 109,28. - *) Btthst, n. top, 
tip, point; / {ace.) „the best pait" 
111,35; at the end of eontp. : aragge 
{loc.) on the point of a needle {v, 
ara) Dh. 401; kusaggena {instr.) 
„with the tip of a blade of Kusa-grass", 
Ph. 70; kupagge {loc.) on the top 
of the mast, 18,6; rukkhagge, 11,25; 
sakhagge, 13,22 and sakhaggesu {loe^ 
pi.) 1,25 {v. sakha); dumaggamha 
{abl.) down from the top of the tree, 
13,4; -vettaggam 62,i7 {v. vetta); 
labhagga-yasagga-ppatta, mfn. having 
obtained the highest gain and glory, 
18,i« {ep. patta'); rupagga-ppatta, 
mfn. of extraordinary beauty, 49,i2 
(-^aya. gen. f.) {cp. ajjatagge, an- 

*aggata, /". {fr. agga w. auff. -ta) 
superiority; gunaggatam (occ.) „the 
summit of porfeotion" 109,s. 

*agga-dhamma, mfn, most ex- 
cellent in the knowledge of the true 

doctrine; ^a tathagata {pi.) the T-s 
are the chiefs in the truth, 109,28. 

agga-mabesi, f. (sa. agra-mahi- 
ehi) a queen, the chief-queen, 19,7, 
46,21 ; gen. n^iya. 38,9. 

*Aggalava, (»i. or «.?) nom. pr. 
a sanctuary at Alavi; loc. n./^ ce- 
tiye 86,13; "-vibaram {ace.) 87,4. 
A. seems to be a camp, agga -\- 
Alavi {q. v.), but might possibly be 
a false etymology for ""Aggalaya (sa, 

aggi, m. {sa. agni) *)fire; <^i 16,7. 
96,8. Dh. 202. 261 ; aggiva 26,5. Dh. 
31 ; ace, /vim kareyyasi „roake a fire" 
36,8. 'vim jaletva „to light a fire" 
100,24. >viih datva nto set light to" 
61,11 ; instr, ^ina 16,2. 35,4; padi* 
paggi, the fire of a lamp, 101,7. - 
*) a pyre, a funeral pile; «vim pavi- 
sitva 61,10 (as an ordeal). — ') the 
sacrificial fire; /vim paricare „to wor- 
ship Agni" Dh. 107. - *) metaph. 
„passion" : dosaggi, mohaggi, ragaggi 
{q. V.) „the fire of anger, ignorance & 

'"aggikkbandha, m. (aggi -f~ 
khandha) a great body of fire ; /vO 
26,3 (pajjalita-o). • 

aggidaddha. mfn. (aggi + dad- 
dha, pp. V. dahati) burnt by fire; 
,^0 Dh. 136. 

*A g g i m a 1 a, w. (?) nom, pr. (aggi 
-j- mala -= mala?) name of an 
ocean; ace, -vam 26,8. - *Aggi- 
mali(M), m.{?) id, (= „fire-gar- 
landed") 26,8. 

ta, n. the title of a dialogue between 
Buddha and Vacchagotta, MN. 72. 

aggisikha, f. {sa. agni-Qikha) a 
flame; <*-sikh'iipama, mfn. „like flam- 
ing fire", ^0 (ayogulo) 107, r — Dh. 
308 {cp, upama). 

aggibutta, n, {sa. agni-hotra) 
oblation to Agni; ace. /vam juhato, 
sacrificing to Agni, 103,8. — ') the 
sacrificial fire, Db. 392. 

aggha, f». {sa. argha) value, price; 
in comp, an-aggba, mfn, q, v, beyond 

agghati 12 

all price, invalnable; appaggha, mfn. 
of little value, 26,1 ; tnuba(;gha (v. 
titiiha) mfn. of great price, «. fs/nm 

*agghati, vb, (aa. /argh), to be 
worth (w. ace); pr. 3. 8g. na r^aXx 
(mama samikasaa padarajam) 58,9; 
nAp,ghuti (knluih su^asiiii) Dh, 70. 
caua. ivKi^liiipnti, q, v, 

"^'igglitinaka, mfn, (fr, aggluum, 
n. (\/argh) valuation, w. suff, -ka) 
worth; satasahasiaggbacakam (mut- 
taharam, ace. m.) worth 100,000, 


*agghapaniya, «j. (/V. aggha- 
paTia, n. (agghapeti)) a valuer; 
*-kamma, n. the office of a valuer, 
loc. ~e 24,18. 

*agghapeti, vb. cans, (fr, ag- 
ghati), to apprais'j; pr. 3, sg. ^eti 
24,20 (ace). 

aiiika, m, (•= sa.) a side, breast, 
hip; instr. ~ena uddhuri (mam), lif- 
ted (rae) up uuto her hip, 20,36; da- 
rake amkeuiidaya, with their childs 
on their hips, 21, 2 j loc. -%/e nisinnam 
puttaih „a baby boy** 38,15. 

ariikura, »».•("=■ so.) a sprout, a 
shoot; "-nibbattana-t^hana, n. the 
place where the sprout develops, 37,5. 

aiikusa, m. {sa. aflku^a) a hook 
to guide an elephant with, a goad; 
instr, pi. »,fi\i\ 77,19. — aiikusa-ggaha, 
m. {sa. afikuga-graha) an elephant- 
driver, Dh. 326. 

anga, «. (== sa.) ') a limb, mem- 
ber, a part of the body; uttamafiga, 
the head, "-ruha, wi/w. growing on 
the head, pi, ni. r^E (o; the hairs) 
45,11 ; aiigavijja, q. v. ■ — 'j a part or 
portion; aiiga-sambharii (o&i.), bring- 
ing together the various parts, 98,3o; 
sabbanga-sampanna, mfn. complete 
in every part, 110,i3. — *) a point 
or a constituert part of a system of 
rules; uposatbaiigaiii {pi.), the holy 
day wows, 61,7; bojjhanga, sambodhi- 
aiiga, & Aiiguttara {q. v.). — *) a 
quality, attribute, inair. pi. dasah(i) 
aiigehi, 82, u. — *) comp. w. num. 

— -fold (cp. aflgika & aflgi»0. "** 
vanga, mfn. nine-fold, ^am Jinasa- 
sanam 109,«. - «) cowp. u,. vb.. 
aiSei, v. sam-aiSgi-bhuta. 

aflgana, n. (sa. aiigana) an open 
space before a house; rajangapa, tne 
king's courtyard, loc. ~e 8,i. ^Aso. 
3) metaph. (only in comp. with the 
proflxoH an-, uir-. mh-) the m'-an or 
vulgar life a: lust, sin; un-ungaua, 
mfn. (q. v.) [cp. BOhtUngk, Ber. d. 
sttchs. Ges. 1898. p. T7; Rhys Da- 
vids, JRAS. 1898. p. 193 & 462.]. 

anga-vijjii, f {sa. anga-vidya) 
the science of prognostication, chiro- 
raantift etc.: loc. /^aya 48,ie. 

aiigara, m. (= sa.) charcoal, burn- 
ing coals, fire; loc. -^e 15,32; o-gabbhe, 
amid the fire, 15,33 {v. gabbha) ; »-rasi, 
m. a heap of burning coals, ace. -^im 


angika, mfn. {sa. aflgaka) comp. 
w. num. V. atthaiigika, pancangika 
{cp. aiiga ') d- next), 

angiji, mfn. (-=- sa.) comp. w. 
num. V. caturangiw {cp. anga *) dt 

*Anguttara-nikaya, m. nom. 
pr. {fr. afiga -{- uttara o: one part 
more, ,the add-one collection*, cp. 
Morris, preliminary remarks, AN. vol. 
I. p. IX.), name of a canonical Pali- 
work, the fourth of the five Nikayas; 
conim. Manoratha-purani {q. v.)\ ^o 

afigula, »». (— sa.) a finger, the 
measure of a finger's breadth, an inch; 
V. catur-angula, mfn. 

anguli, f. (— 80.) a finger; v. 

*Aciravati, f. nom. pr. a river 
in India (Rapti) ; <*-tiram, n. the bank 
of A. 28,4. 

accagama & accaga, v, ati- 
gacchati {cp. upaccaga). 

accanta, mfn. {fr. ati -|- anta, 
sa, atyanta), excessive, perpetual; adv. 
>x/am, in perpetuity, absolutely : niic- 
canta[m], not always, 6, si. — "-sukhu- 
maia, m. „an exceedingly delicate 



prince" 97,34. — "-dussilya, n. „very 
great wickedness" Dh. 162. 

a c cay a, »«. (sa, atyaya, cp. ati- 
gacchati). ') passing away, lapse (of 
time), end, death; instr, adv. >%^ena 
,.at the end of" (iv, gen. or in comp.): 
pitu /%.ena „when his father died" 
24,13 ; mam' accayena 79,5; tassa 
rattiya a-" r,at the end of the night" 
78,1 ; ekaha-dviha-" „in one or two 
days" 32,24; katipaha-" „a few days 
later" 49,39; satt'-attba-divas'-a" 
„Eeven or eight days later" 36, i; ma- 
eaddhamasa-'' „at the end of one and 
u half month'' 20,u, — ') transgres- 
sioD, sin; >vO main acoaRania ntrans- 
gression has overcome rae* 75,98; tassa 
me Bhagava accayarii accayato pa- 
tiganhatu ^may Bh. accept the con- 
fession I make of my sin" 75,35; the 
words accayarii accayato {ace. & a6i.) 
may originally be due to phrases like 
/>.aiii /vato passati (Vin. I, 316) „to 
see the sin in its sinfullness", or ovarii 
/N.ato deseti (SN.I,239) „to confess, to 
apologize. — ^) overcoming, conquer- 
ing; dur-accaya, mfn. difficult to be 
conquered, ace. f. <N/arii (tanhaih)108,i. 

acci, /■. {sa. arci(8), m, «.), a flame; 
nom. ya acci 99,8i. 

acchati, v6. (sa. \/as) to sit, stay, 
remain ; pr. 3, pi. ->^anti 76,s9. The pr. 
acchati seems to be a later formation 
from aor. acchi {sa. *atsit) cp. Tr. 
PM. 61,8; K. F. Johansson, Idg. F. Ill 
206. (— sa. rcchati, Pischel, Gr. § 480.) 

*acchara, /". a snap with the fing- 
ers; "-sadda, m. r^ena, {instr.) „at 
the snapping of the fingers" 18,i7. 

acchariya, mfn. {sa. a<jcarya) 
marvellous, wonderful, astonishing; f. 
i^si (Buddhanam katha) 86,24; n. 
o/aril (in exclamations) how wonder- 
full 79,25. 98,82; s. n. a wonder, a 
marvel; acc. r^am 3,22. 6,19; pi. acc. 
f^aai 26,9. {cp, accheraka). 

acchadana, n. {sa. acch-") cover- 
ing, clothes; /%/aifa 31,s-9. — samika-* 
the protection of a husband, >\^&m {acc.) 


a c h a d e t i, v6. cans, {sa, a-y'chad) 
to array in {acc. & instr.), to put on 
(clothes, acc.) ; ger. .^.-etva (tarii dib- 
bavatthehi) 20,8 ; rw(ahatavatthani) 

*iiccheraka, mfn. {fr. acchariya 
w. suff. -ka). ati-acch-" mfn. admi- 
rable, extraordinary; n. /x.-aih 3,28. 

aja, «». (— sa.) a goat, a ram; 
/N.0 64,8; voc, aja, 54.i2; pi. .%..& 64,i2. 
— aja-raja {voc.) 64,26. — ajika, f, 
a she-goat ; acc. ^am 64,8. {cp, ajina). 

Ajatasattu, m, nom. pr. {sa, A- 
juta-Qatru 0: having no enemy) a 
son of king BimbiBlIra (g. v ), ''-ku- 
raara, »». the prince A. r>,o 76,i ; 
<s/arii {acc.) 76,2. 

ajikil, V, aja. 

ajina, n, (— sa.) a skin (of a 
goatCf*) esp. of the black antelope, 
used by ascetics), "-satl, f. a garment 
of skins; instr. ^iya 106,io. •= Dh. 

ajja, adv. {sa. adya) to-day, now, 
2,30. 3,14; ajjapi tava „ until this day" 
{ of the verb); ajj'eva ^this 
very day" 65,is; ajj'abarii Dh. 326. 

*ajjatagge, adv. {fr. ajj ato [sa. 
*adya-ta8] + agge, v. agga*)) from 
this day forth, henceforth, 69,30. {cp. 
Weber, Ind. Str. III. 160.). 

ajjatana, mfn. {sa. adyatana) of 
to-day, modern {opp. porana) ; n, <N/aih 
Dh. 227 {metri causa <x<am). n^siya,, 
adv. {daf, or loc. f,?) to-day 70,io. 

ajjhaga, ajjbagu, v, adbi-gac- 

ajjhatta^n. {sa. adhy-atman) the 
soul, individual thought, "-samutthana, 
mfn. originating from internal (intel- 
lectual) cultivation, f. >^a, (bin) 10, 16 
{opp. bahiddha-samutthana).- "-rata, 
mfn. delighting inwardly, m. >n/0 Dh. 

ajjhattika, mfn. {sa, adby-at- 
mika), belonging to the soul or to the 
individual; n. pi. i^sim ayatanani, the 
internal senses, 82,ii. 

ajj h abb as i, v. adbi-bhasati. 

ajjhavftsayi, v. adhi-vaseti. 



a j j h a y a, m. (< a, adbyaya) reading, 
V. sajjhaya. 

ajjha-vasati, vb. (sa. adhy-a- 
yvas) to inhabit (ficc); fut. 3. sg. 
/x/issati (agaram) „to live a hoosehold 
life" 61,81. 

*ajjha8aya, m. {fr. sa. adhi + 
aQaya (v/^i)) nieaning, intention; sab- 
besam *'-gahanattham (cp. attba), in 
order to liear the meaning of the as- 
sembly, 11,4. 

*ajjhokasa, »M. (/'r. tidhi -f okasa, 
q.v.) tlie open air, an open place; loc, 
r^e (caiikamati) 68,». 

*ajjhottharati, pr. (fr. *adhi- 
RVa-Y/str) to strew about, to tlirow 
on the ground (^acc) get. -x^itva (tu- 
riyani) &6,.i. 

*ajjboharati, vb. (^r. adhi-ava- 
■y/hr) to eat, to swallow (^acc.) inf. 
/>^itum (ambaphalam) 37,85. 

aiijana, n. (=™-8a.) >lack pigment, 
"-vanna, mfn. bl,»ck-coloured, 
/H/anam (kesanam) 44,24. 

fi.njali, m (— sa.) the two palms 
joined; t'cc, -wim paggayha, raising 
(th?ir) joined ban is (a^ a mark of sup- 
plication) 22,4; fr\m pagganbitva, id. 
(lespectfuUy) 30,e; .x/im panametva, 
id. 74,30. 

afifia, pron. (si. anya) »«. .^0, f. 
.x.a, n. .x-aiii, ace. mfn. ^a.m, instr. 
VI. n, ^ona, gen. m, n. .-vassa, f, 
/s.'issa; pi, m. ^e, i»8tr, m, n, i%.elii, 
gen, a. n. ^vesaiil, 'oc, m. n, ix-esu. 
') Cither, another (not the same, diffe- 
rent or similar) 6>85. 7,8. 61,»8. 74,8; 
7.9 (>%.as8a, opp. ekassa), 99, « (~o, 
opp. 80 eva); Dh. 158 (A.^am, opp. 
attanam), cp. Dh. 252. 366; aniio 
pi, 5,31 ; /vBSsa puriaassa (a paramour) 
9,13, ovarii (fic. purisaifa, id.) 9,28; 
/x^ena pariyayena, 91,ii — <venaka- 
rena, 91,32 (in nnother way 0: wrong); 
comp. anna-purisaiii 48,i2. — •') an- 
other, a second, a new (by Way of 
addition) 4,23. 18,3; /x-ehi dvihi (still 
two) 34,9. — 5) the rest, the others 
{pi, & n. 8g.) 33,16, 34,24; .x-esu di- 
Tasesu (on the preceeding days) 13, 10. 

66,»i ; afifie satta (other mortals) 62,s5*, 
n. anfiam (everything else, opp. idam 
eva) 89,25. - *) with a negation: the 
only one, none but; 0,0 gamanamaggo 
n'atthi, 3,u; ^a patittba n'atthi (tha- 
petva tini saranani) 28,25. - *) pleona- 
stically • r^&m samvaccharam (a whole 
year) 33,i7 ; ^arii aphasukaiii n'atthi 
(no sickness) 49,28. — ") repeated: 
•) one, . . another (in different way) 
67,29. 67,30. 99,10; ~am jivarii ^arii 
sariram {opp. tarii) 89.38. cp. Dh. 76. 
*) reciprocally: one-another (one to* 
wards or with another etc.) ^0 .-vaiil 
Dh. 166; often comp.: afiiianiaiinarii, 
adv. 11,20. 11.27. 19,14. 33,20-81. 74,5. 
~ ') combined with other pron.: yo 
auflo (every other who) 34,3i; .-varh 
kiiii (anything further) 41,?; na anuo 
koci (nobody else) 51, s; -^^am kinci 
kathetva („told some lie") 53,9; ma 
r»,am kinci asamkittha (,.you ought 
not to suppose that there is anything 
behind this") 7, 11; ^am kirica yathic- 
chitam („every other service according 
to your desire") 111,28. — cp, para, 
apara, itara, aniiatara. 

*aniia-khantika, m{fn). {fr. 
anna -|- khanti) „be!onging to another 
faith" ; instr, m. -wena (taya) 94,3b. 
a n fi a t a r a,iJ>'0«. {com2)ar. fr. anna, 
sa. anyatara). ') a certain, some; m, 
0.0 32,9; aco. ^aiii 3,3o; gen, -vassa 
9,9; loc, rwasinim 80,39; ace. f, /vum 
30,28. — *) one of a certain number 
{w. gen. of the numeral) Dh. 137. 1B7. 
— ') anotlier; gen. m. /x/assa pari* 
sassa (another man's) 100,ir, aflna- 
tara-vesena 66,39 („in disguise'' cp. 
vesa; perhaps we have to read: afifia- 
taka-" as 43,12). 

*afifia-titthiya, m{fn). (sa. anya 
4' tirtha), heretical ; pi, r^a, the 
heretics, 72,28; in8tr. ^ehi 74,9 cp. 

afinattha, adv. {sa. anyatra) else- 
where, to another place, 12,35. 49,15 
{cp. next). 

a fi n a t r a, *)arft».(=~prec.)el8ewhere, 
except, save; annatra Tathagatassa 



{„8ave by the T.", the gen. being due 
to the prec, tassa) 78,i7, - *) jjrp. 
besides (if. acc.) 97,s8. - *annatra- 
yoga, tn{fn). having another disci- 
pline; instr. m. ,%^ena (taya) 94,27. 
{cp. yoga). 

annathatta, n. (sa, anyathatva 
C}). next) variation, difference; /v/am 


anuatha, adv. (sa. anyatha) other- 
wise. — *aiinathacariyaka, m{fn\. 
having another teacher (cp, acariya); 
/vena (taya) 94,27. 

*afina-dittliika, m{fn). belonging 
to another sect (cp, di^^bi); <vena 
{taya) 94,26, 

annamafinaro, adv, v. anna^) 

*anna-rucik a, !«(/>»). having an- 
other inclination (^cp, ruci); rvena 
(tayii) 94,26-27. 

aniia, f. {sa, ajfia) knowledge. - 
samma-d-aufia-vimutta, mfn. who has 
become free through perfect knowledge; 
gen. /vassa Dh, 96, pi. «vanam, Dh, 
57. (cp. ajanati). 

aAnaya, ai^fiasi, v, ajanati, 

afavi, f, (= 8a.) u forest; loo. 
o/iyam 30,8o; /^/i-mukhe „on the out- 
skirt of a forest" 30,29. (cp. mukha). 

atta^ mfn. (sa. arta, cp. at^iyati, 
|/ard.) afflicted, pained, suffering. — 
attassara, m. a cry of pain or distress, 
«.am (acc.) 40,2i (cp. sara^). - veda- 
natta, tnfn. oppressed by pain, m. 
>^0 50,20. 

atta*, wj. (sa. artha, cp. attha* & 
a^tba*), case, cause, lawsuit, litigation; 
acc. «^am 59,*; a(tatthaya (uparavo) 
on account of litigationa 42,30. - kil- 
tattai false suit (q. v.). 

attaka, m. (dimin. Matta, a watch- 
tower, — aa.) a towier, a platform; 
acc. <x/aih 73,8». cp. Morris, JPTS. 

*attiyati, vb. (also written atti- 
yati or addh**-, add®-, denom. fr. 
atta*, cp. i/ard <& y/tt) to feel an- 
noyed or bored, to be incommodated 
or tormented; part, f. /N/mana 50,i. 
[cp. Morris, JPTS. '86,io4-o5.]. 

attha', num. (sa, ashta-) eight. 
') indecl. 23,s2. 82,i3. - '^)eomp. atthii- 
sabba-matta, mfn. of a measure of 8 
usabhas (q. v.)r^&m ^banaih 27,27 (acc). 

- satt'-attba-divas'-accayena (seven 
or eight days) 35,i. (cp. attbangika, 
at^bama, a^tbara&ama). 

attba^-^attba^ (q. v.) in the comp. 
*attba-katba, f, a commentary, the 
commentary on the Buddhist holy scrip- 
tures; nom. ->^a (opp, Pali) 113,26; 
acc, ^aifa 114,7; instr, ^aya 114,25. 

— comp. w, the prefix sa- (adj.) : sa^- 
(bakatba pali (the text with the com" 
mentary) 102,3. - parittattbakatham 
(acc. a concise or compendious com> ' 
mentary) 113,21. - 8ihala(tbakatha 
(the Sinhalese A.) 113,28; acc, pi, 
rvS. (sabba) 114,27. (cp, atia*). 

■"attbangika, tnfn. (fr. a(tba' + 
anga w. pref, -ka, cp. aa. ashtafSga) 
consisting of 8 parts, eightfold; m, 
^0 (inaggo) 67,3. 82,i2. Dh. 273; 
acc. ^am (maggaih') Dh. 191. 

att^ama, mfn. (sa. asbtama) the 
eighth; m. 0.^0 103,28 (0; attbami (/.) 
sena Marassa). 

att^arasa, num. (aa. asb^adaga-) 
eighteen. -attbara8ania,»n/"«. (sa. asb- 
tadaQa) the eisrhteenth; m, »,o (Ma- 
lavaggo) Dh. XVIII. 

attbi, n. (sa, astbi) *) a bone; 
nom, ->.^i 13,11 ; coll. (bones) 82,3 =— 
97,20; acc. ^\m 13,14; pi. ~ini Dh. 
149; gen. ,>./inam Dh. 150. - *) the 
stone of ft fruit; ^i 37,e; acc. -irii 
36,35; abl. '>^ito 37,5. - attbi-ko^i, /". 
the end of a bone; acc. <%/im 13,ao, — 
attbi-minja, f. (q. v.) (cp. next), 

attiiiKa, ». (aa. asthika) a bone; 
hanukattbikena (instr.) by the jaw« 
bone, 40,18 (v. hanu(ka)). 

*atthi-karoti, vb. (perhaps fr. 
artha, cp. aa. kad-arthi- yky, (Tr.)) to 
attend, to pay attention to (synon. w. 
manasi-karoti, q. v.); ger. .^katva 
71,28. [cp. Morris, JPTS. '86,107; Faua- 
boll, Sn. vol. 11,28 (fr. sa. asbti (\/a5) 
^reaching"); TTmdiscA, Mara, p. 100 
(= sa. astbarnkftva „Acht gebea**); 



Warren, Buddhism, p. 349 „to be 
convinfi id*]. 

"atthi-mifija, f. (sa. *a9thi- 
majjan) the marrow of bones, 82, » — 
97,jo. [cp. Morris, JPT8. '86,»»-8o.] 

atthusabha-matta, v. at^ha^ 

add ha, m. d: n, (Ubo written ad- 
dha(3.v.), 8a. ardha) a half. *-nalika- 
matta, tnfn, of the measure of a half 
nalika (3. v.), ace. m. /%^am (tandulam) 
67,18. - "-ratta-samaye {loc.) at mid- 
night, 40,8. cp. upaddha, diyaddha 
dt next, 

addhatiya,»M/«. (a shortened form 
of addha-teyya, or from *addha-tatiya 
with elision of -ta- (like vinnananca-, 
q. v.)) two and a half; n. pi. «^ani 
(purisa-satani) S3,8o. - addhatiya- 
sata, mfn. „25C"; m. ace, pi. ^e 
(jane) 34,7. 

addhateyya, mfn. (a prakritic 
formation from sa. ardlia-trtiya) two 
and a half. - <*-sata, mfn. ,,250" ; »i. 
pi. r^si 21,31, ace. r>.,e 21, ss. 

anu (or anu) mfn. (— sa.) fine, 
small {opp. thula). *anumthula, {mf)n. 
small and large, Dh. 409 ; />^am (san- 
nojanam) Dh. 31 ; n. pi, ,x/ani (pa- 
psni) Dh. 265. 

anuiuatta, mf^i, (so. anu-matra^ 
small, atomic, m. />,o pi (vanatbo) 
„even the smallest" Dh. 284 [anu-]; 
occ,^arii(dubbhiisitcmpadam)l 10,18; 
instr. n. '>,ena (puiinena) „even the 
least (pood work)" 103, u [hut here 
the fiirnian realiufr anumatto {sc, 
attho) ought to be preferred]. 

and a, w. (■" sa.) an egg. "-bhuta, 
w'n. (cp. bhava(i) fragile] weak; f. 
rvS (bbata bharya) „lrom her child- 
hood" 51,4, -• Andabliiita-jiltaka, n, 
52,u. (cp. andha-bbuta). 

ati, indeci. (before vowels usually 
acc-, V, accanta, ai.cpya etc. =■ sa.) 
preax') to verbs, expressing , beyond, 
over" ; *) to nouui „f xceR8ive(ly), ex- 
traordinary (-ily), too much" (-= ati- 
viya, q. v.). , 

*a ti-accberaJca, nifn, rvam (n.) 
h very wonderful thing, 3,32. 

*ati-karuna, mfn. very pitiable 
or miserable; m. ^0 (ravo) 60,io; 
o-sara, m, {v. sara'), aoc. 'wam 

atikkama, m. (sa. ati-krama) 
overcoming, conquering; acc. /^am 
(dukkhassa) „the destruction (ofpain)" 
107,19 -= Dh. 191. 

atikkamati, vb. (sa. ati- V^ram) 
1) to pass, cross. *) to surpass, over- 
come (w. ace.), part. m. pi. /%/anta 
26,32; an-atikkamanto (m.) not sur- 
passing 0: accompagnying (gitassaraiil 
tantissarena) 19,33. pot. 3. ag. /^eyya. 
(sannojanam sabbam) Dh. 221. pp. 
n. pi. atikkantani (tini saiiivaccha- 
rani) 21, 11. ger. ^itva (samuddam) 
26,3; (simara) 39,i8; atikamma (Kil- 
siriittham) „liaving left" 38,8i. cans. 
atikkameti (</. v.) 

atikkamana, n, (sa. alikrama- 
na) overstepping. — *atikkamanaka, 
mfn. exceeding (w. acc.) : pannasan- 
nam "-migo, 8,10. 

atikkameti, pr, {cans, atikka- 
mati) to cause to pass or tc be passed 
over; imp. 2. sg. r^ehi (mayham va- 
raiii) 6,84. fttt. 1. sg. .>..essami (te 
varam) 7,2. 

*a t i - k h i n a, mfn. (fr. ati -f khina, 
pp. •y/kshi?) destroyed, broken; capa- 
tikhina va { .,like broken bows" 
Dh. i66. 

ati-ga, mfn. (— sa.) overcoming, 
surmounting. m. panca-sailgatigo 
(bhikkhu) Dh. 370; acc. sangiitigam, 
Dh. 397. 

atigacchati, pr. (so. ati- y/gum 
& \/ga) to overcome, aor. 3. 8g. acc- 
a-gania (mam) 76,s8; acc-a-ga (mo- 
ham) Dh. 414, 

ati-galha, mfn. (so. ati-gadha, 
pp, VrS^O '^""y tight or close, inten- 
sive; f, ,-wa (kappana) 65,2i. 

*ati-citra.»i/^rt. (sa. *ati -{- citra) 
excellent, brilliant; n. pi. r«. ani (panha- 
patibhanani 98,3S. 

*ati-tutthi,/. (/■>'. 80. ati -ftusbti) 
extreme joy; insir. rviya 10,i3. 

ati-dura, mfn. (= so.) very di. 



Btant, too far; loc. n. (adv.) /ve 12,s9. 
83,2 (natidure). 

*ati-dhona-cariM, mfn, 'wander- 
ing in tranBgresfiion', sinful; ace. m, 
/^inam 106,2o -= Dh. 240. (The ety- 
mology of this word is u little doubt- 
ful, but it seems to be preferable to 
take it — *ati-dhavana-carin (-y/dhav*, 
to run), Morris. JPTS. "87,100 and 
Franke, WZ. 1901 derive it from 
*dhona (pure, ydhav" to waih) sa, 
dhauta : „praotiaing impurity, trans* 
greasing purity", ,der wider die Rein- 
heit versfiSsst"). 

atipata, »>. (-^sa.) neglect, trans- 
gression, injuring, panatipata, destroy- 
ing life (q. V.) 

*ati-bahala, mfn. (/"»•. ati + ba- 
hala) very thick; f. ,^a yagu? „i8 
the rice-gruel thick enough?" 56,89 
(the questioner seems to think that 
the rice-gruel is very thin or weak 
(natibnbala) and gets that enigmati- 
cal answer : udakam na laddbam „it 
has not got any water"). 

*ati-bbagini-putta, m, {fr. 
ati -\- bbagini-putta, q.v,) a very dear 
nephew (ironically), />/0 5,5. 

atimafinati, vh. (sa. ati-yman) 
to despise; pr, 3. eg, ^ati Dh, 366; 
pot. 3. 8g. ~eyya Dh. 365 (w. ace. 

*ati-manorama, mfn. [fr. ati + 
mano-rama, q.v.) very charming; instr. 
n. ^ena (sirisobbaggena) 64,io. 

*ati-mahanta. mfn. {fr. ati + 
Diahanta (sa. mabat)) very great (big 
or large); loc. m. natimabante (sare) 


*atiinapeti, vb. [caus. *ati-\/mi 
(mapayati)) to injure, to destroy (ace); 
pr. 3. sg. rN^eti Dh. 246 (panam). 

*ati-muduka, mfn. [fr. ati + 
muduka, q.v.) very soft, mild or feebli^; 
wi. >vO (raja) 38,24. 

atirocati, vb. [sa. ati-^/ruc) to 
shine forth; pr. 3. sg. r^ati Dh. 59. 

ativattati, vb. [aa. )^vft^ to o^^""- 
come [ace] \ pr. 3, sg. >vati (ditt^am) 


VM GloHU?. • 

♦ati-vasa, mfn. (fr. ati -j- vasa 
(aa. va^a)) thoroughly subject to or 
dependent on (gen.); m. pi. ^a(mania) 
Dh. 74. 

*ati-vakya, n. (fr. ati + vakya, 
cp. sa. ati-\/vac) abuse; ace. ^am Dh, 

ativiya, adv. (sa. atlva) very, ex- 
cessively; /N^auro hutva 38,8i; /x.'dham- 
miko rajs 39,g; >vpabbajjaya cittam 
nami 65,is. 

*ati'8itala, mfn, (fr. ati + sitala 
(sa. gltala)) very cold; m. >vo (aggi) 

atiharati, vb. (sa. ati-^/br) to 
carry over, to bring; aor. 8, Sg, /x/ri 
(dbuttam manavikaya santikamj 50,5. 

atita, mfn. (sa, pp. &ti-^i) ') past, 
passed away, dead; atita-jati, f, a 
former existence, loc. o/iyaiii 86, la; 
*atita-8attbuka, mfn. having no master 
more, n. ^am pavacanam (,the holy 
word has no announcer more") 79,3; 
kbanatita, mfn. who allows the right 
moment to pass, m. pi. ^a 108,7 = 
Dh. 316. — ^)act. who has neglected 
or transgressed, m. gen. /vassa (ekam 
dbammaih) 106,u — Dh. 176. - 
^) subst, n. the past, an event of the 
past, a tale ; loc. (adv.) atite, formerly, 
in the times of past, l,i. 2,i7 etc\ 
atitanagate (opp. etarabi) in the past 
and in the future, 56, n (cp. an-agata); 
ace, »^am abar! (told a tale of the 
past) 28,17. 

Atula, m. nom. pr. an Upasaka; 
voe. rwa Dh. 227. 

atta*, mfn. (sa. atta. pp. a-^^da) 
seized, v. atta-danda, atta-mana. 

atta^ in camp. = attaH („self") 
q. V. cp. sayam. 

*atta-kilainatba, m. (/>. atta* 
-{-kilamatba (sa. klamatba)) mortifica- 
tion; "-anuyoga, mfn. given to mor- 
tification, m. f^ 66,27 (cp. anuyoga). 

*atta-gutta, mfn. (fr. atta* -\- 
gutta (aa. gupta, pp. V8"P)) »«"- 
protected; m. r^o Db. 379. 

*atta-ghafina, n. (fr. atta* + 
gbanfia (cp. aa. gbanya, \/haD)) de- 




struction of one'a self; dat. t^RjA 
„to his own destruction" Dh. 164. 

atta-ja, mfx {fr. atta* + j^» 
8a. atmaja) born from one's self; n. 
.^am (papam) Dh. 161. 

*atta-dand;\ m/iw. (/V. atta* + 
danda, q. v.) using the stick, violent 
(opp, ribbutn); m. vl, loc. ^esu Dh. 

"attadattha, t». (fr. atta* + 
atthaS v/ith d eupjoiically inserted) 
one's own advantage, what is useful to 
o le's self (with rjgaid to one's moral 
itf.provemeut or to the development 
of one's spiritual faculties; opp. pa- 
Tattha. q.v.); ace, ^aiii Dh. 166 (ep, 
SBE. X 46). cp. sadattba-pasuta. 

"'atta-danta, mfn. (fr. atta' -\- 
danta, vp. ^dam) having tamed one's 
self; m. vo Dh. 322; gen. rvassa 
(posas8a) Dh. 104, 

attaH (in romp, atta-) w. «^. (sa. 
atman) ') the iodiviclual soul, self. 
person, the Ego (the real existence of 
which is denied, cp, pUggala, nama- 
rupa. jiva); worn, atta 55,8. Dh. 62. 
104. 160; 'atta me'ti ,a so-called 
(imagined) myself or ^thinking that 
I have a soul" 96, is; instr, iittana 
Dh, 161; attantL sudantena „by his 
own weiltamed self- Dh, 160. 323; 
all, attana anno piyataro n'atthi 
54,33. - *) instr. attana is frequently 
used like nom. (in apposition to the 
grammatical subject) =» „liimself'' 
(lit. „by himself) : 34,i6 (attanapi) 
34,33-35. 38,18. 42,1. 49,21. 64,8. Dh. 
379. — ") ace, attanaih (contracted 
attaiii) and the oth-ir oblique cases 
(esp. gen. attano) are used as pron. 
reflex, referring to the gramm. subject 
in all persons, genders, and numbers 
-= myself (ourselves), yourself (.^selves), 
himself (herself, itself, one's self, them- 
selves), attanam : 3. sg, 12,27. 64,3i. 
56,1 (attam) Dh. 159. 355 (attanam 
nietri causa) 3?9 (attEiii); 1. 8g. 3, is. 
27 22; 3. pi. 106,38 -= Dh. 80. instr. 
attan.a : :i. sg. 17,4 (katj^-kamniam) 
20,27 (main uddhari); 1. sg. 29,3 

(dinna-dane). gen. attano : 3. sg. 2,i4. 
10,5. 52,33. Dh. 160; 2. sg. 9,«. l^*.'*; 
1. sg. 7,9; 3. pi 5,9. 73,8*; 3. pi 17,i. 
41,33. attano attano („each . . . his 
own-) 14,11-u (3. pi); 41,JS (referring 
to the gramm. object). - atta-vetana- 
bhata, mfn. .supporting one's self by 
one's own earnings" 106,5. — an-atta, 
mfn. destitute of a self (q. v.). - ojit- 
tatta, mfn. having secured one's self 
(v. ojita). - paccattam, adv. by one's 
self {q. v.), ~ pahitatta. mfn. whose 
mind is intent upon (v. paliita, Cp. 
padhana). - bhavitatta, mfn. having 
trained one's self (v. bhaveti). - atta- 
kilamatha etc. (qv.). - Atta-vagga, 
m. name of a chapter of Dhammapada, 
Dh. XII. 

atta-bhava, «». (fr, atta^ -f 
bhava, sa. atraabhava) ') proper or 
peculiar nature, body, figure; acc. 
,-wam 52,29. 64,ic. - -) birth, existence; 
nom. ^Q (pancasatimo) 17.8; pancasu 
"-satesu „in 500 of my former ex- 
istences" 17,7, 

atta-mana. mfn, {fr, atta' -4- 
nianas, 8a. attamanas) joyful, delighted, 
liappy; m. ^0 93, is, Dli. 328, f. <^a 
62,21, - an-attamana. mfn, displeased, 
m. ^0 74,30. 

atta-sainbhava, mfn. {fr. atta* 
-\- sambhava, sa. atmasambhava) 
originating from one's self; n. i^ath 
(papam) Dh. 161. 

*atta-hetu, adv. {fr. atta * + hetu 
{q. V.)) for one's own sake. Dh. 84 
{vpp. parassalietu). 

■"attanuyogi/t, mfn, {fr, atta* 
-\- anuyogin) who exerts himself in 
meditation, Dh. 209 {gen. pi. rvinam). 
attha', m. {sa. artha) ') aim, 
purpose, sake, reason; instr. yen* 
attbena idhagato 103, is („the reason 
for which you have come here", corre- 
sponding to the foil, attho (?) ; but 
„yena" is probably an error for sena 
{sa. svenartbena)); daf. atthaya and 
acc. atthaih are frequently used at 
the end of comp. {adv.) =^ „for the 
sake of, on account ot. for" : {dat.) 3,6. 



9,11. 15,90. 16,12. 21,38. 28,5. 32,89. 
41,3. 42,30. 47,5. 58,1. 60,36. 111,39. 

(ace.) 8,7. 11,4. 21,3.31,,13. 
62,31. 91,35; kimatthaya („why") 33,i. 
kimatthara (do.) 3, 13. 16,io. 33,8; dat. 
atthaya also separately (^adv. w. gen.) : 
49,14. 57,1. 60,14. 65,1. I08,8i (cp. 
*) below). — 2) need, want, desire (iv, 
instr.) nom, ^0 18,9, 22,i7-3o. 33,3. 
35,3-4. 55,15. 83,25. 103,14. 104,3i; 
usirattha. tnfn. „he who wants Usira" 
{q. V.) 108,4 (m. ^o)\ cp. atthika & 
atthi/J. - ') use, utility, advantage, 
gain, wealth; ace. ^arii icchati 34,3o; 
r^&m karissam 47,8; o^&m anagatam 
(pekkham) „fore8eeing future advant- 
age" 112,4; bahunam rvaya (dat.) 
108,91. - attha-samhita, mfn. useful, 
n. -x<aih 93,7; an-attha-samhita. mfn, 
& an-attha, m(fn). (v, h.); nir-attha- 
(ka), >»/«, useless {q. v.); saltha (— 
sa-j- attha) v. appa-sattha &satthaka, 
cp. attad-attha, »n., parattha, m. & 
sadattha-pasuta, mfn. — *) thing, ob- 
• ject, matter; acc. imam attham „this" 
2,8. 105,32; tam attham „the matter" 
7,1. 13,14; gen. imassa /N^assa 31,io; 
atthavasam (acc.) „the meaning of 
this" {v. vasa) Dh. 289. - uttamat- 
tbam (acc.) a precious thing, 54,39, 
the best thing, Dh. 386 = 403. - 
s)— . atta *, case, cause ; acc. ^ara 101,9, 
Db. 266; loc. ^amhi Dh. 331. - 
*') sense, meaning, signification; <^o 
52,7. 85,10. 89,2; acc. ^aiii 90, 30. 
113,11-15; abl. (adv.) -^to („acoording 
to the meaning") 114,ao. - attha-pada, 
n. a word of sense (opp, vaca anat- 
thapada-samhita) Dh. 100; anto- 
gadha-hetu-attha, mfn. containing a 
causative meaning, r^&vx padam 85,9; 
paramatthato, adv. (abl.) „in the 
absolute sense" 98,»7 (cp. Paramattha- 
dipani). For the comp. at^ha-katha 
(a commentary) v. a^tba*. - ') the 
right, the truth ; acc. ovarii an-atthan 
ca, right and wrong Dh. 266; <x/am 
hitva, leaving the real (aim of life) 
Db. 209; in this sense attba is often 
opp, dhamma (^duty") : /x/aihdham- 

man ca, 11, 13. Dh. 363, cp, 68,35; 
hence the name '*'attha-dhammanusa- 
saka, m. of a royal counsellor or 
secretary (he must give the king in- 
formation of what is 'attha' (0: the 
real state of the case) and advice con« 
cerning the 'dbamma' (o: what ought 
to be done)), a coutisellor of right 
and justice, nom. /N.-0 37,26, 

attha^ tn. (sa. asta) disappearance, 
destruction; attbaih (acc.) gaccbati, 
to disappear, to ceasq, to perish, Dh, 
226. 293. 384; loc. suriye attham 
gate, at sunset 32,39. "(cp. next), 
attba^ pr. 3. pi. v. atthl. 
*atthagama, m, (fr. attha* -}- 
gama) perishing, vanishing, destruo> 
tion; rupassa <x/0 94,9. 

*attbangama. m, (fr, attham, 

aco, attba^ + gama) ■=• prec.\ dat. 

<%/aya (dukkha-domanassanaiii) 90,i8. 

atthato, adv, (sa, arthatas) v, 

attha' (6). 

*attha-dbammanu8asaka, m, 
V, attha 1 (7). 

•"attha-pada, n. v. attha' (6). 
*attha-va8a, w, (sa, *artha-va5a) 
V, attha' (4). 

*attha-8amhita, mfn. v, attha' 

* A 1 1 h a s a 1 i n i , /". (sa. *artha-Qa- 
lini) nom. pr. name of a commentary 
(by Buddhaghosa) on Dhamma-saii- 
gani, the first book of the Abhidham- 
ma-Pitaka; acc. -x/irh 113,33. 

atthi, vb. (sa. \/a8, pr. asti) to 
be, to exist; pr. 3. ag. atthi 2,8», 96,i6; 
n'atthi 3,i4. 87,38; attb' l,io, 43,2«. 
92,30. 2.8g.^\ 2,7-13. 3,i2-i8. 4,ii. 98,is; 
asi 64,30. 88,9. 1. ag. arabi 12, u. 92,io; 
'mhi 4,4. 28,14. 45,4. 88,10; asmi 16,i2. 
104,81 ; 'smi 7,i3. 49,89. 98,3. 3. pi. 
santi 11,14. 110,38. 2. pi, &ii\i& 21,9. 
73,5 (attba 'ti). 1. pi. amba 21,8 
(amba 'ti). This verb is often used 
as copula with an adj. or subat. 2,7. 
98,13, and esp. with a pp. 2,i8. 12,ii. 
21,8-9. 92,10 etc. -The 3. sg. atthi is 
frequently used in the sense of „to 
belong to" (gen.) : 12,i. 16,i-5. 106,ii 




(atthi fc me), and tl>,l* form may aluo 
be oombinvd ey«n with the pi. of the 
subject (— santi) : 3,s5. 12,i. 18,s. 
43,j. 53,si. 82^2. 106,11. 109,ii. Dh. 
255 etc. tassa kira tarn divasam 
roaranato mutti na:na n'atthi, „she 
could not be doHverod from death that 
day" 87,8». - imp. 3. eg. atthu : namo 
ty-atthu „honinoe to thee" {voc.') 13,8«. 
108,11 ; dhi-r-atthu „Bhanie on" 103,33 
{ace. jivitnih),' 63,ia (<7cn. jatiya); 
aNtii (— ««. until) 114,1111, - pot. 3. s(j. 
Miyii (««. nyiit) S8,a7. 70,i(i, 104,i4; 
Siikku ,x/ „it 'vould li") poHHilile" 50, n; 
vattbabaiil '>^ „ou^hs to have been 
said" 68,6; iu tht phrase siya kho 
pana {w. pot. of the foil, verb) we 
hiivt) siyil UKcd udvi'rhially likn the 
I ml III fdi'Mltun I, It limy 1)11 1 hut", 7(>,v-uii. 
liuHiduH HJya w(i ul'tcit find uii older 
form ai:sa (sa. *u8yat?) : tad ussa (to. 
dat. dukkhaya) 90,2o =- bhaveyya 
01,17; avyfikatam as8a 92,« foil. (cp. 
atlia); suddlio assa (s.alarukkho) 
9;.,ai; l)h, 124 (nriHsii) 260; w. ffvn. 
tuiiihakiim evaii. assa. (purlmpH) you 
will th^nk, 79,3; tatr' assa „8uppo8o 
there were (in that town)" 90,32 (cp, 
seyya"ha). pot. 3. pi. aasu {sa. *asyus) 
Dh. 74. - aor. {inipf.) 1. sg. asirii 
86,j5. 86,17 („a.;in"ti ■-= ahosiin), 
108,24. -part. ') sat, being; loc. sati 
(iu loc. abs.) : ekamseca inaritabbe 
sati (, if (their) death is necessary 
6,34 ; maharajassa ruciya sati, ut tlie 
king's command 39, ii; di^thiya sati, 
if you hold that view, 92,37-!)o; niccam 
pajjalite sati, as (everything) ia al- 
ways burning, Dh, 146. *) santa, 
mfn. »«. ~o 13,29. 94,95; loc. n. sg. 
evaih sante, in this case, 6,28. 99,7; 
evaiii sante pi, yet, notwithstanding 
this, 37,38. 44,38. 62,jo; loc. m. pi. 
.vesu (kbandhesu) 98,3i („when the 
groups appear to view"). ^) samana, 
mfn. m. o^o (andho) 25, i5. (raanus- 
sabhuto) 41,33. (puttho) 90,i. (vutto) 
98,16-17; ace. m. pi. .^e (ma^tte) 69,26. 
The part. fr. atthi is frequently used 
ns adj.. V. sat, santa* (santaka) & 

namrtna, (r». ii-saf, ii-ianta). - attbi- 
bhttva, atthitffi & sotthi, q. v. 

atthika, mfn. (fr. attha', «a. 
arthika) wanting anything; rajjat- 
thika, mfn. who covets the kingdom, -^a 39,17. (cp. atthiw). . 

atthita, f. (fr. atthi, sa. asUtri) 
being, existence, reality (opp. natthita); 
ace. r^&n c'eva natthitafi ca, to be 
and not to be, 96,7; (lokanirodhaih 
passato) ya loke ,>^a s.a na hoti, (to 
liim) there in no reality iii oxiMteiico 
(tlin worlil) 96,1". 

attlii/*, iufn. (fr. atiha', ea. ar- 
thin) desirous, wunting anything; v. 
mantatthin, vadatthi»i. (cp. atthika). 

*atthi-bhava, m. (fr. atthi + 
liliava, (/, V.) uxidtHiK'c; arc, ^iiiii 
(NHniHMu) 4,111; ^liiii fiatvii, hi-viiiK 
known tlilN liiniig thu fact, 4H,wii; na 
no koci r».am janati, nobody knows 
that we exist, 72,81, 

attliu, imp. V. atthi. 

atha, indccl.(-' sa.) *) and. further, 
Dli. 55. ^) thou, now (continuinif the 
tale) 1,6. 3,1.1. 3,18 (atli'); atha kho 
66,3-5 e/c; atlia kena, why then? 54,s7. 
*) then (corresp. u\ a prec. yada), 
66,91. 107.13-16 = Dh. 377-79. Dh. 
69. 119-20. 384; (after prec. pa- 
thaniam:) Dh. 158. *) but, 107,S5 = 
Dh. 387. Dh. 86. 136; atha kho [khv'] 
on the contrary 90,86. 91,4; atna ca 
pana, but on the other hand, 3,4 (c/).ca). 
cp. atho «& next. 

athava, indecl. (" ea.) or (corresp, 
w. prec. va, g. v.) Dh. 140. 271. 

atho, indccl. (= sa.) and, also, 
likewise, Dh. 151. 234. 332. 423. 

adum, pron. n. (sa. adas) v. asu. 

addha — addha, half (g. v.); "-ma- 
saccayena, at the end of a half month, 
20,11 ; "-yojana, n, a half yojana (g. v.) 

addhagu, m. (fr. addhaH -\- gu 
-= ga, sa. adhva-ga) a traveller; nom. 
^u, Dh. 302 (sg. d- pi. ?) 

addha», w. (sa. adhvan), a road, 
a journey, life-time, time; ace. /x/aoam 
44,21. 110,5. Dh. 207 (addhana). - 



*addba-gata, mfn. one who has accom- 

plisbed his journey o: old, wj, ^o 74,ji 

-= gataddhi», w/n. (g.r.). cp.addhika 

& prec. 

add ha, adv. (■=- sa.) certainly, 

truly, probably, 3,io. 60,ao. 

*addhika, m{fn). {fr. addhan) 

travelling, a traveller; gen. pi. m. 

kupanaddhikanam, poor travellers, 

38,14 {v. kapana). 

adhama, mfn. (— so. superl. fr, 

ftdlio, g.D.) lowest, vilest; purisadhame 

{ace. m, pi.) low people, Dh. 78, (cp. 


ad liar a, mfn. (=, 

adho, q. v.) lower, adharottbe (loc.) 

the lower jaw 13, i9 (v. ottha. cp. prec). 
ad hi, indecl. (=• sa.) prefix to 
verbs & nouns expressing 'above, over, 
on, at, to'; before vowels (except „i") 
it takes the form ajjh-, c. g, adbi- 
bhasati, aor, ajjhabhasi. 

adhika, mjfn. {fr, adhi, ■— aa.) 
exceeding, superior. — compar, adhika- 
tara, mfn, id.\ n. -N/am (assum) iv, 
abl, (catunnaiii samuddanam uda- 
kato) 89,14. 

adhigacchati, vb. {sa. adhi- 
\/gam) 'to go to', to attain, obtain, 
find, understand {w. acc); pr. 3. 8g. 
(v-ati (ratiiii) Dh. 187, (samadhiih) 
Db. 365; 3, pi. rwanti (sararii) Dh. 
11-22; pot. 3. ag. adhigacche (padaifa 
santara) Dh. 368, ~eyya (seyyam, 
one who is better) Dh. 61; aor,, 
(a)dhiga (attham), could not under- 
stand, 113,15; to. augm. ajjhaga (tan- 
hanarii khayarii) Dh. 154; aor. 3. pi, 
ajjhagii (— ->/Ku) (vyasanam) 34,8i; 
cond. 1. ag, otarara nadhigaccbissam 
„1 should never find faults", lU4,ii 
{cp, upessam, vicarissam, v, upeti & 
vicarati; Fsn. Ill, 3,iit & the use of 
the Greek if4ekh)v). 

adhigamaim. (" sa,) attainoient, 
aQq}ii»'\t\oD\dat.>s>S,y&{w,gen. fiayassa) 


'*'a d h i - c i 1 1 a, ft.'the higher thought', 
meditation; loc. ~e (ayogo^ Dh. 185. 

adbiU^ati, vb, {sa. aabi-\/Btha) 

1) to stand (on); ger. /N^aya 54,8. ') to 
practise, to perform, to devote oneself 
to (acc); pr. 3. ag. ^ati (upayupa- 
danam, q. v.) 96,i2; ger. ^Eya, (upo- 
sathangani) 61,7. 

adhitthana, n, {sa. adhishthana) 
^) determination, resolution. ^) adhering 
to, clinging to the world, comp, w. the 
synon. abhinivesa (being a paraphrase 
to upayupadana, q. v.) : adhitthana* 
bhiniTesanusayam (cetaso), that in< 
clination (of the mind) which consists 
in clinging to the world, 96,ia (cp. 

adiiipa, m. (— sa.) a master, lord; 
V. adhipacca. 

*a d b i p a n n a , pp. (adhi- v'pad) as- 
sailed, seized ; gen. m, /-wassa (antake- 
na-" „whom death has seized") Dh.288. 
*adhippaya, m. {fr, adhi-pra-^/i, 
cp. sa, abhi-praya) intention, meaning; 
nom. r^o, 114,6. 

*adbibha8ati, vh. (adhi-\/bba9) 
to speak to, to adress {acc.) ; aor, 3, sg, 
ajjhabhasi 77,a. 

adhimutta, pp. {sa. adhi-raukta 
(y'muc)) inclined to {w. acc, or comp,); 
m. vanadhimutto, who gives oneself 
to desires, Dh. 344 {cp. vana'); gen, ,>/anam (nibbanarh) „who strive 
after NibbSna'', Dh. 226. 

adhivattha, pp, {fr. adhi-v/vas) 
living, inhabiting {loc); f. --wa, 5,19. 

*adhiva3ana, n. {fr. adhivaseti) 
consent, acceptance of an invitation; 
acc, /^arii, 70,ii, 

*adhivaseti, vb, {caus, adhi- 
\/va8) ')to wait, to wait for;, 
<x'ehi, 53,as; rs/eiha., 33,i5; ger, 
<%/etva {w. acc, dve savana) 11,5. — 
') to bear, endure {acc) ; ger, «vetva 
^tayo pahare) 55,i5; rwesi 
(ta 8c, vedana) 78,is — ajjhavasayi 
(vedanaih) 80,S4. — ^) to consent; aor. 
i^eai, 70,10 — • 77,sb; cap. to accept an 
invitation to dinner (bhattaih) : imp, 
3. ag. />/etu, 70,e — 77,j8, {cp, adhi- 
vasana). — cam. II: adhivasapeti, to 
cause to wait; pr. 2. ag. ^esi, 33,it. 
adhiseti, vh. {aa, adhi-\/t;i) to 


lie upon (ace); fut. 8. sg. .vsessati 
(pathavim) 107,» — Dh. 41. 

a d h un a, adv. (— sa.) now. o-S,gata, 
mfn. a new-comer; m, f%,o (uyyanapalo) 

edho, itidecl, (ea, adhas) down 
(w. acc.)\ adho Gaflgaift, down the 
river G. 14,»4 (or perliaps better comp. 
adbogafigam, adv. ?) — compar. adbara, 
mfn,, auperl. adhama. mfn, (q, v.), 

an-, ana-, negative prefix, v. a-*. 

*Anagata-vam8a, m, 'history 
of the future', name of a non-canonical 
Pali work („the Buddhist Apocalypse"), 
from which an extract is given 102,2-28. 

Anathapindika, m. nom. pr, 
(— sa.^ 'giver of food to the poor', 
name of a rich merchant', gen. /^ussa, 


aniku, m. & n. (— sa.) an army, 
balanika, mfn. q. v, 

anu*, indecl. '— sa.) before vowels 
except ^u" usually 'anv-' (v. anvaya 
etc.), prefix to verbs and nouns, ex- 
pressing 'after, along, near to, accord- 
ing to' etc. Inserted in a dvandva* 
comp, of the satDe word repeated, t', 
khuddAnukhuddaka (cp. pa^i). 

anu', mfn, •— anu (g, v.) cp, anu- 

anukantati. vb. (sa. anu-y/kft. 
6,) to cut (ace.) ; pr, 3, sg, /vati 
(lattharh) Da. 311. 

an uk am pa, /", f—sa,) compassion; 
instr, «i^aya (w. gen, tava) out of pity 
(for you) 56,4. 

anukkama, tn, (sa. anu-kratiia) 
succession, order; instr. adv. rvena. 
gradually, 38,2a. 48,9; ti -i^ena „and 
so on by degrees" 34,8. sabanukkania, 
tnfn. (q. v.). 

anukkamati, t>6,(sa. anu-Y/krani) 
tt follow, to go along (ace); part, 
med. M. rvniano (-patham) 90,84, 

anukbuf^dakar mfn. v. kbud- 

an jga, it.fn. (so, anu-ga) follow- 
ing; aatiamacca-sa.taiuga, mfn. fol- 
lowed by 700 companions, 110,23 
(in. .>^o). 

/anugaccbati, vb. (sa. anu-VRam]) 
to follow (acc,)\ aor, 3. sg, /^gamasi 
^tam yeva) 68,8»i to. augm. anv-a-ga 
(tam) 111,8. 

anuggaba, m, (sa. anu-giaha) 
favour, kindness, help, assistance; acc. 
n^erh 6,86. 

anucara, »». (=so.) a companion, 
follower. - sanucara. mfn. v. sa'. 

an uc inn a, mfn, (sa. anu-cirna, 
pp. SLnu-y/car) having attained (acc); 
m. pi. -va (sainadhijhanam) 109,2i. 

*anuccbavika, mfn. (fr. anu + 
cbavi) suitable, fit; m. ^o (w. inf.) 
24.24; (w. gen. pers.) 25,s (rafino). 

aiiujanati, vl. (sa. aiiu-v/jna). 
1) to permit, allow; pr. 1. sg. -waiui 
(ekena (bhikkhuna) dve samanere 
upatthapetum) 81. le. *) to prescribe 
(acc.) 81,ao (dasa sikkhapadani). (cp, 

anunnata, mfn. (pp. auujanati, 
sa, anu-jnata) permitted, allowed, 
having attained the permission of 
(«ns<r.);»(.^o (fiatib(i)) 11. ii, ll,i3-tr; 
wi, pi. rs.5, (raftfiii) 73,24. 

*a n u fi n a t a 1 1 a, n. (sa. *anu-jnata- 
tva) the being permitted; abl. /%.a. 
11,12 („grantiD[f him leave to speak"). 

auutappati, vb. pass, (sa. anu- 
tapyate, \/tap) to suffer, to repent; 
pr. 3. sg. ^ati Dh. 67. 314. (cp. 

♦anutire, adv. (/V. anu ' + tira 
(loc.)) near the banks of a river (gtn.) 

*aiiutthunati, vh, (fr. *anu- 
ystan) to deplore, bewail (acc); part, 
m. sg. .v.unam (piiranani) Dh. 16H 
(— anuttbunanta (pi.) Comm.). The 
discordance between the sg. anutthu* 
nam and the pi. of the verb is pro- 
bably due to the fact that senti has 
been influenced by cSpa-'tikbina (like 
jhayanti in the preceeding verse); cp. 
also the use of sg. anutappati Dh. 
314.) cp. Tr. PM. 76,10. 

*unuddaya, f. compassion, mercy; 
in comp. this word generally takes the 
form anuddaya- (cp. mvitta) : khanti- 



metta-'nuddaya-sampanna. mfn. (q.v.) 
7,12. 38,15. {fr. *anu -+• daya, although 
it is generally spelt with double 'd\ 
perhaps from analogy with niddaya?), 
*anu-dhamma-carin. w/w. liv- 
ing according to the law ; m, n^l Dh, 
20 {cp. dhmnma-cariii). 

anudhavati, «&. (sa. anu-Y/dhav') 
to follow, pursue, seel< (acc); pr, 3. 
sg. /^ati (tiraiii) Dh. 85; aor, 2, sg. 
anu-dliavi (kalikain) 47,io, 

anupakkamena, v, an- {cp, 

*anupakhaija, ger, encroaching 
on {acc) 83,88 (there bliikkhu). This 
word eeems to be ger, ft. *anu-pra- 
yskand (-skadya) — to enter together 
with, disrespectfully pushing oneself 
forward (=> anu-pavisati, comm.). Heuce 
the vh. denom. anupakhajjati (Vin. 
V 163,4). Morris, JPTS. '86,ii5. 
'89,201, derives it from ^/khad. 

anupatati, vb. (so. anu-^pat) 
to run after, to follow (acc); pr. 3. 
sg. <N^anti (sotam) Dh. 347 ; pp. />^ita, 
followed, m. dukkhanupatito. Dh.302, 
pi. dukkhanupatit' (o : rwS addhagii) ib. 
anuparigacchati. vb. {sa. ana- 
pari-v^ga) to walk (fly) round (acc); 
aor. 3. sg. anu-pariy-aga (pasanam) 

*anupariy aya, m. {fr. anu-pari- 
Y^i) goinp round along; •'-patha. m. 
acc. rwarii 90,33 — anupariyaya-na- 
niakam maggam, 91,28 (the path round 
the town). 

*a n u p a s 8 i )J , mfn. {fr. anu-y'pa?) 
looking after, looking for; para-vajja-**, 
looking after the faults of others, Dh. 
253 {gen. m. <N^issa) ; subha-", looking 
for piensures. Db. 7 (aCC w, r>.,rm), 
Dh. 349 {gen. m. <%..ino). 

anupucchati, vb. {sa. anu- 
■y/pracli) to inquire after {aCC.)] pr, 
2. sg. ^asi (jivam) 103,i7. 

anupubba, mfn. {sa. anu-purva) 

regular; instr. adv. /v-ena, gradually, 

by and by, in course of time, 18,ii. 

37,80. 42,24. 81,». 87,4. Dh, 839. 

*anupubbikatha, f. {fr. preo, 

-f- katha, q.v.) a regulated exposition; 
acc fvBlh katbesi „preached in due 
course" 68, 19, 

anuppatta, pp. {sa, anu-prapta, 
anu-pra-i/ap) arrived to, having 
reached, having attained (acc); m, 
rt^o (vayo) 74,21, (Lankarii) 110,2s. 
acc, (x-am (uttamattbam) Dh. 386. 
loc. <ve (Alavim). 

anubaudbati, vb. {sa, anu- 
ybandh) to follow, to pursue (acc); 
aor, 3. eg. >%/i 11,i9. 12,88; l,8g.f^m 
104,u; ger. >vitvS 33,i8. 

a n u b d h a , »rt. (— sa.) comprehen- 
lioti, understanding. - dur-anubodba, 
mfn. q, v. 

*anubruheti, vb. {sa. *anu- 
Y/vfch) to 'increase', to devote oneself 
to (occ); pot. 3, sg. .v-aye (vivekam) 
Dh. 76 {cp. briiheti). 

anubhavati, vb. {sa. anu-^/bbu) 
to feel, to experience, to obtain (enjoy, 
suffer) {w. acc); pr. 3. pi. /%/anti 
(dukkbam) 23,i6; aor. 3. sg. -x.-i (dib- 
basampattim) 23,i7; inf. ^itum 23,35; 
ger. <x/itva 23,24; part, ^anta, m. i>jO 
63,18; part. med. r^maina., f. »x/a 61,6 
(.taking part in", -kilam); pp. anu- 
bhuta : kirn me dukkhena <>^ena 
{instr.) „why should I suiTer this pain?" 


*anubhavana, n. {fr. anubha- 
vati) parlakiiig of (enjoying, suffering). 
— dukkhanubhavanattbaya 23,i8 (in 
order to endure their punishment, cp, 
attha'); kamma-karananubhavana- 
tthanam 23,27 (a place where one has 
to endure the results of his bad deeds), 

anubbava, v. anubhava. 

anubhiita, pp. v. anubhavati. 

anumatta, mfn. Dh. 284, v, anu- 

anuinodati, vb. {sa. anu-Y^inud) 
to rejoice in (acc), to accept with 
joy, to thank; part. med. ,N/inana, m. 
^0 (danam) Dh. 177 ; pr, 1. sg. .vami 
(„I thank you") 29,8. 

anumodana, ». (— sa.) acceptance, 
benediction, thinks {esp. the words 
proDOUDced by the Buddhist priests at 



thid eud of the meal, or after receiving 
gifts or offerings to the fraternity) ; 
ace. /%/am karonto 8<),i5; -vam kana- 
sJnii 87,80 ; "-attbaya 87,i8 (in order 
to hear the benediction), (cp. Dhpd. 
(1855) p. 168,7. foil.) 

anuyufijati, vb. {sa. anu-v/yuj) 
to practise, to give oteself up to (acc); 
pr. 3. sg. >N^ati (bhavanaih) 97,9; 3. 
pi. ~anti Dh. S8 (panuadaiii), Dh. 
247 (sura-meravi-panam); 
3. sg. Lia pa nafiarii o^etha, Dh. 27. 

— pp. anuyutta, m. r-vO „in the enjoy- 
ment tf T4,a2(ditth8-dhamma-8ukha- 
viharam q. v.). 

anuyoga, ni. < — sa.) study, raedi- 
totion, application to. - ki^masukh'-al- 
lika-', mfn. whose applicaJon is wholly 
concentrated in pleasure and lust, m. 
/vo (sc. anto) 66,20. — atta-kilamatba-", 
mfn. q. v. (cp. pre':-.). 

anuyogi/i, mfn. {fr, anuyoga). 
V. attfinuyogid. 

anurakkhati, vh. (sa. anu- 
^raksh). to gunrd, to wutch (acc.); 
imper, 2, pi. -vatba (sacittam) Dh, 

*aiiurakkhin. mfn. (fr. aim- 
rakkhati) watching.- vaca-**, uifn.q.v. 

Anuruddha, m, nom. pr. (-^ sa.) 
nunie of a cuUHin of Ootuma Huddhu, 
one of Ills great disciples; nom. >^o 
80,80. 109,17 (inahiigani). 109,8 (dib- 
biicakkhutiilii[aggo{); ((rcnk^aiii 80,u; 
voc, O.U, ib, 

anuriipa, mfn, (— sa.) confotm^ 
ahli', itdaptuil tu, fit, Huitahlt>; tad- 
anurupa, mfn. 57,ji. q, v. 

anulitta, pp, (fr. anu-y/lip, sa. 
anuli))ta) anointed, scented. ~ iiabii- 
tiinubtta. 41,0. v. nahata. 

aiiuloMia, mfn, ( - sa.) 'with the 
hairs', ill natural ordur (»;<;>. pa^ilotna), 

- "-patiloniarii (adv.Y) „forward and 
back" 66,6. (cp, loiiia). 

anuvattin. mfn. (sa. anu-vartin) 
following. - dbamraanuvattino (m. 
pi.) following the law, Dh. 86. 

a II u V i c a r a t i, i;i(. (sa. aiiu-vi-Y/car) 
to wander or roam throu^jh, to explore 

(aec. ep. vioareti); pr. 3. pi ~anti 
(samuddatirara) 21,i7; ger. ~itva 
(thala-jala-patham) 19,sf. 

anuviciateti, vb. (sa. anu-vi- 
\/oint) to meditate upon (acc); part- 
m. ^ayanto (tarn eva) 47,85; -^ayam 
(dhammam) Dh. 364. 

anuvicca, ger. discovering, attend- 
ing to, observing, exaraining(?) Dh. 
229 (viiinii pasaiisanti). This word 
is generally explained in the commen- 
taries by anuviditva, janitva. etc.-,, 
it is perhaps ger. fr, anu-vi-\/ci 
(*anuvicitya, *anuviciya. cp. Sn. v. 
630 and viceyya ib. v. 529) or fr. 
anu-v/vid (— anu-vijja, Tr. MN. I 
379,3 (Note p. 662) cp. Morris, JPTS. 
'86. p. 121.). but it can hardly be 
derived from anu-^/i or anu-\/vrt. cp, 
Dhpd. (1865) p. 368. 

anuvijja. anuvijjati, v. anu- 

anusancarati. vh. (sa. anu-sarii- 
^/car) to walk along (acc); part. med. 
m. pi. -wUiSnii (kipillika viya tbaiu- 
bbaiTi) 60,2. 

'^'anuNuiidlii, m, (cp, sa, ami* 
sandbana) application, conclusion, 
connexion; acc. .-%/iui giia^etva („mak- 
ing the connexion'*) 32,5. cp. Fans- 
bell, JllAS. '70, p. 8. Fecr, .fAs. 
'76. II p. 293, 

an u Buy a, m, (sa. anu-tjaya) in- 
olinatiuii, uttacliinent; acc, /%.iira 96, it 
(v, adliittlmna). - tanli&iiusaya, v, 
tanliii, - niiinrmusaya. v, iniina. cp. 
HlilO. X_p. HI. 

anusasaka. m. (sa, anu-gasaka) 
a counsellor, - attha-dliamma-". v, 
attlui' (7). 

aiiusfiHati, vb, (sa, anu-y/Qjls) 
') to adiniiiiisli, to inntruct (acc.)\ inf. 
.^.jtuiii H1,ih; grd, m. .^itabbo 79.15; 
pot. 3, sg. ->^eyya Dh. 77, 168. - 
*) to give one (gen.) advice concerning 
(acc); aor. 3. sg- ~i (rafifio attban 
ca dliamman ca) 68, so (cp. attba' 
(7)). - ') to rule, to govern (acC,)\ 
aor. 3, sg, ,>,i (viniccbayaiu ^udinini- 
stored justice") 42,87. 



anusikkhin, mfn, (sa. anu-Qik< 
shin) studying, learning; ahorattanu- 
sikkhinam. gen. pi. Dh. 226 (studying 
day and nightV 

anussarati. vh. (aa. anu-\/8mr) 
to remember, to recollect ; aor. ,^i 
28,96 (gune); gen. rwitva 17,4 (attana 
katakammam) 28, is (Buddha-gune); 
part. m. >>^&m (dhammaiii) Dh. 364; 
«». pi. /N.anta. 28, is. 

Anotatta, n>. (sa. An-avatapta) 
nom. pr, of a lake in Himavanta; 
"-daharii (ace.) 61, is. 

anta^, )». {d; n.) (— sa.) ') end, 
term; nom, ^o (phalanarii); ace. 
r^nm karissatha (dukkhassa) „raake 
an end of" Dh. 275; comp. loc. vijay. 
ante, immediately after the victory, 
60,85; marananta, mfn. q. v. - *) limit, 
boundary, border, edge; acc. /%/am 83,91. 
comp. loc. velante 20,4 (ep. vela); 
vanante, Dh. 306, v. vana; accanta, 
santika, samanta, samanta, q. v. - 
*) side; acc. adv. ekamantam. q. v. - 
'*) extreme; pi, dve anta, 66,S5; acc. 
pi. ubho ante, 66,98. 96, it; eko , . , 
dutiyo anto, 96,i6-i7. cp, ekantam 
(adv.) Dh. 228, q. v. - «) nearly 
pleonastically at the end of certain 
comp., kammanta (m.), suttanta (n.) 
q. V. 

anta*, n. (sa. antra) the intestines; 
(v-aih 82,4, 97.91. anta-guna, q. v. 

Antaka, m. (fr, anta'/ — sa.) 
nom. pr. the king of death (Yaraa or 
Mara); n. o^o Dh. 48; instr, ^ena, 
Dh. 288. 

anta-kara, m(fn). (— sa.) put- 
ting an end to (gen.);, f>^& 105,90 

*a n t a - k i r i y a, /". (aa. *anta-kriya) 
extinction; dat, /x-aya 70,i7. 

""anta-guna, n. (sa. *antra-guna) 
mesentery (Sp, Hardy, Man. of Buddh. 
p. 400: „lower intestines"); <%/am 82,4. 


♦antamaso, adv. (sa. *antama 
-\- Qas) even; /N/anjalim paggahetva 
thite, even those who were standing 
with theii' joined hands raised, 22,7 ; 

(s-bilara-nisakkana-mattam (pakara- 
vivarain) even large enough that a 
cat can creep in, 90,85. (cp. antima). 

antara, n.(—ea,) ')the interior 
part of a thing, interval; •) as the first 
part of comp, (— > anto, v. below), 
•■) at the end of comp.'. kalantareaa 
(instr.) „by progress of time" 99,28; 
buddhantaram, a period between two 
Buddhas, 84,30; dant' antara -gato 
„having got in between the teeth" 
13,29; pi. loc, lomantaresu, in the 
coat, 16,5 (v. loma). uddhanantaresu, 
9,24 (v. uddhana); pi. ahl, sakhan- 
tarebi, amongst the branches, 62,ii, 
pupphantarehi, 62,i8. For antaram, 
antara, antare v. separately. - *) dif- 
ference (at the end of comp, — other): 
purisantararii, another man, 48,ii, 
(cp. antarika, an-antara, santara). 

antaram, indecl. (— ea.) ^)adv. 
within ; /%/katva, having shut in (?) 
23,10, - *) prp. w, gen, raihsinam 
/%/ pavisitva, 87,89. 

antaradhana, n. (sa. antar- 
dhana) disappearance; pariyatti-", 
102,2 (q. v.). 

antaradhayati, vb. (sa. antar 
-y'dha) to disappear; aor. 3, sg. /x/ayi, 
24,7. 72,25; (impf.) 3, sg. med. ^ayatha, 
104,18 (cp. Kuhn, Beitr. p. 110); pp, 
antarahita, q. v. - caus. antaradha- 
peti. to cause to disappear (acc); 
pot. 1, pi, fv-eyyaraa (iabhasakkaram) 

*antarantara, adv, (antara (q, 
V.) repeated) now and then, 35, i, 

*antara-vithiyam, adv, (fr, 
antara -j- vithi, loc.) in the very 
streets, 39,e. 

antarahita, }H/n.(i?i).antar-;/dha, 
cp, antaradhayati) disappeared, hid> 
deu; f. f^a. (pasadamatta) 94,8s. - 
an-antarabita. mfn, (q. v.). 

antara, adv, <& prp. (ahl. fr. an- 
tara, — sa,) among, on the way, dur- 
ing; Dh. 237; comp, antaramagge 
(loc) on the way, 32,i4. 85,8 ; repeated : 
antarantara, q. v. 



antarSya, m. (— »o.) ')obitBcle; 
ace. <vam akasi, prevented, 68,8; nom. 
gaman'-antarayo, (v. gamana). 

- *) death; ace. «waih, Dh. 286. 
*antarika, f. {fr. antara) inter- 
val; - simantarika, f. a boundary 
territory, loc, /N^nya (dvinnam yak- 
khanam) 40,3s. 

antare. iJrp. (?oc./r. antara. — 8a.) 
within, among, between, w. gen. 10, ai. 
30,5. 43,6. 62,9, or at the end of comp. 
73,80 (mala-kacavara-", „into the dust- 
heap") cp, antara. 

antalikkha. n, (sa. antariksha) 
the sky, the air; loc. />.e, Dh. 127. 

antava<, mfn. (— 8o.) finite, li- 
mited; m. ,>.va (loko) 89,28. - an-an- 
ta/at, nifn. it finite io. 

antika, mfn. (= sa.) near, bor- 
dering upon. - niaranantika, mfn. v. 
marana. {cp. santikn). 

ant i ma, mfn, {= sa.) final, last; 
m. (N.0 (samussayo) 108.1? — Dh.361. 

- *antinia-sariru, »'/"«. one who has 
receivea his last body, m. nom. <x/0, 
Dh. 362, ace. ^am, Dh. 400. 

antevasika. m. (/"r. ante — anto 
{s:i. antar) + vaslka (V^as, to dwell)) 
a pupil; ace. r>^Hiii, 32,98; ace. pi. 
rve, 16,24; acarijantevasike { 
a teacher and tiis pupil, 32.81 ; gcn. pi, 
fvanarii, 102,}. 

anto. prp. {sa. antar, in some 
conp, ante, cp. last) in, within {opp. 
bthi); w. gen. ta&sa >. 61, is; attano 
nanajalassa r^ 80,88; w. he, /N/a^avi- 
yaih 30,80 ; in comp. anto-nagaraifa 
43,8 — anto-nagate „inMide!tlie town" 
73,M {opp. bahi-nagare); Hnto-gal)blie, 
witiiin tliti uhiiinlit'i', Ur),u8; aiito-jjiliilil, 
into th«4 ni't, HH.AA. (cp, antara). 

*antcgudlia, mfn. (probably fr. 
ante + ogadha {pp. ava-^'gali) for 
Ogalha) included, contained in. "-hetu- 
attha, mfn. containing a causative 
meaning, 85,9 {cp. attha * (6)). 

"'an t o-dii li a, m, an intetiial ilitnie; 
tassa fs^o iippajji „bu grew aflame 
within" 45,1. 

antopura, n. (often written ante- 

pura, Tr. PM. 79,i6, sa. antah-pura) 
a king's harem; loc. f^^ 38,i7, 

*antovalanjaka, »n.i'^-(A'"'*°^ 
-4- valafiia) in-door people; gen. 
^anam, 43,6 {opp. bahivalafijaka). 

andha, mfn. (- sa.) blind (also 
about mental blindness); m. yO J5,i5, 
pi. ^a 88,87. - *andha-bala, mfn. 
blinded by folly; voc. m. /^a 38,i9; 
voc. f. ~e 69.31. - 'andha-bhuta, 
mfn. mentally blinded; m. ~o 88,2» 
= pannacakkhuno abhavena ~o, 
88,31; m. ^e, Dh. 69. Andha- 
blmta-jataka. a later reading for 
Andabhuta. 62,ii {cp. 50,i2-i5). 

andhaka, mfn. (•=■ sa.) blind. 
*andhaka-masaka, m. pL ^ad-flies, 


andhakara, »«. (— sa.) darknefs; 
ace. ^am 19,i7; loc. ^e 69,1?; instr. 
<N/ena, Dh. 146. 

anna, n. (— sa.) food; instr. sa 
marii o^eua (sc. uddhari) 20,3o. 

an nay a, v. dur-annaya (-=■ an- 
vaya, cp, anveti). 

any ay a. ger. fr, anu-Vi, v. anveti. 

anvahata, pp. (anu-a-v/han) 
struck, beaten, perplexed, v. an-anva- 

anveti, vb. (sa. anu-\/i) to follow, 
to reach, to aflect or attack (acc); 
pr. 3.8g.^et\. 106,93 — Db. 7l, Dh. 
1. 2. 124; ger, ^aja (vuddbim, full- 
grown) 2,18. 18,3. 

apakkamat!,«6.(so. apa-^kram), 
to go away, to retire from {abl,)\ pot, 
3, sg, ^me (tanilia) 14,i; aor, 3, sg. 
^nii (etto) 104.1S, 

apaguccliati, vh. {sa, upii-\/galn) 
to go away pi>. ii|iai^atu. dcpiuti-il, 
gone oil; uh the tlrnt part of mlj, comp, s 
"-kalaka, "-tucupapatika. '-phegguka, 
"-vattha, "-sakliapalasa, 5. v.\ dvin- 
nam itthakanarii "-tthanam. the inter- 
val between two bricks, 91,29. 

apacayati, vb. {sa. apa-\ ciiy) 
to honour, to renpcct («fv',) ; )ir, 3, sg, 
(metri causa --..ayati) 30,9. 

a p a c a y i »( , mfn. {sa. apa-cayin, 
fr, last) rendering due respect; vad- 



dhS,pacayiH, mfn, „who reveres the 
aged", m. pi. ,>^ino. Dh. 109. 

apaciti, /". (— sa.) honour, respect; 
ace, «^im, 29,26, 30.4, 

*apajita, M, (pp. apa-^ji), what 
is lost, defeat; ace, ^aih (opp, iitam) 
Dh. 105. 

Apannaka-jataka, n, nom, pr., 
the title of the first tale in the Jstaka* 
book, 102,80 [a-pa^^aka, mfn. evident, 
certain, leading to salvation (/V, 5a, 
a-parna, without leaves, opp, sa-pajj- 
naka, but the semasiological process 
is unknown; Weber, Ind, Str. Ill, 160 
and Kulm, Beitr, p. 53 talce it — 

apattha, mfn. (sa. apasta, pp. 
apa-y'as^), thrown away; n, pi, «N^ani 
(atthini) Dh. 149. 

apaneti, vb. (sa. apa-y/ni) to 
take away, to reraove (ace); pot. 1. 
sg. rveyyam (atthim) 13,i4; aor. 3. sg. 
apanayi (putte) 13,*; ger. /vetva, 
44,12. 66,32; pp. apanita, n. /^&m 
etam Tathagatassa, T. is free from 
this, 94,7 ; grd, i^ctahhsi, to be re- 
moved, "-akara-ppatta (sa(aka) „ in- 
tolerable'*, 45,1. 

*ayabbiihati or apaviyuhati, 
vb. (fr. apa-vi-\/\ih) to remove by 
digging up or scraping out (acc.); 
aor. 3. sg. apabbuhi (pamsum) 40,26. 
(cp. viyuhati). 

apara, pron. (— so.) another (by 
way of addition or progression in 
number, the original sense being 
„posterior, following", whilst para 
(q. v.) denotes what is opposite or 
distant, cp. anna); acc. ^am (dipaih) 
23,21 ; aparam pana ekadivasam „and 
again on a certain day", 63,24-28; n. 
naparam, nothing more, 71,i6; instr, 
^ena samayena, afterwards, subse- 
quently, 95,23. 101,i«; loe. ^asmiih 
(kanakaviiuane) 23,22; m. pi. ^.-e pi 
'ssa tayo sahaya ahesum, further he 
had three friends, 14,9. - aparam (n.) 
is often used adverbially, esp. aparam 
pi, besides that, also, too, 34,i«. 54,21. 
— aparaparam, adv. to and fro, from 

side to side, 2,27. 40,24. - pubba-para, 
mfn, (q, r.), aparajju, aparabhage, 
V, below, 

aparajju, adv. (sa. apare-dyus) 
on the following day; 101,27. 

aparajjhati, vb. (sa. apa-v/radh) 
to offend against (loc); ger, o./itva 
(parassa vatthunibi) 58,i8. 

aparapaocaya. v, a- (p, 4). 

aparadha, m. (— aa,) oifeuce, 
fault; acc. ek&parSdhaih, one such 
fault, 47,8. - nir-aparfidha, »»/»., 
innocent, guiltlesi; aco, m, /vam, 

*aparabbage, adv, (fr, apara 
-\- bhaga, loc) afterwards, later; 22,i4. 
24,18-16. 38,11. 

*aparopita, mfn. (apa -f ropita, 
pp.') consumed (?). This word is only 
due to my own conjecture (see Note 
p. 126); the Colombo Edition reads 
aropita (fr. aropeti, q. v.) 87,ii. 

apaviddha, mfn. (— sa. pp. 
apa-y/vyadh) flung, thrown away; neg- 
lected; acc. m. <, 34,i5; n, /vam 
(kiccam) Dh. 292. 

^apasadeti, vb.(fr. apa -f sadeti, 
caus, \/sad) to blame, to depreciate, 
disparage (acc); pr. 3.8g. -N^eti (mam) 


""ap as 8 en a, n. (fr. apa-y'^ri, cp. 
sa. apTKjraya) a rest, a support; 
^-phalaka, n. a bolster-slab or head- 
rest; -.^am 84,16. [cp. Morris, JPTS. 
'84.71, - SBE, XX. 219.] 

*apabhata, mfn. (pp. apa-i/bhr) 
brought away, stolen; n. rvaifa (ratti- 
bbattarii) 15,i9, 

apaya, m. (— sa.) *) going away, 
loss; piyapayo, loss of the belowed, 
Dh. 211. — *) state of suffering (esp. 
dwelling in hell, or in the world of 
animals, petas and asuras); acc. sag- 
gapayam, heaven and hell, Dh. 423. 

— apaya-gamiw, mfn. going to an evil 
state ; m. pi. /s/ino 88,8& (opp, saggSya 

ap&yi», mfn, (= sa.) going away, 

— an-apayiw, mfn. (q, ».). 
aparuta, mfn, (sa, apavfta, fr. 



ape,-\/vr) open, '^-civa.ra. mfn, with 
open doors; loe. »ve fnivesane) 39,»8. 

api. adv. (— «ti.) ^)ge:ierally enclit. 
«= pi (g. V.) or -api after prec. a, a. 
— *) beginning a eentence (before a 
vowel Honjetimes app' or ap') ') even, 
Dh, 187. *•) api ca . . va . . va, whether 
. . or, 96,81 (w. foil, api ca kho, ne- 
vertheiens, 97,i); api ca, nevertheless, 
101,18 {cp. kiiicapi); api ca kbo pana, 
but at all events, S2,95. ") app-eva 
nama, perhaps (w, foil, pot.) 17,36. 
69,5. *) particle of interrogation {w, 
indie, or pot.) 13,96. 69,i. 71,3i. 104,i4 
(ap'); api nu, 73,4. 

apekkhati. vb. {sa. apa-v^iksh) 
to look for (ace); pr. 3. sg. med. ,-vate 
(kame) 103,9*. 

apekkha fcapekba./". (sa. apek- 
sha) dehire, regard, care; Dh. 346 
(-kh-, w. loc). 

apekkhi/i & apekhin, mfn. (aa. 
apeksbin) looking for, regardful of. — 
an-apekkhiH, mfn. (q. v.). 

a p e t a , mfn. (= sa. ; pp. fr. next) 
free from, deprived oi {w. inatr. or 
comp.); m, ^o (damasaccena) Dh. 9. 

— apeta-kaddama, mfn. without mud, 
m. >^o (rahado) Dh. 95. - "-viufiana, 
mfn. senseless, m. .^o (kayo) 107.6 

— Dh. 41. 

apeti, iJ6. {sa. apa-^/i) to go away; 
pr. 3. sg. o-eti, 60.i; 1. pi. apema 
104,16 (nibbijjapemaGotamam „ being 
disgusted, we shall go away from Go- 
tana", Fausholl, Sf.E. X^ p. 71, 
who prefers the reading Gotama, cp, 
8N. I, 124). ' 

app', V. api. 

appa. mfn. {sa. aipa) small, little; 
m. <^o 88,30 (only a few — kocid eva 
satto 89, i); instr. «^en' eva (trifling) 
38,34; n. /%^am, a little, a small portion, 
Dh. 20. 269, loc. />.asmi yacito, asked 
for little, Dh. 224.- appa-kilamathena 
agito si „you had no mishap?" 28, i» 
{cp. kilamatba). 

a p p a k a , nfn. {fr. last, sa. alpaka) 
small, little^ trifling; iustr. n. ^en' eva. 

at a trifle, 52,6; m. pi. ~a (few) Dh. 
86. - an-appaka, mfn. {q. v.). 

*appas;gha. mfn. {sa. ♦alpargha, 
cp. aggha) of little value; "-bhandam 
„ware8 of little value" 26,9. 

*appabodhati. vb. {fr. appa {sa, 
alpa) + bodbati. a rare present forma- 
tion of ybudh, cp. bujjbati) to slight 
disregard; pr. 3. sg. ~ati (nindam) 
Dh. 143. {Weber. Ind. Str. I, 137; 
others (Fausbell d; Max Mailer) have 
taken it — a (a: na) + prabodhati 
(does not excite), or (Childers & Sti- 
bhiiti) — apa-bodhati (to ward off), 
cp. the readings ap(p)abodheti and 
sa. alpabuddbi. mfn.) 

*appamannati, vb. {fr. appa -|- 
v^man, cp. last) to despise, underrate 
{w. gen.) ; pot. 3. sg. med. ,>./etba (pa- 
passa, pufinassa) Dh. 121. 122. 

appamatta, wi/'n. (sa.alpa-inatra) 
little, slight, mean; m. ^0 (gandbo) 
Dh. 66. {cp. a-ppamatta, p. 6.) 

*appamattaka. mfn. {fr. last), 
of little importance; »», ->^o (arakkho) 


*appalabha, mfn, {sa. *alpa-la' 
bha) receiving little; m. r»,o (bhikkhu) 
Dh. 366. 

♦appasattha, mfn. {sa. *alpa- 
sartha) having few companions; m, 
rvo (vanijo) Dh. 123 {cp. sattha). 

*appa8sada. mfn. {sa, *alpa- 
svada) having a short taste; m. pi, 
^a (kama) Dh. 186. 

*appassuta. mfn. {sa . *alpa-gr uta^ 
having learnt little; m. '>>{o) (puriso) 
Dh. 162. 

ap pice ha, mfn. {sa. alpeccha) 
who has but few desires; acc. m. <%/am. 
Dh, 404 {cp. iccha). 

*appo88ukka, mfn. {sa. *alpa 
-{- autsukya. cp. ussuka) unconcerned, 
living at ease, with few wishes; m. >v/0 
(viharatu) 74,2i. Dh. 330. 

abbahati. vb, {sa. a-\/vrh) to pull 
out {acc.) ; pot. 3. sg. abbabe (sallam) 

abbuda, n. {sa. arbuda) the foetus 



in the first or secood month after con- 
ception; ffen, ,^assa 99, lo. 

abbha, n. (sa. abhra) cloud; ahl, 
/wS (mutto candima) Dh. 172. 

abbhakkhana, n. (sa. abhy-S- 
khyana) false accusation, calumny, 
ace. /^►ara, Dh. 139. 

abbhantara, M. (so. abhy-antara) 
the inner part, interior, interval ; ^am 
(opp. bahiraiii) 106,ii — Dh, 394. - 
loc.prp. w, gen. ,>.e, in, with, within, 
3,85 (tuyharii), 38,88 (ranfio). 

abbhuggacchati, vb. (sa, abby- 
ud-\/gatii) to po out, to Bally forth; 
get'. <vgantva, 60,3. 

abbiiuta, nifn. (ea. adbhuta) 
wonderful, marvellous; n. i\,a,m 79,87. 
98,38. - n. (subst.) one of the nine 
divisions of Buddha's doctrine (na- 
vangam Satthusasanaiii) 109,34 (ja- 

abhi, prp. (=■ sa.) prefixed to 
verbs and nouns, expressing the direc- 
tion jjtowards" or superiority; before 
vowels it takes the form abbh'« (v. 

abhikamkhati, vb. {sa, abhi- 
ykanksh) to desire, to wait for, to 
intend (acc); part. med. m, rvnaano 
(dalha-ppaharam) 30,i3. 

abhikirati, vb. (sa. abhi--\/kr, 
kir) to pour over, to overwhelm (acc); 
pr. 3. ag. -v-ati (ogho dipam) Dh. 25. 
abhikkanta, mfn, (sa. abbikran- 
ta, pp. ubhi-ykram) advanced, ex- 
celleiit; n. (%/am, 69, ii — 95,88, 

abhijanati, vb. (sa. abhi-y'jfia) 
to perceive, to know, to learn, to re- 
member (acc); pr. 1. eg. rwanii, 27,88; 
ger, abhifiiiaya (attadattbam) Dh. 
166, sayam »^, Dh. 363 (as I am in- 
telligent myself); pp. abhinnata, v, 

abhinia, f, (aa, abhijfia) super- 
natural faculty or intuitive knowledge; 
dat, ^aya samvattati, conduces to 
knowledge, 66,so. 93,8; instr. ~aya 
(saTakanam dbammaih desemi) from 
my iDtuitive knowledge, 90,i6. - ®-vo- 
sita, mfn, perfect in knowledge, m. 

W..0, Dh, 423 (v, vosita). - cha-1- 
abhiiiiia, mfn. having the six super- 
natural faculties, m. pi, f>^&, 109,2a 
(cp. cha). — jfianabhiiina, f. super- 
natural power attained by meditation 
(v. jhana), acc, «^am, 47, ss. 

abhiiinata, mfn. (pp. abhijanati, 
sa. abhijuata) known, distinguished; bahu-abhinnata, highly esteemed 
(savaka) 109,i9. 

abhittharati, vb, (probably an 
old error for abhi-tvarati or abhi- 
ttarati, sa. abhi-\/tvar) to make haste; 
pot, 3. s^.>ne({./vetha(kalyane) ^hasten 
towards the good", Dh. 116, (cp. ta- 

abhidhamma, m, (sa, abhi-dlinr- 
ma) the higher dhamma or transceu- 
dental doctrine, - Abhidhamina-pita- 
ka, n. name of the third of the three 
great collections (nbaskets", cp. pi^aka) 
of the Buddhist holy scriptures, com- 
prising the following works: Dham- 
masafigani, Vibbanga, Kathavatthu, 
Puggala-paniiatti, Dhatukatha, Ya- 
iTiaka, Patthana; loc, rwe 102, is; 
gen. ^assa 113, is, 

abhjdhavati, vb. (sa, abhi- 
y'dhav) to run up towards, to rush 
towards; imp, 2. pi. ^atha (metri 
cauaa .^atha) 30,i9 („haste to the 
rescue"); aor. 3. sg, /v^vi, 76,98. 

abbinandati, vb. (sa. abhi- 
ynand) ') to rejoice at, to salute, to 
welcome (acc.)\ pot. 8, ag, /veyya 
rsakkaram) Dh. 76; pr, 3, pi, /wanti 
(purisam sotthitn agatam) Dh. 219. 
— ") to applaud, to assent, to approve 
(acc); aor, 3, ag, f^i (Bhagavato 
bbasitam) 93,i»; inf. .^iturii (tad 
abhinanditun ti) 97,6. 

abhinandin, mfn. (— sa) re- 
joicing at; f. tatra-tatrabhinandini 
(tanhS) finding its delight here and 
there, 67,i8. 

abhinava, mfn, (— aa,) quite 

new, modern; loc, pi. xwesu pottha- 

kesu, in modern manusoripts, 62,i9 

(opp, porana-V 

abniniKkoamana, n, going 



forth, esp. retiring from the houiehold 
life. — maha-", n. „tbe great retire- 
ment" o: Buddha's leaving his house 
in order to become a monk ; ^am 
nikkhamitum 66,is 

abhinimminati, vh (sa. abhi- 
nir--y/ma) to create, to asBume another 
aijpearance (ace); ffer. /x/itva (kassaka- 
vannam. the appearance of a plough* 
man) 7/., 88. 

abhinivesa, m. (^sa. abhinivcQa), 
adhering to, inclination to; upayupa- 
dana-** 96,io (q.v.) ; comp. to. the synon. 
adhmh.ana {v.h.} 96,u. 

*abhippakipaa, pp. (sa. *abhi- 
pra-\/kir) strewn v, ith Unstr.); "-sayana, 
loc.>,e (pupplianam r.mmananiattena) 


*.ibhippaharaiii, f. {adj. fr. 
"'abhi-pra-y'hr, tn.ced only in the foil, 
paisage) ,^ni (sena Kaabassa) the 
offensive (army of Kanha) 103,31. 

abbibliavati, rb. (sa. abhi-\/bbu) 
to overcome, to overpower (acc); pr. 
3. Rg. ^ati (paccamitte) 3,84; ger, 
^bhuyya (sabbani parissayani) Dh. 
328; pp. ^bhuta, m. khuppipasabhi- 
bhiito (felo), tormented by hunger 
and thirst, 84,88. 

abhibhii, »i/Vi. (-=• sa.) one who 
conquers or overcomes (at the end of 
comp.)\ sabbabhibhu, ,«. having con- 
quered all, Dh. 363; sabbalokabhi- 
bhuiii (viram, acc. m.) having con- 
quered all the worlds, Dh. 418. 

abhimatthati or abhiman- 
thati, vh.isa. abhi-v/raath, nianth) 
to crush (acc); pr. 3. sg. <vati (dum- 
nedham) Dh. 161, \ 

abhiiiiukha, mfn. (— sa.) turned 
towards ; m. pi. ,%.a abesurn, they met 
with one another, 43, 19; most frequently 
at the end of comp, : m. varanarukkba- 
bhimukho, 5,4; nagarabhimukho, 
43,14; f. Jetavanabhimukhi, 73,i8; 
acc. m. devalokabhimukharii (ratbam 
akasi) 60,i9. - abh.niukham, adv. 
39,9-10 (matta-varane ^ agaccliante, 
loc. even if a furious elephant were 
going towards them). 

abhirati, f. (- »a.) delighting 
in, pleasure; acc. tatra -^irfi iccheyya 
Dh. 88. - an-abhirati, f. discontent 

(«• f.). 

abhiramati, t;t. {sa. abhi-\/ram) 
to delight in, to take one's pleasure 
with; pr. 3. sg. <^dX\ (niaya saddhirii) 
46,2i; 3. pi. ^anti (ubho) 60,c; aor. 
3. sg. ^i (tena saddhiiii) 20,ii; part, 
med. m. ^mano (taya saddbim) 19, 19. 
-pp. abhirata, v. an-abbirata; *abhi- 
ranta, only in conip, yathabbirantam, 
adv. as long as you like or think fit 
70,80 {v. yatba, cp. yatbakamarii). 
dur-abhirama, mfn. (g. v.). 

*abhirainapeti, 1)6. {caits, II fr. 
last) ') to ciiuse one to take his plea- 
sure with; pot. 1. sg. -^.eyyaiii (raja- 
nam inaya saddbim) 46,2j. - '') to 
delight, to divert; part, f. pi. ^eutiyo 
(itthiyo) 64,31. 

abhirSpa, mfn.{-^ sa.) handsome, 
beautiful, lovely; «(. ^^o (mabasamano) 
76,31 ; acc. ,>^am (purisam) 10,25; f. 
f^a. (haiiisapotika) 10,4. 

abbirShati, vh. {sa. abhi-yruh) 
to ascend, to mount {acc.)\ pr, 3. sg. 
,>^ati (dantam, sc. nagaiii) Dh. 321; 
imp. 2. eg. ^& (pitthim me) l,i9; 
2. pi, rvatlia, 22,5; aor. 3. sg. I,i9. 
25,19 (navam); 5. pi, n,.imsu, 22,6; 
gir. •) ^ruylia, 20,i3; >•) ^riihitva. 
21,10. 61,18 (pabbataiii). 

abhilakkhita, mfn. {sa. ablii- 
laksbita, pp. abhi-ylaksb) fixed, de. 
termined for; Mi. ^0 (maha-uposatba- 
divaso) 22,19. 

abbivaddhati, vb, {sa, abhi- 
yvrdh) to increase; pr. 3, sg. ^ati 
(yuso) Dh. 24. - pp. abhivaddba, n, 
r^&ih blranani „the abounding Birana 
grass", 107,33 -= Dh. 335 (or have 
we to take this form as part, pr.f 
Trenckner takes it as pp. abbi--i/vrsh, 
CJ3. the readings ^vattam&^vuddhara, 
Morris, JPTS. '86, "p. 143). 

abhivadana. n. or *abhiva* 
dana. f. {sa. abbiv.adana, «.) re- 
spectful salutation, reverence; ^U. {w, 
loc, ujjugatesu) Dh. 108. - *abbiva- 



dana-sili«, mfu, {cp. sa. "-(jila) re- 
Bpectful; gen. m. ^is8a, Dh, 109. 

abhivadeti, vb. (cans, abhiva- 
dati, sa. abhi-\/vad) to salute respect- 
fully (ace.) ; ger. ^etva ( Bhagavantam) 
€8,17. 96,3. 

abhisaihkbata, mfn. {pp. abhi- 
saiiikbaroti, so. abhi-sam-s-y'ki') pre- 
pared, cooked; gen, r^assa (sappi- 
madbu-sakkara-°. payasassa) 6 1,36. 

abbisarakhara, {sa. abbisaih- 
skara) ') preparation. *) development, 
exercise, practise; aco. /^aih 68,36. 
69,2. (iddha-°, v. next). 

*abhisamkhareti, vb, {cans. 
abbi-sam-8-\/k}') ^ to prepare. *) to 
exercise, practise, effect (acc); pot. 1. 
sg. ^eyyaih (iddbabhisaihkbaram, 
„an exercise of miraculous power" {v. 
iddhi) 68,36; aor. 3, sg, ^esi (id.) 

abbisajati or abbisajjati, vb. 
{sa. abbi-y'sanj) to offend ; pot. 3. sg. 
~saje (yaya na , . kanci, by words) 
Dh. 408. 

*abhi8ambujjhati {sa, *abhi- 
8ain-\/budb) to gain perfect knowledge 
of; pp. ,x/buddha, part, /^budhana, 
V. bcloto. 

*abbi8ambujjbana, n. {fr.last) 
enlightment, gaining the perfect know- 
ledge (possessed of a Buddha); "-kala, 
m. 63,7. 

abhisambuddha, mfn, {pp. 
abbisambujjbati, sa, id.) having 
attained perfect knowledge; m. pa- 
tbamabhisambuddbo (Buddho) „hav- 
ing just attained theBuddhaship", 66,3. 

*abbi8ambudhana, mfn, (part, 
fr, abbisambujjbati, op. sa. part, aor, 
budbana) who has learnt, understood; 
m. .vo (kayam marioidhammam) 
Dh. 46. 

*abhi8ambbava, m. {fr, abhi- 
sambhavati , sa. abhi-sam-\/bhu), 
reaching, attaining. — dur-abnisam- 
bhava, mfn. {q.v.). 

abbiseka, m. {sa. abbisheka) 
anointing, inauguration of a king; acc, 
/^am karetva „cauBed himself to be 

anointed king" 36,29; etassa imasmim 
rajabbisekakale, now when he is being 
anointed king, 11,6. 

a b h i 8 e c a n a , n. (sa. abbishecana) 
-m prec. /^am (ulukassa) ll,i6. 

a mace a, m. {sa. amatya) a com- 
panion or minister of a king, courtier; 
rwO, 38,17; pi. i^a, 40,9; acc. pi. >^e, 
40,7; instr. pi, rwehi, 39,3i. - "-adayo, 
the courtiers and others, 102,6 {cp, 
adi). sesamacce {acc. pi.), all his 
courtiers, 40,6 {v. 8esa). mittamacca 
{pl.) friends and companions, 92,8. 
"-brahmana-gahapatike (acc. pi.) o: 
all people of higher rank (opp. 8abba- 
seniyo) 42,2 {cp. Fick, Soc. Glied. 
p. 93 & 164). "-sabassena {instr.) 
a thousand courtiers, 39,26, 62,8. °-pa- 
rivuta, mfn. 40,8o. •'-gana-parivuta, 
mfn. 39,98, "-parivarita, mfn. 112,26. 
sattamucca-satanuga. mfn. v. anuga. 
samacca. mfn. {q. v.). 

amuka. mfn. {fr. the pron. base 
aniu-, == sa. cp. asu & asuka) this or 
that, such and such a person (or thing) 
referred to without name; loc. m, /^as- 
mim okase, 7B,e. {cp. ayam, 4.) 

amba, m. {sa, amra) the mango 
tree (Mangifera Indica); «vO. 37,22; 
gen. <^assa, 37, i; pi. n^a. 100,i3; acc, 
pi. ^e, 100,u; instr. pi. -^ebi, 2,io. 
— *'-pakka, n. {sa. *amra-pakva) a 
mango fruit; rwam, 36,31 ■— ambapba- 
1am, 36.34. "-panas'-adibi, 2,90 {v. 
panasa & adi). "-pindi, f. {sa. *amra- 
pindi) a bunch of mangos, acc. ^irii, 
15,2, o-labujadinam, l,i4 {v. labuja). 
'-vana, a mango grove, loc, /^e, 77, ao; 
46,14 (Makhadeva-", g. v.) 46,7 (M-x/ 
uyyane). "-samika, m, the owner of a 
mango tree, t^o, 100,is. 

*ambho, indecl, (fr, ham -j- bhos, 
■cp, hambho & bho) ') a voc. particle : 
Hallo! {w. voc), /-vsarathi, 43,2i, *) 
exclamation expressive of anger or in- 
dignation {w, voc), <N/dut(ha-brab- 
mana, 33,i6; '%,<puri8a, 101,i8. 

am ma, indecl, (used in addressing 
a woman), v, riext, 

am ma, f, {sa, amba) a mother; 



gen, ^Eya. 46,8; voe. amme io usually 
shorteued to amma: *)u8ed by children 
addreBsiog their mother, 9,i9. 22,it; 
') by any perion addressing one (or 
more) women, 49,81 (a maid to her 
Indy); 87,10 (a father to his daughter), 

am m ana, n. (sa. armana ? cp. 
Childers 8, v.) a certain measure of 
copBcity, a trough, a canoe; O-mattena 
{instr, V, matta') in a measure of an 
a- (pupphanam .>^ abhippakinna-saya- 
na) 66,29. 

amha, ainhi, v. atthi. 

amha(n), n. = asmax (so. a^man) 
a Btone; instr. -^ana, 104,6 {cp. Win- 
disch, Mara, p. 8 & 12). - amha-maya, 
mfn. (sa. a^ma-maya) made of stone, 
hard; acc. f^nm (maniifa) Dh. 161. 

amhakam, amlie, etc., v. aham. 

ay aril, pron. m. & f. (sa. ayam, 
f. iyam) n. iiarii (si. idam). The 
otiier forms are taken from the base 
ima- or a- : nam. eg. m, ayath, 3,i. 
6,3; by contraction with a preceeding 
a-sound : c&yaih, QQa; by elision ; 
'iiyarii 17,98. 37, so; Dh. 66, or 'yaih, 
lU8,i7; before palatals : iiyafi, 74, 31. 

- f ayarh. 21, n. 9,ih (iiyiifl oa). - 
«. idaiii, 16,16; 'idarii, 67,8; imarii, 
1(!0,4. - acc. imarfi 2,8 (m.); 3,26 (/".); 
17,j; Dh. 196 (im') (m.). - instr. m. 
n. imina, 8,33; oi,i5. f, iniaya, 42,i8; 
75,35. — gen, (dut.) m. («.) imassa, 
2,99; 4,31; assa. 1.5; 'ssa, 3, 11; f. 
imissh. 3,8; 31,4; ussa, 48,96; 73,23 
(assa -= issa ?); 87, 10. - abl. m. asma, 
Db. 290. - loc. m. («.) imasmiin, 1,13; 
3 23; asmiiii, Dh. 242. - pi. nom. m, 
iiiie. 4,6 ; 66,25 ('m 3) ; 60,t ■ (ma-y-irae). 

- acc, m. ime. 41,3s; f. ima. 2,9; n, 
imani, 81,97. - instr, m, imehi, 55,95. 

- gen. m. imesaiii, 2,6; 14,96. - loc, 
m, n, imesu, 31, jo; bl,s7. - ') this, 
this here (referring to a person or 
thing 2^r£sent or in qtiesfion) opp, 
pava, Dh. 220. 410. - ^) referring to 
the preceeding, 67,.-, (ayarii kho sa); 
73,23 (ime divase, acc. pi. „the lust 
few days"). — ■') referring to the follow- 
ing, 67,3-10; 85,28. — ■')—. such, like 

that, 31,6 (imam acchadanara) ; 2,« 
(imesaiii sattanarii, like «»)' ^*'" 
(id.); repeated : ayaii ca ayafi oa, 43,88; 
idafl c'idaii ca, 44,i3 (cp. asuka, a- 
muka). - *) combined u: pron. relat.X 
y'ayarii (= yo ayarii) Dh. 66; yAyam 
If.) 67,i»; yad idarfi, 97... - '')ayam 
is gometimes used as pron. 3. pers., 
esp, the gen. eg. assa, assa, enclit. — 
tassa, tassa (v. ta-). cp. eta- (esa). 
ayana, n. (-= sa. cp. eti) walking, 
road. - ekayana, mfn. (q. v.). 

ay as, m. {comp. ayo. «ow^ ayo, 
sa. ayas, «.) iron; instr. ayasa (= 
ayato, Comm.) 106,i9 = Dh. 240. 
{cp. ayasa. mfn.) 

ayo-gula, m. {sa. ayo-guda) an 
iron-ball; ^0. 107, i = Dh, 308. 

ayya, mfn. (sa. iirya, cp. arya) 
honorable, worthy; hi. .>^o Devadatto, 
75,4. - The voc. ayya is frequently 
used in respectfully addressing a 
person : 2,29. 4,3 etc. 33, i (ayya 'ti); 
pi. ayya (by addressing more persons) 
21,10. 73,4; and oven the nom. eg. 
ayyo is used as voc. particle (la both 
genders and numbers) ; 18,8-91-25. {cp, 

ayy a-putta, »». {sa. arya-putra) 
the son of an honbrable man, master; 
nom. ,vO. 65,32; voc, -%.a, 65, 15 (de- 
signation of a master by his servant), 
ayyika, {fr, ayya. .sa. aryika, 
aryaka) grandmother; ^a, 108,i5. 
ayyo, v. ayya. 

araiifia, n. {sa. aranya) a forest; 
acc. (^arii, 6,7; abl. .^►ato, 6,15; loc. 
i^e, 5,80 ; pi. ->.ani, Dh. 99; loc. (n/BSU, 
73,84. - *<*-ayatana, n. a forest haunt; 
loc, ^e, 1,4. 3,80. - *Htliana, n. a 
place in a forest; loc. <x^e, 32,i4, 

araha, mfn. {sa. arlia) deserving, 
worthy; m. pi. .>.ii („holy men") 109,8. 
- pujaraha, mfn. {sa, pujarlia) de- 
serving hommage; acc. /^e^ Dh, 
195. - maharaha, mfn. {sa. maharha). 
Very valuable, precious, splendid; m. 
0^0 (manto) 32,io; acc. ,-vaiii (utta- 
maratharii) 63,4; (sayanarii) 112,2; n. 
pi. -^ani (asanani) 61,25. {cp. next.) 



araha<, m. {sa. arhat) a venerable 
person, a saint, an Arhat, who has 
reached the highest stage of sanctiiica- 
tion from which he can enter Nirvana; 
nom. sg. araha (dasah* aiigehi sam- 
annagato) 82,i4; gen, «^ato (Sani' 
masambuddhassa) 81,5; ace. /v^antam, 
Dh. 420; pi. .^anto (satta) the first 
seven Arhats, viz, Buddha himself, the 
poDoavaggtyil bhikkhQ ($.v.), and Yasa, 
70,18; gen. pi, ^atam, Dh, 164, (op. 

arahati, vb. (sa. y'arh) ') to be 
worthy of (ace. or inf.) ; pr. 3. sg. 
/vati (kasavaih, metrically — arliati) 
Dh. 9; 2. sg, ^asi (mama vijite 
vasituiii) 38,20 ; part. araha< {v. /«.). 
— *^ to he obliged to, to be able 
to (inf.); ko tam ninditum i^ati, 
„who would dare to blame him?" 
Dh. 230. 

arahatta, n. (sa. arhatva) Arhat- 
ship (cp. araha<); ace. .%/arii, 89,i6. 

*Arahanta-vagga, m. name of 
the seventh chapter of Dhammapada. 

ariya, mfn. (sa. arya, ep. ayya) 
honorable, noble ; elect, holy ; m. o^o, 
Dh. 270; ace. ^am (= aryara) Dh. 
208; gen. pi. /s.anam (= aryanaih) 
Dh. 22. 164. 206; instr. pi. ^ebhi, 
Dh. 162 bis; ~o atthangiko maggo, 

67,3. 108,14; ace. 107,2o. 

_ *o. 


dita. mfn. preached by the elect; loc, 
/N^e (arya-, dhamme) Dh. 79. - 
*''-bhumi, f. the world of the elect; 
ace. -'wiiii, Dh, 236. - an-ariya, mfn. 
(q. v.). 

ariya-sacca, (sa. arya-satya) 
sublime truth; n^&m (dukkham) 67,8 
(the sublime truth [concerning] the 
pain); 67,i2\(dukkhasamudayam, q. 
v.); pi. /Np-ani (cattari) 82,io. 107,i8. 

*ariya-8avaka, m. an elect or 
holy disciple; «vO, 28,3. 71,5; 
«N/e, 73,32. 

aru, n, (ad. arus) a wound; *aru- 
kaya, m, a wounded body (or mfn. 
covered with wounds?) aco, <^ain, 
Dh. 147. 

aruna, m. (— > $9.) the davo, the 

Fill OlMMTT- 

sun. — *arunuggamana, n. sunrise ; 
abl. rwS, 12,18. - *aruna-vela, f. (id.); 
loc, ~aya, in that very moment when 
the sun was rising, ih. (cp, vela). 

arhati, v, arahati. 

ala, n. (?) (sa. ala, cp. ada) the 
claw of a crab; instr. ozena, 4,35; 
instr, pi, f^ehi (kammara-sandasena 
viya") 6,8, 

alaih, indecl. (— = sa.) enough: 
») w.voc. />/ Devadatta, 74,s4; /vavuso, 
76,3j, - ') w. gen. pers. -wmayham, 
I have had enough, 28,84. - *) w. instr, 
.x* (vo ratanehi) 27,8b; soraetimes de- 
noting what a person dqol^ care for ; 
o^etehi ambehi, 2,io. - ■•) w. dat, final. 
<Nzhi te aiiuanaya /vsammohaya, no 
wonder that you feel ignorant and 
confused, 94,24. 

alamkata, mfn. (pp. fr. next., S(?i. 
alam-krta) adorned, decorated; »». r^o, 
45,30. Dh. 142; *'-sirigabbhe, 41,34 
(q. v.); "-patiyatta, mfn. splendidly 
dressed or decorated (q. v.). 

alamkaroti, vb. (sa. alam-i/kr) 
*) to adorn; ger. />/itva (ace.) 20,9. 
68,19. 63,4. — ^)to adorn oneself; -x-itva, 
19,13. - pp. alariikata, v. above, - 
cans. /N.'karapeti, q. v. 

alamkara, m. (■=- sa.) ornament, 
decoration; inslr. sabbalariikaremi 
alamkaritva, adorning it richly, 63,4; 
instr. pi. sabbalamkarehi, 58,i8. 
- sabbalamkara-patimandita, mfn. 
64,29 (g. v.); "-vibhusita, mfn. 61,7 
(2. v.). 

*alamkarapeti, vb. (cans. II. 
alamkaroti) to cause to be decorated 
(ace); ger. ^etva (maggam) 62,7. 

alapu, n. (sa. alabu) a gourd; 
pi. f^nui, Dh. 149. 

alika, mfn, (sa. alika) false, dis- 
pleasing. — n. falsehood, untruth ; 
fN/am bhanam, speaking a falsehood, 
Dh. 264; na tassa o^am bhanitara 
(sc. maya) I did not tell him a lie, 
108,3o; fN^am bhasasi, 97,3i (— musa- 
vada). - alika-vjidin, mfn. lying, 
speaking a falsehood; ace, m, /viuam 




allapa, m. {sa. alapa) speaking 
to; "-scllapa, n^ oonverBation ; /x/am 
kf.tva, 1j6,ss. ep. illapati. 

*allika. mftu {probably fr. 5-^1^ 
"alayaka-*alyaka) adhering, devoted 
to, only comp. w. suk'ia-, v. kama- 

alii yati, vh. (sa, a-v/Ii) to adhere; 
part. in. an-alliy?.nto. careless of {w. 
ace. kilesaratirii) 4o,i9. 

ava, indecl. (— sa) prefix to verbs 
and nou-is expressing „down, back,, away". Thit prefix is very fre- 
quently contracted to „o", both after 
another prp. (ajjh-0-harati) and before 
a single or double consonant (okasat 
okkamati); but after „vi" we find it 
sometimes uncontracted (vavatthapita, 
cp. vohara etc.) and in comp. like 
an-avakasa, likewise before vowels 
(avekkhati). cp. ora, orima. 
avakasa, v. okasa. 
a vac a, mfn. (— sa.) low {opp. 
ucca) V. uccavaca. 

avacara, m. (=» sa.) only at the 
end of comp. -=■ the sphere or dominion 
of, V. a-takkavacara. 

*avajalla, v. rajovajalla. 
avajanati, vb. (sa. ava-\/jfia) to 
despise (ace); pr. 3. sg. -^ati (raetri 
causa) 103,30. 

avajiyati, vb. (sa. pass. ava-\/ji) 
to be conquered; pr. 3, sg, .%^ati. 
Dh. 179. 

avatthita, mfn. {pp. fr. avati- 
(thati, sa. ava-v^stha) firm, steady. - 
an-avatthita-citta, mfn. (q. v.). 

avattharana, n. (sa. avastarana) 
spreading; deploying an ^rmy; raniio 
''-bhavam fiatva. „wheD he saw that 
the king bad deployed his forces" 36,2* 
(cp. bhava). 

avattharati and ottharati, 
vb, (sa. ava-y'str) to spread, scatter 
about, overturn; to overspread, over- 
whelm (ace); ger, «./itva, (bhatta- 
patim) 34,13; (turiyabhandani) 6.5,5; 
•jttharitva (sc. jalam, referred to the 
:igen8 sakunikena) 88,34. —pp. otthata, 
overwhelmed, cuught; loc. pi. -v-esu 

(iMara-jalena) when they have been 
caught in Mfira's net, 88,56. 

avadharana, n. (- sa.) ascer- 
tainment, emphasis; ~am, the signi- 
fication of the particle „kho|', 85,31. 

avasakkati, v. osakkati. 

avasarati, vb. (sa. ava-v/sr) to 
proceed towards, to comH (down) to; 
aor, 3. sg. tad avasari, 77,i9. 81,9. 

avasana, n. (— sa.) conclusion, 
termination, end; loc. adv. ~e, at last, 
34,8; comp. bhattakicca-". 86,15; 
gatha-», 87,1 ; desana-", 89,a. Con- 
traded ! osana, "-gatha, f. a final 
stanza, acc. -^aiii, 27, ai. cp, pariyo- 


avasittha, mfn. (sa. ava^ishta, 
pp. ava-^Qish) left, remaining; n. 
<%./arii (sukaramaddavaih) 78,u; -^arii 
hoti (ayuiii) 44,28 ; m, pi. /^a ahesuiii 
(dve jana) 33,8i. 

avasesa, mfn, (sa, avagesba. n.) 
left, remaining; m. pi. ^y^a,, 7,i4. 86,23 
(opp, eka); gen, (dat.) pi. ,%^anam, 
7,15. - avasesa-sigala (m. pi.) 40,2i. 

*avassuta, mfn. (sa. ava-sruta 
or *ava-a.-sruta. \/3ru) 'rotten, leaky' ; 
metaph. lustful (cp. Jat. IV 20,22 : an- 
avasButa niTvii (watertight) and SBE. 
X,i3). - an-avassuta-citta, mfn. (q.v.)^ 
cp. an-ussuta & asava. 

avaharati, vb. (sa. ava-\/hr) to 
take away (acc); pr. 1. sg. .>,iTmi 
(nabam ambe 1^, I did not take away) 
100,u; pot. 8. sg. ~eyya (ambaih) 
100,19. - pp. avahuta. »n. i)l. r^&, 


■"avapurapeti, vb, (cans. It. 
avapurati — sa. apa-Y/vr & apa-y/vr) 
to cause to bo opened; ger, -%^etva 
(nagaradvarani) 39,25. cp, aparuta. 

Avici, n. (or f.) nom. pr. (-=> sa. 
m.) the last (lowest) of the eight great 
hells (cp. niraya); loe. rvimbi, 27,i4. 

avekkhati, vb. (sa. ava-y/iksh) 
to look at, to look down upon (acc); 
pr. 3. sg. ^ati (bale^ Dh. 28; pot. 3. 
sg. ~eyya (attano katani) Dh. 60; 
part, acc. m. />^antam Hokam) Dh. 



avhaya, ni. {sa. ahvaya) appella- 
tion, name; only at the end of adj. 
comp., V. savhaya. 

asani, /". (sa, agani) a thunderbolt, 
lightning ;_»jo»i. sg. ,^i (patita) 17,29; 
loc. «^iya (sise . patantiya) 39, lo; 
"-vegena (instr.) tastily like a flash 
of lightning (cp. vega) 12,82, 

asi^ H). (sa. asi) a sword; aco, 
-%-iiii, 111,25; insti; <>^ina, 33,i7; asi- 
satti-dhanu-adini (avudhani) 6,12; 
"-cammam, »i. sword and shield, 76,i6, 

asi^ pr. 3. sg. atthi (3. v.). 

asiti, mm. (/".) (sa, agiti) eighty; 
caturasiti — 84 (sa. catur-aQiti), 
"-vassa-sahnssani, 44,8o, - *a8iti-koti- 
vibhava, mfn. very rich, gen. m, -vassa 
(setthino) 22,i3. - "-sahassa, m. pi. 
(bhikkhu) 80,000, 97,4, cp. asitika. 

asu, pron. mf. (sa. asau) n, adura 
(sa. adas) that; the other cases are 
lornied on the base amu- (cp. amuka). 

*asuka, mfn. (fr. last. cp. sa. 
amuka) this or that, such and such 
a person (or thing) ; loc. m. ,-wasmim 
(game) 92,u. - comp. "-kale, 88,23; 
"-gehe, 58,3. cp. amuka and ayaih'*). 

asura. m. (-= sa.) an evil spirit, 
demon; pi. the opponents of the gods; 
nom. pi. /N^a, 59,24; ace. r^e, 59,25; 
gen. o^anam, 60,i4; loc. ^esu, 60,i7. 

— **'-kaiifia, f. daughter ot the Asuras, 
ace. rvaih (Sujatb) 54,7. - *"-bhava- 
nam, n. the world of the A. 69,27. 

astu, asmi. v. atthi. 

assa', m. (sa. a^va) a horse; ace. 
»vam, 66,17; pi. o^a, Db. 94;, 
rs^e, 44,11 ; maiigalasso, a horse of 
state (v, mangala) 24,29; valahassa-, 
a flying horse (t;.va]aha)21,34 (*'-yoni); 
sigbasso „a racer" (v. sigha) Dh. 29 
(opp. abalassa „a hack", v. a-bala). 

— ^'-diita, m. a messenger on horseback, 
68,31. - **'-pota, m. a foal, 2,i8 ("-ppa- 
mana, mfn.) ; — **'-bhandaka, horse 
trappings (saddle and bridle) 65, 17. — 
"-ratana, n. (coll.) valuable horses, 
24,19. — *-rajaH, m. 'king /f horses' 
(Kanthaka) 65,i». — ®-sala, f. a stable 
for borsep, 65,i7. cp. assatara below. 

assa^ pot, 3. sg. v. attbi. 

assa^ assa, pron. gen. v. ayarii. 

assatara, m. (sa. aQvatara) a 
mule; pi. ^R, Dh, 322. 

assama, m. (sa, acjrama) the hut 
of an ascetic; loc. «N^e, 36,o, — "-pad a, 
n. a hermitage, a place where ascetics 
have made their huts; aec. ^am, 36,6. 

assava, mfn. (sa. a(;rava) com- 
pliant, obedient; f. ^a (gcpi) 104,33; 
n, ^&m (cittaiii) 105,2; pi. ,>wa, 105,2S. 

assada, w?. (sa. asvada) enjoy, 
ment, delight; a delicacy; ace. ^aiQ 
47,90 (opp. adinava") 104,i5. 

""assadana, f. (cp, sa, asvadaiiai 
n.) a delicacy, 104,u. 

assasa, nt, (sa. S(;va8a) breathing, 
inhaling; "-passaso, inhaling and 
breathing forth, 80,89, 

assaseti, vb, (sa, eatis. a-y'gvas) 
to cause to take breath, to comfort, 
to encourage (acc.)\ ger. -v^etva, 20,o. 


assu, n. (sa. acjru) a tear or coll. 
tears; nom. sg. />^u, 82,5. 97,23; rwum, 
89,14; instr. /^/una (akkbihi paggha- 
rantena) 5,i4. — "-mukba, mfn. 
with a tearful face, m, r^o (rodaifa) 
Dh. 67, 

aba, n. (sa. abar & aban) a day. 
•) at the end of comp. ek.aben' (instr.) 
in the course of one day, 57,8; ekaba- 
dviba'-ccayena, in a day or two, 32,24 
(cp, accaya); ekabadviham (ace.) one 
-or two days, 50,6; katipabara (q. v.) 
a few days, 7,27 etc.; dviha-tiharii, 
two or three days, 36,6; sattfiham, 
seven days, 23, lO. 66,4. — In some 
few cases we find -anba (fr. the weak 
stem aban) v. pubbanba, sayanha. 
— *) as the first part of comp. 'abo' 
(fr. sa. abar) v. abo-ratta, aho-ratti. 

abam, pron. 1. pers. (sa. abam) 
'I'; nom. abam (abam, aban) 1,7. 2,9. 
65,15; by contraction or elision : abam, 
'bam, 1,21. 7,9. 104,2i; after the verb: 
janeyyahaih, 94,3i ; labbami'ham, 
108,25; patam' abam, 108,36. — ace 
' ') mam, 2,3. 13,i5 (man'ti) ; ') mamam, 
16,2. 47,10 (mamafi ca). — instr. (abl.) 




mays, 3,1*. 4,«e. — gen. (dat.) •) may- 
)iam, 2,11-29. 3,9. 4,11 etc. *) mama, 
1,17. 71,88 [mam') 72,jo (mama-y-idarii). 
') mamam, 72,so. *) me, l,i9. 2,«. 
112,20 (m'); this form is also often 
eubstituted for other cases : ~> instr. 
4,S3. 45,5. 66,23. 90,!!6. — abl. 72,i. — 
loc. mayi, 19,29. — pi. nom. •) mayaih, 
1,8. 66,32 (^ sg.). ") amhe, 21,3o. - 
ace. amhe, 4,i9. 73,5. — instr. (ahl.) 
amhehi, 6, is. 74,i2. — gen. (dat.) *) 
amhakaiii, 1,2*. 4,i. *) no, 11,3. 12,3. 
56,33 (= sg.); substituted for itistr. 
b4:,ib. — loc. amhesu, 4,ii. — Com- 
bined w. pron, demonstr, es'ahaiii, 
6r>,i9; ace. tam mam, 103,2; gen. 
tassa lie, 103. 3; w. j)ron. rel. pi. 
ye mayaiii, 106,23; gen. {daf.) yesan 
no, Dh. 200. — Constructions to be 
noticed : na te ahari;, T am not among, 72,33; tumhe mam . . . janatha 
(6c. pesakarasalam gaccbamanarii) 
8b', is; mama rattindivam . . . na 
jilnami (sc. maranabliavam) 88,22. 
ep, next. 

*abirakara, m. {ft: aham & \/kr, 
su. ahamkara) the false view that there 
is an Ego, the first of the three anu- 
sayas ((£. v.), explained in the comm. 
by 'ditthi' (5. v.); 94,ii : sabba-ahim- 
kara - mamirakara - mananusayanam 
khaya. Some Mss, iiave here and in 
parallel passages the reading ahaiiikara 
(— sa. cp. SN. Ill 32,1-3 (vol. I p. 
l32)), vtrhich generally means ^selfish- 
ness, pride". 

aho, indccl. (~= sa.) an exclama- 
tion {w. nom. or a fuH\ sentence) 
expressive of satisfaction or enjoyment, 
42,17 (aho vata bho), 68,12 {r^ pufifia- 
riaiii phalaih), 86,m (^ Buddlianara 
katha minia acchanya), or of re- 
proach, 59,21 (.^ andhabiTlasi). 

ahoratta, m. (sa. ahor.atra) day 
and night; "-anusikkhiji, mfn. study- 
ing day and night, gen. pi. ^inam, 
Dh. 226. cp. aha. 

*ahoratti, f. (sa. *ahoratri) = 
prec. ; ace. sabbaiii r^iiii, through the 
whole day and night, 107,25 — Dh. 387. 


a, prp. (= sa.) near to, towards, 
until ; generally prefixed to verbs and 
their derivatives, but shortened to 'a' 
before more consonants, e. g. accha- 
deti, assaseti, allapa, etc.^ 

akamkhati, vb. (sa. a.-\/k&nksh) 
to wish, to desire (ace.); pr. 3. sg. 
/>.-ati (pacchasamanam) 82,26; part, 
med. m. ^amano, 79,ii („if it should 
80 wish"); ger. akamkha (viragam) 
Dh. 343. 

akaddhati, vb. (sa. a-\/krsh) to 
draw to or away with one's self; ger. 
/^itva (hanukattbikena, by the jaw- 
bone) 40,18; 59,8. 

akappa. m. (sa. akalpa) gestures, 
manners; instr. <-wena, 49,8. 

akara, m. (— sa.) plenty, multi- 
tude; a mine; gantbakara, q. v. 

akara, »». (— sa.) form, appearance, 
conditio!); sign, token, hint; manner, 
way; anekakara, mfn. multiform (v. 
an-eka);apanetabbakara-ppatta, «!/■«. 
intolerable (v. ap.aneti); patanakara- 
ppatta, mfn. being on the point of 
falling out, 12,21; sabbakara-puri- 
punna, »«/"«. altogether perfect, 10, 20; 
sabbakara-varOpeta. mfn. endowed 
with every grace, 81,4 (cp. vara); 
dvattimsakara, g, v. ; chatakakara, 
sign of hunger, 41,8 (v. /(.); olokita- 
k.arenOva (instr.), at the first sign of 
her being looked at (?) 87,25; agama- 
nakivra, 41,8i (how he had come back); 
annenfikiirena (instr.) in another way 
(o: wrong) 91,32. 

akaaa, m. (sa. akiiqa) the air, 
sky; space; ace. rvaifa, 14,i6; instr. 
^ena, through the air, 19, i7. 36,io; 
abl, ^a. 33,6. ^ato, 32,ii; loe. ^d 
11,19. 17,35. Dh. 264-6 (cp. bahira 
& SBE. X, p. 64 Note). - O-carika. 
mfn. going through the air, 36,35 (m. 
~o). - "-anaficayatana, n. 80,5 (v.h.). 

akincaniia, w. (sa. akiiiicanya, 
fr. a-kincana. q. v.) want of any 
possession, nothingness, "-ayatana, n. 
the abode of nothingness, non-existence, 



ace, «wam, 80,7 j "- -samapatti, 80,8 

akirati, vb. (sa. a-^kir) to eoatter 
or sprinkle over (ace); get; ,%^itva 
(paiilSUiii, filled them up with earth) 
40,e; (padapaiiisiini upari muddhani, 
the dust at his feet over its head) 77,8 ; 
pr. 3. sg. med, <^ate (rajaih') Dh, 313. 

*akoteti, vb. {sa, *a-)/kuii, cans, 
cp, kotteti) to beat, to trample in 
(ace); ger. n^etm (pariisum) 40,0. 

agacchati, vb. (sa. a-ygam & 
ga) to go, come, approach, arrive; to 
return, come back; pr, 3. sg, ,vati, 
12,9; 1. sg. «N/ami (padena) 98,8; 1, 
pl, /x-ama, 23,i9; — ^atu, 
4,83; 2. sg. ~a, 75,7; 3. pl, -vatha, 
75,9. 76,85; — pot, 3, pl. <N/eyyum, 
101,0 ; — fut. 3. sg. agacchissati, 15,o, 
and agamissati, 22,87. Dh. 121;, 
agamissama, 23, 19; — aor, 3, sg. 
agama, 18,34. agami, 57, u, aga, 114,8; 
3. pl. agamittha, 39,8; 3, pl, aga- 
miiiisu, 73,31 ; — part, vi, agacchanto 
(maggarii) on the way, 28, 18; 57,3a; 
ace, -^^antarii, 2,3i; ace. f. rN./antim, 
49,1 J — ger. agantva, 6,30, 7,5. 9,34. 
10,8. 31,23; agamma (sa. agamya) 
Dh. 87. 192 — 107.33. 61,i9. 110,28; 
- pp. agata. q. v, 

agata, mfn. (=> sa. pp. fr, agac- 
chati) ') come, arrived, returned; in, 
.%/0, 4,24. 16,12; ace. (N.-am, 9,22; fre. 
quently used as finite tense : 9,27 ('vo), 
67,33 etc. agato'smi, 98,2; agat'amhi 
(/".) 73,18; — comp. mam tava santi- 
karii agata-kale ganhahi (when I have 
returned) 3,i7; "-velaya {loe.) when 
he returned, 20,io; agatagata {, 
rattbavasino) who from time to time 
came, 18,8; '-bhava, m, coining, ar- 
riving, coming near, ace, «vBlh, 40,iT. 
88,8; ""ttbana, n, — agatabbava 
{cp. tbana) aco. /x<aih, 19,i8; •'-matta, 
mfn, at one's arrival, aco, m. tarn 
>N/aih, 33,88; adhunagata, mfn. a 
new-comer, 37,i6 {ep, adbuna); cira- 
gata, mfn. long absent, m, 1^0 (na 
ciragato — adbunagato?) 9,87. - 
*) occurred, related (in quotations)] 

Mahapadane "-nayena „in the man- 
ner related in M." 63,12. — ^) known ; 
agatagania, mfn. {= sa,) acquainted 
with the figamas {q. v.), m. pl, <^a, 
109,20. — an-agata, q, v. 

agama, m, {•— sa.) ') arrival. 
*) knowledge, science, esp. a sacred 
work containing traditional doctrine, 
the five Nikuyas or Sutta-pitaka thus 
called by the northern Buddhists (who, 
however, know only fragments thereof); 
"-pitakam (suttasammatam) 110,8 — 
Sutta-pltaka, — agatagama, mfn, v, 

agamana, n, (— sa.) coming, 
arriving, returning; ace. >^am, 22,88. 
33,29. 87,6-86; "-bhava, wi. the having 
arrived, aee. o./am, 9,i4; "-akara, way 
of returning, 41, 31 (3. v.), 

agami H, mfn. (— sa.) coming, 
returning; v. sakad-agami/i. 

agara, n. (■— sa.) a house, v. 
agarn, cp, an-agara. 

ilghiita, m, {— sa.) 'striking, 
killing'; ill-will, malice; ^0 (Deva« 
duttassa Bhagavati) 74,82; "-niatta, 
n. fN./ani pi nakilsi „not so much as 
en angry thought", 40,i {cp. matta'). 

acariya, »n. (sa. acarya) u teacher; 
<N/0, 16,23 (disapamokkho, brahmano); 
•'-antevasike {ace. pl.) a teacher and 
his pupil, 32,21. — *acariya-bhaga, 
m. a teachers fee, 64,24 (^o), — *aca» 
riya-vada, m, pl. r%,E, the doctrines 
of old teachers, 113,27, — cp, afina- 

acara, m, (= sa,) good conduct, 
morality; sllacaro, nvirtues", 43,S3; 
sila-gunacaro, a holy life, 28,s4. - 
*acara-kusala, mfn, perfect in beha* 
viour, m. /vo, Dh, 376. -- an-acara, 
. g. ti. 

acikkhaii, vb. {sa, a-v/caksh) 
to tell, communicate, explain, point 
out (ace); to instruct {gen,)\ pot. 3, 
sg. /%-eyya (maggaiii inulbassa) 69,i6; 
- aor, 8. sg. ,^i (attham) 13,i4; - 
fut. 1. sg. ^issami (cittarucitam 
tumbakam) 55,87; — imp. 2. sg. ^a, 
(maggam no) 66,sa*, — part, m, i^&n- 



to (karanBih) 37,8«; — get. ^itva, 
53,13. 56,34. 58,j (w. gen. -bhariyaya) ; 
an-acikkhitva (tesam) without telling 
them anything about it, 25,31. 

acinati &acinati, vh, (sa. 5-\/ci, 
-cinoti) to gather, accumulate; part. 
«». aoinain (^acinanto) Dh. 121-22 

achanna, mfn. (sa. acchanna, 
pp. a-\/chad) — acchanna, pp. accha- 
deti {q. v.) covered ; m. bhasmachanno 
(pavako) covered by ashes, 106, aa 
--- Dh. 71. 

*ajanna, nifn. (=-• ajaniya, cp. sa. 
ajaneya) of noble birth, v, puri- 

*ajana, mfn. only in the comp, 
dur-ajana, q. v. 

ajanati, vb. (sa. a-\/jna) to un- 
derstand, to perceive; pr. 3. pi. /^anti 
(attham) 90,3o; aor. 3. sg. afinasi, 
67,a. 65,ai. 87,a5; 68,ai {w. double 
aa.); ger, aanaya, D.i. 275. 411; 
cans, iinapeti, q. -'. -- cp. afifia, /"., 
ana, /"., dur-ajana, mfn. 

ajaniya, mfn. (sa. ajaneya) of 
noble birth, of good breed (as a horse); 
m. pi. ^^Vi sindhava „noble Sindhu 
horf-es", Dh. 322. 

iijiva. »«. (— so.) livelihood; 
samma-iTjivo, the right way of suppor- 
tii\g life, 67,4. - suddbajiva, mfn. & 
BuddhtijiviH, mfn. (q. t.). 

ana, f. (sa. 'tjfia) ') order, com- 
mand; ace. ,v.aih, il9,35; - *''-sam- 
patna, mfti. a ithoritttive, ace. m. >^am 
(purisam) 10,86. - -) sentence of death, 
cap'ta] punishmen;; ^aih katva, hav- 
ing passed sentence on (gen.) 42,7. — 
ci. afiiia, f. 

anapeti, vb. (denom. ft. ana, cp. 
sa. ajfiapayati, ca:ts. a-\/jfia) to com- 
mand, to give orders (ace.); imp. 2, 
sg, <<^ehi (purise) 76,3; aor. 3. sg. 
f^^esi (manusse) 75,i. 

*atappa, n. (/"»-. a- \/lap, bj). *atapa, 
m. sxertion) perseverance; .^.^aril kic- 
cam »you must make an effort", Dh. 
276. cp, ottappa. ».. 

atapi H. mfn. (fr, atapa, sa. atapin) 

ardent, strenuouB; used in connection 
with jhayin (3. v.), gen. m. rvino 
(brahmanassa) 66,ao; m. pi. ~ino, 
Dh. 143." 

atura, mfn. (— sa.) Buffering, 
ailing; ace. m. n^&± (arukftyam) Dh. 
147 ; loe. pi. r^esu (manussesu) Dh. 
198. — an-atura. q. v. 

adana, «.(— sa.) ») taking, seizing; 
a-dinnadana (abl.) from taking what 
is not given to you 0; stealing, 81,22. 
- «) affection, greed; O-patinissagga. 
m. abandonment of affection, Dh. 89. 
cpi. an-adtina, sadana. 
11 day a, ger. v. adiyati. 
adi. m. (= sa.) •) beginning, start- 
ing-point; liom, tatrayam adi bhavati, 
Dh. 376; adiiiikatva (dovarike, ace, 
pi.) from (doorkeepers) and upwards, 
68,21 (c]i, karoti); *adi-brabmacari- 
yika, mfn. belonging to the principles 
or fundamentals of a religious life, n, 
^.^aiil, 93,7-H. — ^) This word is very 
often used as the last part of com]). 
expressing ,,et-ceterB, and so on, and 
the like". ») sttbsf. pi. n. kasi-gora- 
kkhadini, 21,3; naccadini, 65, i. etc, 
instr. "-adibi, 18,28; 61,28 (anuehi); 
loc. o-adisu. 64,29; rattin-divam-puD- 
banbadisu, whether at night, day, 
morning or at other times, 88,23; m. 
pi. "-adayo, 6,11; amaccadayo, 102,s; 
f. kbattiyakannadinaiii, 47, 15. 
Such comp. occur also as the first part 
of a greater comp., 6,7 (muggaradi-), 
47,13 (nlluppaladi-), 66,22 (uyyanaki- 
ladi-), 88,32 (aniccadi-vasena), 113,3o 
(Sariputtadi-). — '') adj. n. sg. tandu- 
ladi (nava(tbam) lll,3i;, o-adini 
(.avudbani) 6,12; (punnani) 17,33; 
instr, m. pi. "-adibi (phalarukkbebi) 
2,20; gen. n. pi. "-adinaiii (pbalanam) 
1,14. — *) Similarly used, but uncom- 
pounded after „ti" (or ti evaiii) 21,4. 
73,30 (n. pi. adini). In this way it 
is to be found even as adj., (tarn 
yeva) „sassato loko" ti adina (instr.) 
nayena puttharii pailbara, the question 
asked in that way by the words ,.sas- 
sato loko" etc., 91, 31. 



adicca, m. (^sa, aditya) the sun; 
■^0, 107,83 — Dh. 387. - »-patha, 
t». the path of the bud, the eky, at- 
mosphere; loc. /N^e, Dh. 17B. ~ *'-lBan- 
dhu, m. a member of the Adicca* 
family, uame of Gotama Buddha; instr, 
~una. Dh. p. 94, v. s. 

*adinnava<, mfn. (sa, *a-dirna- 
vat, fr. a-Y^df, to split) one who has 
torn asunder ; m. ^va (uarindo) W, 
ace. (siliara), 112,3i. 

iiditta, mfn. (sa. adipta, pp. 5- 
■y/dip) set on fire, burning; m, t^o 
(cakkhusamphasso) 70,so; n. <%^aih, 
ib,\ m. pi, f^a (rasa) 70,8s. - 
"-geha-sadisa, mfn, like a burning 
house, 65,11. («». pi. ova). — "-panna- 
salam {ace.) a burning hut of leaves, 
44,29. — "-pariyaya, n. name of a 
chapter in Vinaya-Pitaka, the Fire- 
SermoD, 71, is. 

*adiyati, vb. {sa, a-\/da) to take, 
seize; to accept, choose; to take along 
with, carry off (ace); pr. 3, sg. o^ati 
(adinnam) 97,u. Dh. 246. 409 (adi- 
yate, med.); the formation adiyati 
(adeti is also to be found), which 
occurs only in comp, w. prp. a, upa 
etc., is possibly an old denominative 
form from ger. adaya (or perhaps we 
have to suppose a weak form of the 
root; confusion w, sa. adriyate may 
also be admitted in some instances) cp. 
dadati & upadiyati. — ger. adaya, 
often used almost like a prp. w. ace. 
= with, together with etc, 2,4. 6,7. 

12,88-29. 32,13. 48,30. 101,3. 106,8 -=■ 

Dh. 49. Dh. 287 ; varam ~, choosing 
the best, Dh. 268. — pp. atta {sa. 
atta) q. V, [The passive form is always 
-diyati or -diyyati etc.] 

adinava, »».(=■ sa.) distress, mi- 
sery, evil result, disadvantage, danger; 
o.'O, 67,31 (the evils of life); ace. 
/^.-am, 47,33-29 {opp. assada); 68,ao 
(kamanam); 86,8 {opp. anisamsa). 
- ""aDekadinava, mfn. full of dangers, 

adhipaoca, n. {sa, adbipatya, 
fr, adhipati) BOTereignty, lordehip; 

sabbalokadhipaccena {instr.) „the 
lordship over all worlds", Dh. 178. 

anafioa, n, {sa. anantya, fr. an- 
anta, q.v.) infinity; akasananca, the 
infinity of space, "-ayatana, «. the 
abode (state af mind) of the infinity 
of space, 80,6-fl; vinnananca, the in- 
finity of 'consciousness, 80,6-7. (con- 
tracted fr, vinfiana + ananoa) cp, 

anantarika or anantariya, 
mfn, (or anantariya, n. — sa, anan- 
tarya, n., immediate succession, fr. 
an-antara, q. v.) immediately follow- 
ing; *''-kamuia, n. a deed which will 
bring retribution immediately (in this 
life) (= anantare yeva attabhave 
vipaccanakam kammaih, Ss.), ^aiii 
(patbamam Devadattena upacitam) 
76,5. — pancanantariya-kamma, n. 
sg. {coll.) the five crimes that con- 
stitute „proximate karma", owam {ace.) 
97,13; such crimes are killing one's 
father or mother, an Arhat or a Buddha; 
cp. SBE. XX, 246. 

ananda, m. {— sa.) *) joy, plea- 
sure; owo, Dh, 146. — *) Ananda, 
m. nom. pr. the (younger) cousin of 
Gotama Buddha, his favorite di- 
sciple; (vO (ayasma) 77,i7. 90,38; 
(bahussutanara [aggo]) 109,?; (ba- 
hussuto) 109,18; voc. /x/a, ace. /s/arii, 
77,16; gen, js.'&asa,, 90,23; "-savhaya, 
m, {q, V.) A. _by name, ace. /N/am, 
109,16. — ^) *Ananda, m. nom, pr. of 
a mythical fish, the king of the fishes; 
ace. ^aih nama maccbam, 10,28; 
"•-maccham, 10,3. 

*anapeti, vb. {caus. II fr. aneti, 
q, V.) to cause to be brought or fetched; 
ger. .vetva (Bodhisattam) 45,2S. 

*ani8aihsa, m. {fr. *si'm-^ 
blessings, profit, advantage; ace, >vam 
{w. loc. nekkhamme) 68,20; (vaclsu- 
caritapatisamyuttam) 86,9 {opp. adi- 
nava). — Bilanisamsa-jataka, the tale 
of the blessings of virtue, 28,i. 

""anubhaTa, m, {fr, anu-bbara) 
power, extraordinary ability, esp. 
supernatural or magic power; ace. 



/vam, 37,18; hstr. ^ena, 16,8; m' 
[— me] /^ena, il2,.^o; iddhanubhav- 
ent, i7,afl (». iddhi); devata-", 17,25; 
deva-", by the power of the gods, 
63,38. — mahanvbhava. mfn. of ijreat 
night, /N^o ( 75,3o; gen, 
^assa (rafino) 62,u. — ''-sampanna, 
mfn. posBessed uf magio power; ^aifa 
(monikkhandbam) 36,2a. 

aneti, vh, {so, a-v/ni) to bring, 
to b.-ing bacit (ace); pr, 3. eg. ^eti, 
6,19; 1. pi. rwema. 55,24; imp, 3. eg, 
«/ehi, \ll,8o; 2. pi. />.etha, 16,26. 
57,1 ; pot, 1, sg. anaye (to reooveir) 
31,35) aor, a, pi. (^esuiii, 24,ai; -"way- 
imsu, 24,29; I. p^. anayimha (probably 
incorrect for anayiniha) 18,23; hif. 
~etuiii, 49,ai; ger, ~etva. 4,it, 6,t5. 
20,!)o; pp. iTnila. m. ,^o, 18,22. 22,29; 
f. ->.a, 112,14; n, i^am, 49, so; 113,26 
(idhanitarii „extaDt here"); cans, 
anapeti, q. v. 

.apajjati, vb. (sa. a-^/pad) to get 
in, to fall into (ace); pr. 3. sg. ,^ati 
(raetri causa /-vi) Dh. 309; aor. 2. fg. 
ma apajji (vissasain) „do not trust", 
30,12 ; apadi, Dh. 272 (vissasa-mapadi); 
1. sg. apadira, 94,2i (afinanam „I am 
at a loss"); 94,22 (saiumobarii „I have 
become greatly confused"); ger. /N^itva 
(samvegam „in deep emotion"). 

Span a. *m. (= sa.) a shop; ahl, 
r^&, 49,5; loc, rve, 30,10. — Bubba- 
gandhftpana, m., a perfumery shop, 
ace, ->.ara, 48,3i. - "-samipena {instr.'S 
near the shop, 49,a. - "-dvaraifa (ace.) 
the entrance of the shop, 49,2a. 

apatti, f, (= aa,) ')' misfortune. 
^) fault, tranBgression, oflence; "-sa- 
niantii bhanainano, lit. speaking from 
the neighbourhood of .^ oi „wheu he 
is in danger of committing an offence 
by the words he says", 83,4 {cp. 

apana, >t. ('— sa.) drinking, ban- 
quet, "-mandala, n. a banqueting 
pavilion, 62,14. 

.apucchati. vb, (sa. a-\/praclA 
') to ask, to offer (^cp. pucchati). *) 
to take leave, to bid farewell (id. ace. 

per8.)\ ger. /N/itvS (fajanam) 6,it; 
(brahmanam) 9.84. 

abadha,»w. (— sa.) pain, sickness ; 
-v-o (kharo) 78,2*; ace. -x-am, 78,3o. 
Dh. 138. 

abharana, «. (— sa) decoration, 
ornament. - gabbabbarana-bbusita, 
f. {adj.) decorated with every kind of 
ornaments, 112,i. 

abha88ara, mfn. {sa, abhasvara) 
Bhiniiig, bright; ~a deva, name 
of a class of gods, Dh. 200. 

abhati, J'ft. {sa. a-v/bha) to shine; 
pr. 3. sg. <%/ati (rattirh candima) 
107,23 - Dh. 387. 

*ama*, indecl. {cp. sa. ara) yes; 
n,/ devai yea sire! 31,8; >%/ bhante, 
99,18; amati, 44,5. - After a negative 
question : no, 31,30 (aoia na sakkomi). 

a ru a *, mfn. raw, uncooked, unbaked, 
unripe; n. ^am (pattaih) 104,8. — 
amakii, mfn. id. {v. next). 

*amaka-susana, n. a cemetery 
where the dead bodies are left unburned; 
nom. n^am 65, lo; arc. />^am. 39,33. 

amanteii, vb. {sa. a-y/mantr) 
') to address, to call, speak to, tell, 
command (acc); ^esi, 32,34. 
44,22. 66,24. 80,1 ; ger. ^etva, 9,ii. 
63,1. 63,3. - 2) to bid farewell, to 
take leave {w. gen.) ; pr. 1, sg, /^^ayami 
(vo) 80,1. 

amisa, n. {aa, amisba) ') fleth, 
meat, food. — ') carnal lust, lokamisa, 
n. „the baits of the world"; vanta- 
lokamisa, mfn, {q, v.), 

ayatana, n, {— aa.) ') dwelling, 
place, home, abode; arafina-", abode 
in a forest, loc. ^e, 1,4. 3,3o. - *) 
the six senses (v. salayataca) each 
of which containing *) the organ of 
sense {viz. cakkhu. sota, ghana, jivha, 
kaya, niano) •>) the contact with the 
object of sense (samphassa) <=) the 
perception by means of the conscious* 
ness (vinnana); cakkhu-aampbassa- 
vinnanfiyatanaiii, the sense of sight, 
72,1$ 8ota-s, etc, 72,9. i». 15. 10. 17, 
the sense of hearing etc, — ') stage 
(state of mind) of ecstasy or religious 



meditation; akasanaiica-*, the abode 
of infinity of space, 80,5; vifinanaiica-'*, 
the abode of infinity of coneciousness 
{cp. ananca) 80,6; akincaufia-" (g. v.), 
fK/ of nothingness, 80,7; neva-sanna- 
nasanna-" (3. v.), -%/ of neither per- 
ception nor non-perception, 80,8, 

ayati, f. (■= sa.) the future; ace. 

adv. ^ira, in the future, 75,2C. 95, n. 

ayasa. mfn. (— sa.) made of iron ; 

n. ^am (bandhanam) Dh. 345, cp, 


ayasma<, m{fn). {sa. uyushmat) 
'possessed of long life', used in ad- 
dressing or roentioning an older vene> 
rable person, ef^p. an Arhat or Thera 
(g. V,, cp. 79,10); m. nom. /s/ma, 77, 17. 
96,s-u; voc. r^m&, 79,io; ace, ^man- 
tarn, 77,15-16 ; instr, <vata, 96,S5: gen. 
f^&io, 70,17 (tassa '^ato, without 
nom. pr.)\ cp, ayu, 

ayati, vh. (sa. a-\/ya) to come, 
to return; imp. 1. pi. ayama, come! 
let us go (in summoning a single or 
more persons), 77,i6 (ayam' Ananda); 
part, ayauta : an-ayanta, mfn. not 
returning, loc. pi. /N^esu, 111, 15, 

ayu, n. {sa, ayu & ayus) life, 
duration of life; nom. o/U, Dh. 109; 
/>^um avasittham, the rest of his life- 
time, 44,28; aec. /N.-uih, Dh, 135. cp. 
ayasma< & next. 

*ayuka. mfn. {fr,ay\i) living (at 
the end of comp,), yavatayukam, 
adv, {q. v.). 

ayudha, n. (=■ sa., cp. avudba) 
a weapon. - naddha-pancayudha, 
mfn. „equipped with the 5 weaponH 
of war", m. ^o, lll,ie. 

ayoga, m, (•=■ sa.) employment, 
occupation (ic. loe.); ^vO (adbicitte) 
Dh. 185. (cp. Fausbm, Bern. p. 36.) 
aragga, v. ara^ 
arakkha, m. (sa. araksba) a guard, 
protection; /x/O, 17, 17; ace. /x^ani (te 
gahetva, protecting you) 17,i6; /x/am 
(ga^bam) a close guard, 48,i5; r^O-m 
tbapesi, 60,s6. - "'arakkhittbi, f, a 
woman on guard, loc. i^iyai, 49,88. — 
''^-manussa, m. a watchman, instr. 

pi. <v^ebi (nirokase (liSne) 41,29. - 
*gabitarakkbn, mfn. carefully guarded, 
loe. n. /v-e (bhavane) 41,28; m. pi, 
f^a. (maya) 42,6. 

araddha, mfn. {sa. arabdba, pp, 
arabhati, q. v.) begun, undertaken. 
— **'-viriya, mfn. exerting one's 
strength, energetic; ace. m. »^am, 
Dh. 8; m. ^e (savake) 108,i9. 

arabbba, ger. {fr. arabhati, sa. 
arabhya) having liegun; generally 
used as prp. w. ace. -= about, con- 
cerning, 28,8. 84,28; santim ~, keep- 
ing the tranquillity (of Nibbfina) in 

arabhati, vh. {sa, a-y/rabh) to 
begin, to undertake {w, inf.)\ aor. 3. 
sg. r>Aih\, 10,15.113,21; d, p^, /viihsu, 
28,9; - ger, arabbha (g. v.) - pp. 
araddha, began, m. ^0, 17,2i; f. /x-a, 
61,19; — part. gen. m. arabhato (vi- 
riyarii dalham) Dh. 112 {cp. araddha- 

iirammaiia, n, (probably another 
form for alambana, q. v.) base, sup- 
port; object of sense or thought. — 
*buddharammana, mfn. having its 
support in Buddha, f, i^a. piti {q. v.), 
delightfully thinking on or putting 
confidence in B., 28,8; ace. rwam pi- 
tim, 28,6-9. 

ara*, f. (= sa.) an awl, needle; 
aragga, n. {sa. aragra), the point of 
an awl or needle, loc. o/C, Dh. 401; 
abl. o^a, Dh. 407. {cp. agga.) 

ara^. adv. {sa. arat) far, far off; 
Dh. 263 {w. abk asavakkhaya). 

aradheti, «^6. {sa. a-\/radh, cans.) 
*) to conciliate, propitiate (ace); aor, 
3, sg. (x/esi (ranno cittam, „won the 
heart of the king") 96,27. — *) to gain, 
achieve {aec); ellipt. to be done for; 
pot. 3. sg. /x/aye (maggam) Dh. 281 ; 
aradhe — aradheyy& (w, abl. kakka- 
^aka) 5,23, 

a ram a, m. {— sa.) a grove, a 
pleasure garden, a monastery; loc. rwB, 
(Anathapindikassa) 71,si; °-rukkba- 
cetyani, ^groves and sacred trees", 
Db. 188 {cp, cetiya). - titthiyarama, 




the heretioB' grove, cce. >vain, 73,8. 
- paribbajaka,-', tbe grove of the 
mendicant friars, abl. ^a, 29,s3. 

ariya. mfn. (Dh. 208) v. ariya. 

aruyha, arulha, v. arohati. 

arogya, «. (— sa. fr. a-roga, 
q. V.) health; arogya-parama labha, 
health is the greatest profit, Dh. 204 
(c^:. labha). 

"aroceti, vb. (caus. a-\/ruc) to 
tell, communicate, ncplain (aec, gen. 
pers.) ; to speak to, say to (gen.) ; 
air. 3. sg. /x/esi, 6,23. 7,4. 62,4; 3. pi. 
/^esuih, 8,2; <%/ayim8u, 73,28; - imp. 
3. sg. /x etu, 79,25; P. sg. r^ehi, 15,32. 
98,3 (me rathaia); - ger. o^etva, 
58,18; —pp. arocita; tumhehi •*-sannaya, 
on account of your application to me, 
25,18 {cp. saiina) — caus. II. *aro- 
capeti, to cause lo be told or annouu* 
ced, to make known, publish; aor. 3. 
sg. /x^apesi (manu88aaam) 8,6; (Bha- 
gavutc kalarii, ainounced the hour 
for the n.eal)) 78,3; - ger. /x/Spetva 
(rar.iio) 37, n. 

aropeti, vb. (cans. II. a-y'ruh, 
cp. arohati) ') to cause to ascend, to 
cause to be placed (w. double ace), 
to put on board; ger. ^/etva (taiii 
mama pit^hirii) l,if ; (taiii [sc. navaih]) 
19,37. 29,4. (mancakam [sc. nam]) 
73,26 (having placed her on a hand- 
barrov). -- *) to cause co increase; 
inf. return, comp. ^ etu-kama, mfn., 
instr. pi. r^ehi (avannam Grotamassa, 
^wanting to bring disgrace upon G.") 
74,12. - pp. aropita, undertaken, be- 
gun (?), w. «N/0 (satako) var. led. 
(Colombo Ed.) 87,u. 1 

arohati & aruhati (aruhati), 
vb. [sa. a-^ruh) to ascend, mount, 
to climb up on (aec); ger. •) aruyha 
(ratham) 7,5; (sayanam) 53,33. '•) a- 
rohitva (suvanna-padukayo , putting 
on his gilt slippers") 68,3, — pp. 
arulha, •) having ascended, pi. rva 
(manusaa) 76,2o; ace. m. sg. .^^am 
katb.amaggam, the exposition of the 
doctrine contained in [ace. saiigiti- 
ttayaiii) 113,29. ') ascended (pass.); 

tena o-narffya (gen.), » •hip with Wm 
on board, 24,i5. - caiia. II. Sropeti 
(q. v.). 

alapati, vb. (sa. S-\/lap) to ad- 
dress, to speak to (ace,)', pr. 3. sg. 
,^ati (theram) 86,28; aor. 3. pi. 
o^iinsu, 73,3. cp. aliapa. 

alambati, vb. (sa. a-v/l*mb) to 
cling to, to lean upon, to support one a 
self on; ger. r^iya. (panina bhumim) 


a lam ban a, n. (— sa., cp. aram- 
mana) depending on, supporting; ob» 
ject of sense. *alambani, f. (adj.), 
hanging down; rajju valambani, like 
a rope for clinging to 0: a weak sup- 
port, 47,27. 

a lam bar a, tn. (sa. adambara) a 
sort of drum; ace. ^arii, 67,S9. 

a lay a, m. (= sa.) ') house, 
dwelling. — *) longing, desire; pi. i^h. 
Dh. 411. - an-alaya, ni. (q. v.), - 
') dissimulation, pretence; acc. gil'in'- 
alayam katva, pretending to be ill, 
49,23. - cp, al]iyati._ 

Alavi, f. (sa. A^avi) «o»>i. pr. 
of a town; acc. /x.-irii, 86,14. "-vasino 
(pi.) the inhabitants of A. (cp. vasi»). 

alasiya, n. (sa. alasya) sloth, 
want of energy; acc. ,-vara, Dh. 280. 

alikhati, vb, (sa. a-\/likh) to 
delineate, to paint; ger. -x^itva (sasa- 
lakkhanaiii) 16, 17. 

aliiigati, vb, (sa. a-\/ling) to 
embrace; ger. o^itva (afmamannam) 

aloka, »i. (— so.) light; instr. 
^ena, 101,7 ; dipalokena, by the lamp- 
light, 41,27 (cp. dipa*). - *aloka- 
sandhi, m, a window, casement; 
"-kannabhaga, 84,i9. 

aloleti, vb. (sa. a-y/lud, catts.) 
to stir up, to agitate, shake (acc); 
ger. ^etvii (ghaiaiii) 56,28. 

*alha, /■.(?) a rope or cord (?) cp. 
Mahratt. adha (or adha); this word 
is probably akin to ajhaka (or alha) 
m. (-=» sa. adhaka), ') a post to 
which an animal is bound. *) a measure 
of capacity. - *ajha-baddha, mfn. 



(or alha + abaddha?) secured to a 
post by a cord, „8peU-bound''(?), m, 
/vo (naro) lll,io, 

avajjati, vb. (sa, a-\/vrj) ') to 
reflect, consider, to think about (occ); 
part. m. gen. /^antassa, 44,3s (pha- 
lita-patubhavara) ; part, nied, m, 
/N/amano, 16,8. — *) to observe, main- 
tain; part, (v-anto (attano silam) 15,i, 
cans, V. next, 

avajjeti, vh, (caus, Svajjati) to 
turn over (ace.) ; fut, 2, pi, -N/essatha 
(imam (dadhigbataih)) 35,i8, 

avattati, vb, (sa, a-y'vyt) tore- 
turn; ger. ,>/itva (hinaya-") returning 
to the world (cp. hina) 69,s7. 

avaha, mfn. (■= sa.) bringing, 
producing; sukhavaha, mfn. bringing 
happiness, n, ~am (cittaih guttam) 
Db. 35; *hitavaha, mfn, id., f. 
sabbaloka-hitavaha, 113,33. 

*avata, m. (cp. sa. ava^a") a hole 
in the ground; «x/e (khanitva) 
39,32. °-mukha-vattiyam, 40,»8 (v. 


avasa, m. (— sa.) *) dwelling, 
living; ^baravasa, the household life, 
ace. .^aih. 64,83; pi. sattavasa (nava) 
the 9 forms of existence, 82,i8 (v. 
satta ^)- — *) intercourse ; manussavasa- 
karana , because I have had to do 
with men" 112,10. — ^) a convent (vi- 
hara), loc. pi. <vesu, Dh, 73. - dur- 
avasa (q. v.). 

avaba, m. (= sa^) marriage, giv- 
ing a son away in marriage (ppp. 
vivaba, q. v.)\ ace. /vam, 65,2i. 
"-maiigala, n. nuptial festival, loc. 
/%^e, 112,15. 

avi-karoti, vb. (sa. avisb-\/kr^ 
to reveal, disclose; part. m. /^.'kubbam 
(rabokammam) 54,i7. 

avijjhati, vb. (sa. a-\/vyadh) to 
encompass, to mark the boundary of 
(ace); ger. (used adverbially w, ace. 
«- all round) /x/itva (kbettam) 8,s. 

avila, mfn. (— sa^ turbid, not 
clear; an-avila, mfn, (q_. v.). 

avunati, vb, (sa, a-\/ve, but con- 
founded* with a-yvr) to string (as 

beads); ger. ,>/itva (maccbe valliya) 


avudba, n, (sa. ayudha) weapon; 
nom. rs^&m, 112,2o; ace. ovarii, 36,2?; 
pi, <N/iini, 6,ia. - "-hattha, mfn. armed, 
m, pi, r^R, 6,7. - panfiavudba, the 
weapon of knowledge, instr, )%/ena, 
Dh. 40, A younger sanekritizised 
form is ayudha (q. v.), 

*avuso, indecl. a voc, particle 
used in addressing equals or inferiors : 
friend, brotherl (also to more persons); 
29,29. 76,6 (gacchavuso), 80,n. 90,2b. 
— *avusa-vada, m. addressing a per- 
son by the word avuso, instr, /N.-ena, 
79,7-9. — avuso is perhaps an old voc, 
fr. sa, ayushmat (*Svu8u fr. ayush. 
man ? Tr,), cp, ayasmai. 

as a, m, (sa. aQa) food, eating; 
patarasa, 8ayan]asa(3. v.) - an-asaka, 
f, fasting (q, v.). 

asamkati, vb. (sa. a-v/(jank) to 
doubt, fear, suspect; aor. 2. pi. <%/ittha 
(ma afifiam kiflci, cp, afifia) 7,n. 

asaraka, /". (sa. a^aflka) suspicion; 
kabam vo /^a, where does your su- 
spicion point to ? 73,22. 

asanga, m. (-= sa.) clinging to, 
attachment; uttarasanga, m. (q, v.). 
asajja, ger. v. asidati. 
asada. m. (= sa.) approaching, 
attack ; naga-m-asado, approaching 
an elephant (with 'm' euphonically 
inserted) 77,3. cp, asidati. 

as ana, n, (=■ sa.) a seat; ace. 
/>./aiii, 22,28; instr. ^ena, 83,84; abl. 
f^a, (utthaya-) 70,is; loc. ^e (pan- 
fiatte) 68,ii; pi, ^ani, 61,25. — cp, 
ekasana, paccbasana, silasana, sena- 
sana (q. v.). 

as anna, mfn. (— sa. pp. asidati, 
q. V.) near; m. ,s,o (kalo) 63,7. — 
accasanna, mfn, too near (opp, ati- 
dura, V. ati), loc, (adv.) ^e (gan- 
tabbam) 83,2; n&tidiire naccasanne 
gacchanto, 12,«9. 

asaya, m. (sa, agraya or a^aya), 
*) refuge, shelter. ') meanlDg, intention. 
- nirasaya, mfn. (q. v.), 

asava, m. (sa. asrava) probably 



'foam, dirt'; sin, pasBion, desire {synon. 
kilesa); pi. ^'i., Dh. 93. 25S. 292; 
ahl. pi. /v/chi, 69,88. *^-lckhaya, m. 
destruction of passiors, acc. >^aiil, 
Dh. 272 ; ahl. »,&, Th. 253. - khl- 
nasava, mfn. having subdued the pas- 
sions, pi. /^a, 109,3. Dh. 89. - an- 
asava, mfn. (q, v.) cp. SBE. X p. 

asii, f. (^sa. aiqa.) i) wish, desire; 
pi. f^a, Dh. 410. - vantasa, mfn. 
having renounced desires, m. />^0, Dh. 
97 (cp. vanta). - *) hope, expectation; 
*-Cchedam a-katva, without relin- 
quishing all hope, 42,18 (cp. cheda). 
a sal ha, »». (sa, ashadha) name 
of a month (June — July), — uttara- 
salha, m, one cf the 27 lunar man- 
sions (the 15th, rp. nakkhatta); 
''-naki<liHttena, at the moon's conjunc- 
tion in the second half of the month 
Asulha. cp. next. 

asalhi, f.(sa. ashadhi), the day of 
full moon in the month Asuhia. — "-na- 
kkhattaiil, the midsummer festival 
(held on that day) 61,2. 

asiriisati, vb. (ua. a-\/(;ariis) to 
hcpe, trust; to strive; pot. 3, sg. med. 
^eth(a), 42,16 (opp. nibbindati). 

*a8itika, mfn. (fr. asiti) being 
eighty years of ags; acc, f. i^&m 
(narirh) 47,si. 

iisidati, vb. (sa. a-\/8ad) to 
approach; to attack, to lay hands on 
(acc); ger. asajja Tselaih^ 104,i6. - 
avr, 2, sg, asado (nagara) 77,8. - 
pp. asanna (q. t.) cp. asada. 

asina, mfn. (— sa., part, yjm, 
cp. acchati) sitiing; acc. I mi. rwam, 
Dh, 227. 386 („8ettled''). I 

asjvisa, m. (so. aQivisha) a 
Venomous serpent; ucc <N^am, 86, ts. 

aha, vb, defec:. (^= sa.,,perf, y/&h) 
tc say, speak (g'meially used in hi- 
storical exposition with the significa- 
tion of pret.)\ 5. .9^, aha, 76,6; con- 
Wacted ; I6,i7 (evaha), 112,i8 (aha- 
dissamane); =- pr 8. sg. (bays) 74,i; 
w. acc, gatham aha 8,25; w. accpers, 
2,28. 14^17. - 8. pi. ahu (panahu, say) 

64,8. Dh. 346; ahamsu, 4,i». 54,i« 
(bhastam balo'ti). 

aharana, n. (— ««•) fetching; 
dhanaharanatthaya, in order to fetch 
the money,' 32,iT (cp, attha*). 

aharati, vb. (sa. a-Vhr)/) *<> 
bring, fetch, take along with (acc); 
pr, 3. sg. -^ati, 6,20; - imp. 2. sg, 
,v.a, 36,19. 60,20 (te hattham); 2. pi. 
^atha, 41,16; - pot, 2. sg, ^eyyasi, 
87,12; - aor. 3. sg. '^i, 36,i8; 1. sg, 
^iih. 29,1; 3. pi. ^imsu, 26,2; - fut. 
3. sg. r^issati, 35,o; 1. sg. .^issami, 
48,10. 92,9 (take out); 3. pi. ^issanti, 
63,25; — ger. ^itva, 16,3. 32,io. 33,23. 
41,3; —pp. ahata; ahatahatam, n. 
(everything) brought, 67,6; ahata-dha- 
naih, the money brought along from 
home, 57,36; — pass, part, shariya- 
mana, loc, an-ahariyamane (tasare) 
87,15. — ^) to tell, recite; aor, 8. sg, 
r>j\ (atitam) 28,i7; — ger. ,^itva 
(dhammadesanam) 29,ic; grd. ahari- 
tabba, n. rvarii (suttam) 31,u. 

iihara, m. (= sa.) food; acc. 
ivam. 15,11; ahl, ix/ato (tumhehi 
khaditabba-") 14,i9; loc, ~e, Dh. 93. 
- "-atthaya, for food, 16,so (cp, 
attha *). — an-ahara, mfn, being witli- 
out nutriraenf, ,>^o (aggj) 95,8. — 
ahara-^thitika, mfn. living by food, 
pi. -x-a (sabbe satta) 82,8. 

♦iihindati, vb, (fr. a-\/hind, cp. 
sa, ahindaka) to wander, roam through 
(acc.) (to search for) ; imp, 2. pi, 
~atha (nagaram) 73,29. 74,ii —part. 
-N.'anta, m. ,%^o (pavadino, in search 
for dieputaute) 113,8. 

a hit a, mfn. (-= sa. pp, a-v/dha) 
put on, added ; m, ^0 (gini, „kind- 
led") 104,22. 


*iagha, indecl., a particle of in- 
vitation or permission : well! comet 
etc.\ 12,5. 

ice' — iti (q. v.). 



icchati, vb, (sa. -y/ish) to wish, 
like, want; to Beek for (ace); pr. 3. 
s(7. /vati, 34,8o;^a,si, 31,i6; 1. 
sg. ~ami, 60,ii (w. inf.). 62,4 
(iccham'aham) ; — pot. 3. sg. <ve, 
Dh. 84; ^eyya, 79,u. Dh. 73; - 
part. nom. m. iccham (vanaro) 107,so; 
part. med. icchamana. pi. >^si, 35,i8; 

— aor. 3. sg. icchi, 18,3o. 68,6 (na 
icchi, refused); 1. sg. rwim, 42,i6; 

- ger. «<witva, 34,25; — pp. i>,it&, 
yathicchitarii, adv. according to one's 
desire, 111,28 {cp, yatlia); icohiti- 
cchitaiii, ace, n. „nhatever she 
wants", 88,4. 

icoha, f. (— sa.) wish, desire, 
lust; Dh, 74; ace, ,%/aifa, 67,io. - 
°-lobha-8amapanna, wfn. Dh. 264. - 
"-dosa, mfn, ^dBinaged by lust", f. 
/N^a (paja) Dh. 359 (cp. dosa'). — 
yigaticcha, mfn. free trom lust, loc, 
pi. r^esu, Dh, 359 (cp. vigata). - 
appiccha, mfn., yenicchakam, adv, 
(q. v.). 

ijjhati, vb. (sa, v/r^h) to prosper, 
succeed; pr. 3. sg. r^ati (pannavan* 
tanaih kiriya) 57,6. ep. iddlii. 

*iiijita, n. (cp. sa. ingita) motion, 
emotion; n'attni BuddhaDam >vam, 
Db. 255. 

ittbaka, f. (sa. isbtaka) a brick; 
gen. pi. <%/anam, 91,9d. 

itara, mfn. (— sa.) ') the other 
(of two); m. n^o, 24,7. 43,22. lOl.i?; 
f, -N/S, (of two women) 46, lo. 59, i; 
(not of two women, but of two per- 
sons mentioned) 47,8. 67, 15, -■ *) se- 
cond, next, following; instr. m. ^ena, 
35,21; pi. f. ace, itara (dve gatha) 
13,30, — ') other, pi. the rest; m. >^o 
('taro jano, other people) 106,S4 — 
Dh. 222; f. >^b. paja, Dh. 85; pi. m. 
ace. itare (tayo) 14,i7. — cp, anna 
& apara (para). 

itaritara, mfn. (sa, itaretara) 
whichsoever (whatsoever), the first 
comer; instr. n, (adv,7) i^6n& (tut(bi 
Bukha yS <v „eDJoyment ii pleasant 
whatever be the cause") Db. 331; it 
is questionable whether this word, in 

Psli, can have the signification „mu- 
tual" or adv. nmutually", it seems 
everywhere to mean „which8oever" ; 
the instr. o.-ena is probably governed 
by tuttbi, cp. Sn. v. 42 : santussamano 

iti, indecl. (•— sa.) thus, in this 
manner (usually shortened to 'ti' by 
contraction or elision, and before vo- 
wels sometimes taking the form ice-) 
ti, ti, 

*Itivuttaka, n. (fr, iti + vutta, 
q, V.) nom. pr. of a canonical Fuli 
book, the fourth part of Khuddaka* 
NikSyn, thus named, because every 
chapter begins with the words 'vuttaril 
hetara Bhagavata'; 109,88 (gath'* 
udan'-itivuttakam) a part of 'navan- 
garii Satthu-sasanam'. 

ito, adv. (sa, itas) ') hence, from 
hence; 77,4 (<v» paraiii yato); 96,4 
(>N/ katamam disam gato); ito c'ito 
ca „up and down", 36,2. — *) here, 
to this place, in this direction; 5,5. <— 
3) from this time, 33, i4. 87,7; <v pa- 
tthaya, henceforth, 6,i6; «./ dani pa- 
tthaya, id. 39,2. - itoparam, adv. 
later, afterwards (opp. ajja) 112,17. 
cp. tatoparaiii. 

ittara, mfn. (sa. itvara, but often 
confounded with itara, q. v.) hasty, 
inconstant; low, vile, ""-dassana, n., 
a hasty glance; instr. /vena, at first 
sight, unconsiderately, 30,i2. 

*itthatta, n. (sa. ittham + stiff. 
-tva) this condition, the speaker's 
own existence; dat. <-waya (n&param 
/x-ayati pajanati, he understands that 
there is nothing more for him in this 
world, be has done with this world) 


itthi, f. (incidentally also 'thi', 
sa, stri) a woman; /N/i(eka) 31,2; ace. 
f>^\m, 31,22; instr. ~iya, 48,25; gen. 
^iya, 31,9; pi. '>^iyo, 46,9; gen. pi, 
>^inaiii, 46,9; thinam, 51,8i. — ara« 
kkhittbiya, loc, a woman on guard, 
49,86. - janapadittbim, ace. a country- 
woman, 30,28. — duggatitthim, a poor 
woman, 48,i«. — sabbitthiyo, pi. all 



women, 48,7. — *<*-kicca, «. (cp. sa. 
sirl'krta) sexual intercourse, <vaih 
(.ICC.) 111,18. - *»-kutta- {q. V.) 
women's wiles, '21, i». — *<'-f!abbha, 
m, a female ohilc, 6?, si. — Mola, mfn. 
deeirous of women, 50,i8. — "-vesa, 
m. disgrJBe of a woman, 58,31. 

:dam, pron. n. (-• sa.) v. ayam. 

idani, adv. (sa. idanim) now; 
3,1. 6,3. 29,3. 47,24 %^,i. - When 
uued without emphasit., this word 
usually is shortened to 'dani'; 2, is. 
3,u. 36,S6. 74,2i. 80,1. Dh. 236; - 
with a neaation ;= no more, no 
longer; 41,8* (na dan'); 108,i8 (n'a- 
tthi dani); cp. ito dani paftbaya, 
59,2 (v. ito). 

iddhi, f. {sa, fddhi) magic or 
supernatural pov/er; instr. /N^iya, Db. 
176 (miraculously). - iddhanubhava, 
m. id., instr, .^ena, 27,25. — iddha- 
bhisariikhara, m. an exercise of mira- 
culous power, ace. r^&m, 68,35. cp, 

*iddhika, mfn. {fr. iddhi) only 
in comp. w. maha : niahiddhiko, m, 
of great miraculous power, 75,30 ; pi. 
~a, 109,20. 

iddhima^, mfn. {sa. j-ddhi-mat) 
possessed of magical power; m. nam. 
<%^ma (viya, like a person endowed 
with magical power) 27,23. 

i^dha, adv. (sa, iha, by contraction 
or elision : idhtl-, -idlia, idh', 'dha) 
1) hero, in this place; 7,7.36,35. 68,36. 
86,82 (in the context); idh'eva, this 
very moment, 49, so. — ^) in this world; 
107,26 ■- Dh. 18. (opp. pecca); 103,88 
(idha jivitaiii); Dh. 402 (idh'eva, 
even in this existence). — ^) here, to 
this place; idhagata, mfn, 21,8. 103, 13. 
— ■*) unaccented (sometimes without 
any pregnant meaning) 30, 17 ('idha, 
voili); 90,3( (idh'ekacce, 'occasion* 
ally'); 105,i5; _ 106,6 — Dh. 267; 
tattha . . . idh'anita, brought thither 
112,u; (tattha)idhapi, accordingly 
(igitur), 112,15. 

in da, m. (sa. indra) chief, lord, 
king; r^o (devanan — Sakka) 80,26. 

_ comp. ! janinda, w,, • king. 65,t 
(voc. <^a, cp. jana). - devinda. ♦». 
the lord of.Devas (Sakka) llO.n (voc). 
- narinda, m. a king, 7,i5 (voc. cp. 
nara). - vanarinda, m. a king of 
monkeys (-= kapirajan); voc. /x/a,; 
gen. o^assa, 2,20 (cp. vanara). — Ma- 
hinda, m. nam. pr. (a. v.). 

indakhila, m. (sa. indrakila) a 
threshold (ummiira); "-iipama, mfn. 
like a threshold, m, r^O, Dh. 96. (cp. 

indanila, m. (sa, indranila) a 
sapphire; "-mani, (q. v.) 28,s9. 

indriya. m. (= sa.) sense, organ 
of sense; pi, o^'fxm, Dh. 94; loc. pi. 
o/CSU, Dh. 7. "-^[Utti, f. „watchfulnes8 
over the senses", Dh. 375. 

ima. base of the pron. demonstr. 
V. ayam. 

iva, indecl. (-= sa.) like, as if, 
as it were; ») with an euphonical 
letter inserted :kakkataka-m-iva, 6,22; 
usabho-r-iva, 106,i9; cp. yad-iva, 
Dh. 195. '') contracted with a prec, 
a : macchasseva, 61,3i ("-evodake) ; 
bahutinasseva, 51,33; amitteneva, Dh. 
66. 207. ") shortened to va (q. v.). 
"*) by metathesis — viya (q. v.). 

isi, m. (sa. rshi) a saint or sage, 
an ascetic or hermit; **-pabbajjam 
pabbajitva, 34,33 (having left the 
world and become hermit, v. pabba- 
jati); "-ppavedita, mfn. taught by thd 
wises, ace. m. ,-warii (maggam) Dh. 
281. - niahesi (</. v.). 

Isipatana, n. nom. pr. (sa. j'shi- 

patana) a foreut neiir Benares; uom. 

r>^am (migadtiyo) 68,7; loc. ^e, 66,21. 

issara, m. (sa. ipvara) master, 

lord; (x/O, 11, lu. 

issariya, n. (sa. aigvarya) lord- 
ship, sovereignty, empire; r-^am (ace.) 
60,13. Dh. 73. 

*i88uki«, mfn. (fr. issa = sa. 
irsha, irshya, by contusion w. ussuka 
(q. V.) cp. sa. irshu, mfn.) envious; 
nom, m, a^i (naro) Dh. 262. 




idisa, mfn. (ga. idj-^a) such; m. 
/v-o pati) 64,16, 

is a, f. (ea. isha) the pole of a 
chariot or plough ; 98,4-7. "-mukhena, 
by means of the pole, 60,ie (cp. 


ukkaihsati, vb. (sa. ut-v/krsh) 
to raise, elevate; to praise; exto', exalt 
(ace); pr, 3. sg. rvati (opp, apasa- 
deli) 74,30. 

u kk a n t h a t i , f 6. {sa, utkantbate) 
to be distressed, weary or disgusted 
{sa. 'to raise the neck' — to long for, 
sorrow for etc); pari. med. an-ukkan- 
thaniana, »i. i^o, 23,i9; pp, .vita, 
»». /vo, 46,18. 

ukkamana, n. (sa, utkramana) 
going out, getting out; rathassa 
"-ttbanam, n, room for a carriage to 
pass another; 43, 19. 

*ukkainapeti, vb. (caus, 11. fr. 
sa. ut-y/kram) to let (a carriage) drive 
out of the way; imp, 2. sg. -^ehi 
(ratham) 43,2o; ger, /^etva, 43,34. 

ukkalapa, v. uklapa. 

ukkara, »». {sa. utkaia, cp. ut- 
kara, uccara & avaskara) feeces, dung; 
"-bhutni, f. a dunghill, loc, rwiyaifa, 


*ukkujjati, vb. (probably denom. 
fr, sa. kubja {cp. y/vibj, -y/kuc, kufic)) 
to set up what has been overturned, 
or, to straightoD what has been 
crooked (?); J30^ 3. sg. -vcyya (nikkuj- 
jitam, uparimukbam kareyya, Comm.) 
69,16. cp. nikkujjati. 

ukkufika, mfn, {sa. utku^ka) 
sitting on the hams; ^'-ppadbana, n. 
the sitting motionless (as a kind of 
ascetic exertion) /vam, Dh, 141 {cp. 

ukkhitta, mfn. {sa. utksbipta, 
pp. ukkhipati) raised, removed; *'-pa- 

ligha, mfn. „who has destroyed all 
obstacles"; iicc. m, .vara, Dh. 398. 

ukkhipati, vb. {sa. ut-v/kship) 
to lift up, raise, reach out, draw up 
{acc.y, part, .vanta, m. rwo, 42,8; pi. 
r^ii (jalaiii) 36,8a; - inf. .vitum (avu- 
dbam) 36,27; (hattham) 39,33; — ger, 
/vitva, 5,6. 12,31. 17,20 (givara), 23,3o 
(supporting, khura-cakkaih). 40,28. 
60,21, 61,10. 111,35 (asiiii). — pp, 
ukkhitta, q, v. — cans, II. *ukkbi- 
papeti, to cause to be lifted up {ace.) ; 
ger. «^etva (deviifa) 62,8; (Sundaririi) 

*uklapa, mfn. dirty; m. .vO (deso) 
82,33; (sometimes written ukkalapa). 

uggacchati, vb. {sa. ud-y/gam^ 
to come forth, to rise; pr, 3. sg. .vati, 
27,3 (udakaih) ; - pp. uggata, ugga- 
todakaih, n. the water that risep, 
27,3-8; loc. f. -vSya (uniiya) 27,4; - 
pa^hamuggata, mfn, newly come out, 
in spring, m, r^o (kaliro) 47,9. cp, 

ugganhati, vb, {sa. ud-Y/grah) 
to lift up; to acquire, to study, learn 
(ace); pr. 3. sg. ,vati (sippain) 32,i2; 

- aor. 3, sg. .vi (Pitakattayam) 1 13, is; 

- ger, r^iUa, (sabbasippani) 45,27; 
uggahetvana (Jinasasanam) 109,2s, 
cp. uggahana, 

uggamana, n, {sa. udgamanu) 
rising, sunrise; abl. arun'-uggamaiia, 
12,18 {v. aruna); suriy'-uggamana- 
kale (loc.) at sunrise, 72,29. 

uggahana, n. {sa. udgrahana) 
lifting up; **'-rajjuka, m. a rope or 
string for lifting, ace, 'vam, 14,83, 

uggirati, vb. (sa. ud-y/gr") *) '"* 
spit out. *) to draw (a sword); ger. 
.vitva (avudhani) 6,12. 

ugghoseti, vb. {sa. ud-yghush, 
caus.) to cry out, exclaim, declare 
aloud; aor. 8. sg. i^&yi, 114,2s. 

ucca, mfn, (— sa.) high, lofty, 
tall; loc. n. /ve (thane „to a high 
position") 76,11. - compar. uccatara, 
mfn. m, /vO, 3,i. - ucca, adv. as the 
first part of comp, v. below, — ucca- 
vaca, mfn. q. v. 



uccaya, m. (— sa.) Ratherinfr, 
accumulation i «^o (papassa) Dh. 117. 
cp. uccinati. 

ucca, indech (— sa.) high, above, 
upwards ; as the first part of comp. : 
ucca-sayana, n, a high or honorable 
seat or couch; "-mahasayana vera- 
mani, one of the ten precepts, 81,26. 

uccavaca, mfn. (— sa., dvandva- 
comp. of ucca & avaca) high and low, 
v-iriouB; ace. n. .vam (na . . . dass- 
ayanti. „never appear elated or de- 
pressed") Dh. 83. 

uccinati, vb. (sa. uc-y/ci) to 
jather, collect; to choose, select; ger. 
~itva (varam) 109,4. - uccaya, m. 
(a- v.). 

ucchanga, m. {sa. utsanga) lap, 
bosom; embrace; Ice, ,^e (me putto) 
31,34; instr. ,^ena (pannam adaya) 

ucchindati, vb, (sa. uc-ydnd) 
to cut out or off; imp. 2, sg. fs^a. 
(sineharii) Dh, 285. 

ucchinna, ii'fr. (— sa.; pp. uc- 
chindati) cut off, ertti.pated; ♦"-mula, 
«»/«. uprooted, »(. .x^am (riipam Ta- 
t.iagatassa) 95,ii. 

ucchu, m. (sa. ikshu) sugar-cane; 
ace. o/urii, 100,23. 

uj u, «'/■». (sa, rju) straight, upright; 
right; aec. n. rwuii> (karoti medhavi) 
Dh. 33. — *ujuka, mfn. id., ace. m. 
~ain (matamanussarii thapapetva) 


ujju, mfn, (— iiju). - ujju-gata, 
mfn, righteous; ^esu, Dh. 108. 

*ujjh.ana, n. (fr. ujjhayati) com- 
plaining of, being offended ;' *''-9afifiin, 
fnfn, inolfned to be olendeJ, gen, m, 
<>.ino, Dh. 263. 

*ujjhayati, vb, (sa, *ud-\/dhyai) 
to be irritated or offended, to mur- 
mur, to complain of; pr, 3, pi, r».atli(a), 
88,2c; — aor,3,sg. <^i, 88,a. 

ujjhita. mfn. (— sa.; \/ujjh) left, 
abandoned; loc. n. r^asmiiii (samkara- 
dhanasmim) Dh. B8. 

utthahati & utthati, uttheti 
(uttitthati), vb, (sa, ud-^stha.) to stand 

up, rise (from, abl.) to spring; to climb 
up (ace); to rouse oneself, to make ef- 
forts; aor. utthasi, 12,i«; uWhaht, 
32,81.50,20; 3. pi. »^ima\i (SineruiiiJ, 
60,9; - pot. 3. sg. uttitthe, Dh. 168 
{opp. pamajjeyya); - imp^S. sg. uttnehi, 
7,13. — part. med. utthahana; an-uttha- 
hano („who does not rouse himself) 
Dh. 280; - ger. ut^haya, 7,93. 61,5. 
70,19 (asana); tad-utthaya, because it 
springs from it, 106,ie = Dh, 240; 
utthahitva (tato) 10,22. - pp. utthita, 
pi. -^a (asura) 60,3; loc. sg^ m,^e 
(suriye) 42,i. — caus, utthapeti, to 
cause to stand up, awaken; to erect, 
raise, construct; ger, /%^etva (navam) 
23,4 (var. lect. for upatthapetva, cp, 
corrections), cp. ut^hana. 

utt liana, n. (sa, utthana) ') stand- 
ing up, rising; *''-kala, m. time to rise, 
loc, z^amhi, Dh. 280. - ") yield, 
revenues; sata-sahassut^hana, mfn, 
yielding 100,000, ace. m. t^&m. (ga- 
mavaram) 46,3. - *) effort, exertion ; 
instr, f^m&, Dh. 25; an-u^thana 

(3. «.)• 

utt^ianavaf, mfn, (sa, utthana- 

vat) possessed of effort, zealous; gen, 

m. rs. vato, Dh. 24. 

*utthitatta, n. (fr, utthita, pp. 
utthahati. sa, *utthita -{• tva, cp, 
Utthita-ta) the state of having risen; 
abl. r^a, (vijayante) 60,35. 

u n li a , mfn. (sa. ushna) hot, warm ; 
n. aec, ~am, 16,8. 83,20 (sc, udakam); 
instr, ~ena, ib.; loc, .^e „in a hot 
place", 83,8-9; loc. f. <N.aya (valikaya) 
97,33. — *<'-kara, m. signs of heat, 
ace, i^&m, 1B,b, 

utu, Ml. (sa, ftu) ') seasoc. *) a 
woman's menstrual discharge, the mucus 
etc. secreted at a woman's delivery; 
aco. i^ura (givhapesum) 62,89. 

uttatta, mfn.{sa, ut-t!ipta) healed, 
glowing; shining; "-kanaka-sannibha, 
mfn, like shining gold, m. ^o (kayo) 
85,7. cp. ottappa. 

uttama, mfn. (— sa.) highest, 
extreme, principal; best, excellent; 
m. rvo, 25,15; voc, i^a, 108,ii; ace. 



m. n. ovarii (puccham) 91,15; (sara- 
nam) 107,2i = Dh. 192; (dhamniam) 
Dh. 115; — comp. uttamatthaih (aec.) 
54,39 (an excellent thing), Dh. 386 („the 
highest end"); uttaina-porisa, m. the 
best or greatest man, ,>^o, Dh. 97 ■=■ 
purisuttama, Dh. 78 {ace. pi, o^e); 
"-yobbana-vilasa-, 47,i4; "-ratham, 
63,4; "-rupa-dhara, mfn. 19,7; "-ve- 
danam, 103,23. — uttamanga, n. (= 
sa.) the head; rv-am, 47,7; o^ruha, 
mfn, (v, anga). — saQgamajuttama, 
V. saQgama. — Sannatuttama, v, safi- 

uttara, mfn, (— sa.) ") upper, 
higher^Buperior; uttaro^^ha, m. {sa, 
uttaroshtha) the upper lip or jaw, 
loc, <%^e, 13,19. — ^) later, last {opp, 
pubba); "-asalha. m. {sa. uttarasha- 
dha, f.) a lunar mansion, the last half 
of the month asalha {q. v.). — ^) 
northern; acc, />^am (disaiii) 96,5; 
••-disato {abl. from the North) 61, is; 
*-dvara, n. the northern door or gate- 
way, instr. ,%^ena, 66,3o; "-yavamaj- 
jhaka, m, nom, pr, of a village or a 
country district, acc, ^aib, 55, so. — 
an-uttara, mfn. {q. v.), cp, Anguttara 
& uttarasanga, 

uttarati, vb, {sa, ut-\/tr) to step 
out (of the water), to disembark ; 
aor. 3. pi, .^.^imsu (nagarasamipe) 
21,18; ger. -^itva, 84,2; pp. uttinna, 
^'-padaril (aec) footsteps of those who 
had gone out of the water (? perhaps 
an error instead of otinna-padaih) 


uttarasanga, wi. (— sa.) the 
upper robe; acc. /^am, 74,i9. 82,i8; 
loc. pi, .^esu, 33,7. 

*uttariin, adr. (cp. uttara) further, 
a^ain; 88,i8-i7-8i. 

♦uttari-bhayeti, vb. {fr. uttara 
+ cans, ybhu) to devote onaself ospe* 
oially to, or (perhaps better) to subdue 
completely, pot. 3. ag, vuttari-bhavaye 
(panca) „rise above" Db. 370. cp, 
Morris, JPTS. '87,ii6. 

uttarottha, m. v, uttara. 

uttana, mfn. (— sa.) lying on 

»li Oloiuijr. 

the back; "-seyyaka, mfn. id. {cp. sa, 
uttana-Qaya) m. ~o, 99,5. 

uttinna, mfn. pp. uttarati, q. v-. 

uttit^hati, V, u^tbahati. 

*Uttiya, m, nom. pr. of a wan- 
dering ascetic; n.,0 (paribbajako) 
89,19; voc. r^a,, 89,24; acc. (x/arii, 90,28; 
gen. />^assa, 90,27. 

utrasta, mfn, (a sanskritizised 
form for uttasita, sa. uttrasta, fr, 
ut-^tras) frightened, alarmed; m. <^o 
(puriso) 75,17; acc. /v-am, 76,i9. 

ud-°, {— sa.) pi'efix to verbs and 
nouns (— up, out) variously assimi- 
lated with a following consonant, but 
before h sometimes taking the form 
u {v. uhannati). cp, uttama, uttara. 

uda, n. (= sa.) water (only in 
comp.) : o-kumbho, m. a water-pot, 
Dh. 121. — "-bindu, »«. a water-drop, 
108,j; ''-bindu-nipatena {instr.) by 
the falling of water-drops, Dh. 121. 

udaka, n. (— sa.) water; nom. 
acc. /N/aiii, 3,33. 6, is; abl. ,^ai, 16, ii; 
o^ato, 11,31. 89,14; ioc. /%/e, l,ao; 51,3i 
(niacchassevodake); .<amhi, 28,6. - 
uggatodakam „the water thus sucked 
away", 27,3. — khirodakena {instr.) 
with milk-water, 36,35, 38,3 (khiro- 
daka-). — gandhodaka-, scented water, 
38,3. — darudaka-, wood and water, 
20,13, — padodakaiii, water for wash- 
ing the feet, 83,6. — *mah6daka, mfn. 
abounding with water, deep, f. /x/ika 
(Gafiga) 1,16. — mukhodakam, water 
tor rinsing the mouth, 82, is. — sakkha- 
rodaka-, sweet water, 38,3, — *''-kila, 
f, 62,28 {q. v.). - o-dhara, f. (= sa.) 
a gush or flow of water, pi. ,N.,a, 62,32. 
- *<'-pariyanta, m. the edge of the water, 
loc. i^e, 4,2. — *"-ppamana, «. the 
altitude of the water, >vam, 3,8. — 
*°-8appa, m, a water-snake, acc, >x/am, 
52.88. — cp. odaka, vodaka, sa-uduka. 
/udagga, mfn. {sa. udagra) i) 
high, elevated. ') joyful, elated; m, 
fvO, 68,16. — "-citta, mfn. elated, acc. 
m. t^&m, 68,88. 

udapadi, v. uppajjati. 

udaya, »j. (— sa.) rising, origin; 



''-vyajadi {ace.) origin and destruction, 
beginning and en<j, Db. 113. 374. - 
cp. iianodaya. 

udara, n. (— sa,) belly, atomach; 
ace. /x<am, 41,26; toe. r\>e, 1,84. 

udariya, «. (sa. udarya) the sto- 
mach; />^am, 82,4 — 97,2a. cp. so- 

udana, n. (— sa. fr. ud-yan) 
*) 'breathing upwards', heart's joy, a 
song of joy, a solemn utterance; nom. 
^am, 65,13; aee. ix-am, 42,i8. 64,i3. 
66,19. — ^'-vasena, 42,u {v. vasa). - 
*) worn, pr, of a buddhist canonical 
work, a part of 'navangaiil Sfttthu- 
sasanam', 109,88 (gath'-udan'-itivut- 

iidaneti, v6. {sa. udanayati, rfe- 
nom. fr. udana) to disclose (the joy 
of one's heart); aor. 3. sg. r^&i\ (uda- 
narii) 64,18. 66,19; — ger, ~etva, 

udahu, adv. interr. {sa. uta & 
utaho) or (latin 'an', at the begin- 
ning of the second part of a double 
interrogation), 59, 12 (without interr, 
particle at the first part) ; 98, 1 (kin 
nu . . . udahu); 99,9 (so eva so, 
udahu afino). 

udireti, vb, (,;a. ud-\/ir, cans.) 
to utter, speak; pot. 3. sg. <%/aye 
(giram saccarii) Dh. 408. cp. ereti. 

udumbara, m. {sa. udumbara 
(udumbara)) name of a tree, Ficus 
Glomernta; ,>.o, 2,ii; aec. ^aril, 1,26. 
~ "-rukkha, m. ioe. r^e, 2,5. 

*Udumbara, f nom. pr. name 
of a queen, the mother of (Mahosadha 
(Eodhisatta), 55,60 (~d'^vi). 

udda, ni. {sa udra) a kind of 
aquatic animal, nn otter; rvO, 14,io; 
gen. />/as8a, ] 6,9. 

udda pa, m. 's<:. udvapa ?) the 
foundation of a wfill, "-adini {v. adi) 
91,18. — dalhuddipa, mfn. n. ^am 
(nasaram) 90,ai — thirn-pakara-pa- 
dam 91,20 {cp. dallia). 

uddisati, vb, (sa. xid-^/diq) *) to 
show, point out, declare; pot. 1. sg. 
-•veyyam (kam . . . „whom should I 

indicate (as my teacher)") Dh. 353. 
*) to explain, teach {cp. next). 

•^uddisapeti. vb. {eaus. 11. ud- 
disati) to cause to teach or give in- 
struction; ger. .^etabba, who is to be 
called upon to give instruction, m. 
r^o, 84,6. - fut. return, eomp. r^etu- 
karaa, mfn. wanting an occasion to 
give instruction, m. /^O, 84,6. 

uddesa, »». (— sa.) •) illustration, 
enunciation. ') region, place. — udde- 
sika, mfn. (at the end of comp., cp. 
sa. uddesaka) : solasa-vass'-uddesika, 
f. about sixteen years of age, 86,23. 

uddham, adv. {sa. urdhvam") up- 
wards; <%/ul]oketva, 76,2. — uddnam- 
sota, mfn. {sa. urdhva-srotas) whose 
stream of lite tends upwards, m. <^o, 
Dh. 218. 

uddhata, mfn. (— sa. fr. ud- 
v'han) lifted up; v. an-uddhata. 

uddhana, n. {sa. uddhana, ud- 
dhmiina) an oven, a fireplace; "-an- 
taresu {loc. pi.) „into the oven", 9,24 
{cp, antara). 

uddharati, vb, {sa. ud-^/hr) to 
take out or up, to lift up, gather; pull 
out, draw out, take away, remove 
(ace); imp. 3. pi. ,-wath(a) (attanam 
dugRa) Db. 327; — aor. 3. sg. ud- 
dliari (marii arakena) 20,26; — ger. 
^itva 14,23 (macche). 26, i. 34,6 (da- 
runi). 40,30. 44,26 (phalitaiii); — grd. 
^itabba, n. ^am (asanara) 82,22. - 
cans. V. next. 

uddharapeti, vh. {catis, II. ud- 
dharati) to raise, to cause to be pulled 
up (out); ger. ^etva Tmiilani) 38,2. 

u d dh um a yati, y?*.(sa. ud-;/dhma) 
to swell; aor. 3. sg. «^ayi (galo) 13,ii. 

unnadati, vb. {sa. ud-^'nad) to 
cry out, roar, make a noise; aor. 3. 
pi. ~imsu, 8,24. — cans, v. next. 

^unnfideti, vb, {cans, unnadati) 
to cause to resound, echo, ring {ace); 
ger. o^qUR (vanaih) 34,8«; — part, 
mod, /N^ayaintina, f, />.a (devatu; va- 
naiii) 5,20. 

*unuala, »»/"«. evildoing, arrogant, 
insolent (?); gen. pi. ^anaiii {opp. 



pamattanam) Dh. 292 {cp. the 
expression ^akiccaih pana kayirati", 

up a, prp. (— sa.) prefixed to verbs 
and nouns ->= nenr to, with (opp. apa). 

upakaddhati, v6.(sa. upa-^krsh) 
to draw towards; pr. 3. sg. <N^ati (ni- 
rayaya „lead8 to hell") Dh. 311. 

upakarana, n. (= sa.) instru- 
ment, implement; pi. tunnavaya-upa- 
karanani, the implements of a tailor, 


upakara, »i. (— sa.) help, use; 
bahupakara, mfn, very useful, m. /vo 
(sakuno); — nir-upakara, mfn, 
useless, m. r>iO (manusso) 35,3». 

*upakulita. vifn. {fr. sa. *upa- 
ykud {cp. ykut. kund)) half-burnt, 
almost burnt up; m, ^o, 9,32. 

upakkama. m. {sa. upakrama) 
^) beginning. ^) mode of proceeding, 
^) treating, cure, *) intervention, coo« 
peration, influence, action. v, an- 
upakkamena, parilpakkamena. 

upakkilesa, m. (sa, upaklega) 
a bad (depraving) quality, depravity, 
ace. pi. r^e (cetaso) 91,7. 

upaga, mfn. (= sa.) approaching; 
m. pi. jati-jar'-upaga (nara) under- 
going (again and again) birth and 
decay, Dh, 341. 

upagaccbati, vfc. (sa.upa-v/gam) 
to go near, to enter, approach (acc); 
aor. 3. sg. >^gaflchi, 40,is, 62,i8; 
upagami, v. upagaccbati; — inf. 
/N^gantura, 8,22; — ger. upagamma; 
an-upaganima, avoiding, 66,S8 = 96,i7 ; 
- pp. upagata, m. f^o (niddaifa, fell 
asleep) 65,2; au-upagato (dit^biga- 
tani) has not adopted them, 93,98. — 
cp. upagaccbati. 

upaghata, m. (— sa.) stroke, 
violation, injury, damage; an-upa- 
gbata, m. (q. v.). 

upaghatin, »»/». ('=-sa.) injuring; 
parupagbatiH, mfn. who strikes others, 
m. r^l, Dh. 184. 

upacara, m. (— sa.) proceeding, 
practice, custom; m. 1^0 (sippassa, 
„it is the way of the craft") 65,7 ; acc. 

/>^am karohi, „go through the usual 
custom'', 55,u. 

upacita, mfn. (— sa. pp. upa- 
cinati, upa-^ci) heaped up, increased; 
n. ,>.-am (kammam) 76,6. 

*upaccaga, aor. 3. sg. (upMi- 
gaccbati) (sa. *upa + ati-v/ga) = 
to escape, to pass, overcome (acc); 
kbano ma »^ „no moment should 
escape" 108,6; sangam r^ (»has over- 
come, subdued") Dh. 412. 

upajjhaya, m. {sa. upadhyaya) 

a teacher, preceptor; /n^o, 82,23. 97, 16; 

gen. rvassa, 83,i; loc, rwambi, 82,i6. 

upaUhapeti&(vapeti, vb. cans, 

(sa. upa-\/8tha) *) to procure, provide 

(acc); pot. 3. jj^ «%/apeyyum (bbiaak- 

karii) 92,8; — ger. /v-apetva (dhitirii) 

41,27 („6ummoning his courage"); 23, 1 

V, corrections. — ') to ordain (acc); 

inf. o^apetum, 81, i?; — grd. ^ape- 

tabba, m. pi. <^a (samanera) 81, u. 

upatthabati & upa^t^^^^i 

(-tittbati), vb. {sa, upa-\/8tha) to 

appear, to come near, to wait upon 

(occ); part. m. <%.ttbahanto (Kosala- 

rajanarii) 38,22; — aor. 3. sg. upa- 

t^basi, appeared as, 23,98. 65,n; — pp. 

upa^^bita, m. pi. (tam, have come 

near to thee) Dh. 235. cans, v, above. 

*upa(tbaka, m. {cp, sa, upa- 

stbatar) a servant; acc, pi, r^e, 73, 2s. 

- "-kula, M. />wam (Sariputtassa „b 

family devoted to the service of 8,") 


upatthana, n. {sa, upastbana) 
attendance, waiting on, help, service; 
acc, />/am kuruniana, a waiting wo- 
man, 49,13; tesam »/ara gaochanto, 
in order to help them, 35,2; — instr. 
/vena (kim me evarupena raju/N.) 
„why should 1 serve such a king ?" 
upatthapeti, v, upattbapeti. 
upaddba, mfn. {sa. upardha, «.) 
half; m. r^o (loko) 90,22. cp. addba. 
upatitt^ati, v. upa^thabati. 
upatta, mfn. (sa.upasta, up-^as*) 
cast down, thrown down; v. baritu- 
. patta. 



upaddava, m. {sa, upadrava) 
attack; miafortua«, calamity; nom, 
corupaddavo, nttack from robbers, 
42,s {cp, cora). — an-upaddava, mfn. 
UJiinjured, Dh. 338 (q. v.), — nir- 
UT)addava, mfn. without mishap, 25,ao 

(a. t;.). , 

upadduta, mfn. (sa. upadruta, 
pp. upa-y'diu) anuoyed, oppressed; 
m. ^0 (hatthihi) 35,u; n. -N^am vata 
bho! »how oppressive is it all", 65,n. 
— an -upddduta, mfn. not oppressed, 
68,14 {q. v.). — ".p. upaddava. 

upadhana, n. (-=■ sa.) the act 
of placing upon ; para-dukkh'-upadha- 
nena {insfr.) „by causing pain to 
ethers", Dh. 291. 

upadhareti, vb. (sa. cans, upa- 
^/dhr) to consider, regard; to reflect 
or nifiditate on; pr. 1, sg. -%^emi, 66,85; 
pad. m. -^ento, b6,s9. 

upadhi, ««. (=:= sa.) 'adding, addi- 
tion' (increase, subttance?); pi. pas- 
sions, affections (technically : the four 
upadhis, viz. khandha, katna, kilesa, 
kamnia, cp. SBE, X 96, Note); pi. 
~i, 105,89 (narassa nandana). — nir- 
upadhi, mfn. „free from all gerraa 
(of renewed life)", ace. m. o^im. Dh. 

upanayhati, vh. (sa. upa-y/nah) 
to tie or bind to, to put on; pr. 3, pi. 
upanay(i)lianti (ye tam ~) „who 
harbour such thoughts", Dh. 3 — 4. 

upanameti, vb. (sa. cans, upa- 
■\/naiD) to reach, hand to; to offer, 
present; ger. »viHva (tassa blieriifai 
36,13; — part, gen, f. -^entiya (tassa) 
89,5; — grd. ^etab!ja, m[ rvo. 83, 13. 

upanikkhipat:, vb. (sa, tipa* 
uih-y/kehip) to throw, cast down; to 
place (down before), to procure; grd, 
rvkhipitabba, n, rs^arii, 83,6. 

*upan)blia. mfn. (sa. *upa -\- 
nibha, cp. sannibha) like; f, 
veluriya-vanli'-upanibha (fiiva) re- 
sembling tlid colour of lapis-laEuli, 


upanisa, f. (sa. upaiiisbad) the 
secret art of doing or obtaining eome- 

thing; labhupanisa, mfn. (?) «le»/«°8 
to wealth", f. ^a (sc, patipada i*) 
Dh. 76. 

*upani88aya, prp. (ger. sa. upa- 
ni-v/?ri) near to (ace); Rajagaham 

,^, 84,26. 

upanita-vaya,»«/>i. (sa-upamta 
(brought near, upa-v/ni) + vayas) 
whose life has come to an end ; m. r\.>0, 
Dh. 237 (cp. vayas). 

upapajjati, vb. (sa. upa-VP^'^) 
to approach, obtain; to appear: to bo 
produced, esp. to be born again; pr. 3. 
sg. ^ati, 94,14; 3. pi. ~anti (w. ace. 
Rabbhaii, nirayarii), Dh. 126; 3. pi. 
mod. upapajjare (nirayara) Dh. 307. 
— pp. upapanna, q. v. 

upapatti. f. (=- sa.) appearing, 
the being born again; acc, t^\va. (satta- 
nam) Dh,4;9. 

upapanna, mfn. (= sa., pp. 
upapajjati) having approached, reached, 
obtained ; acc, m. jati-mant'-iipapan- 
nam (brahnianarii) possessed cf high 
birth and holy wisdom, 30,9. 

up am a, mfn. (■=■ «a., at the end 
oi comp.) like, resembling; aggi-sikh'- 
upama, m, o^o (ayogulo) „like flaring 
fire-, 107,1 = Dh. 308; - indakhil'- 
iipaiua. Dh. 95 ; kunibli'-fipama. Dh. 
40; nagar'-upania, Dh. 40; phen'- 
ilpaiua, Dh. 46; riijarath'-fipama, 
Dh. 171 (v. h.), cp. next. 

upania, f. (■= sa.) resemblance, 
comparison; a simile, example; acc, 
~am (te karissami) 90,89; attanarii 
/^aiii katvil, supposing that it is your 
case, Dh. 129; — loc, ^ayam (bhasl- 
tassa Htthaiii) 90,»b. — At the end of 
comp. ; upmiiu. mfn. (q, v.), cp, 

uparava, m, (— sa.) noise (or 
bustle); ,x,o (rajuBgane attattbava) 

uparajaH, m. (— sa.) a viceroy; 
uoiti. ^ii, 45,3T. cp. oparajja, «. 

upari, indccl, (=^ sa.) ^) prp. = 
above, over, upon, against; •) 10. ge». 
aiifiassa ^, 7,9; coraranno ^, 40,7; 
'') w. loc. arakkhitthiya ~, 60,i; 



«^niuddhani, 77,8. — ^)adv.= further, 
moreover; 47, i7, — *) comp, "-pasada- 
vara-tala-gata, f. „ having aBcended 
to the roof of the palace", 64,i2; cp, 
next & uparima, w/m, 

uparibhaga, wi. (= sa.) the 
upper part or portion of something; 
loc. uparibhage (prp, w, gen.) = 
above, 13,2S (tassa .v), cp, uparima, 
*uparima, mfn. {fr. upari) upper, 
most, topmost; °-bhaga, »». — upari- 
bhaga; loc, {prp. w, gen.) ,ve (raniio) 
above, 40,95. 

upaladdhi, f. (m. upalabdhi) 
supposition, false opinion; sattilpa- 
laddhi (g. v.) 91,i3-38. 

upalabhati, vb. {sa. upa-\/labh) 
to find, to perceive; pass, upalabbhati, 
pr. 3. sg. „iB to bo found", 97,3. (u'upa- 
labbhati) 97,7. — upaladdhi, f. {q. v.), 
upalitta, mfn. {sa, upalipta, pp. 
upa-\/lip) besmeared, anointed; an- 
upalitta, mfn. {q, v,). 

upavana, «. (■=■ sa.) a small 
forest, a grove, garden; "-arafifiesu 
{ dvandva-C07np.) , in the parks 
and in the woods", 73,31. 

up a vis a ti, (or upavisati) vb. {sa. 
upa-^vio) to sit down; aor. 3. sg, 
upavisi {w. ace. rukkhamiilam) 110,29. 
*upa8amva8ati, vb. {sa. *upa- 
sam-y'vas) to live together with, to 
keep company with {acc.) ; pot, 2, sg. 
«^vase (Sakharii) 7,33, 

upasamhita, mfn. (— sa., pp. 
upa-sam-Y/dha) connected with, ac- 
companied by ; sacc'-Qpasambita, mfn, 
true, n. /N/am, 9,3i. 

upasagga, m., v. upassagga. 
/upasamkamati, vb. {sa. upa- 
8am-\/kraui) to go to, come near, 
approach (acc); pr. 3. pi. /x/anti, 
21,»; — pot. 1. sg. r^eyy&m, 71,87; - 
aor. f\/\, 68,2; — inf. /vitum, 8,19; - 
ger. /^itva, 6,14. 19,J8; — pp. m, 
<x/kanto (idh') 75,2s. 

upasanta, mfn. {sa. upa^anta, 
pp. upa-VQam, cp, upa-sammati) 
calm, tranquil; m. rvO, Db. 201. 378; 
gen. «va8sa, Dh. 96. 

upusama, >». (— sa.) becoming 
quiet, tranquillity oi mind ; gen. o/assa, 
Dh. 206; dat. /%/aya (saiiivattati) 
66,29. 93,8; dukkh'-vipasama-, „quiet- 
ing of pain", 107,8o — Dh. 191 ("-gti- 
minaih maggam); nekkhamm'-iipa- 
same, loc. „in the repose of retirement 
(from this world)", Dh. 181; vitakk'- 
upasame, loc. „in quieting doubts", 
Dh. 360; sariikhar'-upasamaiii, acc. 
cessation of existence, Dh. 368, 

*upa8ampada, f. (/r. upa-sam- 
j/pad) ') taking, acquiring; Dh. 183. 
^) acquiring a priest's order, ordination 
of a priest; 70,i7. 97,ie; acc. <%/am, 
70,15, - laddha-pabbajj'-flpasampada, 
mfn, having obtained admission to the 
order and ordination, m, /^o, 89,ie 
{cp. pabbajja). 

upasammati, vb. {sa. upa-Qam- 
yati, \/(;ain) to become quiet; 
~ati,Dh.4. (tes'upasammati = tesaih 
upa-"), Dh. 100; pp. upasanta {q. v.), 
cp, upasama. 

upasussati, vb. {sa. upa-y/QU8h) 
to dry up (by degress); pot, 3, sg. 
<vaye (n'llpa-") 103,io. 

upasevati, vb, {sa. upa-y'sev) 
to frequent, visit; to serve, worship; 
to have sexual intercourse with (ncc); 
pr. 3. sg. ^ati, (afifiam) 9,38. 

upaseviu, mfn. {-~ sa.) serving, 
worshipping; devoted to, coveting; m. 
para-darupasevi, „who covets his 
neighbours wife", Dh. 309. 

upassagga, m. (— > upasagga, 
sa, upasarga) an accident, misfortune; 
acc. f^&m {var. upasagpaih) Dh. 139. 

upassattha, mfn, {sa, upasi'shfa, 
pp. upa-y'srj) afflicted, plagued; n. 
<^am Tata bhol „how stifling is it all!" 
65,18. 68,19. — an-upassattha, mfn, 
{q. V,). 

upahannati, vb. pass. {sa. upa- 
V'haD, pass.) to be afflicted, oppressed; 
pr. 3. sg. /x/ati (oittarii) 97,86; pp. v. 

upahata, mfn. {sa. pp. upa-ylian) 
struck, beaten ; injured, afflicted, pained ; 
m. fs>0 (kamso, nbroken"), Dh. 134. 



upahara, m. (— sa.) ') receiving, 
acquiring. ') offering; present, obla- 
tion; an-upahara, «i. (q, v.). 

upagaccliati, v6. (sa, upa-\/gain) 
to come near, approach (ace); to re- 
turn; aor. 3, sg. ,%/ganchi, 112,r, 
/>.^gami, 103,4. 112,24. 114,32; — pp. 
upagata, m. ,>^o, „ru8hed at her", 


up ad ana, n, (— sa.) ') taking, 
grasping, clinging to existence, the 9th 
link of the paticcasamuppada {q. v.), 
originating with tanha, 66,9 (tanha- 
paccaya ,>,arii) and causing bhava 
(^paccaya bhav \ ib.). — pane' upa- 
dana-kkhandha (m. pi.) „the fivefold 
clinging to existence", 67, ii (v. khan- 
dlia). — upadiinii-nirodha, vi. 66, lo 
(cp. corrections). — upay'-upadana, 
96,10-11 (q.vX — ^)fuei; tina-katth'- 
upadanarii (a ?c.), the fuel of grass 
and wood, 94,30. cp. next. 

upadiyati, tb. (sa. upa-\/d a) *) 
to take with, include, comprise, -) to 
grasp at, cling to the .vorld; pr. 3. sg. 
'^diyati (uoilyupadanaiii, q.v.) 96, is; 

- part. med. upaJiyana. vi. an-upa- 
C'iyano, „cirinp for nothing" Dh. 20 
(cp. S;1E. X, 8.V, — gei: upadaya 
[uftkjn used as prp. ^^ including, on 
account of, in ::oniparison with, etc.]', 
nn-upadaya, having become free from 
attaclimeiit, 69,93: Dh, 89 (rata), 414 
(nibbuto); anupadiiya is sometimes 
shortened to an^pada (adv.) -^ abso- 
lutely, completely, 94,i2 (vimutto). 
[The passive form is upadiyati or 
up.'id;yyati, rp. adiyati;] 

upaya. m. (=' sa,)' means, expe- 
dient, Way; ^o l,io. 43,2g; insir, 
/v-ena, by some means or other, 25,35. 
26,10. 33,23 = eken' upayena, 4,i; 
imina (eten') upayeTta, by these means, 
65,8, 58,23; tett'eva (eten'eva) upa- 
yena, in the same way, 2,2i, 23,23; 
vena tena upayena. anyhow, at any 
pjj^, 1,9; an-upayena, „by misguided 
niedns", 34,i7-2o. - *upaya-kusala, 
mfn. skilful, clever; )». ^0, 25,u. 40,ic. 

- "^upayupadana, n. (cC- m. pi.) seems 

to denote the coveting and grasping of 
(wordly things), ace. ~am (na upetl 
na upadiyati) 96,ii; upayupadana- 
bhinivesa-nibandho {adj. ayara loko 
yebhuyyena) 96,io 0: (upon the whole 
this existence is only) a chain of cove- 
ting, grasping, and clinging to (the 
world), cp. abhinivesa. 

*upaya8a, w. {cp> sa. ayasa) 
despair; pi. {dvandva comp.) ~a, 
66,11-17; instr. pi. >^eh\, 70,3o. - sa- 
upiiyasa, mfn. coupled with despair, 
«. /-waiii. 94,2. 

Up all, »«. (-=■ sa.) of a 
thera; "-pandito (aggo vinaye) 109,:; 
ace. r^\m, i09,i,v, ^-thero satima, 
upavisi, V. upa-visati. 
upasaka, n. (= sa.) a faithful 
layman, a lay disciple of Buddha; voc. 
r«/a, 28,14; ace. ->.aiii, 28,3, 69,2o; pi. 
^a, 28,15. 

upiihana, f. {sa. upanah) a shoe, 
sandal; ace. pi. ,>.a, 82,i7. 

upeta, mfn. {= sa.\ pp. fr, next) 
who has arrived at, entered into; pos- 
sessed of, endowed with {tv, ace, or 
instr, or at the end of comp,); nt. /x/O 
ralasiyara, „full of sloth") Dh. 280; 
(daniasaccena) Dh. 10 {opp. apeto); 
- piiiiupeta, mfn, lifelong, v. pana; 
vanna-gandha-ras'upeta.wi/'n. endowed 
with beauty, odour, and flavour, ni. 
-^0 (ambo) 37,3o; sabbiikaravar'tipeta, 
mfn., V. akiira. 

upeti, vb. {sa. upa-\/i) to go to, 
approach, enter into {acc.)\ abs. to fit 
the case; pr, 3. sg. />^eti (nirayam) 
74,1; (upayupadanaiii) 96,i2; (gab- 
bham. to the born) Dh, 326; na 
upeti, 94,14 („it would not fit the 
case") ; pr, 1. pi. ^ema (saranam taiii, 
take reluge in thee) 10.5,si; - fut. 2. 
sg. upehisi (jatijaram) Dh. 238 »=- 
348; 1. sg. upessam (gabbhaseyyam) 
105,20; - ger. upecca, 110,3o; - pp. 
upeta, q. v. {cp. upaya). 

uposatha. in. {sa, upavasatba) 
fast, fast-duy; holy day, sabbath (oc- 
curring four times in the month), ,^0, 



14,17 — **>-divaso, 14,i6; maha-**, 
22,20; punnamuposatbadivaso, 22,i» 
(the fuUraoon-boliday); acc. ^am, 
22,20. '"-kanima, n. the fast-day ser- 
vice, notn. acc. -vam, 14, 13. 22,i6, 
*0-angani (pi.) the holy day vows, 
61,7 (cp, Sp, Hardy, Eastern Mona- 

♦uposathika, mfn.{fr. uposatha) 
one who observes the sabbath, fasting; 
m. pi. f^a, 14,19. 

uppajjati, vb, (sa. ut-\/pad) to 
arise, originate, begin, appear; to be 
be produced, to be found; pr. 3, sg, 
i^&ti, 19,1 (yava-N^, until be appeared); 
25,32; 27,4 (saddo); 35,i2 (me duk- 
khaih, I am annoyed) ; 63, 10 (me 
bhayam, I fear); 70,27 (-paccaya, 
from); 96,13; 99,2 (is born); part, 
med. ,>.'mana, n. dukkham uppajja- 
manam uppajjati, whenever something 
arises, then it is pain that arises, 
96,13; aor. 3. sg. udapadi, 8,9, 68,26, 
78,31 ; uppajji, 26,2i. 46,i. 78,24. 89,io; 
— ger, rwitva, having been produced, 
80,29; - pp. uppanna, q.v.; - caus. 
uppadeti, g. v. (cp.- upapajjati & 

uppatati, vb. (sa. ut-y'pat) to 
fly up, leap up; to rise, ascend; aor. 
3. sg. uppati (akase) ll,i9; - ger, 
^itva, 2,s-2i. 21,36. 36,24; -pp. o/ita. 
m. 'X'O, 3,80 ; acc, rvam (kodham) 
106,33 -= Dh. 222, 

u p p a 1 1 i , /". (sa. utpatti ; fr. uppaj- 
jati) arising, origin; thanuppatti, 3. v, 

uppada, m. v. uppada. 

uppanna, mfn, {pp. uppajjati, 
sa, utpanna) arisen, produced, born; 
m. ^o, 1,23. 2,30 (dohalo); 42,5 (coru- 
paddavo"); 62,24 (putto); loc, m. rve 
(labhasankare) 72,28. 

uppala, n. {sa. utpala) a lotus- 
flower, cap. the blue lotus; <N/am, Dh. 
55; niluppald.di-kuBuma-, 47,i8. 

♦Uppalavanna, m. {aa, *Utpa- 
lavar^a) nom, pr. of a deva in Sakka's 
heaven; gen. >vasBa (devasse,) 110,i7. 

uppada, m. (sa. utpada) arising, 
appearance, coming into cxigteooe, 

birlb; <%^o (Buddbanam) Dh. 194; 
182 (metri causa : uppado); abl. r^a, 
(phalitas8') 44,8i; - *uppada-vaya- 
dhammiH, mfn, subjected to genesis 
and destruction, vi, pi. i^ino (sam- 
khara) 80,39. - anuppadadhamma, 
tnfn, {v. an-uppada, - Buddhuppada, 
m, {q. v.). 

uppadeti, vb. {caus. uppajjati, 
sa, utpadayati) to give rise to, to con- 
ceive, feel; to bring forward, produce, 
obtain, gain (acc); aor, 3, sg. owesi 
(ruciiii tayi, „fixed her choice on you") 
10,19; (visarii satasabassarii, „gained 
two millions") 23,a; 57,9; (ruhirarii, 
„made to bleed") 76,i; 3, sg. <N.esi 
(id.) 76,4; - ger, «N^etva (dohalam, 
having conceived a longing for {loc.)) 
1,6. 2,28; (karunfiam, „felt compassion 
with" (loc,)) 16,31 ; (rucim pabbajjaya) 
64,2; (avannaiii Gotamassa, „bring- 
ing reproach on G.") 72,32; — pp. 
uppadita, n. -%/am (ruhirarii) 76,7; 
"-dhanarii (acc), the money which be 
had earned, 67,35. 

ubbigga, mfn. {sa. udvigna; pp. 
ubbijjati, sa, ud-\/vij) frightened, 
anxious; m, i\,,o, 75, 17; acc. ^arii, 

*ubbedha, m. {cp. sa. udviddha, 
mfn. & vedha, m. depth) height; 
yojana-sahass'-ubbedha. mfn. 1000 
leagues high, tn, r^o, 60,24. 

ubbhata, mfn, {sa. udbhrta, pp. 
ud-v/bhr) carried away or out, drawn 
up; m. c^, fvarijo okamokata) Dh. 
34; pi. o^a (maccba udaka tbalarii) 
16,14 {cp. uddharitva, 14,23). 

ubbhijjati, vb, {pass, ubbbin- 
dati, sa. ud-\/bhid) to break out, to 
sprout; ger, ubbhijja (titthati „Btand8 
sprouting" (lata)) Dh. 340. 

ubhaya, mfn, (= sa,) both; inatr. 
m, .vena (saiifiamena, on account of 
both sorts of abstinence : abstinence 
and non-abstinence) 85,i9; n, /vaiii, 
adv, both, Dh. 404 (o'ilbbayam) ; 
comp. ubhaya-nagara-yasinaiii {gen, 
pi.) 62,9. 

ubhayattba, adv,{sa. ubhayatra) 



>n both places, in both cases; 107,te 
— Ph. 15-18. 

ubho, mfn. pi. (so. ubhau) both; 
m. ubho pi, 5,i2. 43,i8; ubho pi te, 
74,? — Do. 306; ubho (gihi pabba- 
jita) Dh. 74; n. ubho „both sidea", 
Dh. 269; ace. «». ubho (ante) 66,)i8 
-= %,i7; ubho sangum (pufinaii ca 
papafl ca) Dh. 412, cp. sanga (Tr. 
F. M. p. 82) ; ubho (attham anatthan 
ca) Dh. 266; inslr. m. ubhohi (hat- 
thehi) 27,19; gen. nin. ubhinnam, 
43,s9. 68,9; loc. mn. ubhosu (passesu) 

urn mar a, m. («a. umbara, cp. 
mahratt, umbara) a threshold {cp, 
indakhila); loc. '^e, 65,is. 

ummujjati, vb. (sa. ud-\/majj) 
to emerge; pr. 3, pi. ^anti, 26,26. — 
ummujja-niinujja, »i(?) emerging and 
diving; ace. ^arii karonti (udake) 
26,23 (cp. sa. unmrjavamrja). 

uyyiiti, vb. (sa. ud-y'ya) to go 
out (away); imp. 2. sj. ,^yahi (magga, 
make way!) 44,8-io. 

uyyana, n, (sa, udyana) a park, 
a (royal) garden; UQC. .^^am, 6,17; 
gen, .^assa, 37, is; loc. ^e, 6,4. 36,35) 
Makhadev'-ambavan'-", 45,7. - °-k- 
bhimukha, tnfn. turned towards the 
garden, m. .^0, 63,6. - *''-kila & 
-Idlika, q. V, - "-pale, m, a garde- 
ner, «^o, 37,11; lice. fN^am, 37,8-17; 
gen. o^assa, 37, 11. - "-piilaka, m. 
id. gen. ^\ 38,5. - *''-bhumi, 
/'. the garden-ground, ace. ^im, 

uyyufijati, vb, (so. ud-^yuj) to 

go away, depart, leave one's house 
and family; pr. 3. pi. ix/anti (traced 
only once) Dh. 91. — cans, uyyojeti 
(q. V.) cp. next, 

uyyoga, m. (sa. udyoga) depar- 
ture; "-mukhe, at the threshold of 
deiitb, Dh. .135 (cp. tuukha). 
•'uyycjet;, t'6. (cans, uyyufijati, 
sa. udyojayati), to sesid away, to send 
cut for some purpose, to take leave of 
(ace); aor, 3. sg. -wes:, 19,22. 61, 1. 
69,22 J - ger, ,-vetva, 43,i8. 

ura & ura», ♦». (««• uras, «.) the 
breast; loc, ^e, 23,8i. 89,7. (cp. orasa.) 

uracchada, m. (sa. ura^chada), 
a breastplate, armour; o.pasadhanam 
(q. V.) a splendid armour, 23,32. 

Uruvela, f. (sa. Uruvitva) now. 
pr. of a town in the Magadha country, 
near the river Neranjara; loc. />^ayam, 

ulumpa, m. (sa. udupa) a raft, 
a float; ^acc. /s.-am, 23, 13. 

uluka, m. (— sa.) an owl; 0..0, 
11,19; ace. o^aiii, 11,2; gen. ,>^assa, 
11,10. - o.jataka. n. 10,25 £f. 

*ulloka, m. (fr. next) perceiving, 
observing, sight; abl. i-^bl pa^bamam, 
as soon as it is seen, 84,i8. 

*ulloketi. vb. (sa. *ut -|- \/lok) 
to look at, look up; aor. 3. sg. o.'Csi 
(iikasarii) 33,5; (Bliagavantaih) 69,33; 

- ger. ,%^etva (uddham) 76,a; — pp. 
<N^ita, loc. a6s. akase -^e, 32, 11. 

usabha', m. (sa. rshabba) a bull; 
rv/O, 105,i2-iB| ace, ~am („the manly") 
Dh. 422, 

*u8abha*, «., a certain measure 
of length — 20 yatthi (q. v.), about 
70 meters; atthiisabha-matta, mfn,,, 
n. <^&m tlianam, a space of eight 
usabhas, 27,27. (cp. yojana.) 

usira, n. (sa. U(;ira) the root of 
a fragrant grass (birana, q. v,)\ *"• 
attha, mfn, wanting usira, m, »x,o, 
108,1 - Dh. 337. (cp. attha' (2)). 

U8U, »t(& f.) (sa. ishu) an arrow. 

- usu-k.ara, m. (sa. ishu-kara) an 
arrow-maker, a fletcher; rvo, Dh. 33; 
pi. ^a, 106,27 — Dh. 80. 145. 

usuyyati, v6. i/ewom. (sd. asuyati, 
fr. usuya, usuyya (= sa. asiiya) 
envy, jealousy) to envy, to be jealous; 
part. m. usuyyarii, 14,4 (an-usuyyanit 
not envying). 

*us8aBkiH, mfn. (fr. sa, ut -|- 
y^amk) distrustful, anxious; m. o^i, 
75,17; ace. ^im, 75,i8. 

*u8sada,»i. (probably /'r.ut-y^8ad) 
') abundance, swelling, tumor. *) name 
of a certain hell ; "-nirayo, 23,26. (cp, 
sa. ud-y'chad <& next). 



ussanna, mfn. {sa. utsanna, pp. 
ut-\/sad) extensive, abundant ; n. ,>^am 
(suvannam, „ttbundance of gold") 26,9. 
(cp. sa. ucchanna). 

ussava, m. (sa, utsava) feast, 
merriment; ,^^0 maha, 112,i5. 

ussahati, vb. {sa. ut-\/sah) to be 
able to, to dare, venture (w. inf.); 
to bear, endure; pr. 3. sg, ^ati 50,3. 
81,17. 83,31. 

ussapeti, vh. {sa. ucchrapayati, 
cans. ud-\/(jri) to raise, to lift up 
(occ); ger. /%^etva (sondam), 76,2i. 

ussareti, vh. {sa. ut-sarayati, 
caus, ut-y'sr) to cause to go away; 
ger. o/etva (caturaflgulaiii kannam 
.N^etva civaram samharitabbam, the 
robe ought to be folded up so that 
a corner of four inches more is hang- 
ing over) 83,10 (ciJ.SBE.XIII. p. 156). 

ussisaka, n. {sa. uccbirshaka) 
a head-pillow, a bed's head; loc, >ve, 


ussuka, mfn. (sa. utsuka) zealous, 
desirous, eager for, longing for, greedy; 
loc. pi. <N^esu an-ussuka {pi.) „free 
from greed among the greedy", Dh, 
199; n. o^am (na Tatbagatassa hoti, 
T. does not care about it, lays no 
stress upon that) 91,3. {cp. ossukka.) 

*U88uta, mfn. -= avassuta {q. v.). 
- an-u68uta, mfn. {q. v.). 


uka, f. {sa. yuka) a louse; ace. 
pi. .x/a (vioinanti, rafino sise, being 
about to louse the king's head) 46,2fi. 

una, mfn. (= sa.) wanting, defi- 
cient, less than, minus {w. instr.); n. 
^am (dvihi /^am purisa-sabassaih 
o: 998 men = 600 + 250 + 126 + 
62 4- 31 -f 16 + 8 + 4 + 2, who 
had Buccessively been killed by their 
comrades) 34,9; loc. pi. f^^eaa (eken' 
unesu paficasu attabhava-satesu, in 
500 existences but one) 17,7; comp, 
ekanavisati {q. v.). 

umi, f. {<& m.) {sa. urmi) a wave; 
loc. />/iya uggataya, when the wave 
rises, 27,3. 

ilru, in. (— sa.) the thigh; loo, 
-N.'Umhi, 29,87. 

ubafinati, vb. {pass, uhanati, 
uha'nti, sa. ud-|/han) to become de- 
stroyed, disordered, soiled ; aor. 3. sg. 
ma viharo rajena uhaiiiii, „in order 
that the vihara may nit become dusty", 
84,28; - pp. uhata, destroyed, v, an- 
ubata {cp. (an-)uddhata). 


eka, mfn. {num. & pron, indef, 
— sa.) ') one; n. ^arii, 56,is. 82,8 
(ekan); gen. ^assa, 56,i6; instr. m. 
<N./ena, 81, u; eken' unesu, 17,7 {v, 
una). — *) only, single, that one only; 
»j. <N.o (elako) 30,5; ace. />/am (dhani- 
mam) 106, 14; (attanam, oneself only) 
107,4; gen. ->.;assa (elakassa) 17,6; 
n. aec. ->^am (palitaih) 46,87 ; - camp. 
ekaparadham, 47,8 {v. aparadba); 
eka-panam, 27,23; eka-puttako, 23,6; 
eka-purisik.a, f. {v. separately) ; eka- 
ntaccham pi na, not one single fish, 
4,85; eka-vacanena {instr.), lit. at 
the word once spoken 0: directly, 
immediately, 57,8i; - eka-ratti-vasa, 
mfn. abiding for one night, m. /^^o, 
104,34; — eka-dvara, mfn. having 
only one gateway, n. /N^aih (nagaram) 
90,31. 91,83; — eka-samgabita, mfn. 
unified, m. pi. /^a, 99,io. — ^) united 
continual; comp. eka-pallankena (ms^r. 
V. pallanka) 66,4; eka-ppaharen'eva, 
with one blow, with one voice, 27, 14. 

40.10. 74,6 {cp. pahara); eka-phali- 
phullam, 62,11 {v, /».); eka-viravam, 

60.11. — *) the same, one and the same; 
eka-divase {loc.) 46,84. — *) alone, 
solitary; ace. m. «^am, 106,i3 = Dh. 
395; gen. ^assa, Dh. 330; ekacara 
{q. v.), — *) some (. . . or other), one 
or other, a certain ; pi. some ; m. <^o 
(upayo) 1,10; (bako) 4,i; (Vijayo) 



110,88; ace. />.am (udumbaraih) l,»e; 
instr. >%^ena (eken' upayena) 46,2*; 
Ice, m. n. /x-asmiih, 3,80. 8,20; ekas- 
mim samaye, once upon a time, 30,28 
■— ekaih samayarh, 66,23; eomp. eka- 
divasam (ace), one day, 6,8i. 13,22; 
eka-bhikkhussa (^CM.), 79,i7; —pi. 
m. eke, 77,i3. 104,i. - ') in the same 
sense used as an indefinite article -=- 
a, an; m. ~o (s';msumaro) 1,5; (di- 
pako) 2,19; a::c. /^arii (assarii) 65,ie; 
gen, f. ekissa. 6,32; comp. eka-pali- 
taii, 46,53; oka-mi.^am (ace.) 6,19; 
eka-gandhakutiyara {loc.) 73, u. - *) 
rCjOeated or corresponding w. anfia or 
dutiya = tlie ono . . . tlie other ; m. 
eko . . . eko, 33,84-25; instr. ekena . . . 
ekena. 83, 17; comp, eka-divasam . . . 
eka-divasam, 6,25-26; gen. ekassa . . . 
annassa, 7.»; eko . . . dutiyo (anto) 
S6,i6. {cp. an-eka, ekamsa etc.) 
ekftirsa, ') mfn. (sa. ekaiii^a) 

wit'i on« bhoulder, belonging to one 
Bhoulder', only constructed with ci- 
vara or uttarasafigB, ace. m. rvam 
uttarasaiigam karitva, arranging the 
upper robe over one rhoulder, 74, le. 
82,18. — ^) m. (sa.' ekamsa) one part, 
totality (?); nom. ^0 (tava jivitam 
„only one part of thee is life" (Fsb.), 
but perhaps we have to read ekaiiise 
(adv.)) 103,0; instr. ekamsena, adv. 
((£■ loc, ekaihse, adv.) = in whole, 
upon the whole, entirely, totally, ab- 
solutely, undoubtedly, inevitably, 6,31. 
86,3 (cp. ariisa). 

' ekaka, mfn, (= sa,) single, alone, 
solitary; in, ^0 va (quite alone) 33, 31; 
ace. m, r^am, 22 28; ace, jf, ekikam, 


■"ekagbana, mfn. {sa. *eka -f- 
ghana) compact, boIIj, hard; mi. n./0 
(selo) 106,29 -=- Dh, 81. 

ekacara, Mfn, (= sa.) wandering 
or living alone, solitary; »i. «^o, 2,19; 
ace. rvam, Dh, 37. 

*ekacariya, f, (sa. *eka -4- car- 
ya) walking alone; ace. nwam, Dh. 
61 (metri causa read : ekacaryarii). 

ekacca, uifn. (Jr, sa. ekatara, 

*ekatra, •ekatya, cp. Tr. PM, p. 56) 
one of two, a single; pi. some ( . . . 
others); ^e, 18,4 (vanija), 90,29 
(viflfiu purisa); repeated : 22,&-e\ pi. 
f. (vS, 65,s-T. 

ekato, adv. {sa, ekatas) ') on the 
one side (on the other side), 14,8. 
27,4. - *) together; at once, simultane- 
ously; rwvasanta, 14,io; .^sannipatati, 
14,13. 72,29; tena saddhim >^, 45,25; 
kena saddbim ^ butva (by help of 
whom?) 72,32; — tini pi ~ inadditva, 
57,28; vacayimsu pottbakattayam .^, 


ek an tarn (& ekantena), adv. {sa. 
ekantaiii) absolutely, exclusively, at 
any rate, always; ^ nindito, Dh. 228. 
{cp. ekamsena.) 

*eka-purisika, f. {adj.) {fr. eka 
-|- purisa) true to one man; ace. ^am, 
48,16; instr, r«^aya (ittbiya), 48,35. 

*ekamantam, adv. {fr. eka -j" 
anta) on one side, apart, aside; by 
one's side, near; ,x/ nisidi, 28,u. 35,3. 
68,17; /s< tbatvS, 49,7; ».> atthasi, 
87, 3(; n^ karitva {ace. laid aside) 75. 20; 
~ nikkbipitabbam (civararii) 83,29. 

*ekarajja. n. {sa. *eka 4- rajya) 
sole sovereignty; instr. <^ena, Dh, 

*ekavaciya, n. {sa, *eka -\- va- 
cya) a single remark or objection, 
private opinion; ace. o/am, 11, 11. 

ekavaraih. adv. (= sa.) once; 
50,10 {cp. vara). 

ekavisam & ekavisati, num. 
{sa. eka-vim^atli]) twenty. — ekavi- 
satima, mfn. {sa. ekaviriiQatama) the 
21th; m. ^0 (vaggo) Dh. 305. 

""ekasadisa, mfn. {sa. *eka -{- 
sadi'Qa) fully alike or resembling, 
identical; pi, ^a (mataputta) 49,8. 

*ekaseyya, /'. {sa. *eka + ?ayya) 
lying, sleeping alone; ace. {adv.) f^a.m 
(eko caram) Dh. 305. 

ekadasa, num. {sa. ekada(ja) 
eleven. — ekadasama, mfn. {sa. eka- 
dacj-ama) the eleventh; m. ,n^o (vaggo) 
Dh. 156. 

ekayalia, n. (— sa.) a narrow 



way, the only way to" salvation; mfn. 
leading to salvation, »». r^o (maggo) 


*ekasana, n. {sa. *eka + asana) 
sitting, living alone; ace. {adv.) r^aiOi 
(eko caram) Dh. 305. 

ekaha, n. {sa. ekaha[n]) one day, 
V. alia ; mfn. lasting one day, n, /^am 
(jivitara) Db. 110. 

ekika, f. v. ekaka, 

ekiinavisati, num. {sa. ekona- 
virii<;ati) nineteen. — ekunavisatima, 
mfn. the 19th, wt. rvO (vaggo) Dh. 

ekeka, mfn. {sa, ekaika) one by 
one, several, each; acc. rvaiii, 4,8-34; 
w. loc. i^&m (amhesu) 4,ii. 

ekekaso, adv. {sa. ekaika^as) 
one by one, severally, lll,u. 

*eja, f. {fr, \/ei) lust, desire, 
craving; an-eja, >«/>(. {q. v.). 

etaih, pron. dcmonstr, n. nom. acc. 
{sa. etad), 8,27 etc.; etan, 1,21. 16,ii; 
etad (the original form, used in some 
cases of Sandhi before a word begin- 
ning with a vowel) 3,3, 23, a. 64,io 
(etad-ahosi), 68,13 (etad-avoca), 103, 13 
(etad-abravi), Dh. 390; — m. esa 
{sa. eshas) 1,8. 3.u; 6,1 etc. eso (with 
more emphasis) 59,3; 114,6; — f. esa 
{sa. esha) 31,6. 87,28, 103,3i; —acc. 
»«(/".) etarii, 24,24 etc. ; — instr. m{n.^ 
etena, 4,24. 33, u (eten'); -r/en^ {dat.) 
m{n.) etassa, 1,7. 11,6; f. etissa, 55,5; 

- pi. n. etani, 2,i ; pi. m. {nom. acc.) 
ete, 3,26. 5,9 etc.; f. eta, 21, 31; - 
gen. {dat.) etesaih, 7,i7. 60,i3. 102,6; 

- instr. {all.) etehi, 2,io. Otherwise 
the declension is that of tarn {q. v.). 

- ') this, this here (what is nearest 
to the speaker) 33,ii. - ^) referring 
to the preceeding, 66,i8, 103,8i. 107,2i. 

- ') referring to the following, 3,30. 
23,8. - *) = Buob, like that, 81,6; 
no h'etam ,not so", 70,s. - *) com- 
bined w. other pron, (with an empha- 
sis) : es'abaih, 69,i9; sometimes plainly 
constmcted with the 1. pers. of the 
verb., esa te sisaih chinditva bhii- 
miyaih kbipissami, 6,12; esa mufijam 

parihare, 103,33; — ete te ubho ante, 
96,17. — esa ya rati, 47,27, — cp. 
ayarii (idaiii), enaiii. 

etarahi, adv. {sa. etarhi) now, 
at picHfnt; 29,30. 30,24. 56, 11 {opp. 
atitfi' '^ite, cp. Dh. 228), 94,23. 99,5. 
- c]' ' rahi, carahi. 

etailisa, mfn. {sa. etadr^a) such, 
of this kind; m, /n^o, 44,3. 80,24. 85, 20, 
cp. tadisa. 

eti, vb. {sa. a-y/i) to go, to come, 
go to, reach (acc); to come back, 
return; pr. 3. sg. eti (to. acc, catu- 
bhagaiii, is worth) Dh. 108; (pativa- 
taiifa) Dh, 64; 1. sg. emi, 108,28; 3. 
pi. enti (return) 56,i8; — imp. 2. sg, 
ehi, 1,1ft. 9,21. 67,31. 68,i4. 108,38; 2, 
pi. etha, 21,80. 73,2i; Dh. 171; - 
fut. 3. sg. essati, 66,20; Dh. 369; 
ehiti, 12,6; 2. sg. essasi, 56, 20; ehisi, 
Dh. 236. 369; 1. sg. essami, 56,3o; 
3. pi. essanti, Dh. 86; —part, enta, 
loc. abs. ente (udake), 56,2i ; an-ente, 
ib. — cp. yati. 

etta, mfn. v. ettaka, 

*ettaka, mfn, {fr, *etavataka, 
cp, sa. iyattaka, Tr. PM. p. 80) so 
great, so much; pi. so many; acc. m. 
~am (kalarii, all this time) 46,33; 
(allapasallaparii) 66,22; n. ettaiii 
(contracted fr. ettakaiii) Dh. 196 
(im' ettarii punfiaiii); instr. n. ^enapi. 
notwithstanding this, 39,4; pi. m. ^a 
(tumhe, all of you) 88,25; (pana) 
90,35; instr. n. /^.-ehi (ratanehi) 27,29; 
gen, m. /v.anaiia (all these) 10,i2. 30,5, 
54,14, cp. next. 

*ettavata, adv. (/V, etta — ettaka, 
cp, kittaka & kittavata) thus, so far, 
to that extent : rv sammadi^^hi hoti, 

*etto, adv. {fr, etaih, through 
*etato ? cp. ito, tato) from thence, 
hence; over there; 104,i5; 87,38; 6,5 
{opp, ito). 

ettha, adv, {sa, atra > *attha, 
phonetically influenced by etaih, cp. 
etta etc, above) ^) here, in this place; 
86,»9. 88,29 — Dh. 174 (in this 
world); 104,i {-^ pagajba o: saiigame; 



Fausb0ll, SEE, X« p. 70 t plunged 

into this world ?) ; etth'eva — this 

very Koment, 46,j. 66,25. — *) there, 

in that place; 3,5>ia-32. 65,u. 112,24; 

ettha ce te mane atthi, 72,2i (ettha 

refers both to yam vadanti and to 

ye vadanti ; if your mind inclines to 

that about which people eay „it is 

mine", or to those who say so, then 

you shall not escape me). — ') there, 

to that place; 2,8 (^ nelii maiii). - 

'') in this case, in this matter, in that 

particular; 37,7. 73,7. 79,90. 91, 1. 94,2i. 

96,15. — If attha — atra cnn be traced 

In the Pali texts (it is found in Abhi- 

dhrina), then \ve could possibly take 

'ttha in the phrane : kaya nu'ttha 

bhikkhave etarahi kathaya sanni- 

sinna in the sense of „here'' ; but 

attha is more likely pf. 2. pi. of the 

veib atthi {q. v.) 29, so. 31,23. 

etlia, imp. 2. pi, v. eti. 

edhati, vh. {sa. |/edh) to prosper, 

to succeed in ; pr, 3. Sff. rvati (su- 

khaiii) Dh. 193; w. instr, (nikatya 

sufiham ~) 5,ai. 

enaiii, pron. demonntr. (sa, ena, 
substituted for etam, as narii {q. v.) 
for taiiil this, that, it; ace. m. tam 
enaiii (nthe same", that person in 
question) 100,12; aoc. f. tam ena 
(rae'ri causa for enarii) 47, 21 ; ace, n, 
enarii, Dh. 118. 5.13. 

anta, mfn. (part.) v. eti. 
Era van a, m, nom, pr. {sa, Aira- 
Vana) name of Sakka's elephant; "-pa- 
tibhaga, mfn. equal to E., gen, r^aBsa, 
45,io. 1 

ereti, vh. (— ireti, cails. \/ir, sa. 
irayati) ';o move, to raise one'n voice; 
pr. 2. sg. /N^esi (sace n'eresi attanam) 
Dh. 134 (cp. Tr. PM. p. 76; Morris, 
JPTS. '87. p. 146). 

elaka, m. {sa. edaka) a ram, a 
goat; ^0, 16,27. 29,26; voc, r^tt, 17,i8; 
ace, /^am, 16,34; instr. r^ena, 17, 19; 
gen, pi, rvanam, 29,24 {cp. menda). 
eva, indecl. (— sa.) just, even, 
only (mostly used to strengthen or 
limit the idea of a preceediog word 

and consequently to be rendered diffe- 
rently according to its different construc- 
tions). Besides eva we find also the 
forms yeva and fleva, but their use 
in the texts is not strictly conformable 
to phonetical principles. ^) eva : phala- 
phalarii tam eva (those fruits) 2,7; 
sariram eva (it is true)_2,8; attano 
. . . eva (his own) 2,i6; agacchantam 
eva (as soon as) 2,si; ten'eva (the 
same) 2,2i; eten'eva, 23,32; so eva 
(id. opp. afifio) 99,2; tasb'eva, 11,25 
\id.)\ tass'eva (to him alone) 37, is; 
tath'eva (likewise) 2,25. 106,28; tatth'- 
eva (on that very spot, that very 
moment) 3,6. 9,3 etc.\ aham eva (just 
1) 29,19. 51,8; imam eva {id.) 66,20; 
'ti . . . eva (just therefore) 47,4; ekam 
eva (only) l2,2o; gunakatham eva 
(id.) 43,7, cp. 49,1; ' ujjhayath'eva 
{id) 88,26; kocid-eva (only few) 88,34, 
but 99,17 („gauz beliebig"); yen' eva 
(by which verily) 96,27; ajj' eva (this 
very day) 65,i3; atth' eva kahapane 
(again, as before) 24,33, cp, 86,25-27 
(oonstantly); — but, on the contrary: 
96,18-15; 74,30 (Sariputta-Moggalla- 
nc'va); eva . . . pana (/Kcv-de) 88,22-23, 
These examples, indiscriminately cho- 
sen, may easily be increased by others, 
— ^) yeva, most frequently after words 
ending with palatal vowels (e, i, i), 
but also often after m and even after 
a, 0, u. ») after e : l,u. 7, 10. 9,3. 12,8 
etc. •>) after i (i) : 31 ,26. 39,7. 86,2; 66,20. 
«) after rii : 10,ai. 17,ie-2i. 23,20. 28.33. 
etc. ^) after a : 21, 12. 43,39. 48,34. 
•) after : 43,i5 50,3t. 88,i7. 97,30. 
') after u : 22,7. - ') neva, only after 
words ending with m, which often, 
through assimilation, is altered to n ! 
tvarii fleva, 28,i4. 54,32. 77,6; itthi- 
naiii neva, 48,33; passantanam neva, 
64,14; tan fleva. 6,10; tasmifi neva, 
46,14; ahan fleva, 99,io. - *) After 
long vowels eva is very often (by eli- 
sion of e) shortened to va (v. h.). — 
*) eva- as the first part of comp. ®-riipa, 
mfn. {q. v.), identical with evam {v, 



evam, adv. (— sa.) thus, in this 
way; •) thus (as follows) : l,is. 3,i6 
(evam aha); 66,83, 93,2i (evarii me 
sutam „thu8 I have heard") ; — »") thus 
(as mentioDed before) : 3,38. 4,29. 6,38. 
7,16 etc; evarii hoti, 66, u; evaih 
passarii^ 71,*; yadi evaih (if so) 5,i6; 
evaiii janahi („thu8 I declare thee") 
72,33; evaiii bhante (yes) 76,i4-, evam 
eva (even so) 91,8. 68,35 (corresp. w, 
seyyatha); na evam (not so, corresp. 
w, yatha) 62,86; evam ete (only in 
this way and only those) 91,8; evaih 
■= therefore, referring to a preo. part. 
denoting the cause (adinavaih sam- 
passamano. because you consider it 
dangerous) 93,39. 

*evam-gotta, mfn. (sa. *evarii 
+ gotra) belonging to that family; 
m. o^o, 92,12. 

evarii-nama, mfn, (sa, evain- 
naman) having that name; m, »^, 

*evam-ditthi, mfn, (so. *evarii 
+ dfshti) having that view; m, /N^i, 


evarupa, mfn. (sa. evaihruna) 
') such, like that; n. /N^arii 51,28; ma 
>N^aiTi karittha (ndo not do the like 
again") 39,2; (mukbarii) 11,6; (pa- 
pakammaih) 51,7; abl, ^a, 16,28; 
loc. m. <%/e, 41,85; instr, f, «%^aya rat- 
tiya (in the dead of night) 41,88; 
loc. f. <x/ayam (parisayarii) 87,35. - 
") of such a form, beauty or virtue; 
»i. ~o, (nianavo) 19,ii; ace. <v.arii 
(matugamarii) 61,2o; .^.-arii (attabha- 
varil, „such a handsome figure") 

esa, pron. (sa. esha) this; m. esa 
& eso, f. esa, v. etam, 

esati, vb. (sa. a-\/ish) to seek, 
search, to strive to obtain; part. m. 
med. esano (sukhaih) Dh. 131. 132. 
cp. gavesati, gavesaka d^ next. 

esin, mfn. (sa. esbin) seeking, 
desiring; v. dbaneslH, sukbesi/i; cp. 
gavesin <^ prec, 

essati, fut. v. eti. 

ebi, ebiti, etc. v, eti. 


0, indecl. -- ava (q. v.). 

oka*, «. (na. oka, m. & okas, »».) 
house, dwellinij-place, home, asylum; 
abl, i^ai, Dh. 87; repeated ; okam- 
okaiii (ace.) jabanti, „they leave their 
house and home", Dh. 91 (cp. next). 
— an-oka, q. v. 

oka*, n, (contracted fr. udaka or 
odaka, q, v.) water; okamokata 
ubbbato (varijo) o; oka-m-okato, 
with m inserted, abl, „from his watery 
house", Dh. 34 (cp. oka'). 

*okara, m. (fr, ava-\/kr) cp. sa. 
apakara) worthlessness; ace. rx/aiii 
(kamanarii „the vanity of desires") 
68,30. cp. vokara. 

okasa (or avakasa), m. (sa. ava* 
ka(ja) *) place, room; ace. i^a.m (debi, 
give place) 43,2*; loc. /x/e, (amukas- 
mim, at such and such a place) 75,6; 
yamb' okase (. . . tattba) 108,36. - 
') occassion, opportunity, permission ; 
ace. ^arii (dento) 40,i7; «vaiii (la- 
bhati) 87,19; loc, abs, rvo laddhe, 
87,90 ; - katokasa, mfn. having got 
the opportunity or one's permission; 
m. pi. ^a (maya, „you have my 
leave") 49,34; - hatavakilsa, mfn, 
(q. v.) cp, an-avakiisa, nir-okasa. 

okkamati, vb. (sa. ava-ykram) 
to go down, to descend, to enter into ; 
aor. 3. sg. okkami (niddam, fell as- 
leep) 35,28; nidda okkami (Yasassa) 
id. 67,36; - part. f. med, rwmana 
(niddam) 61,9; - ger, ^itva (id.) 
22,25; - pp, okkanta : an-okkanta- 
mattaiii, ace, m, adj. (before he has 
passed (the boundary of the kingdom, 
rajja-simarii)) 39,i6. 

ogadba, mfn. (— ogalha, so. 
avagadha, fr. ava-\/gab, confounded 
with |/gadb?) immersed, plunged into; 
antogadba (q, v.) & amatogadha 
(v. a-mata). 

Ogba, m. (— sa.) stream, torrent, 
flood ; /^o, Dh. 25. ace. i^&va (vineyya 
„having overcome the torrent of pas- 
iioDB") 104,8o; - ""O-tini^a, mfn. „saved 



from the flood", m. <x,o, Dh. 370; - 
mahogha, m. (sa. mahaugha, mfn.) 
a mighty flood, inundation; 0..0, Dh. 
47. 287; ace. o^am, 35,io; '-sadisa, 
mfn. like a mighty flood, too. m, rK>e 
(labhafakkSre) 72,i7. 

ojita, mfn. (sa. ava-jita, pp. ava- 
yjj) won, conquered, recovered; *oji- 
tatta, mfn. (fr. atta;-) whose life is 
secured, instr. »>/ena, 65,8. cp. ava- 

ottha, m. (sa. oshiha) a lip ("or 
jaw); loc. adharotthe ca uttaro^pe 
ca (between his lower and upper jaw) 

13,19; - ♦vaiiikottliO't »«/"«• (cp- *'*• 
vakroshthi) „whoBe jaw is wrenched" 
m. f^o, 54,20 (v. variika). 

"■oddoti, vb. {fr. ava- or ud- + 
yda (to bind) or -y/dha ?) to tet up, 
arrange (as snares etc.); ger. ,^etva 
(pasam) having laid a snare, 11,39. 

onamati (or onamati), vh. (sa. 
ava-\/naiii) to bow down, bend down; 
ger. <x/itva, 62, is. 

otata, mfn. (sa. axutata, pp. ava- 
■y/taii) overspread, covered; maluva 
salam iv'otatam (ace. m.) „&% a 
creeper (does with) the tree which it 
surrounds" Dh. 162. 

otarati, vb. (sa, ava-\/tr) to de- 
ecend (from : abl., upon : ace. or loc); 
aor. 3. sg. otari (rukkha) 12,32; 
(ukkurabhiimiyuiii, loc.) 18,3i; (nadiiii) 
,?8,;; (pSeadatalatc) 66^04; - part. 
M. ,^auto, 62,87; - ^er. ^itva (sariiiii) 
6,10; - pp. otinna, m. pi, r«.a (na- 
vaya bhumiiii) ^landed", 112,a7; - 
caits, otateti (q. v.) cp. ot^ra. 

otapeti, vb. cans, (sa. ava-ytap) 
to dry, evaporate (as clothes); grd. 
^..etabba, n. /v-arii (civaraiii) 83,b. 

otara, m. (sa. avata"a) 'descent, 
poi;it of attack (for temptations)', 
olVmtt), fault; aco, o.^aiii. 104,ia, 

otiireti, vb. (raus. otarati) *) 'to 
cause to descend', taku down, set down 
(ace); imp. 2. pi. ,»^etha, 41, s»; - 
aor, 3. sg. «^efi, 56, s^; — ger. .^etva, 
8,17. 33, Hi.. 40,0. ^ ") to lay down. 
uxpc.xf, uxplaliij nor, !l, ng. o-omi 

(sakam mataA) ll3,i«; - imp. 2. tg. 
is^e\A (sakam vadam) 113,1*. 

■►ottappa, n. (fr. apa-V^rap, «o. 
♦apatrapya > apatrapa (Tr.); this 
iBtyraology must be preferred to that 
of Childers : -^auttapya > uttapa, 
ut + Vtap) tact, decency (in behavi- 
our), conscientiousness; rx/am (bahi- 
ddhasamuttbanam, q. v.) 10,i7. — 
birottappa, n. & bhinnahirottappa, 
mfn. V. hiri; cp, SBE. XI. p. 8 & 
Dhamma-Sangani, transl. by Caroline 
Bhys Davids, p. 20. 

ottbarati, vb,, & ottbata, pp. 
V, avattbarati. 

odaka, m. (— udaka, sa, audaka, 
odaka, mfn,) water; /N^arii (sitam) 
15,36. - un-odaka, mfn. (q. v.), - 
kbirodaka, gandbodaka, e^c.v.udaka. 

odana, m. (c& n.) (— sa.) rice, 
boiled rice; pakkodana, mfn. one who 
has his rice boiled, m. rs^O, 104,31 
(cp. pakka). Suddbodana, nam, pr, 
(q. v.), 

onaddba. mfn, (pp. ava-ynab, 
sa. avanaddha) covered, enveloped, 
surrounded ; m. pi. o^a. 37, 21 (sa- 
kbabi sakba), Dh. 146 (andbakar- 

op am ma, «. (fr. upama, sa, au- 
pamya) a Bimile, an example; ace. 
~am (karohi „Rive an illuetration") 
99,1); ijunditubliavassa "-attluiiii, in 
order to give an example of prudence, 


oparajja, n. (fr, uparajaH, sa. 
*aupariijya) viceroyalty; ace. ,^uiii 
(katva, ruling as viceroy) 44, 21. 

opayika, mfn. v. tad-upika. 

""opateti, vb. (fr. ava-y'pat) 'to 
throw down', to interpose, insert; na 
. . . bbanamilnasBa antarantara katba 
opatetabba (grd. f.) let him not be 
iiitiTiuptt'd, 83,4. 

*opuntiti, vb. (^ avapurati, fr. 
sa. apa-\/vr (?) but probably con- 
founded with v'pii) to uncover, lay 
bare (? opp, chadeti) or to scatter, 
dlnperioi; pr, 3. sg. /^iiti (parcsnrii 
viijjiuii rv yatbit )>liuHitiii, thu fuulu 



of others like chaff) 106,i7 ~ Dh. 262. 
cp. Tr, PM. p. 63; Childers, JRAS. 
1871; Morris. JPTS. '87. p. 153; 
avapurapeti & avunati above. 

obhagga, mfn. (so. avabhagna, 
pp. ava-ybhafij) broken, bent down; 
"-sarira, mfn. 63,9 (ace. m. ^&m). 

obhasa, m. (sa. avabhasa) splen- 
dour, radiance; ace, ^am (niuncanto) 

obhasatl, vb, (sa. ava-\/bhas) 
*) to shine forth, to gleam; part, m, 
ace, (N^antarii, 26, 12; part, med, .-wma- 
narii (samuddain) 26,i8. - ') to light 
up, illuminiite (ace); pr, 3, sg, med. 
<vate (sabba disa) 86,4 -■ cans, 
obhaseti, 85,g. 

*obhoga, wj. (fr. ava-ybhuj. 
*avabhoga) a curve or fold, the part 
of a cloth where it is folded (perhaps 
the inner side of the fold, opp. bhoga); 
loc. /ve, 83,11. cp. Morris, Academy 
1882 (July 8. p. 33) and SBE. XIII, 
p. 156. 

omasati, vb. (sa, ava-y'mr?) to 
touch; to prick, pierce; to gnaw off, 
gnaw all over (eating only a little); 
pr. 3. sg. />.anti (gavo bahutinassa 
varam varam) 51, 3s; = khadanti, 

omuncati, vb. (sa. ava'-Y/muc) 
to loosen, take off (ace); gcr. ^itva 
(muttaharaib) 64,95; (upahana) 82,u. 

ora-, (sa. avara, fr. ava) 'inferior', 
on this side; v, oraparam, orima & 

orato, adv, (sa. avaratas) on this 
side (turned towards the subject); 2,22 
(w. gen. dipakassa); 21,i6 (opp, pa- 
rato); 83,2i (opp. parato). 

*oraparam, adv. (fr. sa. avara 
+ para) from one side to the other; 
108,26. This word is acc. of the 
dvandva-comp, ora-para, n. — this 
and the further shore, and consequently 
it means „to both shores" 0: to and 
fro (cp. aparaparam, v. apara). 

orasa, mfn. (aa. aurasa, fr. uras) 
own, produced by one's self, legitimate ; 
acc, m. fv&m (puttam) 20,S6. 

*orima, mfn. (fr. ora) being on 
this side (nearest to the subject); 
Mirato, abl. from this bank (of the 
river) 2,2i (v, lira). 

oruyha, ger, & oropeti, cans, 
V, next, 

orohati, vb, (sa. ava-y/ruh) to 
descend (from abl.); pr. 3, sg. /x/ati 
(pasada) 67,3i; ger. /vitva (caiikama 
nleft") 68,10 ; (suvannapadukahi „put 
off") 68,16; oruyha "(tato) 61,i8. - 
caus, II, oropeti (sa, avaropayati) 
to let down, to put away; ger, /vCtva 
(soijqiftm) 76,35. 

olambati, vb. (sa, ava-y/lainb) 
to hang down, to be suspended, to 
hang (on, loc.); pr. 3. pi, ^anti 
(udumbare) 2,2; part, n, ^antara 
(sc, hadayam) 2,i. 

*olarika^ mfn. (fr, ulara, sa. 
udara, ""audarika^ large, gross; mate- 
rial, corporeal (of a rather consi- 
derable greatness ?); m. pi, «x/a (pana) 

*olubbha, ger. (sa. *avalabhya, 
\/labh, but pr. olubbhati (a younger 
formation) agrees with ava-y'lubh) 
clutching, taking hold of, leaning on 
(w. ace. or loc.) : avata-mukhavatti- 
yam «^, 40,28. cp. Morris, JPTS. 
'87. p. 156. 

oloketi, vb. (sa, ava-y/lok) to 
look; to look at, regard, observe, 
watch; to look for, search for (w, 
acc); part, med, ,%/ento, 6,i8. 12,25. 
87,26; 64,5. 86,28 (lokam, observing 
the world); 33,2b (waiting for); 36,8 
(olokento tam disva); f. ~enti, 10,9; 
pi. loc. m. /x/entesu (tumhesu) 50,ia; 
part, med, pi. «%./ayamana, 11,2; — 
pot, J3, pi. «weyyatha, 9,i8; — ftU. 1. 
sg. />^e8sami, 46,i; — aor. 3. sg. r^esi, 
19,14. 87,24; — ger. ,x/etva, 3,i. 14,i6. 
42,10. 65,31 ; — pp. <N/ita, m. pi. ^ita, 
11,7; "-akareneva, 87,25 (v. akara); 
^-sannaneneva, 87,32 (v. sannana). 

ovadati, vb. (sa, ava-^vad) to 
exhort, admonish (acc); pr. 2. sg, 
/>^a8i (mam) 9,>8; — part. m. <x<anto 
(attanam) 46,8i; f, <^antl (cp. oor- 



rections) 7,8»; — pot. 3. sg. .x/eyya, 
Dh. 77: — nor. 3. sg. ovadi, 40,8; 

- inf. o/itum, 81,i7; — ger. rvitva, 
8,11 ; — grd. m. »,>itabbo, 79,i6. 

ovada, m. (sa. avavada)" instruc- 
tion, admonition; nom. o^o (Bodhi- 
sattato laddha-'} 8,u; ace. >^&m 
dadatnano, VJi,tb; 'vam datva, 7,3b. 
44,.3; <x/am den to, 85,S4; — ovSda- 
vasena ,,by way of admonition", I4,i8; 

- rajovada-jataka. 42,8o. 
osakkati, vh. (sa. apa-\/8rp) to 

draw back, give way; -o go back >= 
to be reduced; pr. 3. sg. o^ati (metri 
causa : avasakkati, read : osakkati) 
SOjis; —pari', ace. m. ->^antam, 30,*; 
part. med. ace. m. /s^manam (vaiiisam) 
46,17; — aor. 3. ig. osakki, 29,a6. cp. 
1r. PM. p. 60, 

osana, n, {sa. avaeana) end; v, 

osidati, vb. {sa. ava-\/sad) to 
Bink (into, loc); aor. 3. pi. <x/»ii8u 
(udakambi) 28,?; — inf. ^itum, 
28,8; — ger. rwltva, 36,85. — caus. II. 
osidapeti, to cauee vo aiuk; pr. 2, sg. 
o^esi (udake maiii), l,!i; aor. 3. sg. 
rwesi, 1,90 ; fut. 3. pi. />^e88anti (na- 
vaiii) 25,34. 

ossukka, n. {sa. Eutsukya) eager- 
ness, desire, longing for; appossukka, 
mfn. {q. v.) cp. ussuka. 

*obari>i, mfn. {sa. *ava-barin, 
fr. ava-yhj-) dragging down; n. ^inam 
(bandhanam) Dh. 346. cp. avaharati. 

ohareti, vb. {caus. avaharati) to 
cause to be taken away, remove; grd. 
n. ^etabbam, 84, is. 

ohita. mfn. {sa. avahi^a, pp. ava- 
ydha) put down, placed iuto; turned 
downwards, downcast; m. r>jO, Dh. 
160. — *ohita-80ta, mfn. „with atten- 
tive curs ", »». pZ. ^a (bhikkhii dham- 
iDiiiii sunanti) 7},u. — *ohita-mukba, 
mfii. with downcast face, m. /^o, 64,80 
(with ji metri causa, cp. Notes). 

*ohinaka, mfn. {fr. obina, sa. 
avabina, pp. ava-^/ba) ' remaining, 
left; ace. m. pi, fwC, 22,io. 


ka-, base oi pron. interr, m. ko, 
f. ka ete. v, kim. 

kamsa, m{<t «.) {sa. kaiiisa & 
kaihsya) a basin made of bell-metal 
and used like a drum or gong; «%^0 
(upahato) Dh. 134. 

kakkataka, m. {sa. karkataka) 
a crab; rwO, 4,9s; voc. <%/a, 4,86 ; ahl, 

i^ti, 5,88. 

kakkasa, mfn. {sa. karkapa) 
rough, harsh, cruel, violent; a-kakkasa, 
mfn. {q. v.). 

*kakkareti, vb. {cans. sa. khat- 
Y'kf, cp. kat-;/kr) to cough up, hawk 
up; ger. -^etva (ambapbalam) 37,25. 

kakkhala, mfn. (also written 
,^ala, sa. kakkhala & karkara^ hard ; 
fierce, cruel ; instr. m. pi, ^elii (yak- 
khehi) 41,3i. 

kamka, m. (■= sa.) a certain bird, 
a heron (or a vulture, Burnell: Ind. 
Stud, XIII, 264); gen. ,%,a8sa, 92,90. 

kamkhati, vb. {sa. ykanksh) to 
doubt; pr. 3, sg. i^^ati, 96,u. 

kamkba, f. {sa. kauksha) doubt; 
nom. sg. ,>/a, 79,1?; nom, pi. i^a, 

*kacavara, m. {ep. sa, kaccara 
& kavara, mahratt. kacara) sweepings; 
ace. rvam, 50,2. - "-cbaddana-paccbi, 
f. a basket for removing of sweepings, 
48,3*. -- mala-kacavara-, a dust-heap, 
73,20 (o-antara), 

Kaccayana, m, (contracted : 
Kaccana. sa. Katyayana) nom.propr. 
of a thera, one of Buddha's chief di- 
sciples; voc. rva, 96,6; Kaccano 
([aggo] vibbajjanainbi) 109,io, - 
*Kaccayana-gotta, m, (sa, "-gotra) 
'member of the K.-faraily', name of 
the same person, also often called 
Maba- Kaccayana; ,>^o (ayasma) 

kacci, indecl. {sa. kac-cid) a 
particle of interrogation (latin : nuni, 
nonne) 28, 13; often combined with nu 
and sometimes so that the old form 
kaccici is preserved by sandhi : kaccin- 



nu, 9,28", kacci nu kho (should it 
really be V) 3,5. cp. kiih, kinci etc, 
kaccha', mfn. (sa. kiiccha, fr. 
kaccha, or = *kakshya. fr. kaksha ?) 
growing wild, or made of a plant 
that grows wild (Tr.), grown in the 
water, on marshy ground (?); n, .%^aih 
(kandam) 92,i8 {opp. ropima, g. v.) 
cp. next, 

kaccha*, m. ') (sa. kaksha) arm- 
pit; abl. ^a. 10'l,i7; loc, »,e, 67,90. 
— *) (sa. kaccha) a meadow, gwamp, 
fen, marshy ground ; loc. ^e (rujha- 
tine „abounding with grass") 104,97. 
kacchapa, m. (— sa.) a torfoise; 
f>.,o, 11,86; ace, »/am, ll,8i; voc, <va, 
12,5; instr. ^ena, 12,!o; gen, ^s^assa, 
12,96. cp. kaccha''. 

k an can a, n. (sa. kancana) gold; 
"-patta-sadisa, mfn. like a plate of 
gold, 46,31 ; — "-pallaihke, loc. on a 
throne of gold, 42,9; - "-riipaka-, a 
golden statue, 47, u. 

kanna, f. (sa. kanya) a girl, 
virgin; daughter; asura-", 54,7 (-x/am, 
occ); khattiya-", 64,ii. 47,iis; deva-°, 
64,30 (>v>a, pi. ncelestial nymphs"), 
kata — kata (q. v.). 
kaiacohu, m.(?) {sa. katacchu, 
f. ?) a ladle, a spoon ; suvanna-", a 
golden spoon, ace, <^um, 53,39. 

katuka, mfn. (>= sa.) bitter, of 
a sharp, unpleasant taste; "-pphala, 
*) n. a bitter fruit (or perhaps name 
of a certain plant) 73, ii (-katuka- 
pphaladini, cp. phala); *) mfn. with 
bitter fruit, 37,31 {m, ^0 ambo) ; 
Dh. 66 (w. rwam, kammam). - *ka- 
tuka-pabhedana, adj. having pungent 
juice (flowing from the temples, as 
elephants), m. <^o (kunjaro) Dh. 324. 
ka(tha, n. (sa. kashtha) a piece 
of wood, stick; wood in general; - 
tina-katth'-upadanam, 94,3o. - dan- 
ta-^ n. a small piece of wood for 
cleaoiDg the teeth, a tooth-pick; >%/ain, 
82,18. - kattha-maya, mfn., made of 
or consisting of wood, is/& (vana) 
48,6, cp. vana, n. 

katthaka, m. (sa. kashthaka, 

FUI Oinuaj, 

m. & n.) a kind of plant (probably a 
certain reed); gen. />.'assa, Dh. 164. 

kathala, n. (sa. kathalya & ka- 
thalla) gravel; sakkhara-kathala-vai' 
lika, pi. 97,35. 

kathalika (or kathalika), v, 

kathina, mfn. (— sa.) hard, cruel; 
f. pi. -v^a, 51,34; (-= thaddha-hadaya, 
hardhearted) 52,n. 

kaddhati, vb. (sa. y/krsh, kar- 
shati) to draw, drag, pull (ace); part, 
m, pi, .vanta (matamanussam pade 
Rahetva) 40,38; - aor, 3, sg, kaddhi 
(vemara) 89,7; 3, pi, ^iiiisu, 59,e; 

- inf. o/iturii, 59,8; - ger. ^itvS 
(lekhaih) 69,7; kaddhitva kaddhitva, 
by constantly sucking up, 27,i. — pass, 
kaddhiyati, part. m. <s^iyamano, 59,io. 

- cp. kasati, a-kaddhati, upa-kad- 
dhati & (sam)uk-kamsati. 

kanika, f. (=■ sa.) 'a small par- 
ticle', meal or flour (of rice)? instr. 
pi. rx/ahi (piivam pacitva) 57,3i. cp, 

kantaka, m. (= sa.) a thorn, a 
flsh-bone; instt. mandu-kantakena, 
37,6 (v. mandu); ace. pi, /ve, 4,99. 

- **'-ra9i, 5,8 (v, h.). 

kan(ha, m. (— sa.) the neck; 
loc. ts.'S, 16,95; abl, .>^to, 64,95. — 
kasava-", mfn, Dh. 307 (q, v.). 

kanda, »». dr n. (sa, kanda & 
khanda) ') a part, portion (esp. of a 
book); ace. ^am (Dhammasanganiya, 
Atthasalinim) 113,93, - *) an arrow 
or the shaft of an arrow; acc. rvaiil, 
92,18; instr. o..ena, 6,24. 

kanna, m. (sa, karna) ') the ear; 
acc, .N/am, 22,34. - pahattha-kanna- 
vala, mfn, 76,9i (q. v.). — *) a corner 
(oi a room or of clothes); acc. '%/am 
(caturangulam) 83,io ; gehassa kanna- 
kannehi ( „in the house from 
top to bottom", 49,38 ; -kanna-bhaga 
(m. pi.) „the corner of the room", 
84,10. — cp. kannika, kalaka^ni. 

kannakita, mfn. («a. karnakita, 
fr. karnaka) dirty, musty (on account 
of mould or rust etc.) ; f. nuvi (bhitti) 



84,«o; (bbumi) 84,m. cp. Vin. II, 115,i 
fr. b^ III, 198,5. 

*KannainundR, m. nom. pr. of 
a certain (mythical) lake; "-daha, m. 
abl. />^to, 36,31. 

kannika, /". (as first part of cotnp. 
also kannika-, sa. karnika) 'an ear- 
ring'; the pericarp of a lotus; *pup- 
pba-kannika-sadisa, mfn. „fair as the 
openinpr bud of a lotus", ace. m. ^am 
(puttaiii) 7,29. 

kanha*, wi/m. (sa. krshna) black, 
dark; metaph, -baf.' ; ace, m. /^am 
(dhammaih, opp. sukka) Dh. 87. 

Kan ha*, m. (sa. Krslina) nom, 
pr, a name of Mara (q, v.) „the black 
one"; gen, o/rtssti, 103, oi. 

kata, mfn. (sometinies also written 
kata, pp. karoti; sa. krta, \/kr) done, 
made, performed, prepared etc.; ') 
Used as finite tensn ; m, <^o,; 
. S!6,? (ratho); n. >N.aiii, 1,24. 3,23. 107,27 
-= Dh. 18; Dh. 74 (kata — katarii). 
— *) adj. as the first part of eomp. 
(w. instr. of the agens) : kata-kam- 
maiii, 17,4. 86,2; kata-parakkamena, 
12,8; kata-papaiii, I7,i7; kata-papa- 
kammaiii, 73,27 etc, — ') subst. n.gen. 
/N^assa a-ppatikiirakam (q, v.) 14,i; 
t;atakataiii, n. what has been committed 
(•,nd omitted, D;i, 50. — ■*) as the last 
part of adj,-co)i'p. : aii-a-bhava-kata, 
a-vatthu-kata, >/. v. ; kala-kata, dead, 
22,16 (v. kala, cp, kalaiu karoti); 
ka}a-vanna-icata, blacked, 84,3i {opp. 
a-kata, not, not blacked, 
84,2a); Cjtta-katP. variegated, Dh. 147 
{cp. citta*); pi>rikaniraa-kata, pre- 
pared : Ijlkna-*', 6,28; gtruka-", 84,2o; 
vatta-kata, open, 6,13; sayaiii-kata, 
made by one's self, Dh. 347; cp. 
a-kata, dukkata (fr dukkata), sukala 
(or sukala). — *) as the first part of 
adj.-comp., V, kata-kicca etc, below, 

kats.-;<icca, ~nfn. {sa. krta-krtya) 
one who has done his duty, dutiful ; 
ace. m. ,>^aiii, Dh, 386; instr, pi, 
'>^ehi (tberebi) 109,ii;, 

katafiflii, mfn. {sa. krta-jfia) 
grateful; a-katafinuii; {ucc, m. [sc. 

na seveyya] nirattba tassa sevana) 
ingrate, 14,i. 

katannuta, f. («o- krtajnata) 
gratitude; 14,2. 

kata-pufina. mfn. {sa. kfta- 
punya) one who has done good (nie- 
ritorious) works, virtuous; m, /^O. 
107,26 — Dh. 18; ace. r^&m, Dh. 

kata ma. mfn. pron. interr, (— 
sa,; fr. the base ka-. v. kiih) who, 
which (of two or many) ; m. ->^o (ayam 
samuddo) 26,2?; /-^o ettba Nagaseno, 
97,18; aec. />^am (whom of three) 31, 16; 
m. pi. o-e dve (anta) 66,25; — f. r^a., 
66,80 ; ace. -%^am disam, in which di- 
rection, 95,4, 

festively prepared ; f. loc. sg. <^aya 
(bhiimiya) 61,25. cp. mafigala, sak- 

kata-viriya, mfn.{sa. krta-virya) 
energetic; gen. m. o^assa. 42,i3. 

kati, pron. interr. (= sa.\ nom. 
aec. mfn. kati. instr. abl. /^ihi, gen. 
.-winnam) how many; o^ na kho amlia- 
karii sikkbapadani {n. pi.) 81,i9. cp. 

katipaya, mfn. (=- sa.) so many, 
a certain number, some (latin aliquot); 
instr. m. pi. rwebi (paharehi) 66,7. 

*katipaham, adv. {fr, katipaya 
-\- alia/i. by elision of y) a few days, 
7,27. 36,15. 112,24 (vaaitva); 67, 17 
(vasi). - katipabaccayena, a few days 
later, 49,22 (c. accaya). 

*katoka8a. mfn. [sa. *krta -|- 
avakai^a] who has got opportunity or 
permission, v. okasa. 

kattabba, grd., v, karoti. 

k at tar, »». {sa. kartr) *) a doer, 
maker; nom. katta (kammanarii) 
97,13. — *) a benefactor; v, a-katta)". 

kattjirika (or kattari), f, {sa. 
kartari, f.) scissors; instr. ^kaya, 


kattha, adv. interr. (by assimila- 
tion fr. kuttha, sa. kutra) where, 
where-in, where-to, wherefore? ov aiii- 
hebi sikkbitabbam, 81,i9 (iu what 



— kasniim atthe); -^ gamissasi, 87,36 
-=■ kaliaiii gacchasi, 88,5. — *kattha- 
vasika, mfn. living where ? m. pi. 
tuuihe ~a, 21,8. — cp. kuto. 

katthaci, adv. {sa, kutra-cid) 
somewhere; 62,i2. 

katva, katvana, ger., v. karoti. 

kathaiii, adv, interr. (— sa.) 
how? 1,17, 4,38. Il,t7 etc. katham 
nama, how then? 41,30. 

kathamkatha, /". (= sa., 
kathamkathika, fr. katham) doubt, 
uncertainty. — vigata-kathamkatha, 
mfn, free from doubt; m. /vO, 69.18, 

- a-kathaihkatbi«i, mfn, id. (y, h!), 
*kathalika, n. (= ka^hahka /". ?) 

probably a foot-stool, or another im- 
plement, used by washing the feet (a 
towel? Rh, Davids & Oldenberg, 8BE, 
XIII, 92); nom, pada-katbalikam, 
83,6 {cp. the foil, quotation : imesaiii 
yeva padanam candimasuriye pada- 
ka^balikam katva nisldim, Fs. on MN. 
ch. 77; kathalikam (ace.) v. Dham- 
roapndatthakatha (Colombo '98) p. 161,6 
fr. b.). 

katha, f. (-= sa.) ') speech, talk, 
words; nom, r^a,, 24,33, 83,4. 86,24 
(Buddhanam acchariya); ace, /N.-aiii, 
4,18. 33,4. 73,9. 89,20 (sammodaniyam, 
q. v.); — gima-katha, f. praise; loc, 
-N/Sya, 31,23; — sarambha-katha, f. 
angry speech, Db. 133. — ') speaking 
about, conversation ; ace, (x/aih (sam- 
uttbapesum) 29,28; loc, />.'aya, 29,3i. 
31,24; — *katba-8allapa, m. conversa- 
tion, instr. /v^ena, 94,22; — ***-samut- 
^hapana, n, starting a conversation, 
64,10 (**-attbam). — ') exposition, ex- 
planation; dfaanimi katba, a sermon, 
religious discourse, inntr, dbammiya 
/N^aya. 71,s»; — attba-katba, anama- 
tagga-katba, anupubbi-katba, dana-**, 
sagga-*, sila-® (g. v.); cp. Dbatu-katba 
& next, 

""katba-magga, m, {sa, ""katba 
-{- marga) way or method of exposi> 
tioD, explanation; ace, /^am, 113,80. 

*Katba-Tatthu, n. {sa, katba 
-f- vaBtu) nom. pr., name of a cano> 

nical Pali-book, the 5th part of the 
Abhidharonia-pitaka; 102,19. 

kathika, mfn. {== sa.) a speaker, 
narrator; dhamma-Katbika, q, v. 

katbitaiW/w. (pp. katheti) spoken, 
told, answered, pointed out; m. r^O 
fpucchitapanbo) 88,24; ace. f. /^am 
(gatbam) 102,24; n. /x/am, 88,26; m. 
pi. <^a (guna) 44,5; — taya katbita- 
maggena, 66,34. 

*katbiH, mfn, {fr, katba) at the 
end of comp. — kathika, v. vicitra- 

katheti, v 6. («a. ^/katb, katbayati) 
to tell, say, speak of {acc.)\ to spuak 
with (saddhiih); to mean; refer to 
{acc,)\ pr, 3, sg. (^eti, 24,27. 31,7. 88,4; 
,9, s^. <^esi, 49,26; i, s^, <^emi, 85,28; 
5, p^/venti, 9,8o; —part, m, «N/ento, 
3,6; instr, ,x/entena, 1,24; gen, rs^en- 
ta88(a), 20,28. 30,14; part, med, f. 
^ayamana (gunam, praising) 29,9; 

— imp. 2. sg. .^.-ebi, 64,82; — pot. 2. 
sg, /N^eyyasi, 49,28; — fut, 1. sg, /^^es- 
bami, 26,33; - aor. 3. sg. />/e8i, 12,i9. 
68,19 (anupubbikatbam); — inf. ■ 
(x/etum, 49,27. 66,17; — ger. r^eUa. 
(ranno gune) 42,4; a-katbetva, 49,2?; 

- pp. kathita {q. v.), 
kadariya, mfn, {sa. kad-arya) 

'not liberal', mean, niggardly, avari- 
cious; ace. m. /N,'am (danena jine) 
44,9 "= Db. 223; m. pi. ^a, Dh. 177. 

kadali, f. {sa, kandali & kadal!) 
^) a sort of deer; ') a flag, banner; 
^) the plantain or banana tree (Musa 
sapienturo); °-punna-gbata-, 62,6. 

kada, adv, interr, (— sa.) when? 
cp. next, 

kadaci, adv, {sa, kadacid) ^) 
sometimes, 6,19, *) perhaps, 55,s4, cp. 

kaddama,ff}. (sa. kardama) mud, 
mire, dirt; '*-makkbita, mfn, mud- 
stained (<vebi padebi) 71,29; apeta- 
kaddama, mfn. Dh. 95. 

kanaka, n, {— sa.) gold; *"'-vi- 
mana, n. a golden palace; rwam, 61, 11^; 
loc, /%>e, 23,18. - uttatta-kanaka'san- 
nibba, mfn. 85,t. 




kaniUha, mfn. (sa. kanisHha) 
the yoangeBt, /onger born ; m. a younger 
brc'her or the foungest son (opp. 
jettha(ka)); /vo, 35,81. B6,»o; gen. 
/vassa, 36,18; — •'-bhatfi, 9,?; — jet- 
thaka-kanitthe (ace. pi.) an elder 
and a younger brother, 32,«i. — ka- 
flittka-bhagini, f, a younger sigter, 
indr. /viya, 66,86 (cp. bhagini). 

kantati, vb. (sa. j/krt, krnatti) 

to spiij; part. f. n^anti (tapasi) ill,6. 

kantara, n. (c^ m.) {sa. kantara) 

a forest, wilderneaa; a difficult road; 

dittlii-kantaram, 94,i (q. v.). 

Kanthaka, tn. (so. Kanthaka) 
nom. pr. of the horse of Bodhisatta 
(Siddhattha); ace. .^am, 65,i9-2o. 

kandati, vb. {sa. \/krand) to cry, 
weep; pr, 3. sg. /v-ati, 30,i9; aor, 2, 
sg. mU. kandi, Dh. 371; ger. -N/itva, 
49,10 (~ roditva). 

kapanu, mfn. {sa, krpana), mise- 
rable, poor; "-addliika, 88,u (q. v.), 
kapala, «. (— sa.) a shell, the 
skull; a howl or pan; tatta-kapale, 
loc. „on a hot plate", 11,7, 

kapi, tn. (= sa.) an ape, monkey; 
108,M. - *»-yoni, f. 1,3, 2,n {v. h.). 
— *''-rajan, m. 1,7 {v. h.). 

kapi la, mfn. (— sa.) brown, 
tawuy, reddish; "-ga/i, 61,28. 

Kapilavatthu, n. {sa. Kapila- 
Vastu) nom. pr. of a town in which 
Gotnma Buddha was born (within the 
frontier of Nepal, cp. JRA8. 1897 & 
1898); abl. c.-uto, 62,5; loc. ,x/U9mim, 
81,7; "-nagare, 61,8. 

kappa, »« (sa. kelpa) ') age, any 
one of the ajeb cf the wbrld; acc 
Bakala-kappaifa, throughout the whole 
kalpa, 16,15; loc. patbama-kappe, in 
remote antiquity, 10,2, — ^) mfn, (at 
t'le end of comp.) almost like or equal 
to; m. pi. Satthu-kappa, similar to 
the Matter, 109,?7. - cp. kappatthiya, 

kappaka, m. (sa. kalpaka) a 
barber; r^.-o, 44,33; voc, ^v-a, acc, (^am, 


*kappattbiya (& -x-ika), mfn. 

{sa. *kalpa-8tha, re. suff. -ka) lasting 
for a whole kalpa; '-rukkha, 69,89. 

kappana, f. {sa. kalpana) 'pre- 
paring, arranging', esp. oaparlsoning 
of a horse or an elephant, tightening 
of the saddle-girth; ^& (atigalha) 


kappara, n. {sa. kurpara) the 
elbow, the forearm; instr. ^ena (sise 
pahari) 60,i9, 51,i. 

kappika, mfn. {sa. kalpaka, & 
.>/ika) at the end of comp. = belong- 
ing to a certain kalpa : — pathama- 
kappika, m. pi. the first people of 
this kalpa {q. v.) 10,25; pathama- 
kappikato, abl. n. (?) from the be- 
ginning of this world, 4,io. 

kappura, m. & n. {sa. karpiira) 
camphor; -kappura-, 48,9o. 73,ii. 

kappeti, vb, cans. {sa. \/k\p, 
kalpayati) ') to arrange, prepare; 
imp. 3. sg, -%/ehi (assaiii njsaddle") 
66,17; — inf. rweturil (id,) 66,8o; - 
aor. 3. sg, -^esi (id,) ib. {cp. kap- 
pana); vasam ^ („lived") 1,*. 2,2<i 
{pr. 3, sg. kappeti) 11,25. 35,87; 3. 
pi, rvesum, 34,n8; jivikaiii .>/esi („got 
livelihood") 8,15; — seyyarii ^eti, to 
lie, to sleep, 46,2J (ekako va); — 
pass. part. m. rviyamano (whilst he 
was beiui? saddl^jd) 65,21. — *) to trim, 
to cut off; part. m. »N.ento (kattari- 
kaya kumudanalara) 5,i8; — gei: 
o.-etva (givarii) ib, cp. kappaka, m. 
kamati, vb. {sa. ykram) to walk, 
to go; intens. cankaniati, q. v. 

kabala, m. (sa. kavala) a mouth- 
ful, morsel; acc. , (na bhufijati, 
kuiijaro baddho) Dh. 324. 

kampati, vb. {sa. \/kamp) to 
tremble; part, m. rvamano, 36,8. 

kambala, m. (£• n. (— sa.) a 
woollen cloth or blanket; *''-ratana, 
w. ^precious ruft", 26,b {acc. rv-arii 
mabaggham). - ratta-", scarlet cloth, 
6,27. - pandu-", 16,8 ("-silasanaiii) 
q. V. 

kamma (& kumman) n. {sa. 
karinan), nom. acc. sg. ^arii & .-^a. 
1) what has been lone, deed, act; nom. 



«^aiii, Dh. 67; ^a, Dh. 96; ace. 
rwEih, 51,19. 73,30. — raho-kammaih, 
54,17 (what is to bo done in secret). 

- ^) doing, action, work, labour; 6,i6; 

- *kamma-ccheda, tn, interruption 
of one's labour, 6,i; — karana-kam- 
maril, 9,13 (what she is doing); ~ 
pana-vadha-o, 60,i3 (killing of living 
beings); — papa-**, 9,i8 (wickedness, 
cp. papa); — vicakkhu-kammaya, 
dat, in order to make (him) perplexed, 
71,87; — mulena n^am n'attbi, 67,4 
(ttgratis* or „tbere is no need of 
money"?); —duty, errand; Dh. 217; 
kena kammena (instr.) 21,8; uposa- 
tha-*, 14,13 (q. v.); — business, occu- 
pation, vocation; kasi-kamma, agri- 
culture, tillage, 8,15 (inatr, /^ena);- 
tuQiia-kamma, trade of a tailor, 57,8; 

— niyyamaka-kamma, a mariner's 
vocation, 24,i4. — *) (in the dogmatics) 
good or bad deed, past deeds, esp. the 
influence of past deeds on one's future 
destiny — merit, deserts, karma; ix/aiti, 
24,1. 100,8; instr. .>^ena, 100,6; gen. 
(N/assa (vipiikavasena) 84,aa; 
/%..ehi (papakehi) 100,8; gen. pi. 
<^anam, 97, n; attano pubba-kam- 
marii. 16,87 = attana kata-kanimaiii, 
17,4 (his own past deeds); papa- 
kamma (abl.) Dh. 127; saka-kani- 
mani (n. pi.) one's own deeds, 106,20 
-= Dh. 240; anantarika-*', 76,5 (q. v.); 
yatha-kammaiii , adv. (q. v.); - 
^kamma-kilit^ha, n, evil karma, opp. 
*kamma-vi8uddhi, f. good karma, 
Dh. 16. 16; — kanima-patha. »«. way 
of action, ace. pi. f^e (tayo) Dh. 281. 

— ■•) mfn. at the end of comp. nihina- 
kamma, suci-kamma (9. v.). - danda- 
kamma, parikammakata ^ next, 

kamma-kara, m, (sa. karma- 
kara) a labourer, a servant ; /wO (nS- 
vikanam) „a sailor's drudge", 36,80. 

"'kamma-karana, f. (cp. sa. 
karana) punishment, pain, torture; 
^'-anubhavanattbanam, 23,tT (v. A.). 

kammaja, mfn. {sa. karma-ja) 
'caused by karma', inborn. — *"-vata, 
m, pi. pains, birth-throes; assa r^ 

calimsu (came upon her) 62,i». (cp. 

kammanta, m, (sa. karonanta) 
action, work, business; saimma-kain- 
manto, right conduct, 67,4. 

kammara, m. (sa. karmara) a 
smith (blacksmith or goldsmith); t^o, 
Dh. 239; grcw.rvassa, 78,29. - "'•'-putta, 
m. by family a smith, <n/0, 77,80. — 
**'-8andasa, m, a smith's tongs; instr, 
<vena, 6, a. 

k a mm in, mfn. (sa, karmin) acting 
(only at the end of comp.); m. pi, 
papa-kammino, evil-doers (upapaj- 
janti nirayam) Dh. 126. 

kayirati, kayira (kayra) etc, 
V, karoti. 

kara, mfn, (— sa.) doing, making; 
V. anta-kara, takkara, dukkara, pa- 
bham-kara, vacana-kara, su-kara. 

karana', mf(i)n. (— sa.) making, 
effecting, causing; cakkhu- n^\ (pati- 
pada) leading to insight, 66,90; fiana- 
>vi (id.) leading to wisdom, ib. 

karana*, n. (= sa.) the act of 
making; *''-kammam, 9,i3 (w. /».); 
a-karana, n. avoiding (q. v.)\ cp, 
dvidha-", vak-", vohara-**. 

karana, f. (cp, sa. karana), v, 

karaniya, n. (grd. karoti, = sa.^ 
'to be done', duty, buRiness; katam 
/>^am, „the duty is fulfilled", 71,i6; 
instr, kenacid-eva rviyena „on some 
business", 32,i9. 

karandaka, m. (—= sa.) a basket 
of hurdle-work; *jaia-karandaka, m, 
probably a fence or enclosure of net- 
work, used as a sort of bathing-house 
in the river (Tr.), loc. .v/e kilantassa, 
36^80 („oaBting nets and weels in the 
river for sport" ? Fau8b0U, Five .Tat. 
p. 27). 

karavira, m. (— sa.) name of a 
fragrant plant, Oleander; """-patta, n, 
name of a sort of arrow, f^aoi, 92,94 
(cp, patta'). 

karisa, n. (sa, karisba) feces; 
f^&m, 82,4 — 97,99. 

karuna, mfn. (— sa.) ^) miserable, 



pitiable, v. ati-karuna. — *) compaa- 
tiionate ; ace. f. /N^am (vacam), 103,4. 
cp. karufifia, nikkarunata S next. 

karuna, f (— sa.) pity, com- 
paggion, mercy ^ tnsir. >N/aya, 22,2. 

karoti, vi. {sa. Y/kr) ») w. ace. 
to do, make, perform, accomplish, 
finish, esp. kalaih <%.., to die (q. «.); 
to execute (vacanaril); to effect, pro- 
duce, 6,3. 47,4, 89,6. etc, very often 
periphrastioally : kopaiil -^j 40,7 fto 
become angry); satim «>.■, 63,i8 (to 
think of); sannam .x/, 6,7 (to imagine) 
etc.; to put, place, direct, 6,io. 15,sa. 
6C,i9. 66,15. 71,38. 83,11- ji; to treat, 
67,36. — ^) w, double ace. to make 
(adj.) 73,6; to elect (subst.) 10,8. - 
^) w. adv. to act. tehave, 58,5; to 
manage, irrauge, 1 J,3. — The usual 
preiant foimation ii karoti, but besides 
th B we fiud kubbati (I. sg. also 
kuQimi), aud even °^karati must be 
supposed as base for certain forms of 
part., imper., pot. (kayirati is found 
at the grammarians) ; 8. sg, o/Oti 
(ttitli' eva) 2.a5; 2. sg. .>..osi (sannam) 
B,7. (papakammam) 9,3o; 1. sg. i^omx 
^evKrCpsMi), ■— fut.) 61,98; nao./, 74,i 
{l did not do it); 1. pi, ,%.-oma, 4,7. 
60,13 (-= fiit.y, -- pr. med. 3. sg. 
kurute (vasara, subdues) Dh. 48. 
(piyam) Dh. 217. - part. •) m. ka- 
ronto (voharam) 8,ib. (sotthira) 54,3i ; 
loc. o^e, 19,89, (viriyam akaronte) 
42,11 ; ace, pi. ,%/e, 21,3; gen. sg. 
karoto, Dh. 116; ace. f. .x/im (ana- 
caram) 62,3i; pi. <N/iyo (kalaham) 
59,3. •') gen. sg. m. kubbato, 13,88. 
Dh. 51 — 62; med. *) kubbana, ace. 
t)i. ^&m, Dh. 217. ") kurumana, f. 
.x^a, 49,13. 89,6 ; pi. f. ix/a, 61,88. ") m. 
karaih, Dh. 136. — imp. ») 2. sg. 
karohi, 19,28. 73,9. 86,i; 2. pi. -x^otha 
(mama vacanarii) 32,35. 76,6. 108,6; 
3. pi. /xontu, 8,7. ••) 2. sg. kara, 22,i6. 
- pot. •) 3. sg. kareyya (kalam) 92,6; 
2. sg. ^eyyasi, 16,34. 36,8 (aggiih). 
86,3 (papam); 1. sg, /x/eyyam, 16,ia; 
5. pi. -x^eyyum, 17,2g; 2. pi. -x-eyyatha, 
4,8. ^) 3. sg. kare, Dh. 42 — 43; 3. 

pi. (?) 48,7 (perhaps we have here an 
old form of pr. 3. pi. med., ep. Kuhn, 
Beitr. p. 94; but kar6 is also pr. 1. 
sg. med. — karomi, J5t. II 138,i8.). 
0) 3. sg. kayira {fr. *karyat), Dh. 42. 
53. 106. 117. 159 (kayra); 3. sg. med. 
kayiratha, Dh. 25. 117. 313 (kayra- 
tha). "*) 2. pi. kubbetha, 29,ii. - 
fut. •) 5. s^. karissati (mukham) 11,". 
(satim) 63,18; 2. sg, rwissasi, 16,si 
(— imper.), 77,6 (id.), 64,b3 (cp. the 
use of fut. bhavissati. v. bhavati); 
1. sp. fx/issami, 9,2i. 12,8. 47,4 (lo- 
bharii iuiassa); 3. pi. .-wissanti, 4,6. 
7,15; 2. pi. ^issatha, Dh. 276. »"•) ka- 
hami & kassami etc.; 2. sg, kahasi, 
103,7 (pufiriani), Dh. 164 (geham). 
- aor, •) 3-2. sg. akasi, 19,33. 67,26. 
60,19. 86,1 ; 1. sg. akas' aham, 108,3o; 
3. pi. akamsu (siham rajanam) 10,3. 
13,8. 21,83. 109,5. •>) 3. sg. akari, 80,33. 
85,5 (=• akasi, 86,13); 3. sg. ma kari, 
63,8; 1. sg. karim, 47,4 (karin ti); 
3. pi. karimsu, 10,87. 24,i2 (namam 
assa). 68,5; 2. pi. ma evariipaiii 
karittha, 39,2. «) 3, sg. aka (Visud- 
dhimaggaiii nama, composed) 114,ia; 
i. jsZ. med. akarani base, 13,36. - inf. 
katum, 11,8. 27,16. 61, u etc. - ger, 
») katva, 4,36 (givam sugahitam). 
6,2-10. 40,84 (dalham /^, with a strong 
grasp). 68,12 (kusulam z^^, sc. taya). 
66,15 (ummare sisaiii). 82,9i (nicam 
^, holding down); a-katva, 24,i7. 
34,3. 40,7. 42,13; adirii-katva, v. adi. 
'')katvana, 112,5. ") karitva, 42,i8. 
71,88 (nangalam khandhe, „ having 
shouldered"). 73,6. 74,i9; vasim ^. 
q. V. (cp. sakkaccam). - pass, kayi- 
rati, Dh. 292 (- kayrati). - pp. 
kata, mfn. (q. v.). - grd. •) kattabba, 
mfn. what is to be done ; n. ovarii (sa- 
hayassa, „a friend's part") 12,s4. (vi- 
riyam) 42,18. 54,13. Dh. 63; O-kicca 
(v. h.) ; o-yutta. mfn. what ought to be 
done, n. ,, 64,39. •>) katabba. mfn.; 
m. .^0 (saiiisaggo) 29,7; n. ^am (kin 
nu kho -X.) 11,39; »». ^0 (brahma- 
dando, to be imposed) 79,i3; "^-yut- 
takam (etesarii karissanti, shall do 



for them) 39,S4. ") kicca, mfn, (v. 
separately). ^) kariya, mfn.; a-kari- 
yam, n. 106,i5 — Dh. 176. •) kayira, 
mfn. (= kariya, fr. sa. karya); n. 
<v an ce, Dh. 313. *) karaniya, mfn, 
(v. separately). - cans, kareti (q. v.). 
- atthi-". alam-**, avi-", manasi-**, 
sacchi-karoti (v, h.), cp. kattar, 
kamma, kara, karana, kara(ka), 
karana, kariw, kiriya. 

*Kalandaka-nivapa, m. nom. 
pr, of a garden at Veluvana near Bs- 
jagaha (lit. 'an offering to the squirrels', 
Sp. H. Man." 198); ioc. -^e, 84,87. 

kalala, n. (= sa.) *) the embryo 
a short time after conception; gen, 
(vftssa, 99,10, — *) mud, mire; ace, 
/vaiii, 46,93; loc. kaina-kalale, „iD the 
mud of desire", ib.; gutha-kalale 
(nimugga-gamasukaro) in the dung- 
bill-pool, ib, 

kalaha, m. (— sa.) strife, quarrel; 
ace, /x/aih (karontiyo) 59,8; ^aih 
(afinamannam karonti) 74,5. - *°-sadda, 
m. brawl, ace. <^aiii, 59,i. 

kala, f. (— aa.) •) a part, portion 
{esp, the sixteenth part of the moon's 
diameter), acc, >vam (sojasiiu, a six- 
tepnth part) Dh, 70, — *) any rae- 
chiinical or fine art, 113,8 (vijja-sippa- 

kalapa, m. (— sa.) *) a bundle; 
aec. daru-kalapaih (sisena adaya) a 

la adaya) 

bundle of fire-wood, 67 

quiver; aec. dhanu-kalapam, bow and 

quiver, 75, 15, 

kali, m. (= sa.) the unlucky 
die, loss at game, misfortune; sin, 
vice; n'atthi dosasamo <%/, Dh. 202 
(— »in? cp. SBE. X, 55); aec. /vim 
(the bad die), 106,i8 — Dh. 262 
[kali, opp. ka^a (sa. kyta) v. Jat. VI, 
228,19. 282,17. 367,i]. 

""kalifigara, m. & n. (also spelt 
with }, Burm. read, kaliiikara) *) a 
log of wood (explained by comm, by 
katthakhanda, khanu); n. «..arii (nir- 
attham) Dh. 41 (cp. Thi. 468, MN. 
I, 449,i«). — ») (sa. kadaagara & ka- 
dafikara) straw, chafif (Abidb. 453). 

kali r a, »», (sa. karira) the top- 
sprout of a plant; ^o (pa^hamuggato) 

kalyana, mfn. (— sa.) beautiful, 
good ; loc. n, «./e, Dh. 116 (opp. papa); 
acc. m. pi. »^e (mitte, opp. papake 
mitte) Dh. 78. 376. - *0-riipa, mfn, 
beautiful, m, ^o (catuppado) 30,8. 

Kalyani, f. (^ sa.) nom. pr. 
of a river in Ceylon; acc. <%/im, 21, 16. 

kalla, mfn. (sa. kalya) healthy, 
salutary; able, clever; ready, prepared, 
perfect; n. <x/am (kalian nu kho tad 
abhinandituih) 97,6; m. kallo si 
bhante, 99,85. — *''-citta, mfn. whose 
mind is prepared, ace. m. ^arii, 68,»i, 

kavata, n. (sa. id. & kapata) a 
door (not the aperture, dvara, q. v., 
but that by which the aperture could 
be closed, cp, SBE. XX, 160). - 
*''-pi(tha, n. the backside of the door 
(„door & doorpost", SBE. XIII, 169), 
ace. ~arii, 84,i2 (cp. pittha & Vin, 
J, 368,9; SBE, XX, 106), 

kasa^a, mfn. (probably by meta- 
thesis fr, sa. sakata, which also is 
found in the mss., cp, sa. Qata & 
kash^a) bad, vile, nasty; a certain 
taste : sour, bitter, acrid, or : insipid, 
tasteless = niroja, niyyusa; subst, 
m. fault, vice; bitter juice, sediment, 
dregs (?); — kasata-phalani (n. pi.) 
1,18; — nimba-kasatam (acc.) bitter 
nimba-juice, 37,25. 

kasati, vb. (sa. v^kysh, krshati, 
cp. kaddhati & (sam)ukkaihBati) to 
plough; pr. 3. sg. i^&ii, 56,i6; 3, pi. 
rwanti, 30,99. cp, kasi, kassaka <& 

*kasana, n. (fr, kasati, sa. kar- 
shana) the act of ploughing; o/am, 
66,16. "-tthanam, n. the place where 
one is ploughing, 56,i. 

kasa, f. (sa. ka^a) a whip; acc. 
kasam-iva (= kasam viya) Dh. 143; 
acc, pi. rwa, 55,u; instr, pi, .vahi, 
77,w. — """-nivittha, mfn, touched by 
the whip, m, <^o (asso) Dh, 143 >>. 

kasava, m. <^ n. (sa, kasbaya) 
dirt, impurity; fault, ain. — vanta- 



kasava, nifn, one who haa thrown 
away Bin, m. ,v^[o] Dh. 10. — a-nik- 
kasava {q. v.), cp, kasava. 

kasi, f, {sa. krshi) ploughing, 
agriculture; "-kamma, n. id; instr, 
r^ensL, 8,16. — "-gorakkhadini, 21,8 
(ploughing, tending cattle &). 

kasma, adv. why? (pron, inter f. 
abl.) V. kim. 

kassaka, m. {sa. karsbaka & 
krshaka) a ploughman, farmer; pi. 
/%.a, 31,1. — *''-kula, n. the family of 
a farmer, loc, r^e, 8,i4. — •"-vanna, 
m. the appearance of a ploughman, 
ace. /varii, 71,27. 

Kassapa, »». {sa. Ka^yapa) ') 
nom. pr. of the Buddha before Gotnma; 
gen. ^assa (Bhagavato) 84,28. "-da- 
sabala, gen, -x/assa, 22,is. "-saimna- 
sambuddha, 28,i8. — ^) nom. pr. of 
a thera, one of Buddha's great disciples, 
president of the first council; /^O 
(dautavadanarii a^gc) 109,6; = Ma- 
hakaasapathero, lC9,i7. — ^JKumara- 
kassapa, q. v, 

*kahaiii, adv. inlerr. {cp. kattha, 
kubirii & sa, kuha) where? whereto? 
1,25 (/^ thapetha). 21,8(gacchi8satha), 
34,1'j (kahan nu khoV 49,6 ^,>^ ga- 
tasi), 73,13 (gacchasi), 88,6 (id. — 
kattha gamissasi, 87,9e). 

kabapana, m, (c^ n,) {sa. kar* 
shapana) a certain wfight of gold, 
silver or copper a ooio, a piece of 
money, monej in general; iustr, o^ena, 
18,: o; ace. pi, <%.e (attba) 24,sb; 
dhuttiiDarii >we dalva, hiring some 
villains, ?3,t9; initr. pi. r^ehi (suram 
p'vanta) 74,4. — ''''-vassa,'^. a shower 
ol money, instr. .^ena, Dh. 186. — 
"-satarii, n. 100 k.s, 18,i3. — "-sa- 
hassena {instr. n.) 1000 k.s, 67,8s. 
k.a, pron. interr, f,, v, kiiii. 
kska, m, (— sa.) a crow; iv/O, 
11,5. 18,16; ace. /vam, 18,8. — '•'"-sisa, 
mfn. having a head like a crow, nt, 
fs/O. 21, SI. — *''sura, ni. „a crow hero", 
designation of a cowardly or impudent 
fel'ow, instr. ^ena, Dh. 244. — disa- 
kaka, m, q. v. 

♦kakaochati, vb. onomat.^ to 
snore; part, f. pt. o^antiyo, 65,6. 
This word is said to be akin to ^kas, 
to cough, cp. Faushell, Bein. 1888, 
p. 38 (44), but Kern and Trenckner 
derive it from ^krath, v. Mil. 85,sf 

kaka, indecl. (= so.), „caw, caw". 
onomat, fr. the cawing of a crow, 


kaja, m, {sa. kaca) a yoke to 
support burdens; v, khari-kaja. 

kana, mfn. {— sa.) one-eyed, 
blind of one eye; "-maha-macchaiii, 
ace. m. 4,16. 

katabba, grd. & katum, »«/"., 
V. karoti. 

kiipotaka, mfn, {sa, kapota & 
kapotaka) pigeon-coloured, grey, white ; 
n. pi, /^iini (attbini) Dh. 149. 

kama, m. (— > sa.) •) wish, desire; 
most frequently pi. ■= desires, (sen- 
sual) pleasures, (sensual) love; acc. 
{adv.) r^&m, q. v.\ abl. ^Siio (jayati 
soko) Dh. 215; pi. o^a, 20,i7. 45,5 
fmanusaka, opp. dibba-kame, acc. 
(ib.)); 103,35 (te [Marassa] pathama 
senjl); ,>.e, 46,is. 69,27. 103,24. 
Dh. 88. 383. 415; instr. sabba-kam- 
ehi, 61,29; gen. .>^anam, 68,20; loc, 
rwcsu, 47,29. 62,24 (atittarii), Dh. 48 
(id); 66,9 (viratto); 97, n (miccha 
carati, , commits immorality"); Dh. 
186 (titti) 218. 401. - ^o-kalala {v, 
h.), — *''-tanba. thirst for pleasure, 
67,14 (in the series : kama-, bhava-, 
vibbava-). — *kama-rati {dvandva 
comp.), love and lust; "-santhava, 
Ml. familiarity with rv, acC, ^&n\, Dh. 
27. — yattha-kama(m), g.w. — kama- 
kama, etc v. below. — *) mfn. (at the 
end of comp.) desiring, longing for, 
intending; a-kama, mfn. {q. v.); 
sukha-kama, mfn. longing for happi- 
ness, n. pi. rwani (bbutani) Dh. 131; 
very frequently comp. w. inf. in tu- : 
aropetu-«, 74,i2. uddisapetu-", 84,6. 
khadapetu-o, 1,23. kbaditu-o, 1,7. 4,ii. 
gaiihitu-'',_ 66,10. _gantu-o, 4,i8. 22,2. 
60,9 (brahmanam paharitva r^o, 



kama- is here logically to be com- 
bined with paharitva). caritu-o, 36,io. 
jivitu-o, Dh. 123. daUbu-«, 19,ia. 
(datu-^ V. a-datu-kamata). nahay- 
itu-", 83,24. nikkhamitu-", 65,i6. 
paripucchitu-**, 84,7. pavisitu-", 82,34. 
83,87. paharitu-", 29,85. bhunjitu-", 
83,18, maretu-", 9,2o. vaiicetu-", 5,j. 
51,16. sotu-", 87,13. 

kamaiii, adv. (ace. sg. fr, kama, 
= «a.) willingly, readily, with pleasure; 
r%, cajaina asuresu panam, 60,i7. 

kama-kama, mfn. (— sa.) desi- 
10U8 of lu8t, having desires; m, pi, 
na 'va (lapayacti santo) Dh. 83. 

*kama-gaveBi», mfn, looking 
for pleasures; m, pi, ivino, Dh. 99. 

kama-guna, m. {== sa.) passion, 
affection; object of sensie, pi. the pas- 
sions, taken as five different kinds, 
according to tlie five external senses; 
ace. pi. r^e, Dh. 371; instr. pi. o^ehi 
(pancahi samappitassa) 67,85. 

*kamata, f. {cp. kama, *)) in- 
clination to; comp. w. inf. in tu- : 
kilitu-** (salavana-kijam, deviya uda- 
padi) 62,16. cp. a-datu-kamata, 16,i4. 
*kama-bhava, »>., v, kama- 

*kama-8ukha, n. sensual plea- 
sure, the pleasure of love; aec. r^&va 
(pahaya) 47,s8 — Dh. 346—47. - 
*kamasukh'allika, mfn, (?), "-anuyoga, 
mfn. 66,80 (v. h,). 

*kamabhava,»». (— kama-bhava, 
with a lengthened metri causa) ') sen- 
sual existence in one of the eleven 
Karaalokas, *) rise or origin of lust; 
"-parikkhina, mfn, one in whom lust 
can rise no more, ace, m, /vam, Dh, 
415 („in whom all concupiscence is 
extinct"), cp, tanha-bhava, nandi- 

kaya, m, (— sa.) the body; -n.o, 
70,88. 107,6 = Dh. 41; gen, ^^assa, 
7,88 ; itistr. />^ena (safifiato) 84,89; 
(samvuto) Dh. 231—234 (in the 
series : kayena, vacaya, manasa); 
/wena dhammam passati, nsees the 
law bodily", Dh. 259 (cp. 8BE. X, 

65); loe, fvasmim, 71,io; ace. pi, r^e, 
112,80. — aru-kaya, m, or mfn. (?) 
V, h. — santa-kiiya, mfn. whose body 
is quieted, m. r^o, Dh. 378. — *''-gata, 
adj. f, directed to the body (sati, 
q. V.) Dh. 293. - *»-duccarita, n, 
the bad deeds of the body, ace. <^am, 
Dh. 231. — *°-ppakopa, m, bodily 
anger, acc, /^aiii, Dh. 231, — "J-ban- 
dhana, », a girdle, /v-am, 82,85. — 
*''-vififiana, n. body-consciousness, the 
sense of touch, rw-am (dukkha-saha- 
gataih, a painful perception) 98,i. ~- 
""o-samphassa-viilAa^&yatana, n. the 
sense of touch, <N/aih, 72,ia (ep, aya- 

kSyika, mfn, (— aa.) belonging 
to or oouoerning the body; instr, 
m, >%/ena (safifiamena, samvarena) 


kura, mfn, (— sa.) doing, making 
(at the end of eomp.), v, andha-", 
abim-", unha-**, usu-", mamim-", 
sadhu-**, cp. purekkhara, sakkara. 

karaka, m(fn). doing, making; 
a maker, doer (at the end of eomp,), 
V, ku^atta-', gaha-**, pesuftna-", 
bhatta-", sassa-", sasana-". 

karana, n, (— sa.) *) cause, 
reason, motive (means) ; nom. <%^am, 
3,1. 7,4. 29,1 (taiii f^&ra, that is why). 
37,7. pabbajja-" (tumhakaib), 46,9; 
acc, «N/am (imam, the cause of that) 
15,9. <N/am katvii, giving as cause, 
85,84; instr, kena >vena, for what 
reason? 16,8s. 100,i7; kin te mama 
hasita-karanena, „what is that to 
you why I laugh", 53,84; a-kara- 
nena, q, v.; dbl. i^a,, often in comp. 
w, kiifa-o, why? 9,8o. 28,84. 53,84; 
manussavasa-karana, „becauBe 1 have 
had to do with men", 112,io. — *) 
event, afi'air, the state of the case, 
circumstance, fact; acc, /vam (asal- 
lakkbetva) 3,i8; (sutva) 24,88; (natva) 
35,1 ; kinoi (x/am ajananto, unsuspect- 
ing, 50,17. — ') doing, making (at the 
end of comp.; sometimes written -ka- 
rana); asanta-paggaha-^ 29,87 (v. 



(accX to 
(ace), to 

karana, f. (— sa.) pnniBhment, 
paio, torture (in comp, often shortened 
to kardns-); '"kanna-ghara, n. dt m. 
houBe of ^rment, loc. is^e, 21,i5. cp. 
(kamnua-) karanf.. 

kSrin, mfn, (;.= ,»o.) doing, mak- 
ing (at the end of comp.), v. nisamma-^ 
papa-", satacca-". 

kariya, mfn. (sa. kirya) grd. v. 
karoti & a-kariya. 

karufina, n. (/V. karuna, sa. 
karunyp,) compasBion ; ace. <%^am (w, 
loc. brshmane) '.6,8i; instr. /^/Cna 
(tayi) 17,13. 68,14. cp. karuna. 

k are tar, m. (sa. karayitr) one 
wlio CHUseB somethini; to be done; 
wow. sg. o^ta (kamtnanam) 97, 13, 
ep. kattar. 

kareti, vb. {caus. karoti, sa. 
karayati) to cause to do or to be done 
to cause another {ace.) to be 
cause another (ace.) to per* 
form (acc); periphrastically : rajjam 
fs,, to reign, to be king (cp. karoti : 
rajjam karotha, 42,6); part. loc. m. 
rvente (rajjara) l,a; part. med. loc. 
m. karayamane (id.) 5,S4; — imp. 2. 
sg. «^ebi (id.) 47,io; — aor. 3. sg. 
fvesi (rajjam) 19,6; (mangalam) 58,ao; 
a-karayi (yakkhiiii sapatham) 111,89; 
— ger. /^etva (danaspla) 88,13; (pu- 
rohitam rajanara) 4i),i6; (abhisekam, 
q. V.) 36,29. — subst. karetar, m. (v, 
h.)', cp, kakkareti. 

kiTla, tw. (— sa.) time, space or 
point of time, right or proper time; 
death (in the plirase : kalaih karoti, 
to die); worn, r^o bhante! the time 
has come, sir! 78,s; abhisambujjbana- 
kalo, 63,7; nekkhaimia-kalo, 45,6; 
a?r. ^aih (arocripesi) 78,a; '>.'am 
(nkiiri, died) 80,!iii; /N/arii (kiitvii) 34,S8. 
B'tfiio (c)), ktila-kiita, ktilu-kiriyii); 
gen, o^asHa (ass'eva, betimeH) 82,1?; 
ubl. o^ato, comp. tass' agata-kalato 
pa^^haya, „froiii tlie day of his com- 
iDK", 18,99; GotaniaBsa uppaima- 
kalato pa1;thaya, 72,8o; tassa nikkban- 
ta-", y,jft; loc, kiiln (or ktiliiinlii) in 
time, seasonably (opp, vikale) 9,12; 

kale gacchante, in the course of time, 
14,18. 102,4; tasmin kSle, 2,»6; pac- 
chime kale, in the hour of death, 
86,18; hemantike kale, in the winter- 
time, 100,24; very frequently in comp. 
w. verbal nouns or pp. '. rajabhiseka-", 
11,«; 8uriyuggamana-°, 72,2_9; maha- 
janassa nagaram pavisana-kale, 73,i3; 
dhitu marana-kale, 89,i3; tava san- 
tikam agata-kale (mam ganhahi) 
3,17; asuka-kale, 88,23 (v. h.)\ utthana- 
kalamhi (time to rise) I)h. 280. - 
kalantarena (=- sa.), v. antara. - 
kalika. mfn. (q. v.). - a-kala, m. 
(= sa.) wrong time; *''-pupphani 
(n. pi.) flowers out of season, 37,18; 
**'-vatam, n. unseasonable wind (con* 
trary wind?) 25,si. 

kala (or kala), mfn. (sa. kala) 
black; m. «^o (puriso) 92,i3; n. pi. 
^ani (kesani) 47, 1. — °-pasana-, a 
black rock, 24,9i. — *°-vanna-kata, 
mfn, blacked, f. r^& (bhumi) 84,9i. 
cp. next & kala-kanni. 

kalaka, mfn. (sa. kalaka) black; 
subst. n. (?) dirt, speck, stain : *apa- 
gata-kalaka, mfn. free from dirt or 
black specks, n. rvaih (vattbaiii 
suddham) 68,25. 

kala-kanni, f. (sa. kala-karni) 
ill luck, misfortune; a fatal or ill- 
boding person or thing, a fury; -• 
*~i-8akuna, m. a bird of ill omen, 
instr. ^ena., 12,io; — *«vi-9alaka, f. 
the lot which points out the guilty 
or fatal person, 23, 11. 

*kala-kata, mfn. (— kata-kala, 
sa, *kala-krta, cp, kala-gata) dead; 
ace, m, >\^&m, a dead person, 63,25; 
loc, /"ve (pitari) 22,i5. 

kala-kiriya, f. (sa, kala-kriya> 
death; putbujjana-killakiriyam (ace.) 
katvil, hnving liiud llkn common people, 


kala, /*. (sa. kala) name of a certain 
plant, tt climbing or creeping plant 
(— kala-valli, Comm.); *»-pavala, f. 
u tender stalk (said of a tender maiden), 

killika, mfn. (— sa.) 'depending 



on time', future o: which will not come 
before long (opp. sandit^hika, MN. 
I 474,6. SN. I 117,86); n. ma ~am 
anudhavi, 47,io (cp. bhavitabbam 
ev'etarii kathesi, 47,ii). 

kasava, mfn. (sa. kashaya, cp. 
kasava) yellow, dark-yellow; n. the 
yellow robe of the Buddhist monks; 
ace. ^am (vattham), Dh. 9 — 10. - 
***-kantha, mfn. 'yellow-necked', wea- 
ring the yellow robe; m. pi. ^a, Dh. 
307^ {cp. SBE. X. 6 Note.) 

Kasi, m. (pi.) (sa, Kagi) nom. 
pr, of a country and its people, whose 
cipital was Benares (Baranasi, q. v.) ; 
^-rattha, n. the kingdom of K., ace. 
-x,_aiii, 38,21 ; Ice. ^e, 34,3i; "-rattha- 
vasi-manusso. m. a man from K. 35,»8. 
Kasika, mfn. (sa. Kagika) com- 
ing from Kasi or Benares; "-vattha, 
n, Benares-cloth, a sort of fine cotton 
cloth; Joe. o^e, 62,29 (cp, Fick, Soc. 
Glied. p. 176). 

k i rii *, pron. interr. n. (= sa.) 
what? mf, ko, ka, who? which? — 
kiih, ») MOW. n. 13,i3 (-x-dukkham); 
16,11 (kiih nam' etaih); 93,9 (kin ca, 
and what?); constructed «;, ^en. |jers. 
<t instr. rei = what is one {gen.) 
to do with {instr. ") : 31, si (kin te bha- 
tara); 32,82 (kim me dukkhena); 
49,14. 53,84. 69,25. 79,31. 106,io etc., or 
only w. instr. 20,29. lll,2o; — eomp. 
"•"kiihsaddo nam'esa, ,what sort of 
noise is this", 60,9; kimsaddo iti 
(apucchi) 112,8; kiriikarana {ahl.) 
why? 9,20 ; kinnama, mfn. (q. v.Y, 
kimattham & kimatthaya, v. attha ♦); 

- '') ace. n, kim (cintento) 4,8 ; (ka- 
rissanti) 7,i8; (karomi) 55,6; (mafi- 
flasi) 69,84; kin'ti vyakareyyasi, 95,8; 

- «) kirfi (adv.) V. below. — m. nom. 
ko (si tvaiii) 3,ij; (janati) 13,i7; 
(ettha) 65,14; (pan' ettha Nagaseno) 
97,81 ; («^ nu dipo) 110,8i; (/%/ nu 
liaso) Dh. 146; - aec. kaiii, 25,i8. 
Dh. 363. — f. nom. ka (nama tvam) 
56,10. — instr, •) (w.) n, kena, 16,ss. 
35,5. 70,28; •>) adv. why? 22,8». 54,27. 

- instr. {etc.) f. kaya, 29,8o (katbaya). 

— gen. m. ») kassa, 98,i3; '') kissa, 
36,38 (phalarii, scil. rukkhassa). — 
gen. n. {adv.) kissa, why? 101,6, — 
abl, n. {adv.) kasma, why? 7,7. 87,28. 

— As to the rest the declension is that 
of tarii and other pronouns, e. g, instr, 
pi. m. kehi, 74,9. An old neuter form 
kad- has been preserved in kac-ci & 
kad-ariya {q. v.). — kiii carahi, ko 
carahi, v. carahi. — cp. kiiica, kifi- 
cana, kincapi, kinci, koci etc. 

kim*, adv. interr. {— prec.\ in its 
different meanings often combined with 
other particles). — i) — how? 1,8 (kin 
ti); 70,94 (kin ca sabbam adittam); 

74.28 (Icim pana, „how much less"); 

86.29 (kin nu kho bhavissati, how is 
she now, I wonder?); 87,13 (kin nu 
kho); Dh. 146 (kim anando). - «) 

— why? 1,14. 3,8. 85,32. 88,4 (kim 
nama, why then?). — ^) interr. particle 
(introductory of a full sentence) : ») = 
latin -ne, num\ kiiii janasi, do you 
know? 113,11 ; kim so sabbarattiiii 
dipeyya {pot.) 99,i8; kim bhavissati, 
Dh. 264; kin nu kho. 38,27 {w. pot. 
siya, should be possibly be?); 89,22, 
97,18; kirii pana (by putting forth a 
second question) 89,25. 97,26; kim pana 
(expressive of astonishment) 44,4. — '') 

— latin nonne {w. foil, 'na'); kin 
te . . . na va^tati, had you not better, . .? 
1,15; kim na passasi, lll,i9; kin ca 
lohitam n'upasussaye {pot.) 103,i9. 

— ') kim . . . na . , . (disjunctive, — 
utrum , . an), 9,24 (kim mata vo ana- 
caram karoti na karotiti). — *) used 
as a mere interjection, by calling one's 
attention to a question (without full 
sentence) — now I look here! hallohl 
8,11 fkim bho vSnarindal); 73,i6 (kim 
Sundari, kaham gat&si). 

kicca, ^) mfn, {gra, karoti, sa, 
kftya) to be done or made; n, <^am 
(atappam) Dh. 276 ; kiccaih, a-kiccam, 
Db. 292; kiooclkicca, loc. pi, /^esu, 
Dh. 74. — *) n. duty, service, kindness ; 
buBiness, purpose, cause, motive, use, 
need ; nom. tumbakam vioasena rvam 
n'atthi, „tbei'e is no need for" {instr,) 



55,7 ; ace. i^am, 13,s6 (gervice); sa- 
kicca-ppasuta, mfn. intent upon one's 
own businegs, m. pi. /N/a, 86,88; kat- 
tabba-kicca, ». pi. ,,the objects of 
one's mission", loc. i^esu, 114,8i. — 
itthi-", kata-o, kilamana-", bhatta-", 
q. V. 

kiccha, mfn. (sa. krcchra) pain- 
ful, attended with pain or labour ; m. 
f^o (Buddhanam uppado) Dh. 182; 
n. /v-aifa (saddbammasavanam) ib. 

kiiica, n, pron. indef. (— sa. cp. 
kind) auything; afiiiarii kinoa yathi- 
cchiteii), whatever else you might wish, 


kiflcaDa(m), h. p.-on. indef. (sa. 
kira-cana) anything; na .-vaiii, nothing, 
Dh. 200. 421. - a-kiiicana, mfn. 
(q. v.). — cp. akincanna, n. & ea- 
kincana, wt/w. 

kiiicapi, indecL (— sa.) certainly, 
although, in spite df; «^ na janati {w. 
/bW.pana) 63,3i ; rw 8 J evam vadeyya, 
100,M („in spite of what he might 

kiiici, *) w. pron. indef. (sa. kirii- 
cid) something, anything (whatever); 
w, foil, negation — nothing; nom. 
yajb kinci . . . sabbarii taiii (whatso- 
ever) 68,87; adj. r^ ditthigataih, 94,6; 
ace. api kiiici labhamase (any reward) 
13,28; ai.fiaiii ^ (v, h.) 7,ii; ma kinci 
vadetha, 66,26; <^ Yattura na visahati, 
87,21 1 adj. na kiftoi paparii, 104,34; 
na . . . anumuttaiii r>.^ dubbbasitaih 
padam (not even thu smallest) 110, 12; 
instr, kenaci, 73,4; kenacid-eva 
(karaniyena) 32, 13; loc. kismici, Dh. 
74. — *) adv. altogetter, u), foil, 
negation — not at all; sace kiiici 
aharam labheyyam, 16,ii; na kinci 
abhavissa, 42, 11; >^ karanaiii a-ja- 
nanto, 60,17. — koci, m. (v. h.) cp, 
kacci & kinca above. 

kinati, vb. (sa. \/kri) to buy; 
pr. 1. sg. ^ami (dadhim tava hat- 
thato) 101,29 (— I did not buy); 
ger. kinitva, 101,26. 

kitava, m. (•= sa.) a gamester, 
gambler; kitavasatbo, a fraudulent 

gambler, 106,i8 - Dh. 252, which 
probably ought to be written kitava 
satho, kitava being nom. (— sa. 
kitavaA) after the analogy of words 
ending with -va< (Tr. cp. Jfit. VI, 
228,19 : kitava sikkhito yatha, m both 
instances before 's'; gen. ^assa, SN. 
I, 24,4 - Vin. Ill, 90.) The Comm. 
takes kitava — kitavaya, but Weber 
(Ind. Str. I, 168) and Max Miiller 
(8BE. X, 63) take it for an abl. — 
vor dem Spielgepner, from the player. 
*kittaka, mfn. (formed after the 
analogy of ettaka etc. Tr. PM. p. 
80, cp. sa. kiyat), how much? how 
many? n. -^aiii pacanii, how much 
have I to cook? 67, 10. cp. next. 

*kittavata, adv. (cp. ettavata & 
prec), how far? to what extent? 96,5. 
kinnara, m. (= sa.) a kind of 
mythical being, a male fairy, f. /^i; 
the kinnaras are of extraordinary 
beauty, celebrated dancers and musi- 
cians (cp. Jat. IV, 262 & 438). - 
■""-lilha, f. the grace of a kinnara, 
instr. ~aya, 49, 12. 

kinnama, mfn. (sa. kim-naman) 
having what name; m. r^o 3i bhante, 
what is your name? 96, 20. 

kipillika, m, (sa. pipllika, cp. 
pipilika) an ant; pi. /x-a, 60, 1. 

kimattham & kimattbaya, v. 
kiiii & attha ^). 

kira, adv. (enelit, — sa, kila) 
indeed, really, probably; namely, often 
to be rendered by „you know", „you 
see"; „we hear", „it is said"; or in- 
dicating what the subject concludes 
from facts mentioned or imagined; — 
87,6 ; evam kir', 40,3, 61,86; saccara 
kir' evam, 64,i6; na kir', 31,6; ex- 
pressive of astonishment : 64,i8; in 
interrogative sentences : 61,7. 68,15. 
69,7 (kiraham); after a question : 32,i7. 
87,28; - 3,2. 18,5. 23,26. 29,22. 32,9; 
- 8,8. 11,10. 31,8. 39,14. 64,18. 60,2. 
61,2-9. 72,27; — ayam pi kira r.^ja 
yeva, 43,25. 

kiriya, /". (sa. kriyii) doing; work, 
undertaking; nom. rwS (pannavanta- 



nam i.i.ihati) 57,6, - anta-«, kala-o, 
sacca-", q. V. 

kilanta, pp. v. next, 

kilamati, vb. (sa. yklain) to 
grow weary, to become tired, to be 
troubled or exhausted; pr. 3. pi, 
«.anti, 6,si; 1. pi. kimattham .>^ama 
(why weary ourselves) 66,»; irnper. 3. 
pi. /*^antu, 60,iJ, — pp. kilanta, m. 
pi. f^si, 112,28. cp. next. 

kilamatha, m, (sa. klamatha) 
fatigue, exhaustion, suffering; inatr, 
appa-kilamathena, 28,is (v, h.). - 
•atta-o (v. h.) 

*kilamana, n. — prec, — o-kic- 
caiii (n'attbi aiifiesam, nDone shall 
suffer") 39,16 {cp. kicca). 

kill tt ha, mfn. {pp. y/kWq, sa. 
klishta), impure, dirty; n. impurity; 
^kamma-kilittham, evil karma {opp. 
o-visuddhi) Dh. 15, cp. kilissati & 

kilinna, mfn. {pp. ^klid, sa. 
klinna), moistened, wet; lala-kilinna- 
gatta, adj. 65,s. 

kilissati, vb. {sa. \/k\\q) •) to be 
tormented, feel pain, suffer; pot, 3. sg. 
/veyya, Dh. 168. — ^) to be impure 
(through sin); pp. kilitt'ia (9- ''O <^P' 

kilesa, m. {sa, klega) pain; de- 
pravity, passion ; acc. pi. i^o (jabitum^ 
44,31 ; ioc.i)?. /ve8u(virattaniana8a88a) 
64,19-39; sabba-kilesa-darathesu {loc. 
pi.) „all passions and torments", 64,8i; 
kilesa-vasena, „under the influence of 
passion", passionately, 20,ii; *''-rati, 
f. sensual pleasure, love, acc. <vim, 
46,18; instr, (viya, 63,84. 73,i8. - 
*citta-kle8a, m. {— *-kilesa), depra- 
vity of mind, abl, pi. <x/ehi, Dh. 88. 

& kloman) any kind of membrana- 
ceous tissue, esp. the peritoneum, 
abdomen or paunch; nom. <^kam, 
82,8 — 97,»i {cp. J5t. IV, 292,18. Ill, 

kisa, mfn. {sa. kiqa.) lean, ema- 
ciated; m, <vo (tyam asi) 108,s; aoo. 
^am, 106,19 — Dh. 395. 

*Ki8agotaini, f. nom. pr. of a 
theri, a relative of Ootama; nom. /^i 
(khattiyakaiina) 64,ii; gen. {dat.) 
rviya, 64,25. 

kismici, loc. sg. n., v. kiilci, 

kissa, ^) gen. pron. interr. ^) adv. 
— why, 101,6. V. kim'. 

kidisa, mfn. {sa. kidrQa) of what 
kind? what like? m. »vO (silacaro) 
43,83 ; n. rwarii (kammam) 85,ia. 

kija'ti, vb. {sa, ykrid) to play, 
to sport, to amuse one's self in or by 
(w, loc. or acc. of the name of the play, 
very often a comp, ending with -kija, 
q, V.)-, pr, 3, sg. i^kH (jutarii Tam- 
barajena saddhim, plays at dice) 19,io. 
48,b; (nakkhattam, enjoys the festival) 
61,8; 1. pi, /s.-ama, 48,22; —part, m, 
rvanto, 48,5; gen. ^antassa {w. loc. 
jala-karandake, q. v.) 36,3o; part, 
med. m. ^ amaiio, 7,29; — aor. 3. 
sg. klli (raiiiia saddhim) 48,8i ; (pok- 
kharaniyam udaka-kilam, amused 
himself in the lotus tank) 52,28; — 
inf. (N/itura (jiitam) 20,*; comp. kilitu- 
k.amata, f. 62,i5. — cans, kilapeti 
{q. v.\\ cp. next & kila, kilika. 

kilana, n. {sa. kridana) playing; 
*>-kiile (amhakarii pokkharaniyarii) 
63,0 ; jiita-kUana-, playing at dice, 


kijii, f. {sa. krida), play, sport, 
amusement; frequently last part of 
comp. (object of the verb kilati) : 
udaka-kilam kill (amused himself by 
bathing) 62,28; uyyana-kiladi-gamana, 
n. riding in the park etc. 66,22; ku- 
mara-kilam [sc. kilitva] 44,2o {v. h.); 
nakkhatta-kilam (anubnavamana, the 
festivities) 61,5; salavana-", 62,i5. 

kilapeti, vb, {caus. II. kilati) 
to cause to play, to play with (acc); 
ger, »./etva (tarn, sc. darakam) 68,38. 

*kilika, f. {dimin, fr. kija) 
pleasure, excursion; acc. uyyana-kili- 
kam gacchanto (taking a walk in the 
park) 52,18. 

*kiva, indeol. (eorrel. of yava, cp. 
aa, kiyat & ved. kivat) how much? 
(quanto), w. foil, pi — how much 



soever (quamvie) ; - '-mahanta, mfn, 
how great, ace. n. <vam pi (pSpakam- 
mam) 51,11. 

ku-, indecl. (— na.) prefix, im- 
plying deterioration, contempt etc. 
(originally pron. base, cp. kuto). — 
Kii-samudda, m, the dreadful or fatal 
Bea, ^0, 20,16. (cp. kim, kimsadda). 

kukku^a, m. (^ sa.) a cock; 
paiijare pakkhitta-kukkuto, a cock 
in a cage, 46,2o. 

kucchi, m. & f. (sa. kukshi, m.) 
the belly, womb, uterus; acc, <^im, 
61,2i; — dbl. matu-kucchito, 62,9b; 
ahl. m. />.imha, 42,23; — loc. m. »x/is- 
mim, 38,9; .^..imJii, 61,8i; — inHtr. f. 
/viya (parihariiva) 62,a; — loc, f. 
/x/iyam (pakkhipitvi, „even if you 
had her inside you") 50,84. 

kujjhati, vh. (so, ykrudh) to be- 
come angry; pot. na kujjheyya, 
Dh. 224; aor. 2. pi. ma mayham 
.>.^ittha, 19,31 ; ger, ,^itva, 33,ie; a- 
kujjhitva, 67,25. -pp. kuddha (g. v.), 
cp. kujjhana, kodha. 

*kujjhai. a, n. becoming angry. 
— "-sila, mfn. prot.e to anger, irascible; 
f. pi. <%.a, 52,6. 

kufljara, m. (-- sa.) an elephant; 
voc. -^a, 77,3-4; pi. r^a, Dh. 322. 

kuti (& kuti), f. (sa. kuti) a hut, 
ahouoe; nom. r^i (channa) 104,22-25; 
Zoc. />^iyam, 14,i»; (eka-)gaiidha-kuti- 
yaiii (q. v.) 73,i7. 

ku^umba, n. (= sa.) household, 
iamiiy; acc. ->>aiii (vicarenti) 22,i5; 
(santhapetum) 66,e. 

kutumbik t, m. (— so. cp. ku- 
trtnbin) a householder, 'paterfamilias 
(tsp, of the miduie class, cp. Fick, Soo. 
61. 166); *nahapi'.a-'', m. 28,ib (v. h.). 

k una pa, n. (— » sa.) a corpse, a 
dead body ; vippKviddhf-naiia-kunapa- 
bharita, mfn. 65,io. 

kundala, w, (— sa.) a ring, ear- 
ring or bracelet; loc. pi. mani-kun- 
dalesa, precious ston^is and rings, 
i)h. 345. 

kundika; f. (-=- sa.) the water- 
pot of au ascotic; loc. ix/ayaiii, 110,38. 

kuto, adv. interr. (sa. kutas, ep. 
ku-) *) whence? from where? 21,8. 
55,8. 59,». 87,85. - *) how much less? 
(latin nedum) : na 8oko kuto bhayam 
(neither -- nor) Dh. 212. - a-kuto- 
bhaya, mfn. (q. v.). 

*kutta, n. (?) at the end of comp. 

— acting or performing the part of (?). 

— itthi-kutta- ^women's wiles", 21,i3. 
(kutta is explained in the commen- 
taries by -katam or kiriya, and is 
synon, w. kutti. /". (sa. krti ?) ; accord- 
ingly it is possibly derived from sa. 
suff. krt). 

kudacanaih, adv. (sa. kadScana) 
ever, at any time; w. negation =-• 
never at any time; na <-«/, 106,»8 — 
Dh. 6; ma -^, 106,J5 — Dh. 210. 
cp. kadaci. 

kuddha, mfn. (sa. kruddha, pp. 
y'krudh, v. kujjhati) angry; m. <%.o, 
67,28; instr. ,%.ena, 11,?; gen. /N/assa, 
11,6. — a-kuddha, mfn. (q. v.); cp. 

k u p i t a , mfn. (= sa. ; pp. kuppati, 
^kup) offended; angry; «». /^^o, 74,30. 
cp. kopa. 

kubbato, kubbanam, kubbe- 
tha, V. karoti. 

kuniara, m. (— sa.) a son, a 
young roan, prince; *"-kilam [katva] 
(having amused himself as prince, cp. 
kila) 44,20; *°-panha, n. the novice's 
questions, 82,i4; deva-kumara, a son 
of a god, /%/ vanni/i, mfn. 46,26 (v. h.). 

— kuniara is often used as last part 
of u worn. pr. — younger, junior, v, 
Ajatasattu-, Brahmadatta-, Siddha- 
ttha-, Silava-, Supparaka-, Susinm-. 
cp. kumari. 

*Kumara-ka8sapa, m. mm. pr. 
of a thera; -wO (vicitrakathi) 109,9. 

kumari. f. (^ sa.) a young girl; 
acc. r^^im (daharim) 47, 19. cp. ku- 
mara. - dimin. kumarika, f. (^ sa.) 
id. r^si, 86,36. 112,14; voc. .^e, 87,35; 
acc. o.-arii, 48, 19; instr, »N.-aya, 86,30. 

kumuda, n. (■=■ sa.) the white 
lotus; acc. ^&m. (saradikam) Dh. 286. 

— **'-na}a, m. a lotus-stalk, acc, rwam, 



5,18. — ♦"-patta-vanna, mfn. having 
the colour of the petals of the white 
lotus, ace, ph ~e (maBgala-sindhave") 

kumbha, m. (= sa.) *) a jar, 
pitcher; *°-'upama, mfn. like a jar 
(fragile), acc. /v^am (kayaiii) Dh. 40; 
— uda-", »l. a water-pot, ,>^o, Dh. 121. 
*) one of the frontal globes of an ele- 
phant; acc. (hatthissa) 77,i, 

kumbhila, m. {sa. kumbhira) a 
crocodile (of the Ganges); /vO, 2,a6, 
108,27 (ruddadassano); gen. pi, Ha- 
naro, 3,17. — *°-raja, m. I,i8 (voc.) 
cp. raja /I. 

kuru&ga, m. (sa, kuranga) a kind 
of antelope; *<'-miga, m. the k.-deer, 
f>^o, 11,24; ~jataka, p. 11 — 13. 
kurute, kurumana, v, karoti. 
kula, n. (= sa.) a family, house- 
hold; class or caste in general (v. Fick, 
Soc. 61. 22, cp. jati), and more espe* 
cially designation of a family of the 
numerous castes of the middle class 
(merchants and tradesmen, v. kula- 
dhitar & "-putta below); nom. tam 
kulam, Dh. 193; jati-gotta-kula-pa- 
desa, m. 43,8o (v. h.); para-kulesu 
(loc. pi.) „among other people", Dh. 
73; raja-kula, n. the king's palace, 
acc. rv&m (pavisitva) 68,17; abl. <x/ato, 
48,16; loc. ^e, 53,8o. — kassaka-", 
8,1s; vanija-'', 30,s; purana-settbi-", 
66,81 (v. /».). cp. upaUhaka-", 81, 11. 
kulin, mfn. (g. v.). 

kula-dhitar, /". (sa. kula-duhitr) 
the daughter of a respectable family 
(esp, of the middle class); acc, «<varari), 
87,18. cp. next. 

kula-putta, m. (so. kula-putra) 
a young man of respectable family 
(esp. of the middle class, cp. Fick, 
Soc, Gl. 164); ~o (setthi-putto) 
67,21 ; acc. t^am, 68,10; gen. -N/assa, 


^kula-santaka, mfn. belonging 
to one's family; acc, m. >v<am (naga- 
ram), 62,4. 

""k u 1 a 1 a , m. {cp. sa. kurara & krura) 
a hawk or falcon; gen. rvassa, 92,20, 

kulavaka, n. (sa. kulaya, m. + 

-ka) a nest; ,>^ka, f. (or pi.?) brood 

of birds (= supanna-potaka, Comni.) 

60,16 (cp. SN. I," p, 8,1 flf.) — viku- 

lava, mfn. (q. v.Y 

kulin, mfn. (— sa.) belonging to 

a noble family; *a-kuli«, of base ex- 

tractiou, 102,4 (q. v.). 

*Kuveni, f, nom. pr. of a female 

yakkha; o/i nama yakkhini, 111,5. 
kusa, m. (sa. kuQa) the Kusa-graas 

(Poa CynoBuroides); 1^0, 26,2o; Dh. 

311 (duggabito hattham auukantati^ ; 

nila-kusa-tina, m. dark K.-grass, «^am, 


kusagga, n. (sa. kugagra) the 

sharp point of a blade of Kusa-grass; 

instr. /N^ena (bhuiijetha bhojanam, 

like an ascetic) Db. 70. 

♦Kusamala, m. (?) nom. pr. of 

an ocean; acc. ovarii (nama samuddam) 

26,19. = Kusamalin, m. (?), 26,22 (^ 

maliti vuccati), cp, Aggimala. 
kusamudda, m, v. ku-. 
kusala, mfn. (sa. kuQala) good, 
right; clever, skilful; m. />/0, Dh, 44; 
n. ovarii, 4,82 (sace . . ., icc-etam ku- 
salam); acara-kusala, mfn. perfect in 
behaviour, m. r^o,,i>h. 376; para- 
ppavada-**, skilled in disputation, m. 
0^0, 110,9; ^e«. j?Z. kusala-kusalanam 
kammanaiii, good and bad deeds, 97, is. 
— subst. n, a good thing, good things, 
good deeds, merit; nom, /^am, 97, 12; 
>vBm bahum, Dh. 63; acc. /warn 
katva, 58,12 ; instr, <s/ena, Dh. 173; 
gen, .vassa, Dh. 183. - a-kusala, . 
mfn. (q, v.). 

Kusinara, f. (sa. Ku^inagara) 
nom. pr. of a town in Northern India, 
the capital of the Mallas, where Buddha 
died; ,^a, 78,27; acc.^f^&m nagaram, 


kusita, mfn. (sd, kusida) idle, 
lazy; m. ~o (synon. ^inaviriyo) Dh, 
112. 280; acc, ~am, Db. ,7. cp. 

kusuma, n. (= sa.) a flower; 
mluppaladi-kusuma-dama-, 47,is, 

'*'kuhiiu, adv. interr, (cp. kabam 



& ^a. kuha) *) wheret<t? /^ me puttam 
neoi, 59,1 ; >^ gantva, 72,i. - *) where? 
46,5 (/>^ me rna'a); 94,i8 («. upa- 

*kuhinci, aiiv, f/r. last, cp. sa. 
kuhaoid) to aiy placr;; na ix/. nowhere, 
Dl). 180. 

ku^a', mfn. ('- sa.) false, deceit- 
fu'. — *kutaUa, m. false suit (cp. 
a.\i\&^)\ "-karaka, m. a false suitor, 
pi. /va, 42,29. 

ku^a*, m. & n. (— 8a.) summit, 
ueak; kala-pasana-kuta-vanna, w/n. 
24,21 ; gaha-kutam,. M. Dh. 154; pab- 
bata-kuta, m. pi. 75,8c. cp. Gijjha- 

kupa^, m. (^= sa.) a^hole, — loma* 
kupa, m. a pore of the shia; "-mattam 
pi, 16,10 {y. matta'). 

kupa* & kupaks,, m. (= sa.) 
the mast of a ship; kilpagge, on the 
top of the mast, 18,6 (v. agga); pi. 
kupaka (tayo) 28,s9. 

kula, n. (= sa.) the bank of a 
river; loc. nadi-kule, 108,24; para- 
kule, on the opposite ba'nk, 108,19. — 
paihsu-kula, n, {v. h.). 

kedara, ♦». (=^ sa.) a field; instr. 
pi. ^ehi, 66,30. 

kevala, mfn, (— sa.) ') alone, 
only. *) whole, entire, all; ace, m, 
/N^arii (dhammam) 109,9&; gen, .x^assa 
(dukkhakkhandassa) 66,ii-i7. 

kevalam, adv. (= sa.) only, 
merely; if only; 88,a«; 11, is. 

kesa, m, & n. {sa. kepa fn.) the 
hair of the head; ace. rs.<am (ekam) 
46,28; pi. m. -^a, 63,ii. 82,2. 97,i8; 
pi. n, nwiini (kalani) 47,i; gen. /s^a- 
nam, 44,24; loc. ^esu (gahetva, by 
the hair) 111,24. — palita-kesa, mfn. 
63,9; muiija-kesa, mfn. 21,85; hata- 
hata-kesa, nfn. 71,?« (g. v.) cp, vi- 

ko, pron. intetr, m., v. kim. 
koci(d), pron. indef. m. (subst. 
or adj. — sa. ka?.-cid) [n. kinci, q. 
v.] some, any, anybody; w. negation 
= nobody; koci (agunavadi) 43,5; 
kooid eva, only some few, 88,94; 

kooid eva satto, id. 89,i; kooid eva 
puriso, some man or other, 99, it. 
100,11; koci (puriso) few persons = 
nobody, Dh. 143 ; - na koci, nobody, 
8,3. 72,81; koci na, 18,29; ma koci, 
68,8; koci kinci vattum na visahati, 
87,2i; - ace. kanci (a-passitva, a- 
disva) 13,6. 42,3i. 43,6; ma ~, Dh. 
133; - instr. kenaci (asucina) a-mak- 
khito, 62,29; ~ (na sakka puilnam 
samkhatum) Dh. 196; - gen. kassaci 
(pi na) 17,18; ->/ an-agamanabhavam, 
40,11; na ~, 66,95. 106,8; -combined 
w. other pron. : na aniio koci, nobody 
else, 61,8. yo koci (samano) which- 
soever, 110,8; pi. ye keci pana . . . te 
sabbe, 91, 1; ye keci pathavitthita. 
„any earthly being", 110,ii. 

*koiica^, nt. or «. (?) name of a 
certain sound, a cry, roar, esp, the 
roaring or trumpeting of an elephant 
(also written kunca (& kufija) cp, 
V'kuc & v^kvij & kuiijara; Jat. VI, 
681,18. V, 49,16. VI, 638,8); konca- 
nada, m. the trumpeting of an ele« 
phant, ace. r^'Am naditva, 61,i9. 

kofica^ m. (sa. kraunca) a kind 
of heron; pi. jinna-koncii, old herons, 
Dh. 166. 

ko^i, f. (= sa.) ^) end, top, point; 
loc. ,M..iyam thito. last, 17,8. - *atthi- 
koti, the end of a bone, acC. rwim, 
13,20. — vema-**, the part of a loom 
that is moved, loc. .^iyaiil, 89,6. — 
^) the highest number (10 millions); 
asiti-koti-vibhava, mfn. (g. v.). 

ko^eti. vb. (sa. Vkutt) to crush, 
pound, grind; ger. ,-vetva (tandule) 
57,20. (cp. akoteti). 

*kottha(ka)S m. (Birm. read, 
ko^taka, which is probably the true 
spelling, cp. kotteti) a certain bird., 
a woodpecker, v, rukkha-kotthaka 
(cp. Jat. Vr, 639,9; Ind. Stud. Ill, 
128; Five Jat. p. 36). 

kotthaka*, m. n. {sa. ko8hta(ka)) 
a surrounding wall, any enclosed space, 
reservoir, receptacle for, store-room; 
dvara-kotthaka, 48,S2 {v. h.). 

*kotth.nsa, w(. a part, portion; 



ace, ovarii (ekam, one half part) 58,a»; 
pi. r\^a. (dve, two companies) 33,2o; 
ib, so (-= two portions); ace, pi. ^e, 


•Kotthita, m. of a thera; 
/S.0 (patisambhida [aggo]) 109,io. 

kodanda, »i, (= sa.) a kind of 
bow; rw.0, 92,15. 

kodba, »». {sa, krodha) anger; 
ace. n^&m, 44,8, 106,83 = Dh. 222. - 
a-kkodha, m. mildness (g, v.). - 
kodha-vagga, m. the XVIlth chapter 
of Dh. cp. kujjhati. 

kodhana, mfn. {sa. krodhana) 
angry. — a-kkodhana, mfn, free from 
auger {q, v.). 

kopa, m, {= sa.) anger; ace, 
' akatva, without getting angry 
{opp. metta) 40,7. cp. kupita. 

kolahala, m. (= sa.) uproar, 
turmoil ; ace, ^am (katva) 73,2a. 

kovida, mfn, {= sa.) skilled, 
learned in {gen, or comp.)\ ace. m. 
o^am (maggatnaggassa) Dh. 403; 
Sambuddha-mata-^ (saihgham) ex- 
perienced in the doctrines of Buddha, 
114,13; uirutti-pada-kovida, Dh, 352. 

(3. f.). 

kosajja, n. {sa, kausidya; cp, 
kusita) indolence, sloth; /v^aib, Dh. 

Kosala, m. (= sa.) mm. pr. of 
a people and its country (north of the 
Ganges). — "-rattha, .w. the kingdom 
of K. loc. rs/e, 30,89. — "-raja, m. the 
king of K. 43,16; gen. -raniio, 31,i. 
- "-rajja-samiko, id. 43,»s. 

kosiya, m. {sa. kaugika) an owl 
(= ulnka); «x/0, ll,io. 

klesa, V. kilesa. 


kbagga, m. {sa. kbadga) a sword; 
ace. /vam (gahetva) 33,»4; "-talena, 
with the flat of the sword, 41, se. - 
ma&gala-**, a sword of state, ace, 
<wuu, 41,18. 


*kha.jjopanaka, >«. (akin to sa. 
khajyotis, khadyota etc.) a firefly; 
"-sadisa, m. pi. like fireflies, 72,S9. 

k b a n a . »i. (so. kshana) ') an instant, 
moment, the ripht moment, ^o, 108, o 
(ma upaccaga); ace. tarn kbanarii 
yeva, just at that moment, iustautly, 
17,81. 32,30. 63,18; loc. tasmiiii khane, 
by this time, 12,8o; khane khane, from 
time to time, Dh. 239; comp. w. vb, 
nouns or part, : vanditva (hita-kkbane, 
87,88; khanatita, mfn. who allows the 
right moment to pass, pi. <^&, 108,7. 

— ') leisure, state of rest; ace, ovarii 
parara, {synon, santi). 

kbanati, vb, {sa, ykban) to dig, 
dig up; pr. 3. sg. /N^ati (mulaiii) Db. 
247; imp, 2. pi. <N/atha (do.) 108,*; 
ger. /^itva (avate) 39,32. This verb is 
sometimes written kbanati, cp. Olden' 
berg, KZ. XXV (1881) p. 326. 

khanda, *)»». n, (= sa.) a piece, 
fragment, section of a book; n, puva- 
khandam, a morsel of cake, 63,i8. — 
') mfn, broken ; **'-danta, mfn, „bro- 
ken-toothed", acc. m. >vam, 63,8. 

khandeti, vb, {denom. fr. prec., 
sa. khandayati) to break, to inter- 
rupt; — to renounce, to remit (acc); 
ger, yetanam <%/etva (in stead oi), 


kbattiya, «». f. {snbst, <& adj.., 
sa. kshatriya) one who belongs to the 
warrior (or royal) caste; (>wO, 92,io. 
107,21 = Db. 387; rajano khattiye 
{ace. pi.), „valiant kings", Dh. 294. 

— '"-kanfia, f, a maid of that caste, 
64,11 ; /v/adinara, 47,i5. — *"-sukhu- 
mala, m. „a delicate prince", 97,33. 

k hat turn, indecl. {sa. krtvas) a 
suffix of numeral adverbs, implying 
multiplication (ntiraes"); v, ti-kkhat- 

kbanati, vb., v. kbanati. 

khanti, f. {sa. kshanti) ') patience, 
forbearance, forgiveness; "-mettanud- 
daya-sampanno, 7,i8. 38,i5; nom, 
khanti, Dh. 184. - *»-bala, mfn, 
whose strength is patience, acc. m, 
fs^&m, Dh. 399. cp. khamati. — *) 



acqniesoing in, belief, faith, v. afifia- 
khantika, mfn. 

khandha, m. (sa. skandha) ')the 
shoulder; loc. /v-e ^karitva) 71,28; 
(-varanassa) 46,si; hatthi-", on the 
back of an elephant, 102,J3. — *) a 
stem, a mass, multitude ; v. aggi-kkhan- 
dha, mani-kkhandha. — ') in the dog- 
matics : ») aggregation ; dukkha-kkban- 
dha. aggregation of misery, ace. rv&m, 
108,»i!; gen. r^a,8S& (samudayo, niro- 
dho) 66,11-18; — '') pi. ^a, the five 
constituent elements of a human being, 
viz. rupa, vedana, saiina, saihkhara, 
vinfiana {q. v.) 94,8-io. 96,9. i6. i8. 19; 
99,97 (in one comp.)) paflc' upadana- 
kkbandha, „the fivefold clinging to 
existence", 67,ii. 82,ioi loc, kwCSU, 
98,31 (santesu, </. «.); gen. .>.^anam, 
Dh. 374 (udayE,vyayaih); — *khan- 
dha-disa, mfn. '.ike the elements of 
the body, pi, ,>,h (dikkhil, q. v.) Dh. 

kliamati, v?». (sc;. i/ksham) *)tobe 
patient, 'Endure; to forgive anything 
((icc.)i imp. 2. &g. kbarna (ekapara- 
dham) 47,8. — ■*) to b« fit, to seem 
good to (gen.); yatha te khanieyya 
(pot, 3. sg. „a8 may seem good to 
you") 94,98. — cans, v, next, (cp, 
khaflti, f,) 

khainapeti, vb, {cans. II. kha- 
TOati) to propitiate, conciliate; to ask 
onu's (t/m.) pardon : ger. /^etvfi (rS- 
janaih) 41,96. 

khaya, n, (aa. kshaya) loss, de- 
struction, extinction; ace. <^&m. (tan- 
hanam) Dh. 154; a^l, f^a. (sabba- 
mannitanam etc.) 94,i2. — asava- 
kkhaya, jati-", jivita-" {v. h.)\ tanha- 
kkhaya (v. tanha) cp. khiyati. 

kbara', mfn. (= sa.) hard, rough, 
sharp, painful; m. «^o (abadho) 78,2i; 
/'. pi, rwa (vedana) 13,i3 ; (sakkhara- 
kathala-valika) 97,35. 

khara*, m. (= sa.) a donkey (= 
gadrabha), a mule. — *"-putta, m. a 
derisive name of a sindhava (q, «.), 
64,19 (voc); Khara-putta-jataka, n. 
p. 62 ff. 

khalu, indecl. (= sa., generally 
contracted tokho, q.v.) indeed, surely; 


khanu(ka), v, khanuka. 

khadaka, m. (= sa,) an eater, 
eating (at the end of eomp,) ; instr. pi. 

khadati, «6. (sa. ykhad) i) to eat. 
») to chew (e. g, tambulam), to gnaw 
(asunder), to grind one's teeth (dante). 
*) to destroy. — pr, 3, sg, ^ati, 13.S3 
rvana-mahisam) ; 106, 19 = Dh. 240 
(destroys); 1. sg, n^ami, 13,i6 (== ftit,); 
3, pi, r^aati (sassani^ 7,86; — imp, 
3. sg, kliada (puvaifa) 67,36; 2. pi, 
/vatha, 6,10 (maiiisath), 21,s (kha- 
daniyam); —part, gen. m, (^antassa, 
53,18; f. pi. /^antiyo (dante) 66,6; - 
pot. 3. sg. ciram khadeyya (might long 
have eaten) 9,i; 2. sg. .^eyyasi, 13, 15; 
2. pi. rveyyatha, 14,2o; — fiit. 1. sg. 
rvissami, 4,2-12; 8. pi. .^issanti, 21,3o; 

— aor, 3, pi, /x/iifasu, 22,ii; — inf. 
rvitum, 1,16. 12,7 (camma-varattam) ; 

- ger. ^itva, 2,21 (phalani); 41, i4 
(tambulam). — grd. ») khaditabba; 
tumhehi khaditabbaharato datva, 
„giving food from your own table", 
14,19; *>) kbadauiya (q. v.); — pp. 
kbadita (q. v.); — cans, khadapeti 
(q. V.) cp. khadaka, »». 

khadaniya, n. (sa, khadaniya, 
grd, fr, khadati) hard or solid food 
(opp. bhojaniya, q, v.)\ ace. ^aiii 
(khadantassa) 63, u ; 78,i; khadaniya- 
bhojaniyam, 18,8o. 

khadita, mfn, (pp. khadati) 
eaten, gnawed asunder; m. pi. ^a 
(inaccha) 6,9; f, pi. ,N.a (varatta) 
12,20. — *''-tthana, n. eating-place, 
ace. r^&m, 62,». 

*khanuka, m. (often written klia- 
nuka, fr. khanu or khanu (^/kshan?) 
cp. Prakr. khanu, sa. sthanu, Tr. PM. 
68. Note 6, Pischel, Gr." § 309.) a 
stump or trunk; loc. ^e, 12,25. 

khayati, vb. (pass, ^khyii. sa, 
khyayate) to seem to be (nom.), to 
have the aspect of, to appear as (viya) ; 
pr, 3. sg. r^ati (uccataro) 3,i; part. 



med. (x-mana, ace, »i. ^am (veluva- 
narh viya) 26,25; aor. 3. pi. rJimsn 
(aditta-geha-sadisa viya) 65,ii. 

khari. f. (= sa.) a certain measure 
of capacity (of grain etc.); the provi- 
sions of an ascetic, worn by means of 
a yoke (*khari-kaja, m. (or -kaca, cp. 
sa. kaca)) = *khari-bhara, m. 30,i7 
(vattito -^o) cp. 8BE, XIII, 132. 

khitta, mfn, (pp, khipati, sa. 
kshipta) thrown, cast; »». (n/O (rajo 
pativgtam) Dh. 125. ratti-khitta, 
shot by night, m, pi, ,vg (sara) Dh. 

khipati, vb. (sa. ykship) to throw, 
cast; pr, 3. sg. <vati (pasake) 48,b; 
(dajbain da^hassa, to repel force by 
force) 44,1 ; — fut, 1. sg, <vi88ami 
(bhumiyam sisam te) 5,u; — aor, 3, 
sg, kliipi (khuracakkam tassa sise) 
24,4; 111,13-14; 3, pi, rwimsu (tam 
samudde) 23,u; — ger. /x/itva, 69,S2; 
- pp. khitta (q. v.); — cans, khepeti 
& khipapeti (q, v.) ep, khipana, 

*khipana, n. (fr. khipati) the 
act of throwing or the state of being 
thrown; raiifia (instr.) pasaka-khi- 
pana-kale, when the king was throwing 
the dice, 48,ts. 

*khipapeti, vb. (caus, II, khi- 
pati) to cause to be thrown or cast; 
aor. 3. sg. r^eai (a6ure Sineru-papate) 
69,26; ger. <wetva (jalam, flowered a 
net") 26,1. 

khippam, adv, (sa, kshipram) 
quickly; 27,i7. Dh. 137. 

khila, m. (= sa.) stubbornness, 
obduracy; vigata-khila, mfn. free from 
stubbornness, m, <^o, 104,24. 

khina, mfn. (sa. kshlna; pp. 
khiyati) destroyed; exhausted, sub- 
dued; n. .>.«aih (mayham kammam) 
24,1 ; f. /v-a (jati) 71,i6. - khinusava, 
mfn. having subdued the passions (v. 
asava). — **'-iEaccha, mfn. without 
fishes, loc. n. /s^e (pallale) Db. 165. 

khiyati, vb, (pass. \/kshi, sa, 
kshiyate) to perish, to waste away; 
part, med. (vmana, loc, pi, n, ^esu 

fmamsesu) 103,2i; fut. 8. sg, n^ieanti 
(dhanam) 48,ii. - pp. khina, v. above, 
subst. m. khaya, q. v. (cp. khepeti). 

khira, n. (sa. kshira) milk; nom. 
ace. /vam, 26,ti-i3; (matu >x/) 24,82; 
(duyhamanam) 99,28; 106,2i = Dh. 
71; — *duddha-khira, mfn. one who 
has milked, 104, 21 (m. 1^0). — khiro- 
daka, «, milk-water (v. udaka). — 
*°-ghata, m. a pot of milk, ace. /»/am, 
101,26. - *"-paka, mfn, drinking milk, 
■uoking, m. rvO (vaccho matari) Dh. 
284 (var, khira-pano). "-paiiiriiw, 
m, (sa. kshira-par^in) name of a tree 
whose leaves contain a milky sap, 
Galotropis gigantea, gen, t^\no, 92,iT. 

khila, m. (sa, kila & khila) a 
pin, stake, post; pi, /va (nikbata) 
106,17. inda-khila, q. v, 

khuda, /*. (sa, kshudh & kshudha) 
hunger; v. khuppipasa. 

khudda & khuddaka, mfn, (sa, 
kshudra(ka)) small, little, low; trifling, 
insignificant ; gen. masc. rwkassa (mata, 
mother of the little child) 99,n. — comp, 
°-niancaka, m. a small or low bed, 
loc, i^e, 42,1; repeated in a dvandva- 
comp, U), anu inserted : khuddanu- 
khuddakani (n. pi,) sikkbapadani 
samuhantu (saihgho), the order may 
in the course of time abolish some 
precepts or other that are of minor 
consequence, 79,i2. 

*Khudda(ka)-Nikaya, m. name 
of a collection of canonical books (the 
fifth of the five KikSyas) comprising 
the foil, books : Khuddaka-Patha, 
Dhammapada, (Udana), (Itivuttaka), 
Sutta-Nipata, (Vimana-Vatthu), 
(Peta-Vatthu) Thera-Gatha, Theri- 
Gatha, Jataka, (Niddesa), (Pati- 
sambhida-Magga), (Apadana), (Bud- 
dha-Vamsa), Cariya-Pitaka. Spe- 
cimens of these books are found in 
the Reader, except those put within 
parentheses. The name Khuddaka- 
Nikaya is probably due to the title 
of its first section, viz. Khuddaka- 
PStha; nom, Khuddanikayo, 102,ie. 

*Khuddaka-Patha, m, name 




of the fltat section of Khuddaka-NikSya; 
Bpeoime&B thereof p, 82,'i-u. 

k h u p p i p S B a, /". (sa. kshut-pipSsS, 
cp. khuda) hunger and thlrit; >vu 
(tatiya sena MSrassaJ 103,80. *<*-ftbhi- 
bhuta, mfn., v. abhiuhavati. 

khura, m. (sa. khura & kshura) 
*) the hoof of an animal. *) a razor; 
*''-cakka, n. a wheel sharp as a razor, 
nom, ace. ,^am, 23,3o-s6; — *khura- 
nasa, mfn. {cp. $a. khura-nasa) having 
R nose like a razor, m. pi. ^a (maccha) 
25,23; "-nasika, mfn. id. pi, /^a (ma- 
nussa) 26,26. cp. next. 

khurappa. »». {sa. khurapra & 
kshurapra) a kind of arrow; ace, ^aiii, 


*Khuramala, »».(?) name of an 
ocean ; •'-saraudda, tK. 25,82 {ace. o^aih). 
- *Khurainali(n), m. (?) id. 26,si 
{cp. Aggimala). 

khetta, n, {aa. kshetra) a field; 
r^&m, 100,87 (daddham); ace. ^aih, 
8,7; 100,86 (daneyya); pi. o^ani (tina- 
dosani) Dh. 366; loc. r^esu, 8,9; 
sali-yava-khettesu, 8,i8. — *khetta- 
gopaka, m, a field-watcher; gen. 
<-..^assa, 14,2s, — khet'.a-pala, »i. id. 
gen, ~assa, 16,ii. — "-rakkbaka, m. 
(.sa. kshetra-raksha) id. pi. ^a, 8,18. 
'- *'*-samika, m. the owner of the field. 

rs/O, 100,86. 

khepa, m, {sa. kshepa, cp. khi- 
pati) 'throwing, casting'; loss; *citta- 
kkhepa, m. {cp. sa. mana^i-kshepa) 
;o88 of mind, perplexity; ace. (%/aiii, 
Dh. 138, 

khepeti, t)6, (caws. khipati,\/k8hip) 
*) to throw ftvay, to do away with 
(act'.). ^) to puss or -vhile away (kSluifa, 
ayuih etc.] ; ger. .%.etva (dighnm, having grown old (?) 
Of long time after, 44,21-23. In 
this sense TretiCkner takes it = sa, 
kshapayati, ykshi, PM. 76,s8. {cp, 

khema, m,''n. {sa. Ifshema) safe, 
giving tranquillity, security & happi- 
ness; n. rx^am. (saranaih) 107,3i = 
Dh. 189—92. - siibst, w., safety, 

tranquillity, happiness fof NibbBna); 
yoga-kkhema, n. {v. fc.). 

khemin, mfn. {sa. kshemm) en- 
Joying security or peace; m. is^l, Dh. 

258. , , , 

khe|a (or khela), m, {sa. kheta, 
cp. kshveda) phlegm, saliva; /n/O, 
82,5 = 97,28; instr, ^ena, 57,2*. - 
paggharita-", mfn. „with trickling 
phlegm", f pi. -x/a, 66,5. - *<'-mal- 
laka, m. a spitting-box, nwO, 84,i5. 

- vi-kkhe}ika, mfn, {q. v.) cp, lala 
& next. 

*khelapaka, m. (t>ar. khelasika, 
fr. khela + \/ap or a-\/pa) lit. 'whose 
teeth water', or 'eating spittle' 0: a 
covetous person or a lick-spittle (?), 
used as a term of abuse of Devadatta; 
gen. -^assa, 74,28. <'-vada, m. use of 
the abusive term khelapaka, calling 
one by that name; instr. ,^ vadena, 
74,29. {cp. 8BE. XX, 239; Dhp. (1855) 
p. 143.) 

klio, adv. (before vowels sometimes 
khv'-, sa, khalu) an enclitic particle 
of ascertainment or emphasis : indeed, 
verily, truly; kho 'ti avadharanani, 
85,34; abhabbo o.., 69,37; pasada /n^, 
79,39; avyakatam .-v, 89,23; — after 
pron, : mayhaiii f^, 2,29; ete <x/, 66,28; 
idara ow, 67,8; so ca rw, 61, 31 (et 
quidem); yo ~ evam vadeyya, 92,2; 

- after a negation : na <^, 28,i4; no 
ca khv'assa, 90,35; ma rw, 32,26; 
ma h'evam rv, 90,24; — combined w. 
foil, panaina sakka kho pana, 7,8; 
na .-V pana, 9,31. 79,4; api ca kho 
pana, 32,25; yatha ^ pana, 79,6; siya 
~ pana; 79,3; — following other par- 
ticles (atha, pi etc.) esp. in historical 
exposition = now, now further ; atha 
kho, 66,3. 76,9. 89,19; tatra kho, 66,24; 
tapi kho, 22,10; te pi kho, 74,4; Bo- 
dhisatto pi kho, 34,i; api ca kho, 
97,1 ; evam bhante ti kho, 76,i4; - 
in interr. sentences (after nu) i kin 
nu kho, 1,81. 89,33; kacci nu «^, 3,5; 
atthi nu rv, 14,36: kahan nu «^, 34,ii. 
{cp, kluilu.) 



ga, Mi/V». (= sa., only at the end 
of comp.) going; v. atiga, anuga, 
dugga, paraga. 

tranga, f. (= sa.) nom. pr., the 
river GaDges;; ace. ,^am (adho 
-x/, q,y.) 14,s4; loc. ~aya, 1,5; para- 
Gafigaya. on the other side of the G., 
1,14; — *"-nivattane, loc, in a curve 
of the river, 1,4. 

gacchati, vb. (sa. Vgam) to ro, 
to move, start, go away ; to go to (w. 
acc. or adv. (tattha etc, or santikam 
w. gen.); gahetva r%., to go away with; 
- pr. 3. sff. /vati, 6,8 (migavam); 
6,3t (gahetva); 7,8o (santikaih^; 47,>o 
etc.;>s^m, 1,17 (=/"M^); 88,14 
(gacchasUi janatha, you know where 
1 am going); 1, sg. /N^ami, l.aa. 9,ii. 
69,10 (Bhagavantam saranaih); 78,39 
(^am'aham); 5. pi. rvanti, 19,»4; 
104,9 (yena, sc. maggena); 1. pi. 
/vaina (let us go) 39,i4; — part. m. 
-x/anto, 9,11. 34,4 (on his way); acc. 
o^antaih, 2,97; loc. ^ante (kale) 14,i5. 
102,4; f. fwanti, 49,8; m. pi. r^anta, 
6,14; gen. m. pi. o^antanam, 9,i6; 
part. med. f. o^amana, 87,33; f. pi. 
(id.) 23,18; — imp. 2. sg. •) gaccha, 
2,13. 7,1 (/x<tvam); 75,6 (gacchavuso); 
'') gacchahi, 4,i9. 6,35; 2. pi. ~atha, 
4,15. 8,3; —pot. 3. sg. <x/eyya (naga- 
raih pattharitva („would spread 
through the town") 66,84; parinamam 
<N^ (yassa), could be digested (by) 78,i7; 
2. sg. rweyyasi, 7,39; — fut. •) 3. sg, 
gamissati, 58,i4; 2. sg. *vasi, 7,96. 
77,«. 87,86; 1. sg. /%^aini, l,i7. 4,36j 
23,7 (/%/ain'eva); 101,97 (sve gahetva 
f^ „I will come to-morrow and take 
if); 3, pi, ^anti, 104,io; «^ama, 
6,88. 22,4; - •>) 2. pi. gacchissatha, 
21,8; — aor. •) 3. sg. a-gama (na- 
bhasa-) lll,r, - >") 8. sg. a-gamasi, 
2,4. 87,94; 3. pi. a-gamaiii8u, 8,30. 
23,90 ; - ')2, sg. ma garni, 23,7; 2. 
pi, ma gamittha, 39,i7; — *) 3. sg. 
a-gancbi (naganchi, 20,8o, probably 
from a-gacchati, q. v.) cp. Tr. PM. 

p. 71 — 74; - inf. ganturii, 35, 3«. 62,5; 
comp. gantu-kama, mfn. desiring to 
go; m. /s/O, 50,0 (cp. kama); pi. >x<a, 
4,18;- (/er. gantva, l,i3. 89,7 (moving); 
104,10; a-gantva (not going) 39,(i. 
42,27; — grd. gantabba, mfn, r^am 
(n.) 83,2; —pp. gala (v. h.) cp. ga, 
gati, gama, gamana, gamika, garaiH. 
gana, >«. (= sa.) a flock, com- 
pany, multitude, number, (herd, swarm); 
mostly at the end of comp, amacca-**, 
39,28; go-gane (acc. p?.) 21,4; dasi-", 
21,1; deva-ganena(ms<r.) 60,93; dvija- 
gana (nom. pi.) 7,ao; — bhamara- 
ga^a (do.) 62,19; miga-ganam (acc) 
6,11 1 saku^a-gapa (pi.) 10,7. cp. next. 
gani)i, mfn. (= sa.) one who has 
attendants; m. uaha-gam, a great 
teacher, 109,i7 (Anuruddlio); m. pi, 
gani (thera), teachers, 109,8i. 

ganeti, vb. (sa. \/gan) to count, 
number, reckon ; part. m. sg, ganayaiil 
(gavo) Dh. 19. 

*ganthika, f. (fr, sa. granthi, 
m.) a knot, tie; acc. >^&m (patimun- 
citva) 82,28. cp. gandika. 

ganda, m. (= sa.) ') the cheek. 
*) a boil, pimple ; a bump ; ^0 (ut^hahi) 

*g a n d i k ii , /". (or gandi, also written 
ganthi & ganthika, cp. sa. gandi(ka)) 
a block; dhainma-gandika, f. a block 
for execution, shambles; loc. rs^&ya. 
(sisaih thapetva) 6,27; "-tthana. n. 
the place of execution, loc. o.^e, 6,25. 
ganbati (& ganhati), (sa. ^grah) 
to take, seize (acc.) ; to catch, capture, 
14,94. 32,90. 39,15; to acquire, obtain, 
get, 33,9,->. 52,17. 55,16; to take pos- 
session of, to conquer, win, 35,i9. 39,8. 
59,89; to keep, retain, 33,»9. 49,9i; 
to receive, adopt, 113,18; to assume, 
put on, 58,16; to follow, obey, 9,ie. 
52,83; to choose, 10,8-96; to take upon 
one's self, 7,ip. 17,i6, — pr. 2. pi, 
ganhatha, 33,s; 1. pi. /s/ama (let us 
capture) 39,i6; — part. m. ganbanto 
(macche) 14,24; (gocaram, seeking 
food) 62,17; acc. f. .N/antim (attano 
vacanam a>ganhautiin, disobeying) 



52,8s; — imp, 2. ig. ganha, 1,»( gan- 
hahi, 3,ir; 3. 8g. r^&tu, 10,8. 102,»8; 
3. pi. />^atha (niulena, buy it) 18,io; 
3. pi. ^antu, 39,17; — pot. 8. ag, 
ganheyya, 12,8s; :'. sg. />.fiyyara, 33,82; 

- fut. ») 1. sg, gf.nessami, 39,8; •>) 5. 
sg. ganhissati, 65,8; 2. sg, .^issasi, 
4,28. 2ij,32; 1. sg. «x<ii8aaii, 2,3i. 29,4. 
39,u. b5,£2; .x^iisama, 6,8. 36,22; 

- or. ») 3, 5^. aggahi, 118,i»i 8. pi. 
oggahum, 114,3o; '') 3. sg. aggahesi, 
62)19; ") 5. sg. ganhi Ojatisandhim. 
was born) 6,S5; (manavikam hatthe) 
51,21 ; 40,19. 59,2; 2. sg. ganhi, 69,2o; 
.*. pi. fviifasu, 18,2P, 22,6. 33,8; 2. pi. 
«^iUha. 18,93. 33,1 ; — inf. ») gahetura 
(sa. grahitum) 4,34. 36,8; '■) ganhiturii, 
1,9. 13,u (gocararh, lo est); - ger. ») 
gahatva (so. grhitva) 1,23. 4,8. 15. 98. 
7,<o (tassa santaksih mai-anam); 8,20 
(nivasam); 12,8; IT.ic (arakkhara 
(te, gen.) to guard); 22,32; 24,2? 
(hatthim ~ agate, those who had 
brought the elephant); '') ganhitva, 
4,19; —pass, (gayhati), part, gayha- 
mana; >>i/ka, mfn. being captured, 
loc, pi. rvesu (vat^akesu) 88,34; - 
pp. galiita & gahita (v. h.). — caus. 
V. ganhapeti & galiapeti. cp. gaha", 
gahana, gaha, gahin. 

ganhapeti, vb.(caus. 7/. ganliati) 
to cause to be taken or beized; to pro* 
cure (ace.)', part. m. ^x-ento (akala- 
phalani) 37, le; ger. ,>.etva, 39,3o. cp, 

gat a, tnfn. (pp. gacchati) gone 
(away), arrived at, directed towards, 
fallen into (ace. or comp.), pften used 
as finite tense = went, ha^ gone; wi. 
gato, 2,15. 3,28; f. ^fi (kahaih gatfisi) 
49,e ; upari - pasada - vara- tala - gata, 
ascended on, 64,i2; n, r^&m (patitva 
o., fell away) 13,2o; sitbst. n. gatam 
=^ ganianaiii, 51, 31. 62,i; instr. ».ena 
(kin te anfiattlia <%.■ nwhy go else- 
where for thatV") 49, ib; loe, m. ,>..e 
(suriye atthaiii) J2,29; m. pi, ,^5, 
26,3. 109,3 (gunaggatarfi, ^. v.)\ loc, 
pl. ^esu (pannitthitiiii, fuUfllled) 
1 14,31 ; — gata-tthfina, n, == gata- 

bhava, 19,i8 (y. thana); gata-gata- 
t^hane (loc.) wherever he went, 8,it; 
gata-gata-kaie, whenever he went, 
20,4. — comp. V. addha-gata, 74,«i 
(cp. gataddhin below); ujju-», Dh. 
108; kaya-o, Dh. 293; ditthi-", 90,95; 
nitthafl-gata. Dh. 361 {v. nittha, f.); 
para-o, 104,3o; parami-". 109,si; 
Buddha-o, Dh. 296; vi8amkhara-<*, 
Dh. 154. - a-gata, mfn. not gone to. 
not yet frequented ; ace. f. -N/aril disarii 
(Nibbana) Dh. 323; purisantararii 
a-gatam matugamam „a maid that 
has not seen another man", 48,ii. cp. 
duggata. -saha-gata, su-gata, sugatin. 

*gataddhiH, mfn. (cp. sa. gata- 
dhvan) one who has finished his jour- 
ney (= addha-gata. v, addhan); 
gen. m, rwino, Dh. 90. 

gati, f. (= sa.) going, moving; 
course, way, esp. the course of fate 
(the five gatis are the several modes 
of receiving existence after death, viz. 
in hell, among animals, petaa, men, or 
devas, cp, next)\ nom. /^i (sakunta- 
naiii ak.^se) Db. 92 ; atta hi attano 
gati, Dh. 380 (refuge); gati papika. 
the evil way (hell) Dh. 310; ace. 
/viiii, Dh. 420. — a-gati, f. not ad- 
mission; ^ tava tattha, there you 
cannot come, 72,8. — variika-gati. 
adj. f, 48,0 (v. h.). cp. duggati, su- 
gati (suggati). 

gatika, mfn. (sa, gatika, n.) at 
the end of comp. = having a certain 
gati (q. v.); niyata-", mfn. whose 
path is certain, f, ^a, 87,30 ; a-niyata-", 
87,29 {v. h.). 

gatta, «. (sa, gatra) the body; 
ace. f^&m, 84,9; abl. />^ato, 84,8. - 
lala-kilinna-°, mfn. 66,6 {v. h.). 

gadrabha,»i. (sa. gardabha) an 
ass, donkey; r^o. 8,24; ace, rwam. 
8,17; gen. -^assa, 16.; <vaDam, 
113,11 ; — *"-bharaka, m. goods car- 
ried by a donkey; instr. ,>.ena, 8,i6. 
- *"-bhava, wi. the being an ass (cp, 
bluTva), ace. ,>^ari), 8,25. - *0-rava 
(or -lava) m. the braying of an ass; 
ace. ^am, 8,25; instr. -ravena, 113,io. 



gantabba, gantu-, ganturii, 
gantva, v. gacchati. 

gantha, m. {sa. grantha) >) a 
band, fetter; j3?.,>^a, fetters (o: desires) 
Dh. 211; sabba-gantha-ppahina, 
nifn. „who has thrown off all fetters", 
gen. m. ^assa, Dh. 90. - ^) coraposi- 
tioD, text, book ; often opp. to attba : 
abl. r^ato attbato, 114,80 {cp. attba •'^). 

*Ganthakara, m. (sa. *grantha 
+ akara, lit, a mine of books) nom. 
pr. of a vihsra at Anuradhapura in 
Ceylon; loc. <v^e, 114,86, 

gandha, m. (= so.) odour, scent, 
perfume; /n^o. 20,i6; Dh. 66; pi. ^&, 
70,31 ; <%.e, 41,5. 63,86; instr, 
o.-ehi. 33,3; /oc. /x-esu, 71,9; — maccha- 
gandbam {ace.) scent of fish, 14,s5; 
catu-jati-°, the four kinds of scent, 
41,5; o-dhupa-, 48,30 ; "-maladini, 
49,14; "-cunnam, 53,86; mala-", 61,4. 
73,11; vanna-", 106,8. 37,3o; - 
*(sabba-)gandb'apana, m, a perfu- 
mery shop, 48,31 ; — gandhodaka, n. 
Ecented water, instr. >N^ena, 20,8 
(dibba-); 38,8; — "-kuti, f. v. sepa- 
rately ; — O-jata, n, a sort of perfume ; 
gen. pi, f^&n&m, Dh. 66; — Mela, n. 
scented oil; instr, ,^ena, 37,3; "-tela- 
ppadipa, 66,8. — *''-paiicangulika 
(v. /*.); — dibba-gandha-puppha, »». 
a flower of heavenly perfume; instr. 
pi. /v/Cbi, 20,9. — puppba-", sila-", 
suci-" (3. V.) cp. su-gandha, a-gan- 
dbaka, sa-gandhaka & gandhi». 

gandha-kuti, f. (sa, "-kuti) 'a 
perfumed house or room', name of a 
room or house occupied by Buddha, 
esp. that made for him by Anutha- 
pindika in Jetavana; Gotamassa in/- 
satnipe, 73,3o; Gotameoa saddbim 
eka-gandha-kutiyam (loc.) vasitva, 
dwelling in private with G., 73,i4-i7 
(cp. eka*-«). (cp. .Tat. I, 92,98. Ind. 
Ant. XIV, 140. ZDMG. XL, 65.) 

gandbabba, m. (sa. gandharva) 
') a Gandharva or heavenly muBieian; 
<%^o, Dh. 105; o-manusa, pi. Gan- 
dharvas & men, Dh. 420. - *) a singer 
or musician in general; /vO, 19,to; 

ace. -waiii, 19,3i. — ^) n. (?) (sa. gan- 
dharva) music, song; ace. />^am (ka- 
roti) 19,80-28. 

gandhiji, mfn. (= sa.) fragrant, 
odoriferous; f. candana-gandhini, 
having a scent of sandal wood, 20,34. 

gabbha, m. (sa. garbha) *) em- 
bryo, foetus, child; <x/0 (kuccbimbi 
patit^hito) 61,31 ; ittbi-gabbbo, a 
female child, ib.; purisa-gabbbo, a 
main child, ib.] paripunna-gabbha, 
aclj, f. ready to be delivered, 62,3; — 
*gabbha-parihara, m. 'protection of 
the embryo', a certain ceremony per- 
formed when a woman became preg- 
nant; laddha-", mfn, duly protected 
while being in the womb, m. >x/0, 
42,88 (cp. paribarati); — *gabbba- 
vutthana, n. delivery; ,x/aril, 62,8i. - 
*) the womb (cp. kucchi) ; ace. ^ara 
(upeti, to be born) Dh. 325; (upa- 
pajjanti, are born again) Dh. 126; 
abl. o^ato (pa^thaya) 48,i3. 50,32; - 
gabbha-seyya, f. the womb, ace. /x<am 
(upessaril) 105,8o. — ') the interior of 
anything; loc. gabbbe, at the end of 
comp. : afSgara-", amid the flame, 15,83. 
— *) a bed-chamber, any interior cham- 
ber; ace. /%..arii, 63,8; loc. anto-gabbbe, 
66,28; gabbba-dvara, n. the door of 
the bed-chamber, >^aiil, 66,27; — 
sayana-", airi-" (v. h.) cp, next. 

gabbhini, f. (^adj, sa, garbhini) 
pregnant; ace, ,>^iin (duggatitthim) 
48,17; "-migi, f. 6,32. 

gam a, (at the end of comp, =i 
sa.) ^)mfn. going, able to go; v. du- 
rangama, mano-pubbangama, veba- 
saiigama. ^) m. going, course; v, 
atthagama, attbaagama. 

gamana, n. (= sa.) going (to or 
away); ^aiii (= gatara) 62,i; ace. 
'%.'am(na labhami); instr. <^en& 
(saggassa) Dh. 178; ^oc. uyyanaki- 
l&di-gamane, 65,88; nibbana-gamana, 
mfn. leading to Nibbana, aoc. m. ^am 
(maggam) Dh. 289; - 'O-antaraya, 
m. <^o (me, hindrance to ny depar- 
ture) 65,38 ; - *'*-bhava, m. the having 
departed, going away, aec, /x>am (afi- 



flassa purisassa) 9,i»; ~ *''-niagga, 
tn. way; afiflo me «vo n'atthi, 3,i4; 
loc. tassa <N/e, along his way, 60,a. 

garni, gamitths, gamissati, 
etc. V. gacchati. 

gambhira, mfn. («o. gabhira & 
gambhira) deep, profound; difficult 
to be perceived; m. <%/0 (dhammo) 
94,24; (Tathagato) 95,i2; - ♦"-gho- 
satta, n. {sa. *'*-ghoshatva) 'the having 
a deep voice', the being profound in 
predication; a.W. <N/a, or, account of 
his profundity (elo<;uence?) in prea- 
ching the law, 11S,!0; — *''-paiina, 
mfn, one whose knowledge is deep, 
ore. m. »s/am, Dh. 403. 

gamma, mfn. {sa, gramya, cp. 
giima) 'relating to villages', relating 
to common people or to sensual plea- 
sures, mean, sensual; m, <x/0 (anto) 


Gay a, /". (= sa.) nom. pr, of a 
city in Behar; lor. ^ayam (viharati) 


Gayasisa, n, (ja. Gaya^irsha) 
nom. pr. of e mouncain near Gaya; 
nom, ry^aih, 70, 21; liic, -%^e, 70,23. 

*i?ayharaana ca, mfn. v, gan- 
hgti, pass. 

garahati, vb. (sa. \/garh) to re- 
proach, blame; pp. garahita, m. rvO 
(pamado, is blanied) Dh. 30 (gar- 

garu, mfn. ('sa. guru) heavy; valu- 
able; reverend; m. pi. »>/U, 109,27. 
cp, garavi:. c& nexi, 

garuka, mfn. (sn, guruka) heavy, 
hard, serioua; ace. m, (v-ari (abadhaifa) 
Dh. 138; (dandarii) Dh. 310. 

gar hit a, v, garahati. 

gala, 'H. (=^ sa.) the throat, neck; 
rwo, 13,11; all. o^ato (patthaya) 85,3o; 
loc. ^e, 13,11 ; — *"-pariyosana, mfn. 
forming the end of the throat, n. (^am 
(mukhatundakarii) 18,7; — *''-ppa- 
mana, mfn. going up to the neck, 
ace. m. pi. ~e (avate) 39,33. 

galati, vh. {sa. \/gal) to drip; 
part, galanta, mfn. dripping, n. ovarii 
(lohitaih) 23,32. 

gava-, base of the eubst. tn. f. 
go, a bull, cow; sometimes used ia 
comp. {v. below). 

gavampati, m. (fr. go, gen. pi. 
+ pati, sa. gavampati) 'lord of cows , 
a bull; 105,12 (usabho »>^pati). 

*g a v e 8 a k a , w/w. (/r. wea;<) seeking, 

searching; a-guna-", mfn. 43,i6 (v.h.). 
gavesati, vb, {sa. gaveshate) 
to seek, search for (acc); part. m. 
/^anto (nibbanam) 64,23; Dh. 163; 
fut. 2. pi. -^essatha, Dh. 146; inf, 
^itum, 64,2 1 ; adj. gavesaka, gavesin 

(2- v.). 

gavesi)!, mfn. {sa. gaveshin) 
seeking, locking for (at the end of 
comp.); kama-o, Dh. 99; para-°, Db. 
366; 8Uoi-o, Dh. 246. 

gaha', n. {sa. grha, cp. geha & 
ghara) a house; loc. /^e („the lay- 
man's life") 47,36. — gaha-karaka 
etc, V. below, cp. gihi«. 

gaha^ mfn. {sa. graha) seizing, 
holding (at the end of comp.), v, aih- 

gaha-karaka, m. {sa. grha-ka* 
raka) 'a house builder', metaph. the 
cause of existence; acc. fx^am, Dh. 
163 fComm.imassa attabhava-gehassa 
karaKHiii tanhavaddhakim); vac. r^a, 
ib. 154. {cp^ SBE.' X. p. 43.) 

""gaha-ku^a, n. {sa. *grha-kuta) 
the peak of a house, roof, ridge ; /-vatu, 
Dh. 154 („ridge-pole", SEE. X, 42). 
gahattha, m, {sa, grha-stha) a 
householder, one who leads a layman's 
life; inatr. pi. rwehi, Db. 404 {opp. 

gahana, n, {sa, grahana) seizing, 
catching, getting; grip, hold; ,N.,am 
(ambakaiii su-gahanarii, „w6 have 
got a very tight grip") 4,35; *'-atthaya, 
3,6 {v. attha^); ajjhasaya-gahana- 
ttharii, 11,4 {v. h.); — dariidaka-", 
20,13; — nama-gahana-divase, 38,9; 
- maccha-", 25,35; — hattha-", 51, u. 
gahana, n. (= sa.) an impervious 
wood or thicket, abyss ; metaph. im- 
purities; ovarii (abbhantaran te) 106,u 
= Dh. 394; dittbi-", a jungle of 



theories or heresy, 94,i ; — *»-tthana, 
«, a place or lair in the jungle, abl, 
.N^ato, 6,12 ; loc, /^e, 33, ai, 

gahapati, wi. (& gahapatika. sa, 
gfhapati) a householder, esp. designa- 
tion of a man of higher rank within 
the third caste (cp. kutumbika); 
setthi /^, 68,31 ; gen. /x-jssa, 69,9; 
brahmana - gabapatikesu {loc, pi, 
dvandva comp.) 7,85; amaoca-brah' 
nana-Rahapatike {ace. pi, v. amacca) 
42,2. cp. Fick, Soo. Gl. p. 166. 

gahita & gabita, mfn, {pp 
ganhati, sa. g^hlta) seized, taken 
captured; m. ^o (hatthe) 23,9; pi 
<va (-1-) 111,18; n. pi. galiita-gahi' 
taoi turiyani, the various instruments 
which they held in their hands, 65,8 
- *°-arakkha, mfn. carefully guarded 
{v. /«.); — M. a grasp, tug; *<'-nimit- 
tena, by a tug {v. nimitta) 89,7; - 
dalha-", duggahita, su-gahita {q. v.). 
gahetum, gabetva, gahessa- 
mi. V. ganhati. 

gatha, f. (= sa.) a verse, stanza; 
f^sL (catuppadika) 102,22; ace. r^afix, 
3,85; osana-^, the final stauza, 27,8i; 
instr. />^aya, 42,i8; anantara-gatbaya, 
in the stanza next following, 26,7; pi. 
fs^a (satarii) Dh. 102; ace, pi, ~a, 
2,9. 103,11 ; ->.ayo, 80,8o; instr. pi. 
<vabi, 77,8; — comp. (also shortened 
to gatba-) : *°-iiva8ane, after the 
stanza has been ended, 87, i ; — '"-pada, 
n. a word of a gathu, -%,am (ekara) 
Dh. 101 ; — gath'-udan'-itivuttukaifa 
(parts of navaiigaiia Satthu-sasanara) 
109,38 ; - *gatha-dvayam, two gSthss, 
47,23-29; 114,9 (gatba-); - catuppa- 
dika-gatha-jananaka, m. 102,87. - 
Thera-o, Theri-gatba (g. v.). 

gam a (& gamaka), m. {sa. gra- 
ina(ka)) a village; acc. ^am, 82,2$; 
luddassa vasana-", 12,8; gen. ^&s^i^_ 
96,81 ; loc. rv-e, 67,7 (sakala-); 32, n 
(gamake); -^ambi, 111,*; - *''-jana, 
m. the people of the v., 101,5 (•^o); 
— purana-gama-tthana, n. a ruined 
v., 35,sa (loc. -x-e); - ♦"-daraka (wi. 
pi.) the village boys, 52,i7; -*Mvare 

{loc.) before a v., 8,8o; - *°-vara, m. 
the best of villages, an excellent v., 
acc. t^&m datva, 45,8; - "-vasin, w. 
the inhabitant of a v., pi. i%/ino, 8,23-aa; 
- *''-satnipe, near a v. 33,88 ; - "svi' 
kara, m. a village pig, <^o, 46,3» 

(gStha-kalale nimugga-). - dvara-", 

- .) 

paccanta-", matii-" (v. h.) cp, gamma, 

gamika, mfn, {e. c. = sa.) going, 
wandering, travelling; m. a traveller; 
pi. ^a, (Jambudipa-, nPf^^Bengeri 
for India") 28,3j. 

g5mi»i, mfn, (c. o. == sa.) going, 
leading to; acc. m. rvinaiii (dukkh'' 
upasama-", maggaih') 107,>o = Dh. 
191; f. ^ini (dukkba-nirodba-°, 
pa^ipada) 67. i7. - apaya-°, nibbana-", 
para-" {q. v.), 

gayati, vb. {sa. Vgai) to sing; 
recite; pr. 3. pi, -x^anti, 77, u; part, 
m. /N^anto. 48,8; ger. ,%^itva, 48,83; 
pp. gita {q. v) cp. gatba, geyya. 

garava, >». & n. {fr. garu, sa. 
gaurava, n.) venerableness; reverence, 
respect; Satthu-garavena {instr.) out 
of respect to the teacher, 79,24. 

galba, mfn. {sa. gadha,, pp. Vgab, 
as to the signification confounded 
with -y/gadh) tight, close, fast; acc. 
m. ovarii (arakkharii) 48,i5; *''-pale- 
pana, mfn, thickly smeared, 92,7 
(fx^ena sallena); - *°-bandbana, mfn, 
firmly tied down, acc. m. »jam (ban- 
dbitva) 39,31 ; - ati-galha, mfn. {q. 
V.) - galbaiii, galhakarii, adv. tightly, 
49,6; 40,19. 

*gavi, f. (a younger form of go, 
pi. gavo) a cow; kapila-gavi-dana, 
n, a gift of tawny cows (to Brahmans), 


gavuta, n. {sa. gavyiita) a mea- 
sure of length, a quarter of a yojana 
{q. V.) = 80 usabhas (about 5,6 Kilo- 
metres); ti- gavuta -ppamana, mfn. 
having an extent of three gSvutas, loc, 
(x-e (padese) 63,83. 

gavo, V. go. 

gab a, mfn. { graha) seizing, 
holding; v. rasmi-ggaba, m. 106,84. 



gEhapeti, vb. (eaus. II. ga^hati) 
to canoe to take; to cause to be taken, 
seized or feiahed; to remove (ace); 
aor, 8. pi. o^esum (utuA sarire) t»2,s»; 
ger. ^etva, 16,»4. 21,i. 55,i4; 59,8 
(darakaih matara padosu); w. double 
ace. tnahajanam tava kathaih <vetTa 
(having caused people it believe your 
words') 73,9. cp, ganhapeti. 

gafiiN, mfn. (e. c. sa. grilliin) 
grasping after; m. piya-ggahi, Dli. 

gijjha, w. (sa. grdhra, cp. grdhya) 
B vulture;, gen, r^ansa, 93, i9. 

GijjhakO(a,»j. (sa. Grdhra-kuta) 
'tiie Vulture'* Peak', nom, pr. of a 
mountain near Rajagaha ; ace. /xiaih 
(pabbatam) 76,8t; gen. -vassa, 76,83; 
loc. ,x/e (RiTjagahp.-samipe) 84,8ii 

giiii. m. '(— ukkI, hh. ngni) firo; 
nom, (x-i (Sliito, niltbut"') 104,iiii-ii5. 

giiiiliii, {ill.) (bu. griHliiiiii) thii iiot 
Benson, summer; loe. pi. hsmunta-gitn- 
hisu (metri causa for -gimhesu?) in 
winter and summer; Dh. 286. cp, 

*g i m h 1 k a , mfn, {fr, prec) relating 
to tliu summer, made for the summer; 
w». <N,o (pilsiido) 67,113. 

gira, n. & gira. f. (sa. gir, f.) 
speech, words; nom. ovarii (subhanam) 
9,31 ; aec. f. <^am (saccam . . . yaya) 
Dh. 408. 

giri, m, (= sa^ a mountain; i>. 

gilati, «&. {&a, \/gf) to swallow, 
devour; aor. 2. sg. (ma) gili (loha- 
gulam) Dh. 371. 

gilana, mfn. {sa. glana) sick, ill; 
f. -^.a, 46,6; m. pi. />^a, 6,m ; - *"'-alaya, 
m {v. h,); - '*-paccaya-i»hesajja-, me- 
dicine for the help of tiie sick, 97,8. 

gibiii, w. (sa. grbin) a householder, 
one who leadn a domestic life; nom. 
pi gibi (laymen, )pp. pabbajita) Dh. 
74. cp. paha, ge'ia, 

git a, mfn. (r= ,ia., pp. gayati, 
yi^ai) BUDg, recivcd, arc. m. /vain 
(kathamaggarii, Saripu itadi-", pro- 
pounded by S. and others) 113,30. — 

n. singing, song; *0-rava, w. sound of 
song, ace. -^am, 112,7; - *»-8adda,^ 
m. id. ;v-o (madhura-) 23,b»; - *»-8sara, 
m. id. aec. .^am, 19,82; - dvandva- 
comp. nacca-gita-, 64,»e. 81,«4. - 
juta-o, 48,8 {q. v.), 

giva, f, {sa. griva) the nsoic, 
throat; 10,i9; aec, /^aifa, 4,83; (ukkhi- 
pitva) 40,17. 87,»4; loc. <vaya. i4,3». 
40,18. 111,»b; 17,«4 (paBarita-°); - 
mani-vanna-", mfn. „with a neck of 
jewelled sheen", aec. m. .-^aib (morath) 


guna, m. {= sa.) kind, quality; 
good quality, advantage; virtue, merit; 
^0. 16,111 ; ace. o^niii, 29,9. 30,a. 41,88; 
abl. -^ato, („as though they were 
virtues") 43,3i; pi, 'v-a, 41,3*; ace. 
pi. ^e, 42,4; pabbajita-gune, 63,38; 
Huddliii-%.., 28, in; ».cm (vat- 
tJHHiiiiii, to live a good life) 43, t; - 
Hila-guiiflciiro, 28,111 {'J.v.),- *"-kiithii, 
f, praise, 31,«3 {loc. .^^ayu); 43,6 {ace, 
«^arii); — anta-", kama-**, mala- {q. 
V.) cp. a-guna, sa-guna. 

*gunaggata, f. {sa. *guniigrata) 
the state of having the best qualities, 
perfection; ace. o^um (gatii) 109,3. 

gutta, mfn. {sa. gupta) guarded, 
protected; wi. .^0 (dliaminassa = 
dhamma-gutto, law-protected, one who 
is well-guarded with respect to the 
law) Dh. 257 {cp. iirartbikassa bhin- 
no, Jst. I 317,31 and the curious 
rending udarassa pbaletva, Jfit. Ill 
297,37, o: udaraiii assa (?). Otherwise 
Fausbell & M. Mull' ' who take 
gutta = sa. goptr („gunrdian of the 
law")), n. .^am" (cittam) Dh. 36; 
(nagararii) Dh. 315. - atta-" {q. v.) 
cp. gopeti & next, 

gutti, f {sa. gupti) guarding, 
protecting, protection; nom. indriya- 
gutti, Dh. 376 {v. h.), 

gumba, m. (so. gulma) a bush; 
a thicket, jungle; the lair of an animal 
in a thicket; rukkha-gumbadayo {pi. 
V. adi) 6,11 ; loc. ^e, 11,24. 15,4; 
pasanapittharii nissaya jata-", 17,so; 
nivasa-**, vaaana-", sayana-", the 



thicket where one is dwelling, 14 15, 
87-33 ; vana-", 16,i8. 

gula, m. {sa. guda) a globe, ball; 
ayo-gulo, 107,1 (3. v.) = loha-«, 
Dh. 371; mani-«, a jewel, pearl, 6,26. 


guha, f. (= sa.) a hiding-place, 
cave; the heart; °-8aya, mfn. being 
hiding in the heart, n. ^am (cittaih) 
Dh.^7. cp. Sattapanna-guha, 109,si. 

gu, mfn. (e. c. =" sa.) going; v, 
addha-gu, para-gu. 

gutha, »i. «.(= sa.) faces, dung; 
*°-kalala, «. 46,33 (q. v.). 

geyya, n. {sa. geya) a certain 
kind of the holy scriptures (navaiigam 
Satthu-sasanam) mixed prose and 
verse; ^am, 109,38. 

geruka, n. & geruka, f. (sa, 
gairika, pwka) red chalk; "(N.a-pari- 
kammakata, wfn. ^coated with red 
chalk", f. ^a (bhitti) 84,i9. 

geha, n. (= sa.) a house; nom, 
f^&m, 48,31 ; ace. .^am (home) 8,29. 
13,6; abl. ^a, 3B,2»; .v-ato (pesakara-") 
88,6; loc. -N^e, 41,28; asuka-", 68,3; 
^-patana-, falling of the house, 19,i6; 
aditta-geha-sadisa, tnfn. 66,u (9. v.) 
cp. gaha, gihin, 

go, m. f, (= sa.) an ox, cow; pi, 
cattle; gen. gavassa, 92,2i; nom. pi. 
gavo, 61,33. 104,27; instr. gohi, 105,28; 
gen. gavam, v. gavampati. cp. gave- 
sati, gavl & next. 

gogana, m, (= sa.) a herd of 
cattle; acc. pi. i^e, 21,4. 

go car a, m. (= sa.) *) pasture- 
ground, hunting-ground; pasture, food; 
nom, n^o (mando) 4,5; acc. «>/ain, 
13,11; Dh. 136; - *'»-tthana, n. id. 
14,11 (loc. -^e); - *<'-pa8uta, mfn. 
intent on seeking food, m. r\^0, 13, 13; 
- jala-o, mfn. 1,8 & thala-', mfn. ib. 
(q. v.). — *) sphere of perception, 
object of sense; />/0, Dh. 92; loo. r^/Q 
(ariyanam) Dh, 22; - ananta-", mfn. 
Dh. 179 (v. an-anta); — miccha- 
samkappa-", mfn, & samma-saih- 
kappa-», mfn. Dh. 11—12 (v. h.). 

Go tarn a, m. (sa. Gautama) nom. 

pr. of Gotama Buddha, by non-Bud- 
dhists mentioned as samano Gotatno, 
7 1,2s. 93,30 etc., and adressed as 
bhavaih Gotamo (nom. in stead of 
the pron. of the second person) 93,27, 
or bho Gotama! (voc.) 89,22; instr. 
bhota Gotamena, 90,i6. His mother 
was Maya : Maya janayi Gotamaiii, 
108,91, his father Suddhodana (64,5), 
and his son Rahula (64,7). — maha- 
Gotama-buddho, 87,7. — *Gotama- 
savaka, m. pi, the disciples of G. 
Dh. 296; gen. ix-anam, 74,i8. cp. 
Bhagavai!, Sattha)*, Sugata. 

Got ami, f. (sa. Gautami) nom, 
pr., V. Mabapajapatl. 

gotta, n. (sa. gotra) family, race 
(more comprehensive than 'kula', but 
not so extensive as 'jati') ; instr. >N/ena, 
by family, 106,8 = Dh. 393; 79,9 
(by the family name) ; — evaih-gotta, 
mfn. 92,12 (q. v.) ; — jati-gotta-kula-, 
43,30, - cp. Kaocayana-gotta, Vaccha- 

*godharani, f. (adj.) being able 
to be paired (said of a young cow) 
or : being with calf (?); pi. <viyo (pa- 
veniyo) 106,ii-ii. 

god ha, f. (= sa.) a kind of great 
lizard (which is eaten by poor people); 
nom. sg. ^a,, 15,2o; acc. ^am, 14,30-32. 

gopa, m. (= sa.) a cowherd, 
herdsman; rvO, 104,20 ; Dh, 19, cp, 
gopi, f. 

gopaka, m. (e, c. = sa.) a guar* 
dian; v. khetta-gopaka. 

gopanasi, f. (= sa.) the wood 
of a thatch; ♦"-bnogga-sama, mfn. 
„bent like rafter-tree", acc. f. ivaril 
(narim) 47,22. 

gopala(ka), m. (= sa.) a cow- 
herd; /x/lo, Dh. 136; gen, rwlakassa, 

gopi, f. (= sa.) a herdsman's 
wife; 104,38. 105,2S. cp. gopa, m. 

gopeti, «&. (sa, gopayati) to guard, 
protect; pot. 3. sg. (med. or imp. 
<vetha (attanam^ Dh. 315; pp. gopita, 
mfn. 68,18 (raklcbita-gopita-vattnu). 
op, gutta. 

gumfka 1 

""gomika, m. (cp. sa. gomin) the 
owaor of cowb; /w6, 105,(8. 

gorakkba, f. {sa. goraksha) 
oow-keepliD^, tending cattle; kasi-go- 
rakkhA.dini, 21,3. 


ghacca (gid. = fo. ghatya?^ to 
be killfid or riestruot^d ; mula-goac* 
cam, adv. (q. v.) cp. ghateti. 

*ghafl6a, n. (/r. su. ghana, cp. 
hatya & ghatya) Itilling, degtruction; 
atti-ghafifia {q. v.). 

ghata, m. (= sa.) a jar, pot; 
ace. «wam, 16,s9; kadali-punna-gbata-, 
pSantaintreeB set in pots, 62,6; **'-ppa- 
niSna, mfn, as largo aa a waterpot; 
n. -i^am (ambapakkaih) 36,38; khira-", 
dadhi-**, yasu-", q. v, 

ghateti, vb. {sa. ghatayati, Vshat) 
to connect, unite; gir. »vetva (anu- 
saudhim, q.v.) 32,5; .-wetva (vamsarii 
osakkamanam, to restore) 46,i7. 

ghata, w. {sa. ghrta) clarified 
butter; ace. f>/aiii, 99, aa. 

ghana, ') mfn, (== sa.) compact, 
bard, firm, dense, thick; ace. r^tim 
(pamsum akotetva) 40,6; "-sa^aka, 
m. a thick cloth; acc r^aih, 50, ta; 
ekaghana, mfn, (q, v.), — *) »». (= 
sa.) the loetuB at ti oertaia stage (the 
last before birth?); pen, r^asssi, 99,u. 

ghara, n, {sa. grha; cp, gaha & 
geha) a house; noni. ^am, 101,s; 
ace, rvam, 56,28; abl. .%^ato, 48,30; 
loc. o^e, 23,6. 48,18 (/v/e karissami, 
.,to keep under lock in the house"); 
pi. ^a (= gharani) Dh. 241. 302; 
— '-dvara, n. a housj-door; loc, rve, 
27,27; — ♦"-avasa, m. {v. h.). — ka- 
rana-" {v. karana); - nati-", q. v, — 
cp. jantaghara, sayanighara; Maha- 

ghasa, m. (= sa.) an eater; v. 

ghana, v. ghana. 
ghata, m. (= sa.) ki'.liug, murder; 
pantba-ghata, m. 32,i5 {q, v.). 

ghataka, mfn. (= sa.) killing, 
murderer; manussa-", 76,9 (g. v.). 

*ghatitatta, n. {fr. ghatita, pp. 
ghateti; sa. *ghatitatva) the having 
killed; abl. ~a (because I had killed) 


ghatiM, mfn. (= sa.) killing, 
murderer; pana-ghati, m. 17,29 {q.v.). 

ghateti, "v6. {caus. -v/han, gha- 
tayati; cp. hanti) to cause to be killed; 
to slay, kill, slaughter (ace); pr. 3. 
sg. -^eti, Dh. 405; imp. 2. sg. ~ehi 
(yakkhe) 112,n; ghataya, 112,i9; 
pot. 3. sg, f^aye, Dh. 129; 1, sg. 
o^eyyam, 33,s8; fitt. 1. sg. ^e8sami, 
112,18; 3. pi. ."vessanti, ll2,io; aor. 
3. sg. aghatayi, 112,8i; 3. pi. gha- 
tayiifasu (aniiamauiiam) 33,23; ger, 
«^etva, 16,3o; ghatiya (sabbe yakkhe 
ca ~) 112,9, is probably a modern 
formation {cp, cintiya, fr. cinteti) 
which however more likely ought to 
be corrected thus : sabbe yakkha ca 
ghatiya {m, pi, grd., sa. ghatya). 
cp, ghacca, ghata etc. 

ghana, n. {sa. ghrana) smelling, 
the nose (as the organ of smelling, cp, 
nasa); ovarii, 70,9i; instr. -^ena (spelt 
ghanena) Dh. 360; loc. <%^a8mirii, 
71,8. — "-samphassa-vinnanayata- 
nam, the sense of smelling, 72,i2 {v, 


ghayati, vb, {sa, \/ghra) to smell, 
scent; ger, />/itva (macoha-gandhaiii) 
14,95. ghana, n, {q. v.). 

ghuUlia, mfn. (sa. ghushta, pp. 
ygnush; cp. ghoseti) proclaimed; n. 
/vaiii (asalhi-nakkhattatfa ^ ahosi) 


ghosa, »«. {sa. ghosha) sound 
(of speech etc.) v. Buddha-ghosa. 

*ghosatta, n. {fr. prec.\ sa. 
*gh08hatva; only e. c.) the having a 
certain sound; gambhira-", 113,20 
(t;. h.). 

ghosavaf, mfn. {sa. ghoshavat) 
sounding, roaring; m. rx,ya. (kusam- 
uddo) 20,16. 

ghoseti, vb, {$a. ghoshayati, 
caus. yghush) to cry aloud, pro- 



claim; aor. 3. sg. ^esi, 28,3i; ger, 
«^etva (tikkhattuih) 14,»6, cp. ghu- 
ttba, ghosa, etc. 


o', *) = ti (after preo, -i and be- 
fore a vowel ; sa. -ty-) 74,i ; — *) by 
elision = ca or co (v, h,), 

ca, ind, encUt. (= sa.), by elisioD 
and contraction before vowels : c' or 
ca-, *) and; also (connecting two 
words, whole senteuces, or parts of 
sentences) : attham anatthan ca, Dh. 
266; after a dvandva-comp. pubba- 
parani ca, Dh. 362; c'ettha, 3,8>; 
c'assa, 6,30 ; only after the third or 
fourth word of a series ;2,io; 114,2i; 
after the third and second word: 4,5; 
tato . . . ca (also) 102,5; in hiBtoriciil 
exposition : tada ca, now at that time, 
19,24. — *) ca . . . ca, both , , . and, 
3,2. 7,13 etc. ; c'eva . . . ca, 16,32. 18,i4. 
30,8. 63,io; 107,17 (thrice); connecting 
whole sentences (or parts of sentences) : 
'ti sanipaticchitva . . . 'ti ca vutte, 
l,io; 42,12 etc.; yo cayarii . . . yo 
cayarii. 66,86; hoti ca na ca hoti, 
89,30 ; api ca . . . api ca kho, 96,3i 
(v. api); anacoluthic ca . . . ca, 112,9 
(but see corrections). — ') = but, 9,2, 
18,34, 108,1 (yo c'etam); often after 
a negation : 2,i2. Dh, 54, 190. 256, 
- *) sometimes = ce, if {q. v.) : 96,n 
(tan c'ayam). cp. kinca, 

cakka, n. (sa. cakra) a wheel; 
pi. /v-ani, 98,8. — khura-", n, (v. /«.). 

cakkavattin, m. (sa. cakra-var- 
tin) a sovereign of the world, universal 
monarch; worn, sg. »Ji (raja) 61,82. 

cakkavala. m. (sa. cakra-vala 
& -Tada) a mythical range of moun- 
tains supposed to encircle the world; 
pi, worlds or spheres (thus encircled) 
of which an infinite number ii>iupposed 
to exist through the space; abl, pi. 
«vehi (afl&ebi, from other' worlds) 

cakkhu, n. (sa. oaksbus) the eye; 
sight, insight (esp, e, c); nom. sg. 
fvuih, 70,25. 71,32; instr, i^unsi, Dh, 
360; loc. <N.u8miiTi, 7),5; pi. /viini, 
24,16; — dibba-", «, supernatural vision, 
loc, ^umhi, 109,8; — dhamma-", n. 
knowledge of the truth, nom. ^uiii, 
68,26; — pafifia-**, n. intellectual fa- 
culty, nom. *vuiii, 88,27; gen. ^uno, 
88,81 ; -**'-karani, adj. f. v. karana*; 
- ♦o-vififiana, «. & *°-8ampbas8a, m, 
(v, h.)\ **'-8anjpba88a-vinfianfi,yata- 
naih, the sense of sight, 72,i (cp. 
ayatana). vioakkbu-kamma, q, v. 

cakkbuma^ mfn. (sa, caksbu8b> 
mat) having eyes, seeing, clear-sighted ; 
m, sg. rvtna, Dh, 273; voc. i^ma, 
(Buddha) 106,24; pi, (v/anto, 69,i7. 


cankama, m. (sa. caQkrama, m, 
& (x<a, f.) walking about; the place 
where one is walking, esp, a covered 
walk or portico; abl. <N/a (orobitva) 

caflkamati, vb. (intens. v^kram, 
sa, caiSkramyate) to walk about, walk 
up and down; pr, 3, sg. ivati, 68,9, 


'''oamgota(ka), m. a casket, box; 
casket, 102,24. 

suvanna-camgotake, loc, in a golden 

cajati, vb. (sa. \/tyaj) to leave, 
abandon, give up, offer; pr, 1, pi. 
>v>ama (asuresu panam) 60,i7; pot, 
3. sg. caje (mattksukbam) Dh. 290, 
cp, caga. 

can da, mfn. (= sa.) fierce, violent, 
passionate; m. ^0 (battbi) 76,8, 

catasso, f. pi, v. catu. 

catu (in comp, also catur) base 
of the numeral pi. m, cattaro, caturo, 
f. catasso, n. cattari (sa, catvaras 
(ace, caturas), catasras, catvari) =: 
four; nom. m, cattaro, 14,io; Dh. 109; 
caturo, 3,26; Dh. 273; ace, cattaro, 
25,11. 45,1s; instr, rs^uhS, 3,23; gen. 
(vunnam, 89,u; — f. oata880, 38,ta 
(dSnasSla); - n. cattSri, 61,6. 83,9; 
loo, /vU8U, 88,12. 86,st. 91,7. The 
inatr, dt loo, >vubi, kJSam. are very 



frequently spelt <vuhi, r^usu; the base 
catur is catur- in comp. w. foil, 
vowel, before cons, the r drops through 
assimilation, e. g. oatuddasa {sa. ca- 
tur-da^a) which generally (through 
elision of t) is shortened to cuddasa 
{q. v.). — catu-jati-gaadha-, the four 
kinds of scent, 41,6 {cp. corrections). 
~ catuttha, mfn. (v. h. etc.), 

catuttha, mfn, (sa, caturtha) 
the fourth ; m. loc. f^e (vare) 58,7 ; f. 
/vS & />^i; notn. f. o^i (sena) 103,86; 
ace. .vam (gatham) 15,9s; n. r^&m 
(adv. = the fourth time) 88,85, — 
°-jjbana, 80,4 [v. jharia). 
r^catuddisai adv. (abl. loc. sg. = 
aya, or ace. pi. ? cp. sa. catur-dipaih) 
in or towards the four quarters (of 
the horizon); 68,8i (assadiite uyyo- 
jetva). cp. disa. 

catu-dvara, mfn. (sa, catur- 
dvara) having 4 doors or gates; n. 
r^&m (nugaraih) 23,8e; *>-iataka, p. 22. 
*catu-pari8a, /'. (sa. *catu8h- 
parishad) the fourfold assembly, sc. 
of male and feiaale bhikkhus and 
apSsakaR; catupf risa-majjhe, amidst 
of an assembly (thus cumpounded) 86,6. 
catuppada, m. [sa. catushpada) 
a quadruped; />,o, 3D,8; pi. /^^a, 7, is. 
catuppadaka, mfn. (sa. catush- 
padaka) consisting cf four parts; f. 
<N.'ika gatha, a fom-line stanza, 102,88; 
catuppadika-gatba-jananaka, m. one 
rho remembers sickle four^line 
ftanaa (of the ho'y scriptures), aco, 

n^aril, 102,87. 

c a t u • b h a g a , m. (5a. caturbhaga), 
the fojr'.h part, quarter ; aco, rs/&m 
eti, is worth a quar*,er, Dh. 108. 

catur-aHgiH, mfn. (= sa.) 
'having four limbs', comprising four 
parts; f. iN/ini (sena) an army consist* 
iiig of elephants, chariots, cavalry, 
and infantry, 36,83; instr. rs^iniya 
senaya, 36,i4. (ep. Jat. VI, 275,25.^ 

catur-angula, mfn, (= sa.) 
four fingers or four inches broad; n. 
/vaih kannam (ussaretva, v. ussareti) 

caturasiti, num. f. (sa. oatur- 
a<;iti) = 84; o-vassa-sahassani, 
84,000 years, 44,»o. (cp. asiti.) 

catu-visati. num. f. (sa. catur- 
viriKjati) = 24. - catu-visati ma, mfn. 
the 24'"; m. «.,o (vaggo) Dh. XXIV. 

catu-8atthi> num. f. (sa, catuft- 
shashti) = 64; »-matta, mfn. (sa. 
°-matra) being 64 in number; ace. 
m. pi, ~e, 61,88. 

cattari, cattaro, v. catu. 

cana & canam, indecl. (sa. cana) 
a suffix added to interrogatives, mak- 
ing them indefinite; v. kincana, ku- 
dacannm; shortened to ca, v. kiflca. 

can da, m. (sa. candraj the moon; 
ace. />/am, 14,i6; -"-manaala, n, the 
moon-disc; /N/am, 32,si; loc. r^e, 16, le; 

— punna-", m. 'the full-moon; ace, 
r^&m, 42,3; °-mukha, mfn. with a 
face like the full-moon, m. i^O (Go- 
tamabuddho) 87,e. cp. candiraa. 

candana, m. dt n. (= sa.) san- 
dal-tree or -wood; n, <%/am, Dh. 64 — 
65; — *"-gandhin, mfn. having a 
scent of sandal wood; f. ^\m, 20,94; 

— '"-vilepana, n. perfumed powder 
of sandal wood, ^am, 23, ss. — tagara- 
candani/i, mfn. (q. v.). 

candima, f. (?) or candimas, 
m. (sa. candramas, m. & candrima, 
f cp. piirnima) the moon; nom. .>^nia, 
107,88. Dh. 172. 208. 382. 387. cp. 

capala, mfn. (= sa.) trembling, 
unsteady; ft. ,>.arii (cittoifi) Dh. 33. 

caniara, m. (= sa.) a kind of 
ox, the Yak; gen, o^assa (valadhi) 


camma, n. (sa, carman) ') skin, 
leather; nom. o^am, 29,98; siha-", a 
lion's skin, 8,8g; instr. fs^ena, 8,18; 
°-jataka, p. 8; - *"-varatta, f a 
leather-thong, ace, rvaifa, 12,7; — 
*''-8ataka, m, an ascetic weaving 
clothes of skin; acc, r^snh (nama 
paribbajakaih) 29,99; "-jataka, ib. - 
*) a shield; asi-cammarii, sword and 
shield, 76,15. 

car a, mfn. (= sa.) going, wan* 



dering; v. eka-cara, saddhim-cara. 
(cp. gocara.) 

carana, n, (= sa.) acting, be- 
haviour; good conduct, virtue; sani- 
panna-viija-carana, mfn, Dh, 144 
(r. /..). 

carati, vb. (sa. ^car) *) to go, 
walk, wander about (w. ace. carikam) 
travel; dwell, live, *) to behave, con. 
duct one's self; to practise, exercise, 
commit (ace, dhammam, anacaram 
etc.). — pr. 3. sg. <^ati (gocaram 
ga^hanto) 52,it; (viravanti) 53,8i; 
(kamesu miccha rv, comroitB immora- 
lity) 97,11 ; 3. sg. -x-asi, l,i4; 1. sg. 
<^&tni (sabbaloke) 105,e; (gaveBanto 
>v, I am looking for) 64,i8; 3. pi. 
/s.^anti, 104,«7; 1. pi. med. caramase, 
105,85; — part, m. ») cararii (mom.) 
travelling, Dh. 61 (carafi ce); Dh. 
306 (eko /%.-); gen. m. carato, 103,8; 
*>) o/anto (dhammam, walking in 
righteousness) 7,25; (samam, q. v.) 
7,26; (bhikkbaya f^, wandering about 
for alms) 29,24; f. aec. -N/antim, 47,82; 
gen. pi. /N^antanam (amhakaib) l,2s; 
part. med. m. caramano (carikam, 
wandering) 81,8; — imp. 2. sg. cara 
(dhammam) 7,2i; 47,s (cara, with 
a metri causa); (brabmacariyam, 
lead a holy life) 70,i6; — pot. 3. sg. 
») care (game, dwell) 106,3 = Dh. 
49; (eko ~) Dh. 329; (nanneaam 
pibayam oj, let him not envy others) 
Dh. 365; (dbammam sucaritam ^, 
practise virtue) Dh. 168; (kayena 
sucaritam ^) Dh. 231; •") careyya 
(samam) Dh. 142; Dh. 328; - fut. 
1. sg. carissami, 92,8; — aor. 3. sg. 
») a-cari (carikam) Dh. 326; '')cari 
(anacaram) 9,i5; — inf. caritum; 
comp. o/itu-kama, mfn. wanting to 
go (w». <N.'0, akasena, through the air) 
36,10 ; — ger. /vitva, 2,82. 61, is. 86,6 
(pindaya); a-caritva, Dh. 155; - 
pp. V. carita & cinna; — caus. II. 
carapeti (q. v.) cp. cara, carana, 
cariya; caraka, carika, cari». 

carahi, indecl. = tarabi (aa. 
tarbi) combined esp. to. interrogativea, 

and also other pron. & adv. = then, 
in that case; kiiS ^, 90,i6; ko />.-, 97,7. 
The change of t into c is probably 
due to the frequent combination with 
interrogatives (analogy of kinca, kiiici, 
koci etc.) cp. etarabi.* 

carapeti, vb. (caus, II. carati) 
to cause to move; bbei^ilii n.', to beat 
the drum; ger. .^..etva, 42,2. 102,26. 

carita, n. (= sa.] fr, carati) 
acting, behaviour, conduct; living; 
ekassa caritarii, living alone, Dh. 330, 

- duccarita, sucarita (q. v.). 
carima, mfn. (sa. carama) aub. 

sequent, last (opp. pubba); a-carima, 
mfn, (q. v,) cp, a-pubba. 

cariya, «. & cariya, f. ^mostly 
e. c. ; sa. carya & carya) wanaering; 
conduct; — eka-*", f (v, h,)\ — kapi- 
raja-", n. a chapter of Oariya-pitaka 
(q. V.) 108,28; — nagga-®, f. naked- 
ness, Dh. 141 ; - brahma-*, n. (v.h.), 

- sama-®, n. (v. h.). 
Cariya-pitaka, n. nom. pr. 

name of the last book of Khuddaka- 
nikaya; specimen thereof 108,28 ff. 

cala, mfn. (= sa.) moving, trem- 
bling, unsteady; a-cala, nic-cala 

(.;. ;..)• 

oalati, vb. (sa, ^/cal) to be moved; 
to tremble, to be agitated, excited, 
confused, or frightened; fut. 3. pi, 
<x/issanti (maccba) 19,29; aor. 3. pi, 
'>.'imsu, 19,33; assa kammajavata »./, 
62,18 (came upon her). - cala, calana, 
cala (q. v.). 

calana, n, (= sa.) trembling, 
excitement; /x/aiii (maccbanam) 19,8i. 

cavati, vb. (sa. V^y") *** ^*"» 
fall away, disappear; to die, esp. to 
pass (through re-birth) from any^ exi- 
stence into another; ger. <K<itva (tato) 
84,81 ; pp. cuta (q. v.); caus, caveti 
(q. v.) cp. cuti. • 

caga, m. (fr. cajati; sa. tyaga) 
leaving, abandoning, giving up; re- 
signing, devotednesB, self-sacrifice; 
f^o (tanbaya) 67,i6; abl. <^a, 94,ii; 
gen, .^.^assa, 29,io. 

'''ca^i, /., a vessel, jar, waterpot; 



madhu-*, a honey-jaT, 63,Jo. cp. Hindi 


capa, m. & n, (a.- sa^ a particular 
kind of bow (dhanu); nom. m. ,^0, 
92,15, abl. ^ato, Dh. 820 (metri 
cause capato); pi. capa (atikhi^a, 
q. V.) Dh. 156.. 

Cftra(ka) & carika, mfn. (e. c. 
= sa.) wandering abcut; v, vana- 
caraka, akasa-carika. 

*cariku, f. {fr. \/c&r) wandering; 
ace. rvaiii carati, to wander about 
(said of the mendicant friars) 81,8. 
Dh. 326 ; ,^aiii pakkami (yena Gaya- 
sisam tena, went forth to G. ; other- 
wise w. ace, Vin. I, 80,9) 70,ai. 

cariij, mfn.' (t. c. = so.) wan« 
dering, living; "v. atidhona-", anu- 
dliamma-**, dhamma-", bala-saiigata-'*, 
brahma-", pamatta-*', safinata-". 

cala, m. {— sa..) moving, trem- 
bling; v. bliumi-". 

caveti, vh. (caus, cavati; sa, 
cyavayati) to cause to fall (occ); to 
drive away from {abl.)\ aor, 3. sg. 
a-cavayi (ma mam t^ana rv, that 
he may not drive me away from my 
place) 104,4. 

ci, ind. {sa, cid) suffix to inter- 
rogativea, rendering them indefinite; 
V. kacci, kadaci, kinci, koci; cp, ca, 

oinna, ^) mfn, (pp. carati; sa, 
citna) that has been wandered over; 
practised, performed ; cinna-tthane 
yeva, „in this old familiar place", 
1.14. — *) n. deed, good deed; v. sam- 

citaka, m. & 'litaka, f, (sa. 
cita, citika) a Leap, pile; a funeral 
pile, pyre; ace, <>.am, 34,8. cp, cetiya, 
ciyati (y/ci). 

citta^, n, {= sa.) thinking, 
thought, intention; mina, heart; nom. 
.>.am (pabbagiiya rami) 65,is; ace. 
->.am, 96,27; instr. ^eua. (mettena) 
76,j4; 80,34; pi. ^ani, 71, is. Very 
often used at the end of adj. comp., 
V. an-avatthita ■", an-avassuta-", 
u(Jagga-», kalla-', thita-o, tu^tha-o. 

duttha-®, namita-o, nana-S patibad- 
dha-«, pamudita-®, pasanna-', mudu- , 
metta-», vadhaka-«, vinivarana-", 
vimutta-o, viratta-". santa-", su- 
patitthita-", suddha-"; - sacitta, n, 
(sa. sva-citta) one's own thought or 
mind, ace. ^am. Dh. 327; "-pariyo- 
dapana, Dh. 183 (v. h,) cp. 8a-». - 
citta-k(i)le8a etc. (q. v) cp, cinteti, 

citta« & oitra, mfn. (sa. citra) 
variegated, manifold; bright, brilliant, 
excellent; ace, m. r^&Ai (imam lokam) 
Dh. 171; 8U-citta, mfn. very brilliant; 
m. pi, ^a (rajaratha) Dh. 151; — 
*citra-pekkhuna, mfn, having a varie- 
gated tail; ace. m. ^am (moram) 
10,10. cp, ati-citra, vi-citra; citta- 
kata etc, 

*cittakata, mfn. (fr, citta^ -f- 
kata) adorned, decorated, dressed up; 
ace. ,-^am (bimbam) Dh. 147. 

*cittak(i)lesa, m, (fr, citta') 
V, kilesa. 

■"cittakkhepa, m, (fr, citta*) v. 

♦Cittapatali, f (fr. citta* -f- 
patali) nom. pr. 'the pied trumpet- 
flower , name of a tree (kappa^thiya- 
rukkha) in the world of Asuras, 69, 29; 
loc. pwiya, ib. 

*cittarucita, mfn, (fr. citta' 
-f- rucita) being after one's heart; 
ace. m. ^aiii (samikam) 10,5. 

*Cittalata, /". (fr, citta* -f* lata) 
nom. pr, of Sakka's garden; *'-vana- 
sadisa, mfn, equal to the C. -grove in 
SSakka's heaven, 62,14. 

*cittavagga, m. (fr, citta^ + 
vagga) name of the third chapter in 

citra, mfn. (= sa.), v, citta*. 

cintana, n. (= sa.) thinking, 
reflecting; care. '^ *cintanaka, mfn. 
thinking for, taking care of; maccba- 
nam "-bako, 4,io. 

cinteti, vh. (sa. y'eint.) to think, 
reflect; to care for (gen.); pr. 2. sg. 
/^^esi (amhakaih) 4,*; part. m. o..ento 
(nisidi) 4,3; (tumbakam) 4,4; aor. 



5. sg. ^esi, 3,a; 2. sg. ma cintayi 
(etarii nissaya) „don't worry yourself", 
49,31 ; 61,30 (be not anxious); 3. pi. 
~e8Uiii, 6,3; ger. *) ^etva, 3,n; •>) 
cintiya, 111, is. 112, n. - cintana (g. 
V.) cp. oitta ', cetas. 

cira, mfn. {^ sa.) long, lasting 
a long time; ace. m. ^aiii (addhauam) 
110,5; — n. adv. ciraiii, long, for a 
long time; 9,i ; 23,34 (long enough); 
69,83 (^jiva); Dh. 248; - dat. adv. 
ciraya, id. Dh. 342; — *ciragata, 
mfn, V. agata; — cira-ppavasin, mfn. 
long absent; ace »rt. ^vasiih (purisam), 
Dh. 219; — a-cira, mfn, (g. v.) cp, 

cirassam, adv. {sa. cirasya, gen.) 
after a long time, at last; -^ vata bho 
nago nagena samgamessati, at last 
we shall see an elephant (sc. of men) 
that can fight a fight with (this) ele- 
phanti 76,33; na cirass'eva or naci- 
rass'eva, shortly after, until in no 
long time, 23,3. 89,i6. 

ciyati, vb. {pass, cinati, sa. y'ci) 
to be gathered, heaped up, acquired, 
constructed; pras. 3. sg. ciyate (= 
sa.) 103,9 (pahutaifa (te) ^ puiifiam). 
civara, n. {^=^ sa.) the robe of 
a Buddhist monk; nom, ', 83,s; 
ace, 83, ao; patta-civaram, bowl and 
robe, 76,16; civara-" 97,8; - ♦"-rajju, 
f. a rope for hanging up a robe, ace. 
/N^um, 83,91 ; - *°-vaihsa, m, a bamboo 
peg for hanging up a robe, aec, i^&va, 

cunna, *) mfn, {sa. carna) pul- 
verised, grinded, crushed; cunna- 
vicunna, mfn, severely hurtaA or in- 
jured, "«. ovarii (hadayam) 1,86. - *) 
n. aromatic powder; /x/am, 83,s7; 
gandba-°, id. 63,i6; gandba-dbupa- 
cunna-, 48,8o. 

ciita, mfn. {pp. cavati; sa. cyuta) 
fallen; having died or passed from 
one existence into another; m. i^o 
(tato) 46,i«. - a-couto, mfn. {q. v.). 
cuti, f. {sa. cyuti) falling down; 
destructioD; ace. '^im (sattanam) Dh. 
419 {opp, upapatti). 

TkU Olottary. 

cuddasa, num. (contracted fr. 
catuddassa {v. catu); sa. catur-daga) 
= 14; — cuddasama, mfn. the 14*'', 
m. ^0 (vaggo) Dh. XIV. 

*Cunda, m. nom. pr, of a smith 
(kammaraputta) in Pavu, whom 
Buddha visited before his death; nom. 
^0, 77,so; ace,, 77,24; gen. 
-x^assa, 77,20. 

oe, ind. {sa. ced) if; most frequently 
combined with other particles {v, sace, 
noce, yance) and never found at the 
beginning of a sentence; ettba ce te 
mano atthi, 72,8i; tan c'ayam, 96, u 
(cp. ca); attha ce patthayasi, 104,3a 
sg.; punfian ce puriso kayira, Dh. 118; 
passe ce vipularii sukham, Dh. 290; 
yan ce vinnu pasaihsanti . . , ko tarn 
etc, (si quern , . ., quis eum . . .) Dh. 
229; yan ce = than if, 107,3. Dh. 
106, V, yance; — api ce or pi ce, 
even if; sakalo pi ce . . . (n'eva) 16,i3; 
alamkato ce pi, Dh. 142 = alamkato 
pi ce or : sace alamkato pi ; — ti ce 
(in commentaries = if you ask so) 
83,39 (kirn idan ti oe ti aba = viz. 
with the following words; cp, cor* 

ce^a & cetaka, m. (= sa.) a 
servant, slave; aec. pi. ^ke, 55, 13. 

cetas, Ml. w. (?) (= sa.) mind, 
thought; instr. ,>^asa (vippasannena) 
Dh. 79; gen. -^aso, 80,35. 91,6. 96,i3; 
sabba-cetaso, gen. adv. with all one's 
mind, 71,a» ('^samannaharitva dham- 
mam sunanti). - an-anvahata-cetasa, 
mfn. (g. v.). 

Ceta, m, pi, {sa, Cedi) nom, pr. 
of a people and its country, south of 
the Ganges; >^R, 34,si. cp, next. 

Oetiya*-rattba, n, {cp, sa, 
Cedika) = prec; ace. f^a,m, 32,ii. 

cetiya^ n. {sa. caitya) a sepulchral 
monument, sanctuary, temple, place of 
worship; loc. rwe TAggafave) 86,1a; 
pi. -N/ani, Dh. 188 (arama-rukkha-*'). 
codeti, vb. {sa. codayati, cans. 
ycud) to exhort, correct, punish, re- 
prove; to request, ask; imp. 2, sg. 
oodaya, Dh. 379 (coday' attanam, 



sifncn. patimaso, ib. & safifiSmaya, 
380); pp. m. oodito, 113,i4. 

cora, m. {sa. cora. & caura) a 
thief, robber; ace, <^arii, 36,sa; pi. 
^a, 30,3o; ace. pi. f^e^ ib. ; — payut- 
taka-°, pesanaka-^ (v. h.). — cora- 
rajan, m. gen. /v.r8Bfio („the ruffianly 
king") 39,35; — corupaddava, tn. 
attask from robbers, ^0, 42,5. 

cori, f. {sa. con & cauri) a female 
thief; as adj, «= f.hievis.i, deceitful ; 
pi. r^iyo, 61,f4. 52,«; (= prodigal, 
extravagant?); gen. pi. /%/inam (thi- 
narii) 51,30; — daraka-**, f. a female 
kidncpper, ace, .%^im, 5P,i5. 

cclaka, m. {sa co-ia(ka) & cola* 
(ka)) cloth, rag, eep. i rubbing-cloth 
or mop; ace, /%^ain, 84,20. 


cha, :nfn. (mom;, ccc. pi.) num. 
{sa. shaeh (shat)) ^ 6; 38,i8. 82,n; 
the declination is : instc. abl. chahi, 
gen. dat. channam; loc. chasu or 
chassu. cp. next & chattimsati, 
chabbanna, chabbisati, cbalabhinna, 
sa^thi, solasa. 

chattha, mfn. {sa. shashtha) the 
sixth; f. />^a (seoa) 103,»7. 

chaUhfinifl'* w'/"- {^^- shash- 
thama) — prec.\ ace. f, ^aih (ga- 
thaih) 54,8S. 

chaddana, n. (sa. cbardana) 
throwing away, ejecting; kaoavara-', 
V. h. , 

chaddapeti, vb. {cans. 1^1. y/chtd) 
to cause to be tbrcwn away; aor. 3. 
sg. f^tai (appagghabhandam) cast 
overboard, 26,8, 

chaddeti, vb, {sa. chafdayati, 
cutis. \/cbrd) to flingf, throw away, 
eject, vomit; to leave, quit, expose, 
reject {ace.); pr. 3. sg. />^eti (kaca- 
varam, tassa upari) 60,2; part. m. 
pi. r^enta (matamanussam amaka- 
susane) 40,3i ; aor. 3. sg. ,>..e8i, 60,i ; 
3. pi. ^esum, 40,3a; ger, «^etva 

(brahmanaih magge) 33,i«; (sinvi 
bbavaA)' 47,88; 52,8-4 (rejecting); 
64,83 (gharavasam) ; 86,»i (aBivisam 
dandakena); grd. ,%^etabba, n. >^&m 
(samkaram) 84,84; o-bhavam papuni, 
42,32 („wa8 deserted", cp. bhava). - 
eatis. II. chaddapeti {q. v.) cp. chad- 
dana, n. 

c halt a, n. {sa, chattra) a parasol, 
umbrella, canopy (ensign of royal 
power); gen. seta-cchattassa hettha, 
under a white canopy, 42,8. cp. cha- 
deti (v/chad) etc. 

chattimsati, f. num. {sa. shat- 
triiiKjat) thirty-six; Dh. 339 (^ti 

chadana, n. (= sa.) a thatch, 
roof; loc. pi, o^esu (arulha) 76,89. 

chad da, n. {sa. chadman ?) a 
thatch, roof (Abhidhana.); only in the 
comp. vivatta-cchadda (3. v.). 

chanda, m. (= sa.) delight, wish, 
will, desire; ace. rwam (na tamhi .>^ 
kayiratba, let him not delight in it) 
Db. 117; chandadi-vasena, according 
to one's will etc. (by chandadi is 
probably meant chanda, dosa, moba, 
bhaya. or the four wrong courses 
(modes of proceeding, agati)) 42,27 {v. 
vasa); - *cbanda-jata, >«/■«. in whom 
desire has sprung up, m. r^o (anak- 
khate) Dh. 218. 

clianna', mfn. (=^ sa..,pp. Y/chad, 
cp. chadeti) covered, thatched; f, ,%.a 
(ku^i) 104,88 {opp. viva(a). — due- 
channa, mfn. & succhaona, mfn. {q. v.). 

*Channa*, m, ') nom. pr. of 
Buddha's servant; .%.o, 66,15; ace. 
-x/arh, 66,26. — *) nom. pr. of a certain 
bhikkhu; ,-wO, 79,14; gen. ,^a8sa, 79, 12. 

*cbabbanna, mfn. {fr, cha + 
vanna; sa. *8had-varna) six-coloured; 
gen. pi. ^anam (ramsinam, the six- 
coloured rays of lij^ht emitted from 
Buddha's body) 87,33. 

chabbisati, f. num. {sa. shad- 

vimQati) = 26; A^ti vagga, Dh. p. 

94, V. 3. — chabbisatima, mfn. the 

26'"; ^0 (vaggo) Dh. XXVI. 

cbajabhiniia, mfn. {fr, cha + 



abhinna, sa. shad-abhijna) posgesBed 
of the six abhijoas, v. abhiniia. 

chava, ') »». «. (so. (java) a corpse, 
dead body, ~ *) mfn, low, vile, con- 
temptible; gen. m, .N^assa (khejapa- 
kassa) 74,88. 

chavi, /". (= sa.) skin, colour, 
splendour; *chavi-vanna, m. beauty; 
ace. ^am, 18,6; — *chavi-8anthana, 
n. the appearance of the skin; loo. 
>N/e, 85,sa (vaijinasaddo idha >v va 
daUbabbo, the word va^na ia here to 
be underitood as oomplexioo);- man- 
gura-cchavi, mfn. (q. v.) cp, anu- 
cohavika, mfn. 

ohata, mfn. (= sa., cp, sa. psata) 
emaciated, hungry; m. pi. r\,si, lll,8i 
(cp. Pischel, Gr. d. Prakr. 8pr. § 328 
& next.) 

*chataka, n. (fr. prec.) hunger; 
"-akara, »». sign of hunger; ace. />^am 
(dassesi, gave them to understand 
that he was hungry) 41,8, 

chadeti, vb. (sa. cbadayati, caus. 
ycbad) to cover, hide (ace); pr. 3. 
sg. ^eti (attano vajjani) 106,i8 = 
Dh. 262; aor. 3. pi. ^esuih (devata 
pottbakaih, rendered the book invisible) 
114,16. cp, cbatta, chadana, channa. 
chaya, f, (= sa.) shade, shadow; 
nom. o^a (anapayini) Dh. 2; gen. 
rwSya (abhavena, on account of the 
absence of shadow (sign of being a 
Yakkba) 69,u; - *8ita-cchaya, mfn. 

chijjati, vb, {pass, chindati, 
V'chid) to be cut off, to be split, torn, 
destroyed; pr. 3, sg, <v^ati (vanatho^ 
Dh. 284 ; 3. pi. /M^anti (hatthapada) 
99,13; ger, ~itva 17,S3; repeated : 60,7 
(being mowed down everywhere); pp. 
cbinna (q. v.), 

cbidda, n, (sa. chidra) a hole, 
leak; fault, defect; accbiddavutti, v. 
a-ccbidda, mfn. 

chindati (& a-cchindati), vb. 
(sa. ;/cbid & a-v/cchid) to cut off; to 
tear, split, cleave, destroy (acc); imp. 
2. sg. chinda (pasam) 12,i; 2. pi, 
«^atha, Db. 283; -pot, 3. sg. chinde, 

Dh. 370; - fut. 3. sg. checchati, Dh. 
350 (esa-ccbeccbati, probably fr. 
a-cchindati); - aor. 3. sg, acchidda 
(= acchida, B. acchindi, fr. chindati 
or a-ccbindati) Dh. 3,51 ; - inf. cbet- 
turii, 105,18; - ger. •)chinditva(givain) 
4,33; (sisam) 6,19; (dvidha »/, to cut 
in two) 33,18; a-chinditva (vissasaih, 
,in unbroken amity") 13,7 ; - ••) cbetva, 
33,!ii. 105,19; Dh. 283. 369; - <')chet- 
vana, 47, a8; Dh. 346; — caus. II. 
obindapeti, pass, chijjati, pp. chinna 
(q, V.) cp, ohidda, cheda. 

ohindSpeti, vb. (caus. II. chin- 
dati) to cause to be cut off, to let be 
removed (acc); ger. .%/etva, 36,ie. 38,i. 

chinna, mfn. (== sa,, pp, ^'chid^ 
cut down, torn, split; m. /s^-o (rukkho) 
Dh. 338; aee, o.-arii, 34,b; m. ^am. 
(musika-cchinnam tbanaih) 26,7; 
chinna-pasibbaka, 13,5; chinna-tata-, 
a sheer precipice, 27,3; chinna-tthana, 
n. a crack, fissure, 91,30 ; vata-ccbinna, 
mfn. driven away by the wind, •*-vala- 
haka, m, 40,28 (v. h.). 

chuddha, mfn. (sa, kshubdha, 
■y/kshubb) thrown away, rejected; m. 
,-wO (kayo) Db. 41 (Coram. = apa- 
viddho; cp. Jat. V, 302,4. 303,4 = 
chaddita). Fausbell (Bern. p. 19) & 
Trenehner (Mil. p. 422—23) refer it 
to ^/kshiv = v'shtbiv; cp. Pischel, Gr. 
d. Prakr. Spr. § 66 & 120. v. ia\\hx- 
bhati & nuttbubhati beloxo. ■ 

cheka, mfn, (= sa.) clever, 
shrewd ; skilful, skilled in (loc.) ; instr. 
m. /x^ena (sakunikena) 88,33; nom. 
/%/0 (aiSga-vijjaya) 48,i6. 

checchati, cbetva, chetvana, 
chettum, v, chindati. 

cheda, m. (= sa.) cutting off; 
interruption, abandonment; asa-cchedat 
m., kamma-", m., sandhi-®, mfn., 
sisa-', m. (v. h.). 


ja, mfn. (e. c. = sa,) born; v, 
atta-ja, daru-", dvija (dija), pabba-", 

- 7* 



yoni-", varl-', SihabShu-narinda-". 
op. jayati. 

jagati, f. (= 8a.) the earth, 
world; ""jagati-ppadesa, m. a Bpot In 
the world, /vO, Dh. 127. 

jacca, instr. ~ jatiya, v. jSti. 

jaggati, vb, = jagarati {q, v.), 

jajjara, mfn. (sa. jarjara) infirm 
from age, decayed, old ; jara-", mfn. 
{v. h.) cp, jara etc. 

jafifia, mfn. {sa. janya) 'to be 
born or produced', charming, excellent 
(? cp. MN. I p. 528, ad p. 29,19); 
V. a-jafifia & purisajafina. 

janna, pot. v. janati. 

jata, f. (^ sa.) the platted or 
m<itted hair (of an afcelic); Dh. 141; 
instr, pi. ^E.hi, 106,8 = Dh. 393. 
cp. next. 

jatila, m. (= sa.) an ascetic 
(wearing matted hair) ; instr. pi. 
puriina-jatilehi (who had been Ja^tlas 
before) '70,«>. 

jana, m. (•- so.) people {ooll. 
aoroetimei conatructed u>. pi, of the 
V'drb), pi. men, prrsoni; nom, rvO, 
106,31 — Dh. 222; Dh. 249 (w. pi. 
dadanti); bahu-jano, many people, 
a multitude of people, the vulgar, 
88,38; bahujiano, ici. Dh. 320; maha- 
jano, id. 17,23; niahajana-tnajjhe, 
before iA\ the people, 51, lo; loka- 
niiihajano — loko (q. v.) 88,31 ; ace. 
jinam (aunam b.ihukaA) 108,i9; 
luaha-janam, fe8,6; jen. janassa. 
110,16; maha-janassa, 73,i8. 87,3; 
ioc. tuaha-jane (among men) 114,i5; 
>- pi. dve jana, 6,33. 37,l6; gen. pi. 
tinnaiii jananam, 14,ia; -gama-jana, 
puthujjana (v. h.) cp. janapada, 

janana, mfn. {e. c. '=• aa.) pro- 
ducing, causing; bhaya-**, mfn. terrific; 
m. ~o (saddo) 27,4. 

janapada, m. (— sa.) ') an in- 
habited country, thfl country (opp. 
the town), the continent; ace. pwaifa, 
22,3 {opp. Tambapannadipa) ; 43,io 
{opp. nagara); rattha-janapada-va- 
sino, m. pi. „the country people of 

the kingdom", i02,s. - *) a n«tio»» 
tribe; subjects, cp. janapada. 

janinda, m. {fr. jana + inda; 
sa. janendra) a sovereign, king; voc. 
^B,, 47,10 (janinda'ti); 55,i. 

janeti, vb. {cans. Vjan, sa. ja- 
nayati, cp. jayati) to bear, bring 
forth (ace); aor. 3. sg. j&myi (Maya 
Gotamara). 108,2i. cp. jana, janana. 
*jantaghara, n. a bathing place 
for hot sitting baths; nom. acc. r^&m, 
83,27-31 ; all. ^.a, 83,85; Ioc. ^e, 83,34; 
"-pitha, n. the chair belonging to the 
jant.^ghara, acc. o^aiii, 83,38. The 
etymology of this word is not clear; 
Bilhler {& Oldenberg) take it = sa. 
yantra-grha (an oil-mill) KZ. XXV 
(1881) p. 325, but the prakritizising 
of ya (into ja) is upon the whole very 
questionable and esp, in this case, be* 
cause yanta {sa. yantra) frequently 
occurs in Pftli-texts. E, Hardy, (Deut- 
sche Lltt. Zeit. 1902 p. 339) refers 
to sa. jentaka (a dry hot bath) the 
etymology, of which is likewise un- 
known, cp, 8BE. Xm p. 167. 

jantu, W(, (— sa.) a creature, 
man, person; nom. r^n, Dh, 107; acc, 
.^um, 106,13 = Dh. 395; gen. .-vuno, 
106,11 = Dh. 176; Dh. 105. 341. 

janibu, f n. (-= sa.) ') f. the 
rose apple tree (Eugenia). *) n, the 
fruit of the Jambu tree; instr, pi. 
<N.uhi, 2,10. 

Jambudipa, m, {sa, Jambu- 
dvipa, the central one of the seven 
continents = the known world) mow. 
pr, of India {sa. Bharata-varsha) ; 
acc, rwarii, 114,38; Ioc. sakala-Jam- 
budipe, 39,11. 98,i3; *o.gamika, mfn. 
{v. h.). 

jambonada, n. (so. jambunada) 
a kind of gold (from the Jambii river); 
gen. ^assa (nekkhaih) Dh. 230. 

jam ma, mfn. {sa. jalma) ') con- 
temptible, poor, miserable; m. ».>0 
(gadrabho) 8,38. -) cruel, fierce; f. 
^'i (tanha) 107,3i; acc. ^iih, 108,i. 

jay a, m. {= sa.) victory; jaya- 
parajaya, »«. victory and defeat, acc. 



/^am, Dh. 201. - jayaih (Dh. 201) 
part. »«., V. (jinati &) jeti. 

jara, mfn. (only as first part of 
comp. = sa. jarat) old (an epithet 
implying contempt or vexation); jara- 
Sakko,^ 59,31. cp. jirati, jinna <t next. 

jara. f, (-= sa.) old age, decre- 
pitude, decay; nom. ^a, 63,i3. 67,8; 
instr. ^aya. 70,89; - *»-jajjara, m. 
a decrepit old man; ace. ,>.am, 63,8; 

- *jarappatta {sa. *jara-prapta) mfn. 
decrepit, decayed; gen. f. pi. <>^a,n&m. 
47,15; — "-maranaih, w. old age and 
death, 66,io-i6; - jati-jara, /"., jati- 
jarupaga, mfn., yava-jara, adv. (v.h.). 

- Jara-vagga, m, the U*"" chapter 
of Dh. 

jala, n. (=■ aa.) water; instr, 
/^ena, 110,a!i; loo, />,e (aaniattho. 
q. V.) 4,ii; - *''-gocara, mfn. living 
in the water; w», pi, ^a, 1,8; - thala- 
jala-, 19,28, lona-jala-, 24,i6 (v. h.), 

jalati, vh. (sa. VJ^^O *° bum, 
shine; pr, 3. sg. ^ati (aggi) 94,3o; 
part. loc. pi. .^.antesu (padipesu), 
65,18; pot. 3. sg. ^eyya, 94,s9; aor. 
3. sg, a-jali, 95,7 ; cans, jaleti & jaleti 

jaleti, vb. (cans. fr. prec.) to set 
on fire, light, kindle (ace); ger, 
-^etva (aggirii) 100,34. cp. jaleti. 

Java, mfn, (= sa.) quick; Java- 
sakuna-jataka, n. (the tale of the 
dexterous bird) 13,8 (if not Java is 
the name of a bird; Trenckner refers 
to sa. cavya = vaca, but this seems 
not to agree with rukkha-koUhaka, 
13,10, which is = sa. Qatapattra. 
Jutakamala p. 235,2o). - m. speed; 
instr. />^ena, quickly, 23,u. 

jaha, mfn. (e. c. = sa.) leaving, 
abandoning; v, sabbafijaha. cp. next. 

jahati (& jahati), vb. (= sa. 
y/h&) to leave, abandon (acc); pr. 3. 
pi. /N..anti (okamokam) Db. 91 ; pot. 
3. «^. jahe, Dh. 221. 370 (cp. vippa- 
jaheyya); 1. sg. jaheyyam (rajjam) 
8,s; fat. 3. s^r. jahissati (attanam, 
will loose his life) 54,so; inf jahitum, 
44,81. 46,34; ger. hitva (abalassam, 

leaving behind) Dh. 29; (kame) Dh. 

88; Dh. 91. 231. 417; pp. hina (v. 

h.) ; cans, hapeti, pass, hayati (q. v.) 

cp, jaha, mfn. 
jagarati (& jaggati), vb. (sa, 

y/jiigr) to be awake; part. gen. m, 

<N/ato, 107,9 = Dh. 60; part, med. 

jagarainana, gen. pi. rwanaih (sada 

/x-, ever watchful) Dh. 226. cp, pa^i- 

jaggati & bahujagara, 

jata, *) mfn. (^^ sa. pp. y/jsLiij cp. 

jayati & janeti)born, grown, produced; 

become (in this sense often used as 

finite tense); m. f^o, 18,28. 34,2<. 45,24. 

113,s; instr. f^ena (maooona) Db. 

53; gen. <vaB8a (nsvery one that ii 

born") 63,13; loc. /ve (varanarukkhe) 

4,9t; o-ainhi (atthan)hi) Dh. 331; 

f, r^a, 28,8; acc. ^am, Dh. 340; 

Yakkhini jatftsi (you have been born 

a Yakkhini) 59,2i; n. >v^am, 31,>i. 

49,84; m. pi. ^a (danta) 12,8t; n. 

pi. fN^ani (kesani, sisamhi) 47, i; 

camp, piti-somanassa-jata, adj. f. 

filled with pleasure and satisfaction, 
64,13; pasanapittham nissaya jata- 
(gumbe) 17,2o; — *jata-divasa, m. 
birthday, loc. f^e, 24,3i. 45,2i; — 
chaiida-", mfn., sayam-", mfn. (q. v.). 
— '■') n. a kind, sort; gandha-" (v. h.) 
cp. jatarupa & next. 

jataka, ') mfn. (=: sa.) born; m. 
a child; nahapitassa /vo, 25, lo (a 
bastard). — ^) n. •) nom. pr. name of 
a Pali work, the 10"" section of the 
Khuddaka-nikSya; acc. r^&m, 102,i6; 
loc. ^e, 102,8o; com^}, jatak'-abbbuta- 
vedallaih (parts of the navafigaifa 
Satthusasanaih) 109,34. The Jataka 
is the Book of Birth-Stories, containing 
547 tales of the anterior existences 
of Gotama Buddha (jatakani) and an 
introduction (nidana-katba) about the 
legendary history of the Buddhas; cp. 
L. Feer, ]^tude sur les Jfitakae, lAs. 
(1875) sir. 7. vol. V-Vl; a useful 
bibliography is given by H. Wemel, 
JRAS. 1893, p. 351. Specimens are 
found p. 1-60, 72-74; of NidSna- 
katha p. 61-65. - *>) a tale of the 



Jataka-book, consisting of two chief 
parJ^s, viz. paccuppanna-vatthu (story 
of the present) generally in prose only, 
and atlta-vatthu (story of the pastj 
in mixed prose and verses (gatba) 
together with a verbal commentary 
(atthavannana Dr atthakatha) ; the 
tale concludes in a short summary 
(samodhana, identification of the ac- 
tora ;n t)ie atita-vatthu). Jataka-tales 
are also found in Cariya-pitaka, 
Buddba-vamsa and passim in other 
holy scriptures (cp. Bhys Davids, 
Buddhist Birth Stories, Introd.), with 
the northern Buddhists in Maha-vastu, 
Jataka-mala, Divyavadana, Avadana- 
Qataka etc. ; numerous scenes of Jataka* 
tales are figured on the Bharhut-Stupa, 
Boro-Boedoer, and Mangala Cheti Da- 
gaba (cp. the notes of Pafrt 1). Spe- 
cimens of Jatakas in their whole ex- 
tent (without commentary) are found 
p. 28-32, a little proof of the verbal 
commentary p. 52, 1-7. />^aiii samo- 
dhanesi („identifijd the birth") 29,x6. 

30,24, 32j5. 

jatarupa, n. (= sa.) gold; jata- 
riipa-rajata-patiggahana, n. accepting 
gold and silver, abl. ^a, 81,26. 

jati. f. {=^ sa.) ') birth, re-birth, 
(former) existence; nom. /^i, 66, lo. 
67,8; instr. rviya (or jacca, v. helotoS 
70,99 ; gen, /N/iya, 63,i3; loc. rwiyam 
(atita-**) 86,12; — •"-kkhaya, m. end 
of births, ac:. .^jair, Dh. 423; - 
^'-jara, f. birth and decty, ace. /^aih, 
Dh. 238. 348; "-ja.-'-upaga, mfn. {v. 
upaga); — ^'-nirodha, m, cessation 
of births, ^0, 66,16; ahl.\ /N^a, ib.; 
- ***-marana, 
^asaa, 1 05,26 ; 
-saicsara, n. the revolution of 
being, 108,i8; — *°-8ambhava, m. 
existence, 17,38; — **-s8ara- {sa. jati- 
SDiara), remembering one's former 
existences; """-iiaaa, n. the power of 
remembering one s former existences, 
instr. ^ena, 17,4 ; - i)anca-jati-satani 
{are. through 500 births = 600 times) 
17,10. - ^; age j ms^r. jacca=:jatiya, by 

- *'*-paccaya {v. h.) ; 
n. birth and death, gen. 


age, 47,ji. - *) caste; ace, /x/im, lll,ti 
(mama jatin ti, my royal lineage); 
instr. jacca, by caste, 106,9 — Dh. 
393 ; - "-gotta-kula-padesa, m. posi- 
tion with regard to caste, race and 
family, ace. r^am, 43, so; — °-mant'- 
upapanna, mfn. (v, upapanna). ep. 
Fiek, 80c. Glied. p. 22. - *) kind, 
sort; catu-jati-gandha, m. (v, catu, 
cp. jata, n.). 

jatu, adv. (— sa.) at all, ever 
(generally explained by ekamBe(Da) 
or kadaoi); tasu ko -v vissase, 61,i. 

*janana, n. (nom. act. fr. jaDati) 
knowing, knowledge; *'-manta, m. a 
spell of knowledge, ace, ».<am, 63,36; 
sabba-ruta-janana-manta, m. 63,i4 
{v. rata). 

*jananaka, mfn. (fr.pree.) know- 
ing, a knower; catuppadika-gatba-", 
V. catuppadaka, 102,27. 

janapada, mfn. (— sa.) living in 
in the country; m. pi. country-people; 
ace. pi. ,^e, 6,2 (negama-"); - *jana- 
paditthi, f. a country-woman, ace, 
nwim, 30,28. 

janati, vb. {sa. \/jna) to know, 
understand, learn (ace); perceive, ob* 
serve; recognize; be aware, fiod (find 
out); experience (suffer); pr. 3, sg. 
-Np-ati (ko ->. kim karissati) 13,i7: 
30,6. 32,9. 72,24. 102,25; 2. sg. .^asi, 
6,11; 1. sg. .>.,ami, 41,s3. 61,io. 87,S6. 
92,io; 1. sg. med. jane, 113,i»; 2. pi. 
o^atha, 59,16; 3. pi. r^anti, 61,35. 
69,30. 104,2; - part. •) (janam) gen. 
m. janato, Dh^ 384; a-janato (te) 
101,30; >>)»!, jananto, 67,3; pi. ^a 
(nama naheaum, no one knew) 19,i9; 
a-jananto, not knowing, unaware, un- 
suspecting, 5,1. 50,17; pi. ^a, 21,6; 
/". j-^anti, 67,24; *=) med. pi. m. jana- 
mana, 17,28; — imp. 2. sg. janahi, 
46^8. 72,23 (evam); Dh. 248; 2. pi. 
-^.atha (find out) 74,8; — pot. •) 2. 
sg. janeyyasi, 94,29; 1. sg. janeyya 
(^ahaiii) 94,3i; 3. pi. ^eyyum, 17,s8; 
2. pi. ^eyyatha, 9,i4; ") 3. sg. jaftna, 
Dh. 157. 352; - fut. 3. sg. ^issati, 
66,8; 2. sg. ^issasi (tuyham pattam. 



suffer) 6,35; 1. sg. ^issami (paccha, 
see to it afterwards) 15,ig-, — aor. ») 3. 
sg. afinasi, v. ajanati; «>) 5. pL ja- 
nimsu (tarn karanam) 37,8; - ger. ») 
fiatva, 3,20. 8,95. 12,9-86. 33,5. 34,u 
(sabbam)._Dh. 12. 22 etc.; >;) janitva, 
50,31 ; _a-janitva, 63,i; -pass, fiayati, 
pp. fiata, caus. iiapeti & janapeti 
{q. V.) cp. nana, iiataka, iiati, -fiiiu, 
& janana(ka). 

janapeti, vh. {cans, II. janati) 
to let know, to inform any one (occ); 
imp. a. sg. />/ehi (nam) 65,23; ger. 
*>^etva (tam) ib, cp. fiapeti. 

jani, f. (sa. jyani; fr. japeti, Vjya) 
*) I08B (of property), amercement. *) 
growing old, infirmity; ace, ^vim, Dh. 

jayati, vb. (■=- sa. \/J£in) *» ^« 
born; pr. 3. sg. ^ati, Db. 193; o.ati, 
Dh. 212 foil. Dh. 282 foil. (birm. 
read, ^te); pot. 3. sg. med. ->.etha, 
Dh. 58; aor. 3. sg. jayi, 46,82; pp. 
jata, ^rd. janna (v. h.y, caus. janeti 
(2. V.) cp. jataka, jati, jana etc. 

jar a, m. (— sa.) a paramour, lover; 
ace, rwam, 51, 1. 

jala, n. (— sa.) a net, snare; 
cob-web; wire-net, lattice; ace, »/aih 
(khipapetva) 26,i; Dh. 347 (cob-web); 
antojalam, 88,35 {v. anto) ; suvanna-**, 
a golden net, 62,23; instr. .>/ena, 88,3*; 
62,23 (savanna-"); 88,35 (Mara-"); 
abl. ^ato (muccati) 88,34; "-mutto 
(sakunto) 88,30; - *nana-jala, n. the 
limits of one's perception; gen. o^assa 
(anto pavittham disva, calling her 
into his mind) 86,28; - *°-karandaka, 
m. (v. h.). 

jali'J, mfn. (— sa.) 'having a net', 
ensnaring, deceptive, fascinating ; f. 
,^ini (tanha) Dh. 180. 

jaleti, vb, {caus, jalati) to cause 
to burn or shine (occ); pr. 3, pi, 
««enti (dipara) 37,» (cp. jaleti}. 

ji, mfn. (e. c. — sa, jit) winning, 
victorious; v, BaBgamaji {cp, jinati). 

jigaccha,/'.(sa.jighat8a) hunger; 
Dh. 203 (var. B. digaccha). 

jinn a, mfn, (pi».jirati; «a. jxrna) 

old, decayed ; »>. ^0, 74,20 ; ace. i^&m 
(purisam) 63,i5; — "-konca, w». pi. 
Dh. 156. - mogha-o, m. Dh. 260 
(v. h.) cp. parijinna. 

jinnaka, mfn. (sa. jirnaka) old, 
worn out; n, pi. ^ani (pilotikani) 

jita, mfn. (pp. jeti & jinati; = 
sa.) conquered; atta jitaiii. seyyo 
(n one's own self conquered is better") 
Dh, 104 (where jitam is an old 
nasalized form instead of m. jito, cp. 
Dhpd. (1856) p. 287; Knhn, Beitr. 
p. 59); ace. m. f^&m (Maraiii) Dh. 
40; — siihst. n. victory; Dh. 179; 
ace. ~am, Dh. 105 (opp. apajitaih). 

Jina, m. (= sa.) 'victor', epithet 
of the Buddha; "-sasana, n. the doc- 
trine of Buddha; ace. i^&m (navaSgam) 
109,22 (— Satthu-sasanam, 109,32); 
loe, -we, 109,6. 

jinati (& jeti, q. v.) vb. (sa. ^/jya 
& y/ii) to win ; to conquer, overcome 
(ace); pr. 3. sg. .x/nati (niccam) 
48,9; Dh. 354 (sabbadanam, exceeds); 
103,32 (nam); — pot. 3. sg. jine 
(kodhara) 44,8; 107,s = Dh. 103; 
aor. 3. sg. a-jini, Dh. 3; pass, jiyati, 
V. parajiyati. 

jiya, f. (sa, jya) a bow-string; ace, 
rv&m, 92,iG. 

jivha, f. (sa. jihva) the tongue; 
70,31. Dh. 65; instr. -^aya, Dh. 360; 
loc, /x^aya, 71,9; — "-samphassa-vin- 
iianayatanam, 72, 15, the sense of taste 
(cp. ayatana). 

jiyati, vb, *) = jirati (q. v.) - 
*) pass, jinati & jeti, v. parajiyati. 

jirati, vb. (sa. yjf, jiryati) to 
grow old, become decrepit; pr. 3. sg. 
-wati, Dh. 152; 3. pi. /x.anti, Dh. 
161 (are destroyed); pp. jinaa, (q. v.) 
op, jara, jara, iajjara. 

jiva, m, n, (= sa.\ ') n. life, aoul; 
nom, ^aiii, 89,ta-i9 (opp. sariraib); 
ace, <N/ain, 103,it; - yavajivam, adv. 
all the life long, l3,T. Dh. ^64; - 
dujjiva, sujiva, mfn, (q, v,). — ») m. 
a living being; Moka, m. living beings; 
<^0, 47,17, 



jivati, vb. (sa. Vjiv) to live; to 
iiv<( by, Bubsisv. on (nissiiya); pr. 2. 
sg. .^asi, 13,89; 1. sg. med. (or pot.) 
jive, 103,31 ; 1. pi. /v-ama, Dh. 197; 
part. m. juram, 103,7; f. med. jiva- 
mana, 31,i7; pot. 3. sg. jive, Dh. 110 
{1. sg. 103,34 ?) ; imp. 2. sg. jiva 
(cirrm) 69,»3; jiva bho, 103,7; fut. 
1. sg. /viissami (rajauaih nissaya „in 
th.^ king's service") !:4,i8; inf. ^ituril 
(asakkonta) 39, i; jivitu-kama, mfn. 
loving life, m. i>^o, Dh. 123. cp. jiva, 
jivika, jivita, jimh. 

jivika, f. (=i--'sa.) livelihood; ace. 
n^aih (kappeii, kasikammena) 8,is. 

jivits, n. (= sa.) life; mow. /N^arii, 
86, 'v5; aC'^. <^am, 4,33; abl. o.a, 76,3; 

— "-kkhaya, m., dmtb ; ace. ^Siva, 4,28; 

— *'*-dana, n. sa/ing one's life; ace. 
ovarii (dassami) 12,26 ; 42,i2. - *<*-pa- 
tilabha, m. rescue, escape, <x/0, 42, lo; 

— *''-pariyosana, n. thb end of life, 
ioc. .\.e, 34,29; — "'^-saiiikhaya, m. = 
jivita-kkhaya; Ioc. />.amhi, Dh. 331. 

jivin, >«/■«. (e. c. = sa.) living, 
V. dhamma-jivi/i. 

juti, f. (sa. dyuti) splendour; — 
*jutin-dhara, mfn. bright, splendid; 
m. pi, rs^a, (pakkbi) or voe. n^a, (?) 
11,14; — jutima^, mfn. (= sa.) id., 
m. pi. ^inanto, Dh. 85, cp. jotati. 

juhati & juhati, vb. (sa. \/hu, 
junoti) to offer; to sacrifice to, wor- 
ship (ace); part. gen. m, jiihato 
(aggihuttam) 103,8; pp. huta (q.v.). 

juta, M. ((& m. ?) (sa, dyuta) 
game at dice; act. rvait, kijati, plays 
at dice, 19,io. 48,5; — *°-gita, n, a 
verse sung for luck in game; ace. »/ara 
(gayanto) 48,8; 60,29; — "-mandala, 
n. a game-chamber or dicing-table; 
ace. «^am, 19,i!.; 60,28. 

juhati, vb. =: juhati {q. v.). 

je^tha, mf(n). (sa. jyeshtha) first, 
chief; first born, eldijr brother or sister; 
m. gen, (dat.) ,>.as3a (yakkhassa) 
112,13; niyyaraaka-", 24, jo; "^-putta, 
m. ace. ^aih, 45,3; "-bhata, 34,33; 
''-yakkhini, f. 21, 21; "-vanija, m.ace. 

f^am, ib. 

*jetthaka, mf(n). — pree.\ m. 
niyyainaka-jetihako, 24,i4; "-kanitthe, 
ace. pi. m. two brothers, 32,si (cp. 
kanittha); "-tapasa. m. ace. ovarii, 
36,2; "-bhatika, m. ace. /^aiii, 32,Ji. 

Jetavana, n. of a garden 
near Savatthi, bought from prince Jeta 
(a son of Pasenadi) by Anathapindika, 
who built a monastery there and pre- 
sented it to Buddha (Jat. I p. 92. 
II, 216); aec. o^ain, 86,20; abl. -^^a, 
87.3; Ioc. r^e, 28,2; — "-abhimukhi, 
f 73,13 (v. abhimukha); - "-magga, 
m. the road from J., ace. >^aifa, 73, is. 

jeti,v&. (sa. jayati, v/ji ; cp. jinati) 
to win; to conquer, overcome, exceed 
(acc.);pr. 3. S51, jeti (sadhum sadhuna) 
„pay8 good with goodness", 44,2; part, 
m. jayaiii (the victor) Dh. 201 ; pot. 
3. sg. jeyya (jeyya-m-attanarii, con* 
quers himself) 107,4 = Dh. 103; ger. 
jetva, 103,32; pp. jita (v. h.) cp. jaya, 
m. ji, mfn. & Jina, m. 

jotati, vb. (sa. dyotate, \/dyut) 
to shine; part. m. -x-anto (manirata- 
naiii viya) 62.3o, cp. juti, f. 


jhana, n. (sa. dhyana) abstract 
religious meditation, ecstasy, divided 
into four stages, through which the 
mind comes into a state of complete 
indifference; mm. .vaifa, Dh. 372; 
ace. palfhama-, dutiya-, tatiya-, ca- 
tuttha-jjhanaifa, 80,s-8; abl, <^a., ib.; 
Ioc. a-parihina-jjhane, 46,is; - *jha- 
nabhififia, f (v, abhifina); - *<'-pa- 
suta, mfn. given to meditation, m. pi. 
^a., Dh. 181; — *samadhi-jhana, 
n. the ecstasy of self-concentration, 
ace. rvam, 109,2i. 

jhapeti, vb. (eaus. jhayati') to 
burn, set on fire (ace); pr, 2. sg, 
^esi (gamam) 101,6; 1. sg, ^emi 
(naham khettam ,-v, I did not set the 
field on fire) 100,28; pot. 3. sg. ~eyya, 
101,4; aor. 3. sg, /^esi (ayarii aggi 



ma maiii ->.) 51, is; ger. -x/etva, 34,6; 
pp. jhapita, »i. ^o (gamo) 101,8. 

j h ay ati S v6. {sa, kshayati.Vkshai) 

») to. burn (intr.); pr, 3. sg, ^ati, 

65,28; 3. pi. o^anti, 65,8; pari, med, 

•^^mana, m. >^o, n. <^ari), 101,4. — 

*) to waste away, dry up, to be 

emaciated, perish; pr, 3. pi, .^..anti, 

Dh. 156. cp, Bollimsen, ZDMG, 

XVIII, 834; TTefccr, Ind.Str. I, 143; 

Pischel, Gramra. § 326. Fausbell, 

Dhpd. (1866) p. 323 refers to ^jya. 

Trenckner to y'dah {cp, PM. p. 66,15), 

but jhama, mfn. (burnt, scorched) 

must be identical with sa. ksharua. - 

cans, jhapeti (sa. kshapayati) v. h. 

jhSyati*, vft. (so. dhyayati.ydhyai) 

to contemplate, meditate; part, m, *) 

ace. «%^antam, 103,8; 106,is = Dh. 

395; gen, /v-ato, 66,«o; a-jhayato, 

Dh. 372; - *) nom. ^anto, Dh. 27; 

- iinp. 2. sg. jhaya, Dh. 371. jhana, 

n. (3. V.) cp, next. 

jhayi«, mfn, (sa. dhyayin) re- 
flecting, thoughtful, absorbed in medita- 
tion; nom. m. ^i (brahmono) 107,8i 
= Dh. 387; ace. ~im, Dh. 386; 
gen. »x/ino, Dh. 110; m. pi. /x-iuo, 
Dh. 23. 276. 


natta, «. (sa. jnatra) the intellec- 
tual faculty; nom. »^am (balassa 
jayati) Dh^ 72. (cp. Dhpd. (1855) 
p. 262 = jananabhava; it can hardly 
be sa. jnapta, Max Miiller, SBE. X, 
p. 22; fiatte (loc.) Jat. V, 26,6 & 
486,13 (= santike. near) stands for 
nante. sa. ny-ante). 

11 at V a, ger. v. janati. 

nana, n. (so. jnana) understanding, 
knowledge, intelligence; nom. i^aih, 
71,15; 79,80 (opp. pasada); 90,35 (assa 
evam <^ hoti, he reasons that) ; 96,1* ; 
instr. -%/ena (sekhena) 69,8*; jatis- 
sara-", 17,4; -'O-karana, »»/>»., ♦"-jala, 
n. (g. V.) ; — **-8ainpanna, mfn, full 

of intelligence, m. .vO, 24,i4; — 
a-nn_ana, n. (v. h.). 

*Nanodaya, »». (^sa. jnana + 
udaya) nom. pr. of a work by Buddha- 
ghosa; acc. i%/&m (nama pakaranam) 


nata, mfn (pp. janati; sa. jnata) 
known; pi. m. /va (guna) 41,34; gen, 
/x>anaiii, 90,33. a-iinata & a-nnataka, 
mfn. (v. /«,), 

*fiataka, m. (fr. *iiatika, cp. sa. 
jflati & next) a relative, kinsman; pi. 
/va, Dh. 43; raja-o, 76,it. (op. Tr, 
PM. p. 76,1.) 

fiati, m, (sa, jfiati) a relative, 
kinsman; pi, nom, <v!, Dh. 204; instr, 
/villi, 11,10; gen, ^inam, Dh. 139. 
207 ; loc, /visu, Dh. 288 ; iiati-mitta- 
etc. 47,31 ; fiati-mitta, m. pi. kinsmen 
and friends, Dh. 219; — *"'-gharam, 
„home to her relatives", 62,3; — '•-8a- 
lohita, m. pi. 92,8 (v, h.), 

napeti, vb. (cans, janati, sa. 
jnapayati) to make known, explain ; 
part. m. «vento (iti .v) 9,3o. cp. 

naya, m. (sa. nyaya) *) method; 
*) right manner, fitness; the right path 
(= ariyo atthangiko maggo, 67,3); 
gen. /^assa (adhigamaya) 90,i8 (cp. 
Tr. PM. 58,15). 

nayati, vb. (pass, janati^ to be 
called, named ; pr. 3. sg, .^ati (katbam 
bhadanto /v) 96,2o; 1. sg. .^ami, 
(Nagaseno ti -v) 96,3o. 

n e V a , indecl. (after a nasal =■ yeva), 
V. eva'). 

"-finii, »»/M.(e.c.,sa.jfla) knowing; 
V. a-katannO, mattaiinu; cp. viiinii. 


thatva, ger., v. tit(hati. 

ibapapeti,t)&. (caus. II. tifthati) 
to cause to stand, to cause to be placed; 
ger. /^etva (matamanussam ujukam, 
setting the dead body upright) 41, it; 



thapita, mfn. {pp. thapeti; cp. 
aa, stbapita) placed; left at one's 
disposal, prepared for; mukhe ^bapita- 
matta (yagu, as soon as It bad come 
into her nioath) 57,82 (cp. matta*); 
*'-vasita-udakani, 41,s; like ^bita this 
word is ofteo combined with a pre- 
ceeding ger. : saihbaritTa ^hapite (sii- 
take, ace, m. pi., the clothes that were 
lying folded up) 41,4. 

thapeti, vb, {caus. tit^hati; sa, 
stbapayati) 'to cause to stand', to 
place, set, lay {ace. db loc.)\ to fix, 
make firm {acc.)\ to appoint (to any 
office, loc.) ; to place aside, save, except 
(ace); pr. 3. so. kim ^bapesi (why do 
you except her?) 50,3i ; 2. pi. o^etba, 
l,2o; — imp. 2. sg. ^x-ehi, 44,26; - 
aor, 3, eg. (vssi, 6,i7. 76,8; 3. pi. 
'^eiiuib, 16,27; — inf. ^etuiii (nica- 
thaniyaifa ucce ^baue) 76, n; — ger. 
~etva, *) 6,27. 9,10 (te putta-ithane) ; 
13,19; (pitu yagum rw, having saved 
a portion for her father) 56, 3i ; 57,33. 
65,90-31 ; 87,27 (laid aside); (cittam 
idam .^, making firm) Dh. 40; a- 
thapetva (hattbe) 56,27; — ^) used 
likfi a prp. to. ace. (oefore or after) 
— except, but; ekam eva vaddbarii 
^, 12,20 ; /^ mam (except me) 27, is; 
^v mama manavi), 48,24; tumhe 
^v^, 61,9; Savatthi-vaaino '^i 73,32; — 
ijrd. ») (hapetubba, " yuttakam {ace. 
m., raja-ttliane) ll,i; - •■) thapaniyara 
(paiiham, ace. m., a question not to 
be isked) 91,si; —pp. thapita {q. v.) 
cp. tbapapeti. 

(bassati. fut., v. tittdati. 

tbahati &thati, vb. — tittbati; 
V. nttbahati, adhi^tbati. 

^b. ana, n. {sa. stbana) ') place, 
spot, locality, dwelling-place; nam. 
/vara, 85,7; abl. ->.a, 104,4; loc. ,%/e, 
17,24; cinna-ttbane, l.t4 {v. h.); 
pbasuka-", 35,26; a-vijjamana-", 18,l^ 
{v. vijjati) saka-saka-tthanesu, 
22,9; paiicasu ^esu, 30,2?; — apa- 
gata-", 91,29 (g. v.); — arafina-". 
32,14; - gala-", gata-gata-", gabana-® 
{q. V.) — chinna-" (-= vivara) 91, ho; 

- dhamma-gandika-", 6,» {v. gan- 
dika); - nivesana-", 2,i6; - purana- 
gama-", 36,2» {v. gama) ; - yujjhana-', 
29,2*; - vasana-", 2,m. ^.i©. - *) 
place or room for; rathassa ukkamana- 
t^hanam, 43,i». — *) space, extent; 
aec. ^aifa (yojanamattaiii) 6,9; (attbu- 
sabbamattaiil) 27,27. - *) case, circum- 
stance, point, occasion; catusu 
(N^esu, 86,82. — *) state, condition (e. 
c. = bbava); ace. <x/am, Dh. 137; 
aec. pi. /%^ani (cattari) Dh. 309; 

- agata-tthanam va gata-tthanam 
va (her coming or going) 19, is; — 
loc. {e. c.) = instead of : putta-ttbane, 
9,9. — *") position, office, rank; loc. 
raja-tthane, ll,i; ucce thane, 76, it 
{ep. nica-thaniya, mfn.). — ') cause, 
object, thing, means {e. c, ^= things 
that serve to or cause); instr. pi. 
tihijhanehi, Dh. 224. 391 ; O-pamada- 
ttbana, abl. (veramam, which cause 
indifi'erence) 81,23; "-vibbusana-ttbana 
{id. which serve to decoration etc.) 
81,28. — a-t^bana, «. (g. v.) cp. next. 

(baniya (or ^bauiya) mfn. {sa. 
sthanika & sthaniya) e. c. = having 
a certain position; v. nica-thaniya. 

*tbanuppatti(ka), mfn. {fr. 
thana + uppatti) 'arisen on the spot', 
immediate; (or : resulting from one's 
office (o; practice or competence?)); 
instr. f. ^iya (medhaya samanna- 
gato, comm. on 'medbavi') 91,27. cp. 
Jat. VI, 304,18 & 308,23. 

tbita, mfn. {pp. ti^tbati; sa. stbita) 
standing; »i. .^0 (dipake) 2,32; (ko- 
tiyam, q. v.) 17,8; kiinattbam .^^o'si, 
why do you stand there? 16,it; aec. 
(^arii, 66,19; loc. .^^e (saraih nissaya) 
3.3i; aec. m. pi. <^e (mige) 6,8; often 
combined with a preceeding ger. {cp, 
tbapita) : nahatva .-wassa, gen. m. sg. 
(when he had finished his bathing) 
41,3; nivasetva ^, 41,4 etc,\ also 
comp. w. kale, khaiie : 41, 7-14; 87,35; 
darakam gahetva o^a, f. (she who 
has taken the child) 59,i4; ,^puriso, 
86,21 (like a man who, having seen a 
snake from afar, has cast it away by 



means of a stick). - *o.oitta, mfn. 
whose mind is firm or constant, gen. 
m. ^assa, 80,32; - pathavi-o, yattha-", 
mfn. (g. v.). 

*thitaka, »»/>!.(= prcc.)standing; 
m. r^o (pade pasaretva) 62,38; 65,3i. 

thiti, f. (sa. sthiti), 'standing, 
remaining'; continuance, steadfastness: 
Db. 147. 

*thitika, mfn. (e. c, fr. prec.) 
standing, remaining, lasting; existing 
or living by, depending on ; v. ahara-**. 

°-ttlia, mfn. (e. c. = sa. stha) 
standing; v. gahat^ha, dhamma-o, 
nava-o, pabbata-«, bhaya-o, samipa-". 
cp. kappatthiya. 



dayhati, vb., pass, dahati (g. v.). 

dasati. vb. (sa. dahati, Y^damc) 
to bite ; part. ace. m. (rned.) -%/manam 
(givaya) 40,i8; inf. «^ituih, 40,i7; 
ger. ,x/itva, 4,88; 14,J7 (valliyam); 
35,24 (manikkhandham mukhena). 
cp, sandasa, 

dahati, vb. (sa. dahati, Y^dah) 
to burn (trans.); pr. 3. sg. /^ati 
(agarani) Dh. 140; part, nom. m. 
dahani, Dh. 31 ; nom, n, rwantam 
(papam kammam) 106,2a = Db. 71; 
pot. 3. sg. r^eyya (khettam) 100,26; 
pp. da^dha (always spelt with initial 
*d', which occurs also in the other 
forms) V. aggi'da^^ha; pass, 4ayhati 
(sa. dahyate & fs,i\)\part, m, ^mSno, 
Db. 371. cp, next, (Pisohel, Or. 
§ 222.) 

daha, m, (sa, daha) burning, 
h«at; V, anto-(j[aba. 


tam^, pron. demonstr. (sa. tad), 
n. tam, 13,S9. 22,si etc.; by sandhi : 
tam, 26,16 (tam pi); 97,28 (tam abam); 
tan t'aham, 85,85; tafi fieva, 5,io; 

the older form tad is also to be found 
before vowels : tad avasari, 81,9; tad 
eva, 91,10; tad abhinanditum, 97,5; 
tad ajj'aham foittam) Dh. 326, and 
in some comp. (v. below; cp. takkara); 

- m. so or sa : l,i8. 2,4. 7,9 (sv-aham 
= 80aham); 106,7. 107,4. 114,8 c<c.; 

- /". sa : 2,27 etc, ; — except the nom. 
sg, the declension is a regular pron. 
inflexion of the base ta- : ace. m. tam, 
1,8. 5,1 ; f. tam, 68,17; — instr. m. n. 
tena, 1,9. 2,24 (ten'eva); 50,i; f. taya, 
19,19; - gen. (dat.) m. n. tassa, l,6-ii 
etc; f. tassa, 2,i9. 7,io etc, — abl. 
m. n. tasma, 17,ii; tamha, 14,4. 
108,2 ; — loc. m. n. tasmirii, 2,82 etc.; 
tamhi, Dh. 117; - plur. m. nom, ace, 
te, 3,24. 21,!)o etc.; f, nom. ace, ta, 
20,33. 59,3-4; — instr. m. n. tehi, 
25,28; f. tahi, 21,6; — gen. m. n, 
tesam, 4,i7 etc. Dh. 4 (tes'); /". tasam, 
21,17; — loc, m, n. tesu, 14,2i ; f. 
tasu, 61,4. — ') = it, that, this; m. 
he; f, she; (subst, & adj.) : 25,97. 29,27. 
58,17 etc, — ') corresponding to. prec, 
pron. rel. (cp, yam) ; 68,23 (ya . . . 
tam) ; 84,7-8 (yasmim ... so) ; 99,8o ; 
107,4; and sometimes combined w, 
pron, rel, in the sense of a pron, 
indef. = whichsoever, whatsoever; n, 
yan tam, Dh. 42 (quicquid); instr, 
yena tena upayena, 1,9; pi, m, ye 
te manuBsa, 76,3o. — ') repeated : 
ace, m. tam tarn (bhaccam, each) 
112,23; loc. m. pi. tesu tesu (kathen- 
tesu, all of them constantly) 49,9; 
tuiii jivam tadi sarlraiii (= the same, 
opp, aflAam . . . afifiam) 89,98. — *) 
emphatically, *) before subst. or nom. 
pr. : tassa sS bhariya, 2,87 ; ayam 
kbo sa majjhima patipada, 67,5; 
80 Kassapo, 109,6; — •>) before pron. 
1. pers. : sv'aham, 7,9; aco. tam mam, 
103,9; gen. tassa me, 103,88; — «) 
before pron, 2. pers. : tassa te, 97,84; 
cp. so karobi, Dh. 236. - ') pleonasti- 
cally : m, pi. te (pamatta) 77,5 (or 
corr. w, a prec. ye that has dropped). 

- *) several cases are used adverbi- 
ally : tam (ace, w.), tena (instr. n,), 



tasma {abl. n.) v. neparatety. — ') 
comp. t. tud-, takkara, tam-namaka. 
Jam*, adv. (by iianclhi tad = tam', 
ace. ».) ') = there, to that place : 
tad avasari (corr. to. yena = where) 
77,is. 81,9. — *) = DOW, then, in that 
case; thereafter; tad eva (^corr. w, 
yad evaj 91,io; tam kira inanfiasi, 
94,29. 09,4; tam aham, 97,«e. 98,io; 
tam eaarfi, 47,i!i. 100,is. — *) there- 
fore; tail c'ayam, 96, i:. 

tam*, pron. 3. pcrs. acc,\ v, tvaifa. 
takka, m. {sa. tarka) reasoniDg, 
speculation; v. a-takkavacara, mfn. 

takkara, mfn, {sa. tat-kara) 
doing that; m. rs.,0 (naro) Dh. 19. 

Takkasila, f. {sa. Taksbagila) 
nom. pr, of a city in the Gandhara- 
country {TdBi^a in Panjab) ; ace. 
^am, 42,25; loc, «^aya, 46,ac. 

takkola(ka), n. {sa. kakkola, 
cp. takkola) a sort of perfume, Bdel- 
lium; tambiila-takkolakfidiDi, 49,i6. 

tagara, n. (= sa.) a kind of tree 
and a sort of perfume or fragrant 
powder prepared from it; ,-«,aih, Db. 
56; — **-candani», mfn, prepared 
from Tagara and Candaua {q. v.)\ m. 
^i (gandho) Dh. hC; — ♦"-mallika, 
Tagara and Mallikri {q. v.) Dh. 54 
{cp, SBE. X p. 18). 

taca & taoa«, >». d)- m. (sa. tvac. 
tvaca, f. & tvaca {comp. -tvacas) ».) 
») skin ; num. ^0, 82,8 — 97,80, ^) bark ; 
•"-papa^ika, pi. f, „loo»e shreds of 
bark", 95,22; e.pagata-", mfn, free from 
thiit, III. »>^o (salaiukkho) 95,23-24. 

ta';chaka, »i. {sa. taksbaka) a 
carpenter; pi, i^a,, 106,28 ■=- Dh. 80. 
tajiita. mfn, {sa. tarjita, pp. 
tajjeti) frightened; »«.^?. ^a (marana- 
bhayena, struck with horror of death) 
6,21 j marana-bbaya-tajjito, »i. 5,u; 
bhaya-tajjita, m, pi. (^driven by fear") 
Db. 188. 

tajjeti, vb, {sa. tarjayati, Vtarj) 
to threaten, frighten, scare; ger, «%^etva 
(niraya-bhayena) 17,3o. 

tata, m. (=- sa.) a shore, bank, 

slope; precipice; chintia-", » ■!>•«•■ 
precipice; 27,t. 

tandula. m. (— sa.) rice-grain; 
ace. /^am, 67,i8; pi, --vS, 16,i; ace. 
pi. ^e, 33,25. 67,20 ; mula- 
tandulehi. the roost coarse-grained 
rice,, 57,2o; majjhima-", the middle- 
sort of the rice, ib., opp. kanika, the 
finest grains or flour, 67,»i; — tan- 
duiadi, adj. n. (navatiham) consisting 
of rice etc. 111, si; tila-tandultldayo, 


tan ha, f, (rarely tasina, sa, 
tfshna) 'thirst', desire, craving; <N..a 
(vedana-paccaya , originating from 
vedana and causing upadana, q. v.) 
67,13; 107,29; Dh. 180; catuttbi 
(sena Marassa) 103,26; ace., 
108,1 ; gen. -N.^aya, 67, is. 108,4; abl. 
^aya, Dh. 216; gen. pi. .>..anam 
(khayam) desires, Dh. 154; - *°-anu- 
aaya, m. the attachment to desires, 
loc. -wC, Dh. 338; — tanhakkhaya, 
»(. (tanha -|- khaya) destruction of 
desire, loc. >^e, Dh. 353 ; '>,rata, 
mfn, delighting in tliat, »«. ^o, Dh. 
187; - ♦o-bhava-, Dh. 416 {cp. kama- 
bhava); — **'-vasika, mfn. being in 
the power of desires, enslaved by 
desire, m. »^o, 23, 20; — ♦"-vagga, m, 
the XXIV"' chapter of Dh. ; - kama-O, 
bhava-", vibhava-tanha, f, 67, u; 
hetu-», /: 108,18 {v. h.)\ - vita-tanha, 
mfn. who is without desire. Dh. 351 
-62 («(. rvo). cp, pipasa. 

tatiya, mfn. {sa. tftiya) the third: 
acc.f, ^am, ll,i5; Dh. 309 (tatiyaiii): 
loc. m, o^e (vare, for the third time) 
114,17; ace. n. adv, ^aih, thirdly, 
for the third time, 74,2.'i. 79,22 (-^am 
pi kho); yava-tatiyaiii, up to the 
third time, 3,7 {cp, 102,26); - "-jjhana, 
n. 80,4 {v, jhana); — o-savana, f. 
{v. h.) cp. addhatiya, addhateyya, 
& ti^ (tayo, tini). 

tato, adv, {sa. tatas) *) thence, 
from that place; 2,23. 3,2i; -^ yeva, 
from the same source, 101, 13. — *) there- 
upon, then, afterwards, further; 6,18 
{^ patthaya, q. v.); 63,i4 (^ va); 



101,16. 103,16; Dh, 42 (papiyo ^)] 
tato tato {corr. u>. yato yato, as soon 
as, the more ... the more) Dh. 390. 
- 3) for that reason; 112,3o (corr. w, 

tatoparam, ady. (so. tata/jparam 
& tato 'param) then, afterwards, im- 
mediately after; 55,i5 (cp, itoparaiii, 
para & apara). 

tatta, mfn. (sa. tapta;i)p. tapati) 
heated, hot, red-hot; w. (vO (ayogulo) 
107,1 ■^_ Dh. 308; loc. f. ^aya 
fbhumiya) 97,84; - o.jjapala, m. 
(v. /».). 

tattato, adv. (sa. tattvafas, fr, 
tattva) accordinpr to the truth, really, 
accurately ; r>^ ajanitva, „not knowing 
the truth", 63,i. 

tattha (& tatra, v. next) adv. 
(sa. tatra) ') there, on that (this) 
place; 2,23-25, etc.; 108,27 (tatth'); 
tatth'eva, *) on the same place, 3,6. 

12.24, ••) on that very spot, straightway, 

72.25. 104,18; — tattha tattha, here 
and there, 21,3; yattha . , . tattha, 
72,7-8 ; tattha idbapi, hoth there and 
here, 11 2, is; — very frequently used 
at the begin of commentaries : 85, n- 
17-27. — *) there, to that place; l,i5 
(^ gantva) l,i7. 2,4; lll,u; tatth'- 
eva, to the same place, 58,is; tattha 
tatth'eva (bhijjissama, in all direc- 
tions) 11,8. — ') then, therefore, thence; 
Dh. 249; 112,16 (tattha saddo'yam). 

tatra, adv. (— prec.) 110,2i; 
tatr'assa, 73,23. 90,.s2; tatrapi, 43,8-9; 
tatrayam, 82,i7; tatra kho, 66,24. 
70,23; - tatra-tatrabhinandi«, mfn. 
67,13 (v. abbinandin). 

tatha, adv. (=■ sa.) so, thus; 
tath'eva, in the same way, likewise, 
2,25. 39,5. 105,28; 44,20 (id. without 
eva); tatha ... c'eva ... ca, 10,8o; 
tatha . . . ca . . . na, nor, 113,»7; often 
corr. w. yatha, so . . . that, 12,s-8; 
Dh. 282; yatha . . . tath'eva, as . . . 
■0 alio, 6,9; corr, w. yena, •© . . . that, 
77,6. comp., V. next, 

Tatha-gata, m. (— sa.) 'who 
comes and goes in the aame way' [as 

Ihe Buddhas], probably orig. a designa- 
tion of an Arhat, afterwards esp. of Go- 
tama Buddha (as Sammasainbuddha, 
while still living as a human being, 
preaching the truth), used in the holy 
scriptures when Buddha is represented 
as speaking of himself in the third 
person; hence pi. r^a. appellatively = 
the Buddhas {cp. the most important 
note by Bhijs Davids & Oldenhwg, 
8BE. XIII, p. 82; E. St'nart, JRA8. 
1898 p. 866; E. Chalmers, ib. p. 103; 
BUhtlhigk, Ber. d. Sachs. Ges. 1898 
p. 78; Dbammasaiigani, transl. p. 294). 
- nom. 0^0, 80,25. 94,io; hoti /^o 
parammarana, does T. exist after 
death? 89,29; rOpasamkhavimutto 
T-o, gambhiro appameyyo duppa- 
riyogaho seyyatha pi mahasamuddo, 
95,12 ; ace. fs^Sim, 76,27 ; instr. ^en&, 
66,39. 94,8; gen. ^assa, 76,4. 94,7. 
110,2ti; pi. -vS (anupakkamena «%/ 
parinibbayanti) 76,28; aggadhamma 
~a, 109,28 (v. h., otherwise Geiger, 
Dipavamsa u. Mahuvaibsa, 1905, p. 5); 
akkhataro ^vS, Dh. 276 (the "iD.s are 
only preachers); nippapanca 'va, Dh. 
254 („free from vanity"). 

tatba-bhava, m, (= sa.) the 
being so; ace. /v^aih (fiatva) 3,so. 
/tatba-riipa, mfn. (= sa.) such, 
like that; pregnantly = so great, im- 
portant, etc. ; ace. m. <, 68,35 {w. 
foil, yatha); gen. m. /-^assa, Dh. 105; 
gen. f. /^aya (parisaya) 87,34. {cp. 

tad-, pron. demonstr. w., used by 
sandhi instead of tam (v. tam *'^) & 
comp. {v. tad-anurupa, tad-utfbaya, 

*tad-anurupa, mfn. conformable, 
suitable to that; ace, n, r^&m (vyau- 
janam) 57,2i. 

tada, adv, (== sa.) at that time, 
then ; 1,6 ; 29,i8. 3'0,2i (cp. tena sam- 
ayena, 32,6); tad&si, 81, t (= tada 

tad-utthaya, {fr. ger, utthahati) 
= having sprung from that, 106,i» 
= Dh. 240; tad- stands possibly for 



tat' (Comm. tato utthahitvS, Bhpd, 
(1866) p. 870). 

*tad-upika (or '-Spiya) mfn. 
(fr, tad- + opiiyika = ««. aupayika) 
conibrmable, suitable to that, answer* 
ing; f. ^S, (pafiiia) 2,i2. (Trenckner, 
PM. p. 78, takes it =- sa. *tadopya, 
fr. a T- \/vap). 

tanaya, m. (= sa.) a son; nom. 
raja-tanayo, 112,* (a prince). 

tanu, mfn. (= sa.) thin, little, 
small; *<'-bhuta, mfn. id.; '*-soka, 
mfto. whose mind has been relieved, 
light-hearted, comforted, »n. o^o, 89, is. 
cp, su-tanu. 

tanuKa, nfn. (=^ sa.) = prec.\ 
M. »vO (tanuk' ettlie vipassati, few 
only) 83,2f = Dh. 174; 88,82 (= na 

tanti, f. (= '\a,) a string (of a 
luto); *''-ssara, m, the sound of the 
strings; instr. «^ena, 19,82 {cp. sara'). 

tantu(ka), w. (= sa) a thread; 
tftsara-" (g. v., cp. correitions). 

tandila, mfn. (sa. tandrita; fr, 
tandi, drowsiness, lassitude, sloth, = 
sa. tandra & tandrl) only comp. w. 
the negative p:'efix a- {v. h.) cp. 

tam-namika, mfn. (sa. tan-na- 
mika) named thus; f. tvii.E, 56,ii. 

tapa, m. & tapas, n. {sa. tapas, 
n.) ') religious austerities, penance, 
devotion; nom, rwO (sukho) Dh. 194; 
rvO (paramaiii) Dh. 184. - *) virtue, 
chastity; ^o (bbinno, manavikSya) 
50,82; gen, ^vassa, 60,29. cp, tapasa, 
tapasi. I 

tapati, vb, («a, \/tap) ') to shine 
(as the sun), to be bright; pr. 3, sg. 
-^ati, 107,23-21 = Dh. 387. — «) to 
burn = to cause pain or repentance; 
paccha tapati dukkatam, Dh. 314. 
— pp. tatta, pass, tappati (q. v.) cp, 
tapa etc. 

tappati, vb, *) (^tass. tapati ; sa, 
tapyate) to be burnt, tormented ; to 
suffer; pr. 3. sg. ^ati, Dh. 17. 136 
(sehi kammehi dummedho). — *) (sa. 

Y^trp) to be satisfied or weary; pp, 
titta {v. h,, cp. titti.) 

tamba, mfn. (sa, tfimra) red, 
copper-coloured; "-bhunai-, 112,i9; — 
tamba-panni, 112,2», ie probably a 
pun (= tamba-panayo, adj. m, pi, 
with red hands, c^). pani) in order to 
make the etymology of the nom. pr. 
Tambapanni to agree with the tale. 

Tamba, m, nom. pr, of a king; 
voc, ^&. 20,17; ^raja, 19,8; instr, 
/>^rajena, 19,io. 

Tambapanni, f. (sa. Tamra- 
parni) nom, pr, of a city in Ceylon 
and of the island itself, 1 12,30 ; acc, 
^iih — "-nagaraiii, 112,21-25; - 
"i-dipa, m. the island C, loc. /n/C, 
20,32; - "i-sara, m, n. a lake in C, 
loc. 'oC, 21, 3«. cp. Lanka. 

tambula, n. (sa. tambula) betel 
or betel-leaves (to chew after the meal); 
acc, <>,arii, 41, u; "-takkolakadini, 
49,10; - """-pasibbaka, m, a betel-sack; 
loc. ^e, 57,33. 

taya, w. (sa. traya) a triad; e. e, 
-ttaya, v. Pitaka-", potthaka-°, SaiS- 

tayo, ntim, mf. (sa, trayas) v, ti*. 

tarati, vb. ') (sa. y'tr, tarati) to 
cross over (acc); aor, 2, sg. atari 
(samuddam) 20,i9; pp, tinna (g. r.) 
cp. 8u-duttara, mfn. — *) (sa. ytvar) 
to make haste; v. abhi-ttharati. 

tarahi, adv, (sa, tarbi) then, at 
that time; 74,bi; cp, carahi & etarabi. 

taruna, mfn, (= sa.) young, 
tender; new, fresh; m. /^o, 46,22. 
99,1; f. r^\ (darika) 101, 19; taruna- 
kale yeva, , while (they were) yet quite 
young, 9,8; "-daoba-tina, n, young 
Kusa-grass, 16,iT. 

'taro, v, itara. 

tala, n. (= sa.) level, surface, 
bottom; side, end, flat, tool etc. \ loc. 
imasmirh .^e, on this side, 35,i3; 
pathavi-0,28,7; pasana-", 10,7; bheri-^ 
35,21; Manosila-", 61, n; mahi-", 
113,21; hetthima-", on the lowest 
level, 59,27; — instr, khagga-talena, 
with the flat of the sword, 41,26; — 



abl, pasada-talato, down from the 
palace, 65,34; — pasadavara-tala-, 
the roof of the palace, 64,i9; — maha- 
tala, n. (v. h.), 

tasa, mfn. {sa. trasa) moving, 
trembling; feeble; loc, pi, ^esu 
(bhutesu) Dh. 405 (opp. thavara). 

tasati, vb. {sa, ytras) to tremble, 
to be afraid of (gen.) ; pr, 3. sg. r^&nti 
(dandassa) Dh. 129; tasa. mfn. {q,v.). 

tasara, m, (so. id, & trasara) a 
shuttle; ace. <vam (vaddhetva) 87,ia; 

- *"-tantuka, m. 87,n {v. corrections); 

- *"-pacchi, f. a basket or box with 
a Bhuttle,_89,6; ace. /vim, 87,«7. 89,8. 

tasina, f. (= tanlia, q. v.; sa. 
trshna) ace. /vara, Dh. 343; instr, 
fvaya, ib. 

tasita, mfn. (pp. tasati; sa. 
trasta) trembling, frightened; m. pi. 
bhita-tasita, 27,5. 

tasma, adv. (abl. n. pron. taiii; 
sa, tasmat) on that account, therefore; 
12,35. 86,22. 110,25. Dh. 211 etc.; 
.N/hi, Dh. 366; - tasma ti ha, 'there- 
fore just so', accordingly (pointing to 
the following) 93,2. 

*tahim (or *taham), adv. (formed 
after the analogy of kuhim, kaham) 
= there, thither; 112,25 (^ vasi); 
114,18 (-x- santhapesuih). 

tana, n. (sa, trana) protection; 
dat, /vaya (na santi putta, „are no 
help") Dh. 288. 

♦tSijata, f. (fr. tana w. suff. -ta) 
protection; Dh. 288. 

tata, m. (= sa.) a father; voc, 
tata & pi. tata is very frequently used 
as a term of affection to one or more 
persons (esp. to younger or inferior 
persons) -» friend, my dear etc.; tata, 
9,21. 16,82. 69,81 (tataYasa); to two 
persons : 9,i» ; - tata, 16,24. 26,i8. 38,88. 

tadi, adj. m. (sa. tadr^) such, 
like that; often pregnantly said of 
Buddha's holy disciples ('like him') 
and even of the Buddha himself; gen. 
m. ,vino, Dh. 94. 95. 96; 80,»». 

tadisa, mfn, (aa. tadr^a) such, 
like thftt; m. <vO, 7,ii. 56,i; 86,ie 

(vanno); ace. .^am, Dh. 76. 208; 
aoc. m, pi, ,ve, Dh. 196. cp. etadisa. 

tapasa, m. (— sa.) a hermit, 
ascetic; ^o, 36,6; panduroga-", 35,4 
(v. h.); ace. jetthaka-tapasam, 36,8; 
gen. r^assa, 36,7. 

tapasi, f. (— sa.) a female ascetic; 
111,6; ace, .^im, 111,7. 

tala, m. (= sa.) the Palmyra or 
fan-palm; "-vanta, n. (sa, "-vfnta), 
the leaf of P. used as a fan; loe, pi, 
'wesu (mani-, „upon jewelled fans") 
41, a; — '•-vana, n, (— sa,) a grove 
of P.'trees; ace, -vara, 60,7; - *tala- 
vatthukata, mfn. (— tala + a-vatthu- 
kata) npulled out of the ground like 
a P.", n, .vaiii (rGpaiii Tathagatassa) 

taleti, vb. (sa. tadayati, Y/tad) 
to beat, strike (acc); ger. ivetva, 


tava, adv. (before vowels sometimes 
tavad- ; sa. tavat) ') so much (before 
adj.); <v mahato, 10,u. — *• •) so 
long, until; pato va ^, until to-mor< 
row, 15,16; ajjapi <>/ na, never befoie 
to-day, 10,18; often corr. w, yava : 
33,21 ; 102,3, Dh. 284; na /v, . . . yava 
ua. not , . , until, 92,2. — *") mean- 
while, 37,22. — ") now, first (w. fut.) : 
vlmamsissami •«/, 3,6. 38,3i; 41,a, 
65,26; likewise w, pr. 1. sg, 55,25. 
— '') tavad-eva, at once, immediately, 
straightway; 7,s. 23,i4. 33,6. 62,i». 64,2o. 
105,11. — ') well, indeed, really; well 
and good, be it then (often w. imp, 
or fut.) 7,18-21. 44,6; w. foil, pana : 
aham <>/,,, ayam pana (quidem, ^ev) 
17,10 ; — yasma taya ^v ditiham, 
tasma . . 8&,3i ; yakkhini r^ janati, 
111,81. — ^) emphatically in exhorta- 
tions (w, imp.) : ehi (v, 9,22; tittba 
<v, 11,6; gaccha <^, 19,2i; tarn tava 
me detha, 22,si ; adhivasehi ^v, 53,26 ; 
kathehi ^v, 64,82. cp. next, 

*tavataka, mfn. (fr. prec.) so 
much; pi. so many; ace, pi, m. >ve 
(corr. w. yavatake) 81,i8. 

tavata, adv. (— sa, tSvata, inatr.) 
*) 10 long; 110,5 (corr, w, yava). - 



*) on that account, for that reason; 
106,5 (na tavata, sell, yavata bhik- 
khate pare = Dh. 266). 

tavatimsa-", *) mmw. (sa. trayas- 
trim^at) 33, only at the beginning of 
comp, ^= the 33 gods, whose chief is 
Sakka (while the vtum. 33 always is 
tettimsa)-, *<'-bhavana, n. Sakka's 
devaloka on the mount Sineru (Meru), 
loc. r^e, 59,21 ; — *"'-devaloka-ppa- 
mana, mfn, „ equal in extent to the 
realm of the Thirty-tree", «. .^am, 
59,28. - *) mfn. id., frequently m. pi. 
-^a (deva). cp, Pis:hel, Gr. § 254 
& tirasa below. 

ti ' , indecl. (sa. iti) thus, so ; besides 
ti we also meet with the full form iti 
which is contracted to -iti with a prec. 
i, 1,16-17, and before a vowel is changed 
into ice', 4,82; but generally the first 
i drops by elision, and a prec. short 
vowel (a, u) is lengthened, 1,9-18-19 
etv.f while prec. lii is changed into 
n, l,;i-2i. 3,1 etc.; instead of the final 
i we find also y ; ty'aha, (= 
c' after prec, i : nt, karomi c'alia, 
74,1 = Dh. 306) and even v : tv'eva, 
42,24. 00,25, or the i drops before 
e : r/eva, 32,i8. - ') The full form 
iti is used ») at the beginning of a sen- 
teuce = thus, in this manner (as told 
before) 30,23. 47,2s. 88,2. 110,33. Il2,ii. 
Dh. 62. 74. 186. 286; dittham h'etam 
Tathagatena : ici rupaiii etc., thus 
(is) form = vhis is the nature of form, 
94,3. — *•) after ovarii, 47,26, cp. 
evaihgot'.O iti, 92,is. — <>) after an- 
other (i)ti : ino;jharii annan ti iti 
pat(ho (iti perhaps = etc., cp. ^) 
below) 90,4. — **) in the apodosis : 
sace . . ., icc'etara kusalaih, 4,83. - •) 
metri cauisa like the ordinary ti : 98,80. 
111,1. 112,81 («. below). - »)ti (iti) 
is most frequently u&ed by quoting in 
oratio diresta one's words uttered or 
the c.'>i:i^:entB of one's thoughts, emo- 
tioQS, or judgemenlB, preceeded or 
followed by a verbum sentiendi et 
declarandi : l,8-i6 (after aba); 3,5 
(after ten'assa etad ahosi); l,i8 (ti 

sampaticohitva); l,i9 (ti vutte); l,«i 
(ti aha); 3,i (ti cintesi), but also 
without a such word preoeedmg or 
following : 3,6-9-12. 35,39. etc. etc. 
Of such quotations we find often one 
included within another : ti saflfii 
ahosl, 2,6 etc. Verses quoted end 
always with ti which stands without 
the metre : 2,i8. 3,27 etc., but in poetic 
style it is often omitted, 103, lo (followed 
by ima gatha bhanam); 104,i6 etc. 
(cp. 111,4. 113,17, where iti forms the 
half of the last foot), and even in 
prose ti may be omitted by very 
short sentences (questions and answers^ 
and generally before maiiiie (g. v.) 

3,25. 5,7. 35,35 {cp. 50,33. Dh. 74). 

Useful examples illustrative of the use 
of ti are also found on p. 88. - *) ti 
after single words or names (in nom.) : 
mata ti, such a thing as a mother, 
99,7; pita ti, 99,8; ditthigatan ti. 
94,7; saddo ratho iti, the sound 
(word) 'ratha', 98, 30; satto ti sam- 
muti, the phrase 'a living being' 98, 31; 
Nagaseno ti, 96,a9 etc.; balo ti 
vuccati, Dh. 63. cp. Dh. 218. 257. 
3B7. 370. 388; likewiEe by glosses in 
commentaries : 'me' ti mayharfi, 85, 20; 
'tan' ti tasma, 86,27 etc.; cp. above 
under iti '). — ■*) ti is sometimes used 
to connect two sentences (coordinate) 
= in this way, by means of, for this 
reason, etc, : atth' eko upayo ti kha- 
dapessiimi tarii . . ., l,io; abbirupa 
ahositi so tassa varaiii adasi, 10,4: 
pufinam me katan ti nandati, 107,27 
= Dh. 18; so siham adinnava iti 
Sihalo, for that reason (he was called) 
Sihala, 112,3i. — **) = and, and so on 
(w. foil, adi) ! 73,80 {cp. adi *)); 
ti anukkamena, and so on by degrees, 
34,8; ti iti, 90,4. v. above ••<>). - 
") ti is sometimes strengthened by a 
foil, eva or evarii : 32,i8. 42,24. 
60,25; 86,17. — ') emphatically after 
other adv. ; kin ti, how? 1,8 (= 
kiiii*); tasma ti ha, accordingly, 92,2 
{v, tasma). cp, Franke, ZDMG, vol. 
48, p. 87. 



ti*, num. {sa. tri) three; n. tini, 
nom. 21,11. 82,9; ace. 28,S5 (saranani); 
67,88. 86,86; — wj. tayo, nom. 14,9 
(sahaya^; 6B,ii (bhava); ace. 6,ai 
(pahare) ; - f. tisso, nom. 82,9 (vedana) ; 
ace. 20,81 (gatha); — instr. tihi, Db. 
224. 391 ; - gen. tinnaih, 14,i8. 28,26 
(ratananarii); Dh. 157; — loe. tisu, 
31,16. 114,88. — comp. V. ti-kkhattum 
etc., tiha, te-pitaka, etc., cp. tatiya, 
taya, tavatimsa (tettimsa), timsa, 

timsa (& timsati), num. (nom. 
timsaih or timsa; sa. trim<jat) thirty; 
timsa-yojana-maKgam, ace. (agato) 
87,19. cp. tavatimsa (tettimsa), dvat- 
timsa & chattimsati. 

ti-kkhattum, adv. (sa. tri-kytvas) 
three times; ll,i. 

tikhina, mfn., v. tinha. 

ti-gavuta, v. gavuta. 

titthati (& (hati, eomp. w. prp. 
aho (hahati; sa. tish^hati, \/8tba), 
to stand; to stay, reroaiD, stop; to be 
present, be alive; to abide by, acqui- 
esce in, etc, ; pr. 3. sg. o.^ati, 102,8 
(pali, is extant); 103,82 (bhiyyo ->./, 
"gets more steadfast"); 110,6. Dh. 
340; 2. sg. ^asi, Dh. 235; 3. pi. 
/>^anti, 110,i; — part. med. gen. f. 
tittbamanaya(8akham gahetva) 62,2o; 

— imp. 2. sg. ti^tba, 11,5. 16,is.; 

— pot. 3. sg. tittheyya, 98,3s; - fut. 
2, pi. thassatha (mama vinicchaye) 
59,6; 1. pi. ^ama, ib.; - aor. 8. sg. 
•) attha, 103,11, '') atthasi, 3,22. 15,io. 
26,4. 41,20 ; pharitva ~, pervaded, 
57,28; 3. pi. ^amsu, 22,7. 87,i8; - 
c/er. ihatva, 3,6. 8,i3 (Bodhisattassa 
ovade); 17,83 (id.) 34,S9 (yavatayu- 
kam); 36,«o. 46,i. 108,S6; -pp. 
thita; caus. fhapeti & fbapapeti (v. 
h.) cp, -ttha, mfn., thana, «., thiti, 
/, etc. 

tin a, M. {sa. tr^a) grass, straw 
/of a thatch); herb, weed; aco, ^am 
(the thatch) 101,*; gen. bahu-tinassa, 
61,88. 62,8 ; pi. .^^ani, IS.s; comp. 
tina-«, 94,86; tina-dosa, mfn. "damaged 
by weeds", n. pi. /v/ani (khettani) 
PUi oioiiur. 

Dh. 356; dabba-", nivapa-", nila- 
kusa-°, rulha-" (v. h.). 

tinna, mfn. (pp. tarati, sa. tirna) 
who has crossed, gone through, passed 
over to, overcome; m. i^o ("I have 
passed over to Nibbana") 104,3o; 
*''-vicikiccha, mfn. having overcome 
uncertainty, m. rwO, 69,i8; *''-soka- 
pariddava, mfn. "who has crossed the 
flood of sorrow", ace. m. pi. «x/e. Dh, 
196; ogha-« (q. v.). 

tinnaih, gen. pi., v. ti*. 

tinha, mfn. (generally tikhina, 
sa. tikshna) sharp; instr, m. ^ena 
(asina) 33,i7. 

titikkhati, vb. (sa. titikshate, 
desid. ytij) to bear, endure (ace!) ; 
pr. 3. sg. ^&t\ (ativakyam, akkosam) 
Dh. 321. 399; eond. 1. sg. ^issam 
(I had to endure) Dh. 320 (cp. adhi- 
gacchissam, sandhavissam etc.). 

titikkha, f. (sa. titiksha) endu- 
rance, forgiveness, long-suffering; Dh. 
184 (synon. khunti). 

titta, mfn, (pp. tappati*; sa, 
trpta) satisfied ; v. a-titta, cp. titti. 

tittaka, mfn. (sa. tiktaka) bitter; 
**'-bhava. m. a bitter flavour, ace. 
<N/am, 37,9. 

titti, f, (sa. trpti) satisfaction; 
Dh. 186 (kamesu). 

tittha, n. (& rarely »t.) (sa. tirtha) 
a landing-place (on the shore of a 
river), a bathing- place; a ferry or 
harbour, metaph. religious persuasion; 
loe. .%^e, on the shore, 28,5. — ♦paniya-", 
a watering-place; loe. i^e, 11,28. cp, 

titthiya, m. (sa. tirthya & tir- 
thika) an adherent of another sect, 
a heretic; pi. <%<a, 73,2r, gen. <x<anam, 
19,4. - *afina-', v. h. - *titthiyarama, 
m., V. arama. 

ti-pi^aka, n. (sa. tri-pitaka) 
'the three baskets', the three ooUections 
of the Buddhist sacred books (cp. 
pitaka etc.). - tepi^aka, mfn, (v. h.). 

tibba, mfn. (sa. tivra) sharp, 
strong, violent; **-raga, mfn. full of 
strong passions, gen. m, ^x^assa, Dh, 349. 



ti-bhagft, m. («a. tri-bhSga) the 
tbird patt; «,o, £0,:i8, 

*ti-mandala, n. (sa. *tri-man- 
dala) 'the three circles', vie. the navel 
and the two knees; acc, •N/am, 82,ii 
{cp. SBE. XIII, 166), 

timira. m. (= sa.) name of n 
tree; gen. pi. /^^anaifa (gfcndho) 20,i8. 

*ti-j'OJana-satika, mfn, {sa, 
*tri-yojana-5ataka) 300 yojanas lonp 
{cp. yojami); gen. n. -^^assa (rajjassa) 

tila, m. (= sa.) aesame, Besarae 
seed; pi. /va (tatta-kapale pakkhit- 
ta-") 11,7; "-tan^ulaclayo, 16,fi. cp. 

tisso, tini, V, ti'. 

tira, n. (= sa.) a shore, bank; 
acc. «^am, Dh. 86 (anudhavati, "runs 
up and down the shore", i. e, without 
reaching the other shore (NibbSna)); 
4,20 (sara-o) ; 21,i7 (samudda-^) ; 28,t 
^Aciravati-**) ; Ice. <-^e, 66,3; 1,12 
(Ganga-"); 2,i9 (nadi-«); 3,si (para-», 
on the opposite bank); abl, oriina- 
tirato {v. h.) cp. anutire. 

tiha, n. {sa. tryaha) three days; 
dviha-tibam, two or three days, 36,6 
{cp. aha). 

tihi, imtr.y v. ti^ 

tuccha, mfn, (= sa.) empty; 
"-patim {acc.) the empty bowl, 66,S7. 

tuttha, mfn, {pp. tussati; sa, 
tushta) pleased, sbtisfied; m. r^o, 
24,88; *"-citta, mfn, id.; m, ^0, 32,i; 
pi. ^a, 41,21; - *''-mana8a, mfn. id.; 
m. ,^0, 65,88; f. ^a, 87,7; - *°-haUha, 
mfn, pleased and rejoicing, m, rwO 
(Ramgho), r;.4,88. 

tuUl»ii /"• (sa. tushti) joy, enjoy- 
men;; nom, tutthi, Dh. 331; acc, 
rviiii ("the glad news") 64,6; instr, 
ati-tutthiya ("by iiis extreme joy") 


tup da, n. (= .«a.) a beak; instr. 
^ena, 4,8i. — *tundaka, n. (?) id.; 
raukha-", 4,8. 18,7. 

t u n h i, indccl. (sa. tushnitn) silently ; 
r.^ ahosi (Bhagava, remained silent) 
90,89; ny ahesum, 79,.ii| by sandhi ; 

tu^him asinarh, Dh. 227; - eomp. 
tunhl-bhava, m. the being silent; 
instr. ^ena (adhivasesi Bhagava) 
70,11 = 77,«»; - tunbi-bhuta, mfn. 
silent; m. /^o (nisidi) 87,so; acc, «/am, 

tudati, vb. {sa. v't«<i) ^0 strike, 
torment; pr, 3. pi. -vanti (mam, 
kama) 20,i7; pp. v. next. 

tunna, mfn, {pp. tudati) struck, 
hurt; gen. pi, vyadhi-marana-tunna- 
ntirii, suffering from disease and death, 


*tunna-kamma, n. the trade of 
a tailor; acc. f^&m, 67,8. 

tunna-vaya, m. (= sa.) a tailor; 
-^0,57,8; •'-upakaranani, n. pi. 66,8» 
{v. upakarana); "-vesam gabetva, in 
the disguise of a tailor, 58, le. 

tumhe, pron. pi. & tuyhara, 
gen. sg., v. tvam. 

turiya, n. {sa. turya) any musical 
instrument; pZ. ^ani (gahita-gahitani) 
65,3; nana-", all kinds of musical 
instruments, 64,30 ; instr. r^ehi (nip- 
puriselii) 67,83; *°-bhandani, n. pi, 
musical instruments or implementp, 
66,4; *''-sadda, m. souud of music, 
acc. <v.aifa, 112,7. 

t u 1 il , /'. (= sa.) a balance ; acc. 
f>„a.m va paggayha ("as with a ba- 
lance") Dh. 268; a-tula, mfn. {v. h.). 

tuTam, pron, in the gfithas = 
tvam, 47,9. 64,i9. 106,8*. 

Tusita, m. nom. pr. {sa, Tushita) 
pi. 'N.a (deva) a class of celestial 
beings; "-vimana, n. the residence of 
the T.-angels (the fourth devaloka), 
loc, o^e, 87,81. 

tussati, vb, {sa. y/t\iih) to be 

satisfied or pleased; ger, o^itva, 24,83. 

66,8 ; pp. tuttha {v. h.) cp, i\i\\h\, f. 

te, pron, ») gen, sp., v, tvaiii; 

*)m. pl.^ V, tam'. 

teja & tejas, m{n), {sa. tejas) 
splendour; power, efficacy; ins<r. ,>.asa 
(tapati Buddho) 107,8s = Dh. 387 ; 
-vena, 15,7 (sila-«); lll,u (paritta- 



tejana, n, {=> so.) an arrow; 
ace, ~ain, 106,2? = Dh. 80. 146. 

tena, adv. (instr, fr. tam*; =so.) 
*) in that direction, there (^corr, to, 
yena) : 68,s (yena nivesanadvaram 
ten' upasamkami); 68,6 etc, 74,so. 
') for that reason, therefore, now then 
(in this sense often comb, w, hi) : 
3,3, 7,13. 54,30. 106,4; tena hi : l,to-i9. 
2,3. 19,81. 83,80. 41,11, 118,u. 

''tepitaka, mfn. {fr, tipitaka) 
btlongiDg to 'the three baikets' (op, 
pitaka); n, loo, ^e Buddhavacane, 
the word of the Buddha contained in 
the holy icriptures, 102,i. 

*temeti, vb, (cans, \/tim) to wet, 
moisten; grd, temetabba, f, fs^si (mat- 
tika) 83,38, 

terasa, num, (sa, trayodaga) 13; 
terasania, mfn. the IS**"; m. ^o 
(vaggo) Dh. XIII. 

tela, n. (sa. taila) oil (prepared 
from the seeds of the sesame plant); 
ace. »^&m, 50,24; instr. r^ena (gan- 
dha-°, with scented oil) 37,2; - "-ppa- 
dlpa, m, an oil-lamp; rwO, 67,i7; pi, 
f^S, (gandha-") 66,3; — "-pajjota, m, 
id. aec. o^aih, 69,i7. cp. tila. 

*tevacika, mfn, (sa. *traivacika, 
cp, trivacika) effected by the three 
words or the triple formula, vie, Bu> 
ddbam saranam gaccbami etc. (v. 
sarana); m, /^o (upasako, a lay- 
discipei by the triple formula) 69,2i. 

tevisati, num, (sa. trayovim^ati) 
23; r^ima, mfn. the 23">; m, .%/0 
(vaggo) Dh. XXIII. 

torana, n. (== so,) an arch, portal, 
gateway; dalha-pakara-°, mfn. 90,3i 
(w. /vain, nagararii); 9 1,21 (dalha- 
toranam = thira-pittnasamgba^kuih). 

ty', ») = ti» (iti), 11 1,20 ; cp, c', 
74,1. — >)= te (gen, tvaih) 13,26. 

tv', = ti» (iti); 42,24. 60,86. 64,9. 

tvam, pron. 2. pers. (= sa.) thou; 
MOW. •) tvam »(taifa) l,i4. 3,!8 (tvan 
ti); ") tuvam, 47,». 54,i». 106,84; - 
aoc. tuih (tvam) 1,u-it-8i. 2,8. 4,it 
(tani pi); fi,io (tali fieva); 94,8t (tuih 
yev'); »4,m. 105,8*; — instr. (abl.) 

tayS, 4,29. 5,fl; - gen, dat. ») tuyharh, 
3,16. 3,26 (^ abbhantare); 7, 19; *•) 
tava, 1,23, 3,16 (n^ santikam); 12,i. 
66,4; ") te, 1,15 (va^tati); 2,8 (dus- 
sami); 2,8 (atthi); 7,i8 (pasanno); 
13,26 (ty' atthu); 78,i8, 85,4 etc.; te 
may also be used for instr. (and ace.) : 
kathentena te sundaram katam, 1,24; 
78,7 (?); cp, t'Sham = te aharii 
(000,?) 85,87 [Pischel, QGA. 1877, 
p. 1066; ZDMG. 86, p. 714]. - he. 
tayi, 10,19. 17,14; — pi. nom, tumhe, 
1,16; to a single person : 25,i7. 85,t8; 
- aoc, tumhe, 4,ii. 12,88; 97,t6; - 
instr. tumhehi, 12,88; — gen. dat. 
*^ tumbakaiii. 4,4, 6,i», 36,i8, 97,7 ; 
^) vo, 9,9S. 108,8; dat. ethicus : 42,i6; 
47,19 (id. or gen, partitivus); vo may 
also be used for aec, 4,8. 108,6; — 
loc. tumhesu (= sg.) 50,io. 


thandila, n. (sa. sthandila) an 
open place, bare ground; ''-sayika, f, 
the act of lying on the bare ground 
(as a penance), Dh, 141. 

thaddha, mfn. (sa. stabdha) firm, 
hard; m. ^0 (paliaro) 50,22 (opp. 
muduko); — *'*-hadaya, mfn. hard- 
hearted;, /N^a (comm. on ka^hina) 

thambha, m. (sa, stambha) a 
post, pillar; metaph. insensibility, stu* 
por; /vO, 103,28; ace. /s/am, 60,3, 

tbarana, n, (sa. starana) the act 
of spreading, v, bhumma-tthara^a, 
which is probably "-attharana (sa. 
astarana, a -f- {/stf) = a carpet, 
84,17. ■ 

thala, n. (sa. sthala) the land, 
dry land, firm earth; ace. <vaih, 15,i4. 
106,91 (opp. ninnam); loo. >^e (opp. 
jale) 4,14; 27,97, 52,ie; Dh, 98 (opp. 
ninne); *^-gocara, mfn, living on land, 
m. <vO, 1,8; — *>-patha, m. a road by 
land; aee. "•jala-pathaifa, everywhere 
by land and water, 19,99. 




""thavikS, f. a purse; ace. sahassa- 
thavikaih, a purse containing a 1000 
pieces of money, 102,14, 

thavira, v. thera. 

thama, n. (sa, sthSman, n.) 
streng^th, powtrj *'-sainpanna, mfn, 
Btron^;; m. ^o, 1,8, 40,st. 

t ha vara, mfn. (sa. sthavara) im- 
moveable, firm, stron;; ; loc. pi. rvesu 
(bhutesu) Dh. 405 (opp. tasa). 

thira, mfn, {sa. sthira) firm, hard, 
solid, strong;- n. pi. r^aai (uddapa- 
dini) 91,18 (opp. dubbalani); *thira- 
pakara- etc, mfn. 91,20-.i (comm, on 

thi, f. (sa. 8tr!) = itthi, a woman 
(v. h.); gen. pi. ^hinam, 51, si. 

thina, n, (sc, styana) sloth, in- 
diiTerei'oe; *'-middlia, n. "nUith and 
(IrowNi Mini" (i iiflc'ui'i Hoiitt MftniHMa), 

tiiula(& thulla), m/«, (sa. sthula) 
large, thick, coarsii; v. anumthula. 

thera, m. & («/i) f. (lo. sthavira) 
old, venerable; an 'Elder' (Haid of 
vtmuruble bhikkhiu); m, nam, ^o, 
61,12. Dh. 260; Dh, 261 (to be scan- 
aed thaviro); maba-thero, 113,8; 
instr. *x/ena, 85,is; pi, ~a, 109,8*; 
inaha-', 109,ii; ace. />/e (bhikkhu) 
83,ll^; tnstr, r^ehi., 109, u; pen. ^annm, 
109,5; addud to a nom. pr, ; llpiili-", 
109,18; MahtikiiHsupa-", 109,1?; - 
dhamma-kathika-", m. (v. h.) — com. 
par, theratara, »i./>^o (bhikkhu) 79,io; 
instr. ^ena, 79,e. cp, next. 

Thora-Biitha, f, pi. name of a 
canonical book, a Keotion of the KhuO* 
daka*Nikaya; iipecimeu thereof : 107,!i) 

''thera-Tada, mi. the doctrine 
of the ThoraB, the urthodoxe Uuddhist 
doctrine; /x/O, 109,u (therehi kata- 
MaiiiKivho); i-j HKHavtido, 109, no; itco, 
»>/aiii, 114,ft( instr, pi. ,%,olii, 114,ji. 

*theriya, mfn. (fr. thera) be- 
longing to the thertis; m. pi. "-acariya, 
the old teachers or, the propounders 
of the thera-vado, 114,3o. 

Theri-giitha, f, pi. name of a 

eanonioal book, a section of the Khad* 
daka-Niklya; specimen thereof: 108,jc 

thoka, mfn, (ta, Btoka) little, 
small, short; ace, ~am (adv,) a little : 
^ netva, l,8o; >^ gantva, 36,ii; o^ 
sayitva, 12,ir, ^ kilapetva, 58,8s; 
f «^a (yagu) 57,i ; - ♦thoka-thokam, 
adv. little by little, Dh. 121—22 
(^am pi); Dh. 239. 

*thokaka, mfn. (fr, prec.) amall, 
short; f. ^ika. (rati, a short pleasure) 
Dh. 310. 

thometi, vb. (denom. fr. *thoma, 
sa. stoma, stomayati) to praise (ace); 
ger, r^etva. (panditarh) 69,»3. 

-d-, sandhi-consonant, inserted in 
attadattha, sadattha-pasuta (q, ti.V, 
likewise in samma-d-eva etc. (v. 
sanima), On account of sandhi an 
old 'd' is often preserved in some 
pron. : tad-, yad- (v. tarn, yam), 
kocid- (= koci) etc, [Euhn, Beitr. 
p. 62—63; Tr. PM. p. 82; Windisch, 
Ber, d. Bachs. Ges. 1893. p. 228 seqv.] 

*dakkhati & dakkhiti, vb. 
(v^drO to nee, perceive; pr. (fut.) 3, 
eg. ^Asi (na me raaggam rv, "the 
path 1 tread you never can fiad") 
72,s8; 3^ pi. ^inti, 69,i8 (^cakkhu- 
manto rupani ^); - aor. a.ldakkhi, 
^. 8.(7, 77,8! 3. sg. 20,10. Formally 
(lakkhati & dakkhiti look like fttt. 
fr. v'drQ (sa. drakshyati), but really 
these forms may have sprung either 
from aor. addakkhi (ia, adrakshit) 
or from an old base *d)rksh-° [Kiihn, 
Beitr. p. 116; Tr. PM. p. 61; Phchcl, 
<ir. § r)54j cp. diHHiiti. 

dakkliina, tnfn. (sa. dakshina) 
*) right, on the right hand; instr. m. 
-^ena (hatthena) 77,i. 11),»4 (opp. 
vama-hatthena); "-passarh, the right 
side, 61,21. — *) southern; ace. f. 
~uih (disaiii) 95,s; o-samuddn, »«. 



the southern sea, gen, rvassa, 60,4, 
cp. padakkhina. 

dajja, pot., V. dadati. 
datthabba, grd, & datthum, 
inf., V. dissati. 

d add ha, mfn, (pp. dahati, q. v.) 
burnt; n. r^&m (khettain) 100,27; 
aggi-°, *»fn. {v. h). 

danda, vi. (= sa.) *) a stick, 
staff; a handle; ace. .%/aih (gahetva, 
"staff in hand") 47,s»; instr. -x/ena, 
77,18; loc. 'N/e (the handle) 36,5; - 
"-battha, mfn, leaning on a staff; 
ace. m. (vaiii, 63,9; — a-danda, atta- 
danda (g, v.). — *) punishment; aec. 
<%,am, Db. 310. 405; instr, i^ena, 
Dh. 131; purisa-vadba-", punishment 
for murder, 74,u; gen, «%/assa, Dh. 
129; — "-kamma, «. fine, mulct, 
penalty; idam me /vam, "in this way 
I make amends", 63,i3; — *®-ppatta, 
mfn. liable to punishment; m. /^o, 
100,15; — patidanda, brabiua-danda 
(g. v.). — Danda-vagga, tn. the 10*'' 
chapter of Dh, 

dandaka, m. (= sa.) a stick, 
staff; ace. /^am, 13,ie; 36,t (a twig 
from a tree); instr. /x/Cna, 86, »x; — 
*ratha-°, m. (g. v.). 

datta, mfn. [e. c. = sa.; pp. 
dadati, cp, dinna) v. Devadatta, 
Brahmadatta. cp. atta^. 
datva, ger., v, next. 
dadati, vb. (sa. y/da) *) to give 
(w, gen. pers. <Ss ace. rei) 29,8. 31,i6 
etc. ; to hand, deliver, give in charge, 
pay (do.) 82,18; 31,2; 39,2o. 111,ij; 
37,18 ; 102,8; to offer (an oblation, 
aec.) 17,6 (e}akam); — *) variously 
constructed w. ace, : okasam •>/, to 
give an opportunity to (inf.) 40,i7; 
ovadam, to admonish, 86,24; danam, 
to make gifts, give alms, 14,i2. 86,14; 
jivita-danam, to spare one's life, 12,26; 
pativacanam, to answer, 3,»; pbalam, 
to bear fruit, 36,86; maggam, to give 
place to, 44,11; matakabbattam, to 
offer an oblation to the dead, 16,2$; 
safifiam, to make a tign, communicate, 
55,2»; sadhukaram, to applaud, 6,i»; 

— ') to permit, allow (ace, dk inf.) 
6,10. 12,17. 17,19, 39,24. 48,19. 52,20 ; 

— ■*) constructed w. ger. of another 
verb = to do that to any one : darHni 
aharitva . . . dassati, 35,9; rajjam 
gahetva datura. 35, 19; aharitva 
adaihsu, 41,4; vibhajitva adasi, 41, 19. 

— ■)i>r. 1. sg. dadami, \Um\ 3. pi. 
dadanti, Dh. 249; part. 7/n. m. da- 
dato, Dh. 242; part. mcd. m. dada- 
mano, 12,33; f. /va, 6,20; pot. 3. sg. 
*) dadeyya, 98,84; 2. sg. f^&si, 53,i5; 

1. sg, ovarii, 33,13. 41, i ; ') 3. sg. dajja, 
Dh. 224; — '■) pr. 1, sg, dammi, 

7.14, 15,24. 29,8; — ") pr, 3. sg. deti, 
12,17. 28,24. 98,8; 2, sg, desi, 3,9; 1. 
sg. deini. 31, le; 3, pi, denti, 37,2; 
^.j)!. detha, 18,ii. 52,2o; i. p2. dema, 
18,11. 39,94. 114,10 (dema'ti); imp, 
3, sg, detu. 36,2i. 39,2o; 2. sg. dehi, 

5.15. 69,32. 101,28. 111,27 (read : jivi- 
tarn debi); 2. pi. detha, 18,9. 31,2. 
114,8; part. m. dento, 40,i7. 86,24; 

— ["•) rare or ficticious present-forma- 
tions are : dajjati _ (cp. pot. dajja) & 
dati]; - fut. 3. sg. dassati, 3,8. 30,i3; 

2. sg. rwasi, 2,2; 1. sg. 2,4. 5,io; 16,i2 
etc.; 1. pi. />^ama, 17, 19. 60,i4; - 
aor. 3. sg, •) adasi, 3,ii. 6,18. 36,36; 
dasi, 114,9; 1. sg. adasim, 17,6. 42,i3; 

3. pi. adamsu, 4,i5. 31,s. 41,4 etc, 
'') ada (5. s^.) 111,12 (nada), 114,25; 

— inf. datum, 16,6. 31,30. 102,8; 
a-datu-kamata. f. (q. v.); — ger. 
datva. 7,28. 16,26; a-datva, 48,i9. 66,20; 

— grd. ») databba, n. >^&m. 14,i2. 
82,18; ^) deyya, n. ^a.m. 112,9; - 
pp. dinna (& datta, e, e.) v. h.\ — 
[pass, diyati, cp. a-diyati]; — caus, 
dapeti (v. h.) cp. dana, daya, dayaka. 

dadhi , n. (= sa.) sour milk, curd^ 
nom. dadhi, 99,28-so. 101,27; dadhim, 
26,13; ace, <vim, 26,ii. 35,22. 101,28; 
instr. f^ina, 35,i7; loc. rwimbi, 36,26; 

— *'*-ghata, m. a milkbowl, ace. o/am, 
35,17; — """-mala, m. n. pr, of an 
ocean; ace. i^&m, 26,i2; "-uialin, id. 
26,16 C-maliti) cp. Aggimala; - 
*<'-Taraka, m. a pot of milk-curd, mc. 
/vaih, 14,80; gen, /^assa, 14,8i; — 



'-vahana, m. n. pr. of a king; «^o 
Dama raja, 36,»9; "-jataka, w. 34,80. 
danta', m. (= so.) a tootb; worn, 
jjj. ^a, 12,1. 82,« = 97,Jo; ace. pi. 
/ve, 65,6; instr. pi. /x/chi, 12,6; 
khanda-^ mfn. {q. v.)] danlantara- 
gata, V. antara; - "-kattba^ »• (f» '*•)• 

danta*, mfn, (pp. y/dam, sa. 
danta) tamed, mu-jdued; tame, mild, 
patient; wi. r^O, 77,io-iJ; Uh. 321; 
aco. m. r^ara, ib.; n. i>^ara (cittam) 
Dh. 35; pi. m. ^a. Dli. 322; - *atta- 
dauta, mfn, St sudanta, mfn. (v. h.) 
cp. danieti. 

*dandlia, tM/w..8low, slothful, in- 
docible; ov/am, adv. elothfully, Dh. 
116. The etymologi' of this word is 
doubtful; Faushell & Weber, ZDMG. 
14. p. 48 refer to 3a. *tandra (cp. 
a-tandra); Trenckner, PM. p. 66 to 
drdha (& dhandha), but cp. tandita 
& dalha. According to Miiller, PGr. 
p. 22 we ought to look for Bomething 
like *dardhra or drdhra (cp. Ltiders, 
ZDMG. 58 p, 70C). 

dabba (& daboha), m. (sa. dar- 
blia) the Ku9a-graBs; — *°-tina, n. 
id., pi, ^ani, 15,*; °-sayana, n, a 
lair of K. -grass, abl, .%/to, 16,4. 

dabbi & dabbi, f. (sa. darvi & 
i>A) a ladle, spoon; nom. ^i, Dh, 64. 

dama, m. (^= sa.) moderation, 
self-command (synon. sa.'ifiania); <x/0, 
Dh. 261 ; instr. ^.^ena, Dh. 25; 
'-aacca, n. temperanct and truth, 
instr. ^ena, Dh. 9; duddama, mfn. 
(q. v.). 

daniatha, »». (= sa.) self-cora- 
maud; ^<) (cittassa^ Dh. 35. 

dameti (& damn^ati), vb, (sa. 
demayati, ca«s. ^darii) to tame, sub- 
dte; to convePt (ace.)'-, pr. 3. pi, 
damayanti (dandena) 77, i»; (attanam 
pandita) 106,88" ~ Dh. 80; part, 
nom. m. damayaiii (Httanain) Dh. 
305; inf. df.metum (vat^ati, q. v.) 
to convert, 113,9; cp. danta & prec. 

dan mi, pr, 1. sg., v, dadati. 

dara, *.j. (=- sc.) tear; v. niddara 
& vita-ddara. 

daratha, ♦»!. (= sa.) pain, suffer- 
ing; loc. pi, sabba-kilesa-darathesu, 

dari, f. (= sa.) a cave, hole, 
cleft; *"-8aya, m. a lair in a hole or 
cleft, loe. f^e, 108,«4 (if not to be 
corrected into darisayo (mfn.) 'having 
my lair iu a hole on the bank of a 
river', cp. .Tttt. I. p. 18, v. 106, & 
daricara, mfn. Jfit. V. p. 70,t5). 

dalha, mfn. (sa. drdha) firm, 
hard, strong, fast; f, /n/S (bhumi) 
110,7i n. /^am ("viriyarfa) Dh. 112; 
/>/am dajhassa khipati (v. h.) 44,i; 
"-ppahara, m. a violent stroke, ace. 
,^&m, 30,18; — *°-parakkama, mfn. 
Undaunted, firm, energetic; m. pi. ^a, 
Dh. 23; ace. />^e, 108,i9; — *°-pa- 
kara-torana. mfn. having strong walls 
etc., strongly fortified; n. r^&m (na- 
garam), 90,si. 9l,!i; — *°-uddapa. 
mfn, havirig a strong foundation; n. 
r^&m, 90,31. 91,80. — dalham, adv. 
firmly, strongly; Dh. 61. 313; r^&m 
katva (gahita-sigale) with a fast hold, 
40,24; da|ha-gahita-, 40,80. (cp, 

dasaS num. (sa. da(;a) ten; 31, is 
(bhataro); 81,!i (sikkhapudani); 
"-mase (ace.) 62,t; instr, dasahi. 
18,16, 82,14; gen. dasannarii, Dh. 137 
(dasann'). At the end of comp. num. 
'd' is often changed into 'r' (or 1) 
cp. a^tharasa, ekadasa, cuddasa, 
terasa, pannarasa, so}asa. 

dasa^, mfn. (e. c, sa. drga), v. 
duddasa, sududdasa, (cp. dassa). 

dasabala, m. (sa, da<ja-bala) 
'possessing 10 powers' = Buddha; 
Kassapa-" (q. v.), 

dasama, mfn. (sa. daQatna) the 
lO""! ^0 (vaggo) Dh. X. 

dassa, mfn, (e. c, sa. dar?a), v. 
sudassa. (cp. dasa-). 

dassati, fut., v. dadati. 

dassana, n. (sa. darpana) seeing, 
looking; perception, intelligence, in- 
sight; religious persuasion; ^Am 
(appiyanam, to see what is unpleasant) 
106,30 = Dh. 210; (ariyanam, "the 



Bight of the elect") Dh. 206; instr. 
<s^cna(sekhena) iuBight, 69,35; ittara-", 
30,12 (v. h.)\ ahl. /v.a (°-visuka-, 
8e>-iiig spectacles etc.) 81,(4; gen. 
-^assa (visuddhi) Dh. 274; — sila- 
dassana-sampanna, mfn. (q. v,)\ cp, 

dassaniya, mfn. (sa. dar^anlya) 
vif>ib1«, fair to see, beautiful; tn, /^o 
(raja) 47,9, 
dassayati, vb., t;. dasseti. 
dassiH, mfn, (e. c, sa, dar^in) 
seeinp, finding; v. ohaya-", vajja-", 

diissiyas, mfn. (e. c, sa, dar^i- 
vas) seeing; v. bhaya-". 

dasseti, vb. {caus. y/djq, cp, 
dissati) to cause to be seen or to 
apppar, to show, point out, produce, 
manifest, give to understand (acc); 
to show to, present to, to bring be- 
fore {acc, & gen.y, pr, 3, sg. /veti 
(may nam apacitiih) 29,s6; 3, pi. 
fventi, 21,4; dussayanti (uocavaoaifa, 
q. v.) Dh. 83; part. m. dassento, 2,i; 
imp, 2, sg. ,%.-ehi, ll4,io; 2. pi. «vetha, 
24,28*, pot. 3. sg. (veyya, 100,i2; fut. 
1, pi. 'X'essama (pubbanimittaih) 63,b ; 
aor. 8. sg, ") ^esi (attanaih) 12,2?; 
(unbakaraih) 15,8; (chatakakaramj 
41,8; (paharam, q. v.) 62,33; (som- 
riipena, sell, attanaih, presented her- 
self) 111,2; '') dassayi, 113,is. 3. pi, 
-N^esum, (core raflno) 38,33. 74,8; 
63,10 ; inf. dassetum, 91,25; ger, 
-%/etva, 4,16, 86,9. 

daha, m, (sa. draba, by metathesis 
^ hrada) a lake, pond ; acc, Ano- 
tatta-daham, 61,is ; abl. Kannamun4B>* 
dabato, 36,3i, 

dahati, vb, ') Tsa. dadbati, \/dha^ 
to put, hold, oonBider; pp. bita (3. v.^ 
ep, dheyya; antaradbayati, pidabati, 
saiiividanati, saddabati, sandabati. 
- *) = dahati (q. v.). 

dabara, mfn. (= sa.) young; m. 
^0, 46,«», 99,4; (bli ;,t;>u) Dh. 382; 
pt. <x<a (pakkbi^ ll,i<, f.^i (darika) 
101,19; ace. <N/im, 101, u; 47,i9 (ku- 
marim) ; — dabarittbi, a young wife, 
gen. /^iya, 49,i$; — compar. dahara- 

tara, mfn, the younger of two, gen, 
m. o.'assa, 43,26. 

databba, datuih, v. dadati. 
dan a, n. (= sa.) giving, gift, 
esp. alms, almsgiving, liberality; nom. 
~am (databbam) 14,i2; Dh. 177; 
(linna-°, almsgiving, 14,i8; acc. ^aifa, 
86,14 (Sattbari Alavim anuppatte ni- 
mantetva ^v adamsu); maba-°, 61,6; 
instp. /x/ena, 16,i3. loc, ^.-e (attana 
dinna-") 29,2; — dan3,dini punfiani, 
1 7,33; danadibi, 22,i7 ; - '*'daDa-katba, 
f, talking about (the duty and profits 
of) almsgiving, acc, r^&m (pakasesi) 
68,19; — "-sala, /"., a hall for alms- 
giving, pi. -x/S, 38,13} — jivita-", 
dhamma-* (t>. h.), 

dani, adv, = idani (g. v.). 

dapeti, vb. (caus. dadati, sa. 
dapayati) to cause or order to be given 
(acc. dk gen.) ; aor. 3. sg. «vesi (tassa 
attba kabapane) 24,28; fut. 1, sg. 
/vessami, 43,(7; pp. dapita, n, /vam 
(aggaih) 111,86, 

dama, n, <& m, (sa, daman, n,) 
a rope, cord; a chain, wreath; m. pi, 
^a (munjamaya) 106,t7; n.j^^^ani 
(ma1a-°) 37,2; kusuma-dama-sadisa-, 
mfn, 47,13} rajata-dama-vanna, mfn. 
61,19 (v. h.), 

daya^, m. (= sa.) a gift, dona* 
tion; /x/O, 2.'),io; nabapita-", ib. (a . 
barber's fee). 

day a*, m, (sa, dava) a forest, 
grove; v. miga-daya. 

dayaka, mfn. (= sa.) giving; v, 

dara, m. sg. (sa, dara, m, pi.) a 
wife; loo. pi. >s/6svi, Dh. 345; para-**, 
another man's wife, acc. <%/am, Db. 
246; paradSriipaseTiti, mfn, one who 
ooveti another man'i wife, nom, m, 
<vi, Dh. 309; puttadara, m, sg. wife 
and children, acc. /^am, 38,20. 

daraka, m, (= 5a.) a child, bod, 
boy; <N/0, 68,82; acc. /^am, 58,so. 
81,11 ; loc. <N/e, 59,i(; j?/. <x/a (gama-") 
52,17; acc. pi. ^e, 21,i; •"-cori, /. 
(q. v.); *-matar. f. nom, /vfi, the 
child's mother, 69,(2. 



darikS, f. {== «a.) a daughter, 
gir), youDg m<rtd; <n,S, 101,i9; ace, 
^am, 55,»T. 101,i». 

daru, «. (= M^ wood, timber; 
a stick, loff of wood, pi. fire-wood; 
ace. «^uiQ, 106,:'8 ^= Dh. 80; pi. ace. 
'>/Uni, 15,31. 35,6. 5^, is; instr. oaHoS, 
35,7; *>'-kalap9, ». (g. «.); *"-rasi, 
»». (g. v.) ; darudaki-, '?0,i3 (fire-wood 
and water). 

daruja, mfn, {==. aa.) made of 
wood; n. /N^am (banalianaih) Dh. 346. 

daruna, mfn (^=- sa^ horrible, 
dreadiui; ace. n. rwHm (abbhakkba- 
nam) Dh, 139. 

dale'. i, vh. {sa. dalayati, \/dal) 
to cause to burst, to break through 
(ace); ger. dalayitva (putilatam), 

dasa, m. (= sa.) a slave, servant; 

fs.0. 5,7. 

da si, f. (= sa.) a female servant 
or slave; voc. r\>i (term of abuse) 
111,25; dksi-gana-, 21,i (a troop of -%/). 

di-", at the beginning of comp. 
= dvi (two, double), v. dija, dipada, 

digaocha = jigaccha (q. v.). 

dija, m. (sa. dvija) a bird; pi. 
(N^a, 60,17. cp. dvija. 

dittha^ mfn. (pp. dissati, y/djq', 
sa. dfshta) *) se^n, perceived; m. f\^o, 
12,u. 108,17; n. ^am, 85,s&; t>i5^r, 
<»vena (imina, what we have seen here) 
54,15; "-pubba, m/'».; yatha-", mfn, 
(v. ft.); — *) known, understood; n. 
/N^aiii (h^etam Tathagatena) 94,8; 
— ') belonging to tins world (cp. di- 
ttba-dbamma below); loc. o^e va 
dhamme, in the present life, 92,ss, 
dud-d^ha, mfn, (v. /».). 

dittha*, »». (sa. dvishta, tnfn.) 
an euneray; acc. i^am, 3,87. 

dittha-dhan;iDa, (sa, drshta- 
dharnia) ^)mfn. having seen the truth; 
tn. »vO, 69,12. — ') "ti. this world, the 
present life; '-sukhaviharam anuyutto, 
"in the enjoyment of happine ss reached 
even in this world '\ 74,22; cp. dhamma 
& dittha* abovt. 

doctrine, theory, esp, false theory; 
acc. -x<im (papikam) 91,i«. Dh. 164; 
loc. (i)ti ditthiya sati, even if we 
suppose that, 92,»7; - "-gata, n. (false^ 
theory or doctrine; ,^am (pSpakam) 
90,2*; (sassato loko ti) 93,ss; (uppan- 
na-*) 91,17; 94,7 (apanitam etam 
Tathagatassa); pi, ~ani, 93,33; ■- 
*»-gahana, -kantara, -visuka. -vi- 
pphandita, -sariiyojana (v. h.) 94,i-2; 
- 8amma-°, /". right bjdief, right views, 
67,4. 96,5; - miccha-*, f false doc- 
trine, acc. />^im, Dh. 167; "-samadana, 
mfn. (q. v.) Db. 316. — cp. evaih- 
dit^hi, mfn, & anna-di^thika, mfn, 

*dinna, mfn. (pp, dadati) given, 
presented; n. ^aih. 21,6 (tahi); 49,2i 
(raiilam); Dh. 366 (vitaragesu, a 
gift bestowed on . , .) ; as finite tense : 
m, t^o, 8,2; f. .-va, 67, i; n. /■s.^arii, 
7,7; — "-dana, n. almsgiving, 14,i8; 
"-sunka, f. (maya) 10 1,21 (v. sunka). 
cp. a-dinna. 

dipada, m. (sa. dvipada) a biped, 
a man; gen, pi. ^anaiii, Dh. 273. 

dibba, mfn. (sa. divya) heavenly, 
divine; charming, beautiful; acc. m, 
^&m. ^yogam) Dh. 417; f. ^&m 
(ariyablmmim) Dh. 236; loc, pi, m. 
«^e8u (kamesu) Dh. 187 ; comp. dibba- 
kame (acc. pi, m.) 46,5; "-gandha-, 
20,8-0; -cakkbumhi (loc.) 109,8; -pa- 
naiii, 69,25; -pupphani, 61, u; -bW 
janaiii, 20,7; -vattha, n. 20,8. 6l,is; 
-sampatti, 23,i7; -sayana, n. 20,9, 


diyaddha, mfn. (sa, dvyardha) 
lV»i "-yojana-satika, mfn. 160 yo- 
janas long, instr. m, ^en&, 60,*. cp, 

divasa, m. <& n. (= sa.) a day; 
nom. m. ^0 (uposatha-^, fastday) 
14,16; ace, ^&m, by day, in the course 
of the day, 2,32; taiii .^am, on that 
day, 87,31 ; ^am pi, 'all day long', 
42,3o; ,-^am pi sapathaih kurumana 
nanacitta va honti, even on that same 
day they will change their minds and 
take their oath . . ., 61,28; eka-°, one 



day, 13,»8. 63,2; instr, ,>^ena (eka-", 
on one and the same day) 64,3; all. 
/^ato (sattama-* patthaya) 61,8; 
(dbaiTimadesanam 8uta-°, from the 
day on which she had heard) 86,80 ; 
loc. r^e (puna-", next day) 2,95; (jata-", 
on his birthday) 24,8i. 45,»i*, (eka-°, 
on the same day) 46,m; ace, pi, m. 
ime '/>/e, "the last few days", 73,28; 
n. <s^ani. 25,2o; loc, r^esu (afinesu, 
q. V,) 3,10. 65,21, cp, devasikam, 
adv, & next, 

diva. adv. (= «o.) by day; ^ 
tapati adicco, 107,i8 = Dh, 387; 
rattim pi div&pi, night and day, 9,i6; 
f\> va rattim va, Dh. 249; «v/ ca 
ratto ca, Dh. 296. cp, rattindivam, 
adv. 86,25. 

disa^ mfn. (e. c; sa, dr^a) like 

that; V. idisa, eta-°, ki-°, ta-", sa-**; 

khandba-disa, v. kbandba. cp.dasa*. 

disa*, m. (sa. dvisha) an enemy; 

/N..0, Dh. 162; ace. ,^&m, Dh. 42. 

disa, f. (sa, di^ & di^a) quarter, 
direction; region, country; ace, r>.^&m 
(katamam, in which direction) 95,6; 
(agataiii /%/, "the untrodden country" 
= NibbSna) Dh. 323; abl .^wato 
Tuttara-", q. v.) 61,i8; ace. pi, i^a, 
fsabba) 85,*. Dh. 54; loc. pi. ^sisa 
(sabba-", in each direction) 63, lo. cp, 
catuddisa & next, 

""disa-kaka, tn. a crow kept on 
board ships in order to search for land ; 
ace. fs,&m, 18,4. (cp. Fick, Soo. Gl. 
p. 173; E. Hardy, Buddha, p. 18.) 

'*'disa-painokkba, mfn, world- 
famed, very celebrated; m. /vO (aca- 
riyo) 16,25. 

*di8va, *di8vana, ger.^ v. next. 
dissati, vh. (sa. y/irq, pass, 
df^yate) ^jpass. to be seen, appear; 
pr, 3, sg. /^ati, 44,26. 62,ii ; na <x/ati 
Thas disappeared) 68,8o; 3, pi. <N/anti 
(na, are not seen, opp, pakasenti) 
Db. 304; 104,i (ettha [scil. safigamej 
na t\>, don't devot« themselveB to this 
battle, cp.Windiaeh, M&ra, p. 27; the 
'na' ii perbapi interpolated); part. 
dissamana, aec. pi. m. ive (= a- 

dissamane, invisible) 112,i8; pp. 
dittha, seen (v, h.); grd. dat^babba, 
mfn. to be regarded or understood, 
m, <x/0 (attbo) 85,io-23, n. <x/am, 79,4. 
— ') act, to see, regard, understand 
(ace.) (the suppletive verb is passati, 
q. r); aor. 3. sg. ») addasa, 4,a5 
(n ] :asa); 23,i6; addasa, 76,i8. 76,20 
(>% hho); 2, sg. addasa or addasa, 
71,81 (addasa ti); 3. pi. addasasum, 
76,18; i. p?. addasama, 105,23; i>^ ad- 
dakkhi, v. dakkhati; fut. v. dakkoati; 
inf. da^buih, 48,i9. 87,9; oomp. ■ 
daUbu-kama, mfn. wishing to see, f. 
/vS (tam) 19,12; ger. ») disva, l,e etc; 
*>) disvana, 67,8i. 68,io. 76,i9 (at the 
beginning of a sentence), cp, dasa', 
dassa etc, di^^hi, disa^ 

digba, mfn. (sa. dirgba) long; 
m. ^0 (puriso, tall) 92,i8 (opp. rasso); 
f. «^a, 107,8r = Dh. 60; n. >^&m, 

Db. 409; ace. ^am (addbanam) 44,2i; 

(pacanayattbim) 71,29. 

"'Digba-nikaya, m. name of a 

Pali work, the first of the 5 Nikayas 

(q.v.)\ ^0, 102,16. Specimens thereof : 

p. 77,14-81,4. 

"'Digba-bbanaka, m. a repeater 

(expounder or follower) of Digba- , 

nikaya; pi, ix^a, 64,2. 

digba-rattaii), adv. (sa, dirgha- 

ratram) for a long time ; 90,27. 104,88. 
dipa^, m, (== sa.) a lamp; aec. 

i^&m, 37,2; dipalokena, 41,2T (v, 

aloka). cp. padipa. 

dip a*, ♦».(&«.) (sa. dvipa) *) 

an island; land, continent; t^o, 110,si. 

112,8o; ace. <N/am, 114,2; loc. r^e, 

19,9; sabba-dipamhi (over all Jam- 

budipa) 113,6. — ^) metaph, a support, 

refuge; karohi dlpam attano, Dh. 

236. cp. Jambu-dipa, Naga-", Lanka-**, 

Seruma-", n. pr, 

*dipaka, m. (fr. prec.) a little 

island; t\,o, 2,20 ; gen. /s/assa, 2,22; 

abl, rvii, 3,20; /^ato, 2,8i; loo. t^e, 2,98. 
dip ana, mf(>sA)n. (= sa.) ex- 
plaining, illustrating; v. Paramattha- 

""DipavaiiiBa, m. (fr, dipa') 



oatne of aPsli work, <he oldest ohrontole 
of Ceylon; 8peeim»n thereof : p. 109- 


dipin, m. (sa. dTipin) a panther 
or leopard; gen. ^ino, 8,i7. 

dipeti, vb. (caus. )/dip) *) to 
illustrate, explain, teach (ace); pr. 
3. sg. />/eti (atthadi dhammaii ca) 
Dh. 383; - ^) intr, to emit linht, 
uhine ; pot. 3. sg. /-^eyya (sabbaiattiiii) 

du*, indecl. (an. dus-) prefix to 
nouns (subst. & aclj.) implying 'evil, 
bad, difficult' ( Before vowels 
the old form dur- is preserved, e. g. 
dur-accaya, ets., before consonants 
du- with the foil. cons, doubled, e. g. 
dukkata, ducchanca, dummana, etc. 
{v becomes bb : dubbaca, dubbanna), 
except before r, where the u is length- 
ened, e. g. dii-rakkha. By vrddhi 
we have do-", e. ^. domanassa (cp. 

duk:{ata & du'ckata, n. (sa, 
dash-kfta), evi! deed, sin, oHending; 
■vara (akatam) V)h. 314: (-1-, manasa) 
Dh, 391; 8ukat('-dukkr(a, mfn. good 
and evil, gen. pi. o,a.n&m (kamma- 
nam) 97, u. 

dukkara, tiifn. (sa. dusli-kara) 
difficult to do, difficult; m. fs.fO (maggo 
padbanaya) 103,10; n. parama-dukka- 
ram, vary d. Dh. 163. 

dukkha, *) mfn. (sa. du/ikha) 
unpleasant, painful (opp. auklia); m. 
^0, 66,27. 67,10. Dh. .U7; f ^a, 67,s; 
n. «^am, 67,9 j 70,i7; a-dukkham- 
asukhari), neither plensant nor painful, 
70,s7; - dukkham, adv. Dh. 201 
(-"w seti, "is unhappy"). - ») n. (some, 
times written dukha uietri causa, Dh. 
83. 203) pain, misery; grief, suflfering; 
nam. ^am, 36,i9. 77,8; kin te ^, 
"what ails you?" 13,ib; dukkh', 17,.8; 
,>. ariyasaccam (q.v.) ^7,8; sabba-**, 
108,13; ace. ,^am, l6,3o. 23,ie. 107,i9; 
(raarana-<*) 7,9; (sisaccheda-") 17,ij; 
instr. r^ena. (-kh-) Dh. 83; dat. 
^aya, Dh. 248; gen. ^assa, 70,i7. 
107,19; abl. «) ..a, 16,28. 107,2» = 

Db. 192 (sabba-*); *) '^ato, 31,m; 
loe. ^e. 107,11 - Db. 277; pi. ~5 
(— -^ani, cp. Kuhn, Beitr. p. 72) 
Dh.202. 203 (-kh-)- 221; instr. pi. 
>^ehu 70,80 ; -comp. *diikkhanupatita, 
mfn. "beset with pain", Dli. 302; - 
*o-anubhaTana-, 23,i8 (v. annbha- 
vana); — ♦"-flpiidhana, n. causing 
pain; Dh. 291 (para-', v. upadhana); 

- *0-ftpftsama-gamiH, mfn. leading to 
quieting uf puin, ace. m. -«^inaiii (mag- 
gam) 107,20 = Dh. 191 (v. upnsaiiia); 

- *»-kkhandha. m. (v, khandha); - 
"-domanassa, n. pi. (dvandva comp.) 
90,18; — *"-nirodha. m. cessation or 
destruction of misery; -^.^am (ariyasac- 
cam \q. v.\ adj. n., a scholastic ex- 
pression "> concerning the cessiation 
of misery) 67,is; "-nirodha-gamini 
(adj. f. leading to that) 67, n; — 
*"-ppatta, mfn. afflicted by pain, m. 
1^0, 59,io; — *"-sauQudaya, m. (v. h.); 
/N.-am (adj. n, cp. dukkba-nirodha 
above) 67,i»; — *"-samuppada. m. 
107,19 (v. h) cp. 8a-dukkha, mfn. & 

dukkhix, mfn. (sa. du/ikhin) 
pained, afflicted, sorrowful; m, ,-vi, 
2,u. 72,25. 

dukha, n. — dukkha. 

dugga, mfn. (sa. dur-ga) difficult, 
impassable; painful, evil; m. ^o 
(maggo) 103,10 ; ace. «^am (samsa- 
ram), Dh. 414; abl. n. ^S. ("out of 
the evil way") Dh. 327. 

dugga ta, mfn. (sa. dur-gata) 
unfortunate, miserable, poor; "-itthi, 
f. a poor woman, ace. rvilii, 48,i6; 

- *"-bhava, w. poverty; ace, f^BiA, 

duggati, f. (sa. dur-gati) 'evil 
path', hell, unfortunate existence; ace. 
^im. Dh. 17; 106,20 — Dh. 240, 
(cp. suggati). 

*duggahita, tn/n. badly grasped ; 
tn. ^0 (kuso) Dh. 311. 

duccarita,') mfn, (sa. duQ-carita) 
evil; ace. m. ,>.,am (dhammam, — 
sin) Dh. 169; - ») «, ill-conduct, sin; 
kaya-o, mano-o, vaci-o (v, k.). 



*ducchanna, mfn, ill-thatohed; 
M, 'N^aiii (agaram) Dh. 13, 

*dujjana, mfn. (cp. sa. dur- 
jfiana & janana above) difficult to be 
underBtood; m. -vo (dhammo, taya) 


dujjiva, mfn, {sa, dur-jiva) dif- 
ficult to live; n. ,^am (jivitaiil) Db. 
245 (w. instr.). 

duttha, mfn. (sa, dushta) bad, 
evil, malignant; f. pi. ,^a, 62,8; 
"-brahmana, voc. 33,i6; *''-citta, mfn, 
eviUminded, with evil intention; m. 
<vO, 75,14, cp, a-duttha, padu^tba & 

dutiya, mfn, (sa. dvitiya) the 
■enoQd (cp, afifla, itara) aec, m, ^aih, 
35,10 ; f. 'vuih (gatbaih) 8,st ; *>-jjb&na, 
n, (v. jhSna)) — dutiyarii, adv. for 
the second time, .N,am pi (^kho) 74,8S, 
79,si. 88,17; yava <N/am pi, up to the 
second time, 102,ae. cp, dvi (dva). 

duttara, mfn, (sa. dus-tara) dif- 
ficult to be passed; v, su-duttura. 

dud dam a, mfn, (sa. dur-dama^ 
difficult to be subdued; m. »/0 (atta) 
Dh. 169. 

duddasa, mfn, (sa. dur-drga^ 
difficult to be seen; m. >vO (dhammo) 
94,25; n. ^arii, I06,i6 — Dh. 262 
(opp. su-dassa); su-duddasarii, Dh.36. 

duddittha, jn/n. (sa. dur-drsli^a) 
confused, misguided ; ace, m, r^Rva, 
Dh. 339. 

duddha, mfn. (pp. dohati, duhati 
(-U-); «tt. dugdha, ^/duh) milked; 
*<'-khira, mfn, (v. h.) op, duyhati, 

dundubhi, m. (= sa.) a kettle- 
drum; deva-°, m. & f, thunder, pi, 
/^iyo (f.) 80,80. 

dunniggaha, mfn. (sa. dur-ni- 
graba) difficult to be restrained; gen, 
n, o/assa (cittassa), Dh. 35. 

dunnivaraya, mfn. (sa. dur-ni- 
varya) difficult to be kept back or 
restrained; n. /^am (cittaih) Dh. 
33; m. /vO (kufijaro) Dh. 324. cp. 

duppaiida, mfn. (sa. dusb-prajfia) 

stupid, foolish, ignorant; m, >%>o, Db, 
HI. 140. 

♦duppabbajja, n. the painful 
life of a pabbajita (q. v.); nom. rvam 
(durabbiramaifa) Dh. 302 (dififerently 
Max MUller, 8BE, X. 73). ^p, pab- 
bajja, f 

"'duppamunca, mfn, difficult to 
be loosened; n. r^&va. (bandbanam) 
Dh. 346. (cp, pamuncati). 

*dupparamattbai ''»/^> badly 
practised; n. o/am (samanfiam) Dh, 
311. (cp. paraniasati). 

*duppariyog5ha, mfn. difficult 
to get at the bottom of, uafathoroable; 
m. fsiQ (TathSgato) 95,i8, (op, pari- 

duboaoa, mfn. (sa. dur-vaoas) 
abusive, unruly; difficult to reason 
with, self* willed; "'''•bhava, m. self'will, 
instr. /x/cna, 34,i6. (cp. vacas). 

dubbanna, mfn. (sa. dur-varna) 
of a bad colour, ill-favoured; m. /vO, 

dubbala, mfn. (sa. dur-bala) 
weak, feeble; m. ^0, 12,aT; ace. ^arb, 
Dh. 7; n, pi. ^ani (uddapadini) 


♦dubbalatta, n. (sa. *dur-ba- 
latva) weakness; abl. >^a, 12,2i. 

*dubbali-karana, mfn. who 
causes weaknees; ace. pi. n. .^e (w. 
gen, paiiiiaya, soil, pafica nivarane) 


dubbuddbin, mfn, (sa, dur- 
burldhi) fuolish, without insight; m, 
pi, /vino, 76,80. 

dubbhati, vb. (sa. ydrub, drub- 
yati) to be hostile to, plot against 
(loc); fut, 1. sg, -vissami (tayi) 41,85. 
op. dubba. 

dubbbasita, mfn. (sa. dur-bba- 
shita) badly spoken ; n. f^&vd (padam) 


duma, m, (sa. drama) a tree; 
dumagga, n. the top of a tree, dbl. 
<^amba, 13,4 (cp. agga*). 

dummati, m. (sa. dur-mati) a 
fool; nom, ^\ (abaifa) 30,88. 

dura man a, mfn. (sa. dur-manas) 



dojected, in b»d spirits; m. /n/O, 2,u. 
72,15. 104,18. 

duinmedha, m. ($a. dur-medha) 
a fool; nom. >^o, Db. 136; voe. i^Bl, 
106,10 = Dh. 394. cp. next. 

^dummedhlN* mfn. foolish, stu* 
pid; m. pi. /N^ino (jana) Dh. 26. 

duyhati, vb. {pass, dohati, y/inh) 
to be milked; part. n. r>, manam 
^khirniii) new milk, 99,28; pp. duddha 
la. v.). 

duraccaya, mfn. (so. dur-atyaya^ 
difficult to be conquered; accf.r^&va 
(tanham) 108,i = Dh. 336. 

duranubodha, mfn. (= sa.) 
difficult to be comprehended; m. r^O 
(dhainmo) 94,s5. 

durannaya, w/n. (sa. dur-anvaya^ 
difficult to be fathtmed; f. <^a. (gati) 
Dh. 92. 

*durabhirama, w/w. difficult to 
be enjoyed ; n. ^&m (duppabbajjam) 
Dh. 302. 

durabhisambhava, mfn. (= 
sa.) difficult to reach or enter upon; 
m. »vO (maggo) 103,io. 

*duraja.aa. mfn. difficult to be 
understood; m. /^vO (bbavo thinam) 


•duravaaa, w/n. difficult to dwell 
in, d. to be lived or led; pi. (n.) 
.^a (ghara, the houEehold life) Dh. 302. 

duliabha, mfn. (sa. dur-labha) 
difficult to be /ound or obtained; m, 
■vo, 31,18. Dh. 193; ace. /%^am, Dh. 
160; M. 8u-dullabham (saccam) 61, so; 
— ''-manussattem, n. the state of man 
which is one dit3cult to obtain, 22, is. 

dussa, 15 19, according to the 
Comin. gen. ;oron. dfmonstr, = amussa 
{ep. asL', aMuka), but this can hardly 
b<) correct; the roaoing dussam which, 
■T. spite of the Comm., has been main- 
ained by the Cingalese Mbs., ought no 
doubt to be preferred; dussa, n. (sa. 
dushya, dii^ya or dSrcja) a kind of 
woven siuff, occurs frot^uently in the 
Pali texts; hence *dussika, »». a ma- 
nufacturer of that stuff, or a cloth-seller 
(Jat. VI, 276,88. Mil. 262,u. 333,i»); 

but 1 think that in this case dussa 
must be adj. = sa. dushya, corrup- 
tible, easily to be spoiled or damaged, 
n. ,^am (khettapalassa rattibhattam). 
Francis & Neil, J&t. III. p. 16, trans- 
late "wrongfully" (dussaiii, adv.^ cp. 
dussati below) and it is perhaps in 
order to avoid . this interpretation 
(which does not agree with the ten- 
dency of the prose tale) that the Comra. 
has taken it for gen. pron. Trenckner 
accepts the gen. dussa (= amussa) 
although that form is not found else- 
where. Henrif (Precis de gramm. Pfilie, 
p. 94) corrects dussa into amussa. 

dussati, t)6. (so. du8hyati,-v/(iush) 
to sin, offend (against, gen. or loc. 
pers.)]^a.ii (appadu^thassa) 
Dh. 125; fappaduttbesu)_ Dh. 137; 
pp. duttba (f. h.)\ caus. duseti (g. v.) 
cp. dussa above. 

dussila, mfn. (sa. du/i-gila) ill- 
natured, bad, wicked, vicious; m. f^O, 
107,2 ^ Dh. 308; Dh. 110. 320; f 
~a, 9,11 ; inslr. f. -^aya, 20,29. 

*du8silya, n. {fr. prec.) wicked- 
ness; nom. P^aiii (accanta-") Dh. 162. 
duhati, vh.y v. dohati (duhati). 
duta, M. (= sa.) a messenger; 
pi. rs^Bi (deva-*) 45,12; ace. pi. .-we 
(assa-") 68,81. 

*diiDha, m. (fr. dubbhati, v/druh; 
base of dubhati, vb. = dubbhati; cp, 
sa. droha) malice, perfidy, treachery; 
only in comp. a-dubha (g. v.) cp. a- 
dubhaya (dot.) Jat. I, 180,2!; a-drii- 
bhaya, Vin. I, 347,2 «r.b. 

dura, mfn. (= sa.) distant, far 
{opp. vidiira); — diiram, adv. far 
away, 12,29; duraiS-gama, mfn. going 
far away, ace. m. />.,am, Dh. 37 ; - du- 
rato (abl.) adv. from afar, 68,io. 76,20. 
86,20. Dh. 219 ; - diire (loc.) adv. &. 
prp. ic. abl., far, far away ; ^ (hito, 
56,8; ^ pakasenti, Dh. 304; dumag- 
gamha ^, 13,4; -^ito, 20,i7; cp.&ti' 

diirakkha, mfn. (sa. du-rakshya) 
difficult to be guarded; n. n^m\ (cit- 
tam) Dh. 33. 



dujafigama, mfn. {=Ba.) v. dura. 

*durama, mfn. difficult to be en- 
joyed; yattha -^ain (n.), where enjoy, 
ment is difficult, 

duseti, vh. {caus. dussati, sa. 
diishayati) to spoil, destroy, infest 
(ace); aor. 3. s^. dusayi, 9,j (without 
ohj. = spoiled the game; = attanam 
dusayi, Comra.). 

deti, vh. & deyya, grd., v. dadati. 

deva, m. {= sa.) i)a god, deity; 
mostly pi, the gods, esp, the Devas 
(opp. Asuras) or inhabitants of the 
Devaloka, whose chief is Sakka; nom, 
<^o, 110,11; Dh. 105; gen. ^assa, 
110,87; ^/. ^a, Dh. 94. 181. 230. 366. 
420; /N^a abhassara (v. h.) Dh. 200; ^anam, 59,28. 80,26; Dh. 30. 
224 (devana); Zoc. />^esu, Dh. 66; - 
comp. (often implying the sense of 
'celestial, superhuman', etc.) : "'deva- 
nubhavena {instr.) by the power of 
the gods, 63,3a(v.anubhava); devinda, 
m. the lord of the Devas (Sakka), 
110,24-26; *>-kafifla, f. a celestial nymph, 
pi, ~a, 64,80 ; """-kuniara, m. a son of 
a god, "-Tannin, mfn. beautiful like 
that, pi. m, ^ino, 45,»6 {cp, °-putta); 
"-gana, m. a class or troop of gods, 
instr. ,%^ena, 60,28; "-ttbana, n. place 
or seat in heaven, 16,i8; '"-nagara, 
n. = "-pura, n. the city of the Devas, 
17,34. 69,S2; 27,31 ; "-putta, m. (= 
*-kumara) ace. <%^am, 63,8 (cp. putta) ; 
"-rajaw, m. (= devinda), nom. ,x/a, 
45,30; Moka, m. the world of the 
Devas or any superior world, heaven, 
nom. /N/0, 59,30; ace. ^am, Dh. 177 ; 
loc. />./asmim, 59,3o; loc. pi. -^esu 
(dvlsu, vie. Sakka's and Brahma's 
worlds) 60,28; <*-abhimukha, mfn. (v. 
abbimukha) ; tavatimsa-°, 59,28 (v. h.); 
— '"''-vimana, n. the palace of the gods, 
^•sadisa, mfn. like that, ace. m, /x^am 
(ratham) 63,6; — *o-saihkhalika, f. 
a magic chain, instr. <%/aya, 21, u. — 
')the sky, atmosphere; the rain-god; 
/x/0 (na Tassati) 102,6; voc. >va, 104,28; 
gen. /x/assa (vassato) 105,88; <*-dun- 
dubbi (v. h.). — ^) the god of death; 

deva-duta, m. a messenger of death; 
pi. .x/a (uttamangaruba) 45,i2. - *) a 
lord, voc. deva frequently used in 
addressing a king ('sire, your majesty') 
6,14. 31,9-19. 65,17; Makhadeva, m. 
nom. pr. (q. v.). cp. dibba, mfn., devi, 
f,, sadevaka, mfn, & next, 

devata, f. (& m.), (== sa.) a god, 
deity; a spirit, ghost; in sg, often 
used instead of deva (cp. deva-putta) ; 
nom, fs/S (varanaruklche adhivattha) 
5,19; pi. r\/&, 63,7. 65,24. 114,is; instr, 
<N/ahi, 63,20 ; loc, >x/a8u, 34,26; - 
rukkha-", a dryad, 3,8i ; - samudda-", 
a spirit of the sea, 28,28; — devatanu- 
bbavena, instr. 17,25 (v. anubhava); 
- *'*-paribhoga, mfn. fit to be enjoyed 
by the gods, n. .x/am (ambapakkam) 
36,31 ; — "'"-sannipata, m. an assembly 
of gods, loc. o^amhi," 110,20. 

Devadatta, m. (^=: sa.) nom. pr. 
of a relative (cousin) and enemy of 
Gotama Buddha; n,/0, 74,i9, seqv, 

""Devadaba, n. nom. pr, of a 
town, near the Lumbini-Grove, be- 
longing to the family of Gotama Bu- 
ddha's mother; "-nagaram, 62,B-e. 
[cp. Lassen, lA. II, p. 66 & XXXIII.] 

'*'devasikam, adv. (fr, divasa, 
cp. sa. daivasaka, mfn.) daily, every 
day; 6,2. 

devi, f. (= sa.) •) a goddess; 
pi. ~iyo, 61,12. — ') a queen; nom. 
'N/i, 61,23 ; voc. devi, 55,26; ace. «x/iin, 
19,14; gen. /^iysi, I9,2i. 61, 30; comp. 
to. nom. pr. Amara-", the wife of 
Mahosadha, 65,32. 56,22; = Amara, 
56,12; — Udumbara-" (g. v.). 

desa, m. (sa. de^a) region, place, 
country; part, portion; nom. /^o, 82,8s. 
112,80; ace. <^an), 31,85; loc. ^e 
(majjhima-") 91,i8, cp. padesa, vi^ 

desana, f. (sa. devana) a sermon, 
discourse, lesson; nom. iN/a, 86,9. 87,2; 
ace. fK/&m, 30,24; o-d,vasane, at the 
end of the discourse, 89,2; — dham- 
ma-**, f. id.; instruction in the sacred 
doctrine; 68,21 (buddbanam); ace. 



>vam, 17,81. 29,ie; - Baddhamma-', 
t. id. Dh. 194. 

desita, mfn. (pp. deseti, sa, de- 
;ita) shown, set forth, taught; m. >vO 
(dhammo) 79,e, n. ^am (nibbanam) 
Dh. 286; asc. tn. o^am (Buddha-®, 
taught by the B.) 109,J5; (Samma- 
3aml)uodba-°, katLamaggam) 113,«9; 
m. pi. r^a. (vagga) Dh. p. 94. v. 3. 
nu-dosita, mfn. (q. v.). 

deseti, vb. (so, dn^ayati, caus. 
-i/dig) to show, set forth, teach, preach 
(acc.y, pr. 1. sg. r>.emi rdhamniam^ 
90,it; part. m. .-wento (dhammam) I 
17,27. 47,18. 74,16; aor. 3. sg. /^esi, 
17,3o; fut. 1. sg. -x^essami, 68,15; ger. 
^etva, 7,«; part, pass, desiyamana, 
loc. m. /"we (dhamme) 69,jj; pp. 
desita (q. v.), cp, desana. 

deha, m. (= sa.) the body; no.n. 
0,0, 86,6 (conim. on kaya). 

domanassa, n. (sa. daurinana- 
Sya) dejestednesB, despair; griel; instr. 
pi. ^ehi, 70,80 ; gen. pi, o^anaih 
(dukkba-° dvandva-comp.) 90,i8; 
66,10-17 (do.); **-ppatta, tnfn. sorrow- 
ful, tn. />.,o, 13,8. cp. dumniana, mfn, 

dovarika, m. [sa. dauvarika) a 
door-keeper, porter; /n^O, 90, 3»; ace. 
rwaiii, 91,»5; gen. ,>..asaa, 58,i; ace. 
pi. ~e, B8,8i {cp. Fick, Soc. Gl. p. 
102); instr, pi. ,-vehi (pandita-*) 
91,s3. cp. dvara. 

dosaS tn. {9a. dosha") fault, guilt; 
/vO, 74,1s; e. c. tnfn. (damaged by) 
V. iccha, tina,'do8a*, nioha, raga. 

dosa*, «i. (sa. dvesha) hatred; 
ace. /vam, Dh. 20 (in the serieg : 
raga, dosa, moha); *''-aggi. tn, the 
fire of hatred, 64,«o (do.); ♦"-dosa, 
mfn. (sa. *dve9ha-dosha) damaged 
by hatred, f, ^a, (ayam paja) Dh. 
357; ***-8ama, mfn. like hatred, m. 
^0 (kali) Dh. 202; vanta-», vita-", 
»'/n. free from hatred, Dh. 263. 357. 
(cp. Pischel, 6r. .^ 129). 

dobati (& duhati) vb. (sa. \/duh) 
to milk; pass, duybati, pp. duddha 
(<Z. v.). 

dohaja, m, (sa. dohada, m., cp. 

ta, daurhrda, m.) with, desire, e»p. 
the morbid longing of pregnant women 
(w, loc.y, nam. ^0, 1,«»; «cc., 
l,fl (hadayamaihse); hence the fre- 
quently occurring adj. f. dohalini, 
1) pregnant, ») desiring, longing for 
(w. loc. or comp,) : Jat. IV, 334,8i. 
VI, 484,26; HI, 27,».. VI, 326,is ete. 
The sanskritic etymology dohada = 
daurhrda has been called in question 
by Liiders (G6tt. Nachr. 1898,i: fr. 
*dvihrd); likewise Jolhj, Idg. Forsch. 
X, 213 and Pischel, Or. § 436; but 
BOhtlingk, ZDMG. Vol. 56,98 takes 
it = doha-da ("das Verlangen nach 
dem, was Milch erzeugt", scil. kama?) 
dva-, dva-, in comp. = 2; v. 
next (cp. dvi (dve)). 

dvattimsa. num. (sa. dvatrim* 
^at) 32; 23,J3 (petiyo); ♦"-akara, n. 
name of a chapter of KhuddakapS^ha 
(the 32 parts of the body) 82,8. 

*dvattikkhattum, adv. (sa. 
*dva-tri-krtvas) for a second and third 
time; 114,i6. cp. khattum & tikkhat- 

dvaya, ^) mfn. (= sa.) twofold, 
double; loc. pi, ^esu (dhammesu) 
Dh. 384. — *) M. a pair, couple; two 
(opposite) things; acc, .N/am (nissito 
loko) 96,6; gatha-dvayam, two gathss, 
47,23. 114,9; potthaka-", 114,i8 (two 

dvadasa, num. (sa, dvada^a) 
twelve; dvadasama, mfn. the twelfth, 
»M. <^o, Dh. XII. 

dvara, n, (= so.) door, gate, 
entrance; nom, ^am rnivesana-', 
nagara-*") 68,«-&; acc, ^am, 6,5. 68,»; 
instr. >vena, by the door or gateway, 
12,10 (pure-", the front door); 12,is, 
67,18 (pacchima-", the back door); 
55,30 (uttara-**, the northern gateway) ; 
69,8 (sala-", q. v.); loc. /N^e, 67,i3 
(pure-**) ; often e. c. = at, before : 
gama-", 8,20; ghara-", 27,j7; 
/>^ani (nagara-«) 39,25; ,^esu, 
38,12. 43,9; comp. gabbha-" (q. v.); 
o-samipaiii (v. h.); - dvara-koi^haka, 
m. a gateway; loe, pi. ^esu, 48,82; 



satta-dvara-kottbaka, mfn, having 7 
gateways, ace, i^&m (geham) ib. ; - 
*dvara-gama, m. a suburb ; ahl, r^-ato, 
19,83", "-ganiaka, m. id., ace. pi, ^e, 
43,9; — aparuta-dvara, mfn. (v. A.); 
eka-dvara, mfn. (v. eka*); catu-*, 
pihita-", bahu-", mfn, (g. «.) cp. 

dvavisati, num. (sa. dvaviibgati) 
22 ; dvavisatima, mfn. the 22"> ; m. 
^0 (vaggo) Dh. XXII. 

dvi-, (= sa.) base of the num. 
dvo {nom, ace, mfn.) = two; nom. 
6,83 (jana); dve pi, both, 19,u; 24,i6 
^cakkhuni); aco, 6,i8 (mige); 62,ir 
(hattbe)', ekaih dve karoti (= ka> 
sati) 56,is; instr. dvihi, 7,i4; 12,i; 
gen. dvinnam, 13,8s; 40,8i; loc. dvisu, 
60,23. cp. di- (dija, dipada, diyaddba) ; 
dutiya, mfn.; dva-, dva-; dvaya, 
mfn. & next. 

dvija, m. (= sa.', ep. dija) a bird; 
***-gana, m. a flock of birds; pi, 
/N^a. 7,20. 

dvidha, adv. (= so.) twofold, 
divided in two; 33,i8 (cbinditva); 
58,22 (bhinditva); — "-karana, n. the 
dividing in two (= kasana), 56,i6. 
ep. dvedba. 

dviba, n. (sa, dvy-aba, m.) a 
period of two days; v. aba, cp. tiba. 

dve, num. nom. aco., v. dvi-. 

dvedba, adv. (= sa.; cp. dvidha) 
twofold, divided in two; ♦"-patba, 
m, a double path, cross-way; doubt; 
acc,.<N/ain, Dh. 282. 


dbamsin, mfn. (rather = sa. 
dbarshin than sa. dbvaiiisin (Tr,); cp. 
Dhpd. (1855) p. 372-3) audacious, 
obtrusive, importunate; instr. m. 
r^ina, Db. 244 (cp. MN. I p. 236,i). 

dhaja, m. (sa. dbvaja) a banner, 
flag or standard; "-patak&dibi, 62,7. 

dbajini, /". (sa. dbvajini) an army 
(arrayed); ace, •vim, 104,1. 

dbana, n, (= sa.) wealth, pro- 
perty; money; nom, ««./am, 23,6. 48,ii; 
ace, rwaiii, 29,s. 38,8o. 48,i8; gen, 
.vassa, 52,s ; - **abaranatthaya, 32,i7 
(v. abarana); dbanatthaya, 32,29 (v. 
attba*); Mobba, m, desire of money; 
instr, rwena, 22,22; '*''*-va3sa, n, & 
*<'-va8apanaka, mfn. (v, h.) ; "-santike, 
33,86 (g. V.) ; — mabad-dbana, mfn, 
(q. v.)\ cp. nid-dhana, sa-dhana & 

♦Dhanapalaka, m. nom. pr. of 
an elephant (said to be identical with 
l^Slfigiri, q, v.); nom. (vo nama 
kufljaro, Dh. 324 (op. Jttt. V, 337,i). 
♦Dhaniya, m, nom. pr. of a 
herdsman; o/O (gopo) 104,80. 

dbanu, n. (& m. ?) (sa. dbanus 
& dbanu, m.) a bow; ace. n^nva, 61,80. 
92,15; asi-satti-dbanu-adini(avudbani) 
6,12 ; dbanu-kalapa, (m. ?) bow and 
quiver, 75,i6. 

dhanesi», mfn. (sa. dbanaisbin^ 
longing for riches; gen. pi. rvinam 
(vanijanam) 20,22 = 25,so. 

dhamani, /". (=:sa.) a vein, nerve; 
*-santhata, mfn. (g. v.) covered with 
veins (said of an emaciated person); 
n. (N^am (jantum kisam) 106,i2 ■= 
Dh. 395 (ep.Weher, Bhag. II. 289,2-s). 
dbameti, vh. (caus. dhamati, to 
blow; sa. y'dbma) to blow (any in- 
strument, acc.)\ part, m, pi. xwenta 
(sumkhe) 8,28. 

dhamma', m, (rarely n.) (sa. 
dbarnia) ') ordinance, law; right, 
duty; nom. r^Q (sanantano) 106,2i 
— Dh. 5; ace. x^am (ekam) 106,ii 
= Dh. 176; (vissam, the whole law) 
106,5 — Dh. 266; gen. o^assa (anu- 
dhammacari, g, v.) Dh. 20; «. pi. 
^dm, Dh. 82; samana-**, priestly 
duties, 15,12; often opp. attba (v. h,). 
-> *) righteousness, morality; virtue, 
good quality; /vO, 106,9 — Dh. 393; 
3,87 ; Dh. 261; <vam (cara) 7,8i, cp, 
Dh. 169; instr, /^ena, righteously, 
36,88. 42,86. Dh. 257; /^assa (gutto, 
q. V.) Dh. 267; loo. /^e (with honour- 
able intantioni) 1,»; pi. •vS (caturo) 



3,i<; (oattaro) Db. 109; (pSpakS, sim) 
Dh. 242; instr /N/ehi, 3,k; gen, 
<s^anam, Db. 273. cp. a-dhamma, 
m. - *) "the trutb"; •) any religious 
doctrine or philoaophical syatern, esp. 
thot taught by Buddha (the Four Truths 
etc.); preaching of that doctrine; r^O, 
94,15; fv&m ^sunShi) 22,i7; (sossamn 
87,re-, (deseti) 7,»7. 51,5; (uttamam) 
Dh. 115; (kanham, q. v.) Dh. 87; 
vara-', 87,9; 8atthu />vara, 87,is; loc, 
f>^b (desiyamSne) 69,»j; — •>) the 
second great collection of the Buddhist 
saured books (tipi^aka, also named 
sutta-pi^aka) opp. vinaya (q. v., cp, 
abhidhamma) : '>.'0 ca vinayo ca, 
79,5) ,x-am, 109,i5; "-vinaya-samgaha, 
tn. 109,s3; — «) ir the triple formula : 
Buddha, dhamma, samgha, 69,i9. 
107,17 = Dh. 190 {cp. tevacika & 
sarana). — cp. sad-dhamma, a-sad- 
dbamma (v, a-saf); Bt the end of 
adj. comp. v. aggs-dbamma, dittha-", 
patta-o, pariyogalha-", vidita-", 8am- 
khata-''. — *) In the psychology = 
nature, character; coadition of being, 
condition cf life; thing; in pi. dhamma 
is often = menta: objects in general, 
phenomena (just as rupa are the objects 
of sense to the eye,, sometimes 
taken as identical with saiiikhara (q. 
v.); loc. di^the va dhamme, in this 
world, in the present life, 92,3» {cp. 
dittba- dhamma); sahetu- dhamma, 
m. the effect together with its cause, 
ace. -vam, 66,jt . pt. /»va, 66,so; 70,st; 
Babbe /va anatta, 107, is — Dh. 279; 
manopubbangama /^.a, th^ states of 
mind are the result of thought (?) 
Db. 1 {cp. manaa); loc. pi. .N^esu 
Tsabbesu) Dh. 363; dvayesu -vCbu 
(in two tliiiiRs; i. e. Raniatlm & vipiis- 
Hunfi, Comm.) Dli. 384. — Tliu duno- 
tion of "nature, state, condition" may 
be seen in many comp. {stibst. & adj.) : 
mitta- dhamma, m. friendship, 14,3; 
methuna'", m. love, 54,ii; more fre- 
quently at the end of adj. comp, ^^ 
liuvinx lli0 imtum of, bolii)( Mulijnit, (u ; 
a-nivattaiia-dhunima, a-vinipatu-". 

an-uppada-«, nirodha-", pSpa-«, ma- 
rici-«, vaya-«, samudaya-", mfn. {v. 
h.). As to the different explanations 
of the meaning of the word dhamma 
ep. Max MUller, 8BE. X. p. 3-4; 
Caroline Rhys Davids, Transl. of 
Dhamma-SaSgani, Introd. p. XXXII 
seqv., p. XLI. cp. next, etc, 

dhamma^ mf{i)n. {sa. dbSrma) 
belonging to dhamma'; instr. f. ^iya 
(kathaya, by a sermon or religious 
discourse) 71,!2 = 77,S5. 

dhamma-kathika,»». (sa. dhar- 
ma-kathaka) a preacher or propoun- 
der of the dhamma; r^Q, 22,t9. 62,S7; 
instr. ,%.,ena, 22,3o; gen. pi. o.-anam, 
109,9; *''-thera, m. the elder who 
preaches the dhamma, ace. .-varh, 22,S7. 

""dhamma-gandika, f, a block 
for execution; 6,85-87 {v. gandika). 

""dhamma-gata, mfn. directed 
io the law; f. ^a (sati) Dh. 297. 

dhamma-oakkhu, n. {sa. dhar- 
ma-cakshus) the eye of the truth; 
nom. r^^x^m. (udapadi, Yasassa) 68,88. 

dhamraa-carijj, mfn. {sa, dhar- 
ma-carin) observing the law, virtuous, 
dutiful; nom. m. ««vi, Dh. 168 {cp. 

*dhamma-jivi>i, mfn, virtuous, 
dutiful; gen, m, ,v.ino, Dh. 24; gen, 
pi, ~inam, Db. 164. 

dhamma-Uha, mfn, {sa. dhar- 
ma-stha) just; m. ^o, Dh. 256. 267; 
ace. m. ,vam, Dh. 217, — "-vagca, 
m. Dh. ch. XIX. 

dh am mat a. f. {sa. dharmata) 
inherent nature; manners, practice, 
habit; 21,i7. cp. Bu-dhammata, f 

dhamma>dana, n. {sa. dharma- 
diXnu) the gift of the law (or the truth) ; 
Dh. 354. ^ 

dhamma-desana, f {sd. dhar- 
ma-de(jana) instruction in the truth 
(or In the four truths^; a sermon, 
religious discourse; ^a (Buddhanaiii) 
G8,«n; ace. ^m\, 17, ni. 

(Ill II III III II . (1 h II r II , m. {sa. dliariiia- 
dhara) 'a supporter of the dhamma', 



one who knows the sacred doctrine; 
^0, Dh. 259; pi. -^a, 109,3a. 

'"dhamma-pada, n. a word or 
verse of the sacred doctrine, also nom. 
pr, of a canonical book, being a col- 
lection of moral sentences; nom. & ace. 
/vaiii, Dh, 102; 44. 45 (sudesitaih) ; 
ekam pi r^ani, one single word of the 
sacred doctrine, 22,23. cp. Max Milller, 
SEE. X, Introd. p. LlII; Weber, Ind. 
Str. I, 125; Franks, ZDMG. XL VI, 
734. Specimens thereof p. 106-107. - 
Dbammapadattbakatha, f, the Com" 
mentary on Dh. ; specimen p. 86,ia— 

"'dhamma-piti}!, mfn. drinking 
in the law; m. rvi, Dh. 79. — "-rasa, 
m. the sweetness of drinking in the 
law; ace. ^am, Dh. 205, 

dhamma-rata, mfn. (sa. dhar- 
ina-rata) delighting in the dhamma, 
virtuous; m. '>./0, Dh. 364. 

dhamma-rati, f. {sa. dharma- 
rati) delight in the dhamma; nom. 
^i, Dh. 364. 

'''dhamma-rasa, m. the sweetness 
of the dhamma; r^o, Dh. 354, 

dhainma-raja(»i), m. {sa. dhar- 
ma-raja) a righteously ruling king; 
*the king of truth' (epithet of Buddha) ; 
nom. f^a., 88,12; Buddho -x/a, 19,i. 

*dhamma-vinicchaya, m. in- 
vestigation of what is right, righteous 
decision; instr. <x/ena, Dh. 144. 

dhamma-samgaha, m. (sa. 
dharma-samgraha) the collection of 
sacred books, called Dhamma-, or 
Sutta-pitaka; ace. (N/aih, 109,i6. - 
dhamma-vinaya-samgabo, the collec- 
tion of Dhamma & Vinaya, 109,18. 
cp. dhamma ^ 

*Dhamma-8afigani, f. nom. pr. 
of a canonical Pslibook, the first part 
of the Abhidhamma-pitaka, being a 
compendium of psychology; 102,is; 
gen. (x/iya, 113,18 (commentary there- 
on : Attbasalini, q. v.). 

"'dhamma-santati, /*., the con- 
tinuity or serial BuccesBion of the liv- 
ing beings, 99,15 (/^ sandahati). 

FW OIoiMiy. 

dbamma-sabha, f. (sa. dharma- 
sabba) a place or hall of religious 
meeting; loc. ix/ayam, 29,28. 

dbamma-savana, n. (sa. dbar- 
ma-Qravana) the hearing of a sermon, 
attending divine service; ^-attbaya 
(gate), in order to attend service, 

dhamma8sami(n), m. (5a. dhar- 
ma-8vamin) 'lord of Dhamma', i, e, 
Buddha; gen, ^issa, 114,6. 

*dbammanuvattiw,»»/M., follow- 
ing the law (cp. anuTatti/i); m. pi, 
o^ino, Dh. 86. 

*dbammar5ma, mfn. 'one who 
has Dhamma for his pleasure garden', 
dwelling in the law; m. 1^0, Dh, 364 
(cp. arama). 

dhammasana, n. (sa, dbarma- 
sana) a cathedra, preaching-seat; abl, 
fvato, 62,17. 

dbammika, mfn. (sa. dharmika) 
righteous, pious, religious; m. 1^0 
(dhammaraja) 38,12; 39,8. cp, a- 
dbammika, a-dhammikata. 

"dbammi/j, mfn. (sa. dharmin) 
having the nature of, subject to ; uppada- 
vaya-® (v. uppada, cp, dbamma'), 


d bam mi, adj. /*., v. dbamma^- 

"dhara, mfn. (e. c. = sa.) holding, 
wearing; possessing; jutin-" (v. juti); 
dbamma-", pamsukula-**, vinaya-" 
(q. v.); uttama-rupa-" (v. rupa) cp. 

dharani, f. (= sa.) earth, land, 
kingdom (orig. adj. f. bearing, sup- 
porting); godbarani, f. (y. h.). 

dbati, f, (sa. dbatrl) a nurse; 
ace. pi. (N/iyo, 46,25. 

dbatu, f. (<& tn.), (= so. dbatu, 
m.) a primary element (e. g. a verbal 
root); the property of a primary ele- 
ment (colour, etc.); any constituent 
part (esp. of the body); a sacred relic; 
*pacina-loka-°, the eastern quarter 
(or horizon), abl. rwto, 32, so. 

"dbatuka, mfn, (e. c. = sa.) 
having the qualities of, affected with; 
panduroga-**, having jaundice, m. ^0, 




36,ie; — vamanaka-*', "having the 
qualities of one that is deformed", m. 
r^o (paccha-°) 24,2i. 

Dbatukatiia, f. nom. pr. of a 
canonical book, the third part of the 
Alihidhamma-Pitaka; 102,i3. 

dhana, «. (= sa.), only e, e. = 
a receptacle for, a heap of, t>. saifa* 

dharana, n. (= sa.) holding, 
wearing (of ornaments); mala-gandha- 
vilepana-", 81,35. 

dhara, f. (= sa.) stream, current; 
udaka-". 62,82 {q. v.). 

dhareti, vb. (caus. v'dhFi *^' 
dbarayati) '") to hold, bear, wear; 
carry, bring (acc.)\ pot. 3. sg. -^^eyya 
(andhakare telapajjotarii) 69,1?; pp. 
-N<ita, n. r^&va. (uadumaih) 23,36. - 
*) to hold back, restrain (occ); pot. 
3. sg. dharaye (kodham) 106,83 = 
Dh. 222. — ^) to b>jar in mind, re- 
member (by tradition); to hold, con- 
sider, understand {aCi^. or ace, & ahl.) ; 
aor, 3, pi, .^esurii (Jinasasanam) 
109,23; fut. 3. pi. .N^ayissanti (Jata- 
karii) i02,i7-2'. ; inf. rwayitum, 102,i8; 

- imp. 2. pi, r.,etha (vyakatam me 
Vyakatato, consider only that elucidated 
what has been elucida':ed by me) 93,2-3. 

— *) to admit, receive, tuke up, sustain 
(a cause, ace); imp, 3, sg. ^etu 
(upasakaiii mam) 69,2o; pot. 2. sg, 
rveyyasi (kassa attham^ 101,o. cp, 
uhara, dharana, etc; dliiti. 

dhavati, vb. {aa, \/Aha.\) to run; 
pr, 3. sg. o^ati (vanum, q. v.) Dh. 
344; part, gen. f, dhavantiya (patlie) 
31,34; ger. ^itva, 59,i. 

dhi (or dhi), indecl. (sa. dhik) 
interj. of reproacrt or displeasure : fie! 
shatne on, voe upon (commonly w. 
ace. or gen.); dl.l (brahmanassa 
hantaram) Dh. 339; dbi (y'assa 
muiicati) ib.; very often combined 
wi'ih imp. attbu before which an 
e aphonic 'r' it inserted : dhi-r- 
atthu (idha jivitaiii) 103,33; rw (ja* 
tiya) 63,13. 

dhiti, f, {sa. dhfti) firmness, for* 

titude, courage; nom. /vi, 3,»t; ace. 
/x/im (upattbapetva) 41, »r. 

dhir- & dhi, v. dhi. 

dhitar, /: (sa. duhitr) a daughter; 
nom. dbita, 10,*; lO.ii (raja-°); 86,2* 
(pesakara-")-, ace. /s.-aram, 10,e; 86,13; 
gen. dhitu (later dhitaya, v. below.) 
57,1; pi. ~aro, 32,20 (matu-", i. e. 
mother and daughter). Besides dhitar 
we find also the base dhjta (esp. in 
younger texts & at the end of comp.) : 
gen. ^aya (pesakara-") 89,i7 ; loe. pi, 
,>.a8u (putta-", dvandva-comp.) 7,25. 
- kula-dhitar, f, {v. h.). 

dhira, mfn. (=^ sa.) constant, 
firm, energetic; wise, thoughtful; m. 
^0 {i. e. Buddha) 78,8o; Dh. 28 etc. ,^a, 47,28. 109,2o; Dh. 23 etc, 

dhuta, mfn. (sa. dhuta & dhiita, 
'shaken') 'one who has shaken off his 
sins', dutiful (?) cp_, Vin. II. 197,i; 
dhuta, n, ^= dhutanga, n. is a desig- 
nation of certain priestly duties; lience 
dhutavada, »»., ') the doctrine of 
Dhutanga, the Dhutanga precepts, cp, 
Dh. (1855) p. 259,7; «) a teacher or 
propounder of those precepts (^ dhu- 
tavadi(/j), Jat. I. 130,22), gen. pi. 
.-.^anarii (aggo, Kassapo) 109,6, cp, 
AN. I. p. 23; ') adj. == dhuta (Mil. 
380,20, "pufe in speech") cp. dhona 

dhutta, m, (sa, dhurta) a frau- 
dulent fellow, gamester; scoundiel, 
villain; scamp, rogue; 1N.0, 49,S2; ace. 
~aih, 48,27; gen, .vassa, 49,8; pi. 
«.a, 74,4; occ. o^e, 74,7; gen. /N.,anaiii, 

dhura, »«. (= sa,) the foremost 
or chief part of anything, a yoke, the 
fore end of a ship; loc, ,^e (navaya), 
18,19. 27,19. cp. dhorayha. 

dhuva, ')»»/«. (sa. dhruva) fixed, 
permanent, certain; n. rvam (mara- 
nam), 86, is. a-ddhuva, mfn. (v. h.), 
*) n. permanence, durability; ^atil. 
Dh. 147. 

dhupa, m. (= «a,) incense; gan- 
dba-dhupa-o etc, (dvandva comp) 



dhenu, f. (= sa.) a milk-cow; 
*miga-'', a female deer, hind, doe; 


*dhenupa, m, a calf; pi, ,va, 

"dheyya, n. {sa. dheya) realm, 
region; v. Maccu-", Mara-". 

*dhona, mfn. (probably = dhota, 
pp, dbovati, to wash; 5a. dbauta, 
V'dhav *) pure, purified from sin. The 
commentators agree in explaining this 
word by dhuta-papa (v. dhuta, i/dhu, 
dhunati) or by dhuta-kilesa — bud- 
dha (Pj. ad Sn. v. 834 & Ps. ad MN. 
ch. 56). Fatish0ll, Gloss, Sn. p. 203 
refers it to ydbu, to shake, which 
after all may be closely related to 
dbovati; but it is questionable whether 
this word is contained in the comp. 
ati-dhona-cari»j (g. v, Dh. 240). I 
think it better to take atidbona — 
sa. atidhavana ft; vb. atidhavati, to 
transgress. A sitbst. n. dbona is men- 
tioned in the Comm, on Dh. v. 240 
(-= the 4 paccoyas, v. Childers) and 
on MN. ch. 66 (— fiana; hence dbona, 
mfn, 'tena samSgato'). 

*dhorayha, »«. (/V. *dhorvayha, 
sa. *dhaurvabya, abstr. fr, dhurvaha) 
a beast of burden. — "-Rila, mfn. having 
the virtue of a (good) draught-cattle, 
"much enduring"; ace. m, /vam, Dh, 

dbovati, vft. (so. dhavati,\/dbay") 
to wash, to clean by rinsing or rubbing 
(acc); aor. 3. sg. dhovi (pade) 57,i6; 
get: <N/itva, 22,25 (Diukham); 41,i9 
(kbaggam); 82,2i (bbajanam); a- 
dbovitva (patim) 56,25; pp. dbota 
or (more rarely) dbovita : hattbe 
dbovita-kale ("when he was washing 
his hands") 41,is. cp. dbona & next. 
dbovana, n. (sa. dbavana) wash- 
ing; mukba-dbovanattbayA gantva 
("when he went to wash his face") 
21,tB; battba-'*, 56,ss (washing the 
hands, or : water for washing?). 

na, adv. (=■ sa.) not; before vowels 
'a' may be dropped (n'atthi, I,i5; 
n'etam, 8,27) or contracted with a foil, 
'a' (naham, 1,21); before 'i' we find 
sometimes *y' inserted (na-y-idam, 
23,35). — ') na is the usual negation 
before verbs : 1,9. 16. etc., but it occurs 
also often before other words : na 
Sakbaih upasamvase, 7,33 (cp. ma); 
na gabe rame, 47,26; natidure, 83,2; 
na tavata, 106,5, and especially at 
the beginning of a sentence ; naliHlii, 
1,91; na koci, 8,s etc. — ^)m questions, 
used like the English 'not' : *) kim na 
passasi (have you not seen?) Ill,i9; 
kaccin nu . . . na, 9,28 ; '') in disjunc- 
tive questions : kirn , . . karoti na ka- 
roti (— or not) 9,25. — ^) repeated ; 
*) n' . . , na , . . na (neither , . , nor . , . 
nor) 8,27. 94,3. Dh. 127; n'eva , . , na, 
3,3. 10,16. 74,12 (id.); n'eva upapajjati 
na na upapajjati, 89,8i. 94,i8; cp, 
neva-saniia-nasaiinayatana; na ca . . , 
na ca (id.) 99,3; •>) na kiiici na (all, 
every) 61,36, cp. na . . , akifici ("not 
a little") Dh. 390. - «) comb, w, 
other particles : ») n'eva, not for all 
that (after 'pi ce') 16,u; n'eva . . . na 
(v. above); '') na kbo (pana), verily 
not, 9,31. 93,27; ") na ca -=• than, 8,3 
(rajjam jabeyyam na ca tam patin- 
nam); ca na ca (both . . . and not) 
89,30. 94,16; na ca . . . na ca (neither 
. . . nor, V. above); •*) na hi (non 
enim) Dh. 5 ; in answers — no, nay 
verily, 97,i9. — '■) negative prefix in 
comp. ■= a- (cp. uir-, vi-) v. na-cira, 
na-nikama-seyya (natthita, f. (g. v.) 
is abstr. fr, the phrase n'attbi). cp, 
nanu, nuna, no & ma. 

*nam, pron, demonstr. (in several 
cases besides nom, substituted (encli- 
tically) for taifa, cp. enam & the base 
ana-, sa. instr. anena etc.) him, her, 
it; acc. mfn. nam : m. 4,S8. 7,8o. 16,t5 
etc. 103,82. 113,20; nan (ti) 3,e. 12,28; 
f, 55,16. 88,2; nan, 9,i8; n. 94,i8; - 
acc. pi. ne, 74,8; gen, pi. nesam, 




8,10. 73,1. — naih is alao Botnetiraes 
pleonastically inserted, e. g. 73,i8 {cp, 
tarn, 9,1 ; Ginghalese reading : nam). 
In such cases the commentaries explain 
it as a particle (nipata) or as a 
shortened form of nama (?); cp, 
Pischel, Gr. § lEO. (431). 

nakkhatta, n. {sa. nakshatra) 
^) an a&terism or corstellatton, a con- 
junction of stars (esp. that of the moon 
with any constellaticn, a lunar man- 
sion); ace. /x/am (olcketi, to read 
th'^ stars) 32,81 ; — "-yoga, m. id., 
loc. r^e laddhe, ("a. a certain con- 
junction of the planets") 32,io. — ^) 
a festival; «>..aiii (kilati, to enjoy the 
festival) 61,3; - *<'-kila, f. "the festi- 
vities" (v. h.) 61,5; "-patba, m. 'star- 
path', the starry sky, acc. >N^an), Dh. 
208. - asalhi-o, 61,2 (v. h.) cp. 

nakha. m, (■^ sa.) a nail; pi. 
rwa, 82,» — 97,2J. 

n agar a, n. (= sa.) a town, city; 
a fortress; worn, i^arii (yakkha-") 
20,38 ; (atthiuam, "a stronghold of 
the bones") Dh. 150; acc. n^ara, 68,84 
(the inhabitants of the city); anto-" 
(v. h.); saka-", to his own city, 44, is; 
loc. ^e, 19,15; 61,3 (Kapilavatthu-"); 
77,15 (Bhoga-"); comp. *-abhirauklia, 
mfn. {v. abhimuk'ia); nagarupama, 
mfn, like a fortress, n. r%/am, Dh. 40 
{cp. upama). "-dvara (v. h.)\ "-sa- 
mipe, 21,18; "-vithisu, 73,29; "-vasi/i, 
mfn. {v. h.) ; - *deva-" = deva-pura, 
n. (q. v.); anto-nogare & bahi-nagare 
(inside & outside the town) q. v, cp. 

nagga, mfn. {sa. nagna) naked; 
f. .^a, 31,10-13; n. «v.alia, 31, 12. — 
"-cariya, f. going naked; Dh. 141. 

naSgala, «. (sa. lafigalu) a plough; 
acc. rwam (mahantaiii) 71,:i8. 

nacira, mfn. {=^ sa.) not of long 
duration; nacirass'eva {adv.) v. ci- 

iiacca, «. {sa. nrtya) dancing; 
instr. r>/ena, 10,2o; "-jiitaka, n. 10,i; 

dvandva-comp. -vadini, ^.^adisu, 66,1. 
64,8»; »-gita-, 64,8». 81,s4. , 

naccati, vb. {sa. nytyati, ynrt) 
to dance; pr. 3. sg. />^ati, 18,i8; part, 
m. ~anto,; imp. 2. sg. -v^assu, 
60,u; /"m*. I. s^r. ^iasami, 60,18; aor. 
3. sg. nacci, 18,2o; inf. />./itum,; 
comp. naccitu-kama, mfn. wishing to 
dance, 60,85 (O-kam'amhi, I (/".) wish 
to dance), cp. nacca & natalca. 

naUha, mfn. {pp. nassati; sa. 
nash^a) lost, perished; acc. m. <x/am 
(yasaiii) 42,i2. 

nattar, »«. {sa. naptr) a grandson; 
gen. nattu, 64,9. 

natthita, f. {sa. nastita; fr. 
n'atthi) non-existence, non-reality; 
acc. r^&rh, 96,7 {cp. atthita). 

nadati, vb. {sa. -^/nad) to cry, 
roar; to make a noise {acc.)', pr. 3. 
sg. oi^ati, 8,28; part. m. pi. ,-vanta 
(mahanadam) 6,13; aor. 3. sg. nadi 
(sihanadam) 16,u; ger.,>,\t\ai (konoa- 
nadam) 61,2o; pp. nadita {v. next); 
cp. nada. 

nadita, n. {pp. fr. prec.\ cp. sa. 
nadita) roar, noise; ,>,am (sihassa) 


nadi, f. (= sa.) a river; notn. 
<^i, 14,9; 35,18 (maha-°); acc. .^^irii, 
16,25. 103,2; instr. ~iya ("upstream") 
29,5; gen. rwiya, 2,i9-ai; tassa nadiya 
vasati, 2,86 (tassa must here be taken 
as loc. /■., cp. Jut. I. 170,u; MN. I. 
385,9); loc, (viyarii (maha-") 36,3o; f>./inarii, 103,i8; 72,37 (maha-"); 

- "-kiila, n. ^^ "-tira, n. the bank of 
a river, loo. /^e, 2,i9. 108,24; — "-pare, 
ou the opposite side of the river, 56, ai; 

— "-niajjhe, in the middle of the river. 


n add ha, mfn. {pp. nayhati (nan- 
dhati); sa. naddha.^nah) tied, bound, 
put on; ^'-paiicayudha, mfn. Ill, is 
{v. ayudha). cp. onaddha, sannaddhu. 

*nanikama, mfn. {fr. nikitua, 
m.) disagreeable; "-seyva, f. "an un- 
comfortable bed", Dh. 309 {acc. ->^aiii). 

niinu, indecl. (^^ sa.) ') particle 
of interrogation {latin : uonne); c^ 



maya tuyhaih abhayaiii diiinaih, 7,8; 
/^ brahmacariyassa te kalo, 46,S4; 
o^ so mutto bhavissati, 100,7. - *) 
particle of affirmation : surely, cer- 
tainly; n^ na sakka, 91, ic. 

nandati, vb. (sa, ynand) to re- 
joice; to delight in, to be glad of 
(instr.); pr, 3. sg. ^ati (puttehi) 
105. ss; 107,86 ;= Dh, 18. cp. next. 
nan dan a, f. (= sa.) delight; 
105,39. — raja-nandana, ni. a prince 
(poetically); ace. ^am, 112,xi. 

nandi*, »i. & nandi, f. {sa. nandi, 
«i.) joy, pleasure; "-raga-, pleasure 
and lust, 67,i3 (-sahagata); *nandi- 
bhava, »>. riBe of pleasure; °-parik- 
khiija, tnfn. "in whom all gaiety ia 
extinct", Dh. 413 (ace. m, ^am) cp, 
kamabhava, — nandi ^ /"., v. next, 

n a n d h i , /". (sa. naddhri) a leathern 
strap or thong (often spelt nandi); 
ace. o^im (chetva) Dh. 398. 

nabha(s), n. (sa. nabhas) sky, 
atmosphere; instr. ,^asa ("-agama, 
"departed through the air") lll,i. 

nam at i. vb. (sa, ynam) to bend 
or bow to (intr.y, aor. 3. sg. nami 
(cittaih, pabbajjaya) 66,13; pp. na- 
mita, bent; "-citta, mfn. 46, is (m. 
/s^o, pabbajjaya, one whose mind has 
turned to retiring from the world), — 
caus. namayati (& nameti), to bend 
(ace); pr, 3, pi, ^ayanti, 106,>7 = 
Dh. 80. cp. an-amatagga. 

namassati, vb. (denom, fr. na- 
mas (v. namo below); sa. naniasyati) 
to pay honour to (ace); pr. 3. sg. 
fv&ti (apujjarii) 30,8i ; pot, 3. sg, 
«^eyya, Dh. 392. 

namita, w/m. (iJi?. namati, q.v.). 
Namuoi, m. (== sa.) of 
a demon (identical with Mara, q. v.); 
nom. /vi, 103,4; voc. f^\, 103,3i. 

namo, indecl.(sa. namas, ».) an 
exclamation of adoration or homage 
(w. gen. pers.\ also often combined 
with verbs, as karoti, dadati); 1^ 
ty'atthu ("homage to thee") 13,»6. 
108,11 ; <%/ tassa fihagavato Arahato 
SammasambuddbasBa, 81,t (the usual 

formula at the beginning of a Pali 

naya, >«. (= s&.) 'leading', in- 
struction, plan, method; way, manner; 
instr. ^ena (Mahapadane agata-", 
"in the manner related in M.") 63, la; 
'ti adina ~, 91,8i (v. adi''); purima- 
nayen'eva, in the same manner as 
before, 26, 10. 63,2i ; hetthavutta-", id. 


nayati, vb, (sa. v'ni) v. net!. 

nayhati (or nandhati), vb. (sa. 
y'nah) to bind, tie; only comp. w, 
prep., V. upa-nayhati, piiandhati; 
pp. naddha (q, v.) cp. nandhi (nan- 
di) /". 

nara, m. (= sa.) a man; nom. 
/N.0, 111,10; ace. /N.^am, Dh. 47; gen, 
ivassa, 105,29; loc. pi, >N/esu, 47,2o, 

- f. nari (v, h.) - narinda. m, (sa, 
narendra) 'man-lord', king; ^0, 112,3i; 
voc, :^&, 7,1s; Sihabahu-narinda-ja, 
HI. son of S. (Vijaya) 110,22 (nom, 

nala or nala, m. (sa. id. & nada) 
name of a species of reed; a reed or 
stalk in general; nom, iv/O, 26,27; 
ace, ,^am (-1-) 108,5 = Dh. 337; 
5,18 (kumuda-"); — "-vana. n. a 
thicket of reeds, 26,25. cp. nalik.a, f. 

Nalaniala, m. (sa. Nalamalin) 
•reed-garlanded', nom. pr. of a.a ocean; 
ace. o^&m, 26,25. — Nalainali(«), m, 
id. 26,80. 

nala^a, n. ($a.lalata) the forehead; 
loc. >\^e (seda muccimsu) 46,3i. 

nava*, mim. (= sa.) nine; 82, 13. 

- "'navanga, mfn. ninefold (v. afiga). 
navama, mfn. the ninth, m. ,>.,o (vaggo) 
Dh. IX. cp. nayuti, navutika. 

nava*, mfn. (= sa.) new, young; 
m. pi, o^a (dama) 105,i7; (bhikkhu) 
83,33. cp, abhinava & next. 

navaka, mfn. (= sa.) new, young; 
compar. /N./tara, younger (opp. thera- 
tara), m. /x-o (bhikkhu) 79,8; instr. 
/x/ena, 79,». 

navanita, ». (= sa.) fresh butter; 
nom, i^&m, 99,«»; abl. <vato, ib. 



navuti, num. (sa. navati) 90; ». I 
navutika, mfn. \ 

nassati, vb. {sa, na^yati, y/n&(}) 
to perish, to be deetroyed; pr. 3. sg. 
.x/anti, 6,24; aor. 3, pi. ^^iihsu (tassa 
cakkhuni /v, "lost tljeir sight") 24,i6; 
cond. 3. sg. nassissu, 29,8 (he would 
have perished); pp. nattha & caus. 
naseti (g. v.) cp. nasa, »». 

nahata, mfn. {pp. nahayati, q. v.). 
nahataka, m. {sa. snataka) 'one 
who has bathed', a Brahman who has 
finished his studies; ace. »N^am (metri- 
cr.lly — nhatakaro) Dh, 422 ("accom- 
piished", SB3. X. 96). cp. MN. I, 
280,i9 & Sn. V. 621 (who has washed 
away all sins). 

nahana, n. {sa. snana) bathing, 
bath; .^am, 83,25; **-atthaya (rafino, 
for the king's bath) 41,3. 

nahapita, »». (sa. napita) a bar- 
ber; gen. o.-assa (jStako, "a barber's 
brat", i. e. bastard) 25,io; — *'-ku- 
tumbika, >». & *''-daya, »». {v. h.). - 
In the ancient times the barbers be- 
longed to the lowett castes {cp. Fick, 
Soc. Gl. p. 211); there cannot in 
ray opinion be doubt about the iden- 
tity of sa. napit.i dnc nahapita, but 
if thia latter is not a mere literary 
form (it is not raiely spelt nhapita 
and even napita), thea it must be 
derived from nahapeti {v, next) 
through *nahapitar (an salla-katta 
from ?alya-kartr). cp. Pischel, Gr. 

§ 210. . , , . 

uahapeti, vh, {caus.^ nahayati; 
sa. sntipayati^ to cause to bathe, to 
wash ; ger. r^etvc. (elakain) 16,85. 

nahayati (or nhayati), vb. {sa. 
'snayati, Vsna) to bathe; imp. 2, sg, 
nahaya, 111, so; fut. 1, sg. .^issami, 
41,1 ; inf. rvitum, 58,3o; nahayitu- 
katna, mfn. wishing to bathe, m. r^O, 
83,34; ger. nahatva, 41,3. 53,s3. 111,8; 
nahayitva, 67,94. 61,0; pp. nahata, 
one who has bathed, instr. m. iv-ena, 
84,1'. dvandva-comp. "-^nulitto, 41,9 
(bathed and scen'.ed); cans. v. naha- 

peti, cp. nahataka, nahana & naha- 

^^n'aharu, m. (& n. co«. ?)(««• 
snayu, f. n. Pischel, Gr. §^255) a 
sinew, tendon; />^u, 82,8 — 97,2o; 
instr. ^una, 92,«i; gen, ^uasa, 92,i7. 
naga, m. {= sa.) ') a NSga or 
serpent-demon; *<'-bhavana, n. {sa. 
nagaloka) the world of serpents; abl. 
^a, 62,16 ; - "^o-manavaka, m., a young 
Naga; pi. ~a, 53,io; ~e, 53,i; 
- *0-manavika, f., a Naga girl ; 52,27 
etc.\ — o-raja(n), m., a serpent-king; 
worn, ^a, 28,27. 52,io; instr. ^ena, 
62,15. - *) an elephant (with the 
Buddhists the emblem of endurance); 
metaph. a preeminent man; nom. r^O, 
Dh. 320; 105,i9; ace. ^aih, 77,3; 
instr. /^ena, 76,3i ; - *naga-m-asada, 
m. attacking an elephant, 77,s {v. 
asada) ; — "-bala, mfn., strong as an 
elephant; m. ~o, 1,3; instr. ^ena 
(raiiiia) 40,i9; - *'>-vagga, m. the 
23"' chapter of Pbpd.; — "-vana, n. 
the elephant grove, gen. o^assa, Dh. 
324; - naga-hata, m. "he who strikes 
the elephant (of men, (. e. Buddha)" 
= *hata-naga; gen. ,-wassa, 77,4. cp. 
maha-naga, hatthi-naga. {Rhys Da- 
vids, Buddhist India, p. 220). 

Nagadipa, wi. {sa. Nagadvipa) 
nom. pr. of an island {i. c. the north- 
western part of Ceylon?); «^o, 19,8 
(formerly called Seruma-dipa, q. v.) 
cp. Lassen, lA. I.^ p. 241 ; Tennent, 
Ceylon I. p. 331. 

n agar a, m. {fr. nagara; = sa.) 
a citizen; ace. pi. ^e, 6,7. 

Nagasena, m. {= sa.) nom. 2»'. 
of a Buddhist sage (thera), in the 
philosophical work Milinda-panha dis- 
puting with King Milinda {q. v.) \ 
nom. rwO (ayasma) 96,24; voc, r^&, 
98,32. etc. ci?. 8BE. vol. XXXV. p.xxv. 
na^aka, n. (= sa.) a play or 
drama; ace, pi. ^ani, 63, i7. 

natha, m. {= sa.) refuge; protec- 
tor, lord; ^0, (atta hi attano ~) 
Dh. 160. 380. 

nada, »«. (= sa.) roaring, crying, 



noise; ace, ^arii (maha-") 6,13; - 
konca-", m. (v. h.). 

nana, indecl, (= sa.) separately, 
differently, variously; this word is mostly 
used at the beginning of subst. or adj. 
comp., where it may be translated by 
'different, divers, various, many' etc. ; 
before double cons, the final a is 
shortened ; *nanaggara8a, m. (or mfn.) 
(= nana -f- agga-rasa^ all the choi- 
cest delicacies (of food) ; ace, pi. <^e, 
57,14; "-bhojanam, 41, lo; - nanappa- 
kSra, mfn. various, of all kinds (cp. 
pakara); m, pi. ^R (sakuna-saihgha) 
62,12; n. pi. ^ani (phalani) 2,83; 
inslr. pi. ^ebi (phalarukkhehi) 2,80; 

- *nana-kunapa, n. (v. h.); *nana- 
citta, mfn, of different mind, false- 
hearted; pi. f. .n/S (itthiyo^ 51,89, - 
•nana-turiyani, n. pi, 64,3o (v, turiya) ; 

- *nana-pupphani, n, pi, flowers of 
diverskinds, 41,6, 49,16;— *nanavudha, 
n. 6,7 (muggaradi-°) v. avudha, 

Q a m a ' 

i-») V. 
. (fr. 

i', indecl. (fr. next\ = sa.) 
') by name (after nom. pr. or in inter- 
rogative sentences) : Tambaraja <%/, 
19,6; cp, 44,13. 102,2; namena N. 
nama, 5,3o; kissa phalam ->., 36,s4; 
ka rv tvam (what is your name?) 
56, 10; kiihsaddo nam' esa, 60,9; ko 
nam' esa puriso, 63, 11 (who is this 
man?). — *) particle of affirmation or 
emphasis after subst. (adj.) pron. etc, 
= just, indeed, certainly; 2,6, 4,io. 
9,23. 88,23 etc.', tvam ~, 9,2i; ekan 
/^, 82,8; — app'eva nama (perhaps, 
V. api) 17,26, 69,5; seyyatha pi ~ 
(just as) 68,84. — ') in exclamations : 
aho pufinanarfa phalam <%/, 68,12; 
86,24, cp. 63,13, - *) after interr. = 
'then'; katharii '>^ (how then?) 41,8o; 
kirn ^, 4,8. 16,u. 88,4. - ») in an- 
swers : imaya -x/, 29,8i. 31,8*. — *) 
with negation == not at all; ... nama 
n'atthi, 4,ss. 8,10. 10,3i. 18,j (cp. 18,84). 

19,81 (cp. 19,19), 87,82. 

nama*, n, (sa. naman) name, 
appellation; nom. /v&m, 9,7. 98,84; 
afc. (x/am (akamsu, called) 38,io, 60,95 ; 
96,81 ; (the old ace. nama is used 

adverbially, v, above) ; instr. namena, 
by name (often combined with nama, 
before the nom, pr. or after nama, 
5,3o) 112,12; — nama is often opp. 
to rupa (q. V.) cp. namarupa beloto] 

- comp. ', "-gahana-divasa, m, name- 
day, loc. ^e, 38,9; "-matta, n. a mere 
name (cp, matta^) ^arii, 97,o; — 
evam-nama, kin-nama, tam-namika, 
mfn, (q. v.); sa-nama, n. (hie name) 
111,82, V. sa*. cp, next, 

namaka, mfn, (= sa.) named, 
called (e. c); anupariyaya-" (q, v.) 
91,28 (^aih maggam). cp, tam-na- 

nama- rupa, n. (= sa.) 'name 
and form' = individual being; nom. 
>^a.^Al, 66,7 (viiifiana-paccaya, origi- 
nating from vifinana and causing 
salayatanam) ; 100,8; loc. <vasmim, 
Dh 367 ("mind and body", cp. 8BE. 
X. p. 87); o-nirodha, m. 66,i8 (v. h.). 

nayaka, m. (= sa.) a leader, 
chief, lord; loka-", m. 'lord of the 
world', i. e, Buddha, 1^0, 110,19. 

Narada, m, (= sa.) nom, pr. of 
several persons; nom. >\.>o (ayasma, 
a thera living at Gijjhakuta) 84,34; 
voc, (%/a, 85,10, 

naraca, m, (= sa.) a kind of 
arrow, an iron arrow; ace. -^am, 92,34; 

— *''-valaya, wj. n. an iron ring or 
collar, instr, .N^ena, 111,33, 

nari, f. (= sa.) a woman; nom. 
/s/i, 64,15; ace, -^im, 47,2i; loc, pi, 
/N/isu, Dh, 284. cp. nara. 

Nalagiri, m. (= sa.) nom. pr. 
of an elephant; nom. »^i (nama hatthi) 
76,8; ace. 'v/iih, 76, 13; gen. >%'i8sa, 
77,1. ep. Dhanapalaka. 

nSjika, f. (sa. nalika & na^ika) 
^) a small tube or pipe, a hollow stalk 
or stick; ') a small measure (of capa- 
city) : addna-nalika-matta, mfn. con- 
taining as much as a half nfi)iks, ace. 
m. <s/am (tandulam) 57,i8. 

""navattlia, n. (sa. *n5va-8tha) 
"articles from ships", /v/am, 111,88. 
(cp. Vin. Ill 49,11.) 

nava, f. (sa. nau & nava) a ship, 



boat; nom. >va,; aco, /vatn, 19,st; 
Dh. 369 (metaph.-=^- the buman body); 
instr. gen. abl. Ice. .vava, 18,i; 19, 
S6-17; 23,5; 112,s7; 20,1- 25,i9; 24,15 
(arujha-", v. arohati); — bhinna- 
nava, mfn. Bhipvreeked (v. h.) cp. 
next & navattha* 

navika, m. (:^ sa.) ') a mariner, 
sailor; gen. -^assa, 27,37; gen. pi, 
/>.anam, 35,3o. — *) b ferryman; loc. 
iN^e, 28,5. 

*navutika, tnfn. (fr. navuti) 90 
years old ; ace. f. r^&m. (nariih) 47,8i. 

nasa, m. («a. naga) destruction, 
ruin, death; ace, ,%,&m (maha-** pa- 
punissanti) 34,i8. 

nasa, /. (= sa.) the nose; *<'-vata, 
»(. the breath from the costrils, instr. 
fs^ena, 53,2; — khura-nasa, mfn. & 
"-nasika, mfn. {v. khura). 

naseti, vb. {caus, nassati. sa. na- 
Qayati) to destroy, spoil; to kill (acc); 
pr. 2, sg. .>.-e8i rmama tandule) 57,a4; 
2. pi. «^etba (amhakam kammam) 
6,15; 63,17; ger. rt-etva, 37,9; inf. 
.^eturii (attanaiii) f-4,34. 

ni-, indecl, ') (= sa.) prefix to 
verbs and nouns, implying 'in, into; 
down', sometimes confounded with next. 
— ■^) before double cons, — nir-, ni- 
{su, nis (nir-)) prefix implying 'out, 
away', v. below, 

nikati, f. (sa. nikfti) wickedness, 
fraud; instr, 'viyM (metri causa : ni- 
katya) 5,gi ; — "-ppanna, mfn. versed 
in fraud; m, »^o, o,2i. 

nikama, m. {•- sa.) desire, 
pleasure; v, nanikama, mfn, 

nikaya, m. (= sa.) a collection 
of fiuddhist Su;tas, name of the 5 
sections of the Sutta oi' Suttanta Pi* 
teka, via. Digha-^ Majjhinia-*', Sam- 
yatta-o, Angutttra-", Klmdda(ka)-", 
102,14-16 {q. v.). 

nik ?ta, mj. (•= sa.) a house, abode; 
loc. /-vC, Dh. 91. 

liikkaddJiati, vb,(sa. tii8li-\/krsh^ 
to drive cut, expel; jp. -vito, m. (geha) 


nikkarunati. , f, {sa, nish-karu- 

nata) ttnmwcifulnesi, bardheartedness; 
instr. /vaya, 59,ib. 

nikkasava, mfn. (»a. nish-kaBh- 
aya) free from dirt or sin; v. a-nik- 

*nikkujjati, vb. (fr. ni + kubja? 
opp. ukkujjati, q, v.) to overturn; 
pp. n. ^itam, B3,20. 69,i5 (Coram, 
adhomukha-tthapitam hetthamukha- 

nikkhanta, mfn. {pp, nikkha- 
mati, q. v.). 

nikkhamati, vh.[sa,msh-\/kram) 
to go out, go away, depart, get out, 
issue (w. abl.)\ pr. 3. pi. o^anti (ma- 
tukucchito) 62,26; 90,86 (uagaram 
pavisanti va rv va); part. m. -%.anto 
(mukhato) 13,3i; ace. rvantam (pure- 
dvarena) 12,io; jMS^r. ^^antena, 12,u. 
83,35; pi. m. ,%^anta, 62,25; — aor. 
3. sg. nikkbami, 12,8. 36,23; 3. pi. 
rwimsu, 19,16; — fitt. 1. sg. -^^issami, 
12,15; 3. sg. ^issati, 12,i3; — ger. 
») nikkhamraa (agara, leave the house- 
bold life) 61,33. 64,23; '') nikkhamitva, 
13,31. 40,39. 45,2 (to retire from the 
world); 86,26 (tatc). I14,i (id.); - 
inf. ^N^ituiii, 12,17. 36,25; 65,i3 (ma- 
habbinikkhamanam, v. abhinikkha- 
mana); comp. ">.itu-kama, mfn. 65,i6 
(»t. ^0, id.) — grd, nvitabbarii, n, 
83,36; — pp. nikkhanta, rn. ^o, 5,25. 
12,12; °-kalato, 9,15 {v. kala); -caus. 
nikkbameti (& ,%^ameti, v. h.) cp. 
next & nekkhainina. 

nikkhamana, n, {sa. nish-kra- 
mana) going out, departing; "-bhava, 
m. 12,9 {v. h.). 

nikkbameti (& nikkbameti), vb. 
{caus. nikkhamati ; sa. nish-kramayati) 
to cause to go out, to bring forth or 
away (ace); aor. 8. pi. /^amesum, 
39,36; ger, f%^etva (ubho pi jane sa* 
mudda, "conveyed them oversea") 29,4. 
*nikkbittaka, m{fn). (fr, nik- 
kbitta, pp. nikkbipati, q. v.) one to 
whose charge anything has been com- 
mitted; m. pi. agga-nikkbittaka 
(thera) 109,ii (v. agga). 

nikkbipati, vb. {sa. ni-^/ksbip) 



to throw, lay down or away, loose, 
drop (ace); to give in charge of (ace. 
loc); part, instr. m. .^antena, 83,i7; 
- aor. 3. sg. nikkhipi (nahapitam 
upasakassa hatthe) 28,2i; 86,27; 3. 
pi, <N.iriisu, 73,28; - ftit. 3. pi. ,^is- 
santi (samussayam) 80,23; — ger, 
^itva, 67,13. 73,20. 75,2i. 101,26; - 
grd, «^itabbaiii, n. 83,ig; ,^0, m. 
83,18; — pp. nikkhitta, ace. m. ^am 
(mangalakhaggani, usslsake, lying) 
41,15; comp. "-maniratanam (Kasika- 
vattbe) 62,29. cp. nikkhittaka & next. 
vnikkhepa, m. (sa, ni-kshepa^ 
') throwing away, laying down; *) 
mark, footprint; ace, /^-aih (suvanna- 
padukanam) 68,8b. 

nikbanati, vb. (sa. ni-y'khan) 
to dig into, bury (acc); imp. 2. sg. 
(N^ahi (tam sobbhe) 78,i4; 2. pi, 
/x^atha, 39,33; ger, ,vitva, 78,i9; pp. 
nikbata, rammed down, m, pi, rwa 
(khila) 105,17. 

nigacchati, vh. (sa. ni-^gain) 
to enter, undergo, come to (aec); pr, 
3. sg. /N^ati (dukkbaiii, suffers) Dh, 
69; (dasann' aiinataram ^hanam) 
Dh. 137. 

nig a ma, m, (= sa.) a little town, 
or market>piace; gen. ^assa, 95,2i; 
loe, fs^e, 92,14. cp, negama. (Pick, 
Soo. Gl. p. 104.) 

nigaja, m. n, (sa, nigada) an 
(iron) chain for the feet; loha-niga)a- 
sadisa, mfn. (v. h,). 

niguhati, vb, (sa. ni-i/guh) to 
hide, conceal (ace,) ; pr. 3. pi, rvanti 
(itthiyo rahassam na -%.-) 46,9. 

nigganhati, vb. (sa. ni-v/grah) 
to hold back, restrain; fut. 1. sg. 
^gahessami (cittarii) Dh. 326; grd. 
niggayba (sa, ni-grhya) v, next; cp, 
dunnigaba, mfn. 

*niggayba-vadi(n), mfn. (fr, 
sa. nigrhya, grd, m-\/grah) 'resenting 
what is to be blamed\ censuring, re- 
proving; aec. m. >%/im, Dh. 76. 

nigrodba, m. (sa. nyagrodha) 
the Banian-tree, Fious Indioa; *'*ruk- 
kba, m. 20,8 (gen, /vassa). - Nigro- 

dba, m. nom. pr. of a deer; aec. r^Am, 
7,33; loc. <x/asmim, 7,34; =^ *-miga- 
raja, 5,3o. 

nighata,'»t. (= sa.) striking 
down, suppression, destroying, extinc* 
tion; acc, r^&m (ye8[airi] i, e, jati, 
jara, maranarii, etc.) 92,32. 

nice am, adv. (sa. nityam) always, 
constantly; rv luddani kubbato, 13,28; 
xv candanagandhini, 20,24; xw jinati, 
48,9. a-nicca, mfn, & a-niccata, f. 
(q. V,). 

*niccamma, mfn. (sa. *ni(;-carma^ 
excoriated, scourged; acc. f. f^&m 
(pit^him karetva, "flogging the skin 
of her back") 55,i7. 

niccala, mfn. (sa, ni^-cala) im- 
movable; f. ^a (nava attbasi) 23,ii. 

niccbareti,v&. (cans, niccbarati ; 
sa, ni^-^/car) to cause to issue or 
come forth; ger. /N^etva (madburassa- 
ram) 18,2o. 

[nice bin a ti], vb. (sa. niQ-^ci) 
to decide, fix upon; to discriminate 
(acc); to persuade oneself, be con- 
vinced, consider (to, prec. 'ti'); pot, 
3. sg. niccheyya (attbam anattban 
ca) Dh. 256; ger, nicebiya (ti ^) 
convinced, 114,6; pp. nieehita, do. 
111,21 (m, f^o). 

niU^^t f- (s<i- nisb^ha) firm per- 
suasion; completion, perfection; con- 
clusion, end; ni^^hangata, mfn, (sa, 
nish^ba-gata) y/ho has reached per* 
fection, m, /%/0, Dh. 351. 

*nitthapeti, vb. (caus. nittbati, 
nittbayati, sa. ni-i/stha) to accom- 
plish, complete, finish, make ready; 
imp. 2. sg. ^^/ebi, 48,29; aor. 3. sg. 
i^Qix (ahatahatam) 57,6; fut. 1, sg, 
/^essami, 87,ii-i2. cp. next. 

nitthita, mfn. (sa. nishtbita, j^i). 
ni-\/8tba, cp. prec.) finished, come at 
an end; completed, ready, prepared; 
n. «wam (jatakam etc.) 62,it. 71, is; 
(bbattam) 78,$; loc. <%/e (bhatte) 
B3,8i. a-nittbita, mfn. (q, v.) ep. 
pari-nittbiti, f. 

nittbubbati & nu^tbubbati, 
vb. (sA. *nih -f V^^i^^^i ^"^ '■ ^^ ^^* 



signilcation equal to at. fiiA-shthiv'') 
to Bpit out; aor. 3. 8g, nutthubhi 
(kakkaretva iJ) 37, js; ger, ni^thu- 
thitva (yagum) 57,«». [Pischel, Gr. 
§ 120.] cp. chuddha. 

nidda (& other varr, uiddha, nidha, 
nida = nua, sa. nida) n., a nest; 
place, Beat; roga-niddaih {idaih rQpam, 
«rull of BickneBs")' 107,7 = Dh. 148. 
nidahati, vh, (so. ni-\/dba) to 
lay down, depoBi'.; to lay aside; grd. 
^Np/itabbam, w, ((;ivaram, unhe) 83,9; 
ger n'dhaya (dandai {q. v.) sabbesu 
bhuteiu, "wJthout burting any crea- 
tur-is") Dh. 142. 405. cp. nidhi. 

nidagba, »». (=^ sa.) heat; ^o 
(I'.iahanto) 4,5. *''-3amaya, in, the 
hot season, loc, ^e, 3,3s. 

niddara, mfn, (sa. nir-dara) free 
>Tom fear; m, <^o, Dh. 205. cp, 
dara & vita-ddara. 

nidda, f. (9a. nidra) sleep; .v^a 
fYasassa okkami) 67,26 ; ace. (vaiii 
(gate, being aslaep) 21,28; (okkamitva 
(okkami) fell asleep) 22,94. 64,32; 
(upagato, id.) 6J>,«. cp, nexl, 

niddayati, vb. (sa. ni-drayate, 
Y^dra) to sleep; pr. 8. sg, /x^ati, 41,96. 
65,3o; pa.'t, m. aoc, .-bantam, 35,o9; 
gen. /^antassa, 41,96; f. pi. »>^antiyo 
(itthiyo) 65,5; aor, 8. sg. niddayi, 

*niddayitar, »m. {fr. prec.) a 
eleepy person; nom. />./ta, Dh. 325. 

niddhana, mfn, {sa, nir-dhana) 
without property, poor; acc. nt. >^&m., 

niddhanta, mfn, {pp. niddha- 
mati, q. v.) blown off, dHven out; 
*<'-inala, mfn, one whose impurities 
are blown away, free from sin; m, 
1^0, Dh. 236. 238 {synon. an-afigana). 
tuddhamati,t;6. (sa. nir-^dhina) 
to blow off; to drive out, expel, re- 
move (occ); pot. 3u sg, niddhame 
(malalii) Dh, 239; pp. niddhanta 
(v, h.). 

nidhaya, ger. nidahati {q. v.). 
nidhi, m, (= sa.) a treasure; 
gen, pi. «N.inam, Dh. 76, 

nindati, vb. (= sa. }/a^nd) J^o 
blame (occ); pr. 3, pi. ~anti (bahu- 
bhaninam) Dh. 227; inf. -^itum, Dh. 
230; pp. -"vita, mfn. blamed, nt. r^o 
(poso) Dh,228; a-nindita, mfn.Vh. 
227; cp. next. 

ninda, /". (= sa.) blame, reproach, 
reproof; aco. -warn, Dh. 143. 309; 
o-pasamsSsu {loc. pi) blame and 
praise, 106,30 = Dh. 81. 

ninna, mfn, {sa, nimna) deep; 
loc. m. ~e (sakata-magge, a sunken 
road, defile) 43,i8. - «. low ground, 
depth (of the sea); acc. -^am {opp. 
thala) 105,21 ; ioc.^e (do., "on sea") 
Dh. 98. 

*nipaka, mfn, {sa. *nipaka) in- 
telligent, prudent; acc, m. r>/am (sa- 
hayam) Dh. 328. 

nipajjati, vb. {sa. ni-\/pad) to 
lie down; pr. 3. sg. ->^ati, 6,3o; imp. 
3. sg. ^atu, 6,28; aor. 3. sg. nipajji, 
2,31. 3,19. 12,84.30,16; 3. pi. ») ^iriisu, 
65,3; »>) (N^iaum, 112,6; ger. ^itva, 
42,1 ; pp. nipanna {q. r.); cans, v, 

*nipajjapeti,ti6.(coH8. nipajjati) 
to cause to lie down, lay down, deposit 
(occ); aor, 3. pi, rwCsum, 32, 3o. 61, le; 
ger, rvetva, 13, u. 16, is. 20,7. 41,36. 

nipatati, vb. {sa. m-\/pat) to fly 
down, descend on, fall down on {loc); 
pr. 3. sg. t^&t\, 2,92; ger. -x^itva (Bha- 
gavato padesu sirasa, "falling at his 
feet") 75,22. cp. nipata etc. 

nipanna, mfn, {pp, nipajjati) 
lying; m. >vO, 3,8-i8. 7,4. 36,3i (pha- 
lake, floating on a plank); 65,i9 
(sleeping^; I10,i9; comp. tassa ^..^t^ha- 
nara (where he was lying) 49,2i; 
"-kale (while he was sleeping) 53,3. 

"nipannaka, mfn. {fr. prec) 
lying} acc m, .x-am, 6,3i. 

nipata, m, (= sa.) '■) falling; 
instr. udabindu-nipatena, "by falling 
of waterdrops", Dh. 121. — *) a par- 
ticle or indeclinable word; nom. /-vO 
('ma'ti) 85,33. - 8) a section of a 
book {esp, of Jataka or Anguttara 



Nik., whose single books are arranged 
according to their length or number 
of stanzas) ; Sutta-', w, nom. pr. (y. 
h.) cp. next. 

*nipataka, mfn, (fr. nipata') 
divided into nipatas (as Anguttara- 
Nikaya) ; ace. m. r^&m (saddhamraara 
pavibhajja) llO.j. 

nipati«, mfn. (= sa.) flying or 
falling down; yattha-kama-", mfn. 
"rushing wherever it listeth", ace. n. 
rvinaiii (cittam), Dh, 36; gen, r^ino 
(cittassa) Dh. 35, 

nipuna, mfn. (= sa.) clever, 
skilful; fine, subtile; m. /vO (dhammo) 
94,2j; 8U-nipuna, mfn. (g. v.) cp, 

nippapanca, mfn, (sa, nish- 
prapafica) free from diffuseness, calm, 
undisturbed; m. pi, .v-a (Tathagata) 
Dh. 254. 

n i p p a b h a , mfn. (sa. nish-prabha) 
without splendour; m. pi. ^a (anna- 
tittbiya) 72,29; cp. pabha, f. 

nippapa, mfn. (sa. nish-papa) 
free from sin; m. ^o, Db. 206. 

nippileti, vb. (sa. nish-pidayati, 
ypid) to press, squeeze (dec.) j aor, 
3. sg, ^esi (tassa givam) 5,i3. 

nippurisa, wi/M. (sa. nish-purusha) 
without men, female; instr. n, pi. 
/N.ehi (turiyehi, "a female orchestra") 
67,23 (cp. Speyer, Rem. on DivyavadSna, 
Wien. Zeitschr. XVI p. 105.) 

nipphatti, f. (sa. nishpatti^ com- 
pletion, perfection; ace, ,N/im (niyya- 
makasippe) "complete mastery", 24,i3. 

n i b a d d h a , mfn. (pp. nibandhati ; 
= sa.) *) bound (on or to), fixed; 
*/varii, adv. constantly, 6,i4. - *) asked, 
pressed; m. k^o (punappuna, "being 
asked again and again") 53,86. 

nibandha, m. (= sa,) binding, 
chain, attachment to; continuance, 
continuity; upayupadanabhimyesa-**, 
96,10 (q. v.). 

nibandhati, vh. (sa. ni-v/bandh) 
*) to bind on; *) to press, urge, im« 
portune; aor. 3. sg. nibandhi, 54,i; 
pp. nibaddha (q. v.) cp. nibandha. 

nibbattati, vb. (sa. nir-\/vrt) to 
become, come forth, be born (again), 
sprout up; pr, 3, sg. rK/Siti (dukkham) 
Dh. 338; fut. 3. sg. ^issati (Tusita- 
vimane) 87,3i; 2. sg. r^issasi, 88,15; 
1. sg. /N^issami, 88,10; aor. 3. sg, 
nibbatti (rukkhadevata hutva) 3,8i; 
ger. <x/itva (kapiyoniyam) 1,8 ; (ruk- 
kho) 36,36; pp. nibbatta, m. ^0, 
17,24. 28,27. 84,30 (niraye), 101,ii 
(aggi); nibbatt'amhi, 88,10; f. nib- 
battasi, 88,9. caus. nibbatteti (q. v.). 

nibbattana, n. (sa, nirvartana) 
the coming forth, being born, growing, 
sprouting ; rukkha-nibbattana-bbay- 
ena, for fear that a tree would grow 
up, 37,6; amkura-o-tthana, n. (q.v.). 

nibbatteti, vb. (caus, nibbattati) 
to bring forth, produce, complete, per- 
form; ger. (vetva (jhanabbiftnaih) 


nibbana, mfn, (sa. nir-vana) ') 
without forest, woodless (Jat.II, 368,8). 
— *) free from desires; m, pi. o..a, 
Dh. 283 (cp. vana''). 

*nibbanatha, mfn. (fr. nir -f- 
vanatha, q, v.) free from lust; m. 
/N.,0 (synon. vana-mutto) Dh. 344. 

nibbana, n. (sa. nirvana) ') ex- 
tinction, the being extinguished (as a 
fire or a lamp); ,>.,am (pajjotassa) 
80,35 (cp. Jat. I, 212,8). ^ «) the 
Buddhist Nirvana : *) absolute extinc- 
tion of all desires and passions, com- 
plete sanctification or Arhatship (cp, 
arabai); *") absolute annihilation of 
individual existence (i, e, in the Sarii- 
Bara), release from every conceivable 
attribute of being (cp. an-abhavakata), 
the eternal happiness attained after 
death by an Arhat or a Buddha (ta- 
thagata), whereafter he shall not be 
born or die again; ,N/am (Sugatena 
desitam) Dh. 285; ace. ^&m, 64,s3. 
89,8. Dh. 23. 134. 184. 203. 226. 369; 
dat. <N/aya (samvattati) 66,so; gen. 
'x^assa (sacchikiriyaya) 90,i8; ^ass'- 
eva santike, near to N., Dh. 32 = 
o-santike, Dh. 372; - *o-gamana, 
mfn. leading to N., ace. m. /vam 



(maggaiii) Dh. 289; *».gamin. mfn. 
i<5., f. ^Jni (sc»7. pa^ipada) Dh. 76; 
*°-pati8amyuUa, mfn. 71, sj (v. h.); 
— magga-phala-nibbanani (w. p/., 
dvandva-comp.) *tbe paths, the fruits, 
and the N.", 97,)o; — The transition 
into N. is described as vimokho ce- 
taso, 80,35, which is compared with 
the extinction of a laiiap (pajjotasseva 
nibbanarii, cp, AN. I, p. 236; epithets 
of N. are a-kata, a-mata, para etc. 
cp. nibbayati, nibbuta, parinibbana. 
[D'Alwis, Buddhist Nirvuna; a review 
of Max Miiller's Dharamapada. Co- 
lombo 1871 ; Childers, Dictionary 
(sub voce) 1875; Dahlmann, NirvBna. 
Berlin 1896; Ekliind, Nirvana. U'p- 
sali 1899; Pfiin(,s(, "Was ist das 
buddl istische Nirvfii-a in Wirklichkeit? 
(A us der indischen Kulturwelt. Stutt' 
gart 1904, p. 56); Oldenberg, Buddha, 
3. Aufl. p. 310; Trenckner, Mil. p. 

nibbapeti. vb, {cans. fr. next; 
sa. nir-vapayati) to extinguish, annihi- 
late; to cool, refresh; imp. 3. pi. o^etha 
(sokaiii me) 89,is; inf. />^etum (do.) 

nibbayati, rb. {sa. mt'\/\a,) to 
be blown out or extinguished ; to be 
refreshed, to feel happy, attain the 
Nirvanft; yr. .''. sg, ,>.ati (matuhada- 
yam) 64,i»; pot. 3. sg. ^eyya (aggi) 
96,1 ; ct:«s. nibbapeti (q. v.); pp. v. 
nibbuta, cp. nibbana. 

nibbijia, ger. (fr. nibbindati; 
sa, nir-vioya) having become despon* 
dont, depressed, or disgusted with 
{cM> or acc); ger. nibbijjapema 
(Gotamaiii, cp. apieti, vb.) 104,i3 [or 
have w« ^.o lake nibbijjapema as pr. 
1. pi. from *nibbijjiipeti, to give up 
(on account of despondency) ? cp. 
*nibbeianiya, f, pi. cr gen. sg, nir- 
Tijo?) "SN. I, p. 124,3|. 

nibbi^tha, mfn. (}>p. nibbisati; 
sa. nir-vishya) gained, earned ; instr. 
n. .%.ena (carami, "with what I have 
gained I wander about") 106,8. 

nibbida, »». (or nibbida, f. (?); 

sa, nirvid, f. & nirreda, »»., cp. Jat. 
IV, 471,«!i. 473,») aversion, disgust, 
weariness; dat. /v-aya (cittam santhasi, 
"his mind became weary") 67,3i ; ->.aya 
(samvattati) 93,7 (cp. Kulin, Beitr. 
P- 70). 

nibbindati, vb. (sa. nir-\/vid, 
nirvindati & pass, nirvidyate) to be 
indifierent, to become weary of or dis- 
gusted with (loc); pr. 3. sg. 'N.-ati 
(riipesu) 7 1,5-14; (dukkhe) 107,i2 = 
Dh. 277 (metri causa o,^ati); l)art. 
m. ^am, 71, u; pot. 8. sg. ~eyya 
(^opp. jisimsetha) 42,i6; ger, nibbijja 
(v. /».); cp. nibbida. 

nibbisati, vb. (sa. nir-y/vig) lit. 
'to enter into'; to earn, gain; pac<, 
m. nibbisaih, v. a-nibbisaiii. 

nibbuta, mfn. (sa. nir-vrta) ') 
happy, content, free from passions; 
^) extinguished (through false etymo- 
logy combined with nibbayati, nib- 
bana); 7)1. ^0 (pita) 64,14; (gini, 1. e. 
the fire of passions) 104,25; (anupa- 
daya) Dh. 414; acc. -.^aiii (opp. atta- 
danda; "mild") Dh. 406; arc. pi. ^e, 
Dh. 196; /'. ^a (mata) 64,i4; loc. n. 
kasmim nu kho '>.^e hadayam -^aiii 
nania hoti, after what having become 
extinguished does the heart feel happy? 

niraanteti, vb. (sa. ni-^/mantr) 
to invite; aor. 3. sg. ^esi, 56,S8; 3, 
pi, ^ayimsu, 87,5; ger, ^etva (da- 
nam adariisu) 86,14. 

Nimi, m. nom. pr. of a king (= 
sa.); ^ nama raja (Mithilayaiii) 

nimitta, M. (:= sa.) ') sign, omen; 
pi, -^ani (cattari) 64,3; pubba-", id. 
acc, ^am, 63,?; pi, ,^ani, 63,i. - 
^) cause, reason; gahita-nimittena, 
instr. 'on account of his having taken 
hold of it', i. e. by a tug, 89,7; a-ni- 
mitta, mfn. (v. h.), 

nimisa, wi. (sa, nimisha) winking 
or twinkling of the eye; a-nimisa, 
mfn. not winking; subst. f, a-nimisata 

nimilati, vb. (sa. ni-v'mil) intr. 



to shut, close (as the eyes); pr. 3. pi. 
-^anti (akkhini, kumbhilanaih mu- 
khavivate) 3,i8; cans, nimileti, to 
close (the eyes, ace); get: ,^etva 
(akkhini) 3,i9. 

nimugga, mfn. (pp. nimujjati; 
sa. ni-magna) sunk or plun^jed in 
(loc); guthakalale "-gamasiikaro, 


nimujjati, vb. {sa. ni-Y/majj) to 
sink, dive in (loc.) ; pr. 3. pi. ^anti, 
25,86; ger. ,x,itva (kamakalale) 46,88; 
pp. nimugga (q. v.); cans. II. nimuj- 
japeti, to cause to sink (ace); ger. 
^etva (navam) 27,i8; ummujja-ni- 
mujja, m. (v. ummujjati). 

nimba, m. (= sa.) the Nimb tree, 
Azadirachta Indica (with bitter fruits); 
pi. ^a, 37,20 ; ace. pi. i^e, 38,i9 = 
pucimanda, 37,33. 38,i. -- *°-ka8ata, 
n. (v. h.). — "-panna-sadiaa-rasa, mfn. 
having a (bitter) taste like the leaves 
of a Nimb tree, m, ^x/O, 37,si, 

nimmakkhika, mfn. (sa. nir- 
makshika) free from flies; "-madhu- 
patala-°, 38,s8 (v. h.). 

nimmala, mfn. (sa. nir-mala) 
spotless, taintless, sinless; m. pi. i^a. 
(bhikkhavo) Dh. 243. 

nimmita, mfn, (sa. nir-mita, 
yma) constructed, built, fashioned, 
created; acc. n, ts^&m (uyyanaiii de- 
vatahi) 63,so. 

niyata, mfn. (= sa.; Vyam) ') 
held back, restrained ; m, <>^o (synon. 
danto) Dh. 142; — ^) fixed, certain; 
sure, insured ; limited ; m. rwO (bhik- 
khu) 79,34; n. /^am (maranam) 86,17; 
***-gatika, mfn. (q. v.) ; a-niyata, mfn. 
uncertain, unlimited (v. h.). 

n i y a m a , m. (sa. niyama & niy ama) 
*) restraining, determination etc. — 
*j practice, way, method ; instr, ^ena 
(imina) 2,i6; maccha-gahana-** („aB 
if to catch fish") 25,3S. 

niyyati, vb. (sa. mr-\/ya) to go 
out, depart; to get out (esp, from the 
samsara) ; pr. 3. pi. /vanti (lokamha) 
91,6; aor. 3. sg. r^sisi, 39,0; 3. pi. 

'N.'iiiisu, 91,5; flit. 3. sg. r^issati, 90,a9; 
3. pi. o.'issanti, 91,«. 

niyyadeti, vb. (also niyyateti; 
so. nir-Y/yat, cans, niryatayati) to 
deliver, to give anything (acc.) into 
one's charge (gen,); pr. 1. pi. o^ema 
(-mige rafiiio) 6,5 ; ger. r^etva (brah- 
maniiii amhakaiii) 9,i8; 38,&. 

niyyanika, mfn. (sa. nir-yanika) 
conducing to blessing, salutary, pro- 
fitable; *a-"', mfn, (q, v.), 

niyyama(ka), m. («a. nir-yama- 
(ka)) a navigator, master, mate; o^ko, 
25,16; acc, /^kam, 25,i8; *niyyamaka- 
kamma, n. "the mariner's calling", 
acc. o/am, 24,1*; *^-jettha, m, "master 
mariner", gen. ^v-assa, 24,io; *°-jet- 
tbaka, m, id., ^ko, 24,u; '"-sippa, 
n. "the art of seamanship", loc. >N/e, 
24,18; "'"-sutta, n. "mariner's lore", 
instr. <x/ena, 25,s8. 

nir- (before vowels) indecl. prefix 
(sa. nis) to verbs or nouns, implying 
"out, away", or ."without, free from" 
(cp. a-, an-, na-, vi-); before cons. 
it is always shortened to ni- (v. h.) 
and the foil. cons, is doubled (nik- 
kaddhati etc.; nu(tbubhati), but be. 
fore r, h it is lengthened to nl- 
(niroga, niharati, cp. nibbana, niva- 

niramkaroti (or nirakaroti) 
vb. (sa. nir-a-\/kr) to throw away, 
repudiate; to ruin, destroy; ger. >x<atva 
(attam) 55,i. 

nirattha, mfn. (sa. nir-artha) 
useless, vain; f. r^a, (tassa sevana) 
14,8 ; n, i^&m (kalingaram) 107,6 = 
Dh. 41. — niratthaka, mfn. id. (sa. 
nir-arthaka) ; Mapana, n. 52,6 (v, h.). 

niraparadha, mfn. (= sa.) 
unoffending, guiltless; acc. m, t^&m, 


niraya, m, (= sa.) hell; acc. 
^am, 58,14. 74,i; dat. ^aya (upa- 
kad^bati) Dh.311 ; loc. <x/e (nibbatto) 
84,80 ; '%'amhi, 108,7; ussada-", 23,ae 
(q. v.); — •"-bhaya, «. fear for hell, 
instr. /x<ena, 17,8o; "-bhaya-bhita, 
mfn. fearing hell, m, pi. t^a, 17,8i; 



*«-vagga, m. nan<e uf the ch. XXII 

of Dh. (cp, nerayika). 
*iiira8amk9,ta, f, {cp, aa. nir- 

H^aBka, mfn.) tbo not, hesitating; 

imtr, .vay^, 69,i8 (<(p. asaaka, /".)• 
nirasaya, mfn. (so. nir-aQraya) 

standing alone, supportless, who has 

no inoliaa'ions; asc, m, .N/am, Dh. 

410 {cp. asaya). 

nirujjhati, vh, {pass., sa. ni- 

\/rudh) to cease, end, io be dissolved; 

pr, 3. pi. ^anti, 66,i7. 80,89; part. 
/^mana, n. ->^am (dukkham nirujjhati, 

opp. uppajjati, {q. v.)) 96,i3. {cp. 

nirutti, f. {sq. nirukti) gramma- 
tical analysis, etymology; pronuncia- 
tion, diction, dialect; instr. (or abl.?) 
~iya (Magadhanam) 113,38; (Maga- 
dhaya) 114,88; ^-pada-kovida, mfn. 
skilled in the [interpretation of] words 
of the nirutti, i. e, the old dialect or 
the original language of the holy 
scriptures, m. ^o, Dh. 362. {cp. SBE. 
X. p. 84.) 

*nirupakara, mfn. {cp. sa. nir- 
upakarin) useless; tn ^o^ 35,28. 

nirupaddava, mfn. {sa. nir- 
upadrava) without affiiction or mishap, 
happy, secure; f. o^a (nava) 25, 20. 

nirumbhati, vb. {sa. ni-\/rudh) 
to stop, suppress; to hush, silence 
{ace); ger. ^itva (saddam) 66,85. 
{cp. Tr. PM. p. 69.) 

Tiirupadh;, mfn. (sff. nir-upadhi, 
with u lenghtened cietri causa (?), cp, 
Faush0ll, Dhpd. (1866) p. 433 & 
Tr. PM. p. 78) free from passions; 
106,2'j. Dh. 418 {v, upadhl). 

nirokasa, mfn. {sa, nir-avakacja) 
inaccessible, impossible, inconvenient; 
loc, /i, f^% (tbane) 41,89 {cp, an-ava- 
kasa & okasa). 

airodha, m. (= so.) cessation, 
deptruction; nom. <n^o, 66,18. 108, u 
{sell, aabba-dukknassa) , saifakhara-' 
2tc. 96,18 etc. {v. },.); a-sesa-viraga-", 
37,15 {v. /».); ace. ^am (sanna-ve- 
dayita-**) 80,ic; dat. r^siya., 93,8; abl. 
/>,a, 94,1s; *-dukkhu-''. mfn, {q. v,); 

- ♦»-dhamma, mfn. Bubjectio destruc 
tioD, n, ^a±, 68.ST {cp. dhamma *)). 
nilina, mfn. {pp. niliyati; = aa.) 
sitting on {loc); hidden, concealed; 
m. ^0 (sakhaya) 13,is; loc. -x/e, 60,88. 
niliyati, vb. {sa. ni-v^i) to sit 
down {esp. in order to hide one's self); 
pr. 3. sg. ,^ati, 60,7 ; aor. 3. sg. niliyi 
(sakhagge, loc.) 13,s2; 60,83; ger. 
^itva (riikkhe) 4,2i; - cows. II. 
*niliyapeti, to cause one to hide one's 
self, to conceal (ace); ger. .x/etva 
(dhuttarii) 60,9. 

nivattana. n. {sa, nivartana) 
turning back, fleeing; a bend or curve 
of a river; loc, ^e (Ganga-") 1,4. - 
a-nivattana, mfn. {q, v,), 

nivattati, vb, {sa. ni-\/vrt) to 
turn back, return; to flee, disappear, 
vanish; pr, 3, sg. rvati (himsa-mano) 
Dh. 390; part, instr. m. ->/antcna, 
83,5; imp. 3. sg. i^ain (sotthim nava, 
"return to safety") 27,84 ; aor. 3. sg. 
nivatti (nagarabhimukho) 43, 15; inf. 
«^itum, 27,11 ; ger. ^itva, 6,i6. 12, 11; 
pp. nivatta, wi. ^0 (bhavissati) 60, 31. 
— cans, nivatteti & nivattayati, to 
turn, lead back; part. ace. m. />.aya- 
manam, 60, 19; imp. 2. sg. o^aya 
(nivattay'etam rathaiii) 60,i4; ger. 
<%/etva, 60,18. 

nivattha, mfn. {pp. nivasati; sa. 
nivasita) *)dwelling, living, inhabiting; 
') clothed, dressed in, wearing {ace, 
or e. c); f. ,-wa (satakaiii) 31, 10; mj. 
ojO (sSna-satl-") 71,29; su-nivattha, 
mfn. carefully dressed; ace. m. , 
(pabbajitarii) 63,30. 

nivata, mfn. (= so.) sheltered 
from the wind, low {opp. pavata, sa, 
pravata); — *nivata(ka), n. a place 
sheltered from the wind, calm, stillness; 
loc. o^e (labbhamane) 48,? must be 
understood in the sense of "opportu* 
nity", if we have not here an old error 
for nimantaka, m. {sa. nimantraka, 
cp. nimanteti) an inviter, i. e. a wooer 
or seducer, cp, the comm. Jat. V, 
437,18 (raho nimantake paribhedake) 
& Mil. p. 206. 



nivapa, m. (= $a.) seed; food, a 
portion of food, gift of food ; acc, ,^&m 
(vapitva, miganain) 6,4; — *°-tina, 
n. "grass to eat", acc. /v-am (ropetva) 
6,6; *"-puttha, mfn, "fed on grains", 
m. <v.o (maba-varaho'), Dh. 326. 

*nivaretar, m. (sa. *nivarayitr) 
one who holds back, who refuses to 
admit any person; nom. «N/a (a-fifia- 
tanam) 90,8a (opp, pavesetar). 

nivareti, vb, (^caus. ni-y/vi", sa, 
nivarayati) to keep back or away from 
(abl.); to prohibit, forbid; pot. 3, sg. 
/varaye (asabbha) Dh. 77; (papa 
cittam) Dh, 116; aor. 3. sg. r^esi, 
39,17-19; grd. -^etabba, m. ,%^o, 83,4; 
nivaretar, to, (q, v.^ cp. dun-nivaraya. 
nivasa, m. (== sa.) dwelling, 
abode; acc. o^am (gahetva, "stopped") 
8,30, — pubbe-", m. {v. h.). 

nivasana, n. (= sa.) an under- 
garment; MOTO,/N/am (opp. parupanam) 
29,23 ; 82,84 (cp. patinivasana)." 

*nivasapeti, vb. {cans, II. ni- 
yvas, cp. next) to cause to be dressed 
(with double acc); ger. ,^etva (mam 
ahatavatthani) 27,i8; (deyim dibba- 
vattham) 61, is. 

nivaseti, vb. {caus. ni-^vas, sa. 
nivasayati) to put on (clothes, acc), 
to dress one's self; ger. /%/etva (te, 
sci7. sa^ake) 41,4; 76,i6. 78,4 (having 
dressed himself); parimandalam f>^, 
82,27 (q. V.) cp. nivasana & i^rcc 

nivittha, mfn. (pp. nivisati, sa. 
ni-v'vi?, nivish^a) entered, settled 
down, founded, situated; married; 
kasa-", mfn. touched by the whip, m, 
^0 (asso) Dh. 143'' (lit. "married 
to the whip"?). 

nivedeti, vb. (caws. ni-\/vid, sa. 
nivedayati) to communicate, report, 
announce, proclaim (acc); imp. 2. pi, 
/^^etba (tuttbim) €4,6; aor. 3. pi. 
(vayimsu, 31,e. 

nivesana, n. (sa. nivepana) ') 
'entering', dwelling, manBion, house, 
home; nom. ^aiii, 78,6; aco. (vaih 
fgantva, **weDt home") 51,6; loo. r^e 
(sake) 78,1 ; — *o-UbaDa, n. i4. 2,is; 

— '-dvara, n. the entrance or gate of 
a house, 68,2. 73,3i; loc. /N.,e, 38,i3; 

- raja-", the king's palace, abl. /^a, 
19,16. - *) metaph. attachment of mind 
or false opinion (Coram. = di(thi), 
V, a-nivesana, mfn, Dh. 40. 

niveseti, vb, (caus. ni-^viQ, sa. 
nivedayati) to cause to enter; attanam 
<^, to place or direct one's self; pot, 
3. sg. .x/aye, Dh. 158; /-veyya, Dh. 
282. cp. nivittba, nivesana. 

nisamma, indecl. (.^er, nisameti, 
to observe, attend to; sa. ni-gamya, 
V'^am) carefully, considerately; '""O-ka- 
rin, mfn, acting considerately; gen,- 
m, f^ixio, Dh. 24. 

nisincati, vb. (ni-^sic, sa. ni- 
shincati) to sprinkle, besprinkle (aCc); 
ger. r.^iya (te jalena) 110,3s. 

nisinna, mfn. (pp. nisidati; sa. 
nishanna) seated, sitting; m. »./0 
(dhanasantike) 33,26; acc ».^&m (kii- 
pagge) 18,6 ; gen. ^assa, 86,6; pi. 
/^a (assembled) 109,32; gen. pi. -^a- 
nam, 61,25; comp. *'-kale, while sitting, 
1,1a; "-pallamkato, 66,27 (q. v.); 
rukkhe "-puriso, 36,3; as finite tense : 
nisinno'si (cintento), 4,3. cp. san- 
uisinna. — nisinnaka, mfn. (sa. ni- 
sbannaka) id., m, ^0 (va niddayi) 

nisidati, vb, (ni-ysad, sa, nishi- 
dati) to sit, be seated, sit down; to 
dwell; part, m, ,>/anto (ekato), 46,28; 
imp, 2, sg. nisida (dvare) 57,2o; aor. 
8. sg. nisldi, 11,26 (rukkhagge); 12,i3. 
66,4; 5. pi. ») -x/iifasu (tassa guna- 
kathaya, were lauding) 31,23; ''),N..isum, 
112,28; ger, »)nisiditva (rukkhe) 2,5; 
42,31. 87,34; '')nisajja, 78,6; pp. ni- 
sinna (q. V,)] grd. nisiditabba, n. 
>^&m, 83,88; caus. nisidapeti (q, v.) 
cp, next. 

""nisidana, n,, a mat to sit on; 
"-paccattharanam, 84,io (v. h,), 

*nisidapeti, vb. (caus. II. nisi- 
dati) to cause to ait down or take 
place, to cause to remain, leave ; ger, 
o/etvS (Bodhisattam hatthipiUhe) 
45,u; 68,i*i». 



nisedha, m. (sa. zii?vhedha) keep- 
injg; off, holding back, retitraining, pro- 
hibition; f^o (manaso piyehi, "holding 
the mind back from the pleasures of 
life") Dh. 390; - *hin-», mfn. re- 
strained by shame, m. t\/0 (puriso) 
Dh. 143. 

nisedheti, vb. (caus. ni-y/sidh, 
8CT. nisbedhayati) to keep off, restrain, 
prohibit, warn (acc.) ; part, m. (v/Cnto 
(paribbajakam) 30,io. 

nisevati, vl, {sa. ni-\/8ev, ni- 
shevatfc) to »ttead, follow, practise, 
cultivate; {acc.)pr. 
(sakhii sukha, wind round one another) 


uissamsaya'-ii, adv. {sa. ni/i- 
SljiKjayam) undoubtedly, surely; 114,S4. 
{cp. samsaya). 

*ni8sakkana, n. {ft, nissakkati, 
tia. ni/<-\/8rp) creeping out; bilara- 
nissakkana-matta, mfn, 90,85 {v. /».). 

nissajjati, vh. (sa, ni/i-y/srj) to 
let loose; give up. give over (occ); 
imp. 3. sg. .^atii (inaaia bhikkhusam- 
gham) 74,23; poi. I. eg. ^eyyam, 

nissadda, ntfn. {sa. ni/i-^abda) 
noipeleas, silent; ace. n-. .>./am (maha- 
janam) 88,s. 

*nis8aya, prp. w. ace. {get. nis- 
sayati, so. *ni5raya, \/Qri, lit. 'leaning 
on') ') near to; padumasaram '>^, 3,3i; 
pasanapittham, 17,»o; — *) by means 
of, by one's support; tumhe ^, 12,3s; 
raianam f» ("in the king's service") 
24,18; tarn ekikam >v, 31,sp; tarn r^, 
87,3; imam kayam,^^, "through con- 
nection with", 99,16 ; — *) because of, 
by the reason of, for sake of; Mitta- 
vindakam '^, 23,u-i8; dhanam '>^, 
33,3s; mam r«., 39,ie; etam^, 49,8i; 
amhe /x/, 60,u; issaviyam r»/, 60,i8; 
dittbim ^ papikam, Dh, 164. cp. 

*ni8 8ita, mfn. {pp. ni-y'^ri; cp. 
sa, a-Qfita) depending on, devoted to 
{ace. or eomp.)\ m. ^o (dvayaiii, 
ayaiii loko) 96,6; raga-", mfn. devoted 

to passions, w. pi. ~a (saifakappa) 
Dh. 339. cp. a-nissita, san-nissita. 
nisseni (or^i), f. {sa. ni/i-(?re?i) 
a ladder, 'sUirs; ahl. ^\io (otaranto) 
62,87. . ,, . 

nihata. mfn, (= sa.^pp. m-y/hm) 
•slain', dejected; humiliated, humble; 
m. ^0 (seti) 30,»i; *»-mana, mfn. 
whose pride is defeated, humble; 
/^mana-bhava, m. humility, ace. /%/aifa, 

nihina, mfn. (= sa.y pp. m-v/ba) 
low, vile, mean; *0-kamma, mfn., pi, 
m. ~a (manuja) "men of evil deeds", 

♦nigba (or nigha), m. {cp._ sa. 
nigha, sin) suffering, pain; *a-mgha, 
mfn. {q. v.). 

nica, mfn. {= sa.) low {opp, 
ucca); ace, m. n. r^&m (katva, "hold- 
ing it down, turning it downwards") 
82,21. 84,11 ; *»-thaniya, mfn. occu- 
pying a low position, aec. m, •^&m. 
(ucce thane tbapeturii) 76, u. 

nita, mfn, {= sa.; pp. neti) led, 
brought; ace, pi, ni, ^e (attano san- 
tikarii) 38,80. 

niyati, niyamaDa, pass. v. 

niroga, mfn. (= sa.) free from 
sickness; m, ^0 (siho) 13,22. 

nila, n. {sa. nida) a nest; v. 

nila, mfn. (= sa.) dark, blue, 
green; "-vanna, mfn, id. ace. m. ^am 
(samuddam) 26,i8; — nH'uppala-, 
47,13 {v. uppala); — "-kusa-tina, n. 
26,18 {v, kusa); - "-mani & inda-nila 
{v,h.). • 

nivarana, n. (& «». ?) (sa. mva* 
rana & nivarana, n.) an obstacle, 
hindrance; occ, pi. pafioa -^e, 91,8 
(the five obstacles to a religious life, 
i. c. lust, malice, sloth, pride, and 
doubt, V. Childers, Diet.); vi-niva- 
rana-citta, mfn. {q. v.) ep. nivarana, 
n. fr. nivareti {q. v.Y 

nibarati, vh. (sa. xiiv-\l)ai) to 
take out, to pull or drive out {aec.)\ 
aor. 3. sg, nibari (kaccbapam) 12,32; 



60,25; ger. ^itvS (migaganaih gaha- 
natthanato) 6,ia; 14,26; 37,i7. 67,o3, 

nu, indecl, (= sa.) ') a particle 
combined with interrogatives, very 
frequently followed by kho (q, v.)\ 
kin nu kho, l,8i. 86,2» etc. (v. kim*); 
kin nu karanam, 3,i; kacci ^ kho, 
3,K', kaccin nu, 9,28; kaya nu . . . ka- 
thaya, 29,3o; ko nu dipo,; 
kahan <%^ kho, 34,n ; kathaih /v kho, 
81,15; kati .>/ kho, 81,i9; api nu, 
73,4. — ') particle of interrogation 
(generally = we, num); atthi nu kho, 
14,8g; bhabbo nu kho, 70,i; saddo 
yeva nu kho Nagaseno ("is N. any- 
thing but a mere sound") (= nonne) 
97,80 ; BoroetimeB pleonastically inserted 
after a relative before the following 
interrogative sentence ; yan nu ahaiii 
balo, atha kena . . . 54,ie; yo nu kho 
evarii vadeyya . . ., samma nu kho 
so vadeyya, 99,80-si. — ^) particle of 
asseveration; at the end of a sentence ; 
nu 'ti cintiya (certainly, surely) 1 11, is. 
cp. nanu & nuna. 

nutthubhati, t»6. = nitthubhati 
(3- v.). 

nudati, vb. (sa. •\/n\id) to push, 
drive away (acc); pr, 3, sg. />/ati 
(pamadam) Dh. 28. 

nuna, indecl. (sa. nunam) ^)inter- 
rogative (comb. w. yara) : yan nuna, 
-what if?" (w. pot) 6,4. 33,27. 46,23. 
68,35. — ^) affirmative : certainly, surely; 
na nuna visahati, 90,26; nibbuta nuna 
sa mata, 64,i4. cp. nu. 

nekkba,m.(ornikkha; «a. nishka) 
a golden ornament; a certain coin of 
gold; acc. r^vim (jambonadassa) Dh. 

n e k k b a m m a, n. (sa. naishkramya, 
fr. nish-\/krani, cp. nikkhamati) re- 
nunciation of the world, abandonment 
of desires; loc, ,^e, 68,20; ''-kalo, 
45,6; o-sukham, Dh. 272, "the happi- 
ness of release", cp. SBE. X, 67; 
"•fipasama, m. (v. upasama) Dh. 181. 
As nekkhamma frequently occurs in 
the phrase /waiil nikkhamati and the 

FUl Oloituy. 

Burmese often write nikkhamma, it 
seems to be advisable to derive it 
from sa. naishkramya, The northern 
Buddhists write generally naishkarmya 
(fr, karman), but this is surely due 
to false etymology; nekkhamma is 
often opp. to kama, wherefore Bhys 
Davids & Oldenberg (SBE.Xlll, 104) 
have preferred to derive it from sa. 
""naish-kamya, cp, abhinikkhamana. 

negama, m, (= sa.) a citizen, 
townsman (opp. janapada); "-jana- 
pada, m. pi, "townsmen and country- 
folk", acc. rwB, 6,2 ; loo, /x-esu, 7,25, 
cp. nigama. 

neti (& nayati), vb, (sa. ^ni) 
^) to lead, guide; to bring, carry off, 
take, take with (acc.) ; pr. 2. sg. nesi, 
5,5; 101,18 (tava bhariyam); I. sg, 
nemi, 101,i9; 5. sg. ^ati (raetri causa : 
o^ati) Dh, 257; 3. pi. ^&nti, 106,20-27 
= Dh. 240; 80; imp. 3. sg. nehi 
(main) 2,3; 2. pi. netba, 19,26. 68,15; 
put, 3. sg, naye (attham sahasa, "to 
carry a matter with violence") Dh.256; 
fut. 1. sg. nessami, l,i8; 2. pi. nes- 
satha, Dh. 179-80; aor. 3. sg. nayi 
(sa nayi, perhaps = sanayi, fr. aneti) 
111,30; 5. pi. nayimsu, 24,23; inf. 
netave (= netum) Dh. 180; —pass. 
niyati, 3. pi. -x^anti (iokamha, abl.) 
Dh. 176; part, loc. pi. niyamanesu, 
40,2 ; pp. nita (g. v.) cp. naya, nayaka 
& next. 

*nettika, m. (fr. sa. netra) one 
who makes conducts for watering; 
pi. .-wa (udakaih nayanti) 106,27 = 
Dh. 80. 

nepunna, n. (sa. naipunya, fr. 
nipuna) experience, skill, wisdom; 
acc. f>/&a\, 114,16. 

Neranjara, f. (sa, Nairanjana) 
nom. pr, of a river in Magadha, near 
TJruvelS; acc, /x/am, 103,2; gen, /vaya, 

nerayika, mfn, (sa. nairayika, 
fr. niraya) belonging to hell, suffering 
in hell; """-satta, m, an inhabitant of 
hell or condemned to hell; nom. /<wO, 
24,1; gen, pi, ^anarii, 23,tT. 




neva, indeel. («o. naiva, fr. na + 
eva) V. na*^. 

neva'8aflfla-iiS,8aflflS, f. (sa. 
naiva-samjfia-nasaihjfia) neither per- 
ception nor not perception, only eomp. 
'-ayatana, n. 80,8-» (v. ft.). 

no*, gen, pi, pron., v. ahaih. 

no*, adv. (= fa.) a negative par* 
tide, equal to *na', but with more 
emphasis ; *) not inon) 10,so. Dh. 96; 
no h'etarii, "certainly not so", 70,8 
{cp. h'); no ca kho, "and certainly 
not", 90,35 (followed by atha kho); 
'ti evam no, "in this way you cannot 
reason", 92,28 ; 'ti evani pi no, "nor 
po", 92,»b; no yati koci, Dh. 179 
fComra. = na uyyati?) ; — *) and not 
{neque) i sariisadeti no vissajjeti, 
90,^6. cp. nex'. 

note, adv. (fr. no -f ce. q. v.\ 
sa. no ced) if not {opp. sace); 4,33. 
56,20 (w. foil, fut.); no ce paragave- 
sino (v. ft.) Dh. 3.56. 


*pa', indeel., a syllable indicating 
abbreviation = etc., sometimes used 
instead of pe (q. <>.); lC2,u {cp, la). 

pa-', indeel, {sa. pra) prefix to 
Qouns and verbs, sometimes implying 
'on, forth, awpy', otherwise giving the 
verbs a certain perfective meaning or 
making them inchoative {cp. parodati) 
or intensive {cp, pamodati); in cotnp. 
after vowels the p it sometimes doubled, 
e. g, a-ppamiida etc, \ 

-pa', wi/n. (= sa.) only e. c. ') 
drinking; v. dhenu-pa; '■') guarding, 
protecting; v. gopa. 

pamsu, m. & n. {sa, pamsu, m.) 
soil, dust, earth; nom. w. ^u (sithilo) 
40,24; ncc. .x^uiii (oiadhuram) 88,2-3; 
gen, .>, 40,.'6; n. pi. ,^uni {ace. 
pjida-", "the dust at his feet") 77,7. 
— "-kula, n. 'a dust-heap', a certain 
Mscetic dress made of rags; "'■"-kula- 
dhara, mfn. "wearing dirty raiments", 
ace. m, rN..arii, 106,ia = Dh. 395. 

pakati, f, {sa, prakfti) nature, 
natural state; at the beginning of comp, 
= natural, real; usual, ordinary; what 
has been hitherto, former; *0-8amudda, 
m. {opp. the mythical or supernatural 
ocean) 26,»i; **-uyyanapalaka, m, 
("his former gardener") gen, <N/assa, 

pakarana, n. {sa. prakarana) 
'production^, a literary work, book, 
treatise; Nanodayaiii nama (^am, 
113,28; Mahg-», (v. ft.). 

pakara, m. {sa, prakara) kind, 
sort; nana-ppakara, mfn, {v. nana). 

pakaseti, vh. {cans. pra-\/ka?, 
sa. praka(jayati) *) to illustrate, ex- 
plain, declare, preach, make known 
(acc); part.m. /^..ento (imam attham) 
2,9; 30,16. 43,36. 47,24; aor. 3. sg. 
^esi (saccani) 62,a; (anisamsam) 
68,21; inf. />^etum, 11,9. I14,i5; ger. 
/s^etva, 29,16. 47,3o; pp. pakasita, m. 
^0 (dhammo) 69, is. — *) intr. to 
shine; pr. 3. pi, ,^enti (diire santo. 
opp. na dissanti) Dh. 304. 

pakinnaka, «/"«. (sa. prakirnaka) 
mixed, miscellaneous; "-vagga, m. the 
XXl'h chapter of Dh. 

pakopa, m. {sa. prakopa) anger, 
••age ; *kaya-ppakopa, *mano-°, *vaci-'*, 
Dh. 231-33 {v. ft.). 

pakka, mfn. {sa. pakva) *) boiled, 
roasted; acc. m. f^&m (aggina) 16,2; 
loc. n. ^e (sarire) 15,83; *pakkodana, 
mfn. {v. odana). — ') ripe, mature; 
pakka-phala-, 2,i ; n. ix-arii, fruit (= 
phala); amba-", mango fruit, 16,«5 
(ambapakk'); 36,8i. cp. paripakka. 

pakkamati, vb, {sa. pra-v/kram) 
to go forth, go away; pr. 8. pi. o^anti, 
42,32; pot. 3. sg, ~eyya, 100,25; aor. 
3. sg. pakkami, 9,4. 69,23; carikaiii 
»v., 70,31 {v, carika); 3. pi, pakka- 
miiiisu, 6,1?; pp. pakkanta, f. /^a, 
went away, 73,io; loc. m. acira-ppak- 
kante, 70,i3 {v. a-cira). 

pakkosati, vh. {sa, pra-y/kru?) 
to call, call upon, invite (acc); aor. 
3. sg. pakkosi (nabapitara) 28,33; 
ger, rvitva, 9,22. 19,28. — caus, II, 



*pakkosapeti, to send for (ace); aor, 
3. sg. /^esi (dhitaraifa) 10,9; ger. 
ni^etva, 6,23; pp, »». rwito (tena), 37,i9. 

pakkha, m. {sa. paksha) a wing; 
acc^ pi, rwe (pasaretva) 10,1*; (vi- 
dhunitva) 18,i9. cp, pakkhiH & pek- 

to make off, spring forth (out) or over 
(occ); aor. 3. sg, pakkhandi.(navaya 
sainuddaiii, weut to sea) 23, lo; (nava 
samuddam >v) 23, u; 3. pi." rK/Xrhsn, 
25,80 ; ger. /witva (thanaih) 27,87; 
pp. pakkhanta, «i. t^o (Siinbalivanarii) 
60,c; /". ^a (videsam) 27,8b. cp. next. 

pakkhandika, f. (sa. praskan- 
dika) diarrhoea; v. lobita-". 

pakkhandi>i, mfn. (sa. praskan- 
din) 'springing forth', attacking, ic- 
Bulting; instr. m. /x/ina, Dh. 244. 

pakkhitta, mfn. (pp. pakkhipati ; 
8a. praksliipta) thrown, cast or put 
on (intoV, comp. "-tila (tattakapale) 
11,7; "-Kukkuto (paiijare) 46,2o, 

pakkhin, m, (sa, paksbin; fr. 
pakkba) a bird; nom. pi. n^'i, 11, u. 

pakkhipati, vb. (sa, pra-^ksbip) 
to throw, cast, place (acc.) on or into 
(loc.) ; pr. 3. pi, rw-anti (te karana- 
gbare) 21,i5; aor. 3. sg. pakkhipi, 
9,84; inf. ,<viturii (maranadukkbam 
annassa upari) 7,9; ger. ^itva, 4,2i. 
18,14. 39,33 (pamsum); 40,i8, 50,34. 
— cans. II. *pakkhipapeti, to cause 
to put into; aor, 3. sg. rvcsi (tam 
navaya) 26.i7; ger. f^et\a,, 38,3. 

pagabbha, mfn. (sa. pragalbha) 
bold, arrogant; m. instr, <>wena, Db. 
244. - a-ppagabbba, mfn. (v. h.). 

pagalha, mfn, (pp. pra-v/gah; 
sa, pragadba) sunk or plunged into, 
devoted lo; m, pi. rva (ettha, v. h.) 

pagganbati (or >N/ati), vb. (sa. 
pra-^grab) to stretch out, raise, lift 
up; to take, seize etc, (acc.)\ ger, 
•) paggayha (anjaliiii) 22,4; (baba) 
30,19 ; (tulam) Db. 268; - ••) pagga- 
hetva (anjahm) 22,6; - •) paggan- 
bitva (anjalim) 30,6. cp. paggaha. 

paggayha, ger,; v, prec. 

^paggava, m. a kind of creeping 
(bitter) plant (probably = pbaggava, 
"a sort of pot herb", Abhidhanap., 
cp. Vin. I 201,14 & 381,17 (pakkavan 
ti latajati)); acc. pi. ^e, 38,i. - 
"-valli, f. id.; acc, pi. o.^iyo, 37,i9. 

paggaha, m, (sa. pragraba) 
'stretching forth, seizing', assunaing, 
accepting, friendly reception ; ""asanta-", 
V. a-uanta. 

paggahetva, ger., v. pagganbati. 

paggharati, vb. (sa. pra-i/gh)") 
to flow, trickle or ooze forth; part, 
instr. n, ^antena (assuna) 5,i4; pp, 
owita, n. ^am (assum) 89,i3; "-khela, 
mfn, 65,5 (v. h). 

pamka, m(k; n). (= sa.) mud, 
clay; dirt, sin; loc, t^e (sanno) Dh. 
327 ; "-pi^be, on the mud (v, pit^ha) 
6,17; pi, /%^a (dirt) Dh. 141. 

pacati, vb. (sa. ^pac) ') to cook 
(acc); pr. 1. sg, «^ami (kittakaiii) 
67,10 ; imp, 2, sg, «%..abi, 67,i9; aor, 
3. sg. paci, 67, u; inf. .^..ituib, 67,84; 
ger, «N/itva, 28,83. — *) intr. to burn, 
to be tormented (iu hell); ger. /s^itva 
(cp. pass, paccati, q, v,) 84,5o. — caus, 
II, *pacapeti, to cause to be cooked 
(acc); part, m. ,>/ento (patarasain) 
8,80 ; inf. »^etum (bhattam) 33,85. 
cp. pakka. 

pacinati, vb. (sa. pra-\/ci) to 
collect, pluck (acc); part, acc. m, 
-^antaiii (pupphani) Dh. 47-48 ; fut, 
3, sg. pacessati (puppham iva-ppa- 
cessati) Dh. 44. 

paccakkhato, adv. (abl, fr. 
paccakkha, mfn. visible, perceptible; 
sa. pratyaksbatas) before the eyes, 
visibly; attaiia /^, natva^ 38,i8; >^ 
passasi, 85,8i. 

paccakkhati, vb. (sa, praty-a- 
\/khya) to refuse, deny, abandon (acc) ; 
ger, >N/aya (purimam ambaih a-pac- 
cakkhaya, not being able to deny the 
first mango) 100,i8. 

paccati, vb. (pass, pacati); *) 
to be cooked, ripen (metaph. of actions 
which are ripe for retribution); pr. 3, 




sg. ^»i\ (papam) Dh. 69. 119. - «) 
to burn, be tormtnted (in hell); part, 
paccamana, ace. w. ^an (nerayika- 
sattarii) 23,30 ; m. pi. ^a, (satta, 
Avicimlii) 27, u, 

. p a c c a 1 1 am, adv. [sa. praty-atiuam) 
singly, by one's sel:, suddhi asuddhi 
/x^, "one is pure or impure by him- 
self", Dh. 165. 

*paccatthp.rajaa. n. {fr. praty- 
a-\/3tr, cp. sa. astarana) a carpet or 
sheet (to lay on a bed) ; nisidana-'' 
^aih, 84,10 ("the mat and the sheet"), 
paccanta, mfn, ha. pratyanta) 
bordering on; n. ^aiii (nagaram, 
"frontier fort") Dh.316; comp. "-gatna, 
m. & "-ganiaka, m. a border-village, 
38,29. 14,9; *'-bhumi, f. a bordering 
country, ace. rviiii, 43,13 ; "-simato, 
abl. from the frontier, 43, u. {cp, 
81 ma, /".) 

paccantima, nifn, (sa, pratyan- 
tima) = prcc. ; n. rvaih (nagarnm) 

paccaya, m. (sa. pratyaya) ') 
belief, trust, confidence; ^) requisite, 
means, help, reliance; acc. pi, i^e, 
102,8; gilana-** -bliesajja, 97,8 (v. /(.); 
"-dayaka, m, "one who gives the re- 
liances (to the priests)", pi. ,^a, 102,8; 
') cause or concurrent occasion (cp. 
lietu); vinasa-", 34,24 (q. v.); abl, 
])accaya (e. c.) :=: depending on, on 
account of, avijja-" [etc.] 66,e e/c, 
cakkhu-samphassa-'*, 70,27 (q, v,); 
a-para-ppaccaya, mfn. {v, /«.) cp. pa- 
tic':a; Waddel^ Lamaisn , p. 118. 

pa jcavekkhati, vb, (sa. praty- 
ava-yiksh) to look at, consider, con- 
template; part, gen, m. ,%^antassa 
(yathaviditarii bhumim) 69,33. 

paccassosum, aor, 3, pi., v, 

paccagacchati, vb. (sa. praty- 
a- /gam) to come back again, return; 
ao". 3, sg. ,-^agairi, 25,13; 3. pi, »^a- 
gamiihsu, 40,i2. •'.i5,27. :p, next. 

paccagan.ana, «. (sa. pratya- 
gamana) coming back; na ''-ttlianam, 

the place from where one does not 
return, 56, 18. 

paccamitta, m.{sa. praty-amitra) 
an enemy, adversary; pi. /n/S, 36,i4; 
acc. pi. op-e, 3,24. On account of false 
etymology the 'a' has been lengthened, 
as it were derived from pacca (sa. 
praty-a) + mitta (sa> raitra), cp, 
mitta & a- mitta. 

paccasimsati, vb, (sa, praty-a- 
\/(^ins) to expect (acc); pr, 3. sg, 
^ati (luamagamanarii) 87,ao-s7. 

paccuggacchati, vb. (sa, praty- 
ud-Vgam) to go out (towards), go to 
meet \ ,>^ami [w, dat, yuddhaya, 
to battle) 104,4; ger, /^gantva, 83,6. 

paccuttheti [or paccutthati], vb, 
(sa. praty-ut-y'stha) to rise, arise; 
ger. /^tthaya, 68,9. 

paccusa, m. (sa. pratyusha) dawn, 
daybreak; "-kiile (loc.) at dawn, 12,8; 
"-samayaiii (aec.) & "-samaye (loc) 
id. 68;8, 86,97, 

pacceti, vb. (sa. praty-(a-)\/i) 
to go back, return; to fall back (upon, 
acc); pr, 3. sg. <N^eti (papam; to be 
scanned : pa(i-eti) Dh. 125. 

*pacchato, adv, (& prp. w, gen,) 
(abl. paQca); behind; 83,32 (opp. 
purato); Dh. 348 (opp. pure); tesara 
(x- agamilsi, 33,7; o^ nisinnara, 46,2; 
».■ kassaci anagamanabhavaiu natva, 
"having observed that nobody pursued 
them", 40,11. cp, next, 

pacclia, adv, (sa, patjcat) *) be- 
hind; Dh.421 (opp, pure); cp.paccha- 
bahaiii. etc.\ — -) afterwards; ^ janiS' 
sami, 15,27; rw pivissatni, 22,32; 35,3o; 
66,3; 113,19; paccha-bhattam (v. /».), 
cp. paccliima. 

*paccha-baham, adv. (fr. baha 
or = paccha-baddham?) with the 
hands tied behind the back; r^ ban- 
dhitva, 39,31. 

*paccha-bhattam, adv,^ after 
the meal, in the afternoon; 86, .1. 

mfn, deformed behind; m, r>.,Q, 24,94 
(cp. dhatu & dhatuka). 

*paccha - vippatisarin, mfn. 



feeling regret or remorse afterwards; 
m. pi. o^ino, 79,18. 

pacchaya, f. (sa. pracchaya, n.f 
cp. chaya) a shadowy place; loc, 
.v-ayaiii, 7 6,3s. 

"'pacchasana, n. a back seat (on 
an elephant); loc, o^e (hatthipitthe) 

paccha-samana, m. [sa. pa^cac- 
cliramana) a junior Buddhist monk 
who accompanies a senior monk, walk- 
ing behind him at sorae distance; an 
attendant priest; ace, r>^aii], 82,26; 
instr. o^ena, 70,io. 83,i. 

*pacchi, f, {cp. sa. pra^na, m. 
(?) & pastya (Tr.); Prakr. pacclii. 
cp. Pischcl, Gr. § 293) a basket; 
loc. «N/iyarh, 60,85; puppha-°, flower- 
basket, instr. >x/iya, 49,36; loc, 50,4. 
- kacavara-chaddana-o, 48,s4 (v. ka- 
cavara). — tasara-", 87,87 {v. /».). 

pacchindati, v&. (sa. pra-y^chid) 
to cut off, break off, discontinue, leave 
(flcc); ger, .^.-itva (abararii) 46,*. — 
pass, pacchijjati, to cease ; aor. 3. sg, 
pacchijji, 42,3o. 

pacchima, mfn. {sa. pa^cinia, 
cp. paccba) ^) being behind or at the 
back of; "-pehe {loc.) behind the house, 
12,13; "-dvareva {instr,), by the back- 
door, ib.; o-padehi { "in his 
hind feet", 24,J6. — *) last, latest; f. ,^5 
(vaca Tathagatassa) 80,s; loc. m, 
^e (kale) 86,i8; (yame) 99,»3; °-vifi- 
nana-sariipaha (q. v.) 99,86. - ') western ; 
ace, f. /^aih (disam) 95,8. 

*pacchimaka, mfn. {fr, prec.) 
back, last; m, <^o (l)hikkhu) 79,33. 

pajahati, vb. {sa. pra-yha) to 
leave, abandon, give up, eschew (acc); 
fut. 2. pi, pahassatha (metri causa 
/N.-a, B. jahissatha) to get rid of, 
overcome (dukkhaih) Dh. 144; inf. •) 
pabatum (yasaifa) 64,3.1; '') pahatave 
(in order to escape, niaradheyyam) 
Dh. 34; ger. ») pahaya, 9,4 (tarn); 
43,4; 91,6 (pafica nivarane) ; Dh. 329 ; 
'») pahatvana, Dh. 243. 416; pp, 
pahina (v. h.) cp, pahana. 
paja, f. (»a. praja) offspring, race; 

creatures, men, people; nom, t^a,, Dh. 
85. 264. 342; acc. ,^itm, Dh. 28; 
loc. ~aya, 78,i6. cp. pajapati. 

*pajana, mfn. {nom. ag. fr. next) 
possesseil of knowledge; siimmappa- 
jana, mfn. Dh. 20 {v. h.) cp. panna. 

pajanati, vb. {sa. pra-y'jiia) to 
know, understand, perceive (acc); pr. 
3. sg. ->./ati (sahetudhammaih) 66,21; 
71,16; Dh. 402 (dukkhassa khayam); 
pass, pannayati, caus. pafinapeti {q. 
V.) cp. pajana, panna, paiina etc, 

pajapati, m. {f. rJi) {sa. praja- 
pati) lord, husband {f. lady, wife); 
«N/i-nadayam, the heart of a wife, 
64,18; — sa-pajapatika, mfn. being 
together with one's wife or husband; 
m. r^o (kumbhilo) 2,86. - Pajapati,, v. Mahapajapati Gotami. 

pajjalita, mfn, {pp, pajjalati, 
pra-\/jval, sa. prajvalita) flaming, 
blazing, burning; loc. /^*i sati (nic- 
caiii, "as [this world] is always burn- 
ing") Dh. 146 ; "-aggikkhatidha, m. 
26,3 {v. h). 

pajjota. Ml. {sa. pradyota) light, 
flame, fire; gen. ^./asst'va nibbanam, 
80,35 ("even as a flame dies away"); 
tela-", m. {v, h.). 

pajjhayati, vb. {sa. pra-\/dhyai, 
cp. jhayati*) to muse, mourn, to be 
afflicted; part,m.r^&nto (parajito viya 
dukkhi duoimano) 2,u. 

pafica, num. (== sa.) five; nom, 
acc, o^a, 82, 10; 67, 11 (pailc' upada- 
nakkhandha); 91,6 (~ nivarane); ^ 
{sell, sailge) Dli. 370 {cp. panca- 
saiigfitiga) ; instr. {abl.) /^abi (kama- 
gunehi) 67,85; gen. {dat.) (^.-annarii 
(mahanadinam) 72,87; (bhikkliu-sata- 
nara, cp. pancasata) 79,33; loc. /x/asu 
(silesu, q. v.) 7,84; ((hanesu) 60,86; 
— comp. panca-vanna-, of five colours, 
4,9. 62,18 ; "-sugandhika-parivara, mfn, 
41,13 (v. /».) cp. next etc., pannasa, 
pannarasa & pannarasa. 

pailcaQgika, mfn, {=sa.) having 
five parts, five-fold; <*-baDdb&na, n, 

""paficafigulika (or paftcaflgula, 



.N/li), n. {cp. sa. paflcangula & -vli) 
'a mark of five fingers', *) an ornament 
in tlie sliape of n spread hand used an 
a symbol to avert misfortune; gandba- 
pf^ncafigulikaii (aec.) "perfumed gar* 
laads with fivo sprcys", 37, i (cp. .ffit, 
III 303,»i; III 23,80 & 160,a; IV 
lo3,s7; Vin. II 123,18); - *>) an 
iniiuKurul murk (oomt^Rting of perfumed 
KurliindH) tu be placed on tliii neck 
of tlie victim; avc, ^aih, 16, ss {cp, 
Jat, I 192,d). [Morris, JPTH. 1884 
p. 84; .lat. transl. by House, II p. 72; 
8BE. XX p. 116.] 

pancaraa, mfn. (= sa.) the fifth; 
ace. f. rt^aiii (gaharii) 64,28; nom. f. 
^i (sena) 103,!'; loc. r^e (i. e. in 
the fifth cliapter of Upasaka>vagga of 
the AW) 91,19; veyyaggha-^ Dh. 296 

"^panca-vaggiya, mfn. {cp, sa. 
piinca-varga) beionging to a group 
of five; ace. m. pi, o.e (bhikkhu) the 
five monks («'. e, Kondanaa, Vappa, 
Bhaddiya, Mahunama & Assaji, Vin. 
I 12-13; Jut. I p 82) 66,84. 

paficn -visati, num. {sa, pafica- 
virhcati) 25; "-visatima. mfn. the 26"', 
f». ^o (vRggo) Dh. XXV. 

fiom the five fett«-s", »t. «.o, Dh, 370; 
V, saiiga .^ atigu. 

pafica-sata. m((»i., (sa. 
pinca-cjata) 500; wi. pi, ^a, 21, J8. 
32,15; ace. ^e, 21,22; f. /vS, 21,8i; 
instr. .^ehi (therein) 109,i2; gen. 
»>^auaih, 109,b; comp. ^-niiga-parivara, 
mfn. 5,89; sata is often separated from 
panca, forming the last part of a subst, 
camp.., panca-jati-satani ( 17, lo; 
pauCasu attabliava-satesu (loc.) 17,?; 
pancannaiii bhikkhu-satanam (gen.) 
79,33. ■- panca-satima, mfn. the SOO"* ; 
i«. <^o, 1 7,8. 

*p a fi c a 11 a n t a r i y a - k a ra m a , «., 
V. Snantariya. 

paucayudho, n. (= sa.) five 
sorts of weapon; naddha-", mfn., v. 

panjara, n, (£ m.) (=,sa.) a cage; 

loc. ^e, 18,86. 46,80 ; 18,t4 (suvanna-"); 

— *ratha-', n. the body of a chariot, 
«^ara, 98,5; - *8iha-», n. a window, 
loc. /v-e, 46,1. 

panna, mfn. (sa. prajna) wise, 
prudent, intelligent; ace. m. -^/am, 
Dh. 208; nikati-o, mfn. (q.v.) cp, 
a-panfia, duppafifia & pafifiii, f. 

pafifiatta, mfn, (pp. paftflapeti. 
sa! i)rajilnpta, caun. pra-VJ'"0 '"'*'^« 
known, ordered, appointed; prepared, 
arranged, laid down; m. <%^o (dham- 
mo ca vinayo ca desito -%/) 79,5; 
n, ,>^am (sikkhapadam) 81, is; loc. 
f>^e (asane) 68,u; yathapannattara 
(bhumniattharanam) 84,i7 ("how it 
was spread out"). 

paiinatti, f (sa. prajfiapti) ') 
declaration, ordinance; ^) name, desig- 
nation; nom. rvi (synon. voharo) 97,2. 

— puggala-" (v. /*.). 
pannapeti, vb, = pannapeti 

(q. v.). 

pannavat & panfiavanta, mfn, 
V, pannavat 

panna, f. (sa. prajfia) wisdom, 
intelligence, knowledge, understanding; 
nom. ^vi, 5i,8. 103,10 ; Dh. 372; imtr. 
~aya, 91,84. 104,6, 107,u = Dh. 277; 
gen. o^aya, 91,7. Dh. 280 (rnaggara, 
"the way to knowledge"); — "-cakkhu, 
M. (q. v.). — *''-pasada, m. 'palace of 
wisdom', aec. ^aih (aruyha, "climbing 
tlie terraced heights of wisdom") Dh. 
28; - *''-avudha, n. (v. avudha); — 
"-sila-samahita. mfn. rich in knowledge 
and virtue, ace. m. .-waiii, Dh. 229; 

— '"-samkhata, mfn, named paiina, 
instr. f. ^aya (medhaya) 91,27. — 
gambhira-panna. mfn.^ maha-paiina, 
mfn. (q. v.), sammappanna, f. (v. 
sain ma) cp. paiina, mfn. etc, 

pannapeti (& pannapeti) vb. 
(caus. pajanati, pra-Y/jna, sa. pra- 
.liiapayati & prajnapayati) to make 
known, declare, prescribe; designate, 
predicate; to prepare, arrange, lay 
down (aec. as a seat, carpet etc.); pr, 
1. sg. /v^apemi (nigb.ataiii, q. v.) 92,sa; 
yena rupena Tathagataih ^apaya- 



mano {part. med. m.) pannapeyya 
{pot. 3. sg.) "all form by which one 
could predicate the existence of the 
Baint", 95,10; ger, ,N>etva (asanarh) 
22,88; (dibbasayanam) 61,i6; grd. n. 
(N^etabbaih (asanaifa) 82,io; pp, pan- 
flatta (3. v.). 

pannayati, vb. (pass, pajanati) 
*) to be known or seen, to be visible, 
appear, look like; pr. 3. sg, <wati 
(maha hutva) 3,4; (mabasobbho viya^ 
27,3; 3. pi. <N.anti (sise me palitani) 
46,»3; — ') to be, exist, be found; 
pr. 3. sg. <N/ati (raja) 10,8o; fut, 3, 
sg. iN/issati (jara, "old age must come") 

paiinavai (or pafiuava<) & pan- 
fiavanta (or pannavanta). mfn. (sa.- 
prajnavat) wise, intelligent; nom. m. 
.^va (-a-) 99,9; pi. m. ^anto (pakkbi) 
11,1 1; — gen, m. ^antassa, Db. Ill; 
gen. pi. »N/antanam, 57,6, 

p an n a s a (lii) , num. {sa. pafica^at) 
60; n, a collection of 50 suttas in the 
Majjliima-Nikaya; pafinasaka, mfn. 
(sa. paricapaka) divided into paBDusas 
(as M. N.) ; vagfja-pafiiiasakam (8ad- 
dbammaiii, ace.) according to vaggas 
and panSusas, 110,9. 

pafiha, »». c& w. (sa. pragna, »i.) 
a question; nom. ^0 (maya pucchita-**) 
88,11; aec. <N^aih (pu^tbo) 90,8o; ace. 
pi. rwe (cattaro) 86,32; n. kumara-" 
(v. h.); *''-patibhana, n, (g. v.) cp, 

pa^a, m. & n, (== sa.) a sort of 
cloth, dress; **'-sani, f. a curtain, veil 
or screen of fine cloth, instr. r^iyS, 
(parikkhepo pan'assa >v ahosi) 37,8. 
cp. patta. 

pa(ala, n. (= sa.) a layer, cover, 
membrane; a heap, mass; madhu-", 
a honey-comb, 38,84 (nimmakkbika- 

pa^i, indecl. (= pati, 3. v.; sa. 
prati) prp. (w. ace, cp. pa(i-lomam, 
pa^i-vataiii) & prefix to verbs and 
nouns implying 'towards, near to, 
against, back, in return' etc. ; it is also 
used distributively, esp. inserted in 

dvandva comp, like vatta-pativatta 
(g. V, ep. anu). Before the vowels a, 
U, e, it is always contracted to 
pace- (f. above), which still some- 
times may be metrically equivalent to 
pati, Dh. 126 ; pacceti = pati-eti. 

*patikujj eti, vh, (denom. fr, 
*patikuija, mfn. (sa. *prati-kubja) 
lying flat with the face downwards, 
Jat. I 456,86 ; V 145,8?) to cover (ace, 
as a bowl or a dish); ger. ^x/Btva 
(-patiyo) 61,87; cp. ukkujjati, nik- 
kujjati; Pischel, Gr. § 206! 

*patikutati, vb. (^sa. ♦prati -f 
y'kuQ to bow, bend (towards or back); 
pp. --..-ita, bowing, »«. r>,o (pa^isakki) 
77,8; (cp. Mil. 297,iR : patikutati). 

pa^ikkamati, vb. (sa. prati- 
Y^kraiii) to retire, turn back; imp. 3. 
sg, .x/atu, 76,95; aor, 3. sg. /vami, 
29,96. 62,90 ; ger, a-pa^ikkamitva, 30,6; 
pp. m. paiikkanto (pindapata-", q. 
V.) 86,6. 

patikkilla(& patikiila) mfn. (sa. 
pratikilla) 'against the bank', contrary, 
disagreeable; instr, n, »/ena (a-sucina) 
62,85. The form with 'kk' relates to 
sa. *prati-k\ila, cp, Kuhn, Beitr, 
p. 19, d. 

*patikko8ati, vb. (sa, prati- 
ykruij) to contradict, reject (occ); 
pr. 3. sg. ^ati (sasanam arabatam) 
Dh. 164. 

patikkhipati, vb. (sa. prati- 
y'kship) to refuse, reject, repulse; ger. 
^itva, 46,15; pp. patikkhitta, f. /^a 
(pi puna nibandbi) 64,i. cp. next. 

*patikkbipana, n. (cp. sa. pra- 
tiksbepana) refusing, rejection; nom, 
/■waii], 56,83. 

""patigacca, indecl, only in the 
phrase pa^igacc'eva, previously, 67,86 
({. e. "sooner than usual"); pa^igaoca 
(ger.) derives from sa. pratikaroti 
(y/kj; the Birman spelling is often 
patikacc'eva) = 'to provide against 
future events', Tr. Mil. p. 421-22. 

pafiganbati (& -ganbati), vb. 
(sa. prati-\/grah) to take, receive, 
accept (ace); pr, 3. pi, «s/anti (pati-", 



C; pati-« B.) Dh. 220; imp. 3. sg. 
r\,dX\x (accayam accayato, v. accaya^ 
75,88 ; pot. 3. sg. /vcyya (rajanaifa) 
•)8,«5; ger. patiggahetva (with the 'g' 
doubled before the weak form of the 
root) 82,21. 109,81} grd. n. ^ggahe- 
tabbain, 82,8i. cp. next, 

patiggahana, n. {sa. pratigra- 
hana) accepting; abl. ^v-a (jatarupa- 
rajata-") 81,26. 

paticodeti, vb. {sa. prati-\/cud, 
cans. /v.codayati) to exhort, admonish, 
reprove (ace.) ; imp. 2. pi. /^etha 
(nianusse) 73,3a. 

p a 1 1 c c a , prp. '{prig, ger, from 
prati-yi) resulting from, depending 
on, on account of (w, ace); kim .^, 
94,33; isBih [etc.] . . paticca • . ratho 
ti , . namarii pavattati, "the word 
'ratha' is but a name for pole" [etc.] 
98,88. - "-samuppada, m. 'origination 
by dependent?', the Buddhist chain of 
ciusation, or the formula explaining 
the Iwelve causes of existence, begin- 
ning with a-vijja (v. 66,6 etc.); ace, 
~am, 66,5. cp, paccaya. 

paticchati, vh. {sa. prati-yish) 
to take, receive {ace); inf. ^.ituih 
(etam, aihsena, v. amsa) 24,s5j cans. 
V. paticcliapeti. 

paticchanna, wfn. {pp. pati- 
cohadeti; sa. praticchanna) covered, 
hidden, concealed; protected; n. /x/arii, 
what has been hidden, 69,16 ; loc. /^^e 
(thane, a secluJed or private place) 
33,31 ; paticcl anna-tthiine, 36, u. 54,i3; 
a-ppaiicchar;na, 8U-paticchanna,»i/'n. 

pa^iccliade:i, vb. {sa. prati- 
ychad, r».ccbadayati) to cover, con« 
ceal (ace), to hid or cover one's self; 
part, instr. m. ^eiitena (timandalam) 
82,27; fi(t. 1, pi. rvessiima (-papa- 
kawniam) 73,2?; ger. ^etva (roliita- 
macche valikava) 14,34; 20,io. 83,32. 
*paticchapeti , vh.[caus. II. pati- 
cchati) to deliver over, to charge with, 
i'ltiust to {w. double ace); ger. ,>^etva 
(brahmanim sukapotake, "leaving his 
wife in charge of the young parrots") 

9,14; (rajanaih rajjaifa) 42,». 47,»i; 
(amacce rajjam) 43,n. 

patijaggati, vb. (sa. prati-\/jagr) 
to watch over, take care of, look after; 
to feed (acc); intr. to be awake, be 
watchful; pr. 3. pi. «^anti (uyyanam) 
37,15; part. med. f. .^niana. 20,io; pot. 
3. sg. ^eyya, Dh. 157 {intr.); aor. 
3. sg. patijaggi, 9,io; 3. pi. -^imsu 
(tam, phalaphalena) 18,i5. - cans. II. 
*patijaggapeti, to cause to be carefully 
tended (or fed ; acc.) ; aor. 3. sg. /^esi 
(gandhodakehi ambam) 38,4. 

patijaggana, n. {sa. pratijaga- 
rana) watching over, attending to; 
*8arira-'', n. care of the body (washing 
one's self, etc., cp. sa. garira-cinta) 
acc. «.am (katva) 85,i. 

*patijanapeti, vb. {caus. pa^i- 
janati, sa. prati-\/jiia) to cause to 
consent (promise or believe, occ); 
ger. ^etva (rajanaih, "make him be- 
lieve it") 46,24 {cp. Dhpd. (1855) p. 

164,2 fr.b,)._ 

patifiiia, f. {sa. pratijiia) promise, 
agreement; acc, ,^am, 8,3. 

pa^idanda, m. {sa. prati-danda, 
tnfn.) retribution; pi, ,y.E ("blows for 
blows") Dh. 133. 

patinivattati, vb. (sa. prati-ni- 
^/vrt) to return; aor. 3, sg. ^vatti, 
63,18 ; ger. /^itva, 63, i4. 

patinivasana, n. (sa. pratiniva- 
Bana) a kind of garment, a second 
under-garment (used only as a house- 
dress); acc. owara, 82,2i {cp. SBE. 
XII], p. 156). 

pa^inissagga, M». {sa. prati-ni/i- 
sarga) giving up, abandonment, doing 
away with; noni. ^o (tanhaya) 67, le; 
abl, ^a, 94,12; adana-", m, {q. v.). 

patipajjati, vb. {sa. prati-^/pad, 
(N^padyate) *) to go to, arrive at, reach ; 
to walk on a path (acc); aor. 3. sg. 
-^pajji (lam €va maggam) 66,2; 76,i7; 
imp. i>. pi. ^atha. (etarii maggam) Dh. 
274 ; pp. «i. patipanno (imam racchaih) 
76,13; m, pi. ^a, Dh. 275. - 2) to 
undertake, take upon one's self (acc); 
imp. 2. sg. patipajja (rajjam) 45,6. - 



') to proceed or deal with (loc.)', to 
behave ; ger. r^itva (bhatte pi tath'eva) 
57,27; ffrd. n. -N^itahbarii (katharii nu 
kho maya «%/, "now what am I to 
do?") 81,15, - caws, patipadeti {q. v.) 
cp. next, 

patipada, f. {sa. pratipada) the 
path to be walked ; nom. ^ti (majjhima, 
the middle path) 66,89; (dukkhaniro- 
dhagamini, q. v.) 67, 17; loc. .v-aya, 
79,18 (the right path, the right course 
of conduct, synon, w, magga (?) or 
= the first steps on the right path (?)). 
pa^ipanna, mfn. (pp, prati-\/paa) 
V. patipajjati. 

♦pa^ipati, f. (sa. ♦prati-pati, cp. 
paripati) order, row; instr, (or loc.) 
^iya, "in B row", 34,3a. 

*patipada(ka), m. (sa. *prati- 
pada) that which supports the bed- 
stead; manca-patipadaka. /)?, ("sup- 
porters of the bed") 84,i4. 

patipadeti, vb.{caus. patipajjati, 
sa. pratipadayati) to cause one (ace.) 
to go on a road or in a certain direc- 
tion {acc.)\. imp. 2. pi. o/etba (ha- 
tthirii, imam racchara) 76,i4 ; aor, 3. 
pi. o^esuih, 76,19. 

*patipuggala, m. (sa. *prati- 
pudgala) one who is equal to -another, 
a rival ; a-ppa^ipuggala, mfn. unequal- 
led, 80,24. 

pa^ipucchati, vb, (sa. prati- 

yprach) to inquire, ask in return 

' (ace); ftit. 1. sg. o^issami (tam yeva) 

94,28; inf. o^itum (Bhagavantaiii) 


*patippassambhati, vb. (sa. 
*prati-pra-v'5rambh) to cease, to be 
dissolved or dispersed; cai<s. o/eti, to 
cause to cease, put an end to (acc); 
pot. 1. sg. />^eyyam (iddhabhisaih- 
kharam) 69,a9; aor. 3. sg. /x/esi, 69,3o. 

patibaddha. mfn. (sa. prati- 
baddha, pp. prati-ybandh) bound to ; 
^-citta, mfn, whose mind is turned to, 
fallen in love (with loc), m.^o (mayi) 
64,se; pi. »^5. (aflfiamailflnih) 19,i«; 
— . ■i'O.Qiana, mfn. whose mind is bound, 
m. /vo, Dh. 284. 

patibala, mfn. (sa, pratibala) 
able to (inf.), competent; m. pi. ^a, 
76,11 ; m, instr, />.,ena (bhikkbuna) 

*patibaheti, vb. (caits. *pati- 
bahati; sa. prati-y'vrh, cp. prati- 
ybadh) to repel, dislodge (acc); grd. 
m. pi. rwetabba (nava bhikkhu; 
asanena, with regard to their seats) 


pa^ibujjhati, vb, (sa, prati- 
ybudh) to awake; ger, (vitva, 67,88, 

""pa^ibhaga, mfn. (sa, *prati- 
bhaga) like, equal to; m, pendant, 
counterpart; Eravana-", mfn. equal 
to £., gen, m. ^assa, 45,8i; kancana- 
riipaka-*', mfn. like a golden statue, 
gen. pi. />.^anam, 47,i4. 

patibhana, n, (sa, pratibliana) 
intelligence, sagacity, presence of mind, 
readiness of speech; *panha-'*, n. a 
difficult or intricate question, pi, rvani, 


pa^ibhanavai, mfn, (sa. prati- 
bbanavat) endowed with intelligence 
& presence of mind, quick-witted; m, 
rvva (Vaflgiso) 109,8. 

paiimandita, mfn, (sa, prati- 
mandita) decorated, adorned; f, pi, 
f^a, (sabbalaiiikara-") 64,29. 

*patima8ati, vb. (sa. *prati- 
y'mrQ, cp. pari-y/mrc) to examine, 
explore; pot. 2. (3.) sg. (?) pa^iniase 
(sa. *prati-marQes>"mr5e8) Dh. 379; 
cp. Pischel, Gr. § 486 (samphase); 
Dhpd. (1856) p. 424; Childers & Ed. 
Muller take it for imp. 2. sg. from 
caus, *pa(iinaseti (not yet traced in 

patimuiicati, vb, (sa. prati- 
■y'lnuc) to put on (clothes, acc); to 
tie; ger. /N.-itva (ganthikam) 83,i. 

patiyatta, mfn. (pp. prati-Y/yat, 
cp. next) made ready, prepared ; adorned, 
decorated; n. <x<am (sukaramaddavam) 
78,8; alamkata-**, mfn. splendidly 
dressed (or decorated), acc, m, <& n. 
>x<aih, 39,89. 61,8. 65,9; f, pi. ^a, 21,i. 

patiyadeti, vb. (caus. prati- 
\/yat, pratiyatayati) to prepare, make 



ready (bcc); get. /N^etva (bhojaniyam> 
22,s8; grd. t;. <x<etahbaiti (nabanaih) 
83,25; — caus. IT. "^patiyadapeti, to 
cause to be prepared (acc); ger, 
(x^otvR, 78,». 

pa^^ilabiiati, vh. (sa, prati- 
y'labh) ') to nceive back, recover 
(acc.) ; aor. 1, sg, /vlabhira (natthBlfa 
yasmii) 42,is; - *) to take, form (hs 
a dislike, or a resolution); pr, 3, sg, 
r^ati (papakaifi uirtbigatam) 90,25. 
cp, next, 

pa^ilabha, m. (sa. pratilabha) 
recoverinpr, cbtaining, attainment; 
MOM. ^0 (pannavE,) Dh. 333; jivita-", 
42,10 ; manussa-" (the conception of 
men) Db. 182. 

patiloniaiii, adv. (sa. prati-lotna) 
'against the hairs', contrarily, obsti- 
nately; in reverse order, backwards; 
anuloma-", 66,o {v, h.). 

pativacana, «. (sa. prativacana) 
answer; acc, ,^am (alabhanto) 3,7 ; 
pa^ivatta, v, vatta'. 
piiii vatteti, vb, {caus, prati- 
yvrt) to overturn, subvert; inf. ^etuih, 
1 10,10 ; grd. pativattiyn, v. u-ppu^i* 
vattiya, nifn. 

pativadati, vb. (sa. prati-\/vad) 
to answer, reply; pot. 3. pi. o^eyyu 
(taiil, 'will answer thee in the same 
way') Dh. 133. 

pativasati, vh. (sa, prati-Y/vas) 

to live, dwell; pr. 3. pi. ^&nt\,, 59,24. 

pativatam, adv. (sa. prativatam) 

against the wind; />^am (kbitto) Dh. 

125; ^ani (eti) Dh. 64. 

pativedeti,t)i*. (cans. prati-\/vid) 
to make know>], announce; uor. .3, sg, 
->,esi (Bodhisattassa) 6i),5. 

patisaiiiyutta. mfn. (sa. prati- 
sam-yukta) connected with, concerning; 
resulting from; inst)'. f. o^aya (nib- 
b-lna-") 71,22; acc, m. ^aiii (vacisu- 
carita-o) 86,8 

pati.ta rii vediH, mfn. (sa. prati- 
Bamvedin) feeling, experiencing; nom, 
m. -wi (vinmtti-sukba-'*, "experiencing 
the bliss of emancipation") 66,4. 

patisakkati, vh. (sa. prati-v/sfP) 
to go back, retire; aor, 8. sg, patl- 
sakki 77 s. 

pa'tisattu, m. (sa. prati-^atru) 
an enemy, adveriary; acc. -x/Um, 


•patiaantbara, m. (sa. "pmti- 
saifastara, V^tr) friendly greeting, 
conversation; acc, -^.■aifa (karontu 
21,7; 28,11. - "-vutti. mfn. (sa. *»-vr«i) 
friendly, kind ; "-vutt'assa (varr. "-vu- 
ttyassa, -vuttissa) "let him live in 
charity", Dh. 376. 

patisandabati, vb, (sa, prati- 
sara-v/dba) to be re-born (into a new 
existence); pr. 3. sg. ~ati, 100,2-5; 
pot. 3. sg. ~eyya, 100,9. cp, sanda- 
hati c& next. 

patisandbi, m. (& f. (sa, prati- 
samdhi, »».) le-birth, transmigration; 
acc fK,\ra. (ganbi) 5,a5; 42,22; loc. 
,>.istuim, 101,12. 

*patisambbida, /". (cp. sa. pratij 
samvid, f.) analytical science; loc. rva 
(i. a, ^aya) 109,io; patta-', adj. pi, 
«n,, possessed of analytical knowledge, 
109,90. The four pa^isambhidus are : 
attlia-", dbaiuma-", nirutti-", pa^i- 
bbana-", i. e, expertness in the Bud- 
dhist theory and practice, etymology, 
and dialectics, Mil. 339,7-6; cp. Chil- 
ders sub voce. 

patisammodati, vb. (sa. prati* 
Sam-Y/mud) to exchange friendly greet* 
ings, to return one's greeting; aor, 3, 
sg, rvDiodi, 96,27. 

patisameti, vh, (caus, prati- 
\/Qain) to arrange, put in order; to 
put by, keep aafe, lay away (acc); 
grd. n, <%^etabbam. 82,22. 

pa^isunati, vh. (sa, prati-Y/^ru) 
to promise, assent (gen.)\ aor, 3, sg. 
paccassosi (Bbagavato), 77, is; 3, pi, 
^osurii (Devadattassa) 76,i5; ger. ») 
pa^issulva, 78,io-i8; •>) pa^isunitva 
(sadbu'ti) 16, 2o. 63,3; pp. n. patisu- 
tam (tuinbebi maybaiii sabassaiii) 

patisedba, m. (sa. pratisbedha) 
prohibition, denial; loc. r^e (nipato, 



"iua"ti, a particle implying prohibi- 
tion) 85,33. 

patisedhana, n, (so, pratishe- 
dhana) warding off, warning against; 
phala-patisedhana-mukhena pi hetum 
eva patisedheti, by warning against 
the results he even warns against the 
cause. 86,4. 

patisedheti, vb, {caits, prati- 
■\/sidh) to prevent, prohibit, warn 
against (ace.) ; pr. 3, sg. -^eti (hetura) 
86,4, cp. patisedha, ^vsedhana, 

pa^isevati (&patisevati, q.v.) 
v&. (so. prati-^/sev) to practise, pursue; 
feel, undergo, suffer (ace); pr. 8. sg, 
/N^ati (vipakam) Dh. 67. 

patissutva, ger,, v, patisunati. 

paiiliafiflati, vb, {pass, pa^i- 

banti, sa. prati-Y/han) to knock to. 

gether, strike against {loc.)\ ^er.^^^itva 

(veraakotiyara), 89,d. 

patta, m. (= sa.) *) a tablet or 
plate (of gold etc. for writing or pain- 
ting upon); kancana-pa^ta-sadisa, 
mfn. 46,31 (3. v,) — 2) a strip or slip 
of cloth (cp, pata); sumana-pat^a- 
vitana, mn. 65,i8 (q. v.). 

pAi/Xana,, n. (sa. pattana&pattana) 
a port, seaport; ace, ^avi (Bharu- 
kaccha-") 26,i9; *''-gama, m, a sea- 
port-town, /^o. 24,10. 

patthana, n. (sa. prasthana) 
•) origin, cause; *sati-patthana, n. 
(v. h.) — *) nam, pr. name of the 
seventh (laut) hook (pakarana) of 
Abhidharomapi^aka, also called Malia- 
pakarana, 102,ii. 

paUhaya, prp, (ger. patiUhati, 
sa. prasthaya) beginning from, from 
(w. abl,)\ •) (ivara-gamato p., 19,S3; 
sisato p., 57,29; mulato p., 62,io; 
galato p., 85,30 ; - *") pathamakappi- 
kato p., 4,10; tassa nikkhanta-kalato 
p., 9,15; dhammadesanaib suta-diva- 
sato p., 86,80 ; ito p., henceforth, 6,i6; 
ito dani p., id. 39,8; tato p., thence- 
forth, 6,18. 

patbama, mfn. (sa. prathama) 
*) foremost, first, former (cp. puriraa); 
f. o/S (sena) 103,js; ace. f. rvam 

(gatham) 8,20; pathama-jjhana, n, 
80,3 (opp, dutiya etc); pathama- 
kappa & -kappika (v. h.)\ paihama- 
gaiuta ( "others already caught", 
21,14-19; — at'c. w. /varii (adv.) B.t first, 
for the first time, 4,i9. 12, i«. 15,9. 
18,93. 69,21, 102,14. Dh. 158; ^am 
eva (op^, paccha) 35,3e; 102, 11 (first 
of all). — ^) comp. = just, newly; 
*pathamabhisainbuddha, mfn. having 
just attained Buddhaship, m. »,/0, 66,3; 
*pathamuggata, wi/n., newly-blown, 
m, 1^0 (kaliro) 47,9. 

patliamaka, mfn, (sa, pratha- 
makaj = prcc,\ "-bhanavara, n, (v, 
h,) Dh. I-XIV. 

patbaiiiataraiii, adv. (sa, pra- 
tbamatarain) before, first (of two) 
83,» = 84,1-4. 

patbavi (or pathavi [putbuvi, 
/-».'avi]), f. {sa, pj-tbivi) the earth; ace, 
,x,im (maddanto) 28,i4; /N/irii (adhi- 
sessati) 107,r = Dh. 41 ; gen. (or 
loc.) '>^iya, Dh, 173 (patbavya); pa- 
thavi-tale (on dry land) 28,7; *pa- 
thavi-tthita, mfn. living on the earth, 
m, pi. ^a, (earthly beings) 110,u; 
*pathavi-sama, mfn, like the earth, 
m, 0./O, Dh. 95. 

panameti, vb. (caus. pra-\/nani) 
to bend forwards, stretch out (aec,); 
ger. ^.^etva (anjalim) 74,20, 

panihita, mfn. (sa. pra-nibita, 
pp. pra-ni-v/dha) lajd on, applied; 
miorha-**, mfn, wrongly directed, n. 
ovarii (cittam), Dh. 42; samma-", 
mfn, well-directed, Dh. 43. 

panita, mfn, (pp. paneti, sa, 
pranitu) 'performed, firtished'; excellent; 
m, ^0 (dbammo) 94,i6; n. /vam 
(kbadaniyam) 78,i. 

paneti (& paneti), vb. (sa. pra- 
}/nl) 'to lead to', perform, execute, 
apply (ace.); pr, 3. sg. ^eti (dandam 
garukam) Db. 310; pp. panita 
(v. h,). 

pandara, mfn. (sa. pandara) 
white, pale; instr. pi, n. r^ebi (-ke- 
sebi) 47,18. 

pandicca, n. (sa. panditya) erudi- 



tion; cleverneBB, skiU; inatr. >N/ena, 


pandita, mfn. (= «a.) wise, in- 
telligent, clever; m. /vO, 57,38; gen. 
.%.assa, 24,s2; m. pi. /x-a, 9,29; (w. 
loc. appamadamhi) Dh. 22; /". ~a, 
5S,8j often e, c. ; sasa-pandito, 14,i8; 
Supparaka-o, 25,:4; UpSli-», 109,7; 
- '•-dovarika, m. 9l,ss (q.v.); ♦"-bhava, 
m. cleverness, skill, gen. .^assa, 91,84; 
®-mani«, mfn. out who thinks him- 
self wise, »(. ^i (balo) Dh, 63 ; *''-vagga, 
m. the sixth chapter of Dh. ; *<'-veda- 
niya, tnfn. "intelligible only to the 
wise", m. ,>..o (dhammo) 94,8g; """-sam- 
sugga, m. company or intercourse with 
v.-ise men, gen. -vassa, 29,8. 

pandu, mfn ^su. pandu) yellow, 
pale, white; "-kambala, »n. a white 
woollen blanket : "-silasanaiii, 15,8 {v. 
/(.}; "-palasfi, m. a withered leaf, nom. 
1^0, Dh. 235; "-rofrn, m. jaundice : 
<*-!.apaso, m. 35. i, *''-dhatuka. mfn. 
fcufiering from jaundice, 35, le. 

pa-nna, n. (sa. parna) ') a leaf 
(esp. betel leal); ace. j)Z. -^ani, 17,9i; 
nimba-panna-", 37,88 (q.v.) ; ♦"-safifia, 
f. a aiark of leaves (tied up in order 
to indicate the boundary of a field), 
acc. rwarii, 8,8; *panna-bandhana- 
sanfii, n.'=panna-sann:"i-bandhana?) 
tying up leaves, nom, r^aiii, 8,0; panna- 
t-alS, f. tt hut cf leavtes and grass, 
hermitage, acc, ^aiii 'laciitta-") 44,8o; 
loc, rvSya (by tlio hut) 35, u; 
^ii, 34,83. Satta-", fiom. pr, {v. h.). 
— 2) a leaf for writing upon, a Utter; 
a bond, deed of gift, donation; acc. 
rwarii (pahesi) 36,S2 (cp. next), - ^) 
u feather, wing (only e. C.) V, supanna. 
*pannakara, t«., a present, dona- 
tion; acc. ^arii, 58, 81-24; r>^e, 
68,22. cp. panna -) & akara. 

Patanjali, m. (= sa.) nom, pr, 
of a philosopher (propounder of the 
Yoga philosophy); v, Piitafijali-. 

patati, vhi [si. \/pat) to lly, jump, 
fall; to fall dowit (upon, loc. or acc.)\ 
pr. 3. sg. /%.ati (dipake) 2,«3; 1. sg. 
^aini (yanih'okase tliatva orapararii 

patam'aham, Btanding where I use to 
jump over, cp. oraparam) 108,2«; 
part. m. «^anto (navaya) 20,i; loc. 
f. /^antiya (asaniya) 39,io; part. med. 
,^mana, loc. n. /x-e (pittbiyaiii paha- 
rasate) 55,i2; - fut. 3. sg. -x-issati, 
53,26; 112,20 (tesam kaye, acc. pi.) \ 
1. sg. -x-issami (angaragabbhe) 15,33; 
- aor. 3. sg. pati, 16,7. 89,6; (tassa 
batthe, fell' to his share) 23,18; 3. pi. 
.-wimsu (poured down) 33,6; — perf. 
3. sg, papata (kalam katva) 89,8 
[but here the reading of the Colombo 
edition : papata, aor. 3, sg, (from 
papatati, q. v.) undoubtedly ought 
to be preferred, because this formation 
is generally found elsewhere, e. g. 
.Tat. VJ, 566,8 (= patita); Vin. Ill, 
17,23 (cp. II. 126,3)]; - ger, ^itva, 
13,20. 49,s. 89,9; - pp, ~ita, i^- ~a 
(asani), 17,22; acc. m. -^.am (capato 
sararil, "sent from tlie bow") Dh, 
320; - caits. pateti (q. v.) cp, patana, 

patana, n. {^= sa.) falling, ruin; 
***-akara-ppatta, mfn. being on the 
point of falling out, ,%^a (danta) 
12,21; H. pi. ^ani (akkhini) 50,i9; 
- geha-", 19,16 (3. v.). 

pataka (& pa^aka), f. (= 4a.) 
a flog, biiiiiier; dhaja-patakfldihi, 
62,7 {cp. adi), 

pati', »i. (= sa.) husband; lord, 
master; nom, /N,i, 31,34. 64,i6; contp. v, 
gavampati, gubapati, ^^aliampati. 

pati*, indecl. {sa. prati) ') prp. 
W. acc near to, towards; nadiiii 
Neraiijaram /v, 103,2; *) prefix to 
verbs & nouns, generally spelt pati- 
{q, V,) cp. next etc, 

patikafa, m. {sa, pratikara) re- 
ward, return, retribution; *a-ppati« 
karaka, mfn. {q. v.). 

pati^thati, vb. {sa. pra-\/8tba) 
to depart from, originate; ger, pa- 
tthaya {prp. w. all.) v. h.; cans, pa- 
tthupeti, to set forth, propound, ex" 
plain ; cp. patthana, n. 

patittbahati & patitthati, 
vb. {sa. prati-v'stiia) to stand firm, 



to be established; nor. 3. sg. ^^tliahi 
(sotapattiphale) 89,3; (sakadajjami- 
phale) 29,17; 1. sg. -^tthahim (para- 
kule) 108,29; - fut. 8. sg. •) ,>^ttha- 
hissati, 87,s; ') rvtthissati (Lankayam 
mama sasanaih) I10,2i; - (/er. .^tthaya 
(sile. "standing fast in moral practice") 
14,18; (rajje, "becaiuo king") 42,36; 
- pp. .^tthita, m. ^0, 38,n (rajje), 
61,81 (gabbho kucchimhi), 95,34 (sare, 
"standing in its strength") ; su-pati- 
tthita, mfn. (q, v.) - cans, patittha- 
peti, to set or lay down, establish 
(occ); aor, 3. sg. i^esi (phalitam 
ranno panimhi) 44,87; ^er. ^etva, 
22,9. 29,6; (rajanara pancasu silesu) 

7,84; 17,38, 69,88. 

patiUba, f. {sa, pratishtha) ') 
resting-place, support; acc. r^&m (la- 
bhitvil, to get footing) 28,i3-i6; - 
^) security, refuae; nom, ,^a, 28,85, 

patidissati, vb, (pass, patipas- 
sati; so. prati-\/d]:(;) to appear (as), 
to look like; pr, 3. sg. o/ati (yatha 
aggiva suriyo va) 26,5 etc, 

patimaneti, vb, (sa. prati-Y/man, 
cans.) to honour; to await, wait fur 
(acc); part.f, ^enti (tassagamanara) 


patirupa, tnfn. (sa. pratirupa) 
like, sioailar; suitable, fit; loc, n, -^e 
("what is proper") Dh. 158. 

patisevati (& patisevati, q. 
V.) vb. (sa. prati-ysev) to practise, pur- 
sue (acc); part. m. ,-vanto (methuna- 
dhammara, making love) 54,ii; aor. 3. 
sg. ~8evi (asaddhammaih, id.) 62,39. 

*pati88ata, mfn. (sa. *prati- 
smrta) recollecting, thoughtful;, 
<^a, Dh. 144. 

patissaya, m. ') (sa. pratigraya) 
refuge, house; **) (sa, praQraya) obe» 
dience, respect; v, next. 

patissava, m. (sa. prati^rava, 
l/^ru) obedience, respect ; *a-ppati8ava, 
mfn, (also ipelt a*ppati88aya and some- 
times shortened to a>ppati88a) dis- 
respectful; hence ^a-ppatissavasa, m. 
BDarcby, 10,8i. 

patita, mfn. (sa. pratita, pp. 

prati-y'i) pleased, glad; m.r^o (synon. 
8umano) Dh, 68. 

patoda, m. (sa. pratoda) a goad; 
cp. •'-patodam (w., "pole, axle [etc.] 
and goad unitedly") 98,7; Matthi, 
f. (sa. pratoda-yashti) "the goading- 
stick", 98,6. 

patta', n. (sa. pattra) a wing, 
feather; a leaf; karavira-", n, (q. v.), 
instr. pi. ,^ehi (vajitara, kandaiix) 
92,i9j kumuda-patta-vanna, mfn, (v. 
h,); pokkhara-", w, a lotus leaf, loc, 
,ve, Dh. 401, 

patta^, m, (sa. patra, n.) a vessel, 
pot, bowl, esp. the alms-bowl of a 
Buddhist monk; nom. >vO, 82,86; acc 
.^aih, 87,18; (amam) 104,6; instr. 
-x/ena, 62,8; - *''-civara, n. bowl 
and robe, 76, lo. 83,7; - *°-pariya- 
panna, n. (v. h.). 

patta^ mfn. (pp. papunati; sa. 
prapta) *) pass, attained, reached, 
acquired; ^) act, one who has attained 
to, reached, etc. (w, acc, or e. c, also 
used as finite tense); m. >vO (jatik- 
kliayaih) Dh. 423; patto si nibbanam, 
Dh. 134; f. ^a (Khuramala-sain- 
uddaifa) 26,82; n. ,>^am (vin.asam) 
34,9; tuyharii pattaih (pass, "the 
consequences of your own fortune") 
6,35; gen. m. ^ass' (uttamavedanarii) 
103,23; acc pi, m. patte (jivitakkha- 
yaiii) 34,8; — comp. (mfn.) apaneta- 
bbiikara-ppatta, 45, 1; jara-**, 47, 15 
(t'. jara); danda-", 100,i5; dukkha-", 
59,10 ; donianassa-", 13, e; patana- 
kara-", 12,31 ; bala-", 80,35; rupa-", 
64,30 ; rupagga-", 49,i8; Jabhagga- 
yasagga-o, 18,i6; vajjha-o, 40,i4; 
vaya-", 8,15; vara-**, 6,37; vesarajja-", 
69,13; vyasana-", 8,30; samvega-", 
53,11; 6antasa-^ 86,ig; so(nanassa-^ 
15,89; hattha-", 67,8o; - *patta- 
dbamina, mfn. "having mastered the 
truth", m. <%/0, 69,18; *''-pati8ambbida, 
109,80 («. h.); a-ppatta, mfn, (q. v,), 

patti, f, (sa, prapti) acquiring, 
gain; share, part, portion; acc, /^-im 
(attana . . . bbaTita-bhavanaya, etassa 
dammi) 29,8; dat, >viya (yogakkbe- 



ma&sa, "for tb« sakn of acquiring") 

pattbaddha, mfn. (sa. prastab- 
dha) stark, stiff (as a pillar) ; instr, 
tn. ^ena (kayena) 76,i7. 

patthayati,v6. {sa, prarthayate) 
to wish, desire (^acn.y^ pr. 2. sg. /^asi 
(atlia ce /%^asi, if you like) 104,2ii 
etc.; part. med. m. /v/inano (tava 
hadayamarasarii) 3,i8; pi. ,x,inaDa 
(vaddhim) "seeking gain", 34,i8. 

pattharati, vh. {sa. pra-\/8tr) 
to spread, extend (trans. & intr., tv. 
ace); ger, ^itva (sakalanagararii, 
"through the whola town") 65,84. 
patva, ger., v. papunati. 
path a (or pattha, q. v.), m. (= 
sa.) road, path, way; loc. ^^e, 31,84; 
maha-o ("on the highway") L)b. 58; 
conip, V. ""anupariyaya-", adicca-", 
kainma-°, thala-jala-". *dvedha-°, 
nakkhatta-o, sagga-", *hatthii-''. cp. 
pada, palipatlia, piltlieyya. 

patliavi, f, (=^ pa^havi, q. v.) 
the earth; gen. ~vya, Dh. 178. 

pada, m. d n. (= sa., cp, pada) 
')toot: V. catuppadr, »n., dipada, m. 
— *) step, footstsp, irace, track; ace, 
^am (vaiiceti, q. v.) ]2,3o; uttinna-", 
lll,n (v.h.); pada i>&dam{abl.<&acc.) 
"step by step", 104,n; instr. ^ena 
(kena, "by what track") Dh. 179; 
*''-vaiaiija, m. footprint, ace, />.ara. 
11,38. — ') way, path; position, stand- 
poitit; place, abode, home; nom, (n.) 
rvam (maccuno) Dh. 21; Dh. 93. 
254; ace. ^urii (8t\ntam = Nibbnna) 
Db. 368 = anifttarii padarii, Dh. 114, 
cp, amata-pada {v. a-Duita) & a-pada, 
♦w/n. ; aosania-". w., jaiia-", mi., sagga-**, 
n. [cp. sagga-patha) <,. v - *) a, word, 
verse (o!' quarter of a v?rse), sentence; 
«. idaiii nwani, 85,t; ace. ovarii (dub- 
bliaiitam) llO.iz; »f. p^ r^a (caturo, 
saccaiiam ('. e. cattari ariyasaccani) 
Db. 273; altha-o, n. {v. /-.):, ♦gatha-O, 
n. (v. gatlia); *dhania]a-", «., nirutti- 
pada-kovida, mfn., ♦sanipunna-", 
mfn., sikkha-", n, {v, h.). 

padukkhina, Mfn, (sa. pradak- 

shina) 'moving to the right*; clever, 
good, auspicious; ^am, indecl. (conatr. 
w. karoti, to walk round persons or 
objects, keeping the right side towards 
them as token of respect, to salute 
respectfully (ace); to go round (a 
city, ace.) in procession; />/aih katva 
(matu 8ayanam)61,si; (Bhagavantam 
abhivadetva) 70,i2; .^am kuruma- 
nassa (nagaram) 64,i«; /x-am akasi 
(do.) 46,38. 

pad ad a ti, v. padeti. 

padara, mn. (sa. pradara) ^) tn. 
'splitting', a cleft (in the earth); — 
*) w. a piece of wood, a plank; nom. 
pi. ^ani,. 28,30. 

padeti (padilti & padadati) vb, 
(sa. pra-\/da) to give away (ace); 
ftit. 3. sg. padassati (uttamattham 
bhariya) 64,s9. 

padipa, m. (sa. pradipa) a lamp, 
light; nom, «^o, 99,28; 101,8; ace, 
r^&m, 99,18; "-aggi, «». & tela-", m, 
(v. h.). 

padipeti, vb, (cans, sa, pra-di- 
payati) to light, kindle (ace); pot. 
3, sg. .%^eyya (padipam) 99,i8; pp, 
padipita, mfn. burning, shining; m. 
~o (sabbarattiiii) 99,24. 

padu^tha, mfn. (sa. pradushta) 
corrupt, wicked, malignant; instr, 
~ena (manasa) Dh. 1 (opp, pasatina); 
a-ppaduttba, mfn. (q. v.) cp. dussati. 

*padubbhati, vb. (sa, *pra- 
\/druli) to do wrong, offend, commit 
treachery; ger. /vitvS (antopure) 38, it 
(??. dublJbati). 

pad u ma, n, (& m,) (sa. padma) 
a lotuH; nom. .^aih (liutva) like a 
lotus, 23,81 ; 23,34; ace. /vaiii (seta-", 
a white lotus) 61, lo; panca-vaima-" 
(of five different colours) 4,9; *''-punja, 
m. a cluster of lotuses, loc, o^e, 16, c; 
"-sara, mn, a lotua-lake, ace. rvaiii, 


padesa, nt. (sa. prade^a) *) spot, 
place, region, district; nom. ^o (ja- 
gati-ppadeso) Dh. 127; ace, -^am, 
43,18. Dh. 303; loc, ^e, 22,24; (Hi- 
niavanta-") 1,2. 13,9; - *) extent, 



distance; loc. .x/G (tigavuta-ppamane, 
yojana-ppamane) 63,ss-28; yatha- 
padese, adv. {cp, sa. yatha-pradeQam) 
all over, at all sides, 47, i; — ^) posi- 
tion, rank, order (?V, ace. ^aih (jati- 
gotta-kula-", q. v.) 43,3o; samana- 
bal(adi)-'', mfn. having equal position 
with regard to military force e<c., tn. 
pi. -^a, 43,31. cp. next. 

*padesika, mfn. (Jr. prec.) 'being 
in the region', in the neighbourhood 
of (only c, c); solasa-vassa-'', mfn. 
about 16 years old, m, ^^o, 38,io. 
cp, uddesika. 

padhana, n, {sa. pradhana, as 
to the meaning = sa. pra-ni-dhana, 
cp, also buddh. sa, prahana) exertion, 
profound religious meditation; instr, 
-x-ena (kirn kahasi, "what do you 
want with exertion?") 103,9; dat. 
<N^aya, 103, lo; *ukku(ika-ppadhana, 
n. Dh. 141 (v. h.) ; *<'-pahitatta, mfn. 
whose mind is intent upon meditation, 
accm.^&m, 103,2; ***-sutta, n.nom, 
pr. of a chapter of Sutta-nipata, p. 103 
-04; cp, Mahapadhana-ghara. 

pana, indecl, (the enclit, form of 
'puna', q, v.\ sa. punar) ') now! well I 
(in the continuation of a tale) : 2,i9; 
2,s6 (tasmim <>/ kale, "now, at that 
time"); 10,3 etc. — *) but (adversative, 
often combined with other particles) : 
l,3!i. 4,12. 8,8 (the preceeding sentence 
negative); 5,s. 50,22. 66,25 etc. Dh. 
252. 292; ca pana (but) 7,35. 71.i7; 
atha ca ~ (nevertheless) 3,*; na kho 
pana (but certainly not) 7,8, 9,3i; 
eva pana (on the contrary) 5,io; 
corresponding with a preceeding eva 
(it is true, no doubt . . , but, cp. 
greek fiiv , , . di) : maranabbavam 
eva janami [maranadivasam] pana 
na janami, 88,22-23 ; sometimes repeated 
in both sentences : eva pana . . . pana 
na, 2,8; - va pana (or else) 81,i7; cp. 
Dh. 42 (venva pana = veri va 
pana ?) ; — ') then ! (in interrogative 
sentences, often expressive of surprise): 
kaham ~, 1,«6; kim /w, 44,*; aguna 
pana kidisa, 44,5; katamo »/, 79,t8; 

in a second question : kim f^, 89,25; 
ko -x/ ettha N., 97,3i; after a negative 
sentence ; kilh />» (how much less) 74,28, 
cp. Pischel, Gr, § 342. 

panasa, »». (= sa.) the bread- 
fruit tree; instr. pi. /x/cbi, 2,io; amba- 
panasadihi, 2,2o. 

panudati, vb. (sa. pra-v'nud) to 
drive away (ace); rajJ, 5. S51. panuda 
(kame) Dh. 383. 

paneti, v6., var, led, for paneti, 
Dh. 310 (v, ;».). 

pant a, mfn, (sa. pranta) distant, 
secluded, solitary; n, <x/am (sayana- 
sanari), "sleeping and sitting alone") 
Dh. 186. 

pantha, m, (= patha; cp, sa. 
panthan) way, road; "^"-ghata, m. 
murder and robbery of highwaymen, 
brigandage; ace, ^&m (karonti) 32,i5, 
panna, mfn. (= sa., pp. "-pajjati, 
v/pad) fallen, gone; "'•'-bhara, mfn. 
"who has put down his burden", acc, 
m. o^aiii, Dh, 402, 

pannarasa, ««»». (sometimes writ- 
ten pannarasa = paflcadasji, sa. 
pancadaQa) fifteen; rw-ma, mfn, the 
fifteenth, Dh. XV. 

papanca, m, (sa. prapanca) 
abundance, diffuseness, error, vanity; 
this word may also often be translated 
by 'detriment, decay; delay, omission, 
waste of time' etc, it is generally 
explained in the commentaries by 
tanba- ditthi - mana-" ; *'>-a.bbirata, 
mfn, "delighting in vanity", w. pi. r^ai, 
Dh. 254; '"-samatikkanta, mfn. "who 
has overcome the host of evils", acc, 
pi, m. -x/C, Dh, 195. - *Papanca- • 
siidani, f. nam. pr. of a commentary 
on Majjhima-nikaya by Buddhaghosa; 
specimen p. 61, 

*papatika, f. (rarely papatika) 
') a splinter, piece, fragment; nom, 
~a (-t-) 76,1 ; - *) the outer dry 
bark of a tree, falling off in loose 
shreds; taca-", 96,s»-s8 (v, h,). 

papatati, vb, (sa, pra-^pat) to 
fall off; pr. 3. pi, ».>anti (soka tamha) 



108,j; aor, 3. sg. papata (Ed. papata) 
89,8 (v. patati). 

*pnpatika, f, v. pnpatika. 

papata', pf, {fr. patati, to be 
corrected to pipata, 39,8) v. papatati. 

papata*, w. {sa. prapata) a steep 
rock, prtcipite; -vO, 27,7; loc. o/C 
(Siiieru-^) 69,86; "-sadisa, mfn. like 
a wallj n. ^am, 27,,^. 

*papupphaka, n (sc. "pra-push- 
paka) 'flower-pointed', pi. the flower- 
arrowg of Mfirft; pi. acc. ^ani, Db. 
^.6 {dnai key.). 

pappotheti ((;«• papphoteti), vb. 
(cans, pra-y'sphut) to beat, slap, shake 
(as clothes, in order to dust theui, 
acc. ) ; to .3ap the wings (^acc.) ; ger. 
^etva (pakkhe) 12,?. 

piippoti, vb., V. papunati. 

papphasa, «. {sa. pupphusa, ni. 
& jihupphusa, n.) the lungs; nom. 
^aih, 82,-.. 97,21. 

*pabrillia, mfn. {cp. sa. badha, 
ybaihh) strong, sharp; f. ,>.a (vyadhi) 
78, 3i; j)l. ^K (vedana) 78,24; acc.m, 
rwaiii (abadham) 78,3o. 

pabujjhati, vb. {sa. pra-Y/budh) 
to wake up, nwake {Mr.); pr. 3. pi, 
-M-anti, Dh. 296; f'tit. 3. sg. ^issati. 
66,33; ger. ^itva, 36,i. 66,4. 89,6; 
pp. pabuddha, f. r^a (devi. awoke) 
61,23. cp. su-pabuddham. adv, 

pabbaja, «i. (=^ babbaja, sa, 
balbiija) u sort of coarse grass; *pab- 
baja, tnfn. (= pabliaja-niaya) made 
of grass (hemp), n. ,^om (bandbanaih) 
Dh. 345. cp.Welc; Ind. Sir. Ill, 394. 

pabbajati, vb. {sa. pra-\/vraj) 
'to go forth', esp, to leave the world 
in order to become a hermit, or to 
«nter the order of Buddhist monks', 
fi(t.3. sg. ^issati (agara nikkhamnia) 
61,33; 63, lo; inf. r».itiira, 46,3; comp. 
o^ilii-kama, tifn, "bmit on retiring 
from the worlo", acc. tn, ^aih, 45,8; 
ger. ») pabbajja, 113,1?; '')pabbaiitva 
{tv. acc. isi-pabbajjam) 34,32. 45, is; 
64,24 (nikklianin)a); 113, is; - pp, 
pabbajita (>«.) q. v, — cans, pabbajeti 
{q. V.) cp. next & *duppabbaja. 

pabbajana, ♦». (sa. pravrajana) 
passing over to a religious life; a- 
pabbajanattbaya, 47,5 (v. a-pabba- 
jana). . . 

pabbajita, «. {pp' pabbajati) 
a monk (or hermit); .^0, 63,3*; Dh. 
184; acc. /v-am, 63,so; instr. ^ena, 
66,25; pi, ~a. Dh. 74; •'-guna, m. 
{q. v.). 

pabbajja, f. (sa, pravrajya) re- 
tiring from the world, the ordination 
of a layman wishing to become a 
Buddhist monk; acc. -^arii (iabheyya- 
harii) 70.15; (yacitva) 89,i5; (isi-», 
q. v.) 34,38. 46,18; gen. {dat. & abl.) 
rwSya (namitacitto) 46,i8; (satim 
na karissati) 63,i8; (cittarii nami) 
65,12; (antarayam, agarasma ana- 
gariyam) 68,4; - o-karana, n. & 
"-saiuaya, m. 45,9-i2 {v. h.); laddha- 
pabbajjupasampada, mfn. {v. upa- 

pabbata, m, {sa. parvata) a 
mountain, hill, rock; nom. /^O (Hi- 
mavanto) Dh. 304; acc, -x-ain, 16, is; 
gen. o^assa, 76,33; pi. r^^siai (with 
neuter termination by attraction to the 
foil, vanani (?) or adj. n. = sa. par- 
vatani (?)) Dh. 188; gen. pi. ^anaih, 
Dh. 127; - *<'-kuta, m. a mountain- 
peak, pi, -^a, 76,3g; - *''-pada, m. 
the foot of a mountain, >vO, 14,9; 
loc. /^e. 84,31 ; - *°-ra8a, m, "the 
essence of the mountain", acc, >varil, 
16,ig; Rajata-". Suvanna-", m, nom, 
pr. {q. v.). 

pabbata-H'ia, nifn, {sd. par- 
vata-stba) i standing on a mountain; 
m. ^0, Dh. 28 {opp. bhumattha). 

pabbajeti, vb. {cans, pabbajati 1 
sa. pravrajayati) ') to send or drive 
away {acc.) Tfrom, abl.)\ part. nom. 
m. o-ajayarii (attano nialara) Dh.388; 
aor, 3. sg. <x,e8i (rattba). - *) to or- 
dain {acc), admit to the Buddhist 
monastic order (through the pabbajja, 
q. v.); imp, 3. sg. r*^ei\x (imaiii da- 
rakaiii) 81, is, 

pabhamkafa, »»., v. pabha. 

pabhaiiguna (&pabhangu), mfn. 



(sa. prabhaflgura?) fragile, brittle; 
frail! n, /^&m (idam rupam, var, 
~gurara) 107,7 = Dh. 148; - *pa- 
bhanguna, w. siibst. fragility; destroy- 
ing, destruction, ^ara (bhoganam) 
Dh. 139. 

pabha, f. (sa. prabha) light, 
splendour; instr. -^aya, 86,7; - pa- 
bhaiiikara, m. {sa. prabbakara) 'light- 
maker', the Bun; epithet of Buddha; 
(%^o (Buddho dhammaraja) 19,i; - 
nippabha, mfn. (q. v.), 

pabbata, mfn. (sa, prabhata) 
begun to become light, loo, f. >^Sya 
(rattiya) "at daybreak", 42,i, - subst, 
n, = daybreak, morning. 

pabhSseti, vb, (caus., sa. pra- 
-y/bnas) to illuminate, enlighten (ace); 
pr. 3. sg. ^eti (sabba disa; tassa 
pabhaya = attano pabhaya V) 85,8; 
(imam lokam) Dh. 172. 

pabhiuna, mfn. (sa. prabhinna, 
pp. pra-^bhid) 'burst open', flowing 
with juice, esp. m. said of an elephant 
in rut; *hattbi-prabbinna, ».. a furious 
elephant, acc. rv&m, Dh. 326. cp. next, 

pabhedana, n, (sa. prabbedana, 
cp. prabheda) the flowing of juice 
from the temples of an elephant; '''ka- 
tuka-ppo, mfn. Dh. 324 (v, h.). 

pamajjati*, vb, (sa. pra-\/mad) 
to be careless, negligent, or idle; 
trans, to neglect (acc); pr. 3. sg. 
<vati (na-ppO) Dh. 172. 259; pot. 3. 
sg.f^eyya. (do.) Dh. 168; per. .s/itva, 
Dh. 172; aor. 2. sg. pamado (ma fJ) 
77,B (cp. Notes) ; Dh. Zl\\ pp. pamatta 
(q. «.) cp. pamada, m. 

pamajjati*, vb, (sa. pra-'y/mrj) 
to sweep, rub, scour, wipe off (acc.) ; 
to stroke (along with the hand); ger. 
fJAsa. (hattbena civaravaihsam) 83,sr, 
grd. n. ^itabbam (udakam gattato) 
84,8 ; f. fJs. (bhitti) 84,so ; m. pi. i»,vi 
(-kannabbaga) 84,i9. 

pamatta, mfn. (pp. pamajjati'; 
sa, pramatta) careless, inattentive, 
negligent, thoughtless, indolent; m, 
/vo, Dh. 19. 309; gen, <vassa, 41,S6; 
pi. /^a, 77,5. Dh. 21 ; i^aiaam., 

Fill Oloiitrjr, 

Dh. 292; *0-bandhu, m. "friend of 
the indolent" (». e. Mara) 103,i8 (voc), 
- *°-carin, mfn. (cp. sa. pramada- 
carin) acting in a careless manner, 
gen, m. /N.-ino, 107,89 = Dh. 334. - 
a-ppamatta, mfn. (q. v.), 

pamathita, mfn. (pp. pra-\/math) 
agitated; *vitakka-**, mfn. (q. v.). 

pamana, n. (sa. pramana) mea- 
sure, size, extent, length, etc, e. c. 
(mfn.) : equal in extent to ; nom. /^am 
(n'atthi gacchantanam, "there was no 
end to them") 9,ie; acc. o.-am (attano, 
na janasi, "you don't know your mea- 
sure") 9,98; instr. ^ena (tesaih, in 
proportion to them) 57, n; comp, 
udaka-ppamana, n. 3,i; pasa^a-", n, 
ib.; - assa-potaka-^ mfn., gala-', 
mfn., gbata-", mfn., tavatimsa-deva- 
loka-°, mfn,, ti-gavuta-", mfn, & yo- 
jana-", mfn. (v. h.). 

pamada, m. (sa, pramada) neg« 
ligence, carelessness, indolence; nom. 
n^o (maccuno padam) Dh. 21; r^o 
rajo sabbada, >N/&nupatito rajo, indo- 
lence is always dirt (i, e, moral de- 
filement), dirt is the result of it (v, 
anupatati), 108,8; instr. ^ena, Dh. 
167; <*-pamada-tihaDa (abl,) 81,i8 
(t>, thana ')). 

pamareti, vb, (sa, pra-marayati, 
coMS. pra-\/mr) to strike one dead, 
to maltreat, hurt severely (acc); pot. 
8. sg, 'N/eyya (mam) 87,i6. 

pamuicba, mfn, (sa. pramukha) 
being at the head of, chief (e. o.) ; 
Vijaya-ppamukha, m. pi, "with V. at 
their head", 110,30. 112,S7. cp, pa- 

pamuccati, vb. (pass, pamu&- 
cati, q. v.). 

pamufioati, vb. (sa, pra-'\/muo) 
to liberate, send away, shake off (acc) ; 
pr, 3. sg. fv&ti (pupphani, "sheds the 
flowers") Dh. 377; - pass, pamuc- 
cati, to be delivered (from, abl.), Dh, 
189. 192 = 107,22 (sabbadukkha); 
fut. pamokkhati, 3. pi. <N./anti (Mara- 
bandbana) Dh. 276; — caus. pamo- 
cati, to deliver (acc) from (ab^); aor. 




2. & 8, 8g, o/esi (main dukkhS) 108,it. 
- cp. duppamufica. mfn. 

pamudita, mfn.. {pp. pamodati; 
50, pramudita) greatly delighted, 
pleased; *'*-citta, mfn, greatly de- 
lighted in bis mind, m. <^0, 16,T. 

pameyya, mfn, (so. prameya) 
measurable; v. a-ppameyya, mfn. 

pamokkhati, fut, pass., v. pa- 

pamocei.i, v'!>. (cais. pamuncati, 
q. li.). 

pamodati, vb. (sa. pra-\/mud) 
to be delighted, to rejoice greatly; 
pr. 3. sg, i^aXx, Dh. 16; pp. pamudita 
(g. v.); cp. pamojja. 

pamohana, n. (sa. pramoliana, 
mfn.) bewildernieni, delusion ; nom. 
~am (Marassa) Bh. 274. 

payati, vb. (sa. pra-.\/}a) to go 
forth, set out, advance, proceed; aor. 
3. sg, piTyasi (j!. attgm.) 6,i. 34,4. 
54,4; 3. pi. payimsu (do.) 33,?; pp. 
payata, loc, fern. ,^aya (sukha-**, 
navaya, "when the ship was fairly 
of'"). 19,27; gen. pi. m. ,>,anam (vil- 
nijaDam, Bharikaccha, who have 
tome from Bh.) 25,ao; Bharukaccha- 
payatanam (do.j 20,22. 

payirupasati, vb. (sa. pary-upa- 
yas) to sit beside, attend on (ace); 
pr. 3. sg. -r^ati (metrically = pay- 
rupasati) Dh. 64-66 (panditarii). 

""payuttaka, tnfn. (fr. sa. pra- 
yukta, cp. mxt) hired, bribed, sub* 
oraed; m. rs..o, S8,?b; "-coro, 38,2t; 
"-diiutta, »». pi. 49,7. 

payojeti, vb. (caus^ payufijati; 
sa. pra-yojayati, \/}uj) io use, em- 
ploy; direct; practise (ace); pr, 1, 
pi, payojayama (naccadini) 65,i; 
aor. 3, sg. r^.-esi (purise, "directed 
some men") 74,4; 3. pi. r^ayimsu 
(naccagitavaditani) 64,3i. 

para, mfn. {= sa.) ') other, dilTe- 
>ent {opp. attad; cp. tifina, apara)i 
m. ko . . , paro ("who else?") Dh. 
160; ace. .-warn, Dh. 184; (lokarfa) 
Dh. 220; gen. rvassa, 68,13; parassa- 
hetu, "for the sake of others", Dh. 

84 {opp. attahetu); toe. ^amhi Qoke, 
opp. aamim) Dh. 168; - itutr, n. 
{adv.) parena (= aparena samayena) 
afterwards, later on, 47,2i; - m. pi. 
nom. pare (others, other people ; some- 
times pregnantly = bad or impious 
people) Dh. 6; acc. pare, 103,3o. 
106,4. Dh. 267; gen. paresam, 8,5; 
34,25 {opp. attana, cp.arinesam, 34,24); 
41,83 (paresam (= instr.) tava guna 
nata) ; - comp. "-santaka, mfn. {q. v., 
cp. corrections); - '-kula, «. {v. h.); 
o-kula, n. = "-lira, n. (g. v.) ; *o-du- 
kkh'upadhana, v. upadhana; Moka, 
»»; another world, 106,15 (vitinna-°, 
q. v.); *"-vajjanupa88i»i, v. anupassin 
{cp. vajja); para-paccaya, v. a-para- 
paccaya; *para-ppavada etc., r.below; 
in '^omp. with words beginning with 
U the final a drops and the u is length- 
ened, V. parupakkania, parupaghati«. 
— '■') higher, superior; highest, supreme; 
acc. Ml. -^am (khanam) 110,i8; santi- 
para, mfn. "higher than rest", n. 
«^am (sukham) Dh. 202. - param, 
indecl. {v. next). — superl. parama 
{l- ^■)- ~ ^P- parato, parattha, para, 
parato etc. 

paraiii, indecl. (= sa^ afterwards, 
after {iv. abl.) ; ito-paraiii, tato-param 
{v. h.)\ paraiu-marana, after death, 

parakkama, m, {sa. parakrama) 
exertion, effort; acc. ^arii (karonto) 
34,23; instr. ^ena (kata-**, "when we 
do our best") 12,3; *da}ha-<', mfn, 

{v. ;..). 

parakkamati, vb. {sa. para- 
\/kram) to advance, attack (acc); to 
show courage etc.\ pot. 3, sg, parak- 
kame (dalham enam) Dh. 313; ger. 
^kamma,' "valiantly", Dh. 383. 

parato, a(i«;. (sa.- paratas) ') after- 
wards, further; 26,3. 34,7 (gaccbanto). 
— ^) on the other side; 21, le {opp. 
orato) cp. pilrato. 

parattha', adv. {sa. paratra) in 
another place, in the other world; 
74,3 (^a'ti); Dh. 177. 

parattha-, m. {sa. parartha) the 



advantage or interest of others ; instr. 
(for the sake of) ^ena, Dh. 166 {opp. 
attadattha, q. v.). 

*parappavadaj m. (cp. aa. para- 
pravadin) disputation ; "-kusala, mfn, 
110,9 (3. v.) cp. pavadiH, mfn. 

para ma, mfn. (= sa.) highest, 
best (or worst); f. <>^a (roga) Dh. 
203; M. rwara ^sukharii) ib. & 184; 
n. pi. »,& (dukba, v, dukkha) ib. ; 
abl. n. parama va seyyo (better than 
the best) 55,8; — comp, *arogya-pa- 
rama, mfn. having health for its best, 
f. /^a (labba, v. arogya) Dh. 204; 
*vis8asa-°, mfn. ib. (q. v.). — *''-duk- 
kara, mfn. (q. v.)\ °-attha, m. the 
best sense, the whole truth {v. next) ; 
abl. paramatthato (adv.) v. attha *'). 

*Parani attha-dipani, f. nom. 
pr. of a commentary, by Dhammapfila, 
on several books of the Khuddaka- 
NikSya; specimen of the comm, on 
Petavatthu p. 84,25-86,10. 

parajaya, m. (= sa.) defeat; 
jaya-*", »». victory and defeat, ace. 
r^atm, Dh. 201. 

parajita, mfn. (= sa.\pp. para- 
VJ^ [& jya]) defeated, conquered; one 
who has lost (in game, w. ace.)', m. 
/N/O (sahassam) 2,14; 60,3i (as finite 
tense, "he lost"); 60,i (tehi -^0). 

parajiyati, vb. (pass, parajeti 
[& -jinati] ; sa. para-VJi [& jya]) to 
be overcome, defeated; to lose (in 
game); pr. 3. sg. /x/ati {ppp. jinati) 

paramasati, vb. (sa. para-\/inr?) 
to touch, feel, stroke (ace.) ; part. m. 
/>./aDto (hatthissa kumbbam) 77,i ; 
ger. rwitva ([tam] batthena) 24,30. 
25,8 ; pp. parama^ba, v, duppara- 

par ay an a, n. (sa. parayana) aim ; 
refuge, resort; e. c. mfn. = destined 
for, resorting to; *Brahmaloka-<*, mfn. 
47,95; *8anibodhi-', mfn. 79,8* (q. v.). 

pari-, indecl. (= sa.) prefix to 
verbs and nouns, implying 'round, 
around; richly, fully, completely' etc.; 
before vowels it takes the form pahy- 

(v. below), but before u also payir- 
(metathesis, v, payirupasati) ; it is 
sometimes changed into pali- (q. v.). 

parikamma, n. (5a. parikarman) 
') attendance, waiting upon; ovarii (ka- 
tabbam, w. gen.) 84,i. — *) prepara- 
tion, treatment (as painting, cleansing, 
dressing etc.); *°-kata, mfn. prepared, 
treated (e.c.) : geruka-°, 84,i9 ; ]akha-°, 
5,88 (v, h.), 

parikkhaya, m. (sa, parikshaya) 
destruction, ruin, loss; ace. «x/am 
(gaccbati, to be lost) 48,io; (ilatinam 
etc.) Dh. 139. cp. parikkhina. 

parikkbara, m. (sa. parisbkara) 
provisions, utensils, esp. the priestly 
requisites (civara etc.); ace, (e, e.) 
^arii, 97,8. 

parikkhipati, vb. (sa, pari- 
yksbip) to put, hang, or wind around, 
to surround (ace); pr. 3. pi. o^anti 
(maladamani) 37,8; aor. 3. pi. «^imsu, 
6,10; ger. *) .x/itva (tbanam) 6,9; 
(malam kantbe) 16,85; (assa sanim) 
62,90 ; '') ~itvana, 112,6; - pp. pa- 
rikkbitta, m, ^0 (rajjuya, tied with 
ropes) 64,80 ; n, f^&m (nabaruna, 
kandam, "wound round with sinews") 
92,91 ; pakara-°, 23,8o (v. h.); su- 
parikkbittaiii (sayanarii) 112,3 (sa- 
niya). cp. parikkhepa. 

parikkhina, mfn. (pp. parikkbi- 
yati; sa. parikshina, pari-yksbi) va- 
nished, disappeared, extinct; m. pi. 
^U, (asava) Dh. 93; *kamabhava-'*, 
*tanhabbava-^ *naiidibbava-*', mfn, 
(v. h.) cp. parikkhaya. 

parikkhepa, m. (sa. pariksbepa) 
throwing about, surrounding, that by 
which anything is surrounded; ^0, 

pariganhati, i)6. (so. pari-^grab) 
') to embrace (ace.) ; part. m. f^&uto, 
21,86; ger. pariggahetva (bababi) 
20,0; — ') to examine, search (through); 
to try, test (ace.); part. m. ^anto 
(babivalafijanake) 48,s; 43,6-88; 38,i8; 
57, If (tam, in order to test her); 
part. med. m. ^/amano, 43,i8; aor. 
3. sg. n^i (antonagaram) 43,»; fut, 




1. so. /xfissaini (janapadam) 43,ii; ger. 
/^ggahetva (do.) 44,i5. - caus, 11. 
pariganhSpeti, to cause to be ex* 
amined; part. m. .^ento, 48,s6. cp. 

parig^aha, m. (sa. parigraha) 
'belonging to, dependent*, family, wife, 
property, etc, ; a-pariggaha, mfn. (un- 
married) V, h., opp. sa-pariggaha, 
mfn. 56,*-7. 

pariggahetva, ger., v. parigan- 

parighamsati, vl. (sa. pari- 
Y/ghrsh) to rub, scrub ; part, instr. m. 
a-parighamsantena {sc. bhajanaib, 
without rubbing) 82,si. 

par i car at i, vh. (sa. pari-\/car) 
'to go round', to attend, wait on ; to 
serve, worship (ticc); pot. 3. sg. /^care 
(aggim) Dh. 107. — caua. paricareti 
ly, h.) cp. next, 

paricarika, f, (= sa.) a female 
attendant, waiting woman; nom. .^a 
(itthi) 49,»; gen. pi, .vanara, 19, u; 
pada-'', f. id. & wife, instr. />^ttya, 
56,n;i>?. ^a, 21, i»; *''rvika-yakkhim, 
f. a menial Y., 111,8. 

paricarf ti, v6. (caits. paricarati; 
sa. paricaraj ati) to surround {aec.) ; 
pasi,. part. m. paricariyamano (ni- 
ppurisehi turiyehi, 'surrounded by") 

pariccajati, vb. (sa. pari-v/tyaj) 
to abandon, give up, sacrifice (ace); 
fui. 1, sg, .^isss mi (attanam tuyhaiii) 
3,16; ger, ^xiya. (attanam) 15,33; 
(jivitam) 60,i4. cp. next, 

pariccaga, m. {sa.\ parityaga) 
leaving, abanrlcning, giving up; ahl. 
/vS (mattSfJukaa-') "by leaving (a 
emal) pleasure)" Dh. 290. 

purijani, m. (== sa.) surrounding 
or attending poople, servants; acc. 
^.am, 67,»e; get. rwassa, 67,26. 

parijinna, mfn. (pp. parijiyati; 
sa. parijirna, y'j}') worn out, decayed, 
exhausted; n. ~am (puranasetthiku- 
laiil, impoveri&h'.id, reduced) 55,9i ; 
(idam ruparii) 107,7 — Dh. 148. 

p a r i n fi a t a , mfn, (pp. parijanati ; 

sa. parijnata, i/jfia) thoroughly known ; 
n. r^&m (sabbadukkham, sc. maya) 
108,t8; *0-bhojana, mfn, "living on 
recognized food", t. e, one who has 
the right view of the food he eats 
(who exactly knows the substance of 
which it consists, that it is only vile 
and impure matter, and that there is 
no pleasure in eating it) m. pi. /x'S, 
Dh. 92 (cp, Dh. (1865) p. 281 ; Chil- 
ders Diet, parinfia). 

parinamati, vb. (sa. pari-\/nam) 
to bend, change (intr.); to develop, 
ripen, become old, be digested (as 
food); part, loc, ~ante (vaye, "as 
age ripens") 47, u. cp. next. 

parinama, m. (= sa) change, 
development; digestion; samma-pariua- 
mam (acc.) gaccheyya, 78,i6 (can be 
fully digested). 

paritassati (& paritasati), vb, 
(sa. pari-v/tras) to be frightened or 
alarmed, to tremble; pr. 3. sg, na 
f^a.ti (sabbasamyojanam chetva) Dh, 
397 (''after cutting all fetters he does 
not tremble"); but we had perhaps 
better to translate "he does not feel 
any desire", and take paritassati =^ 
sa. pari-^tfsh, to be afflicted by thirst, 
metaph. to feel desire or longing; the 
explanation Dhpd. (1855) p. 428 : tan- 
haya na bhayati (he does not fear on 
account of thirst) and on several other 
passages in the commentaries is pro* 
bably due to a confusion of those two 
verbs, of which pp. paritasita (cp. 
tasita) frequently occurs; paritassana, 
f. seems to have both significations : 
fear & longing; cp. Mil. p. 263,86 (gono 
chato paritasito), Rhys Davids, Dial, 
of the Buddha (1899) p. 63. 

paritoseti, vb. (sa. pari-v'tush, 
cans, paritoshayati) to satisfy com- 
pletely, to appease (acc.)\ part. med. 
m. ^ayamano (aiiike nisinnarii put- 
tarn) 38,14 ("cherishing"). 

p ari tta', mfn. (sa. paritta) limited, 
small, little; n. rs^aiii (udakam) 4,5; 
parittatthakatha, f, a concise commen- 
tary, acc. ^atii, 113,2i. 



*paritta^ n. (cp, sa. paritiana, 
fr. pari-y'tra) protection, an amulet; 
"-sutta, M. a thread for defence, a charm, 
ing thread, lll,n ("-tejena). 

paridahati, vb, (sa. pari-Y/dha) 
to put on (clothes, acc.) ; fut. 3. sg. 
.vdahessati (kasavam vatthaih) Dh.9. 

parideva. m. (= so.) lamenta- 
tion ; instr. pi. ^ehi, 70,29; gen. pi. 
/>^anam (soka-'')90,i7; soka-" (dvandva 
comp.) 66,10-17. cp, pariddava. 

paridevati, vb. {sa. pari-\/dlv) 
to lament, cry, gro&n \ part. m. >^a,T\iQ, 
30,83; f, /vanti, 31,3; gen, pi, omenta- 
nam, 47,si ; part, med, m, (^-tnano, 
30,15; oor. 5. s^iT. paridevi, 24,7. pari- 
deva, m. & paridevana, n, (a. v.). 

pari de van a, n. (= sa.) lamen- 
tation, groaning; "-sadda, m, "the 
Bound of groaning", nom. <vO, 23,33, 
cp. parideva & next, 

*pariddava, m. (sa. *paridrava, 
ydru; this word is formed after the 
analogy of upaddava {q. v.) and may 
probably be due to an old confusion 
with parideva (v, above), by which 
it is generally explained in the com- 
mentaries (Tr.); it is only found in 
comp. with soka-**) lamentation; tinna- 
soka-^, infn. "who has crossed the 
flood of sorrow"? Dh. 195. 

*parinitthiti, f, (fr. pari-ni- 
\/stba, cp, nitthita) completion, accom- 
plishment; acc, ix/iih (gatesu, fulfilled) 


parinibbati, vb., v, parinibba- 

parinibbana, n. (sa, parinir- 
vana) complete extinction of indivi- 
duality, so that one shall not be born 
again; attainment of Nirvana; abl, 
/va, 80,19; "-maficamhi nipanno, 


parinibbayati & parinibbati, 
(sa. parinirvati, \/va) to be extin- 
guished, to attain Nirvfina; pr, 3, pi. 
/N^ayanti (Tatbagata) 76,98; o.^anti, 
Dh, 126; aor, 3. sg. ^ayi, 29,i8; 
80,19 (Bhagava); pp. v, parinibbuta, 
cp. parinibbana, n. 

parinibbuta, nifn. (pp, sa. pari- 
nirvrta, \/vr, but as to the signification 
belonging to parinir-\/va, v. pari- 
nibbayati, cp. nibbuta) completely ex- 
tinguished or liberated (from the saiil- 
sara) ; m, ^o, 80,ii ; loc. <%/e, 80,i9 ; 
pi. m. ^si (loke, "even in this world") 
Dh. 89. 

paripakka, mfn, (sa, paripakva) 
completely cooked; quite ripe, accom- 
plished; m. >^o (vayo) Dh. 260. 

paripucchati, vb. (sa. pari- 
ypvacb) to put questions to (acc); 
inf. '>.itum, comp. <'-kama, mfn, who 
wiBhes that questions shall be put 
to himself, m, rvO, 84,7; grd, m, 
/>^itabbo, ib. 

paripunna, mfn. (sa, pari-purna) 
quite full; accomplished, perfect; n, 
-x/am (candamandalam, "the full 
moon") 32,30 ; *sabbakara-*, mfn, 
altogether perfect, acc, m. /v-am (pu- 
risarii) 10,96; *°-gabbha, f, adj, (v, 

paripurati, vb. (sa. pari-v'pf) 
intr. to become full (completely); to 
become perfect; pr. 3. sg, ^ati (pafi- 
iia) Dh. 38; pp. paripunna (q. v.). 

paripphoseti, vb, (cans, pari- 
\/prush) to besprinkle, water (occ); 
ger, ^^itva ([bhumim] udakena) 84,99, 

pariplava, mfn. (= sa.) swim- 
ming round; unsteady; ^O-pasada, mfn, 
"whose peace of mind is troubled", gen, 
m, ,N./a8sa, Dh. 38, 

pariphandati, vb, (sa, pari- 
\/8pand) to tremble all over; pr. 3, 
sg. /-vati (idam cittam).Dh, 34 (cp. 

paribbajati, vb, (sa. pari-y'vraj) 
to wander about (esp, as a religious 
mendicant, cp. paribbaja(ka)); pr. 3, 
pi. >N^anti (etam [bandhanam] che- 
tvana) Dh. 346; pot. 8. sg. paribbaje 
(kame pabatvana anagaro) Dh. 416. 

paribbaya, m, (sa. parivyaya) 
payment, salary; travelling expenses 
or travelling cash; acc. <varil, 18,i8; 

paribbajaka, m. (& paribbaja; 



$a. parivrSja(ka)) a religieuR mendl- 
cant, ascitic; nom. >vC (Ilttiyo) 89,i»; 
ace, /x-am, 29,s«; "-avama, m. (v. A.). 
— '-vesena, in the character of a p. 
lie, 29. 

paribhavita, mfn. {pp. pari- 
bhaveti; = sa., cans. paii-\/bhu) pre- 
pared, treated; n. i^&m. (cittam, 
^highly cultivated") 106,»; ace. f. 
^a± (raanusivacara.karunaya, "filled 
with compaBBion") 2^,9. 

to blame, ceosure, abuse (acc); pr, 
8. ag. -wati (bhikkhu) 8A,S9. 

par ibhuiijati,v6.(sa. pari- Vbhuj) 
to eat, enjoy (ccc); pr, 3. ag. -w^ati 
(dadhirii) 35,23; 97,9 ("makes use of 
it"); 3. pi, o/anti, 21,o; inf. ,-vitum 
(kame) 69,s7; ger. «xitva, 36,35; pp. 
paribhutta, n, r^&m (yassa, "when 
ha has eaten it") 78, la. cp. next, 

paribhoga, m. {:— sa.) enjoyment, 
use, *devata-*, mfn. 36,3i. {v. h.). 

parimajjati, vb. (sa. pari-ymrj) 
to cleanse, wipe; to touc^i, stroke (ace); 
pr. 2. sg. ,^asi (bahiram) 106, u = 
Dh. 394; part, f, ^anti (pi^thiifa) 

parimandala, m/«.(=sa.) round, 
circular; n. /vaiil, 36,33, adv. »/am, 
all around, 82,17; *8U-parimandalam, 
adv. completely, 113,7. 

parimaddati,D6.(so, pari-\/mrd) 
to rub, stroke {ace.) ; ger, o/itva (ha- 
tthena tassa sariraifa, "passed his 
hand over") 24,88. 

parimana, n. (= sa.) circum- 
ference,* extent; ace. .v^aiiii (rajja-") 


pariyatti,/". (aa. paryapti) learn- 
ing, esp. study of the holy texts; the 
texts themselves handed down through 
oral tradition (= tipi^aka); nom. ^i, 
102,10 ; "-antaradhana, n. 'the dis- 
appearance of learning', name of a 
chapter of Anagata-vamsa {q, v,) 

pariyanta, mfn, {sa, paryanta) 
endecl, ceased; far, remote; — m. end, 
circumference, edge, border, outskirt; 

aee. ,vath* (parlsa-*, ». parisS) 8T,i»; 
loo. »H,e (udaka-o) 4,«; (sara-*) 6,i7; 
pi. hattha-pada-pariyanta (the hoofs) 

pariyati, vh. {sa. pan-y/ya) to 
go round (ace); pr, 3, sg. .^ati (ra- 
janivesanam) 31,s. 

pariyadana, n. {btiddh. sa. pa- 
ryadana) consuming, consumption, 
exhaustion, destruction, end; abl. /x-a 
(ta88a, "when that has been consumed") 

*pariyapanna, tnfn. {fr. pan- 
S-v/pad) included, contained in; patta- 
pariyapannaih, n. "what has been put 
in the bowl", 83,s. 

pariyaya, m. & n, {sa. paryaya) 
'going round', encompassing (also a 
synonym); turn, succession, series, 
enumeration (also a religious discourse 
in general, opp, nippariyaya, a dis- 
course delivered on some particular 
occasion); way, manner, order, method, 
precision; view or point of view; nom, 
n. aditta-pariyayam ("the sermon of 
the burning") 71,18; instr. ^eua 
(aniiena = aniienakarena, in another 
way, from a different point of view 
o; wrongly?) 91,ii-38; aneka-pari- 
yayena, adv. in many ways, 69, is. 

pariyesati, vb. {sa. pari-^/ish) 
to seek or search for, inquire, inve» 
stigate (occ); part. m. /vanto (gooa- 
ram) 14,i9; (phalaphalani) 35,38; 
part, med. m. pi. ^-wraana (mige, in 
order to find) 6,8; fut, 1, sg. ^issami, 
14,88; (dibbakame) 45,b; tn/'. ^itum, 
43,8; ger. o^itva (core) 30,3o. 

■"pariyogalha, mfn. {pp. pari- 
yogabati, to inquire into, penetrate; 
sa. *paryava-Y'gah, cp. ava-gadha); 
"-dhamma, mfn. who has penetrated 
the truth, m. ^o, 69, i3. cp. next, 

'*'pariyogaba, m, {fr, pari-ava- 
\/gah) inquiring into, penetrating; 
*duppariyogaha, mfn, {q, v.). 

*pariyodapana, n. {fr. next) 
cleansing, purification; sacitta-", Dh, 
183 {v. citta'). 
"■pariyodapeti, vb, {cans, pari- 



ava-i/dai) to cleanse, purify (occ); 
pot. 3, sg, ~eyya (metrically = paryo- 
dapeyya, attanaiii) Dh. 88. 

pariyosana.M, (sa. paryavasana) 
end, conclusion; loc. /x-e, 29,i7 (sacca-", 
q. V.) \ 34,89 (jivita-") ; e. c. mfn, = 
ending with : (jala-**, 18,?; marana-", 
86,16 ; vipatti-", 47, lo (y. /».). 

parilaha, »». {sa, paridaha) burn- 
ing, heat; pain, suffering, sorrow; nom, 
^0, Dh. 90; sa-parilaha, tnfn, filled 
with pain, n. /vam, 94,a. 

parivajjeti (& parivajjayati) 
vb. {sa. parivarjayati, caus. pari- 
■i/vrj) to avoid (ace); pr. 3. sg. />.,eti 
(papanj) Dh. 269; imp. 2. sg. {med.) 
^^ayassu (kulavaka {ace. f. or 
"dont disturb the birds' nests") 60, le; 
pot. 3. sg. /v^aye, Dh. 123. 

parivattati, vb. {sa. pari-v/vrt) 
to turn, change {intr,), to change into 
(worn.); pot. 3. sg. '>/eyya (khiram, 
dadhi /x/) 99,88; ger. ^.-itva, 47, 12; - 
caus. V. next. 

parivatteti, vb. {sa. parivartay- 
ati, caus. pari-v'vrt) ') to overthrow, 
turn topsy-turvy; also intr, to rush, 
hurtle (on account of confusion) : part, 
m. pi. /N.-enta, 60,8. - *) to repeat, 
rehearse, recite {ace.) ; pr. 3, sg, /v/eti 
(Pataiijali-matam) 113,?; pot. 2. sg. 
/N./eyyasi (mantaiii) 52,26; ger, ,%.^etva, 
32,10. - *) to translate {ace.)\ imp, 2. 
sg.r^Gh.\ (tam, Magadhanam niruttiya) 
113,33; aor. 3, sg. r^B%\., 114,27. 

parivara, m. (= sa.) suite, re- 
tinue, followers; e. e.mfn., surrounded 
by; instr. />^ena (mahantena) 7,5. 
62,8; paficasata-bhikkhu-", mfn, 87,s; 
pancasata-Diiga-", mfn, 6,29; panca- 
Bugandhika-", mfn. prepared with five 
kinds of fragrant substances, n. (vam 
(tambulam) 41, xs; sa-parivara, mfn, 
together with the retinue, ace, m, .x/am, 


parivareti, vb, {sa. parivarayati, 
caus. pari-^vy) to surround, encom- 
pass (ace,)', without obj. to stand 
around; aor. 3. s^. '/x^esi, 36,S8; fut. 
3. pi. <vessanti, 36,i6; ger, fs,tiy& 

(atnbarukkham, "round the Mango 

tree") 37,i9; pp. m. parivarito (amacca-°) 

112,86. cp, parivara, m, & parivuta, 


*parivitakketi, vb. {fr. pari-vi- 

\/tark) to reflect, ponder; aor. 3. sg, 

fx^esii 53,33. 

parivisati, vb, {sa. pari-\/vish, 

but as to the formation confounded 

with pari-^/vi?) to serve, wait on (occ); 

imp, 2. sg, parivisa (mam tena, "serve 

me with it") 78,8; parivisi, 

78,11 ; ger. /^itva, 87,i7; part. f. 

/xanti (rajanam, suvanna-katacchum 

gahetva) 53,32. 

parivuta, mfn. {sa. parivrta, pp. 

pari-\/vr) surrounded by {instr. or 

e. c); m. >^o (deva-ganena) 60,28; 

36,28; 74,17; 7,28 (miga-gana-"); ace, 

m. /vara (amacca-gana-*') 39,88; f. 

pi, «xa (dasi-gana-°) 21,i. 

*parisainvuta, mfn, {sa. *pari- 

samvrta) covered, hidden, guarded; 

restrained, controlled; su-parisamvuta, 

Dh. 234 {q. v.). 

parisappati, vb. {sa. pari-Y/srp) 

to run about; pr. 3. pi. /^anti, Dh. 

342. The common form of this verb 
is pari-sakkati, cp, osakkati, nissak- 

kana etc, 

pari 8 a, f. {sa. parishad) an as- 
sembly; multitude, group, crowd; nom, 
/x/S (assa, "his followers") 40,3; ace, 
<xara, 88,2s; instr, /^aya, 74, n; gen. 
dat. /x/aya, 6,3a; 86,10 (sampatta-**, 
the assembly present) ; loc, ^ayaiil, 
87,25 ; comp. catu-", f. {v. h.) ; at the 
beginning of comp. generally shortened 
to parisa-, 87,23 (**-pariyantam) ; 
'-majjhe, 10,2i. 42,4. 61,i5. 

parisuddha, mfn. {sa, pari^ud- 
dha, \/Qudb) clean, pure; a-parisud- 
dha, mfn. 41,i {q. v.). 

parissaya, n. (& m.) {sa. pari- 
Qraya, m. (?) Weber, Ind. Str. Ill, 
395; as to the signification nearly 
agreeing with parissama {sa. pari- 
Qrama) by which it is sometimes re- 
placed in the manuscripts; Fau8b0ll, 
Dbpd. (1855) p. 407 & Qloss. Sn., 



derive! it from ea, ""pftrismaya, \/Bmi, 
which can hardly be potBtble) danger; 
pain, trouble, annoyance; n. pi. xwEni 
(sabbSni) Dh. 328. [Phyeioally paris- 
saya seems to moan 'the internal heat 
of the body', as it is sometimes in the 
conim. explained by kaummja-tejo; 
perhaps it ought to be derived from 

pari + V*?ri = Vv^'S- (*"■ V?'*™)' 
cp. utu-parissaya-vinodana, MN. I 

p. 10,17.] 

pariharati, vh, (sa, pari-\/hr) 
•) to carry (round), to wear (ace.) ; 
pr. 1. sg. med. /N^hare (munjaiii, q. v.) 
103,.^3; ger. f^itva (kucchiya Bodhi- 
8£;tta.m) 62, s. — *) to protect, take 
care of, be the leader of; fut. 1. sg. 
^issami (bhikkbu-rjaiiigham) 74,a3; 
inf, /N..itum, 74,8i; cp. parihfira. 

pari ban a, n. (sa. parihuna) the 
being deprived of, falling away from ; 
dai. /vaya (abhabbo) Dh. 32. 

paribayati, vl.(sa, pari-hiyate, 
pass. pari-Y/ba, cp. jahati) to be de- 
prived of; to (t\\\ away from (o6i.), 
disappear, vanis.'i, decrease, eto,\ pr. 
3. sg. «^ati (saddbamma) Dh. 364; 
aor. 3. sg. rwhayi, 18,29; fut. 3. sg. 
isjUiiiii, 102,10 ; - pp. parihina, loc. 
m. f>,e, 102,10 ; n. /N-aiii n'attbi (w. 
abi. 'has not been neglected') 37,27; 
a-parihina, mfn. unbrohen (v. h.). 

parihara, m. (= sa.) 'carrying 
round'; protection, taking care of, the 
making much of anything; abl. ^ato 
(poranaka-", as hitherto) 37,27 ; *gab- 
bha-o,' w. (g. v.) 42,2» (laddba-"). 

parihina, mfn, (pp. paribayati, 
3. 'v.). 

"^pariipakkania, m. (,'V. para + 
Upalckama) approaching or attack of 
others (external eneraiss); instr. <^ena, 
76,27 {cp. an-upakkaiuena). 

*parupaghati«, tnfn, (fr. para 
■\- Upaghati/i) who strikes or injures 
others; nom. m. /vi, Dh. 184. 

par eta, mfn. (;= sa. pp. parS 4" 
yi) reached, approached; e. c. = fol- 
lowed by, overcome with ; *8oka-^, 

mfn, overcome with sorrow, gen, t». 
/xasna, 104,it. 

parodati, vh. (sa. ^TBi-y/nid) to 
begin to weep or lament; aor. 8, sg, 
parodi (raabantena saddena) 16,8i. 

pary-, v. pariy-. 

palavati (or pilavati, plavati), 
vb. (sa. plavati, Vpl«) t° ^°**' "*'''" ' 
pr. 3. sg. fs,&t\ (hurahuram) 107,3o 
= Dh. 334 ^metri causa .^ati); aor. 

1. sg. a-plavim (phalakena) 20,2s. 
♦palapeti, vb. (cans, palayati, 

q. V.) to drive away (occ); imp. 2, 
sg. .x-ebi (te) 36,i2; 3. pi. .>^etha, 
62,20 ; aor. /^esi, ib.; inf. ^.-etum, 8,i. 
palayati (& paleti), vb. (sa. pa- 
layati) to flee or fly away, escape; 
pr. 3. sg. paleti, 106,3 = Dh. 49; 

2. sg. r^ayasi, 54,2i ; 3. pi. ,>.ayanti, 
6,81 ; 1. pi. rvayaraa (let us escape), 
21,3o; aor. 8. sg. '>-ayi, 10,83; 3, pi. 
^ayimsu, 30,3o; fut. 3. pi. ,-wissanti, 
35,u; 1. pi. /^issama, 21,32; inf. 
^itum, 21,27; ger. ^itva, 60,2i; - 
cans, *palapeti (v, h.). 

palasa, »i. «£• n. (sa, pala(ja) ') 
m. a leaf; pandu-palaso, Dh. 235 (q, 
v.). — *) n. (coll.) leaves, foliage; 
sakba-palasam, 95,23 (q. v.); apa- 
gata-", mfn, 95,23. 

pali- or pali-, prp, = pari- 
(q. V.) cp. next etc. 

paligha, m. (sa. parigha [& 
paligha]) a bolt or bar of a door; an 
obstacle, hindrance; ♦ukkbitta-", mfn, 
Dh. 398 (v. h.). 

pali t a, mfn. (= sa.^ but often 
spelled with ph through confusion with 
phalita, q.v.)\ ') grey, greyhaired; 
«. ^aiii (siro) Dh. 260 (ph"); *-kesa, 
mfn. greyhaired, acc m, ,%,aifa, 63,9. 
- ") n. grey hair (sg. & pl.)\ nom, 
sg, rvam (ekaiii) 44,25 (ph"); 46,2i 
(eka-p"); 46,27 (ekamp"); pi. ^ani, 
46,23; 44,22 (pb"); - *phalita-patu- 
bbavn, m. 44,32 (v. patubhava). 

*palipatba, m. (read : pali-"; fr. 
pra-yiip. w. sitff. -atha) mud, mire; 
acc. ^aiii (duggam) Dh. 414 (this 
miry road, which is difficult to pass?) 




cp. Tr, PM. p. 80-81 Notes ; JPTS. 
'84, p. 86. Childers & Fausbell de- 
rive it from pari-patha (-pantha), 

palibuddha, mfn, (probably iden- 
tical witb sa. pari-ruddha, through 
dissimilation (?) or from *pra-vi-rud- 
dha by metathesis; in palibodha, m. 
hindrance, we could suppose influence 
from sa. pari-Vbadh (Tr. PJI. p. 66) 
or pari-ybandh {Leumann); from 
palibuddha we have verb, denom. 
palibuddbati, to check, restrain; to 
urge, dun; to seize upon, usurp) 
checked, restrained ; f>^si (titthiya, 
'there was put a stop to their mischief) 
74,14. (cp, also sa. pary-ava-rodha.) 
palujjati,r6. {pass. sa. pra-\/ruj) 
to be broken, destroyed ; to fall off; 
pot. 3. sg. ~eyya (sakhapalasam), 
95,82; 3. pi, ,>.-eyyum (tacapapatika) 

paleti, vb. =^ palayati (q. v.). 
palepana, n. {sa. pralepana) the 
act of smearing; *galha-'', mfn, 92,7 

palobheti, vb. {sa, pralobhayati, 
caus. pra-\/lubh) to allure, seduce 
(acc); ger. ,%^etva ^vanije) 21, is. 

pallaihka, m, {sa. paryafika ft 
palyanka) a couch or sofa; a throne 
or palanquin; the sitting cross-legged 
(as in meditation), in the phrase : pal- 
lamkena {instr.) or «we {loc.) nisidati, 
17,85. 65,4. 66,4 (eka-o, q,v.); 63,83 
{loc.) ; °-majjhe, 39,26 ("on the royal 
throne"); kaficana-", 42,9 (w. h.); 
nisinna-pallaihkato, abl. "from the 
couch on which he was sitting", 65,27 

pallala, n. {sa. palvala) a small 
pond or lake; ace. rs^&m, Db. 91; 
loc, <ve, 21,s6. < 

.pavadi4^ati» ''*• (*<*• pra-\/vrdb) 
to grow up, increase; pr. 3' sg, ix/ati, 
Dh. 282; 8, pi, ,^anti, 107,8« = Dh. 

pavattati, vb, {sa, pra-^vrt) *) 
to arise, set out, break forth; aor. 3. 
sg. pavatti (mabanadi) 36,i6; (uda- 

nam) 65,i2. - *) to become, appear; 
to be, exist; pr. 8. sg. /%/ati (ratho'ti 
namam) 98,24; (Sihalesu ^ati, "is 
extant among the S.") 113,8i; fut. 3, 
sg. .N/issati (manussesu catuppadika 
gatha) 102,22, caus, v. pavatteti; cp, 

pavattar, m, (rather fr. sa. pra- 
vaktr than fr. pra-vartitr, cp. next) 
one who tells or relates, expounder, 
teacher; ace. >x/aram (nidhinaih, "who 
tells of hidden treasures") Dh. 76. 

pavatti, f. {sa. pravptti) appear- 
ance, what appears or happens, news, 
tidings, etc.; ace. >N/iih (arocesi) 6,22; 
tatr'assa ^.^im na janama, "we dont 
know what happened afterwards", 


pavatteti, vb, {caus, pavattati, 
sa. pravartayati) to cause to arise, 
send forth (acc); ger. ,%..etva (maho- 
gham) 35,19. 

pa vara, mfn. {sa. pravara) the 
choicest, best; noble, excellent; acc, 
m, <x-am, Dh. 422. 

pavassati, vb. {sa, pra-Y/vfsh) 
to rain, begin to rain ; imp, 2. sg, 
pavassa (deva!) 104,88; aor, 3, sg, 
pavassi (mahamegho) 105,2i. 

pavati (& pavayati), vb. {sa. pra- 

y/vS) to blow through, pervade (acc); 

pr. 3. sg. rwati (sabba disa) Dh. 64. 

pavadi/i, m. {sa, pravadin) a 

disputer, polemic; acc. pi. /^ino 

(ahindanto) 113,5. cp. parappavada, 

pavala (& pavala^, m. n. {sa. 

pravada & pravala) *) coral; comp. 

-ppavala-, 27,88; 8) a sprout, a young 

leaf or branch; kala-°, 47,2o {q. v.), 

pavasa, m. {sa. pravasa) absence 

from home, departure; abl, >^a, (agato) 

9,27. cp, cira-ppavasiH, mfn. 

pavijjhati, vh. («a. pra-\/vyadh) 
to hurl or oast down (acc); aor. 8, 
sg, pavijjhi (mahantaro silam) 75,85. 
pavitt ha, mfn, (j7j). pavisati, sa, 
pra-vishta) entered, one who has en- 
tered or come into {acc, or abl.)', m, 
f^o (himagabbham) 16,9; acc /^am 
(adittapannasalatb) 44,8o; mukhe 



/vam.(ambapha)adi) 37,m; (Mna a- 
jassa e,nto >») 86,i8 ; eowip, kuccbim 
paTittha-sadiso^ 61,4» ; gabana^thana- 
pavittba-maggan, "the path by which 
they ba(? turned into *-he jungle", 34,ii. 
payibhajati, vb. (sa. pra-vi- 
y'bhaj) to divide, distribute, arrange 
(ace); aor. 3. pi. i>.ajjira8u (Satthu- 
Basanam) 109,3s (incorrect spelling 
instead of pavibhajinKu); ger. ^ajja, 
110,1. cp. vibhajana. 

paviveka, »». (aa. praviveka) 
solitude; **'-rasa, tw. "the sweetness 
of solitude", Dh. 20B {ace, o^amV 

pavisati, vb, (sa. pra-y'viQ) to 
enter, go to, come into {ace. [or loc.])\ 
pr. 3. pi. ^anti (nagaram) 90,36; 
(antojalam) 88,35; part, m, instr, 
/>/antena, 83,9i; imp. 2. sg. pavisa 
(udakain, dive into) 13,i; (aggirii) 
61,12; fut. 1. 8g. fv/issami (aggiih, 
i, e. I will pay with my life for it) 
54,4; aor. *) (w. augm.) 3, sg. pavisi, 
13,8 (~i, metri uauHn), 33,«ii; **) 3. pi, 
pavisiiiisu, 53,*. 60, «a; 2. pi, n^ittha 
(ma) 27,30 ; inf. «>^iturii, 13, 15; comp, 
<N/itu-kama, mfn, 82,24. 83,87 (w. ^0, 
w, acc.)\ ger. ■) pavissa, Dh. 127; 
'') i^itvil, 6,7. 14,18. 37,12; grd. /vitab- 
baiii, n, 83, .11; pp. pavil^tba {l-v.);, 
caun, pavesoti & pavesiipoti (q, v.) 
cp, next. 

*pavi3ana, n. (iiom, act. fr. pa- 
visati, cp, paveeana) entering, coming 
in; ''-kale {w, ace. aggim) 51, 14; 73,i2 
(do. nagaraiii); "-velayarii (tesuih, 
"tts thoy came in") 53,4. 

pavuccati, vb. {pass, pra-^/vac) 
to be called; pr. 3, sg, dhamma^tho 
'ti .'«^ati, Dh, 257 ; tanba /^ati, 103,26. 

pavedeti (<%.ayati), vb, {catts. 
pra-y/vid, sa. pravedayati) to com- 
n'.unicate, rulute, touch (acc); pr. 3, 
pl. /N..ayanti {sc, dbaminaiii) Dh. 161 ; 
pp. pavedita, tr.ught; acc. m, n^&m 
(isi-pp", maggaiii) Dh. 281 ; loc, m, 
r^ii (ariya-", dhamnae) Dh. 79. 

pavedhati, v^t. {fr. sa. pra- 
\/vyatlti hut (trlMiin iik a tiuw Mimplvx 
to cans, *pm-vyti;liayati > pavedbeti ; 

cp. Tr. PM. 76,»5) to tremble, quiver; 
part. med. acc. m, f. rwinanarii, 47,»t. 

63,9. .. , 

paveni & paveni (of ^Ot,'- 
{sa. praveni) 'a long braid of hair', 
hence *) race, lineage, esp, breed of 
cattle, cattle for breeding; pl. ^iyo 
(godharaniyo, q, v.) 105,n-u. (Comra. 
on Sn. V. 26 : vayappatta balivaddehi 
saddhim metbunapatthana - gavo) ; 
') tradition, traditional custom or doc- 
trine (also = the holy scriptures) cp, 
Tr. PM. p. 69,7-44. 

♦pavellati, vb, {fr. pra-\/vell) 
to shake or swing to and fro, to sway; 
part, med, f. ^mana, 47,20. 

pavesana, n. {sa, prave^ana) 
I) entering {cp, pavisana) ; *) placing 
or putting on, application ; dande 
pavesana-vasena {v, vasa) "according 
as you fit it to the handle", 35,5. 

*pavesapeti, vb. {cans. IT. pa- 
visati) to cause one {acc.') to enter 
(occ); pr, 3. sg. r^eW (miitugainam 
aggirii) 61,80. 

*p a V e 8 e t a »■ , m. {nom, agentis fr. 
next) one who allows to enter, who 
gives admittance; nom, r^a (iiatanarii) 


pavoBoti, vb, {cans, paviftati; 
sa, pravegayati) to cause or allow to 
enter {acc.) into {acc. or loc), to put 
on, introduce; pr, 3, pl, /x-enti, 49, 1; 
fut, 3, sg. ^Hsaaii, 102,j7; ^er. ,%.etva 
(bahumige uyyane) 6,5; (migaganarii 
uyyiinarii) 6,in; (uggahana-rajjukarii 
giviiya) 14,b9; (nagaraiii) 73,9o; cans, 
II. pavesapeti {q, v.) cp, pavesana, 
«., paveSetar, m, 

pasaiiisati, vb, {sa. pra-y/^ams) 
to praise (acc); pr, 3, pl. <N^anti 
(appamadinii) Dh. 30; Dh. 229. 366; 
iia-ppaHuiiisanti, Dh. 177; gcr, ^itva, 
3,28; pp. pasainsita, m, />/0, Dh. 228 
~30. cp, next, 

p a 9 a rii s a ,/". (sa. praQaiiisa) praise ; 
ninda-pasariisasu, loc, pl, (blame and 
praise) 106,80 = Dh. 81. 

paHaniia, nifn, {pp. piisldati; m. 
prasanna) ') clear, bnghtj placid. 



tranquil; pleased, happy (w, gen, or 
loc.)', »n. ,x/0, (te) 7,t3; (tassa) 31,ii; 
(Buddhasasane) Dh. 368; 114,r, 
instr, (x/ena, 8,»; Dh. 2 (manasa). — 
^) who is clear in his persuasion, be- 
lieving, full of faith or devotion, pious; 
m. ^0, 28,8. 102,33; evam ^o aham, 
79,27; pi. «.-a, 76,3s (opp, a-ppasanna, 
q. v.); *°-citta, mfn. with a pious 
mind, believing, ace, m, >^aiii, 68,S3. 
pasavati, vb. {sa. pra-y'su) to 
procreate, produce (ace); pr, 3. sg, 
<N,/ati (veram) Dh. 201; pp. pasuta 
(g. v.). 

pa 8 ah at i, vb, (sa. pra-Vsah) to 
conquer, overcome (aco,); pr, 8. sg, 
^ati (metri causa ^at!) Dh, 7 (tarn); 
Dh. 8 (na-ppasahati) ; 104,5 (taih 
senam) ; pot. 3, sg, mcd, ^etha (na- 
ppO) Dh. 128. 

pasada, m. (sa. prasada) i) bright- 
ness, purity; ^) favour, kindness (opp. 
kopa); ^) conviction, persuasion, faith 
(opp. nana); abl. ^E, 79,29; *°-matta, 
f. a minute portion of faith (Gota- 
massa, "on G.") 94,23; *pariplava-°, 
mfn. Dh. 38 (v. h.). 

pasadana, n. (sa. prasadana) 
') clearing, calming, propitiating; ^) 
= prec, *yatha-pasadanara, adv. 
according to one's favour, pleasure, 
or faith, Dh. 249. 

pasadbana, n. (sa. prasadliana) 
decoration, vesture; r^&m (uraccha- 
da-*, q. V.) 23,38 ; (yakkharaja-**) 
112,29; instr. pi. ^ehi, 112,23. 

pasadheti, vb. (sa. pra-Vsadh) 
to adorn, decorate, array (ace); uor, 
3. sg. /N/ayi (bbaccam, pasadbanebi) 
112,23; pp. pasadhita, m. ^o (man- 
dita-°, "dressed and arrayed") 41,io. 
cp. prec. 

pasareti, vb. (sa. prasarayati, 
cans, pra-^sr) to stretch or spread 
out, to open (ace); aor. 3. sg. /vesi 
(apanam, 'opened a shop") 48,8i; 
ger. ,^tva (pakkbe) 10,u; (battbam) 
62,18; pp. pasarita, outstretched, 
«-giva, f. 17,22 (v. h.), 
pasibbaka, m. (sa. prasevaka, 

cp. Fausbell, Dhpd. (1855) p. 268; 
fr, *pra-sivyaka (V) Childers) a bag, 
sack, purse; aco. /vaib, 12,3i; 13,5 
(chinna-**); loc, rwe, 12,24; tambula-", 
57,38 (q. v.), 

pasidati, vb. (sa, pra-y/sad) to 
become clear, tranquil, or pleased (w. 
gen,); pr, 3. sg. n^&ti (cittam) 103,2i;' 
ger, ^itva (tassa) 37,i7; pp. pasanna 
(q. v.) cp, pasada & pasadana, 

pasu, m. (sa. paQu) cattle; putta- 
pasu-°, Dh. 287 (children and cattle). 

pasuta, mfn, (sa. prasita, pp. 
pra-\/8a, si) intent upon, devoted to 
(gen. or loc, or e. o.) ; m, «vO (uiiga- 
vadha-") 5,8«; (gooara-") 13,i8; (sad- 
attba-") Dh. 166; pi. <va (sa-kioca-*) 
86,28; (jhana-*) Dh. 181. 

pasuta, mfn, (pp. pasavati, sa, 
prasuta, v'^u) procreated, brought 
forth; n. >x'am (babum apunfiam) 76,8, 

passa, n. (sa. par^va) side; instr. 
/vena (nipajjapetva, "upon his side") 
13,17 ; loc. ~e (pitthi-", brabmanassa, 
"behind") 50,i8; r^esu (ubbo- 
8u) 40,5; — *8ammattba-*', mfn, 47,i9 
(v. h.). 

passati, vb. (sa. Vpacj) to see, 
look at, consider, perceive, notice, find 
out (ace.) cp. dissati ^) ; pr. 3. sg, 
<vati (panfiaya, understands) 107, u 
= Db. 277; (rajanarii, comes to see, 
visits) 52,24; 2. sg, /vasi, 10,i3. 73,6. 
85,16.111, 19; 1, sg, /x/ami, 31,36. 97,8o; 
42,17 (fv vo'ham attanam, 'an ex- 
ample thereof I am myself^?); 3, pi. 
/vanti, 63,10. 110,]2 (find); 1, pi. 
-vama, 73,22; part, m, ^) passam 
(evam, 'considering this') 71,4; a-pas- 
sam, Dh. 114; ^) passanto, 14,a7. 
46,4 (a-°, not seeing); gen. ») passato, 
96,8. Dh. 114; •>) passantassa (gen. 
abs.) 17,24; instr. passata (intelligent) 
Dh. 246; pi. a-passanta, 30,si; f. a- 
passanti, 68,29; gen. ,x/antiya, 64,i7; 
- imp. 2. sg. passa, 2,i. 6,7 (pass'); 
11,17. 19,22. 103,24; 2. pi. rwatba, 
18,8. 51,19. 88,8; -pot. 3. sg. •) passe, 
Db. 76. 170; »>)pas8eyya, 16,i4(find); 
69,1 ; 90,84 (look for); - fut. 1. sg. 



i^iisSmi, 66,tti; - aor. 3, tg. passi, 
28,«. 36,T. 64,t (ccahajano ma /<v); 
a-passi, 111,it; 3. pi. .^iifasu, 27,i;, .%/imha, 54,i3; - inf. passitum, 
4,18; — ger. a-pasaitva (not seeing) 
13,5; - pass. v. dissati*); - cans, v. 

passasa, m. (sa. pra^vasa) breath- 
ing in, inhaling; no'.n. ,vO (assasa-**, 
q. V.) 80,32. 

pahamsatiS v6..(sfl, pra-^/ghrsh) 
to rub, stroke (acc); ger. rs^itva 
(phara&uiii h;itthena) 36,8. cp. pari- 

[pahamsati*] vh. {sa. pra-y/hrsh) 
to "ejoice. be glod; pp. v. paha^^ha. 
pahata, mfn. [pp. paharati, q, v.). 
pahattiia,- n-.fn. (sa. prahrshta, 
pp. pra-\/hf8h) erect (as the hairs ol' 
the body etc,)', delighted, glad, pleosed; 
^'-kanna-vala, mfn. with the tail and 
ears erect, m. .^o, 75, 2i. 

pahata, mfn. {sa. prahata, \/han ; 
sometimes confounded with paba^a, 
sa. prahrts^ v. paharati) beaten, killed, 
severely hurt; m. rwO, 30,22. cp. next. 
pahatvana", ger, v. pajahati (Dh. 
243. 415-16 == Sn. 639-40; the 
Birm. reading is alwa.vs pahantvana, 
fr. pra-yhan). 

paharati, vb. {sa, pra-^hr) to 
beat, strike^ cut; to strike at, hit, 
attack {w. acc, or rarely w. loc. or 
gen,); pr.,i>^&i\ (kannam, "reaches 
his ear") 22,si; part. m. pi, ^anta 
(bhumim, tnuggarehi) 6,ii; imp, 2. 
sg, .^ahi, 60,i7; pot, 3. sg, ~eyya 
(brahmanassa, B. has hareyya) Dh. 
389 ; aor. 3. sg. pahari (tarii niukhe) 
12,10 ; 13,80. 60,19 (sise kapparena); 
89,8; 1. sg. i^im, 61,8; 3. pi. ^imsu, 
52,18; inf. ^iturii, 7,s8; comp. ,>^itu- 
kama, mfn. desiring to beat, »«. ,>.,o, 
29,25 ("to butt"); f r^a,; ger. 
->^itva; 13,21. 23,9. 36,3. 41, is. 50,9; — 
cans, II. *paharapeti, to let strike; 
imp. 2. sg. rvchi (etaih katipayehi pa- 
harehi) 65,8; aor. 3. sg. r^esi (ubho- 
su passesu) .55,i4; ger. ^etva (javarii 
tava sise) 61,i ; — pp. pahata, m. 

<vO, 12,n; n. pi. /x-Sni (lonajala-', 
cakkhuni, "injured") 24,i6; cp. pa- 
bata, pahara. 

pahassatha, pahatave, pa- 
ha turn, V. pajahati. 

pahana, n. {sa. prahana) aban« 
doning, giving up; nom. /x/am (sab- 
bassa dukkhassa) Dh, 331. 

pah ay a, ger., v. pajahati. 

pahara, m. {sa. prahara) ') a 
stroke, blow; nom. r^O (thaddho) 
60,22; acc. pi. <^e, 55,i5; instr. pi. 
,«.-ehi, 56,8; pahara-sate {loc.) 66,is 
(a hundred stripes); eka-ppabaren'eva 
(instr.) V. eka^); dalha-paharam 
\acc.) 30,18 = su-ppaharam, ib.; 
pani-ppahara-saddena {instr.) "at 
the clapping of the hands", 18,i8. — 
*) the mark of a blow, wound; acc, 
r^am, 60,24. 62,83; acc, pi. ^e, 6,ji. 

pahinati (& ^ati) vh, {sa, pra- 
Y'lii) to send, send away (acc); aor. 
8) (augm.) 3. sg. pahesi (pannam) 
36,22; (darakaiii) 81,12 [hence we have 
by false analogy a new verb paheti, 
pr. 3, sg.\; •>) 3. sg. pahini, 48,29; 
64,6 (sasanam); 3. pi. pahinimsu 
(pannakare) 68,22; pp. v, next. 

pahita, mfn. {pp. pahinati, sa. 
prahita) sent, directed towards; acc, 
m. <^am (pannakaram) 68,32; — pa* 
hitatta, mfn. {sa. prahitatman, cp, 
attaJl) whose mind is intent upon, 
energetic, resolute; acc, m, .^am, 
103,17; padbana-", 103,2 (v. /(.); pi. 
m, ,>.a, 104,9; acc. pi. r^e, 108,i9 

pahina, mfn. {pp. pajahati; sa, 
prahina, ^ha) thrown off, abandoned, 
ceased; n. r«.-am (tarii riipara Tatha- 
gatassa) 96,io; *puniia-papa-'', mfn. 
"who has ceased to think of good and 
evil", gen. m. ^assa, Dh. 39; *8abba- 
gantha-", mfn. Dh. 90 {v. gantha); 
"""-mana, mfn. free from pride, gen, 
m. ^assa, Dh. 94. 

pahuta, mfn. {sa. prabhuta, pp, 
pra-^bhu) much, abundant; n, /^am 
(snkaramaddavam) 78,2; (pufinarii) 



pakata (or pakata) mfn. (fr. 
pakati, q. v.; sa. prakrta, cp. sa. pra- 
ka^a) 'natural', vulgar, universal; 
known, widely known, famous; w». ^o 
f sakalakappaiii) 16,i5 ; 38,i7 ; n. ^am 
(bhikkhusamghe) 29,J8; comp. °-bi- 
bhaccha-sambadba-tthana (disclosed) 

pakara, »«. (.^ «.?) (sa. prakara) 
a wall, ratnpart; ,N^am (n.? perhaps 
we have to read : sabbaso va pana 
tesaih pakaro na hoti, "or else [be* 
cause] those [towns] have no fortifica- 
tion at all") 91,19; thira-», & dalha-" 
(v. h.)\ - ♦o-parikkhitta, mfn. but- 
rounded by a wall, n, r^am (nagaram) 
23,26 j^ *°-vivara, w. ace. <x/ara, 90,3* 
= pakarassa chinnatthanam, 91,so; 
*°-sandhi, /"., ace. <vim, 90,84 = dvin- 
nam itthakanam apagatatthanam, 


pa ana (rarely pajana) n. (sa, 
prajana) a goad; *<'-vatthi, f. 71,89 
(= patoda-latthi, 98,6) v. ya((hi. cp. 

paoina, m/n. (sa. pracina) eastern; 
°-loka-dhatu, 32,3o (v. h.); *°-si8aka, 
mfn. with the head turned towards 
the east, n, rvaiii (dibbasayanam) 


*paceti (& pajeti) vb. (sa. *pra- 
\/aj, caws.) to drive (as cattle, occ); 
pr. 3. sg, r^eti (gavo) Dh, 136. cp, 

pa tali, f. (= sa.) the trumpet 
flower tree (Bignonia suaveolens) ; 
*Citta-°, f. 59,29 (q. v.). 

pa(ha, m. (= sa.) reading, leo. 
ture; the text of a book, passage, 
lectio variaai; Kbuddaka-°, m. nom, 
pr. (q. v.), 

pana. m. (& rarely n, pi, (sa, 
prana; breath, life; a living being; 
pi. & sg. coll. living beings; nom, 
rwo, 17,19; ace. r^&m, 60,iT (= jivi- 
taih, 60,u); eka-panaih, 27,2s; eoll. 
97,10. Dh. 246; n. pi. ^a.m, Dh. 270; 
gen. pi. <%/anam (sabba-") ib. ; •o-va- 
dhakamma, n. destroying life, ace. 
r«am, 60,18, cp, next etc. 

panaka, m. (sa. pranaka) a little 
animal, a worm or insect; pi. r\/a,, 


*panaghatin, m(fn). (cp, sa. 
prana-ghataka) one who kills or mur- 
ders; m. nom. rvi, 17,29. 

pana tip ata, m. (sa. pranatip' . 
destroying life, taking animal In 
nom. >N/0, 97,15; ace. r^&m, 15,3i. 
17,28; abl. <N/a, 17,3i; 81,29 (vera- 
mani). cp. panam atimapeti, Dh. 246. 

pani, m. (= sa.) the hand; instr, 
/%/ina, 112,28; Dh. 285; loc. />/imbi, 
44,26; comp. "-ppahara-saddena, 18,i8 
(v. h.) cp. tamba-panni (v. tamba). 

pani/i, mfn. (sa. pranin) living; 
suhst. m. a living being; aec. ^inam, 
17,99;, ~inam (= paninam) 
Dh. 135 (cp, Kuhn, Beitr. p.'Sl). 

panupeta, mfn. (sa. pranopeta) 
living, "while one's life lasts"; aco. 
m. f^iiva. (main, sarai^am gataih) 
69,20 (cp, upeta). 

pata, m, (= sa.) falling (down 
or into); v. pindapata, m. 83,i2. 

*Patanjali-mata, n. the doc- 
trine of Patanjali (q. v.)', acc. >vaiii 
113,6. (Patanjali- must either be 
adj. = *Patanjaliya or subst. = 
Patanjali; cp. sa. Patanjala, mfn. & 
Patanjali = Patanjali.) 

patarasa, m. (sa. pratar-a^a) 
morning meal, breakfast; acc. fx/am, 
8,90 ; *"-bhattam, 67,9 (id.); bhutta-", 
mfn. one who has eaten his breakfast, 
m. /s/O, 22,22, cp. pato. 

pati, f. (sa. patri) a cup, bowl; 
aco. /vim, 56,96; tuccha-**, 56,27; 
pu^na-", 27,18; bhatta-", 34,i8; loc, 
->/iyg, 56,26; pi. <viyo (suva^na-ra- 
jata-**) 61,17; instr. <vibi (id,) ib, 

patimokkha, n. (budah, sa, 
pratimoksha, m., fr, prati-\/muo, cp, 
SBE, XIII. p. xxvi) the moral law, 
the title of the oldest ooUeotion of 
moral precepts of the Biiddhists; loc. 
^e (samvaro, "living restrained under 
the law") Dh. 185. 375 (cp. SBE. X. 
p. 51 Note; Hardy, Eastern Mona- 
chism p. 8; a translation of the Fsti> 



mokklia>precepta ii given bjr Bhys 
Davids & Oldetiberg, SBE. XIII. p. 

patu-, indeeh (before vowels : 
patur-; sa. pradur) fottb, in eight 
(only prefixed to tbe verbs karoti & 
bhavati and their derivatives) v. below. 

pa turn, tn/"., v. pivati. 

patu-bhavati, vh. {aa. pradur- 
\/bhii) to become visible or clear, 
appear; pr. 3, pi, rvanti, 66,so; aor. 
3. sg. patur-ahosi, 67,3i; pp. patu- 
bbiita, n. ,^am, 45,4. cp, next, 

patu-bhava, m. (sa, pradur- 
bhava) becoming visible, manifestation, 
appearance; acc, rvam (phalita-**) 


pateti, vb, {cam, patati; sa. 
pitayati) to caUEe to fall, let fall, 
drop, loose, throw down (acc); part, 
m, rwento (dandakam) 13,81; aor. 3, 
sg. /wcsi, 29,87. 36,i ; fut. 2. sg. /x/es- 
sasi, 4,a9; ger. r>^€tva, 4,83. 12,3i. 
23,9; pp. patita, m. .^o, Dh. 407. 

pato, adv. {sa. pratar, cp, pata- 
rasa above) in the early morning; 
/^ va (nikknamitva) 'quite early in 
the morning", 14,2i; i^ va tava hotu, 
"let it be till tc-morrcw", 15, lo. 

patheyya, ;. {sa. patheya; cp, 
patba) provisious for a journey, via- 
tic im; ,>^am. Dh. 235. 

pada, w). (= sa.; cp. pada) •) 
tho foot or leg (of a person or an 
animal), the foot (ol' a mountain, tree 
e'c), basis, foundation ;?); norm, /%/0 
(pabbata-°) 14,9; instr, rvena (gac- 
chantasaa) 97,f6; loc. /-^e, 76,i; pi, 
pvil, 97,8o; hattha-", 99,i3'(hands and 
feflt) comp, 6,37; acc, pi, ^e, 49,6. 
67,16. 62,28; imtr, .^ehi, 40,86; pac- 
chima-^, 24,aG (hind feet); loc. <%..esu, 
59.8. 76,22 (sicasa iiipatitva) cp. pa- 
da-niule {loc) "at one's feet", 49,5. 
36,27 ; - padodaka,, n., *°-katha]ika. 

♦ 0. 

pamsu, n. 


a, «.. 



riciirika, f., "-pi^ha, »»., 
mfn, {v. /(.). - *thiia-pitkara-piida, 
»ifn. whose fortifications have a strong 
foundation; «. ^aiil, 91, so (comment 

on dajhuddapam). - ») the fourth 
part of a verse; abt. pi, /^-ehi, 114,ti. 
cp. catuppadika, mfn. 

padaka, mfn, (= sa,) having feet 
(e. c); *8arabha-», mfn. 42,9 {q. v.). 

paduka, f. {== sa.) a shoe, slipper; 
acc, pi. ->.'ayo (suvanna-®, "gilt slip- 
pers") 68,«;, .v.ahi (do.) 68,ie. 

pana, n, (= sa.) drinking, a 
drink; imtr. -%..ena {opp. anna) 20,26; 
comp. o-bhojana, «. (drink and food) 
loc, <^e, Dh. 249; dibba-", n. 59,25 
{i. e, the liquor of the Devas) ; sura-", 
sura-meraya-° {q. v.). 

panaka, n. (= sa.) a drink, be- 
verage; *sakkhara-panakadihi {instr. 
pi.) "sugar-water and the like", 18,27. 

paniya (or paniya), «. (= sa.) 
a drink, esp, water, drinking water; 
acc. -vaiii, l.ia; ms<r. paniyena, 83,i3; 
*Mittha, n, a watering-place, 11,28 
{loc, <^e); vasita-", n, 4l,ii {q. v.). 

papa, mfn. {= sa.) bad, evil, 
wicked; »». -wO, Dh.ll9 (ojjp.bhadra); 
n. snbst. evil-doing, sin, crime (often 
esp, of sexual intercourse); worn, /vam 
(maya kata-°) 17, 17; acc, ^am, Dh. 
117 (op^. puiifui); 48,7 (unchastity) ; 
69,21 ; 85,86 (mukhasa); 104,34; gen, 
/^.assa (phalaiii) 17,26; Dh. 183 (sab- 
ba-°); abl. /%.a, Dh. 116; loc, ^as- 
mirii, ib.; pi, ^ani, Dh. 119. 265; 
gen. pi. rvanam, Dh. 265. 333 (pa- 
pan') ; - cp. nippapa, mfn., bahita-", 
mfn. {v, /».); puiina-papa-pahina, 
mfn. {v, pahina) ; "-vagga, m, the 
9"" chapter of Dh. — compar, «%/iyo 
(or <N/iya) v, h. cp. next etc, 

papaka, mfn. (= sa.) bad, evil, 
wicked; f ^ika (gati) Dh. 310; acc. 
^.ikam (dit^hira) 91,i6. Dh. 164; n. 
ry^hm (ditthigataiii) 90,2*; (kammam) 
lOO.c; ^ehi (kammehi) 100,8; 
n, stilst. fx-aiii, evil-doing, 59,8i. 

pilpa-kamuia, n, {sa. papa- 
karman) wickedness, sin, crime ; nom, 
rvarii, 61,7; acc. ^arii (vacaya) 86,34; 
99,13. (Satthara kata-") 73,87; abl, 
^a, Dh. 127. 

papa'kammiji, mfn, (sn. papa- 



kartni))) evil-doing; tn. pi, .^/ino, 
Dh. 126. 

papa-kariH, mfn. (= sa.) s= 
prec; m. /x/i, Dh. 15. 

papimai, mfn. (sa. papman) 
wicked, sinful; w». subst, 'the wicked 
one*, i. e. Mara; nom. ^m&, 71,87 
(Maro); gen. ^mato (Marassa) 7l,8i; 
voc, rwma, 71,31, 

papiya(s),, papa (sa, 
papiyas) worse; [»». /x-o; n, rv-am &] 
payiyo, Dh. 42. 76 (opp, seyyo). 

papunati (& pappoti) vb, (sa. 
pra-\/ap) to arrive at, attain to, reach, 
obtain (ace, or gen. (dat,)); pr, 3, sg. 
pappoti ([sukham) Dh. 27; 8. pi. 
papunanti (maranam) 6,m; imp, 3. 
sg, /N..natu (varo, mama parisaya 
(gen, dat.) cp. 6,39) 6,26; put, 8. sg, 
/^ne, Dh. 138; aor, 8. sg. <^n\, 6,32 
(to. gen. dat.) ; 20,3 (rukkhassa santi- 
karii); 42,32; 89,i6; J. s^. (x-nim, 17,?; 
fitt. 3. pi, /^nissanti, 34,i9; 3, pi, 
/N^nissatha (vinasam) 32,28; (/cr. patva, 
17,11 (dukkham); 23,2i (dipam); 30,i. 
38,11. 46,29, 87,23. 110,18; pp, patta 
(q. V.) as finite tense : »». >^o, 30,83; 
n. ^&m, 43,3 (= papuni); catis, v. 
next. cp. patti, f. 

papeti, vb, (cans, papunati; sa. 
prapayati) to cause one (acc.'\ to reach 
or attain (ace, or gen. dat.); pr. 3, 
sg, /x^eti (navam vinasam) 27,i2; 
imp. 2. sg. />./iehi (varam annassa) 
7,8; flit. 1. sg, /x-essami (tam vina- 
sam) 5,10; inf. /x-etum (varam aiiiie- 
saiii) 6,35; ger, ^eiyei (tam jivitak- 
khayaih) 4,22. 

p am ado, aor, 2. sg, (v, pamaj- 

*pamokkha, mfn, (fr, pamukha, 
q. V.) eminent, famous; chief, principal; 
disa-*, mfn, (v. h,)\ brahmana-pa- 
mokkhe (ace. pi. the most eminent 
among the Br.) 61,24; Mabakassapa- 
pamokkha tbera, the Theras whose 
chief was M., 110,16, 

*pamojja, n. (fr, pamodati; cp. 
sa. pracQoda) joy, delight; ace. /vain 
(pitl-S "happineis and joy") Dh. 874; 

*-bahula, mfn, full of delight, «». <v0, 
Dh. 376. 

payasa, m, n, (sa. payasa) rice 
boiled in milk, milk-porridge; gen. 
/x-assa (vara-", excellent milk-porridge) 


payasi, payimsu, aor., v, payati, 
payeti, vb, (cans, pivati; sa. 
payayati) to give to drink (w;. double 
ace,), to give suck (ace); pr, 1, sg, 
rvemi (nam) 58,38; imp. 2. sg, -x-ehi, 
ib.; ger, .x/etva (asure dibbapSnam) 


para, n, (= sa,) the opposite 
bauk or shore, the other side; the 
highest end, metaph, =: NibbSna; 
(x-aiii (prp. w, gen,) on the other side, 
beyond; 2,ii (samuddassa) ; comp, 
"-GaHgaya (loc^, on the other side of 
the Ganges, l,i4; nadi-pare (loc.) 
56,21 ; ace. ovarii (essanti) Dh. 86 
(perhaps to be taken as one word : 
param-essanti, "will pass over", SBE. 
X. p. 26); abl. (adv.) parato, v. be- 
low; pararii a-param va, 'neither the 
further nor the hither shore', Dh. 385, 
& paraparam, 'both shores', ib. seem 
to be used metaph, in the sense of 'this 
and the future existence, the whole 
existence' (?) ep, oraparam, adv, 108,26 
(v. /».)• 

para-ga, mfn. (= sa,) going to 
the opposite shore, crossing over, who 
has overcome or mastered, knowing 
thoroughly, versed in (gen. or loe,); 
m, /xo (tisu vedesu) 113,s; pi. <xa 
(jati-maranassa) 106,26. ep, para-gu. 

para-gata, mfn. (= sa.) who 
has reached the opposite shore (i. e. 
Nibbana); m. rvO, Dh. 414. 

*para-gavesi», mfn., looking 
for the other shore; m, pi, r^ino, 

para-gamin, mfn. (= sa,) pass- 
ing over to the opposite shore ; m. pi; 
(x^ino, Dh. 85. 

para-gii, mfn. (= para-ga, q. 
v.) nom, sg. m. t^xi ('ti^^am vedSnam, 
brShma^o) 16,S8; (bnavassa) Dh. 848 ; 
(dvayesu dhammesu) Dh. 884. 



parato, adv, (ia, pSratas; abl. 
ft. para, j. p.) on or to the farther 
side; 83,11 {p^p, oraio). 

*parami, f> (& paramita, f.; 
huidh. sa. id.) perfection, accomplish- 
tnent; virtue (esp. pi. rwiyo, the ten 
virtues : dana, Sila, liekkhamma, 
khanti, metta, panua, viriya, sacca, 
adhitthr^na, upekkha) ; sacca-", 108,8i ; 
— paramigata, mfn. having attained 
to perfection; m. pi, ^wS (w. lot, 
saddhamme) .I09,3i. 

*Paricchattaka, >». {op, sa. 
parijataka) nom, pr. of a tree in 
Devaloka, under which Sakka's throne 
(pandukambalasilasana) is placed; 

<x/0, 59,88. 

paruta, mfn, {sa. pravfta, pp. 
pra-i/vf) covered, dressed ; put on ; m. 
>^o (sibacammena) 8,s8; su-paruta, 
tnfn, duly dressed (t. e, according to 
the rules of the order) ace. m. .^am 
(pabbajitam) 63,8o. cp, next, 

parupati, vb. (sa, pra-\/vr) to 
cover, dress ; put on (ace) ; ger. ^it\sL 
(gadrabham sihaoammena) 8,i8; (sam- 
ghatiyo) 82,«8; pp. paruta {q.v.) cp. 
parupana, n, [Tr. PM. p. 63; cp. 
aparuta & avapurapeti.] 

parupana (or papurana) n, {sa. 
pravarana) an upper garment; nom, 
rv&m, 29,23 {cp. nivaaana). 

pala(ka), wi. (= sa.) guard, pro- 
tector keeper (e, c); v, uyyana-", 
khetta-^ & gopala(ka), cp, Dhana- 
palaka & Samgbapala, m. nom, pr, 

pali (often written pa}i) f, {=sa.) 
a line, row, series; a holy text, reading 
or passage of the holy text; nom. 
sa^bakatha pali (^he text together 
witla the commentary) 102,8; ace, ,%/iifa 
(viya, "as the text itself") 114,30 ; 
>v/im (abhidharaiuassa, "a passage 
from the A.") 113,i6; pt. abl. /N/ihi 
(the verses ?) 114,ai; pali-mattam, 
the text alone without the Comm. 
] 13,36. [Tr. PM. p. 69: Franke, An- 
zeige, BB. XXII. 296.]. 

pavaka, «• (^^ sa.) fire; nom, 
/vc (bhasmachannc) 106,S8 = Dh. 

71; aggi -^o, Dh. 140 ("lightDing. 
fire" ?). 

pavacana, n. (sa, pravacana) 
speaking, recitation, discourse, esp, 
the words of Buddha, the holy scrip- 
tures (the Buttas); nom, /x/am (atita- 
satthukam) 79,3; nwam (Gotamassa) 

Pava, f. nom. pr, of a city of the 
Mallas (near Vesali) ; nom. <^si, 77,i6; 
ace. /s.-am, 77,si; loc, rwayam, 77,i». 

pavisi, aor,, v, pavisati. 

pas a, m. {sa. pa^a) ^) a snare, 
trap; ace, r%^B.m (oddetva) 11,»9; loc, 
^e, 11,80. - *) = pasaka (v. next), 

pasaka, m, (sa. pavaka, cp, prS- 
aaka) a die; ace, pi. rs^&ke (suvan- 
na-°, khipati) 48,8; pase = pasake, 
60,99; "-khipana, n, throwing the 
dice, 48,23. 

pasana, m. {sa. pashana) a stone, 
rock; nom. i^o, 3,i ; vac, o/a, 3,7; 
ace. »%/am, 2,32. 104,i8; instr. /x/ena, 
3,6; kala-'*, a black rock, 24,2i; *pi- 
tthi-" {v. h.) ; "-tale, 10,7 ; "-ppamana, 
n. 3,2 ; "-pitiha, n, 17,2o; *"-sakalika, 
f, 17,29 (g. v.), 

pasada, m, {sa. praaada) a plat- 
form or terrace, the upper story of a 
house, a lofty building, palace; nom. 
/^o (Vejayanta-", q. v.) 60,24; ace, 
-x-ani, 63,14; abl. ».,&, 67,24; loc. <x/e, 
50,6; pi. f\,a,, 67,22; loe, pi, ^esu, 
76,99 ; "-talato, 65,84 («. tala); upari-", 
64,19 {v. /».); tnetaph, pafifla-", Dh. 
28 {v. h,\ 

pasaaika, mfn, {sa, prasSdika; 
ep, paaada) kind, amiable; graceful, 
beautiful; m. /x<0, 24,it. 

pabesi, aor,, v. pahinati. 

pi, indecl. {enclit, form of api. 
q, V,) ') and, also ; 2,25 (punadivase 
pi); 4,96 (tam pi); 6,8i (anno pi); 
6,33 (so pi); 6,33 (abam pi); 7,it 
fetesam pi); 26,io (tato pi); 29,ss 
(pubbe pi) etc.; w, negation ; rni^x, 
16,1 {neqne); 97, is (nor). - ') empha- 
tically : very, even, although; 9,1 
(ciram pi); 7,i3 (manussesu pi^; 
27,97; 53,16; 68,21 (seyyatha pi nama); 



106,8 (yathapi); 112,i5 (idhapi, cp. 
idha); - 20,80. 22,i8, 24,u. 31,is. 
41,33. 67,3 etc.; pleonast. repeated 
114,23 (potthakesu pi lisu pi); iv, 
negation ; 4,25 (eka-inaccham pi na); 
16,10. 17,18. 18,30. 27,23. (cjj. kificapi). 

- ^) Similarly used after word express- 
ing 'quantity' (numerals etc.) implying 
the notion of totality ; sabbe pi, 3,2i; 
ubho pi, 5,12; tayo pi, 11,26 (cp. te 
pi tayo, 13,8); dvihi pi, 12,2; cattaro 
pi, 14,10; saiialo pi, 16,i3 etc. - *) 
but {vcro] after a new subject at the 
beginning of a sentence) : 9,8, 10,2S. 
13,6. 23,16. 79,81 (but then). - ») per- 
hnps, probably, may be (iv. foil, fat. 
or pot.) '. 7,16. 36,19; 13,i8. 87,ib. - 
^)repeated \ ") both - - and; 4,ii (jale 
pi thale pi); 9,i6. 67,8. 76,i2; *>) either 

- - or ; 6,82. 36,5; 17, u (whether - - or). 

- ') prp. (prefix to verbs) v. pidahati 
(pithiyati), pilandhati (.>^apeti). 

pimsati, vh. (sa. -^/pish, pinash^i) 
to crush, pound; to hurt, injure (occ); 
part. med. n. /v manaiii (tassa ma- 
tthakam) 24,5. 

pitaka, n. (= sa.) a basket; a 
collection of sacred books ('a basket 
of oral tradition', cp. Tr. PM. p, 67 
—68). The Buddhist canonical works 
are divided in 3 great collections : 
ti-pitaka, n. (q. v., cp. tepitaka) viz. 
*)Vinaya-pitaka, 102,i6-i7; i'")(Sutta-) 
or Suttanta-p. 102, is (which is also 
named agama-p. 110,3); '^) Abhi- 
dhamma-p. 102,i3 (cp. dhamma^'')). 
The term pitaka is also applied to 
the last book of the Sutta-pitaka : 
Cariya-pitaka (g. v.). — ""Pitaka-ttaya, 
n. = ti-pitaka, ace. >%/am, 11 3, is. 
114,11; loc. f^e, 114,25. 

pitiba, «. (& piithi, /"., v. next) 
(sa. prsh^ha) the back; the binder 
part or upper side of anything, top, 
surface; pasana-**, n. the top of a 
rock, ace. ^am, 17,8o; kava^^-", n. 
84,12 (v. h. ; in this comp. and in 
pittba-8amgba^(ka) n. 9 1,21 (comm. 
on torana) pi^tha seems to have the 
signification of 'post, door-post'; cp, 

P411 GlotMry, 

sayana-pitthaih, 'bed-side', 41,8o); 
instr, & loc, (at the end of comp.) 
are often used prepositionally = along, 
over; beside,' on etc.] instr. .^ena 
(samudda-° gacchanto, "passing the 
ocean") 23,2i. 60,6; (udaka-») 28,io; 
loc, pii(he, 6,17 (pamka-"); 16,i8 (ta^ 
runa-dabbatina-") ; 20,7. 41,85. 65,4 
(sayana-"); 23,ii, 69,83 (samudda-"); 
46,32 (hatthi-°). c^. 8BE. XX. 106. 

pitthi, f, (sa, prshtha & prshthi) 
= piitha [cp. Tr. PM. p. 66 ; Franks, 
Anzeige, BB. XX. 287]; nom. ^i 
(rucira^ 10,i9; ace, ,%/im, l,i7, 46,8; 
abl, fK/ito, 2,5. 8,17; adv. ni/ito '^'ito 
(upajjhayassa, 'hot-foot upon') 83,28; 
loc, >%^iyari), 62,83. 66,12; "'"-passe, 
behind (w, gen,) 60,i8 (v. passa); 
""r^pasana, m. a rock in the surface 
of the water, or a fiat rock, a bare 
rocky ground; /vO, 2,22; loc. ^^e, 2,3i. 
10,29 (cp. pasana-pittha, 17,ao). 

pinda, m. (^^ sa.) a lump of food, 
alms of food (received by the Buddhist 
monks in their alms-bowl); ace. rL^am 
(rattha-", "the charity of the land") 
107,2 = Dh. 308; dat. ^aya (for 
alms) 76,17. 86,5. — *pinda-cara, m. 
wandering about for alms, 85,2 ("-a- 
tthaya). — pinda-pata, m. the food 
received in the alms-bowl, 83,12, 97,8; 
"-patikkanta, m. one who has returned 
from seeking alms, 86,5 (^x/O). 

pindi, f. {sa. pindi) a ball, lump; 
a cluster or bunch of fruits; ace. »/im 
(amba-°) 16,2; comp. pakka-phala-**, 

pi tar, m. (sa. pitr) father; nom. 
pita, 87,10. 108,16; (ace. />.'aram, loc. 
o/ari); the weak stem is pitu (or piti), 
hence gen. (dat.) sg. pitu, 24,is. 66,31. 
87,11 & pituno, 69,23 (after the ana- 
logy of u-stems); pi. nom. ace. /x/aro, 
22,18 (mata-°, parents); gen. />/unnam 
(do.) 31,18; loc. rwiisu (do.) 7,8i; pita- 
putte, ace. pi. a father and a son, 
32,18; pitu-hadayam, a father's heart, 
64,17. cp. petteyyata, f. 

pitta, n. (= sa.) bile; nom. ^am, 
82,4 = 97,22; 103,20. 




pithiyati, vb. (pass, pidahati; 

sa. (a)pi-v/dbS; the Burmese write 

pidhiyati, v. Tr, PM. p. 62(i7)) to be 

covered or shut ; tc shut^ close (intr.) ; 

pr. c'. sg. /vati, Dh. 173; aor. 3. pi. 

/^^imsu (akkhini) 3,i9. 

pidahati, vb. (sa, (a)pi-y'dha) 

to cover, conceal; to shut, close (ace); 

part. med. f. ^mana (tassa akkhini) 

50,;4; inf. ^itum (mukham) 13,i8; 

ger. pidhaya (dvaram) 6,14; pass. 

pithiyati, pp. pihita (q. v.). 
pipati, vb., V. pivati. 
pipaaa, f. (-- sa.) thirst; v, khu- 

pipilika, f. (= sa.) an ant; nom. 
rvE (aka) 63,19; pf. -^a, 63, so; gen, 
pi, o-anam, 53,i6. cp. kipillika. 

piya, «»/>». Isa. priya) beloved, 
dear; pleasant, agreeable ;m. ovarii, 65, 1; 
abl. ^ato, Dh. 212 ("fiom pleasure"); 
n, pi, f^Rni (beloved objects or plea- 
sures) 60,1; piyo = piyilni, 66,2; 
instr. abl. ^eni, 67,io. i06,9R = Dh, 
210; gen. ^iir,[aiti] 106,30; - subst, 
m, = friend, ace, ovarii, Dh. 220; - 
comp, piyjipaya, m. {v, apaya) ; piya- 
ppiyaiii, n, phasant and unpleasant, 
Dh. 211 [cp. a-ppiya, mfn,)\ piya-gga- 
hill, mfn. grasping at pleasure, m. 
^i, Dh. 209; «-bha^da, 54,34; »-ma- 
tulaka, 5,5; "-samvasa, 11,87 (v,h.); 
Piya-vagga, »i. the XVl"" chapter of 
Dh. - compar. piyatara, mfn, 64,38 
(tn. /v,o) cp. next. 

piyayati, vb, (denom. fr, piya; 
sa. priyayate) to be fond of, love, 
fondle; part. med. f. ^miina, 9,2a. 

*piiandhati, vh. (denbm. fr. pi- 
landha ^ sa. pi-naddha, api-y/nah) 
to dress, deck, decorate (tv. double 
acc); to deck oneself with (ace); 
ger. -^itva (pupphani) 41,7. - cans. 
*pi]andhapeti; g<^r. rwetva (maiii pu- 
pphani) 33,3. cp. onaddha, upa-nay- 
hati, san-nayhati. (Tr. PM. p. 55.) 
pilavati, vb., v. palavati. 
♦pilotikii, f, (rarely n.) cloth, 
stufl' (made of hair, worn by poor 
people; felt?) n. pi. ^ani (jinnakani) 

57,5. If this word ii not a loanword 
[Trenehner referB to Syriao piloto fr. 
Greek miwtv« (?)] then it is probably 
derived froir. 50. plota = prota, mn. 
pivati (or pipati) vb. (sa. \/pa, 
pibati) to drink; pr, 8, sg. /^ati (maj- 
jam) 97,11; 3. sg. >^a.a (suram) 74,?; 
part. nom. m. *) pivam, Db. 205; 
•>) pivanto, 45,s8; pi. />.'anta, 74,*; 
imp. 2, sg. piva, 22,30. lll,8o; 2. pi. 
rwatha, 21,5; fnt. 2. sg. A^issasi, 66,22; 
1. sg. (x-issami, 22,32; inf. patum, 
11,30; ger. ») pitva, Dh. 205; »>) pi- 
vitva, 1,12 etc.; pp. pita (q. v.); cans, 
payeti (q, v.) cp, pana, paniya, piti»/, 

pihaka, n, (sa. plihan, »».) the 
spleen; nom. ^arii, 82,3 = 97, 21. 

pihita, mfn. (pp. pidahati; sa. 
pihita) covered, shut, closed ; *°-dvara, 
mfn. whose doors are barred, loc, n, 
^e (bliavane) 41,2o. 

piheti (or pihayati) vb. (sa. \/8prh, 
sprhayati') to desire (acc, or gen.); 
to envy (gen, pers.); pr. 3. sg. r>,et\ 
(pihet'attiinuyoginaiii, gen. pi.) Dh. 
209; 3. pi. ^ayanti, Dh. 94; Dh. 
181 (according to the metre : pihenti); 
part, nom. m, ^ayarii (aunesam) 
Dh. 365. 

pitha(ka), «. (= sa.) a chair, 
stool; nom. ,v/aiii, 84,i3; acc. .%/am, 
83,18 (hettha-o, v.h.); 83,29 (janta- 
ghara-o, v. /».); loc, ,^ake, 87,it; - 
pada-", n. a foot-stool, nom, rwaih, 

pi nit a, mfn. (pp. pineti; sa, cans, 
prinayati, Vpri) satisfied, pleased, de- 
lighted; f. ^ha, (yakkhi) cp, 
piya, piti. 

pita, mfn, (pp. pivati; = sa.) 
drunk or having drunk; gen. m. /^assa 
(yagurii) "when he has drunk it", 
82,20. _ 

piti, f. (sa, priti) pleasure, joy; 
acc. 2^im (buddharammanam) 28,6 
(cp. arammana); o-pamojja, n. Dh. 
374 (v. h.); *»-bhakkha, tnfn. "feeding 
on happiness", p?. m. ^a (deva yatha) 
Dh. 200; *''-somanassa-jata, mfn. 



64,13 (v. jata); - *dhamina-piti, f. 
delighting in the dhamraa, Dh. 205 
(o-rasaiii); ♦dhamma-piti, m{fn). id. 
Dh. 79 (so all Mss; the comm, takes 
it = dhamma-plti/j (i. e. piiyako, 
pivanto), but 1 dont know whether 
the word piti« (drinking) is found 
elsewhere in the Pali texts). 

pitiH, mfn. (sa, pitin, e. c.) drink- 
ing (v. piti & dhamma-"'). 

pijeti, vb. (sa. v'piai pidayati) 
to press, squeeze, wring; to hurt, an« 
noy, oppress (ace.) ; ger. <N/etva (pab- 
batam) 16,i6; (colakam) 84,8i; 45,i 
(without obj. oppressing); pp. pilita, 
vexed, annoyed, m. /vO (sumsumarena) 


puggala, m. (sa. pudgala) a per- 
son; personality, individuality, the Ego 
or individual soul ; nom, /^o, 3,34. 
92,0 ; na h'ettha f^o upalabbhati, 
97,2. cp. patipuggala & next, 

Puggala-paiinatti, f. nom. pr. 
of a canonical Pali work, the 4"' part 
of the Abhidhamma-pitaka; 102, 13. 

pucimanda, m. (sa. picumanda 
or "-marda) another name of the Nimb 
tree (v. nimba); ace, pi. r^e, 38,i ; 
*''-parivara, mfn. surrounded by Nirob 
trees, m. ^0 (ambo) 37,33. 

pucchati, vb. (sa. ^prach, prc- 
chati) to ask, question (ace, ])ers, & 
rej); pr, 3, sg, ^ati, 91, u; 3. pi. 
,>/aDti, 21,9; 2. pi. -^atba, 88,9; part, 
m. (N^anto, 9,25; pi. rv-anta (Maha- 
sattam samuddassa namarh) 25,24; 
imp. 2, pi. ~atha, 79,i8; pot, 3. sg. 
/v.eyya, 94,82-34; 2. pi. <x/eyyatha 
(mam imam karanaifa) 17,i; 79,24; 
fut, 1. sg. />..issami, 66,7; aor. 2.-3. 
sg, apucchi, 91, 10 (Bhagavantam 
panham); 112,8; pucchi, 9,i7; 3, pi, 
apucchisui)},; pucchimsu, 4,s; 
ger. ^s/itva, 29,8i; 43,se (vayaih); 86,8a 
(kumarikam pailhe); 109,i5; grd. m, 
<^itabbo (upajjbayo paniyena, he 
ought to be oifered water to drink) 
83,18; cp, a-puccba, mfn.\ — pp, *) 
puit^a, m. >x/0, 25,S6 (evam tehi fvV, 
85,14 (katakammam); 90,s< (panham) ; 

f, o^a, 73,13; *>) pucchito, m, 64,27; 
91,15; comp. maya pucchita-pafiho, 
88,11. cp, pafiha & next. 

puccha, f. (sa. prccha) question; 
ace, ^&m, 91, is; gen, pi, ^vanarii 
(sabba-o) 91,i4. 

pujja, mfn, (grd., v, pujeti). 

puiija, m, (= sa,) a heap, mass, 
quantity, multitude; loc, /x/e (padu- 
ma-") 16,7; comp, ratta-kambala-", 


pufiiia, M. (sa, punya) virtue, good 
work, moral or religious merit (opp, 
papa); nom, ace, ->/am, Dh. 196. 331; 
103,9; 107,27 = Dh. 18; 106,6 = Db. 
267; instr, .^ena, 103,i4; pi. o^ani 
(katva)8,i3; danadini />./, 17,34; 103,7; -^..anam (phalaiii) 68,12; 103,i5 
(read ipuiiiiena?).- cow;}. kata-puMa, 
mfn. one who has done good, virtuous, 
m. r^o, 107,26 = Dh. 18; ace, r^aiii, 
Dh. 220; — °-papa-pahina, mfn. (v, 
pahina); - """-pekha, mfn. (v, h.), 

puiinavai, mfn, (sa. punyavat) 
full of merit, virtuous, fortunate; f, 
,%.vati, 66,1. 

puUba', vtfn. (pp, v, pucchati). 

puiiha^, mfn, (sa, push^a, pp. 
V'push; cp. posapeti) nourished, fed; 
m. ^0 (nivapa-", q, v.) Dh. 326, cp, 
phuta & phuttha. 

punna, vifn, (pp, piirati, pixreti; 
sa, purna) full; "-gha^a, 62,e (q, v.); 
"-pati, '27,18. 

Punna, m, nom. pr. of a thera; 
nom. ,^0 (dhammakathikanam [aggo]) 

punna-canda, m. (sa. purna- 
candra) the full moon; ace, «x^am, 
42,3; **'-mukha, mfn, with a face 
splendent like the full moon, m, <^o 
(Gotamabuddho) 87,0. 

punnama, f. (sa, purnima (pur- 
nama)) the day of full moon; gen, 
r^aya, 61,3; punnamuposathadivasa, 
22,19 (v. uposatha). 

putta, m. (sa, putra) a son, pi, 
children (also the brood of animals); 
ace. f^&m, 7,19; pi. nom. in/S, 105,5; 
ace, t^e, 13,4; instr. ^x^ehi, 105,a8; at 



the end of comp. it is often used as 
designation of family or caste, as me* 
tronyraio or patronymic, v. kammara-', 
kula-o, khara-°, devR-O, raja-°, ludda-O, 
setthi-S MaluBkya-'; cp. ayya-putta, 
bhagini-putta ; dvandva : "-dara, ««. 
(g. v.); o-dhitasu {loc. pi., v. dhitar); 
"-pasu-, Dh. 287; pita-putte, ace, 
iA 32,18. 

puttaka, »>. (ao. putraka) a little 
son or child ; nom. ^o (eka-°, an only 
son) 23,6*, ace. r^am, 6,33; ace. pi. 
/N/e, 12,35 (young oneaV 

*p u 1 1 i m a < , nifn. ^probably arisen 
by confusion between sa. putrin & 
*putra-mat = putravat) having sons; 
nom. m. o^ma, 105,s8-3i. 

p u t h u , ') nifn. (sa. prthu) exten- 
sive, broad, laige; manifold, diverse, 
common, general; ace. m. pi. o^O (sa- 
mana-brShmane) >-9,8. — *) indecl. 
{adv.) extensively,, far tnd wide, all 
round; 104,8 {cp. sa. prthak & next.) 
puthujjana, m. (sa. prthag-jana) 
a vile or ignorant person, a fool; coll. 
common peoplp. the vulgar; loc. o^e 
(andhabhate) Dh. 59; a-puthujjana- 
sevita, Dh. 272 {q.v,)\ ^'-kalakiriya, 
f. 87,29 (g. v.) cp. pothujjanika. 

puna (& punarii) adv. (before 
vowels also pun' or pu)3ar-, punad-; 
sa. i:'unar) back again; r^ gantva, 
4,23; ~ ilnetva, 4,i7; at the beginning 
of a sentence : 53.29; 63,i9 (pun'eka- 
divasani) ; puna pi, again, once more, 
3,8. 60,31, punar eva (do.) Dh, 338; 
puna . . . va, agtin as before, 38,4; 
fc. nertation ; na punari?, not again, 
no more, Dh. 238. 348; puna-nasak- 
khi, 55,17; na . . . vii puna (nor yet) 
Dh. 271; puna asuranaiii an-agama- 
natthaya, in order that tuey might 
not come back again, 60,26. The en- 
clitic Corm of this word is pana {q. r.) 
cp. ve.vt etc. 

*puna-di vasa, m. the next day; 
loc, /^e, 2,25. 

pu nap pun a (ill), adv. (sa. puna/i- 
punar) again and again, repeatedly; 
25,18. 73,4; ^aiii, 52,23. 108,5. 

punabbbava, m. {sa. punar- 
bhava) new birth, transmigration; 
nom. ^0, 108,18. cp. pono(b)bhavika. 

*puna-vare, adv. (loc,, cp. vara) 
another time, the next time; 18,i7. 

puppha, «. (so. pusbpa) a flower; 
ace. o.,&m, 106,2 = Dh. 49 ; pi. .v^ani, 
33,s; 37,16 (akala-'); 41,6 (nana-"); 
Dh. 47 (/>^.an'eva) ; instr. ,^ehi, 20,» 
(dibba-gandha-°); 34,6 (vana-"); gen. 
^anam, 66,29; - comp. pupphanta- 
rehi, 62,12 {v. antara); *°-kannika- 
sadisa, mfn. 7,29 (v. kannika); **-gan- 
dha. m. the scent of flowers, .^0, Dh, 
54; *''-rasi, m. a heap of fl., Dh. 53 
{abl. /N/imlia); ^''-vagga, m. the IV"" 
chapter of Dh. 

pupphati, vh. {denom. fr. pu- 
ppha; sa. pushpyati) to flower, blos- 
som; pr. 3. sg. rvati, 59, 31; pp. ,%^ita, 
gen. f. r^aya, 59,29; - cans. *puppha- 
peti, to cause to flower or blossom ; part, 
m. /%.ento (akala-pupphani) 37, lo. 

pubba*, m. {sa. puya) pus, puru- 
lent matter; nom. ^0, 82,4 = 97,22, 

pubba^, mfn, {sa. purva) first, 
former; except loc. pubbe {adv. q. v.) 
it is only used in comp, like "-kamma, 
n. & **-nimitta, n, {q. v,) and esp, at 
the end of adj. comp. whose first part is 
a past participle, implying the sense 
of 'before', with a negation : 'not be- 
fore, never' : dittha-pubba, mfn. seen 
before, m, ^0 (na maya, I have never 
seen (before this day)) 7, 13; ito me 
tinnaiii saiiivaccharanarii matthake 
Sattha fK/O, it is three years since I 
saw the master, 87,8 ; the same comp, 
is also used in an active sense {w. obj, 
ace.) : afinapurisam ditthapubbarii 
itthiiii, a woman who has seen another 
man before, 48,i3 (but this construc- 
tion may probably have arisen through 
a dissolution of a longer comp. *auiia- 
purisa-dittha-pubba, mfn.); dinna- 
pubba, mfn. given before, v, a-dinna; 
cp. a-pubba, anu-pubba & next. 

pubbangama, mfn. {sa, piirvam- 
gama) preceeding, going before, leading, 
chief; v, mano-". 



pubbanha, >», (sa. purvahna) 
morning, forenoon; **'-samaya, in. id.; 
ace. />/aiil, in the morning, 76, is; rat- 
tindivam-pubbanhadisu (loc.) 88,9a. 

pubbapara, nifn. (sa. piirvapara) 
being before and after; successiTe; n. 
pi. ace. r^ani {scil. akkharani, in the 
right order) Dh. 352; "-vasena, ac- 
cording to the consecutive order, 114, 20 
{cp. vasa). 

pubbe, adv. {loo. fr. pubba, cp. 
sa. purvaih) before, formerly, in times 
past; 28,16 (^ pi); 54,i8; 69,«8; 85,i8; 
86,7 (-%/ va). - *"-niva8n, m, (cp, sa, 
purva-nivasa) 'former habitation', i. e. 
former existences, ace. ^atii, Dh. 423. 

pur a, M. (= sa.) a city, town; 
nom. o^am (yakkha-°) 112,ia; ace, 
^arii (deva-") 27,3i. cp. antopura. 

pura(s), indccl. (sa. puras) at the 
beginning of eomp. pura-° or puro-" 
(v. below) = pure (q. v.) cp. purato, 

purakkhata, mfn, (sa. puras- 
krta) 'placed before', followed by, 
filled with, attacked or injured by 
(gen. or instr.)\ f. <%.a (paja, tasinaya) 
Dh. 342. 

purato, adv. & prp. (w. gen.) (sa. 
puratas) before (of place), in front 
of; forward, further; ^ thapetva, 
36,27; /v paticcbadetva (opp. pac- 
cbato) 83,32; after ^e». assa xv, 23,i; 
tesam /%/, 42,3; ratbassa <v, 54,9; 
matu '^, 62,23; 76,36. 94,29. 

purattha, adv. (sa, purastat) 
before, in front; hence : *puratthima, 
mfn. eastern; ace. f. .vam (disam) 
95,5 (opp. pacchimam). 

purana, mfn. (= sa.) ancient, 
old; "-gama, m. 35,22 (a ruined vil- 
lage); "-jatila, m. who has been Jatila 
before, 70,22; "-settbikula, n. 55,3i 
(q. v.); n. pi, puianani, events of the 
past, Dh. 156. cp. poranaka. 

*purima, mfn. (fr. pura(»), cp. 
pure) former, previous, first; the same 
as before; instr, m. rvena (katbasal- 
lapena) 94,2a; gen, .^^assa, 101, 11; 
loo. <ve (yame, the first watch) 99,i»; 

comp. ''-bhave, in a previous existence, 
58,11 ; "-nayen'eva, t). naya; "-sadisa, 
mfn, happening as before (or above), 
n, /vam (sabbarii) 31,28. 

purisa (rarely purisa), m. (sa. 
purusha) a man, person; nom. ^o, 
92,7; Dh. 117 (puriso); 36,3 (rukkhe 
nisinna-"); 86,19 (bhita-"); sap-puriso, 
Dh. 54 (cp. s&t & santa^); voc. .^a, 
23,31. 101,6; 76,3 (mopha-"); ace. 
/vam, 10,26; gen. /vassa, 9,i3; pi. .va 
(raja-", royal servants) 40,3. 74,7; Dh. 
236 (Yama-o, q, v.); ace, pi, -ve, 
74,4; - comp, purisadhama, m, ace, 
pi. .ve, low people, Dh. 78 (cp. 
adhama); ""purisajaiiiia, »». a remark- 
able man, supernatural person (i, e, 
Buddha) Dh. 193 (cp, ajafifia); puri- 
suttama, »», ace, pi, <ve, the best 
people, Dh. 78 (cp. uttama); puri- 
santara, w»., v, antara*; *°-gabbha, 
m. (q. v.); "-vadha, murder, 74,u 
("-danda, q. v.); '•-sahassam, n. a 
thousand men, 34,9; — eka-purisika, 
f. & nip-purisa, mfn. (v, h.) cp, po- 
risa & posa. 

pure, adv. (sa, puras) in front, 
before, formerly; .v ca paccha ca 
majjhe ca, Dh. 421; munca .v ("give 
up what is before") Dh. 348; of time : 
37,30. 47,1. 61,3. Dh. 326 (once, for- 
merly); 108,15 (in former births); 86,5 
(id. = pubbe atitajatiyam, 86,12). 
cp. pura(s) (pura-, puro-) & next. 

purekkhara, »i. (sa. puraskara) 
'placing before', intention; giving pre- 
ference to, preference, precedence; ace. 
,vam (bhikkhusu) Dh. 73. cp. pu- 

*pure-dvara, n, the front door 
of a house (opp. pacchima-dvara) ; 
instr. .vena (nikkhamantam, by the 
front door) 12,io; loo. /ve (dariini 
nikkbipitva) 67, 13. 

purohita, m, (= sa.) a family 
priest, a king's domestic chaplain; /vO, 
48,0 ; instr. /vena, 48,6; gen. .vassa, 
46,21 ; *°-brahma9a, m. id. ; gen. fvassa, 
51,19; "'''-tthSna, n, the rank or situa- 



tion of a p., Ice. /s^e, 45,19 (cp, Fick, 

800. Glied, p. 107-1 17V 
pujana, «. & pujanS, f. (so. 

pujana, «.) worsh.p, homage, adora- 
tion; nom. <x/a (sa) Dh, 106. 

puja, /".(== sa.) worship, honour, 

cere, etc.; ace. >y.jam, 37,3i; ace. pi. 

n^h, Dh. 73; ~ pujaraha, mfn. {sa. 

pujarha) deserviag homaga; ace, pi, 

tn. ^e, Dh. 195 (cp. araha). 

pujfjti, vb.. (so. pujayati, VP^J) 

to honour, worship, revere (ace); part. 

gen. m, ,^ayato (piijarahe) Dh. 195; 

pot. 3. sg, .%/aye (bhavitattanarh) Dh. 
106, aor, 3. pi. a-pujesum (kakam 

miiriisena) 18,83; ger, ^etva, 34,7; 

pp. pujita, »». o/O, Dh. 303; grd, 
pujja, mfn., v. a-pujja. cp, pujana 
(^a), puja. 

puti, mfn. (= 5a.) stinking, foul, 
putrid; f. stink, stench; ***-sandeha, 
m. a heap of corruption, rwO, 107, b = 
Dh. 148. 

*piiti-lata, f. name of a certain 
kind of creeper or shrub; ace. i\^&m, 
106,19; according to the comment Jat. 
I. p. 177,0 & Dhpd. (1865) p. 313,s 
[read : taruna pi galocilata pQtilata] 
it is another name of the young (or 
eoft) galoci- creeper, 

purana, mfl^i)n. (= sa.) filling, 
completing; v. Manoratha-purani. 

purati, vb, {pans, i/p?, piir, sa, 
puryate & ^ti) to be filled; pr. 3, 
sg. rvati, Dh. 121-22; pp. punna & 
cans, pureti (q, v.). 
piirisa, m. = purisa (g. v.). 
pureti. vb, (cau.i. \fp^; piir, sa, 
purayati) to fill (ace.) with {gen, or 
instr.); to fulfill, complete (ace); part, 
m. /vayanto, 106,3i; part, ined, tn, 
rwayamano (saggapatharii) 34,99; aor. 
3. sg. .^esi (tuccha-patirii yaguya) 
66,28; devanagaram, devapuraiii, 
saggapadam (or saggapatharii) pii- 
resi is a frequently occurring expres- 
sion for 'going to heaven \ or 'attaining 
heavenly bliss' ; 17,34. 27,3i. 44,ij 
(34,29); aor. 3. tiled. (=-- aor. 3. pass.) 
piirayittlia ("waa filled with", instr.) 

28,»»i ger, -vetvS (pStiyo paySsaBsa) 
61,»7; (silarh, "fulfilling the moral 
law") 16,19 ;i)p. purita, filled, ti. ^ti± 
(uyyanam) 6,i6; pass, purati (». 

pnva (rarely pupa), tn. {(A n.) {sa. 
pupa, tn.) a cake; ace. <^ (a rice- 
cake) 67,19-2); o-khanda, m, ti. 53,i8 
{v. h.). 

p5, indecl., a syllable indicating 
abbreviation = 'and so on' (in the 
same way); 92,4 {cp. 89,25, etc.)\ 

92,83-33. 93,1-5 {cp. 89,28-29, CtcM 

93,29-31. 94,4 (do.); 96,19-21 (=66,13); 
100,23-24 (= 100,12); instead of pe 
we find also frequently pa or la (3. v.), 
and in the Birm, Mss. gha is similarly 
used (probably arisen through corrup- 
tion of the letters pe or pa-la). Ac- 
cording to the native comra. pe is an 
abridgment of peyyala, m. m., which 
most likely is another form of pari- 
yaya {q, v.) i. e, 'repetition' [*pali- 
yaya, ""payyala] cp. Oldenberg, KZ. 
'25,324; Tr. PM. p. 66. Bitddh. sa. pe- 
yala & preyala, v. Windiseh, Mura 
und Buddha, p. 316. 

pekkha(ka), tnfn. {e. c. = sa. 
preksha, f. & prekshaka, tnfn.) see- 
ing, regarding, looking at; *puiina- 
pekha, tnfn. aiming at merit, Dh. 108. 

pekkhati, vb, {sa, pra-Y/iksh) 
to look at, regard, wiew {ace.) ; part, 
tiom, tn. /^aih (atthara anagatarii, 
foreseeing) 112,i; part, tned, tn. 
iN^milno (ti ^) 47,20. cp. prec. 

*pekkhuna (or pekliuna), n., a 
tail feather {esp. that of a peacock) ; 
pi, r^Eni (Vyamamattani) 10,2o; citra-", 
mfn. 10,10 {v. h.). - The etymology 
of this word is unknown; but it may 
be akin either to pakkha {q. v,), or 
to piiija, n. {cp. sa, piccha), by which 
it is explained in the comm. Jat. I, 
207,27 & VI, 218,29. Pischel, Gr. § 89, 
refers to sa. prenkhana, Prakr. pe- 
huna; cp. Weber, Ind." Str. Ill, 396. 

pekha, pekhuna, v, pekkha, 
I pecca, adv, {orig. ger, fr, pra- 



\/i, sa, pretya) after death, in the 
next world; 74,j; 107,26 == Dh. 18 
{opp, idha). cp. next. 

pet a, mfn. (sa. preta, pp. pra-y'i) 
dead, deceased; in. the spirit of a dead 
person, a ghost, demon; nom. /-vO, 
84,33 ; ace. ^aiii, 86,9 ; *sukara-mukha-*', 
a peta with a pig's mouth, 84,S7; *8U- 
kara-peta-vatthu, the story of that 
peta, 86,10, peti, f. {q. v.), 

Peta-vatthu, n. nom. pr. of a 
canonical Fuli-book (a section of the 
Khuddaka-Nikaya); specimen thereof 
(with the comm. of DharamapSla [Para- 
raattha-dipani]) p. 84,85— 86, lo, 

*peti, /"., a female peta (g. v.); pi, 
ace. 'X'iyo, 23,t6-38. 

*petteyyata,/', (fr. pitar through 
*petteyya, mfn.) the state of a father; 
Dh. 332. cp, matteyyata, f. 

pern a, n. {sa. preman, m, «.) love, 
affection; abl. ,^ato, Dh. 213. 
peyyala, m. n., v. pe. 
*pesakara, m. (fr. sa, *pe(;as- 
kara?) a weaver; "-geha, n. 88,b; 
o-dliita?-, f. 86,13; <>-saIa, f. 88,5 (v. 
/(.) cp. Fick, Soc. Gl. p. 211, 

*pesanaka, mfn. (fr. pesana, n. 
'sending', errand, commission; sa. 
preshana) one who sends a message; 
only in the eomp. ''-cora, m. pi. robbers 
who use to despatch one to fetch the 
ransom, 32,i5, etc. 

pesala, mfn. (sa. pe^ala), beauti- 
ful, lovely; skilful, clever; su-pesalo, 
m. (catuppado) 30,8. 

pesi, f. (sa. pe^i) a small piece 
of flesh or meat; the foetus shortly 
after conception; gen. ^iya, 99,it. 

pesika, f. (sa. pegika) a piece, 
stick (esp. of bamboo); instr, /vSya 
(velu-o) 52,81. 

pesunna, n. (sa. pai^unya) back- 
biting, calumny ; '"''-karaka, m. a slan- 
derous person, gen. >x/assa, 42,7. 

peseti, vb. (sa. preshayati, caus. 
pra-yish) to send, send forth or away 
(acc.)\ pr. 3. sg. >^eti (pannakaram) 
64,s7; 3. pi. /^enti, 32,i8; imp. a. 
pi. ,^etba (maccham) 4,i4; part, m. 

-x/ento, 37,1; aor. 3. sg. r^esi, 24,3o; 
ger. ^etva, 65,26. cp. pesanaka. 

pokkhara, n. (sa. pushkara, cp. 
paushkara) a lotus-flower, esp, the 
blue lotus; aco. pi. ix/O (== pokkha- 
rani?) 111,9; "-patta, n. a lotus-leaf, 
loc. <^e, Dh. 401. 

pokkharani, f, (sa. pushkarini 
& paushkarini) a lotus-tank; ace, 
(viih, 58,88. 111,7; ioc. /x/iyaih, 52,88. 

"•pokkharata, f. (fr. pokkhara) 
beauty; instr. /v.aya (vanna-°, beauty 
of complexion) Db, 262. 

PoUhapada, m. ( proshta- 
pada) Mom.iJr. of aparrot; nom.r^o, 9,8. 

pota(ka), m. & potika, f. (= 
sa.) a young animal; assa-pota-", 2,i8; 
assa-potaka-", 5,29; suka-potaka, m. 
ace. pi. «.^e, 9,ii; supanna-potaka, 
pi. 60,8; hamsa-potakassa, gen. m. 
10,21; o-potika, f. 10,4. 

potthaka, m. n. (sa. pustaka) a 
book or manuscript; aec. /^am, 114,te; 
ace. pi. 0/6, 114,8; loc, pi. /x-esu, 
52,11 (porana-"); 62,i4. 114,22; °-dva- 
yaiii, 114,18 (two books); "-ttayaih, 
114,19 (three books). 

*pothujjanika, mfn. (fr. pu- 
thujjana) vulgar; m. «%^o, 66,26 (synon. 
hina, gamma). 

potheti, vh. (sa, \/puthj caus. 
pothayati) to strike, beat, cudgel 
(flcc); pot. 3. sg. ->^eyya (mam) 87,i5; 
ger. ^etva, 8,29. 39,i5. 51, se. 

pono[b]bhavika, mfn. (sa. pau- 
nar-bbavika) causing new births; f. 
<N/a (tanha) 67,i8 (ep. punabbhava). 

p or an a, mfn. (sa, paurana) re- 
lating to the past, ancient; n. (subst,) 
f^o.m, "an old saying", Dh. 227 (opp, 
ajjatana); "-pottbakesu, loc, pi, in 
the old manuscripts, 52,ii. cp, purana 
& next. 

poranaka, mfn, (sa, pauranika) 
ancient, former, old; what has been 
hitherto, usual; comp. "-uyyanapala, 
m. 37,17; "-parihara, «». 37,27. 

porisa, m, (fr, purisa; sa, pau- 
rusba) a man; nom, ^0 (uttama-", 
q, V,) Dh, 97. cp. next. 



*posa, n», (= purisa, porisa; 
arisen by contraction, perhaps influen- 
ced by the verb poseti, v. next) a 
man; nom. /vO, Dh. 228; purisa 
(metrically = posa) "joc, Dh. 248; 
gen «./as8a, Dh. 104. 

*po8apeti, vh. (cans. II, poseti, 
to feed, nourish ; sa. poshayati, ^push) 
to rear, bring up (ace); ger. <%^etva 
(kumarikam) 48,20. cp. puttha, mfn. 

plavati, fb., V. palavati (pilavati). 


phacdana, r,ifn. {sa, spandana) 
moving (suddenly), quivering, trem- 
bling; n. t^&m (cittaiii) Dh. 33 (synon. 
capala). op, pari-pbandati. 

p'larati, v6. (^^a. ^sphar (sphur^) 
to spread, extend (trans. & m<r.); 
to pervade, suffuse fili up (acc); aor, 
5. 8<7.phari (hatthim mettena cittena) 
76,84; gcr, -vitva (rtiSaliaraniyo) 67,88; 
I'jp. phuta & phuttha (g. «.). 

paarasu, m, (sa. paragu) an axe; 
nom, ~u, 35,5 ; azc, <N.urii, 35,7; — 
dim. ""pharasuka, w. 35,5 (vasi-°, 
q. v). 

pbarusa, »n,At. (sa. patusha) harsh, 
cruel ; ace. f. /<wam (vedariarii) Dh. 
138; n, .%/am, Dh. 133 (of speech); 
instr, m. pi, ~ehi (yakkhehi) 41,34. 

phala, «. (= sa.) fruit; metaph. 
consequence, result (good or bad), re- 
tribution, reward, advantage ; *) pi, 
«^ani, 2,»3; l,i3 (kasata-"); gen. pi, 
»%^anam (madhura-") 1,155 pakka- 
phala-", ripe fruits. 2,» ; "-rukkha, »«. 
a fruit tree, iusir, pi, ^ehi, 2,zo; cp, 
phalaphala below; - ^) nom. ace, 
r^am, 17,j6 (papassa); 29,io(8ila8sa); 
58,18 (pufiiianam); 42,.4 (kataviri)'- 
assa, samijjhati); 42,i8 (viriya-"); 
***-pati8edhana, n. (3. v.)\ sakada* 
gami-<*, 29,17 & 8otapatti-^ 87,i {v, 
h.)\ magga-phala-nibbanani, n. pi. 
(^dvandva comp.) v, nibbana; — at 
the end of adj, comp, phala is often 

spelled with 'pph', v. katuka-pphala, 
madhura-^ maha-", cp. a-phala & 
sa-pbala, mfn. 

phalaka, n. (= sa.) a board, 
plank ; nom. /x/am (apassena-®, 3. v.) 
84,ie; instr. ^ena,, 20,ss; loc. >^e, 
20,1; 48,8 (*rajata-", a silver table 
for dicing). 

phalati, vb. *) (sa. ^ph&\) to 
burst open, split asunder; aor. 3. pi, 
/>^imsu (devadiindubhiyo) 80,so; pp. 
phalita (3. v.); cans, phaleti (q. v.), 
— ^) (sometimes written phallati; sa. 
phalati, ~te, denom. fr. phala) to 
bear fruit, ripen; pr. 3, sg. phallati 
(dummedho, phalani katthakasseva) 
Dh. 164._ 

*phalaphala, n. (sg, & pi.) va- 
rious kinds of fruits (cp. phala); /^arii, 
1,15; 2,7 (tava ^ tam eva hotu, 'only 
keep all those fruits to yourself); 
instr, ^ena, 18,i5. cp. maggamagga 
[Tr. PM. p. 74]. 

phalika, wt. (sa, sphatika) crystal; 
•"-vimana, n, a crystal palace, 23, is. 
phalita, mfn. ^)(pp, phalati; = 
sa,) burst, split; bearing fruit; instr, 
n, rwena (hadayena) 59,io. - ^) grey; 
n, grey hair (through confusion with 
palita (q. v.), because the grey hairs 
split and fall off). 

phallati, vb,, v, phalati. 
phassa, »». (sa, spar^a) touch, 
contact; nom. ,^0, 66,8 (salayatana- 
paccaya); "-nirodha, m, 66,14 (v, h,); 
"-paccaya, 66,8 (v, paccaya). cp, phu- 

phanita, n, (= sa.) the juice of 
the sugar cane, molasses, sugar; *''-bin- 
du, n, a drop of molasses, 63,i8; *°-sa' 
ka^a, n. a cart-load of m., 53,so; 
dvandva-comp. madlm-phanitehi (in- 
str. pi.) 53,17; madhu-phanita-puve 
(ace, pi.) 63,si. 

*phali-, only in comp. phali-phuUa, 
mfn., which seems to be either an 
intensive formation of vb. phalati, or 
a dvandva-comp. phalifj (— sa. phalin, 
bearing fruit) + phulla (= sa. flowery) ; 
at any rate, preceeded by words like 



sabba or eka as it is always found, 
it means 'flowery all over', or 'with 
fruits and flowers all over'; sabbam 
eka-phalipbullaiii [scil. Lumbini-va- 
naiii] ahosi o: it was in full blgw, 
62,11. _ 

phaleti, vb. (cans, phalati; sa. 
pbalayati) to split, break (trans, w. 
ace); part. m. ^ento (hadayam) 
27,5; ger. ,>.,etva (pasibbakarfi) 12,8i. 
*phasu, n. [& adj.?] (either from 
*prasu, i. e. pra + asu, or from ved, 
sa. pra(;u, quick) health, healthiness; 
ease, comfort; Vin, I, 92,M. Jst. II, 
394,18. cp. next. 

*pbasuka, mfn, (fr. last) agree- 
able, comfortable, pleasant; *'-^tbane 
{loc.) on a pleasant spot, 35,36; a- 
phasuka, mfn. (v. /».), The etymology 
of pbasu & phasuka has often been 
discussed ; Childers derives it from sa. 
sparha (ysprh), but see the objections 
of Weber, I'nd. Str. Ill, 396, and 
Scnart, Journ. As. 1876, II, 485 (re- 
ferring to Buddh. sa. sparha); Trench- 
ner, PM. p. 81,20, takes it = ved. 
sa. pra^u; Jacobi refers to Prakr. 
phasuya, sa. prasuka (from pra -{■ 
asu) ZDMG. 34, p. 311; Pischel, Gr. 
§ 208, to -v/sprCi *spar5uka. 

phasuka, f. {sa. parguka, par- 
^.uka & par^vaka, m.) a rib; pi. r^a, 
Dh. 154 {metaph. said of the rafters 
of a house). 

phuta, mfn. (pp. pharati, cp. sa. 
spbuta; it is often written put^ha & 
phuttha, q. v. cp. MN. I, 276,' Note) 
thrilled, pervaded, filled with (instr.); 
m. »^o (manasa, thoughtful? = pu- 
rito, Comm.) Dh. 218. 

phuttba, mfn. *) = phuta (v. 
above); m. ^o (mettena cittena) 
76,35. - ^) = phusita (pp. y/sprq, 
sprsbta) touched; m. pi. f>^a, (sukbena) 
Db. 83; tamba-bbumi-rajo-o, 112,89 
(v. corrections), cp. pbusati, pho- 

phulla, mfn. (= sa.) blown (as 
a flower); v, phah-® above, cp. pha- 

phusati, vb. (sa. \/sprg) to touch; 
to reach, attain (ace.) ; pr. 1. sg. /^ami 
(nekkhamma-sukhaiii) Dh. 272; 3. pi. 
-wanti (nibbanam) Dh, 23; pot. 3. 
pi. ^w-eyyu, Dh. 133; pp. v. next; 
grd. V. pho^habba; cp. pbassa & 

phusita, mfn. (= phuttha, pp. 
phusati, q.v.) touched, reached, attained ; 
»j. <^o (maya, maggo) 108,i4. 

pheggu, f. (? = sa. phalgu; cp. 
sa. velli = valli, Tr.) brittle or weak 
wood, fibrous wood, bast (?); nom, 
^u, 95,22; apagata-phegguka, mfn, 
"free from the unsound wood", m, 

rvQ, 95,24. 

phena, »t. (sa. phena & phena) 
foam, scum; phenupama, mfn. (sa. 
phenopama) resembling scum; ace. 
m. ^&m (kayam) Dh. 46. 

photthabba, »». (<& n.) (orig. 
grd. fr, phusati, q. v.; sa. sprash- 
tavya, n.) touch, contact; pi. the ob- 
jects of contact; nom, pi. <^a, 70,32; 
loc. ix/esu, 71,10, cp, phassa. 


baka, m. (= sa.) a heron, crane; 
nom. r^o, 4,1 etc. - "-jataka, n. 3,29. 

bajjhati, vb. (pass, bandhati; 
sa. badbyate) to be bound or tied, 
to be ensnared or caught; ger. iN/itva 
(pase) 11,30. 

baddha, mfn. (pp. bandhati; = 
sa.) bound, tied; ensnared, caught; 
m. fs.'O (bandhanagare) 46,2o; Dh. 
324; f. ~a, 104,3o; *°-rava, m. the 
cry of one who has been caught, ace. 
r^ava (ravi); *alha-", w/m. 111,io 
(q. v.); ♦bhandika-", mfn. 34,i2 (q. v.). 

bandha, m. (= so.") binding, 
bond; emprisonment; vadha-*', Dh. 
399 (v. h.) ; hatthi-bandha, v. bhanda. 

bandhati, vb. (sa. ybandhj to 
bind, tie; catch, ensnare ; to bind round, 
put on (ace), bandage (ace, (& instr,)-, 
imp, 3. pi. op-antu (pannasaiifiam) 



8,8; aor. 8. sg. bantlhi (mukbam) 
60,14; 3. pi. .N^iiiisu (veram, afifia- 
manaam, "nursed enmity") ll,so; ger. 
/x/itva (dvaraii) 6,5; (te devasaiii- 
khalikaya) 21,ii; (rajanam galhaban- 
dhanam) 39,8r, (mukbam saiakena) 
50,13; (kayabandbanaih) 82,s8; cans. 
II. bandhapeti, pass, bajjbati, pp. 
baddha (g. v.) cp. bandba, bandhana, 

bandhana, «. (= sa.) binding, 
bond, fetter; nom, /svarii, 64,7; 23,8» 
(paficafigika-", q. v.); ahl, o^vl^ 33,j; 
l)h. 276 (Mara-o); pi ,^ani, 105,i9; 
kaya-°, n. (q, v.); ♦galha-", mfn. (0. 
v.)\ *panna-bandhana'-sanna, n. (v. 
panna); bandhanagiira, n. a prison; 
abl. ~ato, 32,1; loc, ^e, 46, 20. 

bandhava, m. [sa. bandhava) a 
kinsman, relative; pi, ,^a, Dii. 288. 

*bandhapeti, vb. {cans. II. ban- 
dhati) to cause to bind or bandage 
(occ); gsr. ^apetva (mukhaiii) 60, is. 
bandhu, m. (= sa.) a kinsman, 
relative; a friend; voc. r^u, 103, is 
(pamatta-". q. v.); instr. -^una, Dh. 
p. 94, v. 3 (adicca-", g. v.). 
babbaja, m., v. pabbaja. 
bala, n. (= sa.) power, strength, 
force; military force, army; nom. /-o^am, 
Dh. 109; 13,85 (yarn r^aih ahuvam- 
hase, "according to what power we 
had"); acc. ^arii, 10,18; 60,20 (rein- 
forcemeut) ; insti'. «^en.. (mabantena) 
36,£8; c. c. tnfn. v. khanti-°, naga-^, 
cp. a-bala, dub-bala, etc. — *bala- 
ppatta, mfn. might? (;. e. by wisdom), 
m. ,^0 (Tathagato) 80,a5; - bah'mika, 
mfn. 'who has strength fot* his army', 
Btrongminded; acc. t'l. /v/aiii, Dh. 399. 
cp. next etc.^ 

*bala-vahana, n. military force, 
army; acc. ^&n\, 39,8; instr. .-^ena, 

balava (& balava<), mfn, {sa. 
balavat) powerful, strong; ^am (maya 
kaiapapaiii) 17, i:, 

ball?!, mfn, (~= ea.) powerful, 
strong; m. r>^i, Dh. 280. 

balivadda, m. (sa. balivarda) a 

bull, ox; nom. «vO, Dh. 152; acc. pi. 
^C 71,31 ; instr. pi. ~ehi, 71,8». 

balya, n. (sa. balya) foolishness, 
stupidity; nom. acc, rwam, 64,3i. Dh. 
63. cp. bala. 

bahala, mfn, (= sa.) thick (of 
consistence), dense, compact, firm, deep 
(as water) etc, ; ati-bahala, ntfn, {q, v.). 
bahi, adv. (sa. bahis) out, outside; 
rw nikkbante, 60,6; 52,2 (apart from 
that place, vie. khaditatthanaih ; but 
here bahi is perhaps an error for bahu, 
cp, bahu-tinassa, 51,38); comp, bahi- 
nagare (loc.) outside the city, 39,20, 
43,9. 73,31 {opp. antonagare); *bahi- 
valanjanaka, m. pi. out-door people, 
acc. ^e, 43,8 {v. valaiija). cp. babira 
& next. 

babiddba, adv. {sa. babirdba) 
outside {abl.), from outside; **'-sainu- 
ttbana, mfn, 'originating from out- 
side', resulting in outward behaviour 
{i. e. in good manners) ; n. i>^aiil 
(ottappam) 10,j8 {opp. ajjhatta-"). 

bahu, mfn. (= sa.) much (many), 
great, frequent, abundant; n. ^u & 
rwuih, Dh. 258 (bahu bhasati); -^um 
(dhanarii) 23,6; (apunnam) 76,3; 
(navattbam) 111,32; tarn ~ yam hi 
jivasi, it is a wonder that you are 
still alive, 13,29; instr. m. />/una, Dh. 
166; n. pi. <N/Uni, 49,i6; »». pi. <n..u 
(maccha") 3,33; .-^avo, Dh. 307; instr, 
pi. rwuhl, 91,22; gen. pi, -N^unnam, 
23,27; ~unara, 108,2i; comp, bahu- 
mige, 6,5; "-bhattaiii, 67,ii, etc. {v, 
below); cp. bahuka, bahula, bahu-", 
bhiyyo {compar.), bhiyyoso, yebhuy- 

*bahu-abhififiata. mfn. highly 
esteemed; m. pi. ^a, (savaka) 109,i9. 
bahuka, mfn. (= sa.) much, 
many; acc. m. ^am (janaiii) 108,i2. 
bahu-jana, m. (= sa.\ some- 
times written bahujjana, metri causa 
or after the analogy of putbujjana; 
Fausb0ll, Das, Jat. p. 28) many people ; 
nom. .^0, 88,32; Dh. 320 (-jj-). 
""bahu-jagara, mfn., very watch- 



ful, awake; m. ,x/0 (opp, sutta) Dh. 
29. cp. jagarati. 
bahujjana, v. bahu-jana. 
bahu-tina, n. {sa. bahu-trna) 
abundant grass, beautiful pasture; gen. 
>N^assa, 51,33 (= inanapassa tinassa 

*bahu-dvara, mfn., having many 
doors or gates; loc, n. <vasmim (na- 
gare) 91,S3. 

*bahu-buddhi, mfn., wily, cun- 
ning, crafty; f, gen, pi, (vinam (thi- 
naiii) 61, so. 

'*'bahu-bhani», mfn., whospeaki 
much; ace. m, ^inarii, Dh. 227. 

*bahu-bhava, »»,, quantity, abun- 
dance; ace, 'x^aifa, 49,10. 

bah u la, mfn, (= sa.) much, large, 
abundant; e. c. abounding in; pa- 
mojja-", mfn. full of delight, m, rwO, 
Dh. 376. cp, sambahula. 

*bahu-sarakappa, mfn., having 
many purposes, full of schemes; acc, 
«^am (kayam) Dh. 147. 

bahussuta, w/m. (sa.bahu-Qruta) 
very learned; m. -wO (Anando) 109, is; 
acc. (N.-arii, Dh. 208; gen. pi, m, fva- 
narii, 109,7. cp. bahusacca. 

*babupakara, tnfn., very useful 
{v. upakara); m, r^o (amhakaiii, 
sakuno) 18,i3. 

badhita, mfn. (= sa.; pp. ba- 
dhati, ybadb, to press, pain, vex) 
pained, oppressed; m. f\iO (saso, "a 
snared hare") Dh. 342. cp. bibhaccha. 
B a ran a si (& -^i), f. (sa. Vara- 
nasi) nom. pr. of the city Benares; 
abl. >^\yE (avidure) 36,8o; loc. /x-iyara, 
1,1 ; o-raja (<>^i) the king of B., 5,8«, 
etc.] °-rajja, n, (-N^i) the kingdom of 
B., 38,23; "-rajja-samika, m. king of 
B., 43,22. 

bala, mfn. (= sa.) ignorant, foo- 
lish; m. /x/O, 2,7. 54,16; voc. -x-a, 44,8o; 
acc. ^am (yatha) 75,2j; 106,82 = 
Dh. 71; pi. <N^a, 64,i2; gen. pi. /v-a- 
nam, 107,io = Dh. 60_; comp. o-sum- 
Bumara (voc.) 2,8; "-raja, 54,6; »-ma- 
bajano (many unconverted) 74,i4; 
*andha-», mfn. (v. A.); ••-saflgata- 

cariu, mfn, "walking in the company 
of fools", m. ^i, Dh. 207; o-vagga, 
m. the fifth chapter of Dhpd. — coni' 
par, balatara, mfn, 64,82 (m, ,vo) 
cp, next & balya, «. 

balata, f. (= sa.) stupidity, foo- 
lishness; instr. <x^Sya (attano, on ac- 
count of their foolishness) 6,9. 

*bali8ika (& balisika), m. (fr, 
balisa or balisa, m. a fish-hook; 5a. 
badi^a & vadi^a) a fisherman, angler; 
nom. >x/0, 14,88. 

*Baveru, /". (?) nom. pr. of a city 
(perhaps = Babylon, cp, Minayeff, 
Bull, de I'Acad. de St, Fetersbourg, 
T. 17. p. 70 (M6I. As. VI 591); Morris, 
JPT8 '91-93. p. 25; Franke, ZDMG. 
47. Bd. p. 606); acc. ^um, 18,34; 
°-jataka, «. 18,i; "-rattha, n, the 
kingdom of B. 18,i-5. 

bah a, f. (= bahu, sa. bahu, «i.) 
the arm; pi. acc. '>./Si, 30,i9; itisir. 
~ahi, 20,6; *paccha-baham, adv. (v. 
h.) cp. Franke, Pali u. Sanskr. p. 102, 
bahita, tnfn. (pp. baheti, q. v.) 
removed; *"-papa, mfn. 'who has got 
rid of evil*, m, r^o ti brahraano (in- 
tended to be the etymology of the 
word brahmana, cp. Franke, Pali u. 
Sanskr. p. 117) Dh. 388. 

bahira, mfn. (fr. bahi; sa. babya, 
cp, bahika) being outside (one's self, 
one's body, house, or family); being 
outside the Buddhistic order, non« 
Buddhistic; n. o/aib, the exterior 
(opp, abbhantarara) 106,ii = Dh. 
394; m. /y^o (samano n'atthi, "there 
is DO Samana beyond the order" [just 
as there is no path through the air]) 
Dh. 264-55 (var. bahire, loc, adv.) 
cp. babiya (.x/ika), Jat. I 421,83 & 
III 432,88, which probably is a nom, 
pr. (cp. Mailer, Pali Gr. p. 31.) 

bahu, m. & f. (also baha, f. (q. 
v.); sa. bahu, m.) the arm; v, Siha- 
bahu, nom. pr. 

""bahusacca, n. (fr. bahussuta, 
sa. bahu-Qruta, rather than fr. *bahu- 
sati (sa. ""bahu-smrti) which is not 
found in P&li) much learning, erudt- 



tion; inatr, f^ena, Dh, 271 {cp. Dhpd. 
(1865) p. 381; Tr. PM. p. 75, cor- 

baheti, v;>. (sa. barhayati, caus. 
ybfh -''Tr ), if not denom. fr. bahi 
[V^eler, ZDMG. 14,82) cp. also ^badh 
& v'vah) to tear or.t, eradicate, remove 
{acc^ ; ger. /x^etva (puiinan ca papafl 
ca) 106,6 = Dh. 267: pp. bahita 
(£. v.\ 

bindii, m. & n, (= sa.) a drop; 
nam. ^u (uda-") 108,2 = Dh. 336; 
f^MVA (tnadhu-", phanita-", q. v.) 63,i8; 
uda-bindu-uipateca, Dh. 121. 

bimba, m. n. {==^ sa.) an image 
(as a picture or ettitue); ace, ~aiil 
(said of the human body) Dh. 147. 

bilara, m. (sa. bidala) a cat; 
•"-nissakkana-matta, nifn. just large 
enough that a cat can sneak out through 
it, n. ^am (pilkara-vivaraiii) 90,35. 

bibhaccha, mfn. {sa. bibhatsa) 
loathsome, disgusting ; "-sambadha- 
^thilna, n. 65,7 (q. v.). 

birana, n. {sa. virana) name of 
a fragrant grass (Andropogon Muri- 
catum); ^arfa, 107,33 = Dh. 336 
(its root is called usira, 108,4). 

bujjhati. vb. {sa. ybudh) to 
know, perceive, understand (ncc), to 
be conscious of; pr. 3. sg, ^ati {w, 
part, papiini kaMnuTni karaiii, "when 
he commits evil deeds") Dh, 13B; 
(do. raliokainniarii ilvikubbaiii, "when 
he openly does what o'Jght to be secret") 
54,17; (antariiyaih) Dh. 286; pp. bud- 
dha, nifn, intelligent, wise, enlightened 
{csp. sttbst, tii, cO uoni. pr,, v. nexl)\ 
(ICC. i^^Hiii, Dh. ijys. cp. buddbi, 
bodlii, cir, 

Buddha, «i. {--^ sa, pp. biijjliati, 
q. V.) 0, Buddha, /. e, a person who 
hns attained to infiuite knowledge, and 
who is liberated from all existence, so 
that be kIiuII not bo born again; now. 
pr. 'tlio Buddl.a' (», c. Gotanin, q. r.) 
mostly ineiitionuj by upithuts like 
Bh&gava^ Satthir, Sugata ('/. v.) cp. 
Tathaf,'ata & Sanimasambuddha; .^o 
(vjytt) 113,81 ; yadi -wo tit^lieyya ("if 

the B. were alive") 98,8s; -vO bhagava, 
66,8; /N.0 dhammaraja pabhaiiikaro, 
19,1 ; ~o bhavissati loke vivatta- 
cchaddo, 61,88; ~o tapati tejasa, 
107,25 = Dh. 387; maha-Caotama-°, 
87,8; ace. .^am (anantagocaram) Dh. 
179; gen. «^assa (viya) 113,2o; loc. 
^e (in the formula B., dhamma, 
saiiipha, ep. 107,i7)_79,i7; pi. instr. 
^ehi, 102,24; jreH./^anaiii, 68,22. 74,i5. 
86,24. 108,20 (metri causa : Buddhana). 
comp, V. next etc. 

*Buddha-gata, mfn., directed 
to Buddha; f, ,^a (sati) Dh. 296. 

*Buddha-gho8a, »». nom, pr. 
of a Buddhist teacher, author of several 
commentaries on canonical books (liv> 
ing about 420 A. D.); nom. ~o (ti 
nam viyakarurii, Buddhassa viya 
ganibbiraghosatta) 113,2i. 

•"Buddha-desita. vtfn., taught 
by the Buddha; ace. m. ^aih (dham- 
mafi ca vinayaii ca) 109,25. 

*Buddhantara, «., a period be- 
tween two Buddhas; ace, r^am (ekaiii) 
84,30. {cp, antara.) 

Buddba-manta, m. {sa. "-man- 
tra) a sacred text of the Buddha; /n/O, 


*Buddha-niha, /"., the grace 
or charm of a Buddha; instr. ^iiya 
(dbaramaiii desetva) 7,27. 47, 17. 

'*'Buddlia-vaKga, m., the title of 
ohopter XIV. of Dhpd. 

Buddha-vacana, n, {= sa.) 
the word of the Buddha, the holy 
texts; acc. ,%,niii (karotha) 108,o; loc. 
/vo (tepi^uke) l()2,a. 

""Buddha-vira, »»., 'the enligb- 
teiied hero' (Uuddliu); voo, ^n, 108,u. 

■^Buddha-settha, mi., 'the best 
of Buddhas' (Buddha); gen. o^assa, 


*B uddbarammana, mfn., v, 

buddiii, f, (= sa.) intelligence, 
insight; V. dubbuddhi & babubuddbi, 
n)f>i. cp. next. 

buddiiima^, mfn, (= sa.) en- 



dowed with iuHight, wise; m, ^v-ma, 
113,24; pi. o^manto, 76,sa. 

*Buddhuppada, m., the appear- 
ance or birth of a Buddha, the period 
after the appearance of a Buddha; gen. 
^assa abhava, because the Buddha 
had not appeared, 63,3i; loc. r^e 
(imasmim) in the present Buddha- 
period, 84,3i. 

bubbula, m, <& n, (sn, budbuda) 
H bubble; dimin. bubbulaka, »>. <& n., 
id,, ace. /N/am, Dh, 170; (cp. Morris, 
JPTS. '84,89). 

bojjhanga, »», («a. bodby-anga, 
n.) one of the seven faculties neces- 
sary for attaining perfect knowledge 
(or Buddhahood), vie. sati, dhamma- 
vicaya, viriya, piti, passaddhi, sama- 
dhi, upekha; pi. r^& (satta) 82,i2; 
ace. pi. /N/e, 91,8. cp. sambodhi- 

b d h i , m. t& f. (= sa.) *) f. per- 
fect knowledge (possessed by a Bud- 
dha), Buddhahood; v. bojjhanga, cp. 
sambodhi ; ^) m. the sacred tree under 
which Buddhahood is achieved, a Bo- 
tree; °-rukkha-mule, loo. at the foot 
of the Bo-tree, 66,3; cp, Mahabodhi 
& next. 

*Bodhimanda, m. or «. (?) the 
terrace of the great Bo-tree in Maga- 
dha; •'-samipamhi {loc!) near B., 


fiodhisatta, m. (sa. Bodhi- 
sattva) one who is destined to be- 
come a Buddha, the Buddha in any 
of his anterior births; «vO, 1,3; aec. 
/vam, 2,97; (fen, cwassa, l,e; abl, 
<^ato, 8,10. 

""bondi, f.{(& «».) (probably akin 
to sa, budhna) the body; nom, fvi 
(inahati) 2,« (= sarira, 2,7). op. 
Prdkr, boiiidi, Duriidi; Kuhn, Beitr. 
p. 41; Morris, JPTS. '89,so7. 

by a- etc, v. vya-. 

brabma-cariya^n. (sa. brabma- 
carya) a holy or religious life, holi- 
ness, purity, chastity (sometimes = 
the Buddhism or the Buddhist reli« 
gioug system and practice) ; nom, f^am. 

(vusitaiii) 71,15; aec, /^am. (cara, 
"lead a holy life") 70,io. 92,8; ♦"-vasa, 
m. the living a religious life; nom. 
(x-0, 92,37; gen. ^.^assa (kalo) 46,85. 
- """adi-brahmacariyika, mfn. (v, 
(idi ')) cp. next etc, 

brahmacariyava<, mfn. (sa, 
brahmacaryavat) who leads a holy life, 
practising chastity; nom, m, >x/Va, 
106,6 = Dh. 267. 

brahmacari?!, m. (= sa.) one 
who leads a religious life, who prac- 
tises chastity, a priest; nom: r^i, 30,i9. 
Dh. 142; sa-brabmacari (»». pi,) 
96,30 ("fellow-priests"). 

brahmanflata, f, (sa, brahma- 
nyata) ') friendliness towards Brah- 
mans; ^) the state of a Brahman; 
nom. rwta, Dh. 332. 

brabma-danda, »». (= sa.) 
name of a certain kind of punishment 
imposed by the order on a Bhikkhu; 
nom. />/0, 79,13-14 ("the Bhikkhus 
should neither speak to him, nor ex- 
hort him, nor admonish him", 79, 15) 
cp. Vin. II p. 290; Kern, Manual of 
Indian Buddhism, p. 87. 

Brahma-datta, m. (= sa.) 
nom. pr, of several mythic kings in 
Benares; loc. -we, 1,2. 2,i7, etc.; °-ku- 
maro, 42,24; "-mabaraja, 43,s2. 

BrahmaH, m. (= sa.) the god 
Brahma; nom. >x<a, 110,u; r^ Saham- 
pati, 80,21 ; instr. rvuna, Dh. 105; 
Maha-°, id. (v, h.) cp. sa-brahmaka, 
mfn. & next. 

Brahma-loka, m. (= sa.) the 
world or heaven of Brahma; loc. ix/O, 
45,10 ; *°-fipaga, mfn. going to B.; 
m. .%/0, 45,18 (cp. upaga); *°-para- 
yana, mfn, destined for B.; m, /n^o, 


brahma-vihara, m, (= sa,) 
one of the four perfect states of mind 
(viz, metta, karuna, mudita, upekha); 
ace, pi. f^6 (bhavetva) 45,is-ib. 

brahmana, m. (= sa.) a man 
belonging to the priestly caste, a Brah- 
man; nom. 'x/O, 9,9. 92,to; 106,8 = 
Dh. 393 etc. (in a moral sense); ace. 



^aih, 30,e; gen. /vcssa, 9,0. 66,iio; 
voc. fs^a, (metri causa), BO,ia; pi. i^S,, 
61,3o; gen. .%/anaiii, 61,86; purohita-", 
61,19 (3. «.); *''-paraokkha, mfn. (q. 
v.)\ *''-manava, m, a young Br., nom. 
.^0, 113,8 ; *"-ve8ena (instr.) in the 
disguise of a Br., 16,io; *'-Tagga, m. 
title of Dhpd. oh. XXVI; - dvandva, samana'", 19,«; ainacca-'-gaha- 
patike, 42,9; "-gahapatikesu, 7,25 {cp, 
gahapati) ; sa - asamana - brahmana, 
vifn, {q. v.), 

brilhmani, f. (= sa.) a Brah- 
nian's wife, 9,io; acd >^im. 9, 14. 

bruti, vb. {sa. briite & braviti; 
\/bru) to say, reply ; to speak to (ace.) ; 
to tell {ace. & gen.); ^o call {w. double 
ace); pr. 1. eg. brunii (tan te, = 
kathemi) 85,35-38; 106,-.3 (tarn brah- 
manaiii) = Dh. ;'96; i06,34; aor, 3. 
eg. ^) a-bravi (Maraiii) 103, 13; *>) a- 
bruvi, 110,31; 111,9. 

bruhtti, vb. {sa. brrahayati, 
cans. \/brmh) tc increase, further, 
promote, cherish, j)racti8e {acc.) ; imp. 
2. sg. ^aya (santimaggam) Db. 285. 

bhakkha, ^)mfn. {e. c.; sa. bhak- 
sha) eating or drinking; *lohita-'', 
mfn, blood-drinkinf»; gen, ~a8Sa, 
13,38; ♦piti-o, mfn. '{ri. v.). - «) »«. 
(so. bhaksha, m. or bhakshya, grd.) 
food ; /%.o si mama ("thou art ray prey") 

111,10. I 

bhakkheti, vh. {sa. bhaksha- 
yati, ybhaksh) to eat, devour; inf. 
^etuiii, 111,11; pp. ^ita, m. 
/vanam (vanijanarii) 11 1,3a; bhakkha, 
mfn, (v. above). 

bhagavaf, mfn. (= sa,) illu- 
strious, venerable, holy; esp, m. Used 
as a term of veneration by Buddhists 
when speaking of Buddha, "the Bles- 
sed one"; nom. Buddho bhagava or 
only Bhagava, 66,2-3-5. 104,23. 108, 17; 
acc, rvvantam, 68,17. 104,ii; instr. 

/s/vata, 69,18; gen, abt. ~vato, 76,i; 
68,11; ioc. -^vati, 74,8j; 92,s ("under 
the Blessed one"). 

bhagini, f.{= 8a.) a sister; also 
used as a term of address to any woman 
(or said of a woman of the order); 
voe, <^i, 73,5; instr. /viya (kanittha-°) 
56,80 ; *0-<wi-putta, m. a nephew; v. 
ati-bhagini-putta. cp. bhagineyya. 

bhagga, mfn. (i)|). bhaiijati; sa. 
bhagna) broken; n, /^aib, 30,i7. 63,3o; 
f. pi. rx,a, Dh. 164. 

bhaflga, m. (= sa.) breaking, 
breach; bending, fold; nom. .^0, 83, 11; 
acc. rw-ara (sarira-") 47,i6. 

bhacca, m. {sa. bhrtya, grd. \/bhr) 
a servant, attendant; acc. ovarii (taiil 
tarn) 112,23; pi. ,^si, 111,18; 
rv-e, 111,19; instr. pi, ,>^ehi, lll,2o. 

bhajati, vb, {sa. -y/bhaj) to par* 
take of, recur to, keep company with, 
frequent, follow, practise (acc); pr, 

3. sg. ^ati (padesam) Dh. 303 ; part, 

med. gen. m. sg. <%.,manassa, Dh. 76; 

imp, 2. sg, med. ,%^assu (mitte) Dh. 

375; pot. 3. sg. bhaje, Dh. 76. 78; 

3. sg. med. .>^etha, Dh. 78. 208; cans, 

bhajeti (3. v.). 

bhaiijati, vb, {sa. y'bhanj) to 

break, bend; to defeat (acc); pr, 1. 

sg. rvSmi (senam) 104,6; part. m. pi. 

.^anta (atthini) 8,29; aor. 3. sg. (ma) 

bhaiiji (vo) 108,5; pp. bhagga (q. v.) 

cp. bhanga, m. 

bhaiinati, vb. {pass, bhanati, 

q. v.). 

bhanati, vb. {sa. \/bhan) to speak, 

say; to recite, propound (acc); pr. 3. 

eg. r,^ati (musa) 97,n; 1. sg. ^ami 

(do.) 98,21 ; 1. sg. med. bhane {v. 

next)', part, m, r>^ari), 103,ii (iina 

gatha); Dh. 264 (alikarii); part, med. 

m. ^ mano, 83,4; gen, ^ manassa, 

83,3; imp. 3, sg. bhana, 11, 13; pvt. 

3. sg. bhane (saccaiiij Dh. 224; 1. 

sg. bhaneyy'ahara, 11, 11; aor. 1. sg. 

abhanim (an old augmented formation) 

47,8; pass, bhannati, loc. n. part. 




pp. n. bhanitam (alikaih tassa, soil 
niaya) 108,3o. cp. bhanaka, bhaniH. 

bhane, indecl. {orig. pr. 1. sg. 
med. fr. bhanati) lit. 'I eay', look 
here! my friends! a term of address 
used by a superior to inferiors (the 
latter answer with 'bhante', q. v.)\ 
niayaiii kho ^, 76,io; tena hi r^, 

bhanda, >) «. (sa. bhanda) sg, 
& pi. goods, ware?, things; 'utensils, 
iiiiplements, instruments, ornaments, 
etc.] nom, /^am, 30,i7; ace. />/aiii 
(appaggba-", "wares of a little value") 
26,s; (piya-o, "anything that is dear") 
54,34; pi. ^ani (turiya-°, "musical 
instruments") 66,5. — ') m. (c. c. = 
bandha) a keeper, groom (cp. sa, 
bhanda); *hatthi-", m, an elephant- 
keeper (= *hatthi-bandha, cp, sa, 
a^va-bandha) pi. /^a, 76,i5; aco. pi, 
r^e, 76,10. cp, SBE. XVII, 141, 

bhandaka, n. (sa, bhandaka) 
= bhanda, n.\ *as8a-'*, 65,i7 (horse- 

bhandika, f, (sa, bhandika) a 
bundle, a small packet; ace, /vain, 
8,17. 33,7; sahassa-^, a purse of 1000 
pieces, 23, 1 (cp, sahassa-thavika, 
102,si); - *bhandika-baddha, mfn, 
packed, bundled up; gen. f^&saa. (dha> 
nassa) 34,i8. 

bhata, mfn, (sa, bhrta, pp. bha- 
rati) 'born', brought up, reared, sup- 
ported; f, fs,si (bhariya) 51,4; *atta- 
vetana-", v. attaw. 

bhataka, m. (sa. bhrtaka) a ser- 
vant; nom, ^0, 105,8. 

bhati, f. (sa. bhrti) wages, hire, 
support; service for wages; instr. /viya, 

bhatta, n. (sa, bhakta) a meal, 
ration; food, esp. boiled rice; nom. 
ace. /vam, 78,3; 21,6. 33,25. 53,80. 
70,10. 76,11 ; bahu-°, 57,ii; *paccha-°, 
86,5; *patara8a-<', 57,9; *mataka-o, 
16,j8 (v. ft.); *ratti.«, 15,i9; loo. rs,e, 
57,s7; /vasmim, Db. 185; pi. rvSni, 
111,88; - comp, *bhatta-karaka, m. 

(sa, bhatta-kara) a cook; nom. ^0, 
6,20; — bhatta-kicca, n, preparations 
for a meal; "-avasane, loc. (v. ava- 
sana) after the meal, 86,15; - *bhatta- 
pati, f, a rice-bowl, ace. /vim, 34,i3; 
- *bhatta-sakata, n. a cart-load of 
rice, 53,30. 

bhadanta, m, (= sa.) a vene- 
rable person, a term esp, used in ad- 
dressing (or mentioning) a Buddhist 
priest, often equal to pron. 2. pers. 
(but with the verb in 3, sg.); katharii 
/vO iiayati, "how is your reverence 
named", 96,so. [bhadanta (also often 
written bhaddanta) seems to be a 
later formation from the voc, bhadante, 
which has probably arisen from the 
phrase bhaddam (or bhadrarh) te 
(q. V.) and has been contracted into 
bhante (v. below)] cp. Windisch 
Mara und Buddha, p. 68; Tr, PM, 
p. 69-70; Weber, Bhag. II, 165 & 
I, 418; Scnart, Kacc. p. 115 (11,4,35); 
Pischel, Gr. 8 366''.] 

bhadda (& bhadra), mfn. (sa. 
bhadra) happy, good, pleasant, beauti- 
ful ; m, /vfo (a good man, opp. papo), 
Db. 120; ace. /vram (assam) Dh. 
380; f. /vS (mata) 20,25; voc. f. /ve 
(my dear!) 1,8; n, /vrnrh, happiness, 
Dh. 119; pi, -vrani (good things) 
Dh. 120; n, /vam is often used with 
gen, pron. 2, pers, parenthetically ia 
a sentence, meaning 'if you please', 
'let it be said with all deference', 'sit 
venia verbo' and the like : na me 
ruccati bhaddaih vo, ll,i6; tam vo 
vadami bhaddam vo, 108,3 (cp. sa. 
bhadrara te (va/i) & bhadanta above). 

bhaddaka, mfn. (sa. bhadraka) 
= bhadda; m. su-bhaddako (catu- 
ppado), very pleasant or lovely, 30,8. 

bhanta, mfn, (pp. bhamati; sa. 
bhranta) wandering, moving, or rol- 
ling about (unsteadily); ace. m. i^&ra 
(ratham) 106,88 = Dh. 222. 
Abhante, indecl. (fr. bhadanta, 
q. V,) a term of address to superiors 
or venerable persons : reverend sir, 
your reverence I *) = voc. 28,i» (to 



Buddha); 86,t (tfipftsa); evaih /x-, 
76,ii (Devadatta); 79,io (an eldei- 
bhikkhu ought to be addressed by 
bhante or ayasma); 8I),S9 (Narada); 
kinnamo ai /v, 96,S9; - *) = nom. 
»^ Bhagaya, 69,t (with 5. sg. of the 
verb), [bhante has generally been 
considered as a Magadbism, from 5a. 
bhavant- ( Weher, Trenckner & Franke, 
KZ. XIV, p. 419), from which also 
bhadanta (v. above) possibly might 
have arisen through insertion of an 
inorganic 'd'; but I think it will be 
impossible to arrive at a true histori* 
cal view of the various terms of address, 
bhagava, bhavam (bhonto, etc.)^ 
bhadanto (nwte), bhante, bhane, which 
seem to be connected with one another 
phraseologically as v^ell as etymologi- 
cal ly.] 

bhabba, mfn. (^rd. bhavati; sa. 
bhavya) future, what probably will be 
or ought to be, suitable, proper ; w. 
inf. being able to; m. o^o (kame 
paribhunjitum) 70,i; a-bhabba, mfn. 
{q. v.). 

bhamati, vh, {sa, ybhram) to 
wander about, to n<ove to and fro (on 
account of perplexity) ; caus. bhameti, 
to swing, agitate, perplex; imp, 2. sg. 
tiled, bhamassu, Dh. 371, seems to 
be used as imp, 3. sg., but perhaps 
we have here an old error; the Mss, 
Khar, reads ma te kamaguna bha- 
memsu oittaiii, whioh siems to prove 
that we ought to read kamaguna 
baamimsu (aor. 3. pi.) or bhamesum 
{aor. 3. pi. caits,). \ 

bhamara, tj. (sa. bhramara) a 
bee; rvO, 106,a = Dh. 49; •*-gana, 
8 warn 8 of bets, 62,i9 (pancavanna-"). 
bhaya, ') n, (— sa.) fear, danger; 
mm. ,^am, 63,i). 110,32. Dh. 283; 
itstr. bhayena, from fear, 13,is. 43,7, 
often at the end of conip. : geha-pa- 
tana-", 19,ie; niraya-", 17,3o; mara- 
na-®, 6,81 ; rukkha-nibbattana-", 37,6 
(q. V,) cp. a-kuto -bhaya, a-bhaya, 
maha-bhava, mfn.-, - *''-janana, mfn. 
(q, v.) ; - bhayattha, mfn, {sa. bhaya- 

stha) terrified, f. -%./5, lll,»e; - 
♦o-tajjita, mfn. (q. ».); - "-dassiw & 
^O-dassivas, mfn, seeing danger, fear* 
ing; nom. m. ^va, Dh. 31; pi. -^.^ino, 
Dh. 317; - *»-bhita, mfn. & *<'-saa- 
kita, mfn. frightened, alarmed {v. h.) 
— ^) mfn. dangerous; acc. m. r^&m 
(maggaih) Dh. 123. 

bharati, vb. {sa, Vbhr) to bear, 
support, hire; cp. next etc.y bhara, 
bhacca, bhata(ka), bhati. 

bharita, mfn. (= sa.) filled with 
(e. c); vippaviddha-nanaku^apa-*', 
mfn. 65,to (f. /».). 

bhariya, f. {sa. bharya) a wife; 
nom, ^ya, 1,5. 51,4; acc. «N/yara, 
101,18; gen. {dat. loc.) ^yaya,; 
54,29 (metri causa contracted to bha- 
riya); 58,2 (dovarika-"). 

Bharukaccha, n. {sa, id. & 
Bhrgukaccha) nom. pr. of a seaport- 
town in Western India (Baroach, 
jiaQV)-ain); nom. f^&m (nama patta- 
nagamo) 24,9; ♦"-pattanam, 26,i2; 
*''-payata, mfn. 20,22 {v, payati); 
**'-vanija, »». 19,2i {q. v.). 

*Bharu-rattha, n. nom. pr. of 
a country; loc. ~e, 24,9. — *Bharu- 
raja>i, m. the king of that country; 
nom. ,^ raja nama, 24,9. 

bhava, «». (= sa.) ') coming into 
existence, birth; existence, any mode 
of existence, being, life; nom. r^o 
(upadana-paccaya) 66,9; "-paccaya 
(jati) 66,10 ; gen. rvassa (paragu) 
Dh. 348; loc. ^e (purima-", in a 
former life) 58, 11; pi. tayo bhava, 
"the three modes of existence", viz. 
sensual, corporeal, formless existence, 
or existence in the three worlds kama-, 
riipa-, ariipa-loka, 65,ii {cp. kama, 
bhava, vibhava 67,i4); - *o.tanha, 
f. thirst for existence, 67, 14; *''-niro- 
dha, m. cessation of ex., 66, i«; **'-sal- 
lani, n. pi, "the thorns of life", Dh. 
351 ; kama-", tanha-", nandi-" {v. h,) 
— *) increase, welfare, prosperity {opp. 
vibhava, q, v.) ; dat. ^Rya, Dh. 282. - 
cp. bhava, punabbhava, etc, 

bhavam, pron. {orig. part, bhavat 



fr. next; sa. bhavan, »n. & bhavati, 
f.) thou, you (used as a respectful 
terra of address, often comb, with the 
name of the person addressed, but 
mostly with the 3. pers. of the verb); 
iiom. -ovarii (Gotamo) 90,i9. 93,3?; 
(ace, bhavantaiii) ; instr. bhota (Go- 
tamena) 90,i5; gen, bhoto (Gota- 
niassa) 94,6; {loc. bhavati); pi. nom. 
voc. ace. bhonto (or bhavanto, nom.,, 
bhavante, ace.) : sunantu me ^o, 
97,3; [instr. pi. bhavautehi; 
bliavantanam, or bhavatarii). As voc. 
sg, & pi. we have a contracted form 
bho (g. V. separately helow). 

bhavati, vb. \sa. ^bhu; very 
often contracted to boti, q. v.) to be, 
exist, stay, become, arise, come into, 
etc. (also used as auxiliary verb) ; 
pr, 3, sg. -N^ati, Dh. 375; 3. pi. 
-^anti (jati-paccaya) 66, n; 111,4; 
pr, 1. pi. med, bhavamase, 105,86; 
part. V, bhavaih above:, imp. 2. sg. 
bhava {cp, hohi) Dh. 236; 2, pi. 
bhavatha {yar. ,^atba) Dh. 143; pot. 
3. sg. bhaveyya, 1,25; 1. sg. o^eyyarb, 
56,5; 2. sg. <%/eyya8i, 86,3; aor. ahu, 
ahosi, etc, v, hoti; fut. 3. sg, bha- 
vissati {cp, hessati) = will be, 'must 
be', or 'is probably', 'is certainly' : 
32,26. 87,3. 99.7, etc.; 12,27. 34,3 
(vassapitara ~); 40,22 (gahito nS)\ 
56,30 (laddham r^ manne); also in 
questions and answers : kilfa ro (supi- 
nam) 61,29; kin nu kho »/ (kumarika) 
"how may she be"? 86,29; evam rw, 
56,15; fut. 2. sg. /^issasi, 46,i4. 56,i2; 
1. sg. ^issami, 23,29 ; 3. pi. .N.'issanti, 
6,28. 21,11-27. 33,27 (imam dhanam 
dve kotihasa /v, pi. instead of sg.)\ 
1. pi. <x/i8sama, 21,i2; — cond. 3. sg. 
a-bhavissa, 42,ii. 92,28; bhavissa, 
29,8; — inf. bbavitum, 24,24. 56,i; 
— ger. v. hutva (under hoti); — grd. 
bhavitabba, mfn. (cp. hotabba & 
bhabba) n. r^&m (used like fut. in 
pass, construction) 24,2 (iminapi aga- 
tena r^ = ayam pi agato bhavis- 
sati); 34,4-10.47,18.48,26. 91,23, etc.; 
ace. n. ^a,m ev'etam kathesi, "you 

F41I 01o>ur7. 

tell of what must be", 47, 11 (cp. ka- 
likaiii, 47,10); - pp. bhiita (q. v.); 

— caus. bbaveti (q. v.) cp, bhava, 
bhava, »»., bhavana. n. 

bhavan a, «. (= sa.) house (pa- 
lace), home, abode (world); acc, >vaih 
(attano) 19,i8; loc, ^e, 41,29; asura-", 
tavatiihsa-", naga-°, Sakka-°, su- 
panna-" (v. h.), 

bhasta, m. (sa. basta) a he-goat; 
acc. /N^am, 54,i6 (cp, Jat. VI, 12,2; 
Abhidh. has vasso). 

b has ma, n. (sa. bhasman) ashes; 
*°-achanna, mfn, 106,22 (v. achanna). 

bhassati, vb. (sa, y'bhrarii?) to 
fall down, drop; to swoop down, go 
on shore; to take a road, lounge about; 
aor. 3, sg. bhassi (adho GaSgam) 
14,24; (tassa matthakam) 24,s; aor, 
3, sg, med. a-bhassatha (vina kaccha) 
104,17 (cp. Kuhn, Beitr. p". 110). 

bhaga, m. (= sa.) >) a part, 
fraction (often comp. V. numbers, v, 
catu-bhaga, ti-bhaga & sahassa-"); 

— ^) a portion, share, lot; task, busi- 
ness, wages, salary; (v, acariya-''); — 
*) place, region, side, quarter (v, 
upari-", kanna-", bhumi-", cp, sab- 
bato-bhagena, instr, adv,) ; - *) time, 
division of time (v. ratti-", cp, apara- 
bhage, loc, adv,) cp. bhaga, etc., 

*bhagava<, mfn. (fr. prec,\ par- 
taking of, having a share in (gen.); 
nom. m. ^va (samafmassa) Db. 19. 20. 

bhagineyya, m: (sa. bhagineya) 
a sister's son, nephew; ^'-hamsapota- 
kassa (gen.) a young hamsa, a nephew 
of his, 10,21. cp. bhagini. 

bhajana, n. (=: sd.) a vessel, 
an earthen jug; acc. ^aih, 82,i9, 

bhajeti, vb. (caus. bhajati; sa. 
bhajayati) to divide, distribute (acc); 
inf, /vetum (matamanussam) 40,32; 
ger, ->.-etva, 27,29. cp. bhaga, bhajana. 

bhanaka, »M. (= sa.; fr. bhanati) 
a reciter, repeater, declarer; *Digha-", 
m. (q. v.). 

bbanavara, n. (& m.) a section 




of the holy texts, which are divided 
it to such sectioDB for purpose of reci- 
tation; pathamaka-*'am, the first sec* 
tion of Dhpd. ccmtainiig ch. I-XIV ; 
Dh. 196. 

*bhanin, mfn. {fr. bhanati) say- 
ing, :<peakinij; v. bahu-'', manju-", 
mania-", mita-*', mfn, 

bhatur, w. (fa. bhratr) a brother; 
Viom. ->.ta, 108,115; 9,7 (kanittha-") ; 
ace, .N^tarara, 31,so; instr. o^tara, 
31,31 ; nom. pi, />/taro, 31, is. 34,32. 

b batik a, »«. (sa. bhratrka) a 
brother; ace. ^&m (jetthaka-") &2,2i; 
gen. r^assa (jettha-") 35,2o. 

bhayati, vh. (sa, \/h\n, bibheti 
& bbiyate) to fear, be afraid of (gen,); 
pr. 3. pi. ~anti (maccuno) Dh. 129; 
aor. 2. sg. (mil.) bhayi, l,io. 4,3o. 75,2o; 
2. pi. (ma) bhayittha, 32,2i. 76,ii6; 
pp. bbita {q. v.) ; ger. ohayitva (kassa) 
98,13. cp, bhaya, bhiiiisanaka, bhiru, 

bhiira, tn. (= sa.) burden, load; 
trouble, labour; task, charge; nom, 
■^0 (mayham ->., or mayhaiii esa ^, 
"let it be my charge, leave that to 
me") 42,6. 49,3o; imassa sukba-duk- 
khaiii tava --wO, "look after him in 
better and worse", 28,20 ; khari-", m. 
& panna-", mfn, (v. /«.). 

bharaka, m, (?) (= sa.) burden, 
load; only in the comp. *gadrabha-'*, 
i«. (?) ') an a8^•d^ive^; ^) goods car- 
ried by an ase, instr, r^ena vohararii 
karonto, 8,i6. 

bhava, »l. (== sa.) ') being, be« 
coming, appearance, state, condition, 
nature; nom. ^0 (thinaiil) 51, si. — 
*) do., at the end of comp. (subst. ni.) : 
") w. adj, I tittaka-", duggata-", dub- 
baca-^ nihata-mana-", pnndita-", 
babu-", sapariggaha-apariggaha-", 
samana-vaya-**, sasf.amika-", sithila-", 
auddba-" (q. v.) ; — '') w. adv. : tatba-*' 
(q. V.) ; — •=) w. s.tbst. {cp. dliamma) : 
atta-", mitta-", sottbi-", & likewise 
with the verb attai, 8, sg. : atthi-" 
('/. I'.) - klmracakka-" (= "that it 
was") 24,6; yakkbini-", 21, 2C (do.) 

cp. hava-bhava (q. ».) 21,is; - *)«r. 
pp. or grd. (which in English is ex- 
pressed by a full sentence : *'that it 
was . . .", or "that it ought to be") : 
agata-o, gata-°, gahita-", bhinna-", 
marita-o, vaficita-^ hattha-gata-"; 
chaddetabba-" (g. v.); - «) similarly 
w, nom. actionis : avattharana-°, aga- 
mana-", an-agamana-", gamana-", 
nikkhamana-", marana-" (g. v.) cp, 
tunhi-bbava & patu-bhava, w.; a- 
bhava, m. & an-abhava-kata, mfn. 

bbavana, /". (= sa.) ^) producing, 
acquiring, mastering, developing (one's 
own mental faculties), meditation; ace. 
/N.-aiii (anuyunjati, "applies himself 
to meditation") 97,9; loc. -^aya (atta- 
nji bbavita-") 29,2; (rato mano) Dh. 
301; — ^) veneration, respect, praise, 
reputation ; ace. ->.aiii (asataiii, metri 
causa bbavan') Dh. 73. 

bhavita, mfn. (pp. fr. next; = 
sa.) produced, developed, cultivated, 
practised; f, />.a (marana-sati) 86,so; 
**-bhavanaya (pattirii, "the powers 1 
have developed") 29,3; - bbavita- 
tta(/i), mfn. (sa. bhavitatman) one 
who has trained himself (by medita- 
tion); ace, rwanaiii, Dh. 106. cp. 
a-bhavita, su-bhavita, mfn. 

bhaveti (& bhavayati), vh. (cans. 
bbavati; sa. bhavayati) to produce, 
develop, cultivate, apply oneself to 
(ace.) ; pr, 3. sg. ^eti (metri causa 
bhavayati) Dh. 350 (asubharii); imp, 
2. pi. (or pot, 3. sg. med.) ,>^etha 
(mettam) 40,8; (marana-satim) 86,17; 
pot. 3. sg. med, <>-etha (pandito) Dh. 
87; aor. 3. sg. ^esi, 86,25; inf. ^etuib, 
ib. ; ger. «^etva (brahma-vihare) 46,i5; 
(bojjhafige) dlys;pp, bhavita, v, above \ 
bhavana, f, (q. v.). 

bhilsati, vb. (sa, ^/bhash) to 
speak, talk; to say, pronounce, recite 
(ace); pr, 3. sg. ^ati, 22,3; Dh. 1-2 
(metrically = ^ati; Dh. 258; 2. sg. 
-^asi (alikam) 97, 31; part. m. o^mano, 
103,4; Dh. 19; imp. 2. sg. med, blia- 
sassu, 98,20 ; pot. 3. sg. bhase (gatha 
satam) Dh. 102 ; fut, 1, sg. ^issami 



(gathaiii) 87,i; aor. 3. sg. abhasi, 
13,30. 80,22; S. 5(7. med. abhasatha, 
105,33; pp. bhasita (q. v.) cp. next. 

bhasa, f, {sa. bhashil) language 
(esp. vernacular), dialect; loc. >^aya 
(Sibala-**, in the Sinhalese language) 
113,31 ; mula-bhasaya {abl. or instr.?) 
114,38 (v. mula); sabba-bhasa, mfn. 

bhasita, mfn, (pp. bhasati) said, 
spoken; n. <^&m, 98,38; gen, .^.^assa 
(attham) 90,3o. n. stibst. ^&m, speech, 
word, Dh._363; 93,i8; cp, dubbha- 
sita, subhasita, mfn. 

*bhiiiisanaka, mfn, (Jr. sa, bhi- 
shana & bhishma) terrible; »». ,>.,o, 
27,G (saddo); 80,2o (bhumicalo); n, 
{siibst."?) ,>.-aiD, 81,3. 

bhikkhati, vb. (sa, ^bhiksb, 
bhikshate) to beg, ask for, esp. to 
beg alms (from, acc); pr. 3, sg. med. 
~ate (pare, "others") 106,4 = Dh. 
266. cp. next etc. 

bhikkha, f. (sa. bhiksha) the act 
of begging alms; dat, ,-vaya (caranto) 

bbikkhu, m. (sa. bhikshu) a men- 
dicant, a Buddhist monk or priest; 
nom. ^u, 79,8. 106;4 = Dh. 266; 
Uh. 75 (Buddhassa savako); acc. 
^um, Dh. 362; instr. ^una, 79,8; 
gen. /wuno, 79,i3; eka-bhikkhussa, 
79,17; pi. nom. ^n, 29,28; /o.-avo, 
109,16; voc. -N^ave, 29, 3o. 70,85; o./avo, 
Dh. 243; acc, ^u, 66,21; instr, ^uhi, 
79,15; — *''-vagga, m, title of Dhpd. 
ch. XXV; - o-sata, n. 79,33; "-sa- 
hassa, n. 70,32 (q. v.); *'-samgha, m. 
the congregation of Buddhist monks, 
the Buddhist brotherhood; gen. .^/assa, 
72,27; instr, />^ena, 70,2i; loc, /%^e, 
29,27; pi. n^&, 109,2. 

bhikkhuni, f, (sa. bhikshuni) a 
Buddhist nun; instr, /viya, 98,98. 

bbimkara, m, (sa, bhrngSra) a 
pitcher, bowl or vase (golden); instr, 
/N.^ena (euvanna-**) 41,u. 

bbijjati, vb. (pass, bhindati) to 
be broken or wrecked; to be scattered 
or dispersed; pr. 3, sg. <vati, 107,e 

= Dh. 148; fut. 3. sg. -^issati (nava) 
19,30 ; o/issama (tattha tatth'eva) 


bhitti, f. (= 5a.) a wall; nom. 
r^\ (kannakita) 84,2o. 

♦bhindapeti, v6. (cans. II. bhin- 
dati) to cause to be broken (acc); 
fut. 1. sg. .^.^essami (silaiii assa) 48,2c. 
bhindati, vb.(sa. -^/hhid) to break, 
cut asunder, destroy, disturb, violate 
(acc); part, m, r^nnio (ghatam) 16,39; 
(sotani) 27,5; pot. 3. sg. ~eyya (met- 
tiifa) 53,9; aor. 5. s^. bhindi (navaii) 
20,1; -^itum (ranfio vacanaiii, to diso- 
bey) 40,s; (itthiya silaifa, to seduce) 
48,28; -N.'itva, 10,i4 (hirottappam) ; 
60,5. 58,23 (dvidha); pp. bhinna; grd. 
bhejja; coms. II. bhindapeti (q, v,} 
cp. bheda. 

bhinna, mfn, (pp, bhindati; = 
50.) *) broken, destroyed, violated; 
wrecked; n. i>^am (bhandarii) 30,i7; 
f. /^a (nava) 20,33. 28,82; loc. ,>/aya 
Tnavaya) 28,i6; bhinna-nava, mfn. 
(cp. sa. bhinnanau) shipwrecked; m. 
pi, (N.-a, 21,0; gen. ->..anarii, 20,83. - 
') separate, different, deviating; *-r5pa, 
mfn. id.; m. pi. ^a (acariya-vada, 
"the schismatic doctrines of old tea- 
chers"?) 113,27. 

bhiyyo, adv. (sa. bhiiyas; compar. 
fr. bahu) *) more, still more; ^ cit- 
taih pasidati, 103,bi; /^ nandati, 
107,27 = Dh. 18; - «) once more, 
again; 1^ opamraam karohi ("give 
another illustration") 99,27. cp. next 
& yebhuyyena. 

bhiyyoso, adv. (sa. bhiiya^as) 
still more; only in the comp. *bhiy- 
yosomattaya (v. matta, /",, cp. buddh. 
sa. bhuyasya matraya) in still higher 
degree, 65,8. 

bhi8akka,»i. (sa. bhishaj) a pby- 
sioian; acc. <^am, 92,8. (As to the 
form cp, sa. a-tvak-ka) cp. bhesajja. 

bhisi, f. (sa. brs!) a cushion, roll, 
pad; nom. n,,l, 104,80 (baddha hi •%/ 
susamkhata ; in this sentence bhisi 
seems to be somewhat ambiguous; 
could it also mean a sort of cushion, 




made of twisted grass, used instead 
of a swimming-girdle? Faushell, SBE. 
X, (2) p. 4, translates it. by 'raft'; 
cp. SBE. XX, p. 16S. Note 3); inatr. 
/N^iya, 104,31. 

bhita, mfn. (pp, bhSyati; = sa.) 
frightened, terrified (w. gen. or e. c.) ; 
m. i^o (tasarii) 21,33; (raarana-bbaya-*") 
8,2j; 75,17; tM. pi. o^a, 40,io; 17,8i 
(niraya-bhaya-") ; bhita-tasita, m. pi. 
dvandva comp. 27,s| "-puriso, 86,io 
(asivisam disva rw), 

b h i r u , mfn. (= sa.) timid, cowardly ; 
S:tbst. f. bhirii, cowardice, 103,27 (cha- 
ttlia [sena Marassa]). cp. bherava. 

bhuiijati, «&. (sa. ^bhuj) to enjoy, 
eat (ace, rarely instr.), to take a meal; 
to swallow, devour {ace.) ; pr. 3. sg. 
r>^Si.ti (vina niariisena na ^) 6,i; Dh. 
324; 3. pi. .N.-anti, 67, lo; part. gen. 
tn, /^antaasa (sayamasam) 53,39; imp, 

2. pi. ^atha (bhattaih) 21,5; pot. 3, 
sg. ^eyya, 101,3. 107,3 = Dh. 308; 

3. sg. tried. .>.'etha. Dh. 70; aor, 3. 
sg, bliufiji, 41,10. 67,i5; 1. sg. bhuujiiii, 
101, t; 3. j'l. a-bliunjisuiii, 111,34; 
gcr, ») ))liutva, lo,!!.; *>) bhuiiiitva, 
J}1,7 {khaditva .v); 57,is; 61,7 (blio- 
janarii); 78,!9 (bhattaiiO; <=)bbuf!Jiya, 
111,85; 2^P- bhutta (q. v.)\ grd, v, 
bhojaniya; cans, bhojeti {q. v.) cp. 
bliOga', bhojana. 

bhutta, mfn. {pp. bhufijati; sa, 
bhukta) *) enjoyed, eaten; m. pi. r^a, 
(me kama) 45,5; m. /%.o (ayoRulo, 
"swallowed'') 107, i = Dh. 308; ^"-pa- 
tarusa, mfn. {v. .'*.) ; — -) one who has 
eaten; gen. sg. .^^assa {w, instr, su- 
karamaddavena) 78.3t. ' 

*bhuttiivi()i), mfn, {fr. last) one 
who has enjoyed or eaten (acc), who 
has finished the meal; gen. m. rvvissa 
(bhattaiii) 78,si; 83,i4. 

bhutva, ger. v. bhufijati. 

bhunima, ^) mfn. {sa. bhiiniya, 
cp. bhauma) belonging to the earth. 
— -) comp. =: bhtimi, f. (arisen through 
bbumnii? or from the old loc, bbutnya, 
Jat. I, 507,13. V. 84,12, etc.); *bhum- 
rna-ttha, mfn. standing on the ground; 

acc. m. pi. ^e, Dh. 28; - *bhum- 
ma-ttharana, w., 'floor covering', a 
carpet; /^aih, 84,i7. cp. bhuma. 

bhusa', mfn. {sa. bhr5a)_ strong, 
vehement, excessive ; m. pi. ~a (sota) 
Dh. 339. 

bhusa*, n, {sa. busa) cbaff; .N^am 
(viya) 53,8 i yatba r^am, 106,it = 
Dh. 252. 

bhiita, mfn. {pp. bhavati; = sa.) 
') being, existing, real, true ; become, 
happeasd ; «, .^^am, 9,89 {opp. a-bhii- 
taiii, q. v.); 101,30. - ") siihst. m. n. 
any living being; jfj/. m. -^a (sabbe) 
80,23; n. .N^an:i, Dh. 131; loc. .>^esu, 
Dh. 405. — ') e. c. being, being like 
(sometimes almost pleonast.) : ^) *aga- 
rika-", *anda-**, *andha-'', *tanu-", 
^sariikara-*', mfn. {v. h.); *>) -i-bhuta: 
V. tunbi-", *8amarigi-'', sammukhi-**, 
siti-"; cp. yatha-bhiita ("-bhucca) & 

'bhilraa & "bhumaka. mfn. (only 
c. c. =^ bbiimi, cp. sa. blmmikii & 
bbumma abovii) : satta-bhurauka, mfn. 
{sa. sapta-bhuma. & "-bbuniika) hav- 
ing 7 stories; n. ^am (geharii) 48, 3i. 
bhiiini, f. (= sa.) ') the earth, 
soil, ground; nam. •>^i (acala) 110,:; 
acc., 6,n; (otinna, gone on shore) 
1 12,27; loc. rwiya (on the ground) 61,25. 
83,10. 97,34; ^..iyaiii, 5,i2. 63, lo. 66,27 
(katva); taniba-», 112,29 (3. v.); 
"'"-cala, «>. {cp. sa. bhiiini-cala) an 
earthquake; nom, n,o (niaba-") 80,i9. 

— *) the fluor of a house; 84, 21; story 
(of a house) v. bbuiiia. — *) a terri* 
tory, country; v. "ariya-", *uyyana-", 
paccantaA Suvanna-". - *) place; 
*"-ran>aneyyaka, n. a delightful place, 
Dh. 98 (q. v.); ukkara-", {q. v.); 
"-bbaga, m, place, quarter, stall (of 
a horse); loc. .^.e, 65,i9, - '') step, 
stage; acc. ^irii (yatbaviditaiii, "stage 
of knowledge") 69,23. [Burm. writing 
bhumini; cjj.bbumina&bbuniaaftot'e.l 

bhuri, ') mfn. {=^ sa.) mucli, 
great (only at the beginning of comp.). 

— ^) f. knowledge, intelligence; nom. 
^i, Dh. 282 (yoga jayati); *0-8ara- 



khaya, hi, loss of knowledge, nom, r^o, 
Dh. 282. 

*bhu8ita, mfn. (pp. "bhuseti, 
ybhush) adorned, decorated; f. ,>^a 
(sabbabharana-*') 112,i, 

bhejja, mfn, (grd. bhindati; sa. 
bhedya) to be broken or destroyed ; 
a-bhejja, mfn. 39,ia (q. v.). 

blieda, m. (= sa.) breaking, de- 
stroying, dissolving; 06/. -vS (kayassa), 
"when this body is dissolved", 7,iifl, 
Dh. 140. 

bhedana, «. (= sa.) = prec] 
uco. <N,arii (sarirassa) "injury of the 
body", Dh. 138. 

bherava, mfn. (fr. bhiru; sa. 
bhairava) terrible; n. subst, horror, 
terror; */^rava. «». a cry of horror; 
ace. .%^aiii (ravanta) 86,19. 

bheri, f. (= sa.) a drum, kettle- 
drum; ace. ,>/im, 35,i3; (carapetva) 
42,2, 102,26 (used generally by pro- 
clamations); gen, ^iya, 36, is; "-tale, 

bhesajja, n. (sa, bhaishajya) 
medicament, medicine; comp. gilana- 
paccaya-", 97,8, cp, bhisakka. 

bho, indecl, (sa. bhos) a vocative 
particle, orig. voc. of bhavaiii (q. v.), 
used in addressing one or more persons : 
! Hallo ! I say, look here ! *) with 
a foil. voc. bho pasana, 3,7 ; kirii bho 
pasana (vanarindu) 3,o-ii ; bho purisa, 
23,34. 101,6; bho cora, 32,8i; bho 
yakkha, 40,36; *) without voc. ehi bho, 
24,3; aho vata bho, 42,i7; dhi-r-attbu 
vata bho, 63, 13; upaddutam vata bho, 
65,12; nahaiu bho gamam jbapemi, 
101,7; ayam bho ko nu dipo,; 
- bhovadi», v, below, cp, ambho & 

b h g a ', «>. (= sa.) a curve, fold ; 
ace. rvam (orato katva) 88,21, cp, 
obhoga & bhogga. 

bhoga', m, (= sa,) enjoy ment, 
use, advantage; wealth, riches, trea- 
sures; pi, ^S, Dh. 855; gen, .vSnaih, 
Dh. 139 ; «-tanha, f. "thirst for riches", 
Dh, 355 (instr. /x^aya); yaso-bhoga- 
•amappita, mfn. (q. v.). 

*Bhoga-nagara, n. nom. pr, of 
a town (from bhoga*, in the sense of 
'serpent'); loc, ^e, 77, 15, 

bhogga, mfn, (so. bhugna) bent, 
crooked ; gopanasi-bhogga-saina, mfn. 
47,22 (q. v.). 

bhojana, «. (= sa.) •) enjoying, 
eating; *vikala-", eating at forbidden 
times; abl. r^vi. 81,24 (cp. vikala). - 
*) a meal, food (esp. boiled rice); aco, 
^aih, Dh. 70; 20,7 rdibba-"); 41, » 
(nfinaggarasa-'h 61,7 (vara-'); pana- 
bhojanaih, food and drink, Dh, 249; 
- *parififiSta-^ mfn, (q. v.), 

bhojaniya, n, (sa. bhojaniya; 
grd. bbuiljati) soft food (as boiled 
rice, gruel, soft cake, meat etc., opp. 
khadaniya, q. v.); ace. (vaiii, 78,8; 
kbadaniya-", 18,3o. 

bhovadi/J, mfn. (= sa.) one 
who addresses another person by 'bho' 
(as non-Buddhists used to address Bud- 
dha; hence sometimes = a Brahman); 
m. ^i (bhovadi nama) Dh. 396. cp. 
Tr. PiM. p. 70; differently Weber, 
Ind. Str. I, 181, 


m , ') by sandhi instead of m : vud- 
dhitn anvaya, 2,i8; agacchantam eva, 
2,31, etc, — ^) an old m (rii) is sometimes 
preserved by sandhi, e, g, tunliim asi- 
naiil, Dh. 227. - ^) inserted in cotnp. : 
naga-m-asado, 77,3; okam-okato, Dh. 
34; do. metri causa : bhumim-rama- 
neyyakam, Dh. 98; cp. annam-annarii. 
— *) inserted between two words (not 
comp.) : jeyya-m-attanam, 107,4 = 
Dh. 103; apassi-m-uttinnapadam, 
111,17; idh'eva-m-eso, Dh. 247; 
Bammati-m-eva, Dh.390; cp.saSgara, 
Dh. 412 (Tr. PM. 82). - ») m', ah- 
breviation of me = mama, 112,so. 
[Windisch, Ber. d. stlchs. Ges. 1898, 
p. 228.] 

mamsa, n. (sa. mamsa) flesh, 
meat; nom. cwam, 82,i = 97,so; ace. 



«vam, 1,7 (hadaya-"); 16,t (sarira-'V, 
instr. /v8Da, 6,1; liS.u (macoha-"); 
loc. r^e, (hadaya-') l,e; - *mam8a- 
sula, n. (& m. tL spit with roasted meat, 
or 'a bit of rohBted moat' (cp. sa, 
^ulya-ma rasa, n. ; Morris, JPT8. '84,9i) ; 
n. pi. ^ani, 14,29; m. pi. ,>,ai 16,2o; 
ace. m. pi. ^e, 14,32; - maihsa-loliita-, 
flesh and blood, Dh. 150 {v. lepana). 

makara, w. (= sa.) a certuin sea 
monster or fabulous fish (dolphin, 
sword-fish ; corresponding to the Ca- 
pricorn of the zodiac); nom, 0^0, 20,i; 
instr. pi. ^ehi (biiinna nava) 20,83. 

makasa, m. (sa. maQaka) a mos- 
quito, gnat, fly; "andliaka-", m. 

(9. t;.). 

makkata, m. (sa, marknta) a 
monkey; nom ^0, 14, 10, 

makkataka, ni. [sa. inarkataka) 
a spider; nom. ^0. Dh. 347. 

makkha, m, (sa. mraksha & mak- 
slia) hypocrisy, dissimulation; nom, 
^0, 103,28. Dh. 150. 407. 

makkhika, f. (sa. makshika) a 
fly; ace. f^am, 68,33; nimmakkhika, 
nifn. (q. v.). 

makkhita, mfn, (pp. fr. next; 
SI. mrakshila) smeared (with instr, 
or e. c); n. o^am (lohita-", mukham) 
12,21 ;, /%^a (asucina) 62,2fi, opp. 
a-makkbito, 62,20; instr. ,N.ehi (kad- 
daina-", "mud-stained") 71,29. 

makkheti, vb, (cans, |/mraksh) 
to besmear (ace.) with (instr.); ger. 
xwetvu (mukbam inattJKaya) 88,32; 
pp. makkhita, v. aiove; cp. makkha. 

""MakhSdeva, m, ncfm, pr, of a 
king; ^0 (laj;?. Mithilayam) 44,i9; 
voc. r^a, 44,31 ; "-amba-vana (& -va- 
nuyyana), 45,7-u {q. v.). 

magga, m. (rarsly «.) (sa. marga) 
*) track, roao, way ; nom. ^o (gamana-". 
Way to go or encape) 3,u; ace. ^arfa 
(agacclianto, "on the way") 28,12; 
S2,6; (acikkhitva) 63,3*;' (tiriisa- 
yojana-'* agato) 87,i9; (Jetavana-") 
73,15; instr, r^entx (aiiuena, "by 
another way") 12, so; abl. rs.,si (uyviihi, 
"make way") 44,3; toc, r^e, 33, is; 

(sakata-o, "carriagcroad") 43,i8; (ga- 
mana-") 60,t; gen. pi. ^auam (me- 
tri causa maggan') Dh. 273 ; - mah5-", 
m. a highroad; iMS^r. /%/ena, 34,4. 43,i4; 
loc. >^e, 34,5; - hatthi-°, m. an ele- 
phant track, 35,n. - ^) in the dogma- 
tics : the path or way (leading to 
emancipation from the misery of exi- 
stence; nom. ^0 (ariyo atthafigiko, 
"the holy eightfold path") 67,3, etc.; 
^0 visuddhiya. "the way that leads 
to purity", 107,12 = Dh. 277 (cp. 
Visuddhi-magga); ace. r^&ni (nibba- 
naganianara) Dh. 289; loc. ^e (the 
fourth link of the series : Buddha, 
dhamma, sariigha, etc., cp. patipada) 
79,18; dvandva comp. "-pbala-nibba- 
nani, 97, 10; "-vaggn, m. title of Dhpd, 
ch. XX; santi-maggam (ace) "the 
path of peace", Dh. 285. cp. next. 

*maggamagga, m. (sg. or eomp.) 
'various paths', the various parts of 
'the path' (or the best of paths?): 
gen. ^assa (kovidaiii) Dh. 403. \cp. 
phalaphala; 1 think that Trenckner, 
PM. p. 74, is right in tracing this 
sort of dvandva comp, "to a drawing 
together of phrases like gama gamari), 
duina dumaiii"; by the commentaries 
it is generally explained by magga 4" 
a-magga, "the right way and the 
wrong", SEE. X p. 93.] 

Maghavai (or -va«V) »«. (^= sa.) 
the chief of the gods, Sakka or Indra; 
nom. rwva (devanam) Dh. 30. 

mariiku, mfn. (:= sa.) dejected, 
despondent, dispirited; m, yo o.u 
bhavati (w, loc.) Dh. 249. (cp. ga. 
manyu, »«.; Dhpd. (1855^ p. 375.) 

maSgala, n. (= sa.) a festival 
or solemn ceremony (comp. == any- 
thing auspicious or solemn); ace, ovarii 
(karesi) 58,3o; avaha-", n. (q. v.); 
*kata-mafigala-sakkara, mfn, (q. v.); 
*maiigalas3a, «i. a state horse, 24,29; 
*"-sindliava, wi. id. 63,5 (q. v.); 
"•"-ratha, «(., a state chariot, 26, r, 
*°-sala-vana, n., a pleasure- grove of 
Sal-trees, 62,io; *"-hatthiH, »»., a state 
elephant; 24,2o. cp. a-mangala, mfn. 



mafipura, »i. (sa. madgura & 
maiigura) a kind of fish; *''-cchavi, 
»>(/■«. having the colour of that fish 
(yellow?), 92,13. 

macca, m. (sa. martya) mortal, 
a man, person; ace. ,>^am, Dh, 141; 
instr. ,^ena, Dh. 53 ; gen. pi. /^anaih 
(nietri causa ^ana) Dh. 182. 

maccu, m. (sa. mrtyu) ') death; 
gen. o,uno, Dh. 21. - *) Death per- 
sonified, the king of death (= Mara, 
q. v.); nom. ^u, Dh. 47 == 287; 
*-raja()i), mi. (sa. mrtyu-raj) id.; ace. 
(N-vajanarii, 44,29; gen, /vrajassa, 
Dh. 46; - *°-dheyya, n. the dominion 
of death, the world of death (i. e. 
sarasara) Dh. 86 (^aih suduttaraih). 
{cp, Windisch, Mara, p. 186.) 

mace ha, m. [sa. matsya) a fish; 
ace. (kana-maha-") 4,i5; (eka-") 
4,8:.; gen. />^a8sa. Bl,3i; pi. ^a, 4,i; 
ace. -vC, 4,1 ; 14,23 (rohita-°); gen. 
/vSnarii. 4,io; *kliina-'', mfn. (q, v.); 
•"-galiana, n. catching fish, /^niya- 
mena, 25,85 (v. niyama); "-gandha 
& "-mariisa, m, (q. v.). 

niacchaka, m. (sa. matsyaka) a 
little fish; ace. pi. /^e (sabba-°, all 
the poor fishes?) 4,24. 

niacchariM, mfn. (sa. matsarin) 
stingy, niggardly; m, /^i, Dh. 262. 

raacchera, n. (sa. matsarya) 
stinginess, niggardliness; .>/aril, Dh, 

majja, n. (sa. madya) spirituous 
liquor, any intoxicating drink (ep, sura, 
meraya); ace. /vaih, 97,u; sura-me- 
raya-°, 81, as. 

majjati, vb. (sa. -y/mad) to be 
drunk or mad ; aor, 2. sg, mado (ma) 
77,5) pp. matta (q. v.) ep. pamajjati. 

majjha, n. (sa. madhya, mfn.) 
') the middle, centre, the interior of 
anything; ace. r^am (janapada-") 
39,18; instr. adv. /^/ena, midway, 
96,17 (ubbo ante anupagamma) ; Iqc, 
adv. majjbe, in the middle (of, gen. 
or e. c.) : ^ thite mige, 6,8; n^ katva, 
6,10 ; Of janapadam banapesi, 39,i; 
pure ca paccna ca >v ca, Dh. 421; 

ma -%.- bhango ahosi, 83,ii; sakuna- 
naiii f^, 10,12; sayanassa -n/, 47,2r.; 
eomp. agara-", 46,i8; nadi-", 2,S2; 
nagara-", 60,23; parisa-", 10,ai (etc. 
V. parisa); mahajana-", 61,io; lekha-**, 
59,7; sakuna-samgha-", 10,i8; samud- 
da-o, 28,io'. Dh. 127 ; - 2) the middle 
of the body, waist; v. su-majjha, mfn, 
— cp, vemajjha, next etc. 

*majjhantika, m. (sa. *madhy- 
antika; probably transformation of 
sa. madhyamdina or madhyahna) 
midday, noon; "-samayam, uqc. "in 
the middle of the day", 97,34; "-suriyo 
viya, "like the sun at midday", 26,4 
(ep. Tr. PM. 75,i6.) 

majjhima, mfn. (sa. madhyama) 
being in the middle, middlemost, in- 
termediate, central; m). ^0 (puriso, 
"of the middle height") 92,i3; f. />^a 
(patipada, q. v. cp. Windisch, Mfira, 
p. 303) 66,28; loc. m. r^e (yame, "in 
the middle watch") 99,so; comp. "-tan- 
dula, m. (v. /».); °-tapasa, m. tlie 
second brother, 36, 14; *''-desa, m. 
(sa. madhyadepa) the midland; also 
nom. pr. of the midland country be- 
tween Himalaya & Vindhya; loc. ,^e, 


Majjhi ma-nikaya, m. nom. pr. 
of a Pali work, the second of the five 
Nikayas (q. v.); nom. ^0, 102,i.'); 
specimens thereof : 92,1—95,33; com. 
mentary : Papanca-siidani (q. v.). 

manoa, m. (=sa.) a bed, bedstead; 
nom. ^0, 84,11 ; aec. r^&m (hettha-**, 
under the bed) 83,t8; loc. -x-amhi 
fparinibbana-") UO,i»; - *"*-patipa- 
aaka, w». (v. h.). 

mancaka, m. (= sa.) a bed pr 
couch; a bier, litter; aec. <%/aih, 73,26; 
loc. ^e (khuddaka-") 42,i. 

manju, mfn. (= sa.) beautiful, 
lovely; *°-bhani«, »m/"«. lovely-voiced; 
gen. m. ix/ino (sikhino) I8,s2. 

mafinati, v&. (sa.-\/maa) to think, 
reflect; to suppose, imagine; to believe, 
conBider; to know, understand (ace); 
pr. 3. sg. fs/ati (balyam. *'kD0W8 his 
fooliBbness") Dh. 63; S. sg. ^asi. 



69,84. 94,19 (tam kirh .>.); pr> 1. sg, 
tned, maniie («. below); part. m. med, 
manAanmno, 44,3o*, imp. 3. pi, <vantii, 
Db. 74; pp. mata (q. v.) cp. niafifiita, 
maiineti; munati; mati, manas, etc. 

*mannita, is (?) {fr. mafliiati) 
imagining; gen. .'A. r^anam (sabba-") 

laafine, indccl. {prig, pr, 1, sg. 
med. manfiati; aa. manye) certainly, 
to be sure; as it were; I think, sup* 
pjse, or dare say (sometimes ironi- 
ciilly) ; 3,25. 5,7. 38,58. 56,u-3o. 67,si. 

*manneti, vh. (rarely instead of 
mafliiati, perhaps arisen through in- 
fluence by maniie, v. above) to think, 
iijiBgine, ctc>\ aor. 2. sg. «^esi, 50,33. 

mani, m. {-=■ sa.) a preciouB stone, 
!?em,!; acc. ^\m, Dh. 161; nila-° 
& indanila-", m. sapphire, 26,83. 28,29; 

- '-kundaln, n. jjI. (dvandva) q, v.; 

- ''-kkhandha, nt. a large gem, acc. 
o-aifa, 36,23; <7t;«.~assa, 35,3i; *''-gula, 
m. jewel, pearl, 5,26. 18, t; — **'-tala- 
Vanta, n. {v. tala); - "-ratana, «. a 
most excellent jewel, 62,30 {cp. ratana) ; 

- """-vanna-giva, mfn. v. giva; - 
*"'-viman8, «. {q. v.); — "-sara, «i. 
= mani-ratana, 24,2o ("-adini). 

man da, m, n. {= sa.) scum, 
cream, essence {",. c. implying 'choi- 
ceness'); '''Bodhi-*', the terrace of the 
Bo-tree, 113,2 (contracted of man- 

mandana, n. (= sa.) ornament, 
decoration; "-vibhiisana-, 81,25. 

mandala, n. (= sa.) a circle, 
disk {esp, the orb of the sun or the 
moon); nom. ^aifa, 32,3i (canda-"); 
loc. r^e, (do.) 16,u,; apSna-", juta-" 
{q. V.) cp. ti-mandala, pari-mandala. 

*mandu, *»•{?) name of a certain 
plant (perhaps shortened from man- 
duka = sa. manduka); "-kantakena, 
with a niandu thorn, 37,5. 

tn and its, mfn. {pp. mattdeti) 
udorned, dressed , "'pasadhita, mfn, 
41,0 {q. v.). 

niandeti, vh. (sa. ymand, cans, 
mandayati) to adorn, decorate (acc); 

ger. ,>,et\&, 16,»«; pp, mandita {q. v.) 
cp. mandana. 

mataS mfn. (pp. roafinati, = sa.) 
thought, imagined; known, underitood; 
honoured, esteemed; subst, n. opinion, 
view, doctrine, belief; acc, r^nm (sa- 
kam, otaresi) 113,i«; Pataiiiali-" {q, 
v.)\ Sambuddha-mata-kovida, mfn. 
114,18 {v. kovida). 

mata*, mfn. {pp. marati; sa. mrto) 
dead; m. ^o, 34,5. 36,*; pi. ^S. (bha- 
vissanti) 21, ii; acc. f. rvarii, 89,9; 
comp, "-manussam. 40,3i; n. subst. 
rwam, death, 7,34. 103,34 (oiJ/^.jivitaih); 
cp, a-mata. an-amatagga & next. 

mataka, mfn. {sa. mrtaka) dead; 
»(. a dead man; *''-bhatta, n. a fenst 
for the dead; acC, />,aril (dassami) 


*matatta, n. {sa. *nirtatva) the 
being dead; abl. /^.a (ir.atapitunnaiii) 
"as my parents are dead", 31, is. 

mati, f. (= sa.) understanding, 
knowledge, intellect; malia-", mfn. 
eminently wise, w. o/i, 114,3; dum- 
raati, m{fn). {q. v); *vajja-mati, mfn, 
{q. v.). 

matima/, mfn. {= sa.) wise, in- 
telligent; instr. m. ^mata (metri 
causa : mati-") 113,28. 

matta', mfn. {pp. majjati; =^sa.) 
overjoyed, drunken, mad, furious; m. 
rvO (vedana-") 24,7; acc. m. pi. ^e 
fasure), 59,25; gen. f. pi. ,>^anaiu 
(uttama-yobbana-vilasa-") 47, is; "-va- 
rana, m, a rut elephant, acc. pi. /%.e, 
39,9; "-vara-varana, m. "a royal ele- 
phant in his pride", 46, 31. 

matta*, n. {sa. matra; only e. rt. 
= matta, q. v.) measure, quantity (e. 
c. the exact measure, a small quantity, 
as much as, only, mere, etc.) : ') subst. 
n. ammana-mattena, instr. in a mea- 
sure of an amniana {q. v.) 65,20 ; — 
nama-mattaiii, a mere name, 97,3; -» 
pali-mattarii, the text only, I13,a6; - 
manusa-matte, toe. abs., a mere mor« 
tal, 19,3o; - lomakiipa-mattam pi . . . 
na, not even a pore of the skin, 16,io; 
- vidatthi-mattara, as much as one 



vidatthi (q.v.); 87, ii; - (na) silab- 
bata-mattena, instr. ("not) only by 
discipline and vows", Dh. 271; — *) 
mfn, of that measure or number, 
as large as, just large enough : b) 
atthusabha-matta {v. attha ') ; addha- 
niilika-matta (v. addha); anu-matta 
(q.v,)\ catusa^thi-matta (q. v.); bi- 
laranisakkana-matta («. bijara); yo- 
.iana-matta (q. v.); sabassa-matta 
(q. v.); - *>) comp. w, a past part., 
in EngliBh often translated by a sub- 
ordinate (temporaH clause ; an-ok- 
kanta-matta, (v. OKkamati); agata- 
matta, at one's arrival, 33,28; (mukhe) 
thapita-matta {v. ^hapita); thita- 
mattam eva (ace, w. prec. gcr. bha- 
ttaiii otaretva, instantly after he had 
put it on the ground, cp. ^hita & tba- 
pita) 33,33; visattha-matta (g. «.); 
vutta-matta, when thus addressed, iu 
conformity to the command : m. 1^0 
(Sakkena) 110,28; f. ~a, 111, 30. - 
cp. *appa-mattaka (mfn.) next etc, 

*mattaflfiu, 7)ifn. (sa. *matra- 
jiia) moderate; ace, m. ->/um (bhoja- 
namhi, moderate in his food) Dh. 8. 
*a-mattaiifiu, mfn, {q, v,), 

*mattafinuta, f. (fr. last) mo- 
deration; nom, rs^a, (bhattasmim) Dh, 

matta, f. (sa. matra) = niatta*; 
*'*-sukha, n. a small pleasure, ace. 
-^aih, Dh. 290; "-sukha-pariccaga, 
by leaving a small pleasure; ib. ; — 
♦pasada-", f. (q.v.); - *bhiyyoso- 
mattaya (instr, adv.) 65,8 (v, bhiy- 

mattika, f. (sa. mrttika) earth, 
clay; r^a (temetabba; "the face was 
besmeared with moistened clay in order 
to protect it from the heat", SBE. 
XIII, 167) 83,28; instr. ^ay&, 83,8i. 
maternal extraction; aco, ^^aib, Dh, 
396. ('matti' nay either be another 
form of mStu- (v. mStar) or ood> 
tracted of mattika, mfn, (aa, mStrka) 
♦matteyyatS, f, (fr, matar 

through *matteyya, mfn. who loves 
his mother) the state of a mother, 
motherhood; >x^a (sukba) Dh. 332. 
(ep. petteyyata). 

mattbaka, m. (sa. mastaka) ') 
the head, skull; ace. /^.^aifa, 3,2i. 24,i; 
loc. ^e, 66,30 etc.; "-majjhe, 41, 17. 
— *) the upper part of anything, sur- 
face, top, end (mostly c. c); instr, 
matthaka-matthakena (samuddassa, 
along the crests of the ocean) 60,&; 
Himavanta-", over the H., 36,6; loc. 
^e (ito tiiinarb samvacoharanam, 
after 3 years) 87,8; ito saihvacchara-", 

matthalufiga, n. (sa. mastu-'* 
& mastaka-luiiga) th6 brain; matthake 
/N.^aiii, 82,6 = 97,23, 

mathita, mfn. (=sa.pp. y'matb) 
churned; shaken, agitated; n. subst. 
agitation; gen. pi, »wiinam (sabba-**) 

ma do, aor. 2. sg., v. majjati. 
maddati, vh. (sa. \/mrd) to tread 
upon, crush, trample (acc); part. m. 
^anto (pa^bavim) 28,u; ger. ~itva 
(tini pi ekato) 67,28; (valika) 97,35. 
maddava, mfn. (?) (sa. niardava, 
M.) soft, putrid, withered; n. pi. rs^diViX 
(puppbani) Dh. 377; - suhst. n. 'soft- 
ness, mildness'; comp. *8ukara-mad- 
dava, n. a kind of meat, generally 
transl. by "hog's flesh (lard or bacon)", 
"a dried boar's flesh" (Bhys Davids), 
but Neumann (in his German transla- 
tion of MN. p. XX-XXI) is perhaps 
right in translating it by "Eberlust, 
eine essbare Pilzart" (cp. Fr. Zimmer- 
mann, Buddhistischer ' Katecbismus, 
p. 26 ff. ; "in this case probably con- 
nected with Y^mrd"?) nom. >^am, 
78,11-w; j«s<r./>^ena(vyadhi ppaba^ba 
udapadi Satthuno) 78,8i. 

madhu, n. (== sa.) honey; comp, 
*o-cati, A & '-patala, n. (3. v.)\ 
"O-bindu, n. a drop of honey, 58,i8; 
dvandva^eomp, <>-phanita>", 53,iT-so; 
"-iSja-", 18,«t; sappi-", 61,96. ep. ma- 
madhura, mfn, (= sa.) iweet; 



pleasant, channinfc ace. m. n. /x/atfa 
(pamsum) 38,s; (hhasitam) Dh. 363 ; 
(varadhammaih) 87,9; <N^a, 52,7; 
n. pi. ^^&m (phalanj) 37,8; comp. 
"-gita-sadda, m. sound of sweet song, 
23,33; "-phalanain, ^en. pi. sweet 
fruit, 1,16; *-phala, mfn. bearing sweet 
fruit, m. ^0 (ambo) 37,89; "-rasa, 
tn. sweetness, 38,4; "-ssara. m. sweet 
voice, instr. /N^ena. 6,8o {cp. sara). 
a-madhura, mfn. (q. v.). 

madhuva, adv. {sa. madhu-vat) 
like honey; Dh. 69, 

inaaa(s), n. {sa. nianas) *) the 
mind, the internal organ or mental 
powers in general (often esp, from a 
moral point of view) ; ') in the psycho- 
logy : the faculty of thought or organ 
of thought, considered as the sixth 
organ of sense (cj). ayatana), whose 
objects are dhamma (v. dhamma*) ; 
tjo.-n. *) mano (sometimeb masc. gene- 
ris and considered as a-stem) 70,32 
(aditto); Dh. 116; Dh. 300-01 (rato); 
'^) manarii (sar.ta'Ii, declined like a- 
stems) Dh. 93; instr. nianasa, Dh. 
1-2. 233. 281; manasakasi, v. next; 
gen. mans so, }3h. S90; loc. *) manasi, 
V. mxt\ ^) nianasnim, 71, n; — cotnp. 
mrno-^ v. below, cp. manapa, nia- 
nuoiia; e. c. **-niana & "-manas, v. 
atta-", dummana (domanassa), su- 
mana (somanasso); pa^ibaddha-", 
vyasatta-'*, saiiisanna - sariikappa-", 
»i/«,; hiriisa-^ n. (a. v.) i?^. " niana- 
sa, mfn. 

manasi-karoti, vh. (sa. mana- 
si-kr) to bear in the rnind, tjiink over, 
meditate upon, remember (ace); aor. 
3. sg. manasakasi (contraction of 
manasi akasi) 66,6 (paticcasamuppa- 
dam); get: manasikatva (sc. d ham- 
mam) 71,53. 

*manapa, nifn. (sa. *mana-apa) 
'gaining the mind', pleasant, charming; 
f. <-wa (gopi) 104,33; gen. n. ^assa 
(tinassa) 62,3; "-ssavana, mfn. flowing 
with pleasure (cp, savana); m. pi. 
^ri (sota) Dh. 339. 

manuja, m. (= sa.) a man; gen. 

.^assa, 107,»9; pt. /^a, 74,». 110,s». 
cp. manussa. 

manufina, mfn, (sa. manojna) 
'agreeable to the mind', pleasing, lovely, 
beautiful; n. (adv.) ~aiii (rudam) 


manussa, m. (sa. manushya) a 
man, human being; pL men, beings; 
pi. nom. i^S., 6,3. 26,i6; ace. >^e, 21,3; 
gen. <x/anari), 6,i; loc, ^.-esu, 7,i3. 
102,2a; - comp. "-satani (satta) 27, is; 
sassa-karake-**, arakkha-", (q. v.); 
*manussava8a, m. (v. avasa); *"-gha- 
taka, m(fn). a manslayer; nom. /^o 
(hatthi) 76,9; ♦"-patilabha, m. ob- 
taining birth as a human being, Dh. 
182; **'-bhuta, mfn. being a man (o: 
enjoying the benefit of having been 
born among men) m. «^o, 41,38; *''-vasa, 
m. abode of men, ace. -warn, 21,2; 
*''-santbana, mfn. of human form or 
figure, 85,21 ; **-samana-sarira, mfn. 
with body like men, 25,33; cp. a-ma- 
nussa, manusa & next. 

manussatta, n. (sa. manushya- 
tva) manhood, the state or condition 
of man; nom. fs^&m (dullabha-", q. v.) 

*mano-duccarita. n. the sins 
of the mind, Dh. 233. 

*mano-pakopa, m. anger of the 
mind, Dh. 233. 

*mano-pub ban gam a, »«/■«. 'hav- 
ing the mind (or thought) going be- 
fore', resulting from mind; m. pi. ,^a 
(dhamma), Dh. 1. 

*mano-maya, mfn. consisting of 
mind (or thought), spiritual; m. pi. 
.-^a (dhamma) Dh. 1. 

*Manoratha-purani, f. 'ful- 
filling desires', of a Pali book, 
being the Comm. on Anguttara Nikaya; 
specimen thereof : 9 1, 13-33. 

man Oram a, mfn. (== sa.) plea- 
sant, beautiful; n. f^&m (padumam) 
Dh. 68; siibst. n. a comfortable abode, 
15,2.^; cp. ati-manorama. 

*mano-vinnana, n. 'conscious- 
ness of mind', the thinking faculty, 




*mano-sampha8sa, wi. 'contact 
of mind', perception through the sense 
of thought, 70,33 ; "-vinuanayatana, 
the sense of thought, 72,5 (cj). aya- 

Manosila, f. (sa. raana/i-(jila, 
'red arsenic') nom. pr. of a place in 
Himavanta near the Anotatta lake; 
«-tale (loc) "on the M. table-land", 

*mano-susamvuta, mfn. "well 
restrained in mind"; «». ^o, Dh. 281 
(cp. manasa saiiivuto, Dh. 233). 

*mano-8etthfti «>/"»■ having mind 
for the best or essential part; m, pi, 
^iT (dhamma) Dh. 1. 

mano-hara, m/Vt. (=sa.) 'seizing 
the mind', ravishing, fascinating, char- 
ming; n. ovarii (rupam) 111,98, 

manta, wi. (sa. mantra) •) delibe- 
ration, counsel; ■) a sacred text, a 
mystical verse, charm, spell; nom, rvO, 
32,2; 53,11 (anaggha-°); aco, r^&m, 
ib.; instr. ^ena, 55, is; pi. »./&, Dh. 
241 ; janana-". a spell of knowledge, 
53, 3g; 53,14 (sabba-ruta-") ; "-lobhena, 
through greed for the charm, 55, is; 
jati-mantupapanna, mfn, v. upapanna ; 
^) knowledge, doctrine, wisdom (also 
f. manta) : nom, ^o, 113,)0 (Bud- 
dha-") ; cp. next etc. 

*niantajjhayaka, m(fn), versed 
in mystic knowledge (the Vedas); comp. 
'-brahinano, 17, b (probably fr. manta 
+ jhayaka, v. jhayati"). 

*mantatthiH, mfn. desirous of 
knowledge; m. /^i, 113,18. 

*mantabhiini«, mfn. speaking 
wisely; m. /^i, Dh, 363 (manta vuc- 
cati panfia, Comm., cp. manta'). 

manteti, vb. (sa. Y'mantr^ to con- 
sult, deliberate, discuss (ace); part, 
m. pi. ~enta; aor, 3. pi. /x/ayimsu, 

11,32. 72,30. 

man da, mfn. (= «o.) *) slow; 
scarce, small (of quantity); »». ^0 
(gocara) 4,5; n. »,&m (udakam) 3,3s; 
n. p2. ^ani (sitthani) 66,s8; ') weak, 
tender; f. /va, 28,8; m. /v>o, 99,4; ') 
fool, stupid; m. fs/O, Db. 325. cp. next. 

mandakkhi, adj. f. (sa. man- 
daksha, mfn.) looking with softness, 
tenderness, or bashfulness, languishing 
or bashful (?), 20,27. cp. akkhi. 

mama, (?c«. pro«. l.pers., v, ahaiii; 
cp, next etc. 

mamayati, vb. (denom. fr. prec,\ 
sa. mamayate) to treat anything as 
if it were one's own property, to love, 
fondle, to be attached or devoted to; 
pp. *raamayita, being one's own, be- 
loved, dear; n. sg, & pi. one's own 
property, beloved or desired objects; 
yassa n'attbi 'witaih (w. loc, nama* 
rupasmiiii, "who has no desire at all 
for name and form", free from selfish* 
ness) Dh. 367; cp, 8n. v. 119. 

•■mamirakara, m. (fr. *mami- 
kara; cp. niraiiikaroti = nirakaroti, 
sa, mama-kara) the false view that 
anything belongs to one's self; sabba- 
ahimkara-°, 94,u (comm. = tanha). 
cp. ahimkara. 

"maya, mfn. (= sa.) only e. c. 
= made of, consisting of; v. amha-'*, 
indanilamani-", kattha-", munja-**, 
rajata-", vaddba-**, suvanna-" & so- 

mayura, m, (== sa.) a peacock; 
"-raja//, m, an excellent or magnificent 
peacock, ace, ,>/anam, 18, it. cp. mora, 
mar an a, n. (= sa.) the act of 
dying, death; nom. ace. r^&m, 67,9. 
103,5; 6,22. 7,10. instr. rwena, 70,89; 
gen. .%.-a6sa, 103,0; all. ^a, 17, is; 
/N^ato, 87,32; comp. ""'-kale, 89,i3; 
"■"-dukkba, n. 7,9; marananta, mfn. . 
(= sa.) ending in death, 107,8; """-pa- 
riyosana, mfn. id. 86, le; "-bhaya, n, 
the fear of death, "-tajjita, mfn. 6,u; 
"-bhita, mfn. 27, is; "-bbava, m. (q. 
v.); "'"-sati, f. thinking of death, call- 
ing to one's mind that death is inevi- 
table, 86,17-18; dvandva comp. jaxa.-'^, 
66,io; jati-", 105,26; vyadbi-", i08,22; 
cp. param-marana, adv. (q. v.). 

marati (& miyati (miyyati) 
q. v.), vb. (sa. y/vax) to die; part. m. 
instr. marantena, 49,s7; m. pi. «%^anta 
5,11 ; pot, 2, sg, f%>eyyasi, 63,i5; aor. 



3. sg. tnari^ 9,8. 24,)it; 3. pi. /s^imsu, 
16,5; fut. 1. ig. niarissami, 88,«8; 
1. pi. />^is8ama, r),it; pp. mata, mfn. 
(q. v.): fjrd. niuritabba, n. ^&m 
(maya) 86,i6; Ice. ^e (sati) tj,»4! cp. 
macca, maccu, raarapa; caus. mareti 
{cp. Miira, marana) & marapeti, q. v. 
marici & inaricika, f. (= sa.) 
a mirage, vapour like a surface of 
water, often uppearinf; iu deserts; ace. 
-^ikaifa, Dh. 170; **'-dhainma, mfn. 
like a mirage; ace. m. ^am, Dh. 46. 
maruva, f. (Birm. reading : mu- 
ruva, sa. murva) a sort of herap, from 
which bowstrings are made; gen. 
o-aya, 92,i7. 

maru, wi. pi. (sa. marutas) gods, 
deities (= devata), 114, is. 

mala, n. (= sa.) dirt, impurity; 
spot, tniiit; fault, sio; nom, ace. ^aih, 
106,10 = Dh. 240; Dh. 239. 241. 242 
(mal'itthiyS); 243; abl. rvS (mala- 
taraiii) Dh. 243 1 conip. nianusa-", 
61,18; ""niddhanta-", mfn. (q, v.); 
*vunta-'', mfn. free from impurity, 
Dh. 261; vita-", mfn. id. 68,2e; *a- 
sajjliaya-", mfn. whose fault is non- 
repetition, m. pi. ^a (mania) Dh. 
241 ; *an-utthana-*', mfn. (v. h.) cp, 
nim-mala, mfn.; Mala-vagga, m. the 
title of Dh. XVIII. 

*m ul a t ar a, »i/'w. (cowjoar. of mala) 
more impure; «. /s^arb) a greater or 
worse taint, Dh, 243. 

mallaka, »». (= sa.) an earthen 
vessel or bowl; nom, »^o (kheja-", q. 
V.) 84,16. 

*\!allika, »«. nom. pr. ojf a king; 
nom. ~o (Kosalaraja) 43, ib; °-ranno, 
gen, 43,!o; "-mabaraja, 43,i9. 

laallika, f. (= sa.) Jasminum 
Zaaibac; comp. suroaca-mallikadlnam 
pupphanam, 66,»e; tagara-", Dh. 64 
(q. v.). 

mahaggha, mfn, (sa. mahargna) 
of great pricfn; n. -vaifa, 25,5 (cp. 

inahagghasa, m. (sa. tnaha- 
ghasa) a great eater, Dh> 325. 
mahaddhana, mfn. (sa. maha- 

dhana) having much money, carrying 
much wealth ; m. n^o (vanijo) Dh. 123. 
mahai, mfn, (= sa) great, large, 
high, numerous, important, eminent, 
etc.; w. maha, 3,4. 37,i. 55,i9. 95,2i. 
112,15, etc.; (ace. mahantarii); n. nom. 
ace. mahantam, 2,8. 5,29. 17,i7. 71,28; 
f. nom. mahati, 2,i2. 101,2o; instr. 
m. mahata, 70,8i; f mahatiya, 74,i7; 
gen. m. n. mahato, I0,i4; the strong 
stem mahanta is also used in nom. 
m. and sometimes in the weak cases : 
nom. m. mahanto, 4,6. 99,5; instr. 
mahantena, 7,5; loc. mahante, 10,?; 
mahantamhi, 110,8o; at 75,35 mahan- 
tam seems to be acc. f. (silaiil); cp, 
ati-mahanta, kiva-mahanta & compar, 
mahantatara, »i. ^o, 74,i5. - At the 
beginning of comp. we generally find 
maha (v, below), whose a in most 
oases is contracted witii a foil, vowel 
(or elided, v. mahanubliava, maha- 
raha, mahiddhika, mahesi, mahoglia, 
etc., cp, mahaggha), but sometimes 
the a is shortened before a doubled 
consonant (v. mahagghasa, mahad- 
dhana, mahapphala); cp. mahallaka, 

mahanta & mahantatara, >«/"«., 
V, maha^ 

mahapphala, mfn. (sa, maha- 
phala) bearing much fruit, bringing 
great reward; fi. -^aiil, 14, is. Dh. 
312. 366. 

mahallaka, mfn. (= sa.) old; 
grown, adult; elder (of two); m. -vO, 
45,4. 74,81 ; 65,81 ; gen, f^&saa, 43,s7; 
f, /x^ika, an old woman, 46,2s. 67,9. 

maha-°, mfn. =^ maha^ at the 
beginning of comp. '. "-uposatha-divasa, 
m. 22,80 (q. v.) ; "-gani*/, m. 109, i7 
(q. v.); "-jana, m. (q. v.); Mala, n. 
a royal hall, ace. ovarii, 39,29. 65, lo; 
loc. ^c, 39,26. 53,17; "-thera, m. 
109,11. 113,8 (q.v.); "-dana, n, 61,6 
(q. v.); "-nadi, f. 35, ts, etc. (q. v.)\ 
**-naaa, m, 6,i8 (q, v.); "-nava, f. 
28,27 (q. t).); "-nasa, «», 34,i8 (q. v.); 
"-pafma, mfn. very wise, of profound 
knowledge, m. />^o, 113,9 (cp. paiina); 



"-patha, wi. Dli. 68 (q.v.); O-bhaya, 
«)/"n._ awful, »H, ^0 (saddo) 27,6; 
"-bhumicala, »n. 80,i9 (v. bhumi); 
o-magga, »i. 34,4 {q. v.); "-maccba, 
m. 4,15 (kana-", q. v.); "-mati, mfn. 
very clever, eminently wise, 114,3; 
*-niuni, »». the great sage, i, e, Bud- 
dha, 105,24. llO,2o; "-megha, m. 106,2i 
{q, v.)'/-yogSa, M. 58,19 {q. v.); O-yo- 
dlia, »«. 39,13 {q. v.); - o-rava, »i, 
60,8 (q, v.)\ °-varaba, hi. Dh, 325 
(q. v.)\ o-virava, hi. 40,si (q. v.); 
*-sadda, »». 16,3a (q. v.) ; "-sainudda, 
11/. 10,27. 95,13 (3. V.) ; "-sampatti, f. 
58,8 (q. v.); °-sayana, «. 41,36 (q. v.)\ 
"-sara, m. n. 4,9 (q. v.) ; "-sala-rukklia, 
»». 61,11 (q. V.)', 0-8oka, m. 89,io (q. 
v.)\ o-sobbha, m. 27,3 (3. v.); "-basita, 
n. 16,29 (3. v.); cp. oho nea!< c<c. 

Maha-kassapa, m. (sa, "-ka- 
^yapa) «om. pr. of a thera (president 
of the first Buddhist council); "-thero, 
109,i7 = Ka88apo, 109,6; °-pamokkha 
therii, 110,15 (v. pamokkba). 

maha-naga, hi (/■«).(= sa.) most 
eminent, heroic (? C}). naga'); ill, pi. 
o^ai (kunjara) Dh, 322. 

mahanubbava, mfn. {= sa.) of 
great might, powerful; m. rvO (Bha- 
gava), 75,30; gen. ,^ai§sa (raiino) 
62,14 {cp. anubhava), 

*AIaha-pakarana, n. (sa. *'>-pra- 
karana) 'the great work', i. e. Pa^thana 
{q.v.)\ noin. r^aiii, 102,ii. 

Maha - pajapati Gotami, f. 
{sa, "-prajapati Gautami) noin. pr, 
of Buddha's aunt aud foster-mother', 
gathSs of hers : 10S,u-23. 

*Maha-padana, «. {sa, *''-pra- 
dana) name of a chapter (sutta) in 
Digha-NikOya (DN. XIV); loc, ^e, 

*Maba-padbana • ghara, n, 
noin, pr, the Mahapadhana Hall (in 
Mabavihara, q, v.); ace, x^am, 114,4. 

Maha-bodhi, m, {= sa.) nom, 
pr, ') the Bo-tree at Buddha Gaya; 
ace, o/im (vanditum Jambudipam 
upagami) 114,32; *) the Bo-tree at 

Anurudhapura (Ceylon); <*-samIpainhi, 
114,14. {cp. bodhi*), 

Maha-brabma»i, i». (= sa,) 
nom. pr. the god Brahma, ruler in 
the Brahmaloka; pi, •'-brahmano 
(cattaro) 62,22 {i. e. four Mahsbrah^ 
mas of different cakkav&las, q. v.). 

mahabbinikkhamana, n. {sa, 
"-abbinishkramana) 'the great retire, 
ment', 65,i3 {v, abhinikkbamana). 

Maha-raaya, f. {=sa.) nom,pr, 
of Buddha's mother; (devi) 61,3, 

maharaha, mfn, {sa. maharha) 
precious, splendid; v. araha. 

maba-rajaH, «i. (= sa.) ') a 
great king or supreme sovereign {opp, 
uparajaw); nom. "-raja, 43,23 (Mal- 
lika-"); voc, "-raja, 7,i6. 96,3o. 97, 19 
(^a'ti); - ') pi. °-rajano (cattaro) 
61,9, the four lokapalas or guardians 
of the world, viz, DhataraUha (in the 
North), Virujha (South), Virupakkha 
(West), Vessavana (East). 

maha-rajja, n, {sa. "-rajya) the 
title or position of a supreme sovereign; 
ace. (N^aiii (katva) 44,2i. 

Maba-vamsa, m.{=^sa.) name 
of a Pali work, being a chronicle of 
Ceylon, written in the 6"" century by 
MahanSma; specimens thereof ; 110, 17 


Maha-vihara, m. {= sa.) nom. 
pr. of a Buddhist monastery (vihara) 
at Anuradhapura, Ceylon; ace. /%/aiii, 


Maba-satta, m. {sa. •'-sattva) 
'the great creature', synon, Bodhisatta 
{q, v.); nom, /vO, 7,23; ace. fvam, 


*Maha-8ilaTa, m, nom, pr, of 
a king; °-raja, 38,ii; "-jataka, n, 
38,7. cp, Silava. 

*mahiddbika, mfn, of great 
power, mighty; 75,80. 109,20 {cp, iddhi 
& iddhika). 

Mabinda, m. {sa. Mabendra) 
nom. pr, of a prince, son of king 
Asoka (he transplanted Buddhism into 
Ceylon, in the last half of the 3*^*^ cen- 



tury BC); instr. /vena (matimata) 


mahisa, m. («a. mahisha) a buf- 
falo; gen. .vassa, 92,ii ; vana-mahisam 
(ace.) a wild buffalo, 13,m. 

irahi, f. (== aa.) >) tbe earth; 
Mft!e, "throughout the world", 113,»i; 
*) novi pr. of a river; gen> Mahiya, 
104,81; Mahiy', 104,8*. 

mahesakkha, mfn, (sa. inahe* 
^akh^a, /. e. maha-i<;a-akhya; diffe- 
rently Tr. Mil. p. 422 (65,i4)) emi- 
nent, mighty; m, »,o (putto) 62,84. 

mahesi, m. (fr maha + isi, sa. 
maljarshi) the great sag^ ((. c. Buddha) ; 
ace. ».,\m, Dh. 422; insfr. -^ina, 77,i3. 

mahesi, f. (sa. mahishi, a buf- 
falo-cow) a queen; agga-**, q. v, 

mabogha, ut. (sa, mahaugha) 
a mighty flood, v, ogha. 

*mahodaka, utf(^ikii)n, aboun- 
ding with ^vater, v. udaka. 

*MaboHadha. f», (fr, sa. maha 
-f- aushadha) nort pr. of a prince 
(Bodhisatta); noni. />.o, 56,84. 

ma, indecl. {=■ sa ) a negative 
particle, geinerally used in prohibitive 
(or consecutive) sentences : 'not, that 
not, lest', and joined with aor. of the 
verb (augmentless or augmented), but 
also frequently with imper, or pot., 
and even with indie, of pr. & fut.\ 
ma 'ti patisedhe nipalo, 86,33. - ') 
w. aor. n^ bhayi, l,it). 4,3o; ,^ asaih- 
kittha, 7,11; ^ karittha, 39,8; .>^ ma- 
rilhsu, 16,6, etc.\ augmented : /v akasi 
(= ma karohi) 86,1 ; -^ ahqsi {3, sg.) 
83, n; .^ ahesuih (ma-y-ime, i.e. ma 
ime, to be scanned : *may-me) 60,1? ; 
^ aciivayi (3. sg.) 104,4. - *) w. iui- 
per. n^ gaccha, 7,3i; ,v detha, 62,8o; 
,-^ karontu, 8,7; ^ kilamantu, 60,i8; 
ivipcr. & aor. alternatively, v, Dh. 
371. - ') w. pot, ~ anuyufijetha, 
Dh. 27; ^ vadetha, 55,8o. - *) w. 
pr, 3. sg. ^ h'evarii kho . . . pati- 
labhati, 90,84. - '•') without verb : 
vanaih chindatha, ma rukkham, 
Dh, 283. 

Miigadha, tufn. (= sa.) relating 

to the Magadha country; M. pi. the in- 
habitants of that country, gen. «,.anam, 
11 3,88 ; instr. f. rx,&ya (niruttiya) the 
M. dialect, i. e. Pali, 114,88. 

manava, m. (= sa.) a youth, esp. 
a young Brahman; nom. -%/0, 19, nj 
"-vesena, in the disguise of a young 
Br., 19,10; brahmana-o, 113,8. ~ di- 
min, 1) manavaka, m. id.; pt. ^a, 
16,31 ; ace, pi. r^e (ngga-°, "Niga 
youths") 53,1; - *) raanavika, f. a 
young girl, aec. rvaih, 48,84; naga-", 
a Naga girl, 52,s8; ace. ~am, 62,S5; 
instr. .^aya, 52,87; loc. pi. «^asu, 


matanga, tn. (= sa.) an elephant; 
nom, ^0 (matang'araiine va nago) 
Dh. 329. 

matar, f. (sa. tnatr) a mother; 
nom. mata, 20,85; 69,83 (daraka-"); 
64,5 (Rahula-°, q. v.); ace. r^araiii, 
23,9 ; instr, <^ara, 23,8; gen. matu, 
9,18, or matuya (Bodhisatta-") 62, 31, 
[after the analogy of u-stems, also 
used for other oblique cases] or matava 
(Rahula-") 65,87 [after the analogy of 
a-Btems]; loc. ^ari, Dh, 284; — dvan- 
dva eomp, mata-pitaro, m, pi. parents, 
22,13 (v. pitar); mata-putta, hi. pi. 
mother and son, 49,8; matu-dhitaro. 
f. pi. a mbther and her daughter, 
32,20 (instead of mata-"?); — at the 
begin, of other comp. we find the weak 
stem matu- [or mati-] : "-hadaya, n. 
a mother's heart, nom. .-..aih, 69, 12; 
a-matuhadayarii, ib.; cp. matti-sam- 
bhava, matteyyata & matugama below. 

Mil tali, »». (= sa.) nom. pr. of 
the charioteer of Sakka (Indra); .^i, 
60,18 («o»H,); 60,18 {voc.)\ ace, rvirii, 

matu, etc., v, miliar 

matu-gama, mi. {sa. maty-grama) 
Womankind, the female sex, any being 
of the female sex, woman; nom, .>^o, 
50,34; ace. ^aii, 48, la. 50,58; *°-va- 
sika, "being in the power of woman- 
kind", m. -^0 (raja) 64,9. 

matula(ka), m. (= sa.) a mater- 
nal uncle (also used as a term of fa- 



miliar address); voc. o^a, 5,4; piya- 
matulaka, mfn, who loves his uncle, 
m. ~o (atibhaginiputto, q. v.) 5,5. 

m a n a , m. (= so.) pride, arrogance ; 
nom. ~o, Dh. 74. 407; ace. »^&m, 
Dh. 221; «-ditthi-adi, 64,8i; *o-anu- 
saya, m. 94,ii {v. A.); ♦nihata-", *pa- 
hina-", mfn. {q, v.). 

munasa, ». (= sa.) the mind; 
e. c. mfn., v. tuUha-°, vimutta-", 
viratta-"*, samvigga-". 

mani)], mfn. (= sa.) thinking, 
imagining; pandita-"*, mfn. (g. v.), 

manusa. mfn. {= sa.) human; 
"-mala-, 61, la (human stain); a-ma- 
nusa, mfn. (q. v.); - m. a man, hu- 
man being; pi. f^a (gandhabba-") 
Dh. 420; ace. -^e, 107,3 = Dh. 103; 
''-matta, n. (v. matta*); f. manusi, 
a woman, pi. o^iyo, 21,29; conip. w, 
subst, f. manusi-vaca, human speech, 
ace. n^arh, 22,3. 

manusaka, mfn. (= sa.) human; 
ace. m. -^am (yogaih) Dh. 417; pi. 
m. /^a (kama) 45,5. 

mapeti (or mapayati), vh. {sa. 
mapayati, cans, yma) to make, pre- 
pare, create (by supernatural power, 
%v. acc.)\ aor. 3. sg. ^^^esi (sariram 
mahanavaih katva, changed his own 
body into a large ship) 28,88; (saya- 
nam) 112,9 ; ger. o/Ctva (angararasim, 
attano anubhavena) 16,3; o.^ayitva 
(rupaiii, nagaraiii) 111,36. 112,a5. cp, 
mita, mfn. & atimapeti. 

Maya, f. {=^ sa.) nom. pr. of the 
mother of Gotama Buddha; ^si (ja- 
nayi Gotamam) 108,2i; Maha-**, 61,3. 
Mara, m. nom. pr, (= sa.) Death, 
the Tempter, the Evil One; nom. e^O, 
103,11. 108,5; 71, s7 (papima); ace. 
/^am, 103,12; gen. r^assa, 71,24; "-jala, 
n. & "-bandhana, n, (v. h.) cp, sa- 
mara-ka, mfn, & Namuci, in. - *Mara- 
dheyya, n, the realm of M., the world 
of death, ^vam, Dh. 34 (cp, ""niacou* 

marana,n. (=80.) killing, death; 
""maranantika, mfn. ') 'bordering on 

death', being on the point of killing, 
almost mortally; acc, m. o./lLm (aba- 
dham) 78,so; pi. f, r^a. (vedana), 
78,25; ^) which is to end at death; n. 
/>.'am (namartipam) 101, i2 {cp. mara- 

'"marapeti, vb. {caus. II. marati, 
cp. next) to cause to be killed or 
murdered; pp. ,%/ita, f. -%/a, 74,9 (kehi 
.V, "who bade you to kill her"); 74,i8. 
mareti, vb. (caus. marati, sa. 
marayati, \'mx) to kill, murder {acc.)\ 
pr. 1, sg. rvemi (tarn) 111,26; 3. sg. 
^etj, 97,15; part, loc. m. «vente (& 
$i-mSrente) I7,u; fut. 1. sg. />/e68a- 
mj, 2,8. 12,28; inf. <veturi], oomp, 
'N.^etu-kama, mfn, {v. kama'); ger. 
<s/etva, 9,28; pp. marita, f. .>..a, 74,8; 
"-bhava, m. the having been killed, 
acc. <N/am (aiinehi) 74,3. 

""mala*, m. a pavilion, a thatched 
hut; acc. ^&m, 101,3. 

"mala* & •'mali(H) = mala 
(e. c._). 

mala, f. (= sa.) a wreath, gar- 
land; acc. .%/am, 16,26; "-dama, n. 
id.; pi. ,>.,ani, 37,2; °-guna, m. a 
garland of flowers (by the lover cast 
over his bride), acc, pi. rs./e, Dh. 53; 
*''-kacavara, »i. {q. v.)\ dvandva comp, 
"-gandha-, 61,4. 73,ii. 81,25; gandha-**, 
49,14 (perfumes and flowers); e. c. mala 
or inali(M), v. Aggi-", Kusa-", Khu- 
ra-«, Dadhi-», Nala-". 

*Malu5kyaputta, m. nom. pr. 
of a tbera; nom. /^.-o, 93, is; voc. n.,Si, 
92,2; his gathas from TheragStha : 


*miiluva, f. name of a certain 
creeper, 107,29 = Dh. 334 {cp, sa. 

mas a, m, (■= sa.) a month; loc. 
fKiQ (mase mase, month after month) 
Dh. 70. 106; acc. pi, i^Q (cattaro) 
25,21 ; (dasa-") 62,2; "-addha-masa-, 
a month and a half, 20,n (v. h.), 

miga, m. (& f. fJi) (sa, mrga) a 
deer, aotelope; aoo. pi. <ve (babu-"') 
6,6; 6,18 (suvanna-"); instr. pi, >»ehi, 
8,11 ; gen. pi, i^&a&m, 6,4; f. gen. 1 

migadsya 208 

i^iyS. (gabbhini-O) 6,8»; comp. ku- 
runga-", m. {q. v.); Nigrodha-' & 
Sakha-®, m. nom. pr. (q. v.) ; "-gana, 
m. 6,10; *o-dhenu, f. 7,29; "-yoni," /". 
5,85 (v.h.); "-rajan, m. 7,s; *''-lud- 
daka, m. 11,87 (a hunter); "-vadha, 
m. hunting, 6,s2 ("-pasuta, mfn. q. v.) 
cp. next etc. 

mi gad ay a, m. (sa. mfgadava) a 
deer-park; nom, 1^0, 68,7; loc. f\,e 
(Isipatane) 66,24. 

migava, »i. (?) {sa. nirgaya, f. 
& mrgavya, n.) hunting; ace. /x/am 
(gacchati) 6,2. 

miccha, adv.(«a. mithya) wrongly, 
Talsely; ^ carati (kaniesu) commits 
immorality, 97,ii; nomp. °-ditthi, f. 
fabe doctrine, Dh. 167; 316 ("-sama- 
dana, mfn. q. v.)\ *"-panihita, mfn. 
(q. v.); ""-laddba, mfn. falsely ob- 
tained, m. ^0 (yaso) 103,29; *''-sam- 
kappa, m. wrong thought or study 
{opp. saninia-") Dh. II ("-gocara. 
mfn. q. v.). 

niinja, f. (sa. niajja, cp, majjan, 
r>,hs, & Prukr. mijja) marrow; *attln-", 
f. the marrow of bones, 82,3. 97, 21. 

niita, mfti. (^= sa., pp. ininati, 
\,'nifl) measu-ed, moderate, little; 
"■'•-bhanin, mfn. speaking little, acd 
m. vinam, Dh. 227. 

mitt a, m. (sa. mitra) a friend, 
conpanion; (x,e, Dh. 78. 375; 
comp, fiati-mitta, pi. kinemen and 
friends, Dh. 219; inittimacca, pi, 
{v. amacca); "-bhilva, m. friendship, 
«vO, 62,18 (nagarajena saddbiiii); 
*''-dhaniina, »«. id. .%/0, 14,8; a-niitta, 
m, (v. h.) cp. metta, metti & pacca- 

*Mittavindaka, «t. nom. pr, of 
a merchant's son; 22, is, ftc. 

Mitbila, f. (= eo.) nom, pr. of 
a city, the capital of tha Videha coun- 
try; loc. -x/ayam, 44,i9. 

mitbuna, n, (= sa,) a pair, 
couple (male and female); copulation; 
V, methuna. 

middiia, n. (= sa.) the state 
between sleeping and waking, drowsi- 

nes*, indolence; dvandva comp. thina-^ 
103,87 (q. V.) cp. next. 

*m i d d h i n , mfn. (fr. prec.) drowsy, 
indolent; m. <x/i, Dh. 326. 

ininati, vh. (sa. ^ma, mi, cp. 
■\/ml) to measure; pp. mita (q. v.); 
cans, mapeti (q. v.). 

Milinda, hi. (= sa.) nom. pr, 
of the Greek king Menander; 96,24, 
etc. - "-pafiba, m, title of a Pali 
book, containing a conversation be- 
tween king M, and the Buddhist sage 
Kagasena; specimens thereof : 96,83— 


miyati (& miyyati) = marati 
(q. v,\ sa. \/mT) to die; 2^r, 3, pi. 
^anti, Dh. 21. 

mukha, n. (= sa.) ') raouth (of 
men or animals); nom. acc, 'N/am, 3, 16. 
5,27. 41,12; instr. ^ena, 6,14. 36,84; 
*mukbasa = mukhena, 86,26-34; abl, 
^ato, 13,21 ; loc. /N.-e, 37,24; comp. 
mukhodaka, n. (v. udaka) ; *'-tundaka, 
M. (?) a beak, acc. o.-aiii, 18,7; instr. 
~ena, 4,8; "-vivate, loc. abs. = mu- 
khe vivate, 3, 17; *"-safmata, mfn. 
who controls his mouth, m. rvO, Dh. 
363; vivata-", mfn. with the mouth 
open, f. pi. rs.,Vi, 66,7; sukara-", mfn. 
(v. h.). — *) face, head, front; .>^aril, 
11,8. 83,38. 85,8; abl, ,x/ato, 50,23; 
loc, f^e, 12,10; comp. *°-dbovana, n. 
(v. h.)\ assu-", mfn. (q, v.); obita- 
iiiukba, mfn, (v. ohita); *punnacan- 
da-", mfn, (q. v.)\ sa-mukha-vetliita, 
mfn. (v. h.) cp, abhiniukba, pamukha. 
& sammukha. -'^) entrance, opening; 
edg<3, brim; atavi-", 30,8o (q, v.)\ 
avata-", 40,88 (°-vatti, q. v.); uyyoga-°, 
Dh. 236 (q. v,). - *) way, method; 
cause, means; instr, /v.ena, adv. (e. c.) 
by means of : isa-<*, 60,i8 (q. v.); 
pbala-patisedhana-", 86,4 {v. patise- 
dbana); loc. ,x/e, adv. (e. c.) by wuy 
of, like, as : dana-mukbe, 16,6 ("as 
a free gift"), cp. next. 

mukhara, mfn. (z^sa.) garrulous, 
loquacious; «J. ix/O, 86,2. 

mugga, m. (sa. mudga) a sort of 
bean (Phaseolus Mungo); pi. ,x-a, 16, 1. 



mug gar a, m. (sa. mudgara) a 
mallet, mace, club, stick; instr, pi. 
~ehi, 6,n; muggar&di-", 6,7. 

muccati', vb. (pass, muficati, 
sa. mucyate) to be loosed, released, 
liberated; to escape (from, abl.); pr. 
3. sg. ,^ati (jalato) 88,S4; aor. 3, pi. 
i^imsvL (seda sarira, "rolled down"^ 
46,1 ; *) fut. 2. sg. mokkhasi (me) 
72,1 ("escape from me"); 3. pi. <N/anti, 
Dh. 37; ^) 1, sg. muccissami, 16,28; 
inf. mucciturii (marana) 17,i5; pp. 
mutta {q. v.), 

mucoati*, vb. (sa. y'murch; pro- 
bably instead of mucchati through 
confusion with mucoati') to congeal, 
coagulate, turn sour (as milk); pr, 
8. sg. .x/ati (khlram va, pSpam kam- 
mam, with both significations : to 
loosen & to turn sour) 106,si = Dh, 

muccheti, vb. (caus. \/m\irch) 
to strain, strengthen; to tune (a strin- 
ged instrument, acc); ger. ~etva 
(vinam) 19,32. (Morris, JPTS. '84,92.) 
muncati, vb. (sa. y/m\ic) to loose, 
release, set at liberty; to leave, give 
up; to send forth, utter (w. acc); 
intr. med. & act. w. abl. or gen. (dut.) 
to free one's self from, to make resi- 
stance against (Dh. 389?); pr, 3, sg, 
~ati (assa) Db. 389 ; part, m, -N.-auto 
(obhasam) 26,4; imp, 2. sg. munca 
(pure, q. V.) Dh, 348; pot, 3, sg. 
^eyja (papakamma) Dh. 127 (w, 
intrans, sense; B. has the pass, muc- 
ceyya); pot. 3, sg, med, ^etha (assa) 
Db, 389; aor. 3, pi, o^imsu (atika- 
runa-saram, uttered) 27,i5; ^er,^itva, 
17,18, 76,18; pass, v. muccati'; pp. 
mutta (q. v.); cam. moceti (q. v.) 
cp. mutti. 

munja, m. (= 5a.) name of a sort 
of grass or rush; acc. r^&m (paribare, 
^I wear ro,-gra8B", a token of sacrificing 
one's self in battle : samgamavacarS 
anivattino purisa attano anivattanaka* 
bhavam nSpanattham sise tS dhaje vS 
fivudhe vS munja-tinem bandhanti, 
Comm,) 103,88; <*-ke8a, mfn. with hair 

FUl OloiMrjr, 

like ra,, 21,86; °-maya, mfn. made of 
m., m. pi. ~a (dama) 105,i7. 

muUhi» f- (*"• mushti) the clen- 
ched fist; a handful, .a small bundle; 
acc. i^im (akasi, closed his hand) 

munda(ka), mfn, (=sa.) shaved; 
siibst. n. mundaka, tonsure, instr. 
~ena, Dh, 264.' 

mutiiiga, m. (sa. mrdanga) a 
small drum, tabour; acc, .^am, 67,29 
(cp. Tr. PM, p. 62, 64; 78-79). 

mutta \ mfn. (sa. mukta; pp. 
raufioati) loosed, released, freed (from, 
abl,)\ m. -vO, 54,11, Db, 172 (aboha); 
100,8 (pUpakehi kammehi); comp. 
jSla-", 88,80 ; vana-", Dh. 844; m, pi. 
f\)a (dukkhato) 81,io. 

mutta', n. (sa. mutra) urine; 
nom. rwaih, 82,5. 97,a8. 

mutta, f. (sa. mukta) a pearl; 
at the beginning of comp, we find 
sometimes mutta-" : """-sara, m. 24,2o; 
mutta-hara, m. a necklace of pearls, 
acc. -%^arii, 64,26. 

mutti, f. (sa. mukti) liberation, 
deliverance (from, abl.); 67, ig (tan- 
haya); 87,32 (niaranato). 

mudu, mfn, (sa. mrdu) soft, mild, 
gentle; instr. m. ^nna, (amkena) 
20,84; M. 44,1 (,>.,una mudum, sc, jeti); 
/wuib, "something soft", 104, 14; '•'"-citta, 
mfn, 'soft-minded', impressible; acc, 
m. .%^am, 68,22. 

m u d u k a , mfn. (sa, mjrduka) soft, 
mild, tender; m. n.,0 (hattbo) 50,92; 
n. fvam (matubadayaro, w. loc, da- 
rake) 59,12, 

mudda, f. (sa, mudra) ') a seal, 
seal-ring; ') reckoning or speaking by 
means of the fingers, signal made by 
the baud, at 56,7 called ""battha- 
mudda, instr. <vaya (puccbissami). 
muddban, m. (sa. murdban) the 
head; [nom. >x/a]; acc, .x/ara, Dh. 72; 
loc. f^&m, 77,8. 

munati, vb, (= mannati, y'man 
(Kiihn, Beitr. p. 99) or rather fr. 
Y^mi (Trenckner, cp. Pischel, Qr. § 
489)) to understand, to know (acc,)\ 




p; 8. $ff. <vSti (ubao 'oIc«; etyno* 
logjr of muni, q. v.) Hit, 369. (ep, 
Db. (1866) p. 880.) 

tnuni, m. (= aa.) & aage; nom. 
»vj (maha-'i Buddha) 110,«o; voe. 
106,14 (do.); <*.<! (metpl oaunn) 80,»s 
(Budiihi)} 109,8 -^ Dh. 40} Dh. 
268-69; pi. munayo, Dh. 226. ep, 
mona, n, 

mummura, m. (?) (so. murmur f») 
emberB, ashes; 2oc. r^e (upakulito) 


muyhati, v&. (sa. \/muh) to be 
confused or bewildered; pp. v, mu}ha; 
cp. mogha, moha. 

mulali, OT. [& mulala, m. n.] (sa. 
mrnala, n.) a lotus-fibre or -root 
(edible); ace. pi. /N.ayo, 111,8. 

musa, *) adv. {sa. mrsha) falsely; 
/»uabhanim, 47,8 (I told a lie); >^ 
bhanati, 97,n; comp. "-vada, m. lying, 
lie; ace. /x>am (katva) 46,24; (bhasati) 
Dh. 246; 97,38; nbl. r^E, 81, js; O-tS- 
di(?l), mfn. who speaks falsely; gen. 
m. /vissa, 106,u = Dh. 176. - ») 
*mu8a, subst, f. falsehood, lie, 51,82 
s= musavado, B2,i. 

muhutta, m. (sa. muhurta) a 
moment, instant; acc. (adv.) .^am, 
for a moment, .awhile, 64,38 (niddaih 
okkami); 50,i6(DaccitTa); 83,8; ^am 
api, but for a moment, Db. 65. 106. 

mula, «. (= sa.) *) the root (of 
plants); foot, bottom, base; metaph. 
cnuse, origin; worn, ,x/ain (mulena, 
instr. "root with root") 37,3i; pi. 
A^ani (mulehi, do.) 37,ao; sala-", 
62,16 ; mttaph. Db. 247; tanhaya 
,x/arii, 108,4 = Dh. 337; vinasa-^, 
33,86; ahl. ,^ato pa^thaya, "from the 
ground", 62,io; loc, r^Q (rukkha-") 
4,83; (pada-", at one's feet) 36,27, 
49,6; -x-amhi (rukkha-") 111,6; ^vas- 
mim (do.) 112,2; eomp. ♦"-tandula, 
m. (v. h.); *"-bha9a, f. the original 
language (or t'ae chief of all lan- 
guages?), instr. /^.-aya (sabbesam, i. 
e. Magadbs, nirutti, q. v.) 114,88; 
*uccLirma-", mfn, [v. h.). — *) price, 

pkyment, money ; nom. «^aiii, 67,4; 
49,10 (bahum); 49,u (agahetvS, "gr** 
tis"); 49,1 (gandha-puppha-^ "money 
to buy flowers and perfumes"); instr. 
^ena (ga^hatha, "take it at a price"^ 
18.10; (ka'rnmam n'atthi, v. kamma*) 
67,4; oomp. BaliaHsa-mQla, mfn. {q, 
V.) ep, next. 

*mula-ghaccam, adv. radically 
(extirpated); ry, samuhatam, "taken 
out with the very root", Dh. 250 (cp. 

mu}ha, fnfn. {pp. muyhati; sa. 
mudlia) confused, bewildered, stupid; 
acc. m. /^arii, 76,24; gen. /^assa, 69, i6; 
comp. **'-rup8, mfn. foolish; m. <^o, 
Dh. 268. cp. mogha, moha. 

musika, m. {sa. mUshika) a mouse, 
rat; ♦"-cchinna, mfn. cut by mice, 
n. rwam (^hanaiii) 25,7. 

me = mama, gen. pron. 1. pers., 
V, aham; - 'me = ime, pi. pron. 
demonstr., v. ayam. 

megha, m. {= sa.) a cloud; nom. 
f^o (maha-°, "a shower") 105,8i. 

*menda(ka), m. {ep. sa. menda, 
mendha, mendhra, me^ha, meniha) 
a ram; instr. ->^ena, 30,88; comp. 
"-vara, m. 30,9 {q. v.); mendako, 
30,14 {cp. elaka). 

metta, *) n. & metta, f. {sa. 
maitra, n.) friendship, kindness; acc. 
^arfa, 40,7; eomp. khanti-mettanud- 
daya-°, 7,i8. 38,i5 (v. h.); *metta- 
viharijj, mfn. "who behaves with 
kindness", m. ^i, Dh. 368. - ») mfn. 
friendly, kind, benevolent; instr. n. 
n^ena. (cittena) 76,34; °-citta, mfn. 
friendly, benevolent, m. pi. ^a, 35,i4. 

metti, f. {sa. maitri) = prec.\ 
nom. ,%^i, 18,18; aec. ,>/im, 53,9. 

Metteyya, m. {sa, Maitreya) 
nom. pr. of the future Buddha; nom. 

'>.'0, 114,84. 

metbuna, n. {sa. maithuna) copu- 
lation, love, marriage; '•'•'-dhamma, m. 
id., acc. .x/am, 54,ii. 

me da, m. {sa. meda, m. & medas, 
«.) fat; ^0, 82,5. 97,23; - "-vanna, 



mfn. "looking like (a lump of) fat", 
ace. m. />^am (pasanam) 104,i8. 

*medhaga (or medhaka) m. n. 
(cp. red. sa. mrdh & medhayu^ quar- 
rel, strife; pi. ,^a, Dh. 6 (= kalaha, 
Comm.) cp. Sn. v. 893-94; Vin. II, 88. 

medha, /". [& medhas, «.] (==sa.) 
intelligence, prudence; instr. r^aya, 
91,87. cp, dummedha, sumedha, bu- 
medhasa, mfn, & next, 

medhavin, mfn. (== sa.) intelli- 
gent, wise; nom, m. «^i (dovariko) 
90,32. 91,S7; ace. »N/im, Dh. 76. 

"medhi/i, mfn, (e. c. = sa.) id.; 
V. dumraedhiii, 

meraya, (n.) (sa. maireya) a kind 
of strong drink; dvandva comp, sura-", 
81,23. Dh. 247 (o-panarii). 

mokkhati, fut., v. muccati. 

Moggallana, m, (sa. Maudga- 
lyayana) nom. pr. of one of Buddha's 
most ftCmous pupils; 8ariputta-Mog- 
gallana, pi. S. & M. 74,3o (-weva); 
gen. pi, xvanaib, 74,s7. 

mogha, mfn, (= sa.) vain, use- 
less; foolish; M. fKiBim (anfiani) 89,>s; 
"-purisa, voc. foolish one! 76,8; 
*°-jinna, mfn. grown old in vain, m. 
/wO, Dh. 260. 

moceti, vb. (cans, muncati; sa. 
mocayati) to cause to be loose, let 
go (ace); to liberate, save (acc.& abl,); 
aor, 3. sg. /x/csi (jane dukkha) 31,2s; 
inf. »v,etum, 40,2o; ger. /x/Ctva finam 
bandhana) 88,2; (asse) 44,i2; (sata- 
kam) 60,24; (puttam) 59,ii. 

iQodati, vb, (sa. -^mud) to be 
glad or happy, to delight; pr, 3, sg, 
/N^ati (opp. socati) Dh. 16. 

mona, n. (sa. mauna) silence; 
instr. rvena, Dh. 268. 

mora, m. (= mayura, g. v.) a 
peacock; nom. <x/0, 10,i3; voc. «va, 
10,11; gen. /s/assa, 92,»o; ®-yoni, f. 
18,1 (v. h,)\ dvandva comp. bamsa- 
mora,dayo, 10,6. 

mo ha, m. (= sa.) bewilderment, 
infatuation, delusion, folly; ace. <vaih 
(in the series: raga, dosa, moba) Dh. 
20. comp. mobaggi, m. the fire of de> 

lusion, 64,20 ; *"-do8a, mfn. damaged 
by delusion, f. ,^a. (paja) Dh. 358; 
♦vita-", mfn, free from delusion, loc. 
pi. o.'esu, Dh. 358. 


y, ') on account of sandhi inserted 
in ma-y-ime, 60,i7; mama-y-idain, 
72,20. *) instead of i or e, v. ty' (= 
ti, te) ep. tv'. 

ya-, base of the pron. relat. (= 
sa.); nom, ace. n, yam (sa. yad) : 
56,11. 72,20. 78,8 e<c.; 78,7 (yan); the 
old form yad is sometimes preserved 
by sandhi : Dh. 346; yad-idam, 97,2; 
yad-eva, 91,9; m. yo, 30,9 etc.; with 
elision of the vowel : y'assa, Dh. 389; 
y'ayaih (i. e. yo ayam) Dh. 56; f. 
ya, 47,27, etc.; 67,i2 (yayam) ; ya ce 
= yan oe, Dh. 104 (v. yafloe); as 
for the rest the declension is like that 
of pron. demonstr. taifa : ace. f, yam, 
67,10. 87,18; gen. m, (n.) yassa, 3,96 
(yass'ete); gen. f. yassa, 64,i6 (yassa- 
yam); instr. m. n. yena, 1,9. 103,is 
(yen'atthena, v. attha*); yen'eva («.) 
96,27; f. yaya, 92,i6 (yay'); Dh. 408; 
abl. m. (n.) «) yamha, Dh. 392; »>) 
yasma (v. separately); loe. m. (n.) 
») yamhi, 106,9 = Dh, 393; 108,26 
(yamh'okase) ; '') yasmiih, 84,7; pi. n. 
yani, 2,ii; m. ye, 76,3 ; gen. yesarh, 
86,20; 86,18 (yesan hi); 92,8i (yes'- 
aham, i. e. yesaih aham); loe. f. yasu, 
51,30. — *) who, which, what (often 
corresp. with foil, demonstr., cp. tam) : 
68,22. 78,7-8 etc.; yam yeva . . . tam 
yeva (the same . . as) 99,8o; yasmini 
vihare . . . sace so vibaro, 84,7; yo 
yaso . . . esa te sena, 103,29-8i; yo 
. . . tanhaya . . . nirodbo (after preo, 
idarii) 67,15; yayam tanha, 67,i2(do.); 
esa yS (gehe vasato, part, gen.) rati, 
47,27; u). pot. of the verb. : yo evam 
vadeyya, 99,so; anavakaso yo (do.) 
76,16 (v. an-avakasa); yam balaih 
(2. V.) 13,26. - *) repeated : whatever, 




whichever; yem yam, 50,s; ya ya, 
5C,». — ') combined with other pron. 
') w. pron. demonstr. = whatever, 
whichsoever ; yan tam, Dh. 42; yad- 
idam, 70,«6; yena lena, 1,9; ye te, 
76,80, •>) in the same sense w. pron. 
indef. i yo koci, 110,8; yam kind, 
68,!{7; yo aniio, 34,24; likewise fol- 
lowed by pi ; yam pi . . . tam pi, 
67,to; ') w. pron. 1. pers. (foil, by 
1, pers. of the verb.) : yo'ham, 75,8*; 
ye mayam (we ivho, si-ace we) 106,83; 
yesan no {ffen, pi.) n'atthi kiiicanam, 
though we liavo nc'thiog at all, Dh. 
200. - *) pleonastic or omitted : yad- 
idaiii 'Nagaaeno' ti, this word N., 
97,2; yam bhimianakam (v. h.) 81,3; 
[yo] jafina, Dh 3£»2; [yo] udiraye, 
iJh. 408. — ^) several cases are used 
as indecl. (conj.) ; n. avc. yam, instr. 
yena, abl. yasmf,, v. separately, cp. 
yato, yattaka, yattha, yatha, yada, 
yadi, yava etc. & yebhuyyena. 

yam, indecl. (conj.) {ace. n, fr. 
ya-; ta. yad) ') that (quod); tam 
bahuiii yam bi jivaai, 13,2» {v, bahu); 
*) when, if {quum in its different 
meanings) : 80,83 (yam kalam akari 
muni); 97, la (yam vadesi); 90,i9 
(yam pan'); 54,86 (yan nu, even if); 
') as, siace, because . 76,3, 95,7 (yam 
bi); 51,8 (anacoluthic = as (for in- 
stance?)); *) comb. w. nuna (in op- 
tative sense like Germ, dass, w, pron. 
1. pers. and pot. of the verb) i yan 
niinaham, what if I? = let rael 33,27. 
46,28. 68,35. 71,86 eti;.\ yan nuna 
mayaiii, 6,3; ^) comb.^ w. ce, v. 

yakana, «. (sa. yakrt, yakan) 
the liver; nam. r>^Vim^ 82,s. 97,8 j. 

yakkba, w. (sa. yakaha) name 
of certain superhuman beings (as 
goblins or ogres), who are the enemies 
of men; nam. r^o .'J. e. Mara) 104,i8; 
gen. ^assa, 112,if.; pi. -^.-a (inhabi* 
tauta of Lanka) 112,10; ace. pl.-^e^ 
112,9 (to be corr. into yakkba); 112,81 
(sabba-") ; gen. pi, ,%/anam (they eat 
dead corpsefl) 40,3i; "-nagara, n. 20,82 

= *^pura, «. 112,11 (Sirisavatthu); 

o-raja-", 112,88. 
yakkhini (or yakkhi), f. (sa. 

yakshini & yatshi) a female yakkba; 

nam. ^ini, 68,8o; 21,28 (jettha-"); 

59,19 (^ini-mhi = '>^ini amhi) ; ^i, 

111,86. 112,11; ace. rvim, 111,S3; instr. 

^iniya, 59,7; gen, ^iniya, 21,S5; pi, 

-x/iniyo, 20,33; "rvini-bhava, »». (q. v.); 

pa^icarika-^ f. (v. paricarika). 
yajati, vb. (sa. Vyaj) to sacrifice; 

pot. 3. sg. med. <N/etha (sahassena, 

"with a thousand") Dh. 106. cp. yiWha. 

*yaflce (or yaii ce), indecl. (i, e. 

yam + ce, q. v.) than, than if; ma- 

tam seyyo <%/ jivitarii, 7,34; 103,34. 
Db. 106-07; by attraction to a subst. 

f. we have ya ce = yance, Dh, 104 
(seyyo ya c'ayam itara paja) cp. 
yaii ce, Dh. 229 (v. ce). 

yatthi, f. (sa. yashti) ') a stick, 
staff; acc. /^im (pacana-",^ a goad) 
71,29; *) name of a certain measure of 
length = 7 hatthas or ratanas (about 
3*/2 metres) v. yojana. cp. la^thi. 

yato, *) indecl. (adv. & conj.; abl. 
of pron. rel. ya-, carrel, of tato; sa. 
yatas) *) whence, wherefrom, where, 
31,35 (^ sodariyam anaye); ^) since 
when, 27,22 (^ aaranii attanam); "=) 
since, because, 66,21. 112,29; ^) repea- 
ted : yato yato, as soon as, according 
to, w. foil, tato tato : the more - the 
more, Dh. 374. 390. - ^) gen, part., 
V, yati. 

■"yattaka, mfn. (correl. o/'ettaka, 
kittaka, q. v.) however much, as much 
as (quantus) ; pi, m. <^a, as many as, 
57,10 (fr, sa. yavat, v. Tr. PM. p. 30). 
yattha (& yatra), adv. (sa. yatra) 
in or to what place, where, whither; 
66,17 (gata); 63,x3 (yatra, sc, jatiya, 
jatassa); 104,io (^ gantva); comp., 
V, next etc. 

yattha-kamam, adv. (sa. yatra- 
kamam) whereever one plaeses, accor* 
ding to one's wish; Dh. 326; comp. 
yatthakama-nipatiH, mfn, (v, ni- 

*yatthattliita, mfn. (cp, sa. 



yatra-stha) where staying; m. 0./O, 
Dh. 127; ace. ^ara, Dh. 128. 

yatra, adv, (= so.) v, yattha. 

yatha, indecl. (conj.', = sa.', 
corrcl. of tatha) ') as, like (with full 
sentence, corr, w. demonstr, tatha, 
evam, etc, or before nouns; at the 
beginning of comp, v, below) : *) w, 
full setitence (pres.) : 5,8 (tatha); 
34,88 (evam eva) ; r^ (kho) pana . . . 
na evam, 62,85, 79,6; tadiso vanno 
yatha passasi, 85,io; BometinieB at the 
beginning of a sentence (w, pot.) by 
giving an illustration ; "it is as if", 
100,n etc, ; *>) before nouns : 3,«6 (-x- 
tava); 26,5. 61,88. 63, 11 (na rv afiiie- 
saih); 75,28 (-n^ balaifa, ace, like a 
fool). — *) so that, in order that («<; 
yatha na, ut non, ne); that (quod); 
12,6 (m;. fut.); 12,a (w. pres, indS', 
13,is. 22,23. 39,33 (do.); 68,36 (w,pot,); 
70,8 {quod). — ^) as soon as, 18, i7 (w, 
pres. ind.). ~ comp. : *yath'icchitam, 
adv. (or adj. n.) according to one's 
desire, 111,28; — yatha-kammaih, adv. 
according to one's deeds, 8,i3. 13,7. 
22,18; - "-dittha, mfn. as seen, ace, 
f, r^via. (bhiimiifa^ 69,23; - *''-paii- 
iiatta, mfn, 84,i7 (y, /i.); - "-padese, 
loc, {sa. yatha-pradegaih) 47,i {v. 
padesa); - *"-pasadanam, adv, Dh. 
249 {v. ^.); - ♦"-'bhirantaih, adv. 
70,20. 77,16 (r. abhiramati); - •"•bhuc- 
ca, mfn. {Jr. yatha-bhutam) accor- 
ding to the fact, real; n. ^am (aja- 
nanti, "the truth") 108,i6; - O-bhu- 
tam, adv. according to the fact, right- 
ly, truly, 91,8. 96,8. Dh. 203; - *"-va- 
cam, adv. {cp. sa. °-vacanarii) accor- 
ding to one's words, 108, 30; *''-vatam, 
adv. by the wind, 20,2 (gacchanto); 
— "-vidita, mfn. {sa. ®-vitta) as found 
or understood; ace. f. /vam (bhumim) 
69,28; — "-saddham, adv. according 
to faith, Dh. 249; - "-sukham, adv. 
according to one's pleasure, 2,i8. Dh, 
326. cp. seyyatba. 

yad-, by sandhi = yam (v. ya-). 

yada, indecl. {coty, = sa.; corr el. 

of tada) when, whenever; from what 

time, as soon as; w. aor. 18,31 (aga- 
ma, w. foil, atha); 68,21 (do.); 99,i. 
108,2*; w, pot. 35,7. 44,22 {w. foil. 
atha); w. pr. indie. 66,20 (atha); 
76,12 (tada); 107,ii (atha). 

yadi, indecl. {conj. = sa.) if; w. 
pot. 98,83. 100,8; w. pres. ind. 100,7; 
yadi evam (without verb, "if so") 
5,15; yadi va or yadiva (after prec. 
va, = "or") Dh. 98; yadiva (shot, 
tened of yadi va) Dh. 195 ("or"); 
yadi vS (repeated, without verb, ^ 
whether - or) 92,i6 etc. 

yanta, «. {sa. yantra) a vice, 
press, machine; loo, /ve (pakkhipitva 
viya) 40,18. 

yanti, iJr. 8, pi., v, yati. 

yan nuna, v. yam. 

Yam a, (= sa.); the 
king of hell or god of death; gen. 
^assa (santike, "near to the death") 
Dh. 237 ; — ''-purisa, m. a servant 
of Y., messenger of death, pi. rwa, 
Dh. 236; - Moka, »i. the world of 
Y., ace. ^am, Dh. 44-45. 

Yamaka, n. nom. pr, (lit, "the 
twofold") of a Pali work, the sixth 
book of Abhidhamma-Pitaka; /s/am, 
102,11. — °-vagga, m. name of the 
first chapter of Dh, (lit. "double' 

[yamati], vb. {sa, \/yam) [to hold, 
support; hold back, restrain; intr. to 
leave off, to cease {i, e, "to decease"?)]; 
imper. {injunctive) 1. pi, med. yama- 
mase, Dh, 6 (the meaning is uncer- 
tain f perhaps "to subdue one's self" 
or "to be subdued" as by Yama?). 
{cp. Franke, WZKM. 1901; Dhpd. 
(1865) p, 110.) 

yava, in. (= sa.) barley; ace. 
rwam, 9,1; "-khetta, n. a field of bar- 
ley, 8,18 (sali-"); — "-majjhaka, mfn. 
having barley(-fields) in the middle, or 
being situated amidst the barley-field ? 
comp. ""Uttara-yavamajjhaka, m. nom. 
pr. of a village, 55,8o. 

yasa (& yasas, comp. yaso-) m. 
{sa. ya^as) *) honour, glory, reputa- 
tion, celebrity; nom, 1^0 (maha) 65,it; 



103,*»; Bh. 24; aec, iv/aifa, 42,t«. 
46,(9. 54,84; instr. <^ena, 64,io; eomp. 
yaBO-bhoga*8amappita, mfn. endowed 
with glory and fortune, tn. ^o, Dh. 
303. — *) Yasa, nom. pr. of a man; 
nom. r^o (kulaputto) 67,8i etc, ep. 

yasassin, mfn, {sa, yapasvin) 
glorious, famous, celebrated; nom. m, 
~i, 30,9, 

yasma, indecl. (abt. fr, ya-) since, 
because (corr, w, tasiaa) 86,29. 91, is 
{cp. yato). 

yagu, f, (sa, yavagu) rice-gruel; 
nom. ,v/U, 66,99. 82,i9-so; ace. .^um, 
21,b; instr, /^uya, 66,s8; ^-gha^a, m, 
(q. V.) 56,31. 

yacaka, m, (== sa.) a beggar; 
ace. pi, rK<e, 14,19; gen. pi, -^anarii, 


yacati, vb. {sa \/ to ask or 
beg (for, aec.); pr. 1. sg. />/ami, 31,5; 
2. pi, /x/atha (etam) 18,28; aor. 3, sg. 
ylLci (jivitam) 111, so; gcr, f>^\i\a, {w, 
doubl, aec.) 7,»8. 89, ia; — pass, ya- 
ciyati ; part, pass, m. ") yaciyiimano, 
SJ5,i8. 46,ib; ^) *jaciyanto, 111, 19; - 
pp. yacita, m. /^o (tenp,) 28,1?; Dh. 
224 (w. loc, appasmi); yacaka, m, 
V, above. 

yati, vb, (sa. ^/ya) to go, walk; 
pr. iJ. eg, yiitr, Dh, 29. 179. 294; 
2, sg, yasi, 49,i4; 3, pi, yantl, Dh. 
126 (saggaih); part, gen, m. yato 
(ito paraA, "when le is passing from 
henoe") 77,4; imj., 3. eg, yahi, 18, 1. 
3i',io. 38,111. 

yilnii, n, (= sa.) a carriage, any 
vehicle or druught>an!mul| instr, pt, 
-vein, Dh. 323. 

yama, m, {=^ so.) a night-watch 
(three hours); acc, f%./&ih (tinnam 
Hflfiataraiii) Dh. 157; (patliamiira, 
durinfj the llrst v/atoli) 66, s; loc. yfimo 
(patharaa-") ll,ao; (purime, id.) 99,19; 
Aiiajjhime, in tho middle w.) 99,2o; 
(pacchime, in the last w.) 99, sa. 

yava (or yavarii, by sandhi yavad-) 
indecl, (sa, yilvat) •) conj, as long as, 
until (cotr, w, tilva); w. pres, ind,\ 

23,u. 48,11. 102,8. 110,4. Dh. 72 (y5- 
vad-eva). Dh. 119; w. aor. 33,n. 
77,8; yara na, while not, before, w. 
pres. ind. 19,i. 92,9. Dh. 284 (ya- 
vam); w. fut, 92,8. - ')prp, 10. abl. 

12.17 (arunuggamana); 62,6; to. acc, 

43.18 (paccantabhumim) ; 62,io (agga- 
sakha); f^ tatiyam (up to the third 
time) 3,7. 102,26; r^ dutiyam, 102,26. 
cp. "-jara, *'-jivam. 

*yava-jara, adv, {fr. yava + 
jara, the last being either contr. of 
jaraya (?) abl. of jara. f. (?) or abl. 
of the base jara, q. v.) until old age, 
Dh. 333. 

yava-jivam, adv, {sa. yavaj- 
jivam) during all the life, Dh. 64. 

yava^ mfn. (= sa.) as great, us 
much; pi, BH many; m. pi. yavanto, 
108,9 = Dh. 337 (yavanf ettha 
samagatiT). cp. next etc. 

*yavataka, mfn. {correl. of tava- 
taka) = prec; acc. pi. i^e, 81, 17. 

yfivata, indecl. {instr, fr. yava', 
= sa.) as far as, innsmuch as, be- 
cause; 106,1 = Dh. 266 {corr. w, 
tona & tiTvata); cp. next. 

*yavatayukam, adv. {cp. sa. 
yavadayusham) all one's life long; 
1^ ^hatva, after having lived out one's 
term of life, 8,u, 34,28. 38,s. 

yittha, mfn. {pp, yajati; sa, ishta) 
sacrificed; n. subat. .vuiii (yajetha; 
Dh. 108 (offering, sacrifice). 

yuga, «. (= sa.) a yoke; .x/ath, 

yujjhati, vb, {sa, Vyudh) to fight 
(against, aco,\ with, instr, or prp,)\, «%(inauo, 00,9; wcr. -vitvrt 
(corebi saddliim) 33,i8; riififtamafl- 
flam) 33,90. cp. next & yuddlia, yodha. 

■"yujjhana, n. {fr, prec) fighting; 
"-tthilna, n. fighting ground, 29,2*. 

•^yufljati, v6. (sa. v'yuj) ') to yoke, 
haruoss, join; to prepare, arrange; *) 
med. & act. ie, attanam, to apply or 
give one's self to {loc.)\ pr. 3, sg. med. 
,-wate (Buddhasasane) Dh. 382; part, 
m. yufijaiii (attanuiii, ayoge) Dh. 209; 
pp. yutta {q. V,)-, cans, yojeti & "^yo- 



japeti (q. v.) cp. yuga, yoga, yogga, 
yojana, etc., yotta. 

yutta (& *yuttaka), mfn. (pp. 
yunjati; sa, yukta) ') joined, yoked; 
.64,9 (rathe "-sindhava) ; *) prepared, 
arranged; ace, f. r^dim (dhajinim) 
104,s; *) proper, fit {10. inf.); right; 
»». -vO (raangalasso bhavitum) 24,3i; 
comp. w. grd. *kattabba-", mfn. right 
to do, n. o^aifa, 54,38; katabba-yutta- 
kam karissanti, 39,84 (y. karoti, grd.); 
*thapetabba-yuttaka, mfn, fit to be 
Bet in a place (loc,); acc, m, ^am 
(rajatthane) 11, i. 

yuddha, wi. n, (= sa.; pp, fr. 
yujjhati) battle, war; aec. ^am (detu, 
let him fight") 36,9i. 39,io; dat, ^aya 
(pacouggaccnatni), 104,4. 

yuvan, mfn, (= sa.) young, nom, 
m. ^va, Dh. 280 (a youth), cp, yob- 

yusa, m, n. {sa. yusha) juice, gravy; 
t\/iiTa (amba-", g. v.) 37,a4. 

ye, pi, m. pron. rel., v, ya-. 

yena, indecl. (conj.\ instr, fr. 
pron. rel. ya-, corr. w, detnonstr. tena) 
*) in what direction, where; 68,5 etc. 
{cp. yena, sc. maggena, 104,2). - ') 
(bo) that {ut); 77,6 (tatha karissasi 
/%/ gamissasi). — ') because; Dh. 266 
{w. pot.); 260. 270 {w. pres.). 

*yenicchakam, adv. {fr. yena -f- 
iccha) where one likes; Dh, 326. 

*yebhuyyena, adv. (instr, of 
yebhuyya, mfn. numerous, much; fr, 
ye = yam (Magadhism) & bhiyyo 
(Tr. PM. p. 76); cp. sa. yad-bbuyas) 
generally, entirely, always, upon the 
whole, in all; 73,88. 96,T-ii. (cp. 
Franke, KZ. n. F. XIV, 420.) 

yeva, indecl., v. eva. 

yesam, yehi, yo, v. ya-. 

yoga, m. (=«o.) i) junction, union, 
combination; acc. ,^&m (manusakam, 
"bondage") Dh. 417; comp. sabba- 
'-visamyutta, mfn. {v. h.); nakkhat- 
ta-^, m. conjunction of stars, constel- 
lation (v. h.). — *) application of the 
mind, exertion, devotion, meditation 
etc.; abl, /%>£, Dh. 282; loc. tvasmim, 

Dh. 209; comp. *afiiiatra-'', mfn. (q. 
v.); yoga-kkhema, m. 'tranquillity of 
devotion', complete happiness (= Nib- 
bana^; acc. >^&m. (anuttaram, nibbS- 
nam) Dh. 23; gen. /N^assa (pattiya) 
103,8; a-yoga, m. (q. v.), 

yogga, n. (sa. yogya) a carriage, 
vehicle; loc. r^e (maha-*', a chariot 
of state) 68,19. 

yojana, n. (= sa.) 'yoking, har- 
nessing', a measure of distance (the 
length of an Indian yojana is variously 
indicated, varying between 4—18 miles; 
according to some = 21,400 Metres 
(about 12 miles) = 4 gfivutas, one 
gSvuta being 80 usabhas & 20 ya^^his 
k 7 ratanas (or hatthas, '/g Metre) k 
2 vidatthis & 12 angulas (inches)); 
nom. ^&m, 107,9 = Dh. 60; loc. 
'y^e (addha-®, q. v.) 63,i9; comp. 
*°-ppamana, & ""'-matta, mfn. having 
an extent of a yojana, 63,88; 6,8; 
♦"-sahass'-ubbedha, mfn. (v. ubbe- 
dha) ; ti-yojana-satika, mfn. (q. v.) ; 
timsa-", ,%. diyaddha-" (v, h.). 

yojana, /. (= sa.) 'union, con- 
junction', grammatical construction; 
in the comment style : what is to be 
supplied or understood; 'mukhena 
sukara-sadiso asin' ti yojana, 'I was 
like a pig by my mouth', bo is to be 
understood, 86,98. 

yojanika, mfn. (e. c. = sa.) so 
many yojanas long; sattbi-", 61,io; 
8atta-^ 61,11. 

yojapeti, vb. (caus. II. yuniati) 
'to cause to be joined or fixed , to 
apply, employ, prepare (acc); ger, 
/s.^etva (dvaram) 6,t. 

yojeti, vb. (caus. yunjati; sa, 
yojayati) ') to harness; to make ready 
(acc); ger, «wetva (sindhave), 63,8; 
imp, 2, sg. f>,Q\\\ (ratham) 63,8; *) 
to fasten, bold fast, grapple, attack 
(acc); pot, 3, sg. med. />^etha (Ma- 
ram) Dh. 40; w. attanam : to apply 
or give one's self to (loc), part. m. 
a-yojayam (attanaih yogasmim, who 
does not give one's a^lf to meditation) 
Dh. 209, 



yotta, «. {sa. yoktra) a rope, 
conl; ace, x^aih,. S5,85; pi. is-'ani, 

yodha, m. (== «o.) a warrier, 
Bcldier; pi. *'-maha-yodha, 39,i». 

Yona(ka), mfn, {m. Yavana) 
loniaD, Greek; pi. the Oreeks (in Bac- 
tria), ^ka, 97,4. {cp, Weber, Ind. 
Str. II, 321.) 

y n i , /". (-= 50.) the womb, uterus ; 
source, origin ; e, o. a olasB or kind of 
living baifigg; toe, yoniyam (kapi-" 
nibbattitva, huving been born as an 
ape) 1,3; (miga-") 5,93. cp. next etc. 

yonija, mfn. (= sa.) born from 
the womb, born in a certain class of 
beings ; arc. »». i^am (na brahmanam 
brurui, "on account of his birth") 
Dh. 396. 

yoniso, adv, (sa. yoni^as) 'by the 
source', radically, thoroughly, deeply 
(wisely); Dh. 326 (cp. SBE. X. 79). 
yob b ana, n. (fr. yuva?j; sa. yau- 
vana) youth; loc. f^e, Dh. 165; ut- 
tama-yobbana-vilasa-matta, mfn. 
47,u (v, vilasa, cp. matta'). 


r, sandhi-consonant, inserted be* 
tween vowels (like sa, Biddhi-r astu, 
114,88) : dhi-r-atthu, 63, la. 103,88; 
usabho-r-iva, 106,i9; aragge-r-iva, 
Dh. 401; sasapo-r-iva, Dh. 407 {cp. 
Tr. PM. p. 82; Windiseh, Ber. d. 
stlchB. Ges. 1893). i 

rarasi, f, (sa, ta^rni, m,) *) a 
string, line, rein, bridle (v. rasmi 
belou). — ^) a ray of light, splendour; 
gen. pi, /^'Inaiii (chabbannanam, q, 
V,) 87,8f. 

rakkbaka, mfn, {sa. raksbaka) 
guarding, watching; m. a watchman; 
kbeita-", «i. a fiald-watcher, pi. r».a, 


rakkhati, vb, {sa. yraksh) to 
guard, watch, protect; to keep, observe; 
to beware of {acc.)\ p: . 3. sg. >^ati 

(silam) 38,u. 97,9; (dhanaih) Dh. 26; 
part, m, /x/anto, 33,2* ; gen. /^ato, 
Db. 241; imp. 2. sg. rakkha, 22,ie. 
110,25; pot. 3, sg. rakkhe, Dh. 40; 
rakkheyya (kaya-ppakopam)_Dh. 231 ; 
Db. 167 (metri causa : ^eyya); 3. sg, 
med. ^etha, Dh. 36; inf. ^itum, 
20,29; grd, rakkbitabba (to be ob- 
served) 14,i3; a-rakkhiya, mfn. diffi- 
cult to watch, m. <wo (matugamo) 
62,8; pp. rakkhita, & cans. *rakkha- 
peti (f. below) cp. rakkhaka, rak« 
khana, rakkha, durakkha. 

rakkbana, n. {sa. rakehana) 

guarding, protecting; "-atthaya, 62,3s 

[v. attha*); sassa-rakkhan'attham, 8,7. 

rakkha, f. {sa. raksba) protection; 

ace. ^aih (Lanka-") 110,37. 

*rakkhapeti, vb. {cans. II. rak- 
khati) to watch; aor. 3. sg. ^esi, 

rakkhita, mfn, {pp. rakkhati; 
sa. rakshita) guarded, protected ; comp. 
"-gopita-vattbumhi {loc, v. vatthu) 
58,13; a-rakkhita, su-rakkhita, mfn. 
(2. v.), 

raccha, f, {sa. rathya) a carriage- 
road, street; ace. rvam, 76, i8. {cp. 

raja(s), m, {sa. raja8, «.) vapour, 
dust; dirt, impurity {metaph, of pas- 
sions); nom. rt^o, 108,8 (pamadanu- 
patito, "defilement"); (sukhumo) Dh. 
1 26 ; ace. ^aiii, Dh. 3 1 3 ; 58,5 (pada-", 
"the dust at his feet", rp. pada-paih- 
suni, 77,7); instr, /.^ena, 84,23; comp, 
rajo-" (originally n.) 112,2» (tamba- 
bh\inii-°); cp, rajovajiUla below, 

rajata, «. (= sa.) silver; nom. 
rt^am, 26,16; gen, ^.^assa, Dh, 239; 
comp, ♦"-dama-vanna, mfn, like a 
silver chain, 61,i9; *<*-phalaka, n. 
48,8 {v, h.)\ "-rnaya, mfn. made of 
silver, 28,3o; *'*-vanna, mfn, silver- 
coloured, 6,27; *°-vimana, n. 23,22 
{v. h.)\ dvandva comp. savanna-", 
61,27; jatarupa-o, 81,26. - Rajata- 
pabbata, »». nom. pr. of a mountain 
(in Himavanta), 'Pilver-Hill'; nom. 

rvO, 61,18. 



raj ana, n. (= sa.) colouring, 
dye; ace. />^aiii, 6P cp. ratta*. 

*rajovajalla !' r rajojalla), n. 
(/v. raia(s) & 'jalla, avajalla = smut, 
Boot (?) cp. sa. jhallika & Childers 
S. V.) "duBt and dirt", or "rubbing 
with dust", Dh. 141 (SBE. X, 38; 
Dhpd. (1866) p. 306; Trenckner refers 
to jaleti, denom. fr, jala, to cover, 
which is found in Fsli, cp. Dhatup, 
XXXlI,io; the Birro. reading is rajo- 
jallam, which is always found else- 
where : Jat. V, 421,89; Mil. p. 133 
etc.; rajovajall(aib) might be due to 
tmesis = rajo va [= va] jallam; cp. 
rajojallika, mfn. covered with dust, 
Jat. I, 390,18, & Sn. v. 198. 249). 

rajja, n, (sa. rajya) sovereignty, 
government; kingdom; nom, r^&m., 
112,9; ace. »N/am, 1,2. 8,3 etc. (~ 
karoti, to be king); instr, />/ena, 69,2b; 
loc, o^e, 42,26; contp. *rajjatthika, 
mfn, (v. atthika); "-parimana, n. 
43,29 (g, v.); *°-8ainika, m. king, 43,s« 
(Baranasi-") ; '•-sima, f. 39,i8 (g. v.) 
cp. eka-°, opa-°, maha-°, & ra^tha. 
rajju, f. (rarely m, = so.) a rope; 
nom. r^u (alarabani, 3, v.) 47,»7 ; ace. 
urii (civara-°, q. v.) 83,«i; instr. «vuya, 
54,20. cp. next. 

rajjuka, m. (dimin. fr, last; = 
sa.) a rope, string; ace, f\/&Ui (ugga- 
hana-^ q. v.) 14,38. 

rafina, ranne, raflno, v, ra- 


rattha, n. (sa. rashtra) kingdom, 

realm, country; abl. /x/a, 38,2i; -%/a 

rwam (aec, from kingdom to kingdom) 

104,8; loc. (v-e, 18,24; camp, "-jana- 

pada-vasino, 102,5 \v. h.); "-pinda, 

m. 107,8 (v. h.); Kasi-^, Kosal'a-**, 

Baveru-', Videha-" (g. v.) cp, rajja. 

rata, mfn. (pp. ramati; = sa.) 
delighting in (loc, or e, c); m. <x/0, 
Dh. 181. 300; ajjhatta-", Dh. 362; 
tanhakkhaya-*>, Dh. 187; dbamma-°, 
Dh. 364 (g. «.); pi. ~a (gocare) 
Dh. 22. 

ratanaS n. (aa, ratna) a jewel, 
e. e, a valuable or precious thing; 

pi. ^ani, 33,6; r^aXvi, 27,2»; 
28,28 (sattahi, the 7 precious things, 
i. e. gold, silver, etc!) cp. satta-ratana- 
vicitta, mfn. ornamented with the 7 
jewels, 18,26, & Batta-ratana-vassa, 
n. 32,11 (v. vassa); gen. pi. /N^anam 
(tinnam, the 3 jewels, metaph, of 
Buddha, Dhamma, Samgha) 28,86; e. 
c. assa-", 24,19 ; kambala-**, 25,5; 
nilamani-", 26,23; mani-°, 62,3o; 
hatthi-"', 24,19 (g, v.) (cp.'jRAS. XII 
(1880) p. 178). 

ratana*, n, (or ratani, f.; sa. 
ratni, aratni) a certain measure of 
length = 2 vidatthi (g. v.) ep. yojana, 
rati, f. (= sa.) pleasure, delight 
(often esp. of love); nom. ^i, 47,27, 
Dh, 149; ^i, Dh, 310; ace. r^im, 
Dh. 187; abl. ^iya, Dh. 214; comp. 
kama-°, kilesa-", dhamma-" (v, h.) 
cp, a-rati, 

ratta', mfn, (pp. ^'ranj, rajjati, 
ranjati, rajati; sa. rak^a) coloured, 
dyed (esp. with red colour); metaph, 
affected with (e. c); comp. "-kambala, 
6,87 (v. h.); raga-°, mfn. subject to 
passion, pi. >%^a, Dh. 347; saratta-*', 
mfn. Dh. 346 (v. h.) ep. rajana, 

ratta^, m. n. (e. c. = ratti; sa, 
ratra) night; addha-", 40,8 (g. v.); 
aho-o, Dh. 226" (g. v.); ep, digha- 
rattam, adv, 

rattata, f. (sa. raktata) redness; 
instr. ^aya (akkbinam) 69,5. 

ratti, f. (sa. ratri) night; nom. 
r^i (digba) 107,9 = Dh. 60; ace. 
/N^iiii, 58,17; 22,2i (sabba-"); adv. by 
night 9,16 (opp. diva); 112,7 (cp. 
rattindiva) ; gen. loc. ,^iya, 66,b. 78,i ; 
41,28. 42,1; an old loc. is ratto (sa. 
ratrau) Dh, 296; pi. aec. .>^iyo (sab- 
ba-**) 67,87; comp. "-khitta, mfn. (g, 
V,); '*'*'-bbatta, n. evening meal, 15,i9; 
'"''-bhaga, m. the night time, 21,88; 
eka-ratti-o, 104,24 (v. eka«); *aho-», 
f. day & night (v. h.) ; at the end of 
comp. we find sometimea the a-stem 
ratta* (g, v.) cp. next. 
rattindiva, m. & n. (sa. ratrim- 



diva) night and day; aec. adv. ivaih 
88,»2 (comp. «>/am-). 

ratto, adv., loc. ratti {q. v.), 

ratha, m. (== sa.) a chariot; .Mn, 
/x-o, 60,6; 25,1 (mangala-", q. ».); ace. 
/^£m, 7,5; 63,4 (uttama-°) ; instr. 
r^ensi (paya8i)-54,4; 98,s; 60,i (Ve- 
jayanta-", q. v.) ; pL ^a (raja-*) Db. 
151; comp. *°-(iandaka, m. the ban* 
ner-staff of a chariot, 98,5; *''-pan- 
jara, n. 98,5 {v. h.); "-vara, m. an 
excellent oh., 64,-'.o (ace. r^Sim)] "-ve- 
ga-, 60,10 (g. r.") cp. raccha. 

randheti (or randhayati) vb. 
{^caus. v'randh). to make subject to, 
bring to (^acc. & dat.)', aor. 3. pi, 
o^ayum (ma tarn dukkhiaya) Dh. 248. 

"ram a, mfn. (e. c. = sa.) pleasing, 
deliighting; v. dii-rama, mano-rama. 

ramariiyti, mfn (grd. fr. next; 
= .ia.) pleasant, delightful, beautiful; 
n. ,>^arii (uyyanari ) 37,i6; loc. m. -^e, 
66,19; n. pi. ,>^ar[i] (amfiflani) Dh. 
99. cp. ranianeyyaka. 

ramati, vb. (sa.y/r&m) to be glad, 
to delight in (loc): pr. 3. sg. <^At\, 
Dh. 79; 99 (nsetri causa r^ati) ; 1. 
sg. med. rame (gahe) 47,26; 5. pi. 
»N.^anti, Dh. 91; 1. pi. ^ama (kilesa- 
ratiya) 63,a4; fiit. 1. pi. ->/issama 
("we will enjoy ourselves") 53,87; fut. 
cans. (= simplex) 3. pi. /^essanti, 
Dh. 99; pp. rata {q. v., cp. ramita); 
grd. ramaniya 8: ramma (3. v,)\ - 
cans. II. ramSpeti, to gladden, de- 
light; ger, /%/etva (tam kilesaratiyS) 

ramita, mfn. {pp. cans, yram; 
= sa.) delighted, happy; m. rw^o, Dh. 

ramtra, mfn. {grd. ;/ram; sa. 
ramya) delightful, beautiful; loc. ^e, 

rava, m. (= sa.) a roar, cry; song, 
sound; nom. »^o, 60,io; ace. .^./am, 
53,91; 8,25 (gadribha-"); |60,8 (ma- 
ha-"); loc. i^e (gadrabhanam) 113,ii; 
*gita-°, m. 112,T {q.v.)] ♦bherava-", 
tn. 86,19 {q, v.). 

ravati, vb. {sa, \/ni, rauti, raviti) 

to roar, cry, to set up a cry (ace.y, 
part. m. pi. /%,anta (bherava-ravam) 
86,19; pari. med. m. >s^msino, 9,i; 
aor. 8. sg. ravi, 8,115. ll,so; 3. pi. 
<x/iiii8u, 60,8; cp. rava, rava, ruta. 

rasa, m. (== sa.) juice, essence; 
taste, flavour {esp. s.greeable), sweet- 
ness; ace. f\>&m, 37,9. 106,3 = Dh. 
49; Dh. 354; 16,i6 (pabbata-") ; pi. 
o.-a, 70,32; r^eau, 71,9; "-ha- 
rani, f. {v. h.); dhamma-", & dham- 
mapiti-" {q. v.); naDagga-** {v. nana); 
paviveka-'' {q.v.)\ roadhura-** {q.v.); 
sadisa-*, mfn. of the same taste, 37,22 
(nimba-panna-<*); supa-" {q. v.)\ 
dvandva comp. vanna-gandha-", 37,30 
("-rasupeta, mfn.j. 

rasmi, f. {& m.) = ramsi {sa. 
raQmi); pi. ^iyo, 98,6 (the reins); 
"-ggaha, »». holder of the reins {opp. 
sarathi) 106,34 = Dh. 222. 

rassa, mfn. {sa. hrasva) short; 
m. n.,0 (puriso; opp. digho) '92,13; 
n. rwaifa, Dh. 409. 

rahada, m. {sa. hrada) a lake, 
pool; nom. >^o, Dh. 82 (metrically; 
rhado); Dh. 96. 

rahassa, n. (sa. rahasya) a sec- 
ret; ace. /y^&m, 46,9. cp. next, 

raho, adv. {sa. rahas) in secret, 
privately; 64,i3; *'*-kamma, n. what 
is to be done in secret, ace, /N/am, 

rag a, tn, (= sa,) ') colour, dye- 
stuff {cp. rajana, ratta', & vamsa- 
rSga); ^) metaph. passion, lust; nom, 
/<wO, 106,32 = Dh. 14; comp. ®-aggi, 
m. the fire of lust, loc. /x'imhi, 64,2o 
(in the series : raga, dosa, moha); 
**'-dosa, mfn, damaged by passion, f. 
^a, Dh. 366 {cp. dosa*); ♦"-nissita, 
mfn. devoted to passions, Dh. 339 
{v. h.); *'>-sama, mfn. like passion, 
Dh. 202; *tibba-o, & *vita-0, mfn. 
{v. h.)\ dvandva comp, nandi-raga-", 

raja(n), m. {sa. rajan) a king, 
prince, chief; nom. ^a, 6,3; voc. o^a 
(maha-") 7,i6; ace. ^anam, 6,u; 
instr, rafiiia, 48,2i ; gen. {dat.) ranno, 



6,5; all. ,^&io, Db. 139; loc, ranSe, 
52,14 ; pi, nom. ace. /^ano, 102,4. Dh. 
294; gen. -%^unam, 37,4; - in comp, 
we have the base raja-", "-raja (e. c, 
also frequently rajaji) : agga-", m. 
{nom. ^ raja, 98,is); aja-", m. (^voc, 
~ raja, 54,S6); assa- , m.{acc, (x/anaib, 
66,19); kapi-", »». (gen, ^assa, 1,?); 
kumbhila-**, m. (voc, »v raja, l,i6); 
Kosala-", m. {gen. ^rafifio, 31,2); 
cora-", »». (gen. .^ranfio, 39,88) ; Tarn- 
ba-°, w». (worn, ^ raja, 19,6; instr, 
<^ rajena, 19,io); deva-°, m. (nom. 
<v rapa, 46,3o); dhamma-'*, m. (nom, 
/v raja, 19,i); naga-°, »». (Mom.rvraja, 
28,«7; ins^r.^x/ rajena, 62,i5); maoou-°, 
»». (ace. (vanarii, 44,«b); malia-", m. 
{q. v.); yakkha-", m. («^raja-°, 112,«a); 
8asa-°, »». (ace. -w rajam, 15,9); Si- 
lavamaha-", w». {gen. ^ rajassa, 39, n); 
supanna-", m. {nom. ^ raja, 19,i6; 
gen. /N^ranno, 20,io; i^ rajassa, 20,3); 
haihsa-", m. {nam. ^ raja, 10,5; cp. 
raja-hamsa, 10,3); - raj'-angana, n. 
{q. V.) ; "-abhisekha, m. {v. abhisekha) ; 
"-upa^thana, n. {v, upattbana); "-o- 
vada-jataka, n. {v. ovada); "-kula, 
n. {q. v.); *°-fiataka, »n. (</. v.); "-ta- 
naya, m. (q. v.); "-nandana, m. {v. 
nandana); "-nivesana, n. (q. v.)] °-put- 
ta, m. a prince, a person of the royal 
family; gen. >x<a88a, 45,83; instr. <^ena, 
111,3; "-purisa, m. a royal servant, 
pi. ^a, 40,3. 74,7; °-ratha, «». a royal 
chariot, pi, ,>.,a, Dh. 151; *°-rathu- 
pama, mfn. like a royal chariot, Dh. 
171; "-settha, m. the best among 
kings, voc. »N^a, 47,8; "-hamsa, m. a 
kind of Bwan, 10,8 (suvanna-", 'golden 

Rajagaha, M. {sa. Rajagrha) 'the 
king's house', nom. pr. of a city, the 
capital of the Magadha country; ace, 
rs,&m, 76,9; loc. /^e, 76,8; "-samipe, 
near to B., 84,3i. 

Radha, »n. (= sa.) nom. pr. of 
a parrot (Bodhisatta); nom, rvO, 9,7; 
^-jataka, ». 9,s. 

ramaneyyaka, w. (fr. ramaniya; 
sa, ramajjiyaka) loveliness, beauty; 

comp. *bhumiifa-'', n. (with ih inserted) 
a delightful place, Dh. 98 {cp. Tr. PM, 
p. 56-56). 

rava, m. (= sa.) a cry, roar; 

ace. t^&m (baddha-**, q. v.) 11, so; 
' "" -«, 2. «.) 113,10. 

cp. rava. 

instr. rv/ena (gadrabha- 

rasi, m. {sa. ra^i) a heap, quan- 
tity, multitude; acc. .%^im (dhanassa) 
34,12; 16,3 (angara-"); 5,8 (icantaka-*) ; 
51,11 (daru-"); abl. (N/imha (puppha-°) 
Dh. 53; loc. .x-imhi (aBgara-*) 16,7, 

Rahula, m. (= sa.) nom. pr, 
') of Ootama Buddha's son [LSghula 
in the A(;oka Insor. (Bhabra text)]; 
nom, f^o, 64,7 (explained by ban- 
dhanaih, 'a bond, fetter, impediment', 
cp. Weber, Ind. Stud. HI, 130 & 149) 
= *°-kumaro, 64,9; *°-matar, f. the 
mother of R., whose name according 
to later Buddhist tradition was Yaso- 
dhara; nom. o^a, 64,5; gen. ~aya, 
65,87; - ") of a samanera {q. v.) of 
Sariputta; nom. <x<o, 81, 14. 

rukkha, m. {sa. ruksha & vrksha; 
cp, Pischel, Gr. § 320; Wackernagel, 
Gr. I, § 184, b.) a tree; nom. f^o, 
36,36; abl, »„&, 12,32; /^ato, 11, si; 
loc, ^e, 2,3; comp. rukkhagge, loc, 
at the top of a tree, 11,85 {v, aggah 
"■"-kotthaka, m. a woodpecker (q. v.); 
"-devata, f. a dryad, 3,8i ; °-mula, n. 
the foot of a tree {q. v,)\ dvandva 
comp. "-gumbMayo, 6,11; cp. araraa-", 
udumbara-", kappatthiya-°, nigro- 
dba-°, phala-o, bodhi-", mahS-sala-", 
vara^a-", susira-". 

ruci, f, (= sa.) liking, pleasure; 
wish, desire; acc, "k/im (uppadeti, w. 
loc. to take pleasure in, take a fancy 
to) 10,12. 64,2; loc. ^iya (assa sati, 
"at his command") 39,u. cp. *anfla- 
rucika, mfn. 

rucita, mfn. {pp. ruccati; = sa.) 
being at one's pleasure, agreeable; 
♦citta-", mfn. {q. v,). 

rucira, mfn, (= sa,) beautiful, 
lovely; /". .^-a (pUthi) 10,i»; w. «%.aih 
(puppham) Dh. 61. 

ruccati (& '-rocati), vh, (sc^ruc) 



to please, to be agreeable to {gen,); (no, mayham) ll,t-i8; 

pot. 3. sg. /N^eyya (mamaj 55,«5; aor. 

8. sg. rucci (mS te ^) 74,»4i pp. 

ruoita (g. v.); cans, rooeti (q, v.) cp. 

ruci, ruoira. 

rujati, vb, (sa, \/ruj) to cause 

pain, ache; pr. 3, pi, ^anti (pada, 

gacchantassa (te)) 97, bb. cp, paluj- 

jati & roga, m. 

ruta, n. (= sa.) cry, voice (of 

animals); 8abba-''-janana-manta, wi. 

a spell giving knowledge of all sounds, 

*ruda, M. {cp, sa. rud, f, & prec.) 

cry, voice (of animals); nom. ^aih 

(manunnam) 10,i9. 

rudati (& rodati, q. v.), i)b, {sa, 

■\/rud) to cry, weep; part, acc, m. 

^antarii. 111, is. 

rudda, mfn, {sa, rudra) furious, 
cruel, formidable; "-dassana, mfn, of 
dreadful sppi-arance, m. <n/0 (kum- 
bhilo) 108,st; cp, ludda. 

runa, mfn. {e. c, = sa.) growing; 
*uttamai5ga-'', v. afiga. cp. riihati. 

ruhira, n. {sa. rudhira) blood; 
nom. acc. r^&m, 76,7. 76,4. cp, to- 
bita, lohita. 

rupa, n. {& m.) (= sa.) *) form, 
appearance, espt handsome form, grace, 
bfiauty ; acc. ^am (manoharaiii) 1 11,S6; 
instr. ^ensL (soni-", q. v.) 111,2; gen, 
<>»assa (adinavaiii) 47, £3 ; comp. ♦ru- 
pagga-ppatta, mfn. v. agga*, cp. 
patta'; *°-ppatia, m/w. beautiful, 
/>/ii, 64,80 ; "-sampatti, f beauty, acc. 
rviifa, 19,11 ; "-siri, f (dvandva) "beauty 
anu naajeaty", act'. />.ira, 64,ib; *utta- 
nia-rupa-dhara, mfn. endowed with 
the highest beauty, f. ,>,a, 19,7 ; e. c, 
V. anurGpa, w/n,, abhirupa, mfn., 
evarGpa, mfn., *kalyana-", mfn., 
jata-", n., tatha-", mfn., *bhinna-°, 
mfn., '•'mulha-^ mfn., ""sadhu-", mfn. 
— ^) in the dogmatics : material form, 
body; idarii ^&m, i07,7 ^ Dh. 148 
{synon. ayam kayo, 107,5); esp, as 
one of the five co'astituent elements 
of an individual (v. khandha) ; 94,8, 

ete.\ pi. visible things, objects to 
cakkhu : /vani, 69,i7 ; m. pi. <N.a, 70,m. 
71,8»; loc. n^esu, 71,5; *°-BamkbS- 
vimutta, mfn. "released from what is 
styled form", m. /^o (Tathagato) 95,i»; 
dvandva comp. nama-rupa, n. (v. h.) 
cp. namafi ca rupa:ii ca, 82,9. 

rupaka, n. {—. sa.) an image, 
esp. a statue; *kaficana-"-patibbaga, 
mfn, 47,14 (v. patibhaga). 

rulha, mfn. (pp. riihati; sa. ru- 
dha) sprung up, grown; "-tina, mfn. 
abounding with grass, loc, rvC (kacche) 


ruhati, vb. {sa. rohati, ruhati, 
\/ruh) to grow; pr. 3. sg. ,>/ati (ruk- 
kho) Dh. 338; p^. riilha {q. v.); cans, 
ropeti, ropapeti (5. v.) cp. ruha. 

Re vat a, m. nom. pr. of a thera; 
nom, ^0 (raahathero) 113,8. 

roga, m. (= sa.) disease; abl. 
^a (jigaccha parama -^, hunger is 
worse than disease) I)h, 203; pandu-", 
m, {q. v.); '"''-nidda, n, {v, h^ cp. a- 
roga & niroga, mfn, 

rooeti, vb. {cans, rucoati; sa. 
rocayati) to find plensure in, to choose 
{acc.) ; part. f. />^enti (samikam) 10,i2 ; 
aor. 3. sg. ^esi (moram) 10,io; ger. 
r-vCtva (ulukarii) 11,3. 

rodati, vb. (sometimes also ru- 
dati {q, v.); sa. v'rud) to cry, weep; 
part. m. ») ^anto, 17,9. 89,u; ^) ro- 
darii, Dh. 67 ; part. med. f. ^mana, 
68,13. 69,11 ; aor. 2. sg. rodi, 16,33; 
1. sg. rodirii, 17, 13. 68,14 (rodin ti); 
inf. rvitum, ger, r^^itva, 49, 10. 

*ropapeti, vb. [caus, II. ruhati) 
to cause to be planted (occ); ger, 
i^etva, 36,38. 

ropita, uifn. {fr. caus, ropeti; — 
sa.) planted; n, n..,um, 37,6; tji. pi, 

rvS, 100,14. 

*ropima, Uifn, planted, raised, 
cultivated {opp. kaccha, sayamjata); 
acc, r«^am (kandam) 92,i9. 

ropeti, vb. (cous. ruhati; sa, ro- 
payati) to plant, sow (acc); aor. 5. 
sg. r^esi, 37,19; ger, ^.-etva (nivapa- 



tinam) 6,e; pp. ropita (q. v.) cp. 

roruva, »i, (sa. raurava, cp, ruru) 
a kind of savage aaitnal, the Raru-deer; 
gen. ^assa, 92,». 

r oh it a, mfn. (= sa.) red; "-ma- 
cche, 14,»s, {cp, lohita). 

L (-1.). 

1, Sandhi-CoDBonant (sa. -d-), pre- 
served in cha-}-abhinna, sa-J-ayatana 
(q. v.). 

la, indecl., a syllable indicating 
abbreviation, = etc, 70,si (cp. pa, pe). 

'*'lakana(ka), n, & lakara, m., 
V. lankara, 

lakkhana, n. (sa, lakshana) a 
mark, sign, attribute; a lucky mark, 
mark of beauty; acc, <vam (sasa-®, 
the sign of a hare) 16,i6; sabba-" 
-sampanna, mfn, endowed with all 
marks of beauty, f. fK>si, 66,99. 

laggati, vb. (^sa, ^lag) to adhere, 
stick in (loc) ; aor, 3, sg, laggi (gale) 
13,u; (jale) 36,3s; caus, v, next. 

*laggapeti,t;6. (cows. II, laggati) 
to tie (acc), to lay to, bring to (as 
a ship) ; ger, <%^etva (navaiii) 26,86. 

laggeti, vb, (^caus. laggati; sa, 
lagayati) to tie (acc, to : loc.)\ aor, 
3, sg, ^esi, 12,95; ger, r^etva (su- 
ttam battbesu) lll,i. 

Lafika, f. (= sa,) nom, pr, of 
the capital of Ceylon; acc. r%/am, 110,18; 
loc, /vSyarii, 110,94; *''-dipa, m, Cey- 
lon, 11 0,81 ; '-nagara, w. 112,i8 ('•-vS- 
sini, f., V. vasijj); ''-rakkha, f. (q. v.). 

^laSkara, m, (Birm. reading of 
lakara; lakana(ka) n, is also found) 
prob. an anchor (=- arab. pers. mah- 
ratt, lankar, langar) ; nom, >n/0, 28,8o. 
(cp. Jat. Transl. II, 78; Tr. PM, 62,i6). 

lamghati, vb, (sa. \/laSgh) to 
leap over, spring up, ascend; ger. 
fvihiL, 16,6. 

lajjati, vb. (sa. \/lajj) to be 
ashamed (w. gen .pers. & instr. or loo. 

rei); pr, 2. sg. <N^asi, 50,i8; 1, sg. 
/N.<ami (w. duo loc.) 50,ib; 3. pi, >x/anti 
(lajjitaye) Dh. 316. 3. pi. med. ,x/are, 
ib. ; ger, .N^itva, 10,29 ; pp. m, .x/ito 
(filled with shame) 10,i6; grd, lajji- 
tabba (what one ought to be ashamed 
of) of which an elder form is found 
Dh. 316 : lajjitaye, loc. n. & a-lajji- 
taye (cp, Tr, PM. p. 66,13). 

lajja, f. (= sa.) shame; instr. 
rwaya (from shame) 46,8. 

lajjita, & »/aya, v. lajjati. 

*lajjiM, mfn, (fr. lajja) endowed 
with the sense of shame, modest, well> 
conducted; m, pi, ,>w/ino, 102,i7. 

lat(hi, f. (= yat(hi (g. v.)\ sa. 
yashti) a stick, goad; patoda-°, /", 
(v, h.), 

lata, f. (= sa.) a creeping plant, 
creeper; nom, ^a,, Dh. 340; comp, 
*puti-", & vijjullata (q, v.). 

laddha, mfn, (pp. labhati; sa, 
labdlia) taken, obtained; arrived; n, 
«%/ara (dukkbam) 16,3o; acc. m, />.'arii 
(yasam) 64,34; it is often used as finite 
tense : n, ^a.m, 22,ie. 62,93. 66,8o; f. 
<x/a, 68,11 ; w, auxiliary verb ; 5Q,so, 
58,19 ('v bbavissati); in duo loc, 7, 14 
(abhaye ^e); 87,90 (okase); some- 
times it is even used in active sense : 
'has got, obtained' ; na kho tvam . . , 
patittham laddho, 28,i6; - comp, 
*°-abbaya, mfn. (v, a-bbaya); *°-ova- 
da, m. (admonition obtained from, abl.) 
8,11 ; *°-kabapana, m. (money received 
or gained, i. e, blood money^ 74,6; 
*o.gabbha-parih5ra, mfn, (v, h,); 
*''-pabbajjiipa8ampada, mfn, (v, upa* 
sampada); '-vijayo, 112,m (v. Cor* 
reotions); op. '"miochS-", & su-laddha, 

oiaddhaka, mfn, (sa. labdhaka) 
= prec, (only e. c); *abhaya-"', mfn. 
(v. a-bhaya). 

laddha, ger. & laddhum, inf,, 
V, labhati. 

*lapa, mfn. (fr. next) talking, 
speaking (esp. falsely), hypocritical; 
*0-8akkhara, mfn. speaking sweetly, 
wheedling, f. pi. iva, 51,84. 



Iapati, vh. (aa. V^ap) to talk, 
prate; caus. lapayati (lapeti) id.; pr. 
3. pi. /x-ayanti, Dh. 83 ; cp, lapa, 

lapana, n. (= so..) talking, speak* 
iog; niratthaka-", n. DonsenBe; inatr. 
^ona, 62,6. 

iabuja, m, (sti. kkuca & likuca, 
cp. libuja) the bread-fruit tree (Arto* 
carpus Laoucba); amba-labujMinam 
(gen, pi., v, aai) l,ii (cp. panasa). 

labbha, mfn. (grd. labhati; sa, 
labhya) obtainable, attainable, possible; 
n. pi. /"wE (piya) 6fi,«; heuce *labbha, 
indecl, (probably origiaally subst. f.) 
frequently used -.d. passive conBtruc- 
tiona like sakka (q. v.). 

labbhati, pass., v. labhati. 

"lab ha, mfn. (e. c, = sa,), v, 

labhati, vb, (sa. ylabh) to take, 
catch, find ; to get, obtain, receive 
(acc); to be allowed, or have oppor- 
tunity of (doing anything, to. foil, 
inf-)'y pr, 3. sg. .x-ati (pahariturii) 
8,4; (iccham) 67,io; (okasam) 87,i9; 
nretri causa ^ati, Dh. 374; 1. sg. 
«>.ami (hist, pr.) 108,95; 3. pi. <>^atha 
(khaditum) 8,6; 3, sg. med. />^ate, 
Dh, 131. 103,3s (sukham); part, m. 
fN.-anto, 48,84; a-labhanto, 3,?; f. 
rvanti (a-") 46,9; f, pi. f«^antiyo, 
21,16; part. med. m, ^mano, 37,8i; 
f. /x-niana (a-°) 6,86; imp. 3. pi, 
/N^antu (tava, be it then that they ob- 
tain) 7,18; 1. pi. med. (injunctive) 
labhamase, 13,86; po<. 1. sg. «^eyyam, 
16,u. 70,ib; rweyyaham, 70,u; 3. sg. 
med, .^etha, Dh. 328; dor. 1, sg. 
labhim (jivitam, Baved my life) 12,88; 
3. pi. «>.imsu, 28,1?; fut. 3, sg. ») la- 
bhissati (jivitam) 12,8;, -x^issami, 
1,30. 4,36, e<c.; 5. jpi. /^issanti (abha- 
yam) 7,i6; 2. pi. -vissatha, 18,io; 
^) 3. sg. lacchasi, 2,3o; inf, laddhum, 
11, 1; ger. ") /x.-itva, 6,21, 28,i3 (pati- 
tthaiii); 60,2i (balam); a-labhitva, 
10,22. 73,4. 102,37; ^) ^itvana, 54,29; 
~ pass, (to be found, obtained, ac* 
quired) pr. 8. sg. labbhati (yassa 

mittadbammo -v, whose friendship 
is acquired) 14,s; part, labbhamane 
(loc. m.) 48,7 ; pp. laddha (q. v.); 
grd. labbha (q, ».) cp. »labha, labha. 

lasika, f. (sa. lasika) the lubri- 
cous fluid of the joints, synovial fluid; 
82,5 = 97,23. 

lahu, mfn, (sa, laghu) light, quick; 
inconstant, flighty; gen. n. >x'Uno (ci- 
ttassa) Dh. 35; n, (adv.) lahum, 
quickly, Dh. 369. 

lakh a, f. (sa. Isksha) lac; *°-pa- 
rikamma-kata, mfn, lacquered, 5,88. 

laja, m, (= sa.) *) fried or par- 
ched grain; dvandva comp. madhu- 
laja-", 18,37. — *) a kind of flowers 
(of Dalbergia arborea, Childers) ; laja- 
dihi, 61,24 (v. adi). 

labha, m. (= sa.) obtaining, ac- 
quisition, gain, pro6t; nam. /<wO, 18,3s; 
dat. r^a, (shortened of labhaya, cp, 
Ktthn, Beitr. p. 71; Weber, Ind. Str. 
Ill, 371) 70,7, 106,88, if not we have 
here pi. = sg., cp, Dh, 204 : arogya- 
parama (q, v.) labha, which must be 
nom. pl.\ but arogya-parama might 
perhaps be an old error for arogyam 
parama (or paramam); if '%/am labha 
is the true reading, we have to trans- 
late : health is better than gain, and 
labha would be abl. (cp. roga, Dh. 
203), parama being used in the sense 
o{ & comparative; - comp, v. *a-puii- 
fia-°, m,; *appa-'', mfn.; salabha, ni. 
(v. sa-*); labhagga, n. the highest 
gain (v. agga^); dvandva : "-sakkara, 
m, gain and honour, nom. ^0, 18,99; 
loc. f^e, 72,98; *hata-*'-8akkara, mfn. 
who has lost his gain and honour, in. 
pi. «^a, 72,98; cp. *labhiipani8a, mfn, 
(? V. upanisa). 

Lai a, m, (sa, lata) nom. pr. of a 
country in India (cp. Westergaard, 
Buddha's D0d8aar, Overs, Vid, Selsk. 
Forh. Copenh. 1860, p. 162); "-visaya, 
m. 'who has L. for his dominion', i. 
e, king of the Lala Country, 110,2» 

lala, f (= sa.) saliva, spittle; 



"-kilinna-gatta, mfn. whose body is 
wet with spittle, f. pi. ^a, 65,5. 

lippati, vb. {pass, limpati, to 
besmear, taint, defile; sa. ^lip) to 
adhere, cling to (loc.) ; pr. 3. sg. (s/ati 
(kamesu) Dh. 401. cp. lepana, 

lina, tnfn. (= sa.; pp.\>\l) 'adher- 
ing'; dissolved, uielted ; slothful ; modest, 
humble, dispirited (often Ojpp. uddhata); 
*a-lina, mfn. free from attachment, 
or: undaunted, confident, cheerful; Dh. 
245 (cp. J. J, Meyer, Da(;akumfiraoa- 
rita, p. 8-9, note). 

*lilha, f. (prob. fr. y/Mh : 'delicate 
taste, delicacy') grace, charm, graceful 
power {cp. sa. lila); instr. .x-aya 
(Buddha-" dhammam desetva) 7,«. 
47,it; (kinnara-**, q. v.) 49,i8. 

luncati, vb. {sa. yiunc) to pluck, 
pull out (ace); ger, ^itysi (palitam, 
kesam) 46,28-20. 

ludda*, mfn. {sa. rudra) furious, 
cruel; cp. rudda; n. pi. ace, r^&xii, 
cruelties. 13,28 {cp. next). 

ludda^ m. (sa. lubdba, confounded 
with rudra = ludda*) a hunter; ,^o, 
12,8; gen. rwassa, 12,7; *°-putta, m. 
a person who is by caste a hunter, 
ace. /vara, 12,22. {cp, Tr. PM. p. B9,ib. 
63,81 ; FausbBll, 6 Jat. p. 38.) 

luddaka, m. {sa. lubdhaka) a 
hunter; nam. ^o, 9,8; 11,>7 (miga-"). 

Lumbini- vana, n. nom. pr. of 
a grove between Kapilavatthu and 
Devadaha (the birthplace of Gotama- 
Buddha); o^am, 62,9-i3. 

lekha, f. {=■ sa.") a line, stroke; 
ace. ^am (kaddhitva) 59,6; "-majjhe, 

leddu (or lendu, Birm. also le^^u) 
m. {& n.) {sa. lesh^u, cp. lenda) a 
clod or lump of earth; "-adibi, 52,i7 
{cp. adi). 

lepana, n. (= sa.) smearing, 
plastering ; mam8a-lohita-°, mfn. pla- 
stered with flesh and blood, n. /^am 
(attbinam nagaram) Dh. 150. 

loka, m. (:= sa.) ^) the universe, 
a region or sphere of the universe; 
the world, the earth; aco. t\>a.m, 86,i8; 

(saggarii, heaven) 7,28; loc. /^e, 3,2s. 
61,33. 69,21 ; (^..asmirii, Dh. 247; raelri 
causa ^^asmi, Dh. 143; "-dhatu, f. 
{v. h.); "-nayaka, m. {v. /«.); *"-8an- 
nivasa, m. {q. v.); cp. deva-", para-", 
Brahma-", Yama-"; *) the life in this 
world, this existence (= bhava, sarh- 
sara); ayam >x/0, 96,7; abl. /x/amha, 
91,5. Dh. 176; loc. ^e, 96,8-io: *''-ni- 
rodha, m. & *''-8amudaya, m. {q. v.); 
"-vagga, m. name of oh. XIII of Dh.; 
*"-vaddhana, mfn. supporting or cher- 
ishing this existence, m, »/0, Dh. 
167; cp. vanta-lokamisa, mfn. & 
sabba-lokabhibhu {v, abhibhu); — 
') mankind, people, men; ayam 'x/O, 
88,29 = ayam lokamahajano, 88,31;. 
sabbo (xO, 90,8!; jiva-°, m, living 
beings, 47, 17. 

lona, n. (sa. lavana) salt; "-jala, 
w. salt water, 24,i6 ("-pahata, mfn.)^ 

lobha, m. (= saJ) cupidity, cove- 
tousnesB, greediness; nom, >^o (ca 
nam' esa vinasamulam, now, 'cove- 
tousnesB is the root of ruin' [prover- 
bially], lit. 'this very covetousness')' 
33,25; Dh. 248; ace, f^&m (imassa 
karissami, excite his senses) 47,4; 
instr, .xena, 25,33; (dhana-") 22,82; 
dvandva comp. iccha-lobha-", Dh. 264. 

lobhayati, vb. (= sa., caus. . 
yiubb) to cause to desire, to excite 
lust; part. f. /x/ ayauti (va naresu 
gacchati, she walks among men as it 
were in order to excite their senses) 

loma, m. (& n.) {sa. loman) the 
hair of the body; pi. ^si, 82,a = 
97,19; lomantaresu, 16,5 (v. antara); 
"-kiipa, m, {q. v.).. cp. anuloma,. 
patiloma, viloma & next. 

loma-ham8a& -hamsana, mfn. 
'causing erection of the hairs of the 
body', i. e. terrible {subst. n, terror) ; 
m. <x/ hamso (bhiimicalo) 80,8o; n. 
/vbamsanam, 81,3. 

lola, mfn. (= sa.) wanton, lust- 
ful; itthi-", mfn. (v. itthi); a-lola, 
mfn. {q. v.). 

loha, n. {= sa.) iron, any metal;. 



•"-guja, M. an iron-ball, Dh. 371; 
'*'*>-niga|a-sadisa, w/n. like an iron 
chain, 11,S8. 

lohita, •) mfn. (==Ba.) red; "-can- 
dana-vilepana, n. 23,»8 (v. h.); cp, 
rohita. — *) n. blood; worn, /vaiii, 
23,38. 103,19. 82,5 = 97,22; loc, ,^e, 
'03,80 ; *<'-pakkhatidika, f. dysentery, 
78,^4; *<'-bhakkha, mfn. (q. v.); *<>- 
makkhita, mfn. {q. v.); dvandva 
comp, "-mamsa-, 41,33 (**-kbadaka, 
mfn. q. v.); mamsa-", Dh. 150 ("-le- 
pana, n. q. v.). cp, salohita. 


va, indecl, '* enclitic particle, shor* 
teiied of iva (2. v.), only after words 
ending with a lon^ vowel ; like, as if; 
9,82. 20,16. 47,«3. 88,80-83 (va'ti); 104, 
6-18 (<'(%^am va); 108,b (do.); 11 1, 10. 
Dh. 28; as corjunction with full sen* 
tence : Dh, 24C {corr, w. foil. evam). 

— *) do. = e/a (g. «.), after long 
vowels : just, even, only, etc. ; 6,32. 
22,1. 55,2. 69,2! ; 2,33. 6,20-29. 10,22. 
17,20; 22,26. 86,?; - 30,25. 32,8. 33,si. 
37,3i; 44,81. 57,36, etc. etc. - *) do. 
rarely = va, 'or' : 26,6 Taggiva su- 
riya va); 26,i8-so-s7; Dh. 195 (yadiva 
= yadi va). 

vamaa, tn. (sa. vanKja) ') bamboo; 
'•'civara-", q. v.; *'*-raga-, the colour 
of bamboo, 26,3i (<*"veluriyam, q. v,y 

- *) race, lineage, family; ace. rwam, 
45,17. — ') tradition, list of teachers; 
genealogy, history, chronicle; t>. Ana- 
gata-vamsa,Dipavamsa, Mahavamsa. 

vakka, n. (sa, vrkka) kidney; 
worn, r^am, 82,b = 97,2i. 

vagga, m. (sa. varga) '^ a division, 
class, group, multitude; *) a chapter 
or section of a book; *''-paii£iasak8, 
mfn. (v. h.); esp. of the sections of 
Digha-Nikaya; the chapters of Dhpd. 
are likewise n^med vagga. cp, pafica- 
vaggiya, mfn. 

vamka, mfn. (sd. vakra, cp. vafl- 

kya) crooked, curved, wry; aee. m. 
,%-am, 63,9; '-gati, mfn. having a 
winding course, f. (^1 (nadi) 48,e; 
*vamkottha, mfn, 54,2o (v. oHha). 

Vaagisa, m. (cp. sa. vag-i^a) 
nom. pr. of a thera, 109,9 (i\^0 pa^i- 
bhanava). ' 

vaca(s), m. & n. (sa. vacas, «.) 
speech; ace. n. .x-o, 110,26; dubbaca, 
mfn, (q, v,) cp, vaci, vaca, vacasika, 
& next, 

vacana, n. (= sa.) speaking, 
speech, word; advice, instruction; ace, 
,^am (sutva) 6,17; ,^am karoti, to 
follow one's advice, 4,8. 32,95; ^aiil 
bhindati, to disobey, 40,«; /x/am agan- 
hantim, disobeying, 52,32; eka-vaca- 
nena, instr. 57,3i (v. eka*); - '•-kara, 
mfn. obedient, aco, m. pi. o^e, 21,33; 
Buddha-", n. (q, v.); cp. pa^i-vaoana. 
*vaci, f. (mostly at the beginning 
of comp.) speech, word; "-duccarita, 
n. misbehaviour in speech, 86,8 (**-san- 
nissita, mfn. q. v.); °-pakopa, m. anger 
of speech, acc. ^am, Dh. 232; °-3u- 
carita, n. good conduct in speech, 
86,8 (**-patisaiiiyutta, q. v.). 

vaccha, w. (sa. vatsa) ') a calf; 
notn. ,%/0, Dh. 284; "-danta, m. a kind 
of arrow, acc. -N^am, 92,2* (a calf-tooth 
arrow). — *) nom, pr., v. next, 

""Vacchagotta, m. nom. pr. of 
an ascetic (paribbajaka); nom. .^0, 
93,22; voc, vaccha, 94,7. 

vajati, vb. (sa. ^/vraj) to go, walk, 
wander; to go away; to enter into, 
attain (acc); pr. 3. pi. ,N.anti, 47,28 
= Dh. 347; Dh. 83; (sugatiifa) 77,5; 
(devalokam) Dh. 177. 

vajira, n, (rarely m.\ sa. vajra) 
') a diamond; nom. rvath, 26,8«. Dh. 
161; pi, ^ani, 27,29; "^"-samudda, 
m. a diamond sea, 25,s3; "-sara, m. a 
good deal of d., acc. <N/am, 26,i. - 
P) a thunderbolt.] 

Vaj i ra , /". nom. pr, of a bhlkkhunl, 
contemporary of Buddha; instr. .-^aya, 

98,28. _ 

vajja\ n. (sa. vadya & vadya) 
speech, speaking; v. sacca-**. 



vajja*, n. (sa. varjya) 'to be 
B^junned', ». e. fault, sin; nom, ,x/aiii, 
106,16 = Dh. 252; ace. abl. ^am 
<N/ato fiatva, coDBidering sin what ie 
Bin, Dh. 319; i?i. «.ani, 106,i7; *»-da8. 
81)1, mfn, seeing fault, pointing out 
what is sin, acc. »». /x^iuam, Dh. 76; 
*''-mati, mfn. seeiig sin, t», pi, ^jno, 
Dh. 318 (avajje); para-", the faults 
of others, Dh. 263 ("-anupasain, q. 
v.); cp. a-vajja. 

va.ijha, mfn. (sa. vadhya, grd. va- 
dhati) to be killed; subst, n. (or .N^a, 
/".) killing, execution; """-ppatta, mfn. 
sentenced to death, m, pi. ^a, 40,u. 
vaiioana, m. [or (va, f.] (= sa.) 
deception, fraud; nom. ix^aih, R1,3S. 

vaficeti, vb, (cows, y'vaflc, sa. 
vancayati) 'to cause to go astray', 
i. e. to deceive, trick (acc); aor, 1. 
sg. .^.-esim (taih) 2,7; inf. fvetuih 
(attano samikam, seems to be a gloss 
inserted into the text) 51,27 ; comp. 
vaiicetu-kama, mfn. {v. kaina*); ger. 
/>.etva (inacche) 4,2; (padam, picked 
up his heels) 12, no; grd. />^etabba, 
mfn. to be tricked, m. ~0, 3, is; pp. 
vancita, mfn, tricked, m. ^o, 61,25. 
2,18; "-bhava, m. the being tricked, 
acc. /^Bva (maya) 5,ii. cp. vaiicana. 
vatta, «., V. vatta. 
vattaka, m. {sa. vartaka) a cer- 
tain kind of bird, a quuil; loc. pi. 
.^esu, 88,34. 

vattati, vb. {sa. \/vrt) *) to turn, 
roll; to take place, be found; to live; 
in this sense it is nearly always written 
vattati (g. v.) ; «) pr, 3, sg. ») imper- 
sonally : must, ought; may, is permit- 
ted, advisable, sufficient, etc. {w. inf., 
the subject of which, if added, is put 
into instr. or gen.); kin te . . . kba- 
ditum »x/ (bad you not better to eat) 
1,16; amhakam . . . laddhum <^., ll,i; 
amhebi palayitum /x/, 21,27; maya 
,%/, 36,26-88. 36,8. 43,s. 64,24. 65,u 
("it behoves me"); maya ettha kim ka- 
tum <s/ ("what can I do about that?") 
73,7; tava gantum ^,50,8; imaya 
me paricarikaya bbavituih <%', 66,4; 

TkU OloiMTT. 

without subject {& object) : idain ka- 
turn fs^, 44,13; laddhaih yasaiii paba- 
tuiii na /%/, 64,85; dametum ^v ("it 
will be worthy [of nie] to convert 
[him]") 113,9. — ^) personally : ought 
to take place, is good, is sufficient; 
appatissavaso na ^, 10,8r, eko va 
[dovariko] ^, 91,28. — cans, vatteti, 
to cause tu turn, to upset; pp. vattita 
{v. below). 
vaUi» /"« (sa- varti) ') a roll, tuft 

. the wick of a lamp), a lump, 
mass; ^) rounding, edge, rim, brim, 
esp. comp. w. mukha-°; *avata-mu- 
khavattiyaih, loc. "at the brink of 
the pit", 40,28. 

vu(j[dhati, vb. (Rometimeg spelt 
vaddhatii sa. y/sjAh) to grow, increase; 
pr. 8. sg. />^ati (udakam, opp. hayati) 
3,4; 48,81 (?row8 up); 107,29 (tanha); 
3. pi. iN/anti, Dh. 109 ; part. m. ,%/anto, 
24,12; aor. 3. pi. ^iihsu, 37,»o; pp. 
*) vaddha & vuddha {q. v.); *>) vad- 
dhita, m. /n^o (samuia, grown pro- 
perly) 24,32; caus. v. next etc. cp. 
vaddhana, vaddbi & vuddbi. 

vaddhapeti, vb. {caus. II. vad- 
dbati; sa. vardhapayati) to cause to 
increase, raise {acc.) ; inf. (N^etuih 
(vetanam) 76, 12. 

vaddhi, A {cp. vuddbi; sa. vrddhi) 
growth, increase; prosperity, success; 
gain, profit; acc. ^im, 34,i8. 

vaddheli, vb. {caus. vaddha ti; 
sa. vardhayati) to cause to grow, in- 
crease; to foster, bring up; to prepare, 
make ready, bring, deliver (a discourse 
etc.) {w. acc); pr. 1. sg. ~emi (ya- 
gum) 66,36; aor. 3. sg. r^eai (Bodbi- 
sattam) 46,25; (tasaram), 87,i7; ger. 
fvetva, 18,11-26. 63,18. 87, 12. 

van a, m. (& n.) {sa. vrana) a 
wound; /vO, Dh. 124; cp. a-bbanu, 
mfn. & vanita. 

vanijja, f. (so. vanijya) trade; 
acc. r^Am (karoti) 30,2; cp. vanija. 

vanita, mfn. {sa. vranita) wounded ; 
m. pi. f\/&, 6,28. 

van^a, n. {sa. vpnta) the footstalk 
of a leaf (or flower); tala-**, n. {q. v.). 




vanna, m, {ea. varna) *) form, 
Bliape, appearance; instr. .x/ena (na- 
vaya, "ia ship-shape") 29,n; kassa- 
ka-^, the appearance of a ploughman, 
ace, /vam, 71,j8; — *) complexion, 
colour (also: tribe, caste); moot. «^o, 
85,16; "-gandha, m. (dvandva) colour 
and scent, 37,8o; 106,a; "-pokkharata, 
f. {q. V.) ; "-sadda, m. the word vanna, 
85,ss; very frequently at the end of 
comp. mfn. = having the colour of . . ., 
coloured, v. anjana-", kala-" ("-kata, 
84,2i), kala-pasiSna-kuta-", 24,2i; 
kumuda-patta-", nila-", meda-", ra- 
iata-", rajata-dama-**, tiliio; ratta- 
kambala-punja-*>, 5,3?; suvanna-**; 
*chabbanna, mfn of six colours {q, 
v.); panca-", mfn. of five colours, 4,9 
("-paduina-); 62,12 C-bhamara-gana); 

— ') beauty; ^0, Dh. 109; gen. o^assa; 
Dh. 241; chavi-», 18,7; sarira-", 47,5; 

— ■•) praise, glory; v. a-vanna. — cp. 
llppala-vanna, dubbanna, vevanniya, 
savanna (sovanna), next etc. 

vannara, f- {sa. varnana) expla- 
iiBtion, coramentary; 86, lo (Sukara- 

vannavat, mfn. (sa. varnavat) 
of beautiful colour; n. rwvantaih (pup- 
phaih) Dh. 61, 

vannita, rn/'»,(sa.varnita) praised; 
ioc. m. ^e (gune) 47,3; Sjatthu-", 
mfn. praisud by the Master, m. pi, 
f^si, 109,19. 

"vannix, mfn. (sa. varnin; only 
e. c.) having I he colour of**, lilte, res- 
setnbling; rwitjo (devakumara-") 
45,2«. I 

vanneti, vb, (fr. vanna; sa. var- 
nayati) to colour, depict, describe; 
to praise (ace); aor. 3. sg, /^esi, 4,i8i 
37,18. 64,1 ; fAt. I. s<,i. ^essami, 47,8. 

vata\ adv. (= so.) a particle 
inserted after the first word of a sen- 
tence, often followed by bho (q, v.) ; 
') expressing aaaeveration or admission: 
certainly, indeed, truly; 2,i2. 30,8 
(vat'ayara); 34,i7. 42,i3. 90,25. 105,23; 

— ^) expressive of *) astonishment : aho 
vata bho, 42,i7; ^) of satisfaction or 

hopefulness : /vbho, 76,si-8j; ") of de- 
light : sobhati vatayam darako, what 
a pretty little child! 58,8i; ^) of re- 
gret or bopeleasness : dhi-r-atthu^bho, 
63,18; upaddutam -^bho, 65,i8; aci- 
ram vat'ayaifa, 107,5 = Dh. 41» 

vata*, M. (sa, vrata) observance, 
religious duty, a religious vow; n^&va, 
Dh. 312; cp. a-bbata, su-bbata, 
siia-bbata & next. 

vatava<, mfn. (sa. vratavat) duti- 
ful, performing the religious duties; 
ace. m. ^vantam, Dh. 208. 400. 

vati, f. (sa, vrti) a hedge, fence; 
ace, ^iih, 8,7. 

vatta (& vatta), n. (sa. vrtta) 
a circle; practice, custom; good con- 
duct, politeness; business, duty, ser- 
vice; comp, vatta-pativattatn, every 
single duty, 36,7 (tapasassa akasi, 
he rendered him every service), cp. 
pati & next. 

*vatta-kata (or "-gata), mfn. 
round, circular; wide-open; ins'.r. 
^ena (mukhena) 6, is. 

vattati, vb. (= va^ftti, q, v.) 
to take place, set in; to be found; to 
live; pr, 3. sg, /^.-ati (ravo, is heard) 
60,10 ; 3. pi, /»wanti (khara vedana, 
set in) 13,18; 78,25 (w. gen. came 
upon him); fat. 1, sg. ,>.,issami (gu- 
nesu, live a good life) 43,4; — mcd. 
pr. 3. sg. vattate (ussavo maha) 1 12,i6. 
cp. vatta (vatta) n. 

vattabba, vattum, v, (vadati 
&) vuccati. 

vattha, n, (sa. vastra) cloth, gar- 
ment, dress; worn, -warn (suddhaiii) 
68,2i; ace. ^mi (dibba-") 61, is; 
instr. ^ena, 20,26; Ioc. -^e (Kasika-^ 
q. V.) 62,29; pi. <K,ani (ali;i' q. v.) 
27,18. 33,3;, ^elu • ' l)a-'') 
20,8 1 comp. ahata-vattha-', ul,28; 
apagata-°, mfn. with the dress fallen 
apart, f pi. ^a, 65,7. 

vatthu, n. (sa, vastu [& vastu]) 
•) site, place, ground (of a building 
etc.) V, Kapila-o, Sirisa-o, & a-va- 
tthu-kata, mfn, - ^) thing, object, 
matter (of a story etc.); property; 



mm. „.um (a tale, story) 89,i7; loc. 
~umhi (parassa rakkhita-gopita-*, 
"in protecting and guarding the pro- 
perty of others") 68,13; sukara-peta-°, 
86,10 (q.v.) cp. Katha-vatthu. 
vatva. ger,, v. {next &) vuccati. 
vadati & *vadeti, vb. (sa. ^vad; 
suppletive of vuccati, q, v.) to say, 
speak (ace), answer; to speak to (ace), 
to tell (ace, gen.), to declare; - A) va- 
dati, 3. sg. 73,18. 85,S9; 2. sg. /x-asi, 
24,1. 88,7; 1. sg, ^ami, 70,3o. 94,is; 
(saccam) 38,38; (tarn) 108,3; (nam, 
speak to her) 9,i8; 3. pi. ^anti, 21,6. 
7a,ao; part, ace. m. /vantiim, 22,i8, 
loc, /N.ante, 9,3, pi. ^anta, 74,ii; 
part. med. m, rs^ aniano, 99,8r, pot, 
3. sg. -^eyya, 79,i5. 92,8; 3. sg. 
^eyyasi, 36,8. 99,i4; 5. pi. o..eyyuih 
(gunam, praise) 43,8; aor. *) 2. sg. 
vadi (ma) 9,i9; *>) 3. sg. vadi (tarn) 
108,88; 3. pi. ,x,iifa3U, 24,87. 73,8i, - 
B) vadeti. pr. a. sg. ^^esi, 17, u; 1. 
sg. ^emi, 88,19; imp. 2. sg, ^ehi, 
51,16; 2. pi. ^etha (ma kifici ranfio 
/>j) 55,26; aor, 2. sg. <N.<esi, 88,i8. 93,si; 
1. sg. .N/esiifa, 88,84. - caus. vadeti 
(9, v.). As to the wanting forms of 
this verb {act, & pass.) v. vuccati 
(\/vac) ; cp. vajja, vadana, vada, vadin. 

vadana, n. (= sa.) 'speaking, 
mouth'; speech, communication, in- 
junction; acc. ^am (avoca) 110,9i. 

*vadeti. vb, = vadati {q. v.), 

V ad d h a *, Ml. [or «. ?] {sa. vardhra) 
leather, a leathern strap or thong; 
acc. /N./aiii, 12,ao; — *''-maya, mfn. 
leathern, acc, m. <^am (pasaiii) 11,89, 
cp, varatta. 

vaddha^ mfn, (also spelt vuddha 
[or vuddha], pp. vaddhati; sa. vyd- 
dha) grown; old; comp. ""vaddhapa- 
cayiN, mfn. (v. apacayin). 

vaddhati, vb., v. v&qdhAtu 

"vaddhana, mfn. {e. c, sa, var- 
dhana) oauilng to inoreaie; "'loka-'', 
mfn. (q. v.). 

vadha, m. (=5 ta.) killing, de- 
stroying; murder; execution or corpo- 
ral puniibmeDt; comp. miga-*>, 5,88; 

pana-^ 60,i3 {q. v.); purisa-". 74,i4 

vadha-bandha, m. 
399 ("stripes and 

{q. v.); dvandva 
acc. ovarii, Dh. 

vadhaka, mfn. (= sa.) killing 
or intending to kill ; *'*-citta, mfn. 
with murderous intent, 75,S4; *satthu-*', 
mfn. 108,27 {v. sattha?'). 

vadhati, vb. {sa. \/vadh) to kill, 
murder (acc); aor. 3. sg. a-vadhi, 
Dh. 3; ger. /-vitva, 13,23. 22,ii. cp. 
vajjha, vadha, vadhaka, 

van a, n. (rarely m.\ = sa.) ') 
a forest, grove; acc, >^am, 5, 20; loc. 
/N.'B, 15,15; .^/asmiih, 106,i3 = Dh, 
396; -x-asmi, 107,3o = Dh. 334; pi. 
vana (sabbe) 48,s; <vani, Dh. 188; 
comjj, °-gumba, »». {q. v.); *°-caraka, 
m. a forester, acc. pi, /^e, 36,34; 
"-puppha, n. a wild flower, instr. pi. 
^ehi, 34,6; *°-mahi8a, m. {q, v,)-, 
°-8anda, m. {q. v.) ; cp, amba-", Cit- 
talata-", tala-", nala-", naga-", maR- 
gala-sSla-**, Lumbini-", veju-", Sim- 
bali-". - *) lust, desire {cp. ved. sa. 
vanas); acc. ^am, abl. .%./ato, Dh. 
283; vanante, loc, "at the end of 
desires", Dh. 305 {cp. anta); *»-ri- 
dhimutta, *''-mutta, mfn. {v. h.) Dh. 
344. cp. next & nibbana. 

*vanatha, m. {cp, vana^ & sa, 
y'van) lust, desire; nom. >^0, Db. 284; 
acc. <^am, Dh. 283 (vanarii -^ ca, 
"the forest of desires and its under- 

vanta, mfn, {sa. vanta; pp. va- 
mati) vomited; ejected, put away; 
♦"-kasava, mfn. {q. v.); *"-do9a, mfn, 
{v. dosa*); *''-mala, mfn. {q. v.); 
*''-]okamisa, mfn. "who has rejected 
the baits of the world", Dh, 378 {cp, 
amiaa) ; *"-a9a, mfn, {v. asa). 

vandati, vb, {sa. ^vand) to 
praiie, worship; to salute, greet {accY, 
ger, <%/itv&. 28,io. 32,83 (acariyaih); 
inf. /x/ituifa (Mahabodhiih) 114,89. 
cp, next. 

van dan a, f. {= sa.) praise, wor. 

ship; nom. <va (Buddhana[m]) 108,80, 

vapati, vb, {sa. \/vap) to sow, 




strew, throw (occ); ger. /vitva (ni- 
vapam) 6,4. 

vapayati, vb. {sa. vi-apa-^ya) 
to go away, paa>« away, vaniHh; pr, 8. 
pi. /%>ayanti (kaflkha) 66,si (cp, Kuhn, 
Beitr. p, 96-97). 

vamati, vh. [so. \'vam) to vomit; 
pp. yanta {q. v.). 

vaya*, m. (& mya(«), «■; sa. vayas) 
age, vigorou* age, yoath, ripe age, 
old iigti; nam. 1^0 (paripnkko) Dh, 
260) anc, ^lult, 43,«oi ncc, n, vayo 
(anuppatto) 74,si', loc, /^e (pttrino* 
niante) 47,i»i comp, vaya- & vayo- ! 
"■(^a-ppattu, nifn, grown up, nmrri- 
iigeabU ; m, 0^0, 8,15; f. ^a, 101,16) 
"siiKiuiitt-viiya-Uiiivii, m. the hiiing 
III i'(|mil iiH*-, Mff?, Willis ditiBii) */%.o« 
hara, ntfn, iniicating or diBoloHtng 
old age, m. pi. ^a, (uttamangaruhii) 
45,11; upanita-vaya, mfn, (5. r.). 

vaya" (or vyayu), m. (jsa. vyaya) 
perishing, decay, destructioo ; *''-dhain- 
iiiii, tnfn, pc<riNiiul)ie, tiunvitory) pi, 
m. is,a, (saiiikhura) 80,> (cp, dhaiu- 
ma*); *uppada-vaya-dliammiAi, mfn. 
{q, V.) ; dvandva comp, udaya-vyaya, 
vi, origin and deHtructloD, acc, i^Hlii, 
Dh. 113. 374 {v. l. udayabbayaiii). 

vara, ') »«/*/(.(-■««,) hont, oiiuiciml, 
excellent; acc. n. ^uiii (vadiinaiii) 
110,si; Dh. 268 (iidaya); repeated: 
-vara n^am {w, gen.) 61,88, 52,8; acc, 
m, i^aiil /NrUlil (privHtuntiHitiniuni quunc 
tiui<) 109,4; inoHt l'r»'qu»'ntly comp, w, 
siibst, (before or utter) i ") "-Hnni, 
;t9,i«; "-vuninn, 45, m. 01, 17; "-blio- 
jaua, 61,t; "-dhanuna,' 87,ui etc, - 
t") menda-", 30,9; ratha-", 64,io; pa- 
sada-**, 64,18 ; etc.; sabb'-akara-var'- 
upeta, 81,4 (v. akara). - *) m. choice, 
wish, boon, gift; nam. rx-o (maya 
dinuo) 8,8 ; acc. ^am (tassa adasi) 
10,4; comp. •gaTia-vara, m. the grant 
of a village (periiaps a landed property 
of a certain measure, if not simply 'an 
excellent village'?) acc, <^aiii (datva) 
45,3. — ') n. varaiii, hided, rather, 
better (than : abl, or iitstr.)\ n^ may- 
ham udumbaro (is better to me) 2,ii; 

r^ assatara danta, Dh. 322; w. abl. 
tato rs,, ibi; tc. instr. Dh. 178. 

varana, m. (== sa.) name of a 
certain "tree (Crateeva Roxburgh.); 
"-rukkhe, loc. 4,«. 

varatta, f. (sa. varatra) a »trap, 
thong (of leather); acc. ,%/atn, Dh. 
398 (metaph. of attachmentV, 12,7 
(cam ma-"); pi. ~a (sesa-") 12,»o. 
cp. vaddlia'. 

variilni, m. (— sa.) a hog; nom. 
^0 (muhii-") Dh. 326. 

*vulaiija, «». (& n.) *) u«e, dally 
expenditure (also of excrements); *) 
a mark (liom scratching or Boraping); 
pada-", footprint, acc. «^aib, 11, as. 
Heiico viiliifijaka, mfn, c, c, v. anto-", 
bah!-" {rp, Fanshell, .lUAH. 1870, 
p. 13, & Ten Jut. p. 90 [v/lui\i & IffiiicliJ). 

Valabhamukha, »!.(?) {sa. \ a- 
dabamukha) the entrance to the in- 
fernal regions at the South pole; *'*-sa- 
mudda, nt. the Southern sea, acc. >%^am, 
27,1-11; *''-mukhi(//), »i. id. 27,9. 

valaya, n. {St. >».) (= *a.) a bra. 
celet, ring; *na.raca-'', 111,23 {q.v.). 

valaha(ka), m. {sa. balahaka) 
a cloud ; nom. r^aka (vilta-ochinna-") 
40,96) *valalia8Hii, m. a flying horse 
(r;). uHNa') 21,i)i ("-yotii), 

valli, /'. (:_ sa.) a creeper; loc, 
/viya (a stalk of a creeper, a withe) 
14,23; iN^iyam, 14,2t; pi, .^iyo (pag. 
gava-o, q, v,) 37,ib. 

vavattliapoti, vh, {sa, vyava- 
HtliSpayuti, cans. vi-ava-\/Htba) to 
Bottle, dtitMrniine, dintinguiHli, under- 
stand ; pp. ^jta, 3,ii (tassa su-vava- 
ttliapitam, very well known to him). 

vasa. 1) m. {sa. va^a) wish, will, 
power; loc. ^e (thapeti, to bring into 
one's power) 48,i4; instr. vasena Is 
used &% prp. w. gen. or more frequently 
at the end of comp. with the meanings! 
by, by way of, on account of, accor* 
ding to, with regard to; hatthinarii 
~, 35,i»; ovada-o, 14,i3; kilesa-". 
20,11 J dande pavesana-", 35,b; uda- 
na-«, 42,14 ;_cbatidadi-o, 42,27; kam- 
massa vipaka-<», 84,32; aniccadi-". 



88,38 (v. a-nicca); pubbapara-**, 
114,20; - attha-vasa, »n. the power 
of the matter, ace. ^aiii (etaih, the 
meaning of this) Dh. 289. - *) mfn, 
subdued, subject to; ,^Am (kurute) Dh. 
48, which may also be subst. ('into his 
power'), cp, ativasa, vasim & vasika. 

vasati, vb, (sa. y/v&%) to stay, 
dwell, livejpr. 3. sg. ^ati, 2,«7 (u). 
ho. nadiya); 36,8a (idha); 1, sg, 
.vami. 49,t3. 73,ii; S, pi. ^anti, 
14,1ft; part. ni. ^anto, 20,9o; 58,«5 
(«p. ace. samaggavSsarii); 114,so; loc, 
~ante, 25,u; gen. ^nto, 47,»t; ;)/. 
/N.atita, 7,81! piiri, vied, ^mana, f, 
gen. ^aya (kinnaralijhaya, endowed 
with grace) 49,i2; - imp. 3. sg. vasa, 
15,15. 23,80 (vasa ti); - aor. 3. sg. 
vasi, 1,6; 5. pi. «wimsu (piyasaifava- 
saib, ace. lived together in amity) 
11,37; 20,33; - flit, 1. sg. /vissami 
(vassaih, during the rainy season) Dh, 
286; - inf. rs^iturii, 9,34; - ger. 
/vitva, 2,23 etc.; 112,24 (vasitv'ettha). 
- {pass, vussati) ; pp. vussita (vuttha, 
vasita) q, v.; — cans, II. *va8apeti 
{q. V.) cp. vasa, vasika, vasJH & next. 

vasana, n. (= sa.) dwelling, re- 
sidence; comp. *°-gama, 12,7; *°-gum- 
ba, 14,27; *°-tthana, 2,24. 66,27 (q. v.). 

vasii', f, (so. vaga) a oow; pi, 
^a, 106,11. 

vasa*, f. (= sa.) serum, lymph; 
nam. o^a, 82,s == 97,2s, 

*vasapeti, vb. (cans. II, vasati) 
to cause to dwell, lodge; ger. />..elva 
(tam gliare, received her into his 
house) 48,18. 

vasirii, indccl. (sa, va^i-) only 
combined with karoti, to subdue 
(ace); <s/ karitva (sariikappnih) 104,7; 
[also comp. vasi-karoti, etc.] 

"vasika, mfn. (sa. vacjika) being 
in one's power; tanha-**, 23,2o; icatu- 
giima-*', 54,3 {v. h.). 

vassa, n, (sa. varsha) ') rain, a 
shower (cp, vu^bi); '*'kabapana-^, 
Dh. 186 (q. ».); *dhana-«, 3"3,i6; 
Batta-ratana-', 3a,ii. nom. - ») th« 
rainy MaioD; ace. ix/aih, Dh. 286. — 

') a year; pi, ace, r^am, 86,27. 104,ii; 
®-satam, n. a century, Dh. 106. 110; 
solasa-vaasa-kale, in his 16"" year, 
24,18; solasa-vassa-padesika, "-udde- 
sika (v,h.); caturasiti-'sahassani, 
44,90 (q. v.). cp. vassika. 

vassati', vb. (sa. \/va(j) to cry, 
screech (as birds); pr. 3. sg, /x/ati, 
18,18; part, m, >vanto, I8,3i; ger, 
rvitva, 12,9. 

vassati*, vb. (sa, ^vrsh) to rain; 
pr, 3, sg. /v<ati (vassaiii) 32,ti ; (devo, 
the god, t, e, the sky rains) 102,e; 
part, m, gen. vassato (devassa) 105,22; 
cans. II, *va89apeti, v, below \ cp, 
vassa, vutthi, & next. 

*va88apftnaka, mfn, (fr. nom, 
act, of next) bringing about rain; 
dhana-°-nakkhattayoga, m, a conjunc 
tioD of stars bringing about a shower 
of money, 32,95. 

*vassapeti, vb. (caus, II. vas- 
sati^) to cause to rain or pour down, 
call Uown a shower; aor. 3. sg. ^esi, 
33,11 (dhanam); 2. pi. ma. ^ayitthsi, 
32,27; fut. 1. sg. ^essami, 33,i5 
(dhanavassam); 2, pi. /vessatha, 
32,97; ger. -vetvil, 32,33; pp. ^ita 
(acariyena dhanam .x'itani, n.) 34,s. 

vassika, mfn. (sa. varshika) ') 
belonging to the rainy xeason; m. />/0 
(scil, pasado) 67,93; — *) c. «;. being so 
many years old; solasa-", n. .N^arii 
(ruparii) 111,36. 

vassika &/-vki, f. (sa. varshiki, 
cp. varshika, n. & vrshaka, n.) a sort 
of jasmine; Dh, 55. 377. 

vaha, m. (= sa.) a river, stream, 
wave; pi. .^a, Dh. 339 (in stead of 
vaha, cp. SBE, X. p. 82). 

vahati, vb. (sa, y/v&h) to draw, 
convey, cany away (acc); pr. 3. sg. 
/^ati, 29,11; 2. sg. ^&si, 54,22; 3. pi, 
>^aDti, Dh, 339; part. m. gen. ^^/ato 
(of the draught animal) Dh, 1, cp. 
vaha, vaha, vahana. 

va, indccl, (= <a.) a disjunctive 
particle (sometiraeB comb. w. other 
particles) : ') *or', used (enolitically) 
in combinations of two sentences or 



links of a sanUnce : asassato loko 
ti va, 92,80 ; yavatake va pana (or 
else) 81,17; after prec. negation ; na 
. . . va puna (nor yet) Dh. 271. - 
^) repeated = 'eithe? — ov' (after two 
or more links) ; 9,u. 9,89. 31,3i. 92,io. 
etc.; w. negation = 'neither — nor' : 
7,36. 8,1 {v. corrections); 56,ii; va . . . 
yadiva [before th« last link] Dh. 98; 
vapi . . . va, 114,so {w. foil, n'eva); 
s.thava [before the firft link] . . , va, 
Dh. 271. - ") corresp. w, foil, ca (in 
'.he same senee) : Maro va Brahma ca 
. . . na passant), 110,n. - *) sometimes 
shortened to va {q. f.). 

*v;Tkkarana, n. {*sa. vak + 
karana) vociferation; na'-mattena, 
''not by means of much talking only", 
Dh. 262 {cp. niat*a2). 

vakya, n. {= sa.) speech, sen* 
fence; v. *ati-\;ikya. 

""viicasika. mfn. {fr. vaca[8]) con- 
cerniiig the speecli; instr, mi. >^.^ena 
(fiamvarena) 86,i9. 

vac a, f. (sa. vac & vaca) speech, 
words; worn, -.a (pacchinia, Tatlia- 
gatassa) 80,s; Dh. 51-62; 67,4 (sam- 
ma-", q. v.)\ ace, 0.9m (karunam) 
103,4; 22,3 (manusi-", v. manusa. 
nifn.); instr. <^aya, 84,29. Dh. 232. 
— *vacanurakklii»i, mfn. watching 
one's speech, »i. ^i, Dh. 281; ■'*yatlia- 
vacaiii, adv. {v. yatha); *santa-vaca, 
mfn. {q. v.), cp. vakkarana, vaca(s) 

'vacika & ".aciya, mfn. 


viicikii), verbui; only t. 6'., v, 
viiciya, te-vacika. ' 

vaceti, fi/. (c«hs. Y/vac, t;. vuccati; 
sa. v.aciiyati) to read out, recite (ace); 
aor, 3, pi, /%.ayiii)8u, 114,io; inf, 
/^etuiii, 114,14. 

va.jitu, mfn. (= sa,\ \/vaj, Dha* 
tup. 32,74) having feathers, feathered; 
acc. ovarii (pattelii, kantlaiii) 92,ib. 

vanija, ui. (= sa.) a merchant; 
^0, 8,iu; pi. ^A, 18,4; "-kula, n. 
(3. V.) 30,9. cp. vanijja. - vanijaka, 
m. (= sa.) id.; acc. pi. />..e, 18,8. 

v.ata, m. (= sa.) *) the wind; 

acc. /vBiii, 19,1ft ; instr. ^ena, 106,»»; 
nom. fs,o, 103,18 (bere we have a 
pnn : the wind as drying up humours 
& the ascetioism destructive of lustV, 
comp. *o-cchinna, mfn. (v. chinna); 
*''-vega, m. (q. v.); *akala-', n. "un- 
seasonable wind", «vaih, 26,Ji; *Dasa-<', 
m. (q. V.) ; cp. pativatam, yathavataih. 
— *) rheumatism (cause of disease or 
paiu) V. kamraaja-vata, pi. 62,i9. — 
cp. nivataka. 

vati, vb. (sa. Vva) to blow; to 
smell; pr. 3. sg. ->wti (gandho timi- 
ranum) 20,ie; Dh. 56. 

vada, ni. (= sa.) *) speech; v. 
musa-*'; ^) addressing; v. avuso; *) 
doctrine, system; acc, »^aih, 113, 14; 
apga-", 109,30 (q. v.) = thera-° (q, 
v.); acariya-' (q. v.); dhuta-", »i. 
(q, V.)\ *) discussiou, controversy; 
sabba-vada-**, 113,4 (•'-visarada, q. 
v.). cp. next. 

*vadatthi/i, mfn. (cp. attlii/i) 
desirous of dispute; m. a disputant; 
~i, 113,5. 

vadi, aor., v. vadati. 

j V ad it a, n. (= sa.) music; pi. 

' rwani (nacca-gita-") 64,3i; cp. 81,24. 

I vildi«, mfn. (= sa.) speaking 
(mostly e. c.) ; acc, m, .>^inara (tatba, 
or co2np. tatha-", q, v.) 103.12 ; cp. 
a-bhut.a-», alika-", niggayha-", bho-", 
musa-» (gen. "-vadissa, 106,i4), sac- 
ca-», Dh. 217. 

j vadeti, vb. (caus. vadati; sa. 

I vadayati) to cause to speak or sound, 
to play musical instruments (acc); 
part. m. pi ^enta (bheriyo, -beat- 
ing drums") 8,34; loc. pi. ^entesu 
(vinaih) 60,io; aor. ^osi, 60,ii, 

, = u-vadesi, 51,3. cp. vadita, n. 
vanara, »«. (= sa.) a monkey, 
ape; ^0, 3,9. 107,3o; vtinarinda, ui. 
(v. inda). 

vaina, mfn. (== sa.) left, sinister; 
"-hatthena, "with his leit hand". 111,24 
(opp, dakkhina). 

vanuinaka, mfn. (= sa.\ fr. va- 
Diana, a dwarf) dwarfish, deformed 



(lame or haltinpr?); (paccha-)vama- 
naka-dhatuka, mfn. (g. v.) 24,s4-2c. 

vayamati, vh. (sa. vi -j- a-yyam) 
to struggle, Btrive, endeavour; imp. 2. 
sg. vayama, Dh. 236 (khippaih). cp. 
V ay am a. 

vayasa, m. (= sa.) a crow; ,^-0, 
104,13-, gen. «^assa, 18,35 (synon. 

vayama, n. {sa. vyayama) en- 
deavour, effort; ^o (samiiia-^ q. v.) 
67,5; ace. ^am (karissati) 34,85. 

vara, m. {= sa.) time, turn, lot; 
~o, 6,25-26; ace. ^&m (gacchati, to 
take one's turn) 6,33; loc. ^e (catu- 
tthe, tatiye, tor the 4"', 3"* time) 
58,7. 114,17; comp. eka-varam, a^v. 
once, 50,16; puna-vare, adv. the next 
time, 18,17; *"-ppatta, mfn. whose 
turn it is, on whom the lot falls; m. 
-N^o, 6,27. ep. bhanavara. 

varaka, m. (= sa.) u pot, vessel; 
dadhi-°, m. 14,3o (g. v.). 

varan a, m. (== sa.) an elephant; 
~o (seta-vara-") 6 1,17; ace. <^am, 
24,21; gen, /^.assa (matta-**) 45,si; 
loc. o^e (do.) 39,D. 

vari, n. (= sa.) water; nom. ^i. 
Dh. 401; ace. /^irii, 13,9. 111,9. - 
"-ja, m. 'born in water', i. e. a fish 
(or a lotus); nom. /^jo, Dh. 34, 

vareti, vb. {eaus. y/sr; sa. vara- 
yati) *) to keep back, prevent, pro- 
hibit (ace); aor. 3. sg. ^esi, 23,7; 
fttt. 1. sg. /s/cssami, 23,8-, inf. owctum, 
ib.; ger. <vetva (niige) 8,6; pass. 
variyati, part. m. .>..anto, 111,3. - 
*) to choose, ask for (ace); aor. 3, 
sg. n^esi (samikaih) ]0,s; ger. /^etva, 
101,15 ; pp. varita, f. 101,80 (darika). 
— ^) to cast lots (ace, salukbih); 
part. pass, variyaniana, f. (salaka) 
23,12. cp. vara. 

vala, mfn, (sa. vyada & vyala) 
fierce, cruel; subst. m. a beast of 
prey, a snake; pi, >N.a, 51,s4 {cp. 52,6). 

vala, m. (= sa.) the hair .{esp. 
of a horse's tail) ; the tail (of a horse 
or other animals) ; *pahattha-kanna-<*, 
mfn. 76,21 {q, v.) cp. next etc. 

valadhi, »i. (= sa.) a tail (cs^. 
of a horse, a deer, or an ox); nom, 
/vi, 5,28; ace. /vim, 22,6. 

*vala-vedhiH, »i(/w). (sa. *vaia- 
vyadhin) hair-splitting; m. ,vi, "skil- 
led in hair-splitting" (sophist) 110,». 

valika (or valuka), f. {sa. valuka) 
sand, gravel; instr. loc. /vaya, 14,2i; 
97,35; pi. ace, ,va (in dvandva 
comp.) ib. 

vasa, m, (= sa.) ') dwelling, 
abode; nom. ,vO, Dh. 237; ace. /vaiii 
(nianussa-") 21,2; ^am knppeti, to 
live, 1,4. 2,25; comp. *a-ppatissa-vasa, 
w«. {v. patissava); *eka-rati-*, mfn. 
{v. eka*); *brahmiicariya-°, m. {q. v.); 
•samagga-", m, {q. v.) ; *8amana-", 
mfn. {q. v.) cp. saihvasa, vasika, va- 
sin. — *) perturae; v. vasita. 

vasi, f. {sa. vaQi) a small axe, 
knile, razor; *<*-phara8uka, m. a 
"razor-axe" (dande pavesanavasena 
vasi pi boti pliarasu pi) 35,4-5. 

vasika, mfn. {sa. vasaka; fr. 
vasa*) dwelling, livinj; (e. c); katthii- 
vasika, m. pi. 21,8 {v. katlha). 

vasita, mfn. (= so.; pp. vaseti, 
y/vjis, cp. vasa^) perfumed, scented; 
"-udiikam. 41,2; "-paniyaiii, 41, n 
(thapita-**, q. v.). 

v a s i H , mfn. (= sa ; fr. vasa ') 
dwelling, living (in : loc, but mostly 
e. c); if. *'-vasini (Lankanajrara-**) 
112,13; m. pi. ,N.,ino (sama-", the 
villagers) 8,23-20 ; (Baranasi-**, the 
! inhabitants of B.) 20,i2; (nagara-") 
58,21 ; gen. pi. ^inaih (do.) 58,a4. 
' 62,s; comp, KasirHttha-vasi-manusso, 


vaba, m. {= sa.) lit. Mrawing, 
flowing', i. e, ') a draught-animal, a 
horse; *) a cart-load, a certain mea- 
sure; ') a current (of water), stream; 
pi. ,va, Dh. 339 ("waves"). 

vabana, n. {= sa.) any animal 
for riding (ahorse, an elephant); any 
vehicle or chariot; army or military 
force {cp. sa. vahaoa, /*.); instr. /vena, 
98,2 (riding? cp. ratiiena, ib.); *ba- 
la-", n. {v. A.) ; sa-vahana. mfn. to- 



getker with ono'a army, aec. m. /^am 
(Maraa.) 104,8. Db. 173. 

vi-, indecl. (=i ««.) prefix to verbs 
and nouoi, implyjag 'asunder, out, 
away, about'; 'in various directions' 
(or 'contrarily', often metaph. cp. vi- 
vadati, vicinteti); with douds it often 
denotes 'negation' or 'separation' {opp. 
aa-, cp, a-*), v. viktila, vimala, vi- 
raga, visoka, e<c.; with verbs (and 
■their derivatives) it is sometimes used 
to denote 'intensity' (cp. vinassati, 
vipassati^ or 'opposition' (cp. viva- 
rati, vijjhapeti). ~ Before vowels we 
have vy- (viy-) : vyaya (& vaya), 
viyuhati, or more frequently v- (by 
elision & contraction), esp. before 
other verbal pn^fixes beginning with 
IV vowel ; vi -f ati {v. vitinameti, 
vitisareti); vi -\- apa (r. vapayati, 
cp. vyapanudi); vi -f- ava (v, vava- 
tthapita. voropeti, etc.); vi -\- a {v. 
vayamati, cp. vyakaroti (viyakasi), 
vyapajjati); vi + ud (v. vutthati, 
etc.); vi -|- upa (v. vSpasaina); cp, 
vippa-, vippa^i- (sa. vi -(- pra, vi -\- 

vikalai m, (=3 sa.) afternoon, 
evening; wr(>ng timti', loc, ^e (kale 
^w, "in eeaifon und out of season") 
9,18; *''-bho.jana, n. 81,24 {v. h.). 

vikascti. vb. (cans, vi + ykas, 
sa. vikasayati) to cause to be opened 
(ace); aor. H, sg, ^isi (battham, 
she opened her liand, in order to make 
liiin know that che wag unmarried, cp, 
Meyer, DaQakura. p. 98) 56,9. 

*vikulava, mfn,., deprived of one's 
tiest, homeless; pi. ^a (dija) 60,1? {v, 

vikiijatj, vh. {aa. vi-\/kuj) to 
chirp, sing, warble (as birds); part, 
m, pi. r%^anta (sakunasamgha) 62,is. 
vikesika, mfn. (sa. vikecja) hav» 
ir.g dishevelled hair; ace, f. ix^aiil, 

*vikkhalet!, vh, (fr. vi-ykshal) 
to wusli off, rinse (acc); gcr, ^et\& 
(iiiukharii) 41, j«. 66,38. 

vikkhina, mfn. (sa, vikshina, pp. 

vi-ykshi) destroyed; m. -x/O (jatisam- 
saro) 108,18. 

*vikkhelika, mfn., having saliva 
flowing from the mouth; acc, f. i^&ta, 
67,30 {cp. khela). 

vigata, mfn. {= sa.) gone away; 
♦vigaticcha, mfn. {v. iccha); '^''-ka- 
thamkatha, mfn., -^O-khila, mfn., & 
♦o-sura-pana, mfn, {v. h,); cp. vita, 
Dh. 356. 

vighiata, w. f= sa,) destruction, 
ruin, pain; sa-vighata, mfn, "coupled 
with ruin" {synon, sa-dukkha) 94,». 

*vicakkliu-kamma, n., 'making 
blind', the making one's sight wrong, 
perplexing, bewildering; dat. »%.aya, 
("in order to perplex him") 71,27. {cp. 
sa. vi-cakshus). 

vicarati, vb, {sa. vi-\/oar) to 
Wander about, go away; pr. 3, sg. 
rvati, 8,1c; 3. pi. rvanti (fly about) 
62,13; 73,35; part, m. /^anto, 5,6; 
occ. «./antam, 73,6; f. -^anti, 20,*; 
aor. 3, sg. vicari, 17,io; fut. 1, sg. 
/viasami, 17,io; cond. 1. sg. vicariaaam 
(unaugmented t= fut.) 104,8; ger, 
^itva, 25,82; caus. v. next. 

vicareti, vh. {caus, vicarati; sa. 

vicarayati) 'to cause to go about', i. 

e. to arrange, manage, administer, 

control (acc); pr, 3. sg, -x/eti {v. I. 

rwcsi, aor.) 65,2o; part. f. ^...enti 

(ka|uiubam, "managing the property") 


vicikicchati, vb. {sa, vicikitsati, 

; dcsid, vi-Y/cit) to be uncertain, to 

\ doubt; pr. 3. sg. /N^ati, 96,u. cp. next. 

vicikiccha, f. {sa, vicikitsa) 

! doubt; notn. r^a (aattami sena Ma- 

i raaaa) 103,28; *ti9na-vicikicclia, mfn, 

I 69,18 {v. h.). 

vicitta & vicitra, mfn. {sa. 
I vicitra) variegated, ornamented, beauti- 
ful; aatta-ratana- vicitta, mfn., loc. 
-^e, 18,26; *vicitra-kathin, mfn. 
eloquent, m. ^i. 109,9 (Kumarakas- 
sapo, cp. Mil. p. 196,7). 

vicinati (or vicinati), vb, {sa. 
vi-\/ci) ') to search for, investigate, 
inquire (acc); imp. 2. pi. r^atlia(nam) 



73,84; part. m. ^anto, 19,28. 34,u-, 
pi. ~anta, 73,S5; ger. vicinitvana, 
109,4. - *) to gather, collect, pick up, 
heap up (ace); part. f. ^anti (uka, 
q. V.) 46,26; ger. ^\Un (sainkarHih, 
to heap up) 84,23. 

vicinteti, vb. {sa. vicintayati) 
to think, reflect; pr, 3. sg, rweti, 
Dh. 286. 

*vicunna, mfn., pushed or hurt 
on all Bides, only comp. w, cunna, 
1,25(2. v.). 

vicunnita, mfn. (sa. vicurnita) 
crushed all over; ratha-vega-" (by the 
course of the chariot) 60,io. 

vijaya,HJ. (=sa.)i)viotory;<>-ante, 
loc. 60.2,% («. anta*, cp. Vejayanta, 
nom. pr.); laddha-", mfn. victorious, 
112,92 (but see corrections). — *) Vi- 
jaya. m. nom. pr, of a princp, con- 
queror of CeyloD, ^0 (Lalavisayo, 
q. V.) 110,22, etc.; "-ppamukha, pi. 
m, (v. pamuklia), 

vijahati (or /s^ati), vb. (aa. vi- 
\/ha) to leavf, quit, abandon (acc); 
inf. /N.^itum (eta) 21,fli; ger, ,%.itva, 


vijata, mfn, (pp. vijayati, q. v.). 

vijanati, vb. {sa. vi-Y/jna) to 
know, understand, coiuprehtind, per- 
ceive (thoroughly) (acc); pr. 3. pi, 
^anti, Dh. 6; imp, 2. sg. ^a,hi, 20,s7. 
54,19. 64,3c; part. gen. pi. vijaDatam, 
Dh. 171 ("the wise"); Dli. 374 (ama- 
tam, "who know Nibbaua"); a-vijana- 
tarii (saddhammarh) 107, io= Dh.60; 
pot. 3. sg. />/eyya, Db. 392; ger. ") 
viniiaya, Dh. 186; •>) vijaniya, 113,8; 
pp. vinnata (g. v.) cp. vifliiana, etc. 

vijayati, v. vijeti. 

vijayati, vb. {sa, vi-Y/jan) to 
bear, generate, produce (acc, rarely 
in pass, sense : to be born); fut. 3, 
sg. /vissati (dhitaraih) 48,i7; aor. 3. 
sg. vijayi (puttam) 7,sb; part. med. 
f. f^ mana (etam) 24,i6; ger, ^itva, 
6,3s; pp. vijata, f. >%/§ (puttam, has 
born a son) 64,5; vijata-kale, after 
her delivery, 48,i8. 

vijita, ') »»/«• (= «<»•; PP- vijeti) 

conquered; n. ^am (rattliam) Dh. 
329. — **) subst. n. a conquered coun- 
try, realm, kingdom ; loc, ^e^ 8,4. cp. 

*vijitavin, m{fn)., victorious; con- 
queror; acc m. /N^inarfa, Db. 422. 

vijeti (or vijayati), vb. {sa, vi- 
\/ji) to conquer, ileteat, subdue (occ); 
fut, 3. sg. --w-essati (pa(havim) Dh,44; 
pp. yijita {q. v.) cp. vijaya. 

vijjati, vb, {pass, vindati; sa. 
vidynte) to be found; to be, exist; 
pr, 3. sg, ,vati (attho na ~, "is of 
no use", w. instr.) 103,i4, 104,8i ; 
5. pi, {med.) vijjare, 104,j7. 113,97; 
part, {med.) vijjamana, 18,i5 (saku- 
nanam a-^-t^hane, on a place where 
there were no birds); loc. m. ^arabi 
(ganianihi, "where there is a village") 


vijja, f. {sa. vidya) knowledge, 
science; instr. .x^aya, 108,9; anga- 
vijja, f, 'knowledge of limbs' i, e. 
chiromantia, prognostication, 2oc.>x/aya, 
48, in; dvandva comp. "'"-sippa-kaia- 
vedi<), mfn. accomplished in science 
and uits, m. «%,i, ]13,8; "-carana, 
knowledge & behaviour, theory & prac- 
tice, Dh. 144 (sampanna-", q. v.) cp, 

vijjuUata, f. {sa. vidyul-lata; 
cp. lata) a flash of lightning; 3,2i. 

vijjotati, vb, {sa. vi-y^dyut) to 
flash forth, lighten; part. med. m. 
/N^ mano (springing forth [like light- 
ning]) 3,21 ; catis. vijjoteti, to illumi- 
nate, enlighten (acc) 85,8 (sabba 
disa; synon. pabhaseti {q. v.); the 
reading of B. pabbasati vijjotati seems 
to be preferable, on account of the 
foil, explanation of obhasate as hav- 
ing a causative meaning). 

vijjhati, vb. {sa. \/vyadh) to 
pierce, wound or kill (as by arrows 
or lances, etc.) {to. acc); part, m. 
/^anto (taiii tungena) 4,«i; imp. 3. 
pi, />/antu, 6,85; ger. /vitva, 6,i9. 
37,6; pp. viddha {q. v.) cp. vedhi/j. 

*vijjhapeti, vb. {caua. *vijjhay- 
ati, to burn out, go out, become ex- 



tinot; yksbai, v. ihSyati ') to pnt oat, 
extiriguieh (acc); per. a-vijjhapetva 
(uggini, without putting it out) I00,i5; 
pp. />^ita, m. a-vijjhapito (aggi) 

vi fin an a, n. (sa. vijfiana) con- 
sciouanesB; nom. r^&m, 94,io (one of 
tlie 6 khandhas (3. v.)) ; 66,7 (oiigi- 
CHting from saiiikhara); instr. ^ena, 
95, :9; comp. "-paccaya (q. v.) 66,7; 
"-nirodhn, m. (q. -o.) 66,13; vinnanafl- 
cayatana, n., v. ananca & ayatana; 
*'*-8ari5gaha, m. aggregation of con- 
Btiou8ni-88, acc. ->^aiTi (pacchiraa-") 
99,2c; - *apeta-", mfn. (v. h.); *ka- 
ya-", *cakkhu-°, *rnano-'', the con- 
sciouonesB of body, eye, n)ind, i. e. 
mental iuprcBsioDs through those or- 
gane, or : the eenee of touch, the fa* 
culty of sight, thought, 70,««-S3. 98,i 
(ilukkim-sahagatam kaya-vinfianara 
uppajjati, a feeling of pain arisen). 

vifinata, uifn. {pp. vijanati; sa. 
vijfiatn) known, underBtood; *8amHia- 
vinnata-samaya, nifn. perfectly know- 
ing the religious picceptB, ni. >^0. 


vinnapana,' «i/'[i]». (sa. vijna- 
pana) instructiv*'; acc. f. ^anirii (gi- 
ram) Dh. 408. 

vinnaya, gcr., t). vijanati. 

vinnuta (& vinniiia) /. (*o. vij- 
fiata) intelligence ; act. ~arii, 27,«8. 

vinfiu, ni{fn). {sa. vijfia) intelli* 
gent, clever; m. O.U, Dh. 65; «». pi. 
<^u (purisa) 90,iio; Dh. 229. 

vi^apa, m. (= sa.) a forked 
branch; "-untare {q. v.) 4,«i (in a 
fork of the tree). \ 

vitakka, m. {sa. vitarka) •) de- 
liberation, consideration; *) doubt, 
uncertainty; *<'-(lpasatua, m. Dh, 350 
{v. upasama); *<'-pamathita, mfn. 
Dh. 349 ("tossed about by doubts"). 

vitana, m. n. (= sa.) a canopy, 
baldachin; gen. />/assa (sumana-pat- 
ta-^ q. V.) 65,18; *"-samalamkata, 
irfn. 112,3 {v. h.). 

vitinna, mfn, {pp. vitarati, to 
cross, pass over; sa. vitirna) who has 
crossed or passed over, also metaph. 

(only comp.) who iconts, or does not 
believe in . . .; *0-paraloka, mfn. who 
does not believe in another world, gen. 
^assa, 106,15= Dh. 176; a-vitinna- 
kamkha, mfn. Dh. 141 {v.h.). 

vittinna, mfn. (once instead of 
vitthinnii ^= vitthata (& /N./ta), pp. 
vittharati, to spread out, extend, vi- 
\/str; sa. vistirna) broad, large; f. 
~a (Gaiiga) 1,ig. rp. next. 

vitthara, m. (sa. vistara) exten- 
sion, diffuseness; abl. /N/to {adv.) fully, 
in detail, 41,3i (kathesi). 

vidattlii, f. (sa. vitasti) a certain 
measure of length, equal to 12 augulos 
(inches, q. v.), a span; "-mattaiii, 87, 11 
(v. matta''') cp. yojana. 

[vidati], vh, {sa, y/nd) to know, 
undercitand (acc); this preeent-forma- 
tion is only ficticious or made for ety- 
mological purpose; forme generally met 
with are : aor. H, sg, vedi (avedi), 
Dh. 419. 423; 3, pi. (vidu); fnt, 1. 
sg. (vedissami); ger, viditva (etain 
attham) 66,19; 70,i2; grd. (veditabba 
&) vedaniya {q. v.); pp. vidita, known, 
understood; comp. *''-dlianinia. mfn. 
"having penetiated the truth", hi, />.0, 
69,13; yatha-**, mfn. {v. h.). — {cans. 
vedeti, vedayati, ^) to know, under- 
stand; *>) to feel, experience, suffer 
(acc); the cans, pass, vediyati [to be 
known, to be feltj is also geuerully 
used in the surae active sense), cp, 
veda, vedaiia, vedayita, vedi//, & 

vidu (& vidu), mfn, {sa, vidvaa 
& vidus) kuowing, wise; m, sabba- 
vidu f'haiu asmi) Dh. 363. cp. viddasu. 

viaura, mfn. {= sa.) very distant, 
far; only used with the prefixes a-" 
& su-" {synon. dura); a-vidure, loc. 
adv. not far away, near to {w. gen. or 
abl), 48^31 (gharato) ; 95,«i (gamassa). 
cp. atidura. 

videsa, m. {sa. vide^a) a foreign 
country, far distant region; acc. ^am, 


Videha, m. {pi.) {= sa.) nom. 
pr. of a country and its inhabitants, in 



the eastern North-Indin; "-rattha. «, 
the V. kingdom, loc, ^e, 44,j9 (its 
cupital was Mithila). 

viddasu, w/w. (sa.vidvas, cp. vidu 
above) wise, inteliipent; a-viddasu, 
wfn. Dh. 268 (v. /».); viddasu is a 
curious forraatioD, that looks as if it 
had been formed with the suffix -vas 
repeated (Tr.), cp. Kuhn, Beitr. p. 69 
& avidva {gen, aviddasuno) MN, I, 

p, 311,7-13, 

viddha, mfn, ») (= «a.) pp, vij- 
ihati) pierced, wouuded; m, -vO (sal* 
lena) 92,t-io. - ») (lo. vidhra, cp. 
N-yiibhra) oli-ar, pure; t).ilforn'«,ilPT8, 
•85, p. 52, 

viddhamseti, vh, {sa. vidhvnrii- 
sayati, caus. vi-\,'dLvariis) to crush, 
destroy, disperse, split (occ); imp. 2. 
pi. -x-etha (tam bhusaih viya) 63,9. 
vidhava. f. (= sa.) a widow; 
nom. «^a (itthi) 31, is. 

vidhavati, vh. (sa. \i-\/Aha,\) to 
run; pr. 3. sg. ^&i\ (ito c'ito ca) 36,2. 
vidhunati, vh. (sa, vi-;/dhu, 
dhunoti) to shake (ace); ger. vidhu- 
nitva (or vidhunitva) 16,6 (sariram); 
18,30 (pakkhe, flapping the wings). 

vinaddha, mfn. (= sa.\ pp. vi- 
Vnah) covered all over; pi. m. -^a, 

vinaya, m. (= sa.) discipline, 
esp, the rules of the Buddhist order; 
nom, f^Q, 79,&; ace. /^aih, 109,i5-aft; 
loc. />^e, 109,7. - Vinaya, »«. & Vi- 
naya-pitaka, «., the first section of 
the Buddhist holy scriptures; dham- 
ma-vinaya-samgaha, wt. the collection 
of Dhamma & Vinaya, 109, is; *vi- 
naya-dhara, mfn. knowing the V., pi. 
/>.£, 109,26; "-pitakam, ace. 102,i7; 
''-pitakena, instr. 102,ie. Specimens 
p. 66-71,18; 74,i6-77,is; 81,6-28; 82,i6 


vinayam, part., v. vineti. 

vinassati, vh. {sa. vi-yna?) to 
perish ; to be lost or forgotten ; pr. 3, 
sg. f^&ti, 110,4; imp, 3. pi. ^antu, 
23,is; fut. 3. sg. o/issuti, 34,ts; caus. 
vinaseti (q. v,), cp. vinasa, vinasana. 

vinS, adv. &prp. (= so.) without, 
except; usually combined with acc. or 
instr, (before or after), rarely with 
ahl.; (V mainsena na bhunjati (he 
took no meal in which meat was want- 
ing). 6,_«. 

vinasa, m. {sa. vinaya) destruo» 
tion, ruin; annihilation, death; ace, 
rvaril (papeti, lit. to cause to go to 
destruction) 6,io. 27,i2. 29,82; instr, 
fvena, 55,7; ^''-ppaccaya, m< cause of 
deitruotion, 34,24; ♦"-rnula, n. id. 33,ifl, 
op, next, 

vinasana, n (sa. vinfigana) = 
preo,\ imtr, .vena (dhanaisa), 52,b; 
a-vinSsana, mfn, {q. v,). 

vinaseti, t)&, (caus, vinassati; sa, 
vinagayati) to cause to be destroyed 
or lost; to forget {acc.)\ pp. vinasita, 
destroyed, n. ^aril, 34,i7. 

vinicchaya, m. (sa. vini^caya) 
decision, judgement; justice, procedure, 
court of justice; acc, ->^am (anusasati, 
q. v.) 42,97; loc. r>^e, 69,6; instr. />..ena 
(dhamma-", "discernment of the law") 
Dh. 144; **-atthaya, for the sake of 
litigation, 42,3i (cp. attha *) ; *'*-tthana. 
n, the place where court is held, ib. 

vinicchinati, vh. (sa. vi-ni^-^/ci) 
to settle, decide (ace.)\ aor. 3. pi. 
/%/inimsu (voharam) 42,98; - pass. 
vinicchiyati; part. loc. pi, .^^manesu 
(voharesu) 42,90. 

viniddisati, vb. (sa. vi-nir-y'di?) 
to point out, assign, distribute (acc); 
aor, 3,sg, viniddisi (tanduladi) lll,3i. 
vinipata, m. {= sa.) lit. 'falling 
dowu', state of suffering (esp. in a 
lower existence); "'a-yinipata-dhamma, 
mfn. (v. h.) cp, dhamma*. 

*vinivarana-citta, mfn., whose 
mind is free from obstacles; acc. m. 
^&m, 68,99. (cp. nivarana). 

vineti, vh. (sa. vi-y/ni) ') to lead 
away, remove, dispel (acc); ger. vi- 
neyya (ogham, q. v.) 104,8o; - *) to 
train, educate (acc); part, m, vinayam 
(savake) 104,8. 

vinodeti, vb. (caus. vi-^nud, sa. 
vinodayati) to drive away or out, to 



Bend away, dismitB (aee,)\ pot, 3, sg, 
■x^aye (tasinam) Db. 343. 

vindati, vb. (= «a.; \/vid, cp, 
vidati) to find (ace); pr. 3. sg. /^ati 
(maggam) Db. t)7 ; pot. 1. pi. /x.eina 
(muduifa) 104,14; pau. vijjati (t>. h.). 

vipatti, f, (== sa.) miBfortune, 
calamity; *°-pariyosaDa, mfn. having 
a dreary end, m. ^o (jivaloko) 47,i6. 

*[viparakkamati], vb. {sa. vi- 
para-\/krani) to strive, make efforts, 
exert oneself; only ger. viparakkamma 
(jhayantam) 103,8. 

vipassati, vb {sa. vi-^/pap) to 
Bee (slearly), to understand, to be In- 
tel I igeut; |jr. 3. sg. ..^ati (tanuk'ettha) 
88,80-33 ; part. gen. m. vipassato (dham- 
nam) Db. 373. 

vipiika, m. (= sa.) ripeuing, ma- 
turing (esp. of actioEie, t. e. result, re- 
ward or punishment); tass'eva kaiu- 
niassH vipaka-vasena, because that 
action had just been ripe (for punish- 
niant) 84,33; mom. ,>^o (kamiuanaiii) 
97, u; ace. ^aiii. Db. »i7. 

vipiiteti, vl. {cans, vi-y/mit, aa, 
vipatuyuti) to br«ak, split (ace); part, 
m. vipat'iyarii (truddliarii) Dli. 72. 

vipiila, mfn, (—■ sa.) large, great | 
H. ^aili (Hukliuii.) Db. 27. 2»0, 

vippakara, ki. (= sa.) 'bad man* 
ner', improper proceeding; shame, dig* 
grace; outrage; ace. <xam, 66,8. 

vippakinna. w/n. (sa, vi-pra- 
kirna) strowti all round about; ace, 
n, <^uiii, .'14,1, 

vippajiihali, vb, («fl, vi-pra-v/litt) 
to giv3 up, abandou (aco,)\ pot, 8, sg, 
.^jttheyya (iiulnara) Dh. 221( ger, 
vippahaya, Db, 87. 

vij)pa(i»ii?i«, mfn, (sa. vipra- 
ti«jlnii) <lll(<d with ri'Krft, ri)p*tiitaiit( 
m, ^i, 20,iiit; pi. xwino (pacobfi-**. q, 
V,) 79,18. 

vippunaUlift( »"/"»' (*"• vipra- 
Dashta, ^nag.) perished, disappeared; 
instr. (or toe.) f. rviiya (niivaya) 26,»i. 

vippamuficuti, vb, (aa. vi-pra- 
V'nmc) to liberate, send away, sliuke 
ofi, to liberate oneself from (ace); pot. 

S. pi. .x/etha (ragaifa) Dh. 377; pp, 
vippamutta, liberated, free from(o6/.); 
gen. m. .x-assa, Dh. 90. 212 (piyato). 

vippayoga, m. (sa. viprayoga) 
BAparation (from : instr.)] nom. )^0 
(piyehi) 67,io. 

vippalapati,w6. (sa, vi-pra-\/lHp) 
to mutter, talk (wildly, in one's sleep); 
part, f. pi. .s.-antiyo, 66,6. 67,so. 

vippaviddha, mfn. (sa. vipra- 
viddha, \/vyadh) thrown away, scat- 
tered about; <*-nana-kunapa-bharita, 
mfn. filled with various dead bodies 
scattered about, n. »./am (amakasusa- 
nam) 65,io. 

*vippasanna, mfn. (pp, fr, next) 
clear, serene, placid ; m, .^o (yathapi 
rahado) Dh. 82; ace, o/am (candarii 
va) Dh. 413; instr. n, o..ena (cetasa) 
Dh. 79. 

■"vippasidati, vb, (sa. *vi-pra- 
y/sad) to be thoroughly clear or tran- 
quil ; pr. 3. pi. .^anti (pandita) Dh. 82. 

vippahaya, ger,, v. vippajahati. 

vipp bandit a, mfn. {pp. vi-;/8pimd) 
trembling, moving unsteadily ; n.sHbst, 
ix/Mlll, agitation, distortion, perversion 
(?); *dittlii-°, n, uncertainty in views, 
or confusion on account of false views, 

Vibhafiga, m. (= sa.) lit. 'divi- 
sion', or 'explanation', nom. pr, ') of 
a Pali work, the 2. part of the Abhi- 
dhamma-pitaka; nom. f^o, 102,i2; — 
') of the 2, SHotioii of Vinayu-pijiiUa, 

vibliajiiti, vb. (sa. vi-\/i>lmj) ') 
to divide, distribute (ace. & gen.); 
ger, ^itva, 41, ib; pp. vibhiitta (q, v.)\ 
- *) to explain (pp. next). 

vibhajjaua, n, (wrong spelling 
of vibliajiinu, =^ sa.) 'nepiiration', di- 
Mtinoliun, I'xplunatiuni Inc, ix^ainbi, 
i09,iu. (cp, puvlbliujuli). 

vibhatta, mfn. (pp, vibhajati; 
sa. vibhakta) divided, distributed; 
sama-vibhattarii, n, an equal part, 
41,18; SU-", well arranged, 110,u. 

vibhiivu, m. (-. aa.) ») 'develop- 
ment', prosperity, power, Wealth; loc. 
^e, 48,10 ; comp. *o-tanha, f, thirst 



for prosperity, 67, u; dvandva comp. 
siri-", majesty nnd power, 47,32 {ace. 
r^&m)\ ♦asitikoti-", mfn. {y. h,). - 
") (as opp. to bhava) loss, destruction; 
dat. ^aya, Dh. 282. 

vibhuti, f. (= sa.) abundance, 
splendour; **'-sampanna,»i/"n. Inilliant, 
61,4 (mala-gandha-", with i -lands 
and perfuroes). 

vibhusana, n. {sa. vibhushana) 
ornament, decoration ; "-^tbana, n. 
81,85 (v. tbana'). 

vibhusita, mfn. {sa. vibhushita) 
adorned, decorated; f. ^5 (sabbalaih- 
kara-o) 61,7. 

vimati, f. {— sa.) doubt, uncer- 
tainty; nom. t^\, 79,i7, 

vimala, mfn. (= su.) spotless, 
clean, bright; ace. m, ^aiii, Db. 413. 

vimana, n. (= sa.) seat, throne; 
place, abode; house, mansion, palace; 
ace. ~am, 29,i6; abl. ,^a, 20,4; loc. 
r^e (pbalika-", crystal- palace) 23,is; 
23,28-23 (rajata-®, mani-", kanaka-", 
q. V.) ; deva-", the palace of the gods, 
or a divine chariot (or throne), 63,e 
("-sadisarii ratbam); Tusita-", n. 87,8i 
{v. h., ep, corrections). 

vimuccati, vb. {pass. \i-\/ta\ic) 
to become free, to be delivered {esp. 
from the bonds of existence, abl.)\ 
pr. 8. sg. ,>^ati (viriiga) 71,i4; aor. 
8. sg. y'lxawcci (asavehi) 69,24; 3. pi. 
«^imsu, 71,18; - pp. viniutta, mfn. 
released, delivered; m. '>^0 (anupadS, 
V. upadijati) 94,is; 71,iis (vimutf- 
amhi); Dh. 363 {w. loc. tanliakkhaye, 
"free through the destruction of thirst") ; 
loc. /%^a8inim (nanam hoti, when de- 
livered, he comprehends that he has 
become free) 71,i4; n. ^&va. (cittaifa) 
69,86. 106,2; comp. *"-citta, mfn. one 
whose mind has been delivered, 94,is; 
*8u-viiDutta-citta, mfn. id. Dh. 20; 
*'>-niaiiasa, mfn. id. Dh. 348. cp, 
next etc. 

viiTiutti, f. {sa. vimukti) libera- 
tion, emancipation (Nibbfina); "-sukha, 
n. the bliss of erauDoipation, 66,4. 

vim ok ha, m. {sa. vimoksba) = 
pree. ; nom. ^o (cetaso), 80,85. Dh, 92. 

viy-**, cp. vy-°. 

viya, indecl. = iva {q.v.):2,n. 
3,7. 6,28, 111,6, ete.\ sometimes limi- 
ting the predicate of a clause .* ahaih 
viya siikaramukho ahosi, 86,i; do. 
w, negation : kappana viya na hoti 
(scarcely any) 65,28; cp, kassaka viya 
botha, 31,1, 

viyakasi, aor., v. vyakaroti. 

viyuhati, vb. {sa. vi-Y/ub) to re- 
move {acc.)\ ger. /^.-itva (valikam) 
14,86; (pamsuib) 40,88 {ep, apabbu- 

viraja, mfn. (= sa.) free from 
dust or impurity, pure, blameless; 
ace, m. ^ara, 68,«6. Dh. 386. 412. 

virajjati, vb, {sa. vi-y/raftj) to 
change disposition or affection, to be- 
come free from passion (or from plea- 
sure); 2)r. 3. sg. ,>^ati, 71,i4; - pp. 
viratta, mfn. having aversion to {loc); 
m. r^o (kamesu) 66,9; *°-aianasa, 
mfn, id. 64, lo {gen. -^assa (kilesesu)); 
*''-cittata, f. aversion to (loc.), instr. 
/%/aya (kilesesu) 64,82. cp. viraga. 

viramati, vb. {sa. vi-y/ram) to 
give up, abstain from, leave oS {abl.) \ 
aor. 3. pi. ->..im8u (panatipata) 17,8i. 
cp. veraniani. 

virava, m. (== sa.) roaring, cry- 
ing; a roar; ace. <%/am (maha-") 40,8i; 
(eka-") 60,11 (viravanti). 

viravati, vb. {sa. vi-\/ru) to roar, 
cry; pr. 3. pi. -x/anti {w. ace. eka- 
viravam) 60,n; part, m. o^anto (ga- 
drabharavena, "braying like an ass") 
113,10; 11,18; f -^anti, 63,8i; aor. 
3. sg. viravi, 40,2i. 65,is; 3. pi. ^x^irasu, 
63,81 ; ger. .%^itva (ti Fdini) 73,80. 

viraga, m. {= sa.) lit. 'the being 
decoloured', change of colour, play of 
colours (or simply : colour); most fre- 
quently metaph. of aversion, indiffe- 
rence (to pleasures), absence of pas- 
sion ; nom. t^o (setiho dbammanam) 
Dh. 273; dat. »^&j& (samvattati), 
93,8; abl. .x/a (by absence of passion) 
71,14. 94,12; - in the comp. asesa- 



virSga-nirodha, m. complete and track- 
l«ga destruction, 66,i8 (avijjaya) vi- 
raga Beems to be adj. 'without colour' 
(i. e. leavinff no track, cp. raga); 
differently Bhps Davids: "tbe destruc- 
tion of ignorance, which consists in 
the complete fibrence of lust". 

viriccati, vb. (so. vi-Y/ric, pass. 
viricyate; it seems tc be pass, of the 
caits. vireceti, sa. virecayati, to purge) 
to be purged; part, m, ^tnano, 78,3». 
viriya, n. («a. virya) strength, 
power, energy; nom. /^am, 103,i6; 
Db. 112 (viryara); ace. rvam (karoti, 
to persevere) 42,n-ia; kuta-". mfn. 
persevering, energetic, gen. »,^a8sa, 
42,18; *araddha-"', mfn. id. 108,i9. 
Dh. 8 C-viriyain), opp. hina-viriya, 
mfn. weak, Dh. 7. 112; "-phala, «. 
result of energy, 42,i8-, *"-bala, n. 
perseverance, fN^ena, 42,ii. cp, 
vira, virya. 

virujjhati, vh. {pass. vi-\/rudh) 
to be opposed, to b»j at variance with, 
contend against (instr.); pr. 3. sg. 
no <N^ati (is patient) Dh. 96; pp., v. 
next etc. 

viruddha, mfn, {pp. fr. last; == 
sa.) opposite, hostile, intolerant; loc. 
pi. /N^eBU, Dh. 406 ; a-viruddha, mfn. 
{V. h.). 

virodha. m. (=^ sa.) opposition, 
contradiction; aco. >x.aih (dassayi, 
"pointed out in what respect they were 
fallacious") 118,13. 

vilasa, m. (= sa.) sport, play, 
routine; coquetry, dalliance; grace, 
charm, beauty; instr, pi. »^ehi (at 
the end of a dvandvacomp.) 21,is; 
uttama-yobbana-vilasa-matta, mfn., 
gen. f. pi. />^anam» 47,u ("drunken 
with the pride of their glorious youth"), 
vilimpati, vb. {ta. \\-\l\\^) to 
smear, anoint face), anoint oneself, 
perfume oneself (sometimes with ace. 
of tbe narno of the perfume); ger. 
^itva (sakalasarirara) 57,S9; (gan- 
dlie, ace. pi.) 41,b: part. gen. ^an- 
tassa {without ohj) B3,26; — cans. II. 
*vilimpapeti, to cause to be anointed 

or perfumed; ger. -^etva (maifa gan- 
dhehi) 33,8. ep. vilepana. 

vilumpati, vb. {sa. vi-v/mp) to 
rob, plunder {ace.)\ ger. ^itva (ma- 
nu8se), 30,30 ; - eaus. II. *vilumpa- 
peti. to let plunder; aor. 3, sg. /wCsi 
{without obj.) 39,0. 

vilepana, n. (= sa.) anointing; 
ointment, perfume; nom. f^^tim (iohi- 
ta-candana-°, q. v.) 23,ss; dvandva- 
comp. mala-gandha-', 73,u. 81,j5. 

viloma, mfn. {= sa.) lit. 'against 
the hair', contrary, wrong; n. pi. 
^ani {subst.) faults, perversities, 
Dh. 50. 

viva(a, mfn. {pp. vivarati; sa, vi- 
Vfta, y/v}") uncovered, open; f. ^vO, 
{opp. channa) 104,»5; *"-inukha, mfn. 
with open mouth; f, pi. ^a, 65,7, 
mukhavivate. loc, abs. 3,i7. cp. next. 
vivatta, mfn. {sa. vivrtta) turned 
round or away, opened, developed; 
*Tivatta-cchadda, m. 'dispeller of de- 
lusion', an epithet of a Buddha, 61, 3i; 
this word seems to be sa. *vivrtta- 
chadman, one who has rolled away 
the cloud or veil {i. e. the delusion of 
this world?), but we find it spelt in 
different ways : vivata- (vivat^-, vi- 
vatta-) cchadda (-cchada, -cchadana, 
-ccheda), so that it very well might 
represent sa. *vjvarta-chada, or "-che- 
da, cp, sa, vivarta & Childers s. v. 

vivadati, vb. {sa, vi-^'vad) to 
contradict, contest; dispute, quarrel; 
part. med. pi, r^ mana, 101,8. 

vivara, m. n. (= sa.) aperture, 
breach, fissure, hole, cleft; fault; ace. 
/s.-aiii (pabbatanam) Dh. 127; paka- 
ra-" (of a wall) 90,3*; ep, 91,3o. 

vivarati, vb. {sa. vi-y/vr) to open, 
reveal (ace); pot. 3. sg. ^'eyya (pa- 
ticchannaiii) 69,ie ; aor. 3. sg. vivari 
(mukhara) 3,i8; (dvarara) 65,38; 3. 
pi. ,>.irii3u, 68,3; ger. ^itva, 3,i8; 
pp. vivara, q. v. cp, vivara. 

vivaha, »m. (= sa.) marriage; 
ace, ^&m (karoti, to marry a wife) 
101,17 {cp. avaha). 
i vivicca, ger, & grd. {fr, \{-^\\c, 



to separate) in the comp. *vivicca- 
sayana, n. sleeping alone, Dh. 271 
(Jnstr. ~ena). cp. viveka. 

vivid ha, mfn, (= sa.) manifold, 
various; n. ^aiii, 111,32, 

viveka, m. {= sa.) separation, 
seclusion, solitude; acc. ^aiii, Dh. 75; 
loc. rwC, Dh, 87, 

visa, M». n. (sa. visha) poison, 
venom; acc. ^am (bhatte pakkhipi- 
tva) 33,30 ; Dh. 123; sa-visa, mfn. 
poisoned, poisonous; instr, (N^ena (sal- 
lena) 92,7. cp. visattika. 

visamyutta (visanfiutta), mfn. 
(sa. visaifiyukta) detached, delivered 
(from : j«s<r. or e. c); acc. m. ^&m, 
Dh. 385. 397, 402, 410; 417 (sabba- 
yoga-°). cp. samyoga. 

*visaihkhara-gata, mfn., who 
is free from predispositions (saihkhara, 
q. v.), approaching Nibbanu; «, ^aiil 
(cittara) Dh, 154. 

*vi8amkhita, mfn. (pp. visaiii- 
kbaroti, to take to pieces; sa, *\i- 
sam-Y^kr) taken asunder; n, xwam 
(gahakiltam) Dh, 154, 

visanfiutta, v. visamyutta. 

visa^^ha, mfn. (sa. visrshfa) set 
free, released; *''-matta, mfn. (v. 
iiiatta^'^'*), m, >^o (at the moment he 
was set free) 17,80, 

*visattika, f. (prob. fr. visatta, 
sa. vi-shakta, Vsanj, adhering to, 
extended over, w. loc), desire, lust, 
longing for (often w. loc. loke and 
coordinate with tanha (q. v.), to which 
it sometimes has been taken as adj. 
in the sense of "poisonous" on account 
of its resemblanca to visa); nom. >^a 
(jalini ^ tanha) Dh. 180; (jammi 
tanha loke >i) 107,8i = Dh. 335. 

visada, mfn. (sa. vipada) clear, 
pure, spotless; even, smooth; m. /%/0, 

visaya, m, (sa. vishaya) sphere, 
dominion, country; La}a-®, m. 110,39 
(v. h.). 

visahati, vb. (sa. y'l-y/ssih) to be 
able or capable to; to dare, venture 
(te. inf.); pr. 8. ag. <^ati [acil. pa- 

tivacanam datum] 90,2$; 2. s^. ^^ami, 
13,15; 3. pi. «^anti, 8,i; part. m. a- 
visahanto (gantura, not venturing to 
go, i. e. to enter on that expedition) 

visarada, mfnl (sa. vi^arada) 
wise, skilled or versed in; bold, con- 
fident; m. /N,/0 (devindo) 110,«6; (sab- 
ba-vada-") 113,4. cp. vesarajja. 

visidati, vb. (sa. vi-\/sad) to 
sink down, be immersed in; to despond, 
despair; pr. 3. pi. ^anti, Dh, 171. 

♦visiveti, vb. (caus. fr. sa. *n 
+ VQyai) to remove cold, thaw up, e 
warm oneself; ger, ,^etva, 100,15. cp, 
Morris, JPTS. '84, p. 72. 

visujjhati, vb. (sa, \'\-\/q\idh) 
to become pure; pr, 3. sg. ,N,.ati, Dh. 
166 ; caus. visodheti (q. v.) cp. next 

vi sudd hi, f. (= sa.) purification 
purity, holiness; daf. gen. o^iya (sat 
tanam) 90,i7; (maggo) 107,i». Dh 
274-77; *kamma-«, f (q. v.). - *Vi 
suddhi-magga, m. nom. pr. of a work 
of fiuddhaghosa (lit. 'way of purity') 
acc, i^&m, 114,12, 

♦visiika, n. (fr. sa, *vi-Y/BUO, or 
= vigoka, cp. Kuhn, Beitr, p, 29, 
Tr, PM, 78,33) show, spectacle, play; 
only in the foil, two comp, ; *ditthi- 
visuka, n. a puppet-show of heresy, 
94,1 ; '*'visuka-dassana, n. seeing spec* 
tacles, abl. /%/£, 81,24. cp. visoka, mfn, 

visesa, m. (sa. vigesha) difference, 
species; distinction, excellence; abl, 
(adv.) visesato, especially, disti nctively, 
emphatically; 114,23, Dh, 22. 

visoka, mfn. (sa. vipoka) free from 
sorrow; gen. m, <%/assa, Dh. 90. cp. 
visiika, n. 

visodheti. vb. (caus. visujjhati; 
sa. vigodhayati) to purify, keep clear 
(acc); pot. 3. sg. /x/aye, Dh. 166. 
281. 289. 

visoseti, vb. (caus. vi-^/^ush, 
vi^oshayati) to make dry, dry up 
(acc); pot. 3. sg. r^a,ye (nadinaiii 
sotaui) 103,i«; pp. visosita, dried up, 
f, fvei (tanha) 108,i8. cp. sussati. 

vissa, mfn. (sa, vi^va?) whole. 



entire; ace, m. ^aifa (dhammam) 
106,t = Dh. 266; (viasa in the tense 
oi sa, vi^va Muxna not to occur elae« 
where in F&li; the Comm. Dhpd. 185fi. 
p. 379 takes it appar.;ntly = sa. visra, 
mfn. (snielling liice raw meat), and 
631 plains it by visama, vis8a-f;andha, 
which occurs sometimes in the com* 
mentaries, e. g, Vin. IIJ, 288,2). 

vissajjana, n. {sa. visarjana) 
sending forth, abandoning, giving up; 
nonu ICC, ,^?iva, 4,si; 47,4 (imassa 
->.am ka.-ilii, "I have caused him to 
Itave me"). 

'vi3sajja.peti,o vb. (cans. II. 
vissajjati) to send, throw» thrust away 
(ace); aor. 3. sg. /x-esi, 66,17; ger, 
-N.^etva, 23,9. 61,«i (liatthaih). 

vissajjeti, vb. {caus. vissajjati, 
sa. visarjayati, vj-y'srj) ') to emit, 
send (forth, away); to let go, set at 
liberty (acc); pr. 3, pi. ,>.enti (ma- 
taraih) 3'2,!o; imp. U, sg. rvchi (mam 
sarasiniih, put into) 6,in; pot. 1. sg, 
."^eyyam, 4,b; aor, 3. sg, o^esi, 4,i7. 
31, le; 36,24 (dudbighataiii, overturned); 
3. pi, rN^esum, 32,23; fut, 3. sg. /n/BS- 
sati, 4,3s; ger. r».etva, 4,i6. 69,u; 
61,6 (satasahassani, dispensing); pp. 
vissajjita, m. pi. o.,a. (maccha) 4,2?. 
— *) to explain, answer (a question, 
acc); pr. 3. sg. '^eti (paiiham pu- 
t^ho) 90,26; part, m. ,<wento, 86.14; 
gen, f. /s^entiya, 86,32; ger, .^etva 
(tarn attham) 80,21; pp. vissajjita, 
in, 0.-0 (pafmo) 88,12; n. pi, rvSni, 

98,88. , 

vissaUha, mfn. {pp, vissajjati = 
vissajjeti; sa. visfshta) sent away, 
loosed, released ; m, r^o., 4,28 (put down), 

vissamati, vb. (sa. vi-Y/Qiam) 
to rest, repose; ger. -xilva, 9,24; pp. 
vissamita, comp. tesam '•-kale, 21, t 
("taking their rest"), 

vissasati, vb. (sa, vi-i/Qvas) to 
trust or confide in (loc. (or gen.^ acc.y); 
pot. 3. sg. vissase (tasu) 61,4. cp. next. 

vissasa. m. (sa. A'igvasa) trust, 
confidence; acc. ly.a.m (achinditva, "in 
iinbi-oken aoiity") 13,7 j .%^am apajjati 

(t>. *.) 30,it; Dh. 272 (metrl causa 
vissasa-mapadi); comp. *<*-parauia 
figti, Dh. 204 (••trust is the best of 
relationships", cp. parama & labha 

vissasika, mfn. (sa. vi^vasika) 
1) confident, trustful ; *) intimate, fa- 
miliar, confidant; m. /^O ("confidential 
adviser") 38,22. 

vihafinati, vb. (pass, vi-yhan) 
to be anxious or frightened, to be af- 
flicted or grieved, mourn; pr. 3. sg. 
/v-ati, 34,20. Dh. 15. 62; part. m. a- 
vihafinaniano ("without complaint") 


viharati, vb. (sa, vi-^/hr) to dwell, 
stay, live; pr. 3. sg. .%.^ati, 2,i9. 66,2. 
76,0. 84,8 (vihare); 1. pi. rwama, Dh. 
197; part. wj.,^vanto, 28,2; gen. ^ato, 
103,23; imp. 3. sg. ^atu, 74,22; ger, 
-N^itva, 70,20; fut, 2, sg. vihahisi (bu- 
khaiil) Dh. 379 (if not better from 
vijahati (sa. vi-^ha), cp. Kvhn, Beitr. 
p. 116). cp. next & saddhi-vibilrika. 
vihara, »«. (= sa.) ^) passing 
the time agreeably, pleasure; sukha- 
vihara, happiness, 74,22 (dittba-dham- 
ma-", 3. v.); brahma-", v. h. - ^) 
pleasure-ground, place of recreation, 
home, esp, a Buddhist monastery or 
cloister; nom, r>^o, 84,8; i^&m, 22,20. 
114,3; loc. r^e, 84,7; Aggajava-", 
Maha-", nom. pr, (q. v.). 

viharifi, mfn. (= sa.) dwelling, 
living, delighting in; mostly e. c, v. 
*ii-ppamada-°, *metta-°, ""sadhu-^ 
mfn. Dh. 67. 329. 368. 

vihahiti, fut., v. viharati (& vi- 

viliimsati, vb. (sa. vi-^/hiins) to 
injure, hurt (acc); pr. 3. sg. r^ati 
(bliutani dandena) Dh. 131. cp. next. 
vihethetY, vb. (sa. vi-\/heth) to 
annoy, injure, insult (acc); part, m. 
~ayanto, Dh. 184 (paraiii); ger. 
~etva, 73,6; pass. fut. 3. sg. vibe- 
tbiyissati (nagena) 76,si; pp. r^ita, 
pl. ~a, 73,5 (vibetbif attba). [This 
verb is confounded with the synun. 
verb vibeeeti, which seems to be iden- 



tical with sa. vibhishayati or vihim- 
sayati. Tr.] cp, F. W. Thomas, JRAS, 
•04. p. 749. 

vici, f, (=: sa.) a wave; ace. pi, 

vina, f. (= sa.) a certain stringed 
instrument, a lute; nom. ^a, 104,i7; 
ace. /N/aih, 19,32. 50,io, 67,89, 

vita, mfn. (pp. vi-y/i; = sa.) gone 
awny; very frequently at the beginning 
of eomp, = free from, without; 
Manha, vtfn. Dh. 361 (v. tanha); 
*''-db8a, mfn. Dh. 357 (v. dosa*); 
*vita-ddara, mfn, fearless, Dh. 385 
{ft; daru, q. v,, cp. nid-dara); "-mala, 
ntfn. 68,88 (v. h.)\ *"-moha, mfn, Dh, 
858 (v. /*,), 

*vitinameti, vb. (sa. *vi-ati- 
■y/nam) to spend time, pass away time 
(ace.); ger. r^etva (divasarii) 22,23. 

vitisareti, vb. (cans, vi-ati-y/sr; 
Bitddh. sa. vyatisarayati) to finish 
(Comm. := pariyosapeti); only in the 
usual phrase ; sammodaniyaih kathaiii 
saraniyam ~, to exchange the usual 
ceremonious greetings, 89,8i (ger. ^e- 
tva); the same phrase is put into metre 
Sn. V. 419 (ep. Jat. IV, 98,1$). 

vithi, f. (= sa.) a row; a street, 
road, passage; loc. o^iyarii (antara-", 
q. V.) 39,6-, loe, pi. /N..isu (nagara-") 
73,29; **'-8abhaga, m. a neighbour (liv- 
ing in the same street), <^anath, 

vim aihsati , vb. (sometimes spelt 
vi-"; sa. vi-y/mr^, but perhaps con- 
founded with miniamsate) to investi- 
gate, examine, esp. to put to the test 
(aec.); pr. 1. sg. /-wami (nam) 3,o; 
part. m. /^anto, 57,i7; imp. 2. pi. 
/^atha, 58,4; pot. 3. sg. ~eyya (marix 
danena) 16,i3; fut. 1. sg. ,%/i8sami, 
13,S3. 15,9; inf. <%/itum, 114,8; ger. 
/N/itva, 58,15. cp. next. [The gramma- 
rians derive this verb from desider, 
yman, cp. Childers & Senarf, Kaoc. 
p. 232 (434), Pischel, Gramm. § 251 ; 
oD account of iti significatioD (it has 
usually a personal object) I think it 
is preferable, as do Trenckner & Fans- 

VkU GIOHkry. 

b0ll (5 Jut. p. 37), to derive it from 
vi-mrQ®, although \/mrQ with other 
prp. becomes masati.] 

Timaihsana, n. (sa. vimargana, 
but iy. above) trying, testing; comp, 
"-atthaya, 16,i2; "-attharii, 57,23 (ep. 
attha *). 

vira, »H. (= sa.) a brave or emi- 
nent man, hero; ace. rv&m, Dh. 418; 
"Buddha-", m. (q. v.) ; "-sens, m. nom. 
pr., name of a man, 97, i, cp. next, 
vera & veriji, 
viriya, «., v. viriya. 
visarii, Jniec/. (& visati or Miiii,', sa. viiiiQati (virii^at)) num. 
'20'; 'v satasahassam, 20,00,000, 23,3. 
visati ma, mfn. (sa. viiiigatama) 
twentieth; m. ^o (vaggo) Dh. oh. XX; 
ekuna-", q. v. 

V u c c a t i , v6. (poss. y/vac, sa. ucyate) 
to be said, told, spoken (of or to); to 
be requested; to be called or named; 
pr. 3. sg. o^ati (is called) : 25,3i. 82, u. 
106,7. 109,14; (is spoken of) 96,.^ 5. 
pi. ,-wanti (are called) 32, n; pp. vutta 
(v. below). From this a number of ac- 
tive forms have been preserved, but 
the active present tense is taken from 
the suppletive verb vadati (*vadeti) 
q, v.; aor. ») avaca, 3. sg. 5I,i5. 64,8; 
2. sg. 22,18 (ma mam kinci rj); ava- 
carii, 1. sg. 65,6; - *>) avoca, 3. sg, 
2,0 (ima gatha); 68,i3 (etad); 76,2 
(Devadattain); 110,3i; 2. sg. voca 
(unaugmented after ma) Dh. 133; 3. 
pi. avocurii, 76,23; [aor. '^-^) avacasi, 
avocasi are also found ; fat. vakkha- 
mi]; inf. vattuih, 87,2i. 103,i5; ger. 
vatva, 2,8. 3,7 etc.; a-vatva; 44,6 (alter- 
nating with vutte, abs. loc); grd. 
vattabba, wi. r^o (bhikkhuhi, to be 
Hpoken to) 79,1.^; n. /^.-am, 88,5; 88,6 
(<^8iya); cans, vaceti (q. v.) cp. va- 
cana, vaca, etc. 

vutthahati & vutthati, vb, (sd. 
vi-ud-Y/stha) to rise, arise, get up 
(from, abl.)\ aor. vu^thasi, 111,9; 
ger. ») vut(haya (sayana) 41,87. 65,u; 
*>) vu(thahitva, %0^i\pp. vutthita, loc. 
m. >>,e, 82,28. cp. next, 




vu^tbana, n. (sa. vyuttbana) ri- 
siug up; *gabbha-*, n. 62,ii (t». h.). 

vut^hi, f. {sa, vfsbti) rain; nom. 
<x/i, 106,81 = Db. 14; ace. /v^im, 104,»8. 

vuddha, mfn, (pp. vaddbati, ep. 
vaddba^; sa. vyddha) grown, old; m. 
»%/0, 74,21. 

V u tta, mfn. (pp. vuccati ; sa. ukta) 
■aid, told, spoken; addreBsed, answered, 
requested, proposed; m, ^o, 113,i«; 
(samano, being requested) 98,ie; f, 
<N^a, 31,88. lll,8i; n. -%/aib (tena .-w, 
on tbat account it is said) 61, ss; (idatii) 
84,28; <N,ain ~am ("each of his pro- 
positions") 113,18; loc. abs. ^e (ti ,%., 
evam o^) l,i9. 79, 20, etc.\ alternating 
with vatva (j'fir.) 44,5; m. pi. ^si, 
33 9. 73,28; cotnp, *vulta-n)atta, mfn. 
(v. matta2.2b); ♦hettha-vutta-" (q. v.) 
63,22 ("-nayen'eva, v. naya). 

*vuttari-bbaveti, v. uttari-". 

vutti, f. (sa. vrtti) mode of liie, 
conduct, behaviour; *a-cchidda-'', mfn, 
Dh. 229; *pati8f.«thara-«, mfn. Dh. 
376 (v. /*.). 

vuddha, mfn, (pp. vaddbati) = 
vuddha & vaddha (3. v.). 

vuddhi, f. (sa. vpidbi) growth, 
increase; ucc, ^m, 2,i8. 18,8. (cp. 

v ,1 8 i ta, mfn, (pp. vasati ; sa, usbita) 
lived, past, completed ; n. <-waib (brah- 
macariyaia) 7 1,15, 

vupasama, «i. (sa. vyupa^auia) 
cessation, pacification; r.^0, 80,29. 

v e , indecl. (sa, vai) a particle of 
affirmation : 'indeed', 'certainly'; 106,7 
= Dh. 267; Dh. 234; 108,c (ve ma); 
ua ve, 55,1; inserted in the relative 
senteuce : yo ve^ 106,83 = Dh. 222. 
cp. have. 

"■vekanda, »«.(?), a kind of arrow: 
acc. ^aiii, 92,23 (not found elsewhere), 

vega, m. (= sa,) haste, speed, 
quickness, rapidity; mstr. (adv.) ,>^enii 
(gantva) 7,4 ; 60,6; ctfwp. asatii-", 12,22; 
vata-", 12,3o; ratha-vega-**, 60,io. 

Vejayanta, wi. (sa, Vaijayanta) 
nom. pr, of the palace of Salika (In- 
dra); nom. >^o, 60,25 (vijayante ut^hi- 

tatta); "-pasado, 60,m; *»-ratha, m. 
Sakka'e chariot (chariot of victory) 
60,4 (inatr, ^en&). 

\e\hitaL,mfn. (pp.\e\theti,-\/veBhX; 
sa. vesbtita) enveloped, covered; m. 
f>^o (samukba-", q. v.) 51,8. 

vet an a, n. (= sa.) hire, wages; 
salary, payment; subsistence, livelihood, 
earning; acc. r>,&m, 76, i>; (r^ khan- 
detva, g.v.) 19,25; •atta-vetana-bhata, 
mfn, 106,8 (v. uttan). 

vetta, m. n, (sa. vetra) a reed, 
stick, staff; "-agga, n. the point of a 
reed, 62,i7 (susedita-", q. v.), 

veda, m. (= sa.) knowledge, per- 
ception, emotion, pleasure; pi. the 
(three) Vedas (viz. Irubbeda, Yajub- 
beda, Samaveda); gen. pi. />/auam 
(tinnaih) 16,22; loc. pi, r^esu (tisu) 


vedana, f. (= sa.) ^) feeling, 
sensation (in the dogmatics : the second 
of the five khandha, q. v,)\ nom. rs^a,, 
66,8 (phassa-paccaya); 94,9. 96,ie; 
instr, ^aya, 96,15; gen. ,^»aya, 94,»; 
"-nirodha, m, 66,15 (q. v.) ; *<'-8ainkha- 
vimutta, mfn, "released from what is 
styled sensation", 96,i7; pi. tisso ve- 
dana, the three perceptions (vie, duk- 
kha, sukha, adukkha-m-asukba) 82,8; 
uttama-vedanaih (acc. sg.) 103,2s» 
seems to he the last of those three. — 
*) pain, suffering; acc, «^aiil, 80,34; 
2il. ~a (khara) 13,12; (pabalha) 78,24; 
comp.*vedaDatta, mfn. 60,2o (t^.a^ta*); 
^''-matta, mfn. 'maddened witli the 
pain"', m. ^0, 24,7; acc. ,^arii, 30,i5. 

vedaniya. mfn. (grd. ^vid; sa. 
vedaniya) to be known, intelligible; 
*pandita-", mfn. 94,26 (v. h.). 

Vedabbha, m(fn). (sa. Vaidar- 
bha) relating to the country Vidarbha; 
acc. m, ^am (mantaiu, name of a 
certain spell) 32,9; «-brahmana, m. 
a Brahman knowing that spell," 32, 16, 
etc; 34,21 (Vedabbham) ; - "-iataka, 
«. 32,7. 

*vedayita, n, (fr, vedeti, r. [vi- 
dati]) sensation, perception of the sen- 
Bes, impression on the senses; rvam, 



70,87; sanfia-vedayita-nirodha, m. 
80,10 (9. v.), 

*vedalla, n. {sa. *vaidalya; the 
native gramraarians derive it from veda 
with the 8uffix -11a) one of the nine 
divisions of Buddha's doctrine (navaB- 
gam Satthu-sasanam) ; /N^am, 109,84 

vedi, aor., v. [vidati], 

vedi«, mfn, (= sa.) knowing, 
feeling (e. c); m, rwi (vijia-sippa- 
kala-o) 113,8. 

vediyati, vedeti, v, [vidati]. 

vedhiJi, mfn, (sa. vedhin & vya- 
dhin) piercing, perforating; *vala-°, 
mfn. (q, v.). 

vema, m. (= sa.) a loom; aco. 
rs,&m, 89,7 ; ♦"-koti, f. ib. {v. h.). 

*vemajjba, M. (cp. sa, vimadhya) 
the middle, or more correctly : the in> 
terior of anything between its centre 
and its outskirt (or not far away from 
iti limits); ace. >vam (gata-kaU, t. e, 
before he had got as far aB mid«river) 
28,7; loo, /ve (nadiya, not far from 
the Joank in the river) 2,io. 

veyyaggha, mfn. (sa. vaiyagbra? 
cp, vyaggha below) belonging to a 
tiger, tiger-like, {'. e. eminent (?); 
"-pancamaih, 'an eminent man besides' 
(lit. as the fifth) Dh. 296. SBE. X. 
p. 71-72. cp. JRAS. V. 229. (Fatis- 
hell, Dhpd. 1855. p. 391, takes it from 
sa. vaiyagra (vy-agra).) 

*veyyattiya, n. (fr, vyatta) in- 
telligence, cleverness; instr. rx/ena, 


veyyakarana, n. (sa. vaiyaka- 
rana, mfn.) exposition, explanation; 
nam. ^&m, 109,3S (one of the nine 
divisions of Buddha's doctrine); loc, 
/wasmim, 71,i7. (cp. vyakaroti). 

vera, n. (sa. vaira) enmity, anger, 
hatred; acc. ^am, I)h. 201; 11, 10 
(/%./ bandhati, q. v.)-, itistr. ^ena, 
106,23 = Dh. 5; abl. ,N.a, Dh. 291; 
pi. op-ani, 106,88; comp. "^"-samsagga- 
samsattba, mfn. Dh. 291 (v. h.); cp. 
a-vera, vira, verin. 

*Teramani, f. (fr. Tiramaoa, vi- 

yram) abstinence (from, abl.)] nom, 
^i (panatipata) 81,92, etc. 

verin, mfn, (sa. vairin) hostile, 
hating; sinful; nom, m, ryA, Dh. 42 
(var. lect.;; acc. /x/inaih, ib.; /v/inesu, Dh, 197. cp. a-veriw, 
verivai (= veravat), mfn. (sa. 
vaira-vat) = prec; nom. m. ^vsi, 
Dh, 42 (but the reading : veri va 
seems to be preferable), cp, puttimat, 
vela, f. (= sa,) ') limit, boundary, 
coast, shore; •"-anta, m. (q. v.), loc. 
>^e, 20,4 ("on the edge of the shore"); 
- ') time; loc. ve]aya(m), at that time, 
on that occasion (mostly e.c.) : aruna-", 
12,18; agata-o, 20,io; jiita-ki}ana-<*, 
20,u; pavisana-", 53,4; tayam >%.>, 
66,19; velayam eva, adv. = to mor- 
row (soon) 14,27-15,8. - Uru-", nom, 
pr, (q. v.) = sa, "-vilva. 

ve]u, m. (once n,) (sa, vena) 
bamboo; nom. n. ,>.>uih, 26,i7; "-vana, 
n, a bamboo'grove, 26,ss (cp. below)\ 
•"-pesika, f 52,8i (q, v.), 

ve|uriya, n. (sa. vaidixrya) the 
cat's-eye-gem, lapis lazuli, j^a^vUo;; 
*o.van9iipaDibha, mfn. 10,i8 (v. upa- 
nibha); *vaifa8a-raga-*. "coral of the 
colour of bamboo" (Jfit. Trans), vol. IV, 
p. 89) 26,81. cp. JRAS. XII (1880) 
p. 178. 

Veluvana, n. (sa. venu-vana; 
cp. velu above) nom. pr, of a bamboo- 
grove and B roonastery near Rajagaha, 
presented to Buddha by King Bim- 
bisara; loc. -x/e, 84,27. 

vevanniya, n, (sa. vaivarnya) 
change of colour, loss of beauty; acc. 
^am, 47,16. 

vesa, m. (sa. ve^a, vesha) dress, 
ornament, appearance, disguise; mostly 
e.c. -.acc. o.-am (itthi-°) 68,81; (tun- 
navaya-") 68,i6; instr. ^ena (afina- 
taka-°, in disguise) 43,i2; (annatara-**) 
65,2»; (brahmana-^, disguised as a 
Br.) 16,io; (manava-") 19,io; (pari- 
bbajaka-o) 110,29. 

vesarajja, n. (fr. visarada; sa. 
vai^aradya) clearness of intellect, ex- 
pertness; """-ppatta, . mfn. who has 




gaiiied full knowledge or ooofidenoe; 
m. t^o, 69,18. 

. vessa, m, (so. vai<;ya) a man of 
the third caste; nont. »^o, 92,io. 

.*Ve88antara, m. {cp. Baddh. sa. 
Vi(;vantara; .l6t. VI. p. 486,i8) nom, 
jTir. of a ki',3g (s= Buddha in his last 
existence but one); "-jataka, «. the 
last tale in the Jfitaka-book, 102, 19. 

vehasa (& vebasaya), m. or w.(?) 
{sa. vaihayasa) sky, atmosphere; comp, 
*vehasaih-gania, mfn. able fo fly 
through the air, 21,35 {cp, sa. vihaiil- 

vo, pron, 2. pers., gen. dat. pi., 
r. tvaiii. 

*vokara, m. (= okara, q. v.) vile- 
hess, worthlessness; anekakara-", mfn, 
86,8 (v. ari-eka). 

voca, aor., v, vuccati. 
vodaka, mfn, {sa. vy-udaka) wa^ 
terless, dry; acc. m. n, ->^arii, 83,i5. 
84,2. (cp, sa-udaka). 

voropeti, vl, {sa. vy-ava-ropay- 
ati, caus. \/ruh) to deprive of {ahl. 

6 acc. pers.) ; pot. 3. sg. ^eyya (Ta- 
thagatara jivita) 76,2-; aor. 2. sg, 
.N^esi, 75,81 ; fut. 1. sg. ^essami, 76,32; 
'6. pi. />^es8anti, 75,3; inf. ,-vetum, 

7 5,30 ; ger. o..etva, 75,8. 

*vosana, n. {fr. vy-ava-y'so) con- 
viction, determination; consummation, 
perfection ; sabba-vosita-", mfn. al- 
tc'gether perlect, aco, m. fx^aih, Dh. 
423. cp. next, 

V 08 it a, mfn, {sa. vyavasita, pp, 
vy-ava-y'so) perfect, determined; *a- 
bhiflfiaA mfn, Dh. 423' {v. h.) cp. 

V o h a r a , »». (sa. vyavahara) ') prac- 
tice, affair, businesp, trade; acc. i-^aA 
(karoti) 8,i6. 23,8-4; **''karanatthaya, 
'for business", 9,ii ; — ^) lawsuit, liti- 
gation; acc. '>./ai'i, 42,28; locpl. /vesu, 
ib. ; — ") mode t f pxpression, appella* 
tion, name; notn. rvO, 97,2. 

vyaggha. wi. (sa. vyaghra) a tiger; 
gen, />^a8sa, 8,3V. cp, veyyaggha. 

vyafijana, r,. (= sa.) ') ornament, 
?ign, mark, eic.\ — -) a letter, syllable, 

esp, coDBonant; instr, ahl. pi, ««/ehi, 
114,»i; - *) condiroent, sauce; ace. 
,vam, 67,«; *aneka-8upa-», mfn. 
67,u {v. an-eka); cp. 8a-vyafljanav 

vyatta, mfn. {sa. vyakta) *) evi- 
dent, clear; *) learned, clever, intelli- 
gent; >»i rvO (dovariko) 90,82. 91,26; 
instr. «^ena (bhikkhuna) 81,i6. cp. 

vyanti-karoti, vb. {sa. vyanti- 
•i/kr) to put an and to, remove (occ); 
fut. 3. sg. /x-kahiti (Marabandhanam) 
Dh. 350 (metrically = viyanti-kahiti). 
vyapanudati, vh. {sa. vy-apa- 
Y^nud) to drive away, remove (acc); 
aor. 3. sg. (augmented) vyapanudi 
(dukkhakkhandham) 108,22. 
vyaya, m. = vaya^ {q. v.), 
vyasana, n, (= sa.) destruction, 
ruin; misfortune, calamity; acc, i^&nx 
(ajjhagu) 34,81 ; "-ppatta, mfn, "come 
to grief", acc. m. ^aiii, 8,3o. 

vya karoti, vb. {sa. vy-a-ykr) to 
j declare, explain, elucidate, reveal (acc.) ; 
i to give an explanation or answer; to 
1 call, name {acc.) ; pot. 2. sg. ^eyyasi 
(kiiii) 94,28. 96,6 ; 1. sg. ^eyyarii 
I (evaiii), 94,35; aor. 3. sg. vyakasi, 
j 91,18; viyakasi, 113,i8; 3. pi. viya- 
! karuiii (narii Buddhaghoso'ti) 113,20; 
\ fut, 3, sg. /-vissati, 92,3 ; pp. vyakata, 
I explained, elucidated, revealed, n. 
\ -fcaiii, 9lJ,i6. 93,8; abl, -N/ato, ib. {v. 
dimreti) cp. a-vyakata, mfn. & veyya- 
j karana, n. 

i vyadhi, /*. {= sa.) disease, sick- 
ness; nam. ^[ (dukkha) 67,9; (ppa- 
balha) 78,3i; dvandva comp, "-ma- 
rana-», 108,22. 

vy ad hit a, mfn. (= sa.) diseased; 
ficc. ni. ^arii (purisaiii) 63,2i. 

^;yapajjati, vb. {sa. vy-a-y/pad) 
to fall into misfortune, come to a barm; 
pr. 3, sg. ^ati. 26,i4. cp. next. 

vyapatti, f. (= sa.) misfortune, 
ruin; worn, ^i (navaya) 24,i6. 

vy.ima, m. (= sa.) a fathom; 
"-tuatta, mfn. of a fathom's length, n. 
pi. ^ani (pekkhunani) 



vyasatta, mfn. (sa. vyasakta) 
attached or devoted to, occupied with; 
comp. *"-manas (or o-manasa? cp. 
"manasa) mfn. whose mind is distrao- 
ted, ace. m. o-manasam, Dh. 47. 48. 287. 


sa-', indecl.{=sa) prefix to nouns, 
mostly implying 'conjunction' or *po8- 
session' (cp. saha-, sam-) and opp, 
to a-* and other negative prefixes (cp. 
8a-kul)bato, Dh, 62 (var. lect.) opp, 
a-kubbato, Dh. 51; sa-ce, indecl., 
opp, no-ce (g. v.))\ it is often con- 
tracted with a foil, vowel (u. sa^tha- 
katba, etc., sodariya), but also no- 
contracted : sa-udaka, mfn. {sa. so- 
daka) containing water, m. n^o (patto) 
82,26. — *sa-upaya8a, mfn. {v. 
upay asa). - 8 a-k a 1 a, mfn. & 8 a k a d-", 
sakiiii, V. below. - *sa-kincana, 
mfn. wealthy, mi. ,^o, Dh. 396 {opp, 
a-kincana). - 8a-gandhaka, mfn, 
{sa, Ba-ffandha) fragrant, full of scent, 
M. /x-aiii (pupphaih) Dh. 62. - ""sa- 
gunaril, adv,{7), only in the phrase 
fv katva, duly arranged (duly folded 
or laid together ?) 82,85 (= ekato 
katva, Coram.). — 8ajju, sattha, 
sadisa, v. below. — sa-dukkba, 
mfn. {sa. sa-du/ikba) accompanied 
with misery, n. r^aiia, 94,8. — Ba- 
de vaka, mfn. {== sa.) together with 
the gods {comb, w, loka) 78,i5. 87,2i. 
104,5. Dh. 44. — sa-dhana, mfn. 
(^=sa.) wealthy, 52,4.- santara, san- 
tika, V. below. — sa-pajapatika, 
m{fn). [sa. "-prajapatika) together with 
one's wife, »». -%^o, 2,26.— *sa-parigga- 
ha, mfn. married, 66,6 {comp. "-a-pari- 
ggaha-bhava, »».). — *8a-parilaha, 
mfn. accompanied with pain, n. /%/aii), 
94,8. — sa-parivara, mfn. (= sa.) 
V. parivara. - sa-phala, mfn. (= 
sa.) fruitful, f. /va (vaca) Dh. 52. - 
sa-brabmaka, m/'n.(=8a.) together 
with Brabman, loc. m/e (loke) 78,ifi. — 

8a-brahmacari«, m. (= sa.) fel- 
low-student or -priest, pi. o/i, 96,30. 

— sa-bbaga, mfn. (=■ sa.) having 
a share, v. vithi-", 57,7. — sa-ma- 
raka, mfn. (= sa.) including Mara, 
loc. /N/C (loke) 78,15. - sa-rajaka, 
mfn. {= sa.) including the king, loc. 
f. <^ikaya (parisaya) 74,i8 {i. e. king 
Bimbisara and his retinue). — '*'sa- 
vighata, mfn., v. vighata. — sa- 
visa, mfn. {sa, 8a-visha) poisoned, 
instr. -v/ena (8allena), 92,7. - sa- 
vyanjana, mfn, (= sa.) together 
with condiments, ace, r^s,m (yagum) 
57,22. - savhaya, v, below. — *8a- 
ssamana-brahmana, m/Vt. includ- 
ing Samanas and Brahmans, loc. f, 
r^iya. (pajaya) 78,15.— *8a-88amika- 
bhava, m, the being married (to a 
husband), 56,9. {cp. sami)i & saniika). 

— *8a-betu-dhamma, »»., v, 
dhamma*. — *8atthakatha, adj. 
f. together with the commentary, 102,a 
(pali). — 8atthika, v. below. - 
^B a dan a, mfn. filled with afi'ection 
or desire, greedy, loc, pi, i\^esa, Dh. 
406 {opp. an-adana, cp, adana;. - 
sSdbarana, v. below. - Banucara, 
mfn, (= 50.) having followers, n. .^arii 
(rat'^haih, "with all its subjects") Db. 
294. — samacca, mfn, {sa, sama- 
tya) together with ministers, acc, i^&m 
(raj an am) 40,4. - salohita, 8oda- 
riya, v. belmo. 

sa-*, num. {=■ cba, q. r.) in the 
comp, salayatana, solasa, etc, {cp, 

8a', mf. (= sa.) base of pron. 
demonstr. nom. sg., v. tam '. 

8a*, mfn. {sa. sva) one's own (aho 
referring to 1. & 2.pers.)\ instr. pi. 
sehi (kammehi) Dh. 136; very com- 
monly the first part of comp.: sa-kicca, 
®-citta, °-nama {v. h.); sa-mukha, 
51,8 (°-ve(hito, who has let his own 
face be enveloped); *'-labha, Dh. 365 
-66 (v. A.); sajjbaya, sadattha-, & 
sabbava, v. below, cp. saka, mfn. 

sam-**, indecl. {sa. sam) prefix to 
verbal roots, implying 'coDJunotioo', 



V,on>pleteDeBB', etc. {opp. vi-'), before 
vowels sam*^, and by assimilation also 
8aa-*>, sari-", san-", sal"', before r 
sometimes sa-' (op. saratta, saram- 
samyata, mfn., v. satifiata. 
samyutta(or safiuutta), mfn, («o. 
samyukta, \/yuj) uoited, combined, 
collflcted; - oamyutta-nikaya, w». (op. 
httddh. sa. samyuictagama) name of 
a canonical Pali work, the third of the nikfiyas (g. v.), consisting of 55 
Samyuttas or collections of short Sut- 
<as, nom. r^o, 102, u; ace. tn. saiii- 
yuttaiii (adj.) 110,2 (saddhammam, 
i. e. "according to Samyuttas"). 8pe- 
cireens thereof : 66,22-67,19; 71, i9— 
72,35; 96,1-82. 

samyoga, wi. (= sa.) union, con- 
junction; bond, attachment; pi, r>/a, 
TjU, 384. cp. next. 

samyojana & saniiojana, n. 
(sa. samyojana) = prec. ; ace, ^aib, 
Dh, 31 ; 397 (sabba-"); dvandva comp. 
'^-sanga, Dh. 342 (°-8attaka, mfn. q. 
v.); - ditthi-^ n. a clog of theory, 94,2. 
samvacchara, m, & n. (sa. saih- 
vatsara) a year; ace. r^am ("for a 
whole year") Dh. 108; toe. ,^e (tatiye) 
36,36; n. pi. .^ani, 21, u; gen. pi. 
o.-anarfa, 87,$; comp. "-matthake, 33,ii 
(t;. h.). 

samvattati, vb. (sa. sam-\/vrt) 
'to roll together', come to an end, be 
finished or destroyed; w. dat. : to con> 
duce, tend to; pr. 8. sg. nyati (nibba- 
naya) 66,so. 93,9. 

samvara, »«. (= sa.) sellf-control, 
restraint; nom, -wO (patimokkhe) Dh. 
186. 375 ; (cakkhuna, etc.) Dh. 360-61 ; 
instr, ^ena. (kayikena) 86,i8; 85,i9 
(a-8amvarena) ; dat, rvSya, 75,se. cp, 

saravasati, vh, (sa. saih-v/vas) 
to dwell, live (with, instr.); pot. 3, 
sg, samvase (pamadena) Dh. 167. 
ep, next. 

samvasa, m. (^=^ sa.) dwelling 
together, living with (also of sexual 
intercourse); nom. /wO (balehi, com- 

pany with fools) Dh. 207; ([ajsaml- 
na-«, q. V.) Dh. 302; (dhira-", instead 
of sukha-o) Dh. 207 (cp. note ib.); 
ace, «vam (katvana taya) 112,». 

*Bamva8iya, mfn. (= /^/ika) liy- 
ing together with; f. «./iya (gopi) 


saravigga, mfn, (sa. samvigna) 
agitated, terrified; "-manasa, mfn. 
agitated in mind, m. /^o, 41,82; *°-ha- 
daya, mfn. agitated in heart, m. /n/O, 
63,u. cp. samvega. 

sariividahati, vb, (sa. sam-vi- 
ydha) to place, put; dispose, arrange, 
prescribe (aec.)\ ger. ,^itva, 48,i» 
(arakkham); 63,23. 

samvuta, mfn. (sa. samvrta) self- 
controlled, restrained; m, r^O (sam- 
varena) 86,i8; Dh. 231 (kayena); m. 
pi. ,^^a, Dh. 226. 234. a-samvuta, 
Dh 7; 8u-samvuta (q. v.)\ sila-", mfn. 
(v, h.) cp. samvara & safifiata. 

sariivega. m, (= sa,) emotion, 
agitation; terror; ace. .^am, 44,so; 
*''-ppatta, mfn. moved, agitated, m. 
^0, 53,11. cp. samvigga & next, 

*8aravegi«. mfn. filled with emo- 
tion, ardent, eager; m. pi, -.«^ino, Dh. 

sariisagga, wj. (sa, saihsarga) 
conjunction, contact, intercourse, com- 
pany with; nom. r^o, 29,6; instr. ^ena 
(amadhura-O) 37,2i; (madhura-ra8a-°) 
38,4; *vera-"-samsattha, mfn, Dh. 
291 (v, next). 

sarasaUba, mfn. (sa, aamsj-sbta) 
connected, mixed with, entangled; m, 
-vo (♦vera^samsagga-", "entangled in 
the bonds of haired") Dh, 291; m. 
pi, iva, 37,2o; cp. a-satnsattha. 

samsati, vb. (sa. yQams) to say, 
tell, speak to, call upon (acc.)\ aor. 
3. sg. asarfisi (iham) 108,28. 

8 a m 8 a n d e t i , «6. (caits. "-sandati, 
sa. sarh-Y/syand) 'to let run together', 
i. e, to sum up, to compare (acc, with; 
instr.); e/ef.r^etva (niyyamakasuttena, 
gatham aha) 26,28 (i. e, comformably 
to his mariner's lore). 

samsanna, mfn. (pp. samsidati, 



to sink, go down; sa. sam-v^sad) de- 
pressed, without energy; **-samkappa- 
mana(s), mfn. Dh. 280 ("whose will 
and thought are weak"), cp. sarhsa- 

samsaya, m. (»a. saiiiQaya) doubt; 
V. nis-samsayarii, adv. 

saihsarati, vb. (sa. sam-^sr) to 
go about (unvoluntarily), toss the body 
about, esp, to pass from existence to 
existence ; part. loc. m. -wante (apara- 
paraih) 40,84 ; aor. 1. sg. /v/sari, 108,t« 
(samsari'ham). cp, sam-carati & saih- 

samsadeti, vb. (caus. samsidati; 
sa. samsadayati) ^) 'to cause to sit 
down or Bink\ to embarrasB, perplex ; 
*) intr, to be embarrassed or perplexed ; 
pr, 3. sg, /x/eti, 90,36. cp. samsanna. 

saiuaara, m. (= sa.) the revolu- 
tion of being, transmigration or pas- 
sing through a Buocession of existences, 
the life in this world; nom. n>jO (di- 
gho balanarii) 107,io = Dh. 60; ace. 
.%^am, Dh. 414; loc, /v<e (anamata- 
ggasmirii, q. v.) 89,i8; pi. o/S, Dh, 
95; *jati-o, m. id. 108,i8. 

samharati, vb. (sa. 8am-\/hr) to 
draw together, collect, fold up (as 
clothes, ace.) ; part. m. instr. <^antena 
(civaram) 83,io; ger, />.,itva, 41,*; 
grd. n. ^itabbaih, 83,9, cp. sarabira. 

samhita, mfn, (= sa.) put to- 
gether, joined, accompanied by (e. c); 
attha-°, mfn., v. attha', an-attba-°, 
mfn, (g. v.) cp. upasamhita & sahita, 

sarabira, mfn. (oontraoted of 
sariihariya (*8amhera), grd. samha- 
rati, sa. samharya) to be removed, 
shaken or corrupted; *a-Baihhira, mfn. 
(v. h.) cp. Tr. PM. 78,18. Pischel, 
Oramm. § 637. 

saka, mfn, (fr. sa*; sa. svaka) 
one's own (referring also to 1. & 2. 
pers,); ace. m. n. <^&m fparijanam) 
67,s8; (matam) 113,i»; (vadaib, re- 
ferring to 2. pers.) 113,ii', loc. r^e 
((bane) 77,b; very often at the beg. of 
cwnp. o-sarira, 16,«; o-rat^ha, 42,7 
(cp. Fleet, .TEA8. '04, 708); "-nagara, 

44,16 ; **-tt,hana, 55,9; "-kammani, n. 
pi. 106,8o; repeated (with distributive 
meaning) : saka-saka-tthanesu (each 
on his own place) 22,9. 

saka^a, m. n. ^) (sa, gaka^a) a 
carriage; a cart-load; n. f^&m (pha- 
nita-", puva-", bhatta-", q. v.) 63,2o-8o; 
*"-magga, m. a highroad, loc. -v/e, 
43,18. — *) wrong reading instead of 
kasata (q. v.). 

sakad-agamiu, mf(n), (buddh, 
sa. sakrd-agamin) lit. 'returning only 
once more', i. e, a person who is to 
be re-born only once in the world of 
men, who has reached the second stage 
of sanctification (cp, Childers s, v, & 
magga); "-phale patitthahi, "he en- 
tered on the fruit of the second path", 
29,17, cp. sakirii, adv. 

sakala, mfn. (== sa.) whole, all; 
m. >N/0, 16,13; n. 'x/am, 62,i3; comp, 
"-gama-vasino, all the villagers, 8,is; 
"-kappa, 16,16; "-Jambudipa, 39,u; 
"-sarira, 57,s9; "-nagara, 65,84. cp, 

*sakalika, f. (prob. fr, sakala, 
but other spellings : sakkalika, sak- 
kbalik.a seem to show confusion with 
sakkara or sakkbara, q. v.) a piece, 
mass, splinter; pasana-", a splinter of 
rock, 17,99, 

sakim, adv. (sa. sak^t) once (lat. 
semel); 56,i7-i8; on account of old 
sandhi we have sakid-, or sakad-, cp, 
sakad-agamin, mfn, 

sakuna. m. (sa, Qakuna) a bird; 
nom, '^o, 12,9; pi. .^a, 10,8; gen. 
vl. /^anarii, 10,ii; comp. ""-gana, 
*°-8amgba, m. (q. v.) ; *java-<*, *ruk- 
khakottba-" (g, v.) cp. sakunika & 

sakunta, m. (sa. Qakunta) = 
prec.\ nom. /x-o, 88,8o; gen. pi. ^^.a- 
nam, Dh. 92. 

Sakka, m. (sa. (^akra) nom. pr. 
of Indra; nom. ^o, 16,8. 45,8o (deva- 
raja); 59,8i (jara-*. old Sakka); 80,s6 
(devanam indo); ace. ^am, 110,8i; 
instr. .^ena, 110,w', gen. ^N.-assa, 15,7; 
pi. /wS (aiifiehi cakkavalehi, from 



other worlds) 60,so; *-bhavana, n. the 

heaven or palace of S., 65,9 ("-sadisa). 

cp. sakkatta, n. 

sakka, mfn. (sa. Qakya) possible, 

V. sakka, indecl. 

sakkaocam, indecl. (orig. ger. 

fr. sakkaroti, to honour, revere; so. 

sat-krtya) devotedly, zealously, eagerly, 

assiduously; Dh. 893. ((p. sakkara.) ' 
Sakkatta, w. {sa. Qakratva) Sak ka- 

ship; ace. .^ain (papuni, was born as 

8.) 35,1 ; (karesi) 52,16. 
sakkara, /*., v. sakkhara. 
*8iikka, indecl. (perbups orig. f. 

sg. fr. sakka, {grd. sakkoti) cp, sa. 

(;akyuni) mostly used in impersonal 
sentences, followed by inf. (often with 

pass, or intr, meaning, but sometimes 
with ohj. added in acc), the agens, 
if expressed, being put generally into 
instr. (but sometimes also nom.)^ to 
be trauslated by 'it is possible', gene- 
rally w. negation ; 'it is not possible', 
'cannot', or 'it is of no use'; *) with- 
out snbj. '. na 'r^ lava varaih (acc.) 
auiiesarii papetum, it is not possiblt 
to transfer your turn to others, 6,3i; 
yacakanajh tinani datum na rw, 16,b; 
tumliakaiii rat(be agantum na ».,, 
18,24; na r^ nuiii varetiiiii, 23,8; 
appen'eva balavalianena -v B.rajjam 
ganhitum, 38,J4; na -v daturii, 63,3ti; 
nunu na ->/ vissaj^etuiii, surely he 
cannot answer, 91, la; na ^ itoparaih. 
i:'2,i7:, w. atixiUcry verb : sakka siya. 
6t),5; - '') with subj. instr. : na o. 
maya . . . pakkhipilum (1 cunnot) 7,8; 
maya imasmiiii thane vasitum na -v, 
9,31 ; na ,^ maya marana muccitum 
(1 cannot be delivered from death) 
17,14; marantenilpi [sc. maya] tuy- 
haiii kathetura na --v, 49,a7; - *=) with 
snbj. nom. (& instr. as subj. of the 
inf.) : matugiimo kucchiyaiii pakkhi- 
pitva carentenapi rakkhiiuiii na -^ 
(a woMiun you cannot be certain ol, 
even if you wwlk about having hei- 
inside you) 50, S4 (here we could also 
have acc. matugamarii) ; the subj, 
being expressed by a relat, clause : 

yo koci samano . . . samagato Hii^ 
pativattetum, Besides this 
indecl. sakka we find in some few 
instances grd, sakka, mfn. construed 
with subj. nom. (as in sa., cp. Speyer, 
"Ved. u. Sa. Synt. § 220 & Childers 
8. vX Quite parallel to *Bakka is 
*labDha {q. v.); both forms have been 
variously explained; on account of the 
predominant construction with instr. 
it seems evident that the instinct of 
speech has connected these forms with 
the pass, grd. of sakkoti (\/?ak); 
therefore it is difficult to judge, whether 
Pischel, Gr. § 465, is right in taking 
them as old optatives {aor.); cp, 
Franke, Pali u. Sanskr. p. 103. 

sakkara, w. {sa. sat-kiira) honour, 
reverence, worship; reputation; nom. 
/>/0, 18,35. 19,4. 37,1, 74,15; acc. rwarii, 
Dh. 75; o-atthaib, 62,3i (v. attha'); 
*kata-maugala-'*, mfn. {q. v.) ; dvan- 
dva comp. labha-° {v. h.). 

sakkoti (later lorm : sak(k)unoti 
or sak(k)unati) vb. {sa, ^/^ak) to be 
able to {inf.y, to daie, venture, per- 
suade oneselt to {inf.)\ pr. 3. sg. /^oti 
(gocaram ganhitum na ->.) 13, 12; 2, 
sg. ^osi, 46,34; 1. sg, rwomi, 31, 30. 
48,28; 3, pi. ,x/Onti, 8,19; 2, pi. ,-vOtha, 
31,8o; 1. pi. />^oma, 40,33; part. m. 
rvonto, 98,so; f. gen, sg. ^ontiya, 
59,9; a-sakkonto, 37,25; pi. -^.a, 8,21. 
40,23. 102,18; aor. 3. sg. a-sakkhi, 
16,8. 55,18; 2. sg. id. 44,8i; 1. sg, 
a-sakkhirii, 20,29; 1. pi. sakkhimha, 
79,20; a later lorni is sakuDJ, 3. sg. 
111,11; fut. ») sakkhati, />.asi, 
48,27; *>)sakkhiti, 5. pi. ,^inti, 105,i8; 
•=) sakkhissati, 89, 10; 2. sg. ,%..asi, 4,34; 
1. sg. ^ami, 48,i3; 3. pi. ^anti, 34,io; .^amu, 1,9. 21,31 ; •!) sakkunis- 
sama. 1. pi. 73,2; grd, sakka, nifn. 
{q. V.) cp. sakka. 

sakkhara, /". (sometimes spelt sak- 
kara, in the beg. of comp. also ,>^a; sa. 
garkara) *) gravel, pebble, small stone; 
"-a-kathala-valika {pi. dvandva comp.) 
97,35. - 2) sugar; nom. ^a, 52,7; dvan- 
dva comp. sappi-madhu- sakkara-", 



61,26j "-odaka, n. sugar-wuter, 38,3; 
♦"-panaka, n. id. 18,8?; *lapa-o, mfn. 
{v. h.). 

sakkhiti, sakkhissati, fut.,v. 

Sakya, m, (pi.) (sa. (^akyti) mm. 
pr. of a tribe in Kapilavatthu (from 
which Gotama Buddha was descended); 
"-putta, m. a man of that tribe (esp, 
ot_ Gotama); "-puttiya, »/». (sa, O-pu- 
triya) a follower of Gotama. gen. pi, 
r^&n&m (samananaifa, the Buddhist 
nionks) 73, 30. 

8agga, m. (sa. svarga) ') heaven; 
ace. ^m\ (yanti) Dh. 12ti; dat. ^aya 
^gacchati) 88,8o. 89,i; gen. ^assa 
(gamana) Dh. 178j saggaih (adj.) 
lokarii (ace.) id, 7,s6; comp. ♦"-katha, 
/"., a discourse about heaven, 68,20 
(/^am pakasesi); "-patha, "-pada, 
m. the way to heaven, 34,29. 44, 15 (cp. 
pureti) ; saggapaya, m. [dvandva comp.) 
Dh. 423 (v. apaya). - *) *Sagga, m. 
nam. pr. of a Gandharva, 19, so. 20, 4-20. 
samkaddhati, 1)6. (sa. saih-y'krsh) 
to draw together, gather, collect, pick 
up (ace); ger. -N/itva (daruni) 15,39; 
33,6; 49,35 (kacavaram, to sweep to- 

samkappa, m. (sa. samknlpa) 
will, thought, intention, desire; nom. 
-x/O (sanoma-*', right aspiration) 67,4 ; 
Dh. 74; ace. /s/aih, 104,7; pi. /N.a, 
Dh. 339; *samsanna-sariikappa-mano. 
Dh. 280 (v. h.); miccha-", Dh. 11 
(v. h.); *bahu-0, mfn. Dh. 147 (q. v.). 
sariikamati, vb, (sa. sam-\/kram) 
to go away, enter, go to; fut, 1. pi. 
^issama, 77,i7. 

samkanipati, t;6. (sa. sam-ykamp) 
to shake, quake, tremble; aor, 3. sg. 
<vpi, 110,7. 

samkara, m. (= sa.) confusion, 
turmoil; *dura-*', mj/m. secluded, soli- 
tary, tranquil ; loc. i^e (vihare) 1 14,26. 
*8amka8sara, mfn. (prob. fr. sa. 
"'sam-kasvara, cp, saihkasuka) bad, 
impure; unsteady, of doubtful charac- 
ter; n. ~aih (brahroacariyam) Dh. 
312. (cp. Weber, Ind. 8tr. I, 167; 

Kern, Bijdr. (Amsterdam 1886) p. 57; 
Morris, Introd. to AN. I p. IX (1883); 
SEE. XX, 300.) cp. a-sarakusaka, Jat. 
VI. 297,32. 

samkara, m. n. (= sa.) sweep* 
ings; nom. n. <v/arii, 84,23; *°-dhana, 
n. a dunghill, loc. ^asmim, Dh. 58; 
'"-bhuta, mfn. being like sweepings, 
loo, pi. ,^esu, Dh. 69. 

samkita, mfn. (sa. (jamkita) 
anxious, alarmed; *bliaya-°, mfn. lll,i» 

saifakilittha, mfn, (pp, fr. next; 
sa. saihklishta) impure, sinful, depra- 
ved, corrupt; n, /^aifa (vatarfi) Dh. 
312; instr. m. .>.,ena, Dh. 244. 

samkilissati, vb, (sa, sam-v'kliQ, 
pass, "-kli^yate) to be impure, be- 
come defiled (by carnal lust) ; pr. 3. 
sg. <vati (attana) Dh. 165; pp. sam- 
kilit^ha (3. v.) cp. next. 

saiiikilesa, m. (sa. saiiiklega) 
contamination, impurity, sinfulness; 
acc. <N^arii, 68,20. 

*samkuppa, mfn. (grd. saixi- 
kuppati ; sa. 8aiii-\/kup) to be shaken 
or moved; *a-samkuppa, mfn. (v. h.). 
sariikha, m. (sa. paihkha) a conch- 
shell, trumpet; acc. pi. ^e (dliamen- 
ta) 8,23. 

samkhata, mfn, (sa. samskrta) 
put together, constructed, prepared; 
f. >^a, (su-**) 104,30. cp. samkhata 

samkhaya, m. (sa. samksbaya) 
destruction; nom, ,>^o (bhuri-**) Dh. 
282; loc. -^amhi (jivita-") Dh. 331. 
*8amkbalika, f. (fr. sa. Qrnkha- 
la, or (N^a) a chain, fetter; instr, />^aya 
(deva-o) 21,u. 

8 am k ha, f. (sa. saihkhya) reckon- 
ing; consideration, deliberation ; name, 
appellation; nom. ^a, 97,i; ace. r^am. 
(gacchati, to be called) 95,9; instr, 
/>/aya, (v. samkhati below); comp. 
*riipa-8amkha-vimutta, mfn. "released 
from what is styled name", or : 'up to 
the very name' i. e. 'totally released 
from' (Tr.), 96,i2£f. 
samkhata, m/V>. (sa. samkhyata,. 



IPf, saib-\/khyS) reikoned, ooniidered, 
weighed; called, named; known, vi> 
Bibie; *'-dhamma, mfn. "who has well 
weighed the law", gtn, pi. <^anain, 
Dh, 70 (wrong Bpelliniir : samkhata-^) ; 
*panfia-", 91,s7 («, h.). 

[samkhati], vh. (sa. 8aih-\/khya) 
to reckon; to consider, weigh; to call, 
name; inf. rs/atum (to measure) Dh. 
196; gcr. rwSya ("with care") 106,7 
= Dh. 267; pp. ,%/ata, v. above. 

saihkhara, m. {sa. samskara) 
•putticg together', composition, aggre- 
gation; mostly in pi, ^vi i *) all ex- 
isting things or substances, created 
things or creatures ; *) (in the dog- 
matics :) the fourth of the five khan- 
dha (constituents of the human being, 
94,8-io), vie. states of mind, pre- 
dispositions, conformatjons (originating 
from avijjil, and causing vinfia^a, 
■66,6-?) left from actions in former ex- 
istences, and therefore denoting any 
action, speech, or thought, the vital 
functions efc, piactically =i moral 
<:onstitution (Karma, V. kamma'); 
nom. pi. /-..-a, 94,io; 80, a (vayadham- 
ma) ; 80,88. 107,ii = Dh. 277 (anic- 
<;a); 107, is (dukkha); Dh. 265 (sas- 
sata n'atthi); instr, -%^ehi, 96,i9; 
<:omp. ®-nirodha, m, (q. v.) 66,12; 
*°-iipasama, m. Dh. 368 (q. v.) cp. 
vi-samkhara-gata, mfn. For signifi- 
cation cp. dhamma^. 

samkhitta, mfn. (pp. ft. next\ 
fiasanikshipta) contracted, abbreviated; 
imir. n. (arfy.) -^ona, briefly, conci- 
sely, 67,11. ' 

saihkhipati, i>6. (sa. saifa-v'kship) 
to throw or dvaw together (ace), to 
contract, shorten; part, med. m, pi. 
^^niana (mige) 6,9; pp. rwkhitta (v. 

sanga, »». (= sa.) clinging to, 
attachment; hindrance, bond, fetter; 
nom. »>.o, Dh. 171; ace. ~am (ubho, 
q.v.) Dh. 412; romp. saBgatiga, mfn. 
Dh. 397 (v. atiga); pailca-saflga-", 
Dh. 370 (the 6 fetters, i. e. the senses, 

paflcindriySni. Coram.); saftfiojana-", 
q. v., cp. saijati. .s ^ / 

saifagannati (or ,%,atj), vo. (sa. 
8am-\/grah) to gather, collect, to tak^ 
hold of, take care of, help; to win 
(one's favour) (w. acc); aor. 3. sg. 
^ganhi (nagaram) 68,»4; ger. />/ga- 
hetva (Pitakattayam), 114^i»; pp. 
^gabita, eka-samgahita (sabbe, 
unified) 99,i6; cp, samgaha, samga- 

saiigata, n. (= sa.) association, 
intercourse; *bala-*'-cariH, mfn. Dh. 
207 (v. h.). 

samgaha, m, (once w. ; sa. sam- 
graha) collection, aggregation; redac- 
tion, text; nom. ^0 (dhamma-vinaya-") 
109,13; (therehi kata-O) I09,u; nom, 
n. ,-vaiii, 110,4; acc. /^aih, 110,6; 
(dhamma-°) 109,i6. 110,i6; (vififiana-^ 
q. V.) 99,86; antevasikanaih ovarii (col- 
lectiog, i. e. teaching of pupils) 102,0. 

saragahita, pp. & "-gahetva, ^er., 
V. sariiganhati. 

Bamgama, m. (sa. samgmma) 
battle; loc. ^e. 103,34. 107, s = Dh. 
103; — '•-ji, mfn. (sa. "-ji^ victorious, 
in the comp. sanganiajuttama, m. "the 
(greatest of conquerors", 107,4 = Dh, 
103 (cp. sa. superl. aariigr.amajittama). 
cp. next. 

saihganieti. vh. (denom. fr. sam- 
gama; sa. sariigramayate) to battle 
or fight with (instr. )\ fut, 3. sg, »>/e8- 
sati (nagena) 76,88. 

8amgahak8,»i. (sa. saihgrahaka) 
*) a collector, compiler; *) a charioteer; 
nom, r^o (Matali) 60,i«. 

sailgiti, f (== sa.) ») tinging 
together, music; ') collection or recen- 
sion of the holy texts, or a Buddhist 
council held for that purpose; *'*-ttaya, 
n. the three councils (or recensions), 


samgha, «i. (= sa.) •) a collec- 
tion, assemblage, multitude, crowd; 
acc. ^arii (sakuna-**) 10,9; pi, ,^a 
(do.) 62,13; - s) the congregation or 
order of the Buddhist monks (also a 
chapter or a certain number of monks, 



elected and assembled for any religious 
purpose); nom. ^o. 79,u; ace. ^aifa 
(in the formula Buddha, Dharama, 
& Saiiigha. cp. ratana») 107,i7 = 
Dh, 190; 114,7; instr. ^ena (bhik- 
khu-o) 70,91 ; gen. ^assa (do.) 102,8; 
loc. ^e (do.), 29,88; pi. ^a (bhik- 
khu-") 109,9 (combined with the prcc. satta satasahassani) ; ~ *°-gata, 
mfn. directed to the 8,, Dh. 298 (/", 
<vS, sati); *"-8amniata, n. (v, h,). 

to strike or knock against, to rub, etc.; 
part, m. instr. rvantena (a-") 84,n. 

*Saihghapala, m, nom. pr, of a 
thera in MahttvihSia (Ceylon); gen. 
<vaRsa, 114,4. 

saiughata, m. {=sa.) the timber 
or frame work of a house; *pit^ba- 
saiiighataka, n. (adj. in the comp. 
tbira-®, coram, on torana) 'with strongly 
constructed doorpost and lintel', 91,9i. 
{cp. SBE. XX. p. 105). 

saiiighati, f. (== sa.) an upper 
garment, one of the three robes of a 
Buddhist monk ; nom. ^i, 84,9 ; pi. ~iyo, 
the two uppers garments, 82,25. • 

*sace, indecl. {fr. ce with the ««• 
decl.pref. sa-, q.v.) if; even if, though; 
this particle is always used at the be- 
ginning of a conditional period, the 
verb of both sentences being put usually 
either in fat. (sometimes pres.) or pot., 
nearly in conformity to the use of the 
indie. & conjunctive modes in Latin 
in such sentences; the second sentence 
is often beginning with a pron. de- 
monstr., but a particle corresponding 
with sace is not required; *) w. fut. 
(in both sentences): 1,9. 2,9. 35,t8. 56,7; 
sac'ahaih : 25,32. 64,i. 65,3i; *>) w.pres. 
& fut. (or grd.) : l,i7. 82,19-98; °)w. 
pot. (in both sentences): l,9i. 4,7, 53,i4. 
56,5. 86,2; ^) like yadi evam & noce 
{^. V.) without full sentence : 'if so', 'in 
that case', 97,i4-i5 (sace bhante Na- 
gasena yo tuiuhe mareti n'attbi tas- 
«api panatipato). 

sacca, ^) mfn. {sa. satya) true; 
n. >s,&± (giram) Dh. 408; idani eva 

1^, 89,24 {opp. raogha). - *) n. {snbst.) 
*) truth ; nom. -^am, 51,32 {opp. musa) ; 
ace. «.,am (katheti, vadati) 24,97. 32,i; 
*®-sadisa, mfn. liaving the appearance 
of truth, 62,1 ; *sacc-upasariihita, mfn, 
true, 9,31 {cp. upasaiiihita) ; - *•) speak- 
ing the truth, truthfulness, veracity; 
nom. ^arii, 8,97; Dh. 261; 106,9 = 
Dh. 393; instr. «^ena, 44,n. 108,3i; 
dvandva comp. daina-", Dh, 9 {q, v.)\ 

- ") ft solemn asBeveration, oath {cp. 
sacca-kiriya, & "-vajja helow) ; instr. 
irainS <^ex\& ("so truly") 61, ts; - •*) 
in the dogmatics (mostly pi.) : the four 
cardinal truths of fiuddhiim {op. ariya- 
Bacco); iN/iini, 29,16 ; sacca-pariyosane, 
"at the conclusion of the Truths", 29,iT ; 

— *) «. {adv.) truly, indeed, verily; 
justly, by rights; 64,i6 (,>^ evam Sharii. 
su pandita). [cp. bahusacca, fr. ba- 

sacca-kiriya, /". {sa. satya-kriya) 
a solemn asseveration, oath; nom. /^a 
(bhinna, is rendered of no effect) 51,99; 
ace. -^am (karoti) 27,2o. 51, 10; instr, 
^aya, 27, le. 

*sacca-parami, f. {Biiddh. sa. 
satya-paramita) truthfulness (one of 
the ten virtues, v, parami) 108,3i. 

■"sacca-vajja, n. {fr. sa. satya- 
vada) *) truthfulness; ') solemn asseve* 
ration (cp. sacca-kiriya); instr, >vena 
(etena) 27,24. 

sacca-vadi«, mfn. {sa. satya- 
vadin) speaking the truth; acc. m. 
/vinarii, Dh, 217, 

sacchi-karoti, vb. {fr. sa. sak- 
shat-y/kr, by analogy of other comp, 
of karoti w. indecl. ending in 'i') to 
make visibly present before the eyes, 
to realize, attain {ace.); pr. 3. sg. 
<x/Oti (magga-phala-nibbanani) 97,io, 
cp. next. 

sacchi-kiriya, f. {sa. sakshat- 
kriya) realization ; dat. <^a.j& (nibba- 
nassa) 90,i9. 

sajjati, vb. {sa. ysafij; pass, saj- 
jate) to cling, adhere; to be attached 
to (loc); part. med. acc. m. a-sajja- 
mSnaih (naniarupaBmim) Dh, 221; 



pp. satta (3. ».); cp. saflga. (The 
secondary verbal-forms sajjeti & sajja- 
peti seem to bt denom. fr. sajja, sajya, 
V. below). 

*9ajjapeti, vb. {caus. It. sajjeti) 
to make ready, prepare festively, adorn 
(acc.)\ ger, ,^8tva (nagarari]) 45,8o; 
(jutatnandalaifa') 50,i8. 

8ajju, adv. (sa. sa-dyas) instantly, 
immediately; 106,81 = Dii. 71. — *8aj- 
jukaifa, adv. id. 110,«8. 

sajjeti, vb. {denom. fr, 8a, sajja, 
sajya; cp. Weber, Ind. Str, 1. p. 243) 
to mal<e ready, wrepare (acc); imp. 
2. pi. .->/etha (ratakani) 63,1?; ger, 
^etva, 25,13 (navaiii); caus. II. saj- 
japeti (t. above); pp. sajjita, v. su- 
sajjita. {Fausb0ll, Ten Jat.p. 99 traces 
this verb baek tc y/srj; but the signi- 
fication of that root in Pali is always 
'to throw away, leave off' ond caus. 
is never used, except vissajjeti, Tr.). 

sajjhaya, wi. (sa. svadhyaya) 
repetition (of sacred texts); v, u-saj- 

811 '.ii carat), vb. {sa. 8am-\/car) 
to walk about, pass, move, rock (to 
and fro, said of voluntary movements, 
cp. samsarati) ; part. m. o^anto (apa- 
rapararii) 4.0,?7. 

samcicca, indecl. {ger, fr. saril- 
y'ci(t); sa, sam-citya, & "-cintya) 
intentionally; 27,23. 

safichanna, mfn. {= sa.\ pp. 
saiii-y'chad) covered all over; padu- 
ma-", 4,9-27. 

*sanjanana, n. {mm., act. fr. next) 
understanding, considering, thinking; 
tesaiii . . . sanjanan'-attham, "in order 
that they might think", 21,8. 

sanjanati, vb, (sa. sarii-v/jfia) to 
understand, perceive, recognize (acc); 
to conceive, imagine; aor. 3. sg, />^jani 
(Mahasattam) 68,9; ger.^) sannaya 
(siho ti) 8,19; 30,4; *>) saujanitva, 20,b. 
41,27. cp, *8anjanana, sanna, sanniM. 

sarin ata (or saiiiyata), mfn. {pp. 
sam-v'yam, saiiiyata) restraining one- 
self, seif-controiied; m. o^O, 84,29. Dh. 
362 {to. instr. kayena, vacaya); gen. 

.%.<a88a, Dh. 24 ; a-saiifiata, mfn. {q. ».); 
pada-", mfn, controlling one's feet, 
Dh. 362; inukha-", mfn. Dh. 363; 
hattha-*, mfn. Dh. 362; *o-cari«, mfn. 
living under restraint, gen. m. /vino, 
Dh. 104; *8aiinatuttama. mfn, very 
well restrained, m. ^0, Dh. 362. 

safiiiama, m. {sa. samyama) re- 
straint, self-control; worn. «^0, Dh. 
261; instr. A^ena (sanfiato) 85,i7; 
Dh. 25. 

(sanfiamati) vb. {sa. sarii-v'yam) 
to control, restrain; pp. safinata {q, 
v.); caus. ») saiinameti, id. (occ); fut. 
3. pi. ^essanti (cittam) Dh. 37; »>> 
safiiiameti, id. (acc); imp. 2. sg. saii- 
fiamay[a] (attanaiii) Dh. 380. cp. safi- 
fiama, m. 

saiifia, f. {sa. samjfia) *) under- 
standing, conception; perception {in 
the dogmatics : the third of the five 
khandha, q.v.)\ in this last sense: 
94,10; 96,18 {inatr. /N-aya); 80,b-io, 
etc. {comp. neva-safifiii-nrisanna, q. y., 
cp, a-saiina); acc. (karoti. to 
think, imagine) 5,7; tunihelii aroclta- 
saiiiiaya {instr.) 25, is {v. aroceti). - 
*) sign, mark, name; acc. ^aiii (adasi, 
"made a sign to",^e».) 50,18; (adatva, 
"telling nothing about if") 65,29; comp. 
panna-bandhana-" («. ?) 8,9 {v. panna). 

sail nana, n. (sa. saiijiiana) = 
saiiiia''; instr. r^cm\., 87,8s (olokita-", 
E= olokitakarena, 87,25; v. akara). 

safiiiameti, vb, caus,, v. sanna- 

aafinaya, ger., v, safijanati. 

safiiiin, mfn. {sa. sariijiiin) con- 
Boious, perceiving; tliinking, imagining;^'i (ahosi, "you believed, imagined") 
2,8; *ujjhana-°, mfn. {v, h.), 

saiinojana, n., v. saiiiyojana. 

satthi, f. num. {sa, shashti) sixty; 
*''-yojanika, mfn. sixty yojanas long. 
toe. n. ^e (Manosila-tale) 61, 10; cp. 

satlia, mfn. (sa. ^atha) dishonest, 
deceitlul, fraudulent; m. ,^0 (naro) 
Dh. 262; kitavasatho, Dh. 252 {v. 



sathila, mfn. (an older form of 
sitliila, sa. ^ithila; the orig. base was 
*?rthila or *^rthira. cp. sa. ^ratha, 
^.latha, .Sl (;rath;n^nti) loose, 
relaxed; »ie#ap/t. careless ,- urelessly 
performed; m. ^o (paribi)a)o) Dh. 
313; M. ^am (kanimaih) i)h. 312 
(var. lect. in both places : sitliila); cp 
Kern, Verkl. p. 58. 

*sanikam (or sanikaiii), adv. {fr. 
sa. Qanais through saniih) slowly, 
gradually; softly, gently'; cautiously, 
accurately; 14,4. 35,33. 50,i8. 54,23. 
(In spite of Abh. v. 1153 & Childers 
this word has never the signifioation 
•quickly", v. Nord. Tidsskr. f. Filol. 3. 
R. V, p. 61-52; cp. Pischel, Gr. § 84.) 

*santlia, »i. opm.? (cp, sa. ^ran- 
tha) bark-strips or fibres of bamboo (?) 
from which bowstrings were made (= 
venuviliva. Coram.); gen. ,>^assa, 92,i7. 
(cp. D'Alwis, Introd. p. 103.) 

santhapeti, vh. (cans, fr. next; 
sa. saih-sthapayati) to cause to stand 
firm, restore, establish (acc); por. 3. 
pi. .>./esuiii, 114,18; inf. ^etuih (ku- 
tumbam) 56,6. 

san^hati (santhahati, or santi- 
ttliati), vb. {sa. sam-\/stba) to remain, 
stand firm or still; aor. 3. sg, .-wasi 
(nibbidaya, dat. (?), v. nibbida) 67,38; 
caus. santhapeti {q. v.) cp. next. 

san^hana, n. (sa. saiiisthana) 
shape, foiii), appearance; state, condi- 
tion; loc. />.,e (chavi-**, complexion) 
85,33; instr. pi. ->.ehi (hattha-pada- 
mukha-") 49,8; *n)anussa-'', »»/"«. of 
human form, 85,3i; *8ukara-**, mfn. 
85,31 (q. V.) cp. 8U-san(hana, mfn. 

sanda, m(n). (sa. shanda, cp. San- 
dra; Weber, Ind. Str. 1. 237) a group 
of trees or plants, a wood, thicket; 
vana-^ id., acc. /x/am, 16,i. 

sand as a, m. (sa. samdam^a) a 
pair of tongs or nippers; a vice; instr. 
'>^ena, 5,i3; 5,s (kammara-") ; 44,«7 
(suvanna-"). cp. dasati. 

sanha, mfn. (sa. ^laksbna) smooth, 
gentle, mild; small, fine; instr. m. 
/s..ena (amkena) 20,»4.' 

8 a n h a k a. n. (sa. (^laksbnaka) betdl- 
nut (?); "-sadisa, mfn. like betel, instr. 
pi. /x/elii (kesehi, = pandara, white?) 
47,12 (the Birman reading sanavaka- 
sadisebi (like hempen cloth, sa. *8ana- 
valka) seems to be an improvement of 
the text). 

sa<, mfn. (= sa.; part. fr. atthi, 
q. V.) 1) being; v. atthi; *) good, right, 
righteous; acc. m. santaiii (padam, i. e. 
Nibbana) Dh. 368; nom. pi. santo, 
Dh. 83. 151. 304; instr. pi. sabbbi, 
Dh. 151. 29,12 (sabbhi-r-eva); gen. 
pi. satarii, Dh. 54. 77. 151. cp. santa'' 
(santaka), samana, a-sa<, a-santa; 
sak-kuccaiii, sak-kam, sad-dbamnm, 
sap-purisa, & satta*. 

sata', n. (sa. ^ata) a hundred; 
*) appositive to a siibst. : gatha />^, 
100 verses, Dh. 102; ^)w. subst. gen., 
or at the end of subst. comp. : acc. .^.-aril 
(kahapana-") 18,i3; (vassa-", for 100 
years) Dh. 106. 110; instr. i>.,ena. (for 
a hundred scil. pieces uf money, kaba- 
pana-" being understood) 18, ii; loc. 
i^e (pahara-") 55, la ; ") comp. w. other 
numerals, usually mfn. pi. (but also 
sg., cp. attha-satam bhattaiii. Mil. 
88,4) : satta-satani, Ill,i4 (with- 
out a»6s<.); addhateyya-", "250", wo»». 
m. pi. ,%.sata, 21, 31; acc. m. pi. /-^sate, 
21,33; paiica-«, "500" (v. /».); in this 
sort of comp. sata is often separated 
from the first number and put at the 
end of a subst. comp. : satta inanussa- 
satani, "700 men", 27, is (for more 
exx. see pancasata); cp. sattaniacca- 
satanuga (v. anuga) 110,33; •*) at 
the beg. of comp. : sata-saliassa, n. 
"100,000", 23,s; pi. <^ani. 109,2; 
comp. ♦"-agghanaka, mfn. & *"-uttha- 
na, mfn. (q. v.); - *satam8amam, 
("for a hundred years") Dh. 106, may 
be adv. with m inserted (Fsb.), if not 
an old error for sataib sama (?), v. 
sama. - cp. satika, satinia. 

sata*, mfn. (sa. smrta) recollecting, 
conscious, thoughtful, attentive; m. >s/0,' 
78,35 (synon. sampajana); gen. pi. 
/vanam, Db. 293; '''sadasata, mfn. 



"always reflecting", Dh. 350. cp, sati*, 

satatam, adv. (= sa.) continually, 
coDBtantly; v. satacca & satatiica. 

satapatta, r,\. {sa. ^atapattra) 
a woodpecker; nom. r^O, 11,2S. 

sati*, part. -loc, v. a&t (atthi). 

sati*, f. (sa. smrti) recollection, 
thoughtfulne88, a'tention, thinking of; 
nom, .x/i, 103,8«. Dh. 293; ace. /x/im, 
104,7; -xirii karoti, to think of (gen.) 
63,18; marana-", f. 86,so (q. v.); sam- 
ma-", f. right recollection, 67,8; *8ati- 
patthana, m. (cp. Buddh, sa, smrty- 
upasthana & upat^hana above) fixing 
the. attention, earnest meditation (being 
fourfold, vie, meditation on the evils 
of body, sensation, mind, and existence, 
Childers); loc. pi. ^esu (catiisu) 
91,7. cp. sat;ma< & sai-ati. 

"satika, mfn. (sa. Qatika) contain 
ning or coDCerning a hundred (only 
e, c); ti-yojana-", & diyaddha-yoja- 
na-", mfn. (v. h.). 

*8atima, mfn, {cp. sa, ^atatama) 
the 100"'; paiica-", v. panca-sata. 

satimai, mfn. {sa. smrtimat) full 
i<f attention, whose thoughts are well 
collected; nom, m. rvtna, 109,i8. Dh. 
1»79; gen, «.mato, ]l04,i». Dh. 24 
(metri causa ; Fati-'*): pi, rviuanto, 
Dh. 91 (do,); ^en. pi. fyjm&i&m, Dh. 
181 (do.). 

sattd', mfn. (jjp.sajjati; sa. sakta) 
ad'hering or attrched to; hence "-sat- 
'aka, mfn. {e. c.) id.; m. pi. ,>.-£ (san- 
iiojaua-safiga-", "held in fetters and 
bonds") Dh. 342; cp. a-satta. 

sattaS m. (.i «.) {sa. satlva) a 
living being, creuture, mortal, person; 
nom, ^0, 86,7. 89.1. 113,8; gen. rvassa, 
103,84; pt. ~&, 17,85. 27,14. 62,25. Dh. 
316; ace, ^^e (sabba-") 38,i6; gen, 
-x.anarii, 2,6. 64.83 (imesarii); neravi- 
ka~o, Bodhi-", Maha-o {v. /*.);'- 
*sattavasa, m. pi. {v. avasa); *8attii- 
paladdlil, f. Iiumun knowledge, imper* 
feet understanding, or : false opinion con- 
cerning the real existence of 'satta' (?) 

[cp. Mil. 268. SBE. XXXVI. 103]; 
loc. /v/iyam (thatva) 91,is-8». 

satta*, num. {sa. sapta) seven; 
nom. & ace. satta, 14,»s. 26,»o. 82,ii. 
91,8; 109,2 (satf); instr. -x,ahi, 28,28; 
loc. .x^asu, 50,33 ; comp. "-attha (». h.), 
seven or eight, 35,1 ; sattaham, seven 
days {v. aha), 23,i6; "-dvara-kotthaka, 
mfn. {q.v.); "-bhumaka, mfn. {q. v.Y, 
o-yojanika, mfn. {q. v.); "-ratana (q. 
V.) ; o-sata, n. '700' {v. /».). cp. satta- 
ma, etc, 

Sattapanna-guha, nom, pr. of 
a cave near Bsjagaha, prop, incorrect 
spelling instead of sattapanni-guba, 
f, {sa. *8aptaparni-", cp, Vin. Ill, 
p. 287,17); loc, ,^e, 109,8i. 

sattama, mfn, {sa, saptama) the 
seventh; loc. m. ^e (divase) 23,io-i8; 
f. -wi, 103,88; comp, "-divasato, 61,3. 
sattarasa, num, {sa. saptada^a) 
'17'; sattarasauia. mfn. {sa. sapta- 
da^ama) the 17'^; Dh. XVII. cp. dasa. 
sattavasa, v. satta*. 
sattaharii, v, satta^ 
satti, f. (sa. ^akti; cp. Qastri) 
•^ power, energy ; *) a spear ; 6,12 (asi-') ; 
') a hunting knife; acc. w^im, 12,8. 
*8attupaladdhi, /"., v, satta*. 
sattha*, n. (sa, ^.astra) a weapon; 
a-sattba, mfn, (q. v.). 

sattha*, m. {sa. sartha) a oaravao, 
troop, company; v, *appa-8attba. 

8 at t bar, mi. (so. Qastf) a teacher, 
esp, nom. pr, of Buddha ("the master"); 
nom, ^a (teacher) 79,4; 28,2 (Buddha); 
acc. rwaraiii, 28,io; instr, ^&r&, 73,27; 
gen. a) ^u (sasane) 69,i4; *>) ,>.uno, 
78,31. 86,6. 110,5; loc.^&Ti, 84,26;- 
comp, Sattbu-o, v, "-kappa, in/'n.; 
"-garava, wi. «.; "-vannita, mfn.\^ 
*''-vadbaka, mfn. having murderous 
intent against the Master, m, ,x^o, 
108,27; *''-sasana, n. the doctrine of 
the Master, 109,32 (navafiga, q. i>.). 
cp, sattbuka. 

8 atthi, n. (sa, sakthi) the thigh 
or thigh-bone; nom. ^i (bhaegaiii) 



"satthuka, M»/w. e. c. (sa. (jastrka) 
V. atita-". 

*sadattha-pa8uta, mfn. (fr. sa* 
+ attha* with 'd' inserted) intent upon 
one's own aim or sake; m, ^^0, Db. 
166. cp. atta-d-attha. 

sad a, adv. (== sa.) always, ever; 
109,JT. Dh. 30, 79. 206. 226. 296; 
comp. *8adasata, mfn., v. sata^ 

sadisa, wi/n. (so. sadf^a) like, simi- 
lar (to. gen., or instr., or both); Tatba- 
gatassa paflnaya anno sadiso n'atthi, 
91,»4; ace. m. ,vnm (attano) Dh. 61; 
most frequently e. c. mfn., e.g. puppha- 
kunnika-°, 7,»9; loha-nigala-o,; 
mani-gula-">, 18,?; c<c. ete. ; eka-sadisu, 
mfn. identical, pi. ^a, 49,8; purima-", 
mfn. •'as above", n. ^arii, 31,88; comp. 
w. a past part. : pavittha-sadiso ahosi, 
•seemed to enter", 61,»i (cp. pubba); 
•"-rasa, mfn. {q. v.). 

saddu, m. (sa. ^abda) a sound, 
tone, noise; voice, cry; a word; nom. 
<s/0, 97,80. 1 12,16 ; 98,80 {/^ ratbo iti, 
the word r.atha); 23,88 (paridevana-", 
madhuragita-"); kim-saddo, 60,b. 
112,8 (v. kiih*); ace. /x-arii, 31,«. 53,i6; 
40,10 (akiimsu); 89,6 (do.); 59,* (ka- 
laha-"); 112,7 (luriya-"); instr. ^ena. 
11,81. 16,81 ; 18,17-18 (acchara-**, pani- 
ppahara-**); pi. ~a, 70,8i; loc. pi. 
^esu. 71,8. — cp. nissadda, mfn. 

sad dab a ti (& '>.'ati), vb. (sa. 
^rad-y/dha) to believe (w. gen. pers. 
& ace. rei) ; pr, 2. pi. ^.-atba (sarassa 
atthibhavam mayhaih) 4,is; part. ace. 
m. pi. r^&nXQ (maybam) 4,ia; aor. 
3. sg. saddahi, 74,i4; ger. ,%^itva, l,i8 
(taiii); 4,14 (tassa); a-saddahitva 
(attano) 49,9; - caus, saddabapeti 
{sa. ^raddhapayati) to make one be- 
lieve (ace); fut. 1. sg. ^vessami 
(tunibe) 51,10. cp. saddha (& saddha). 

saddha, mfn. {sa. ^raddba) faith- 
ful, believing; m. <vO, Dh. 303; ace. 
<N^aiii, 28,8. Dh. 8 ; m. pi, ^a, 76,8i ; 
a-ssaddba, v. saddha. 

sad-dbamma, m. {sa. sad-dbar- 
ma) the sacred doctrine, the true law 
or faith ; ace. /vam, 107 ,io = Db. 60. 

38; 110,1 ; ahl. -x/a, Db. 364; loc. ^e, 
109,31 ; pi, n^si, 110,4; a-saddhamma,. 
m., V. a-sa<; "-desana, f. Dh. 194;. 
<*-savana, n. Dh. 182. 

saddha, f. {sa. praddha) faith,, 
religious belief; nom. /^a, 103,16. Dh. 
333; instr. /v^aya, Dh. 144; gen, ^aya, 
29,10 ; yatha-saddbam, adv. (v. yatba); 
a-ssaddha, mfn. v. h. 

saddhiih, adv.&prp. {sa. sadhri, 
cp. sadhryac, Tr.) along, together; 
with, together with, aooompaoied by 
{w. instr. before or after, soraetiroei 
w. gen. or other oases); pasaijiena '\t 
kathento, 3,e; maya /v, 4,t3; 16,18.. 
61,10. 70,11. 72,81 ; /vmigehi. 8,is; »/ 
bhikkhu-samghenu, 78,4. cp. next. 
[^Childers takes it = sa. sardhaihi 
but see Pisehel, Gr. § 103.] 

*8addhim-cara, mfn. walking 
together with ; ace. m. /^am (8abayam)> 
Dh. 328. • . 

*8addhi-viharika,»». (cp.^wdd/*; 
sa. sardbaih-vibarin) lit. 'living in the 
same vihSra', i. e. the famulus of a 
there, a pupil, disciple; instr. <vena, 
82,16. ep. saddhiih above. 

sanantana, mfn. (sa. sanatanali 
eternal, permanent; m. ^o (dhamino) 
106,84 = Dh. 6. 

sanikarb, v. sanikam. 

8 ant a*, mfn. {sa. (janta,^?^). ^<;am, 
cp. sammati) appeased, pacified, tran- 
quil; n. rK,am, f. /%/a, Dh. 96; comp. 
*«-kaya, _*»-vaca, mfn. Dh. 378 {v. 
kaya & vaca); *'*-citta, mfn. tranquil- 
minded, Dh. 373. cp. santavai, mfn. 

8 a n t a *, mfn. (sa. <}ra,ntSi, pp. y/qTamy 
tired, fatigued; gen. m, r^assa., 107,» 
= Dh. 60. 

santa^ mfn. (part., sa. sat) being, 
existing, true, good; v. sat & atthi. 

*8antaka, mfn. (fr. santa^) be- 
longing to, dependent, due to (gen. 
or e. 0.) ; n, >vaih (tassa) 7,io ; mama 
fv (my property) 57,»7; kula-', mfn. 
{q. v.); para-", mfn, {v. correclion8)'y 
cp, a-santa. 

santati, f. (= aa.) continuity,, 
■ttooession, series; v. dhamma-'*. 



san':appe'n, vb. {caus. 8aih-\/trp, 
sa. fjantarpayati) to sr.titfy, gladden 
{ace, & instr.); aor. 3. 6g. ^esi, 61,«8; 
pp. santappita, gen. pi. /^/jinarh (sab- 
bakamehi) 61,i9. 

santara, mfn. (sa. santara, fr. 
sa,^ -\- antara) having interval or any- 
thing within; *'-bahiram, adv. within 
and without, Db. 315 (guttam .%..). 

*8 a n t a V a <, wfn, (fr. santa *, y/^.am) 
tranquil; wj. ,^Ya, Dh. 378. 

santasati. vb.. (sa, 8aiii-\/tras) 
to tremble (with fear); pr. 3. pi. /^antj, 
86,s3. cp. next & santasa. 

*santasana, n. (wow. act, fr. last) 
trembling , v. a-santasana. 

santanakaj n. (= sa.) anything 
spreading, e. g, /nembrane, film, cream, 
tissue of roots, etc. ; a cobweb [cp. sa. 
santanika, /".); nam. ,^arii, 84,i8, 

santasa, m. (sa. santrasa) trem- 
bling, feiir; *'*-ppatta, mfn. frightened, 
w». pi. ,^a, 86,i»; cp. a-santasi». 

santi', f. (sa. Qanti) tranquillity, 
peace; enternal rest, NibbSna; acc, 
-^im, 80,33. 110,18; *''-magga, m. the 
road of peace, Dh. 285; ^'-para, tnfn. 
(v. para^). 

santi*, pr. 3. pi., v. atthi. 

(*santika, mfn., near, proximate; 
l)rob, fr. sa' -|- antika); several cases 
from this stem are used as adv., or 
prp. to. gen. or e. c. (cp. sa. antikam, 
etc.): ') santikaiii, near; to the presence 
of, to; 1,18 (gantva); w. gen. 3,i6. 
7,80. 15,16. 24,30. 38,30. 73,i4. 87,83; 
^) santika, from; 6,a«. 48,80. 114,4 (w. 
gsn.); '') santike, near; in the presence 
or vicinity of, by, *itb. before, among; 
• 4,17. 17,1. 32,12. 37,u. 103,6 (w. gen.); 
comp. dhana-santike, 33,26; susana-", 
56,19, nilibana"-, Dh. 372; santike 
may also be used in the sense of san- 
tika : 70,i5. 109,23; 109,28 (agga-san- 
tike), or of santikaih : 81,ii. Dh. 237. 

santitthati, v. santhati. 

santutthi, f. (sa. saiii-tushti) 
satisfaction, contentment; worn. ,^i, 
Dh. 204. 375. 

santusita, mfn. (=■ santuttha. 

pp, 8am-\/tush) contented, pleased; 
m. ^0, Db. 362. 

santo, pi, w., V, %i.t. 

santhata, mfn, (pp, santharati, 
sarh-^str; sa. saihstrta) strewn, co- 
vered; sahst. (n.) a cover, couch; 
comp. dhamani-®, mfn. (q. v.). 

santhana, w. (sa. Qranthana, 
y/^rath) the being loosened or removed; 
salla-", Dh. 275 (v. h.). 

santhambhati, vb. (sa, saiii- 
^/stambh) to stand firm, take courage, 
restrain oneself; inf. o.'itum, 34,io. 

santhava, m. (sa. saihstava) ac- 
quaintance, familiarity, intimacy; acc. 
-^.-aih (sabbhi kubbetha) 29,i2; Dh. 
27 (kama-rati-", q. v.). 

sandasseti, vb. (cans. sarii-Y/dr?, 
sa. sandar^ayati) to enlighten, instruct 
(acc); pr. 3. sg. -wCti, "1,82; aor, 8. 
sg. ^esi, 77,2»; ger, ^etva, 78,8s; 
pp. m. ,>^ito, 77,27. 

sandahati, vb. (sa. sarii-v/dha) 
') trans, to put together, unite, recon- 
cile; to direct, level, aim; to think 
on, comprehend, understand ; *) intr. 
(cp. pati-sandahati) : to stand, be the 
case ('sich verhalten'), or : to take 
place, arise (?), or : to be comprehen- 
ded (in a certain way?); pr. 3. sg. 
~ati (dhamma-santati, q. v.) 99,s5; 
(apubbam acarimam viya) 99,26 (v. 
a-pubba); - ger. sandhaya (q. v.)\ 
pp. samhita (q. v.) ; cp. sandhi. 

sand an a, n. (= sa.) a rope, 
bond, fetter; acc. ^aih, Dh. 398, 

sandeha, m. (= sa.) i) conglo- 
meration (of material elements); wow. 
-.0 (puti-o, q. V.) 107,8 = Dh. 148; 
— '■') doubt, uncertainty ; acc, rvam 
(janassa) 110,ic. 

sand bay a, indecl. (ger. sandahati, 
q. V.) 1) ger, directing; dhanum ^, 
111,22 ("bending or seizing his bow"); 
*) prp. w. acc. towards, in that direc- 
tion or meaning, with reference to, 
coucerningj sariram ^, 85,29. 

sandhavati, vb. (sa. saiii-v/dhav) 
to run through (acc); cond. 1. sg. 
~issaiii (anekajati-samsaraiii) Dh. 



153 (in the Bense of a futurum in pra- 
terito : "I should run through", like 
adhigacchissam, 104, u (3. v.), cp. 
SBE.X.P. 43; Tr.PM. 56; Childers, 
.TRAS. V. (187n p. 222). 

sandbi, m. (= sa.) •) junction, 
union; agreement; joint; *) interval, 
crevice, hole; ace. ,>^im (pakara-", q. 
V.) 90,34. 91, »8-»b; •aloka-«, w. (w. A.). 
- sandhi-ccheda, mfn, cutting over 
the ties, or making hole; m, a hole or 
breach in a wall; Dh, 97, /%/0 (naro). 
Banna, mfn, (pp. sidati; = «o.; 
cp. nisinna) set down, sunk down (into, 
loc.)-, m. <^o (pamke) Dh. 327. 

sannaddha, mfn, (pp. fr. next; 
^ 5a.) armed, mailed ; m. i>,o (kha* 
ttiyo) 107,j4 == Dh. 387. 

sannayhati, vb. (sa. sam-v/nah) 
to bind, put on, gird on (weapons, 
acc); ger. -witva (khaggam) 33,»9. 
41,19; (dhanukalapam) 76,i6; pp. san- 
naddha (q. v.). 

sannicaya, w. (= sa.) gathering, 
heaping together, accumulation (of pro- 
visions); MOW. ^0, Dh, 92. 

*sannitthana, n, (sa. *8aiii- 
nish^hana) resolution, determination, 
conviction; acc. ,>./am (katva) 43,«7. 
sannipatati, vb. (sa, sam-ni- 
Y'pat) to come together, assemble; 
aor. 8, sg, sannipati, 17,83; 3. pi. 
^^imsu, 10,t; ger. ->/itva, 10,2s. 72,s9; 
pp. Bannipatita, loe. m, r^e, 18,i9; m, 
pi. 'v.a, 31,«a; cam., v. below\ cp. 

sannipata, m, (= sa.) union, 
collection, assembly; acc. r^&m (ak- 
kharanam) Dh. 352; loc, -%/anihi 

sannipateti, vh. (caus. sanni- 
patati) to collect, call together, as- 
semble (acc); ger. .vetva, 6,»; caus. 
II. *8annipatapeti, id.; aor. 3. sg. 
(v-esi, 10,6; ger. ^^etva, 8,6. 42,8. 

"sannibha, mfn. (e. c. = sa.) 
like, similar; m. /wO (uttatta-kana- 
ka-«) 85,7. 

sanniyasa, m. (= sa.) living 
together, compftoy with (^««.); nom. 
FUi Oloiurjr. 

/>^o, Dh, 206; instr. ^ena (satam) 
29,13; 37,38. — *loka-'', m. the society 
of men, all the world, nom. /vO (sa- 
kalo) 16,13. 

sannisinna, mfn. (sa, saiii-ni- 
shanna, y^sad) sitting together; m. pi, 

r^Si, 29,31. 

sannissita, mfn. (Btiddh. sa. 
sam-ni-Qrita) connected with; acc, m, 
fvaiii (vaciduccarita-°) 86,8. 

sanneti, vb. (sa, 8am-\/ni) to mix, 
knead (acc); grd, fvetabba, n. is/aih 
(oun^am) 83,it. 

sapatha, m. (sa, Qapatha) an oath; 
acc, rv&m (katva) 41,S6; (yakkliim 
akarayi, "made her take an oath") 


sappa, m. (sa, sarpa) a snake, 
serpent; nom. t\,o, 52,i7; acc. i>^am 
(udaka-O) 52,88. 

sappi, n. (& m.f) (sa. sarpis) 
clarified butter, ghee; dvandva comp, 
°-madbu-<», 61,86. 

sappurisa, m. (sa. satpurusha; 
cp. sa^) a good man; nom, rwO, Dh, 
64; acc, ^am, Dh. 208. 

sabba, mfn. (sa. sarva) whole, 
entire, all, every; m. ^^o, 86,6; 90,82 
(loko, 'all men'); acc. /x/am, 4,i6; f. 
r>^& (nadi) 48,6; n. /syam, everything, 
65,19; 70,84 (adittam); 96,i5 To.'atthi); 

20.5. 31,28 ('the whole story'); pi. m. 
f^e, 3,24; f. «^a, 66,81 (nom.); 86,4 
(acc); instr, /%..ebi, 11, 10; 70,82; gen. 
/^esam, 11,3. 114,28; most frequently 
at the beg. of subst, comp. ; 4,84. 7,8S, 

10.6, etc, etc.] sabbaBga-", v, aflga; 
"-gandhapana, v. apana; Moka, v. 
abbibhu, adhipacca, hita; sabbalam- 
kara-**, v, alamkara; sabbakara-'^, v. 
akara; sabbabharana-°, v. abhavana; 
sabbitthiyo, v. itthi; cp. next etc. etc. . 

*8abba-ceta80, adv., v. cetas. 

*8 abba fij aha, mfn. (sa. *8arvam- 
jaha; cp. jafaati) 'having left all', m. 
^0, Dh. 353. 

8abbanfiu,m. (sa. sarva-jfia) om- 
niscient (said of a Buddha); hence 
'*'sabbafinuta, /*., omnisoience; instr. 
<vaya (Sattbu) 110,u. 




8 abb at 0, adv. {sa. sarvatas) from 
all sidcB, entirely; *"-bhagena, adv. 
on every side, 27,»-s {cp. bhaga). 

sabbattha, adv. {sa. sarvatra) 
everywhere; D;i. 83. 193, 348. 361. 

sabbada, adv. {sa, sarvada) al- 
ways; at any rate; 108,8; Dh. 207; 
340 (y. I. sabbadhi, 'everywhere', 'in 
every direction'). 

*8abbadhi, adv. (fr, sa. *8arva- 
dha (= vi(jvadha), Weber, Ind. Str. 
Ill, 392; cp. 8a?vadry-anc) on all 
sides, in every respect; Dh. 90; 340 
{v. I.). 

"sabba-bhasa, mfn, {cp, bhasa, 
/".) apeaking all languu/jes; gen, pi. 
'wanuiii (sattunuiii, "all people of 
different tongues") 134,S9. 

*£.al)bavidu, »»/«. (c|). vidu, vidii; 
sa. savva-vid) all knowing; m. .%.u 
('ham asni) Dh. 363. 

^sabba-Huinukkaiiisika, mfn. , 
V. HiitmtkkiiiiiHikii. 

8abba-8eta, mfn. {sa. 8arva- 
Qveta') white all over; m, ^o, 21,84. 

Baobaso, adv. {sa, sarvatas) 
wholly, untirely. at nil, at any rate, 
always {w. ncffution \ not nt all, never) j 
:M,id. til, id. l);j,ae, IM,!); Dli, U05, 
367. 4ly. 

8abba-80 vanna, mfn. (sa.sarva- 
sauvarna) entirely of gold, golden all 
over; m. ^o (kayo) 8'i,>6. 85,4-0. 

8abl)abhibliii, m{fn). {sa. sarvii. 
bhibhu) who has conquered nil; Dh. 

sabbha, mfn.{sa. sabhya) polite, 
honorable; V. a-sabbha. 

sab b hi, v. sat. 

sablia, f. (=: sa.) an assembly or 
mooting; a largo room or hall; dlrnm- 
^la-^ /. {q. v.). 

sabhaga, mfn., v. sa*. 

sabliava, m. {sa, sva-bhava) na- 
tural state or disposition, nature; comp. 
*ii8antiiHana-'', mfn. {v. a-saiitasaiia). 

Hanui*, m. {sa, (;aiiia) tranquillity, 
equanimity, absence of pussion; ace. 
f^&m carati, to lead a life of tranquil- 
lity, 7,80. Dh. 142 (in this construction 

difficult to be distinguished from sama *, 
«t.); *8ama-cariya, f, the living in 
tranquillity; ->^a, instr. (shortened of 
,^aya) Dh. 388. cp, samatha, sara- 
mati, etc. 

aama», mfn. (== sa) ") like, equal 
to {gen. or e. c); m. f%/0 (me aaccena^ 
108,81 ; pi. '^a (bhavanti) 74,s; <*-vi- 
bhatta, n. {q. v.) ; gopanasi-bhogga-*', 
47,32 (g. v.); dosa-", raga-°, mfn. Dh. 
202; pathavi-o, Dh. 96; - »>) even; 
ace. m. /%/aih (maggarii karetva) 62,o; 
- °)just, impartial; m. subst. impar- 
tiallity, justice [sijnon. dhamraa); instr, 
rwena (riayati pare) Dh. 257; dham- 
mena ^ena, 42,20 {cp. sama'). cp. 
BtLxna, f, & samana, mfn. 

samagga, mfn. {sa. samagra) 
*) all, entire; *^ agreeing, harmonious; 
ace. pwe (savake) 108,2oi gen, pi. 
^iinaiii, Dh. 194; *-vasa, nt. living 
together in unity & hnrmony, ace, <^niil 
(vuHiinto, tilya Hiiddhiili) 68,25; loc, 
/%^e, 46,17. cp. samaggi. 

sarnafigiH, mfn. (= sa) & *8a- 
mangi-bliutn, mfn. endowed with, pos- 
sessed of {iuslr.)\ gen, m. .^..bhutassa 
(kiiiiiMKiiiii'lii) ))7,gr>i 

BumiiAiiii, f, {sa, BainSjfiii) name, 
appellation, terra; nom, <%,u, 97, 1. 

samana, m, {sa, Qramana) an 
ascetic, mendicant monk, esp, (by non- 
Buddhists) said of tlie Buddhist men* 
dicnnls & even of Buddha himself, but 
also of the monks of other sects; nom. 
-x/O (Gotamo) 71,25. 110,8; Dh. 265. 
388 (false etymology I samltatta, sa- 
macariya, v, h)\ Dh. 264-66 (n'atthi 
bfihiro, V. h.)\ gen. pi. ,^iin»iii (Sakya* 
puttiyiiimii)) 73,00; - comp, ♦"-dluirii- 
ma, m, the ascetic duties, ace. >N/am, 
15,12. 45,7; paccha-", m, {q. v.); ma* 
hii-'', m, the great 8. (». c, Gotamn 
Buddha) 76, si; dvandva cowjj. "-brilli- 
muiiM, Ml. pi, 104,1 ; ace, rwc, 19,». 
cp. siiinai'ii'ia, siiiUHncni. 

samatikkaiita, mfn. {pp. sam- 
ati-kkamati; sa, v'kram, samatikran- 
ta) transgressed, surpassed, overcome; 




«. c. free from : *papafica-">. Dh. 195 
iq. v.) cp, 7iext. 

samatikkama, »m. (sa. samati- 
krama) transgressing, surpassing, over- 
coming; dat, rwSya (soka-parideva- 
naiii) 90,17. 

*8amativijjhati, vb. (sa. *8am- 
ati-Y^vyadh) to pierce or break through, 
penetrate (ace); pr. 3. sg. ,>^ati (aga- 
ram vutthi) 106,3i = Dh. 14. 

samattha, mfn. (sa, samartha) 
able to, capable of (inf.); venturing 
(do.); knowing to behave, or capable 
of finding a way; m. ^o (jale pi thale 
pi) 4,u; 27,16. 36,19. (w. inf.); ^o 
n'ahosi (do. Mid not venture') 40,8; 
f. 'N.a, 27,xi; pi. ^a, 39,ii, cp. sam- 

samatha, »i. (sa. gamatha) = 
sama*; ace. r^am (gataui, "subdued") 
Dh. 94. 

samanantara, mfn. (= sa.) im* 
mediately following; ,va, adv. (cp, sa, 
samanantaraiii) immediately after, 

s am ant a, tnfn. (= sa.) being on 
every side, whole, entire; abl. adv. 
*) .^a, on all sides, around, completely; 
38,8; 90,33 (w. ^en., nagarassa); 104,3; 
**) /N/ato, id.; 63,83. 86,8. cp. samanta. 

samannagata, mfn. (sa. saman- 
vagata) attended by, endowed with, 
possessed of (instr, or e. c); m. ^o 
(dbammehi) 3,24; (dasahi aSgebi) 
82,14; 85,19. 91,26-87; f. pi. >^a. (asad- 
dhaiiinia-'*) 61,26. 

♦samannaharati, vb. (sa. *sam- 
anu-a-^hj") to direct one's whole at* 
tention to (acc); ger. ^itvg (sabba- 
cetaso, "seizing upon it with their 
whole minds") 71,84. 

samappita, mfn. (pp, fr, next; 
sa. samarpita) delivered over to (loc.) ; 
endowed with (instr, or e. c.) ; m. pi, 
/%/a (nirayamhi) 108,t = Dh. 315; 
gen, m. /v.-assa (kamagunehi) 67,86; 
comp. yaso-bhoga-", mfn. Dh. 303. 

samappeti, vb.(ta, samarpayati, 
caua. Bam-Y/r) to deliver over, coneign 

(acc. & gen); aor. 3. sg. /^^appayi, 


samaya, j«. (= sa.) •) time, oc- 
casion, season ; nom. /x-o (pabbajja-") 
46,12; acc, ^nm. (ekaiii, "once") 66,2s. 
71,20 ; pacciisa-'' ("at dawn") 68,9; 
pubbanha-**, 76,i5; majjhantika-", 
97,34; instr. -v^ena (tena) 6,32. 71,ai. 
74,17; aparena «x/, "afterwa .'s", 95,83. 
101,16; loc. ^e (ekasmim, once upon 
a time) 30,28; tasniim «w, 40,3o. 62,io; 
addharatta-**, "at midnight", 40,8; 
nidagha-", 3,32 ; sayanba-", 2,32; 14,ii. 
— *) view, doctrine, system, religious 
persuasion; *samma-viiinata-°, mfn. 
113,4 (v. viunata), 

samalamkata, mfn, (sa. sani- 
dlamkfta) well adorned, decorated; 
M. o/am(vitana-'', q. v.) 112,8. 

samassattha, mfn, (sa. sama- 
Qvasta, pp. sam-a-Vpvas) revived, 
recovered; °-kale, when he was re* 
covered, 20,7. cp. next. 

samassaseti, vb. (cans, sam-a- 
\/<;vas) to reanimate, comfort (acc); 
imp. 2. sg. ,>..ehi (nam) 46,u; aor. 
3. sg. ,%/esi, 46, 12; ger, /vetva, l,u. 
67,36. 89,12. 

sama, f. (= sa.) a year (= 
vassa); sataiii-gamarii, Dh. 106 (v. 
sata '). 

samagacchati, vb. (sa. sam-S- 
\/gam) to come together, assemble, 
arrive; w. instr. to meet with, to be 
united with, cling to; aor. 2. sg, 
^ganchi (piyehi) 106,25 = Dh. 210; 
ger. ,>,gantva, 10,7. 75,36 ; pp. ^gata, 
HI. ^0, 110,9; pi. ^a, 108,3, 109,8. 
cp. next. 

samagama, m. (= sa.) coming 
together, meeting with; assembly; 
nom. /vo, 20,80. 112,i6. Dh. 207. 

eamadapeti, vb. (cam, sama- 
diyati; sa. samadapayati) to incite, 
arouse (acc); pr. 3. sg. <N/eti, 71,88) 
aor, 3. sg. i^'Csi, 77,8s; ger, «vetva, 
78,88; pp, m, />..ito, 77,27. 

samadana, n. (= sa.) taking 
upon oneself, undertaking; 

a vow; 




m!ccliS-ditthi-<*, mfn, "embracing falte 
doctrines", pL A^a, Dh. 316. 

samadiyati, vb. {aa, 8ain>S-\/dS, 
ep, adiyati) to talo upon oneself, adopt 
(aec.) ; ger. ») .>.adaya (vissaih dbam- 
maifa) 106,5 = Dh. 266; »>) ^adiy. 
itva (sllam) 14,i8; caus. samadapeti 
(g. V,); samadana, «., «. above. 

samadhi, nt. (= sa.) tranquillity 
' of mind, meditation, self-concentration, 
the highest stage of jbana (q. v.); 
wow, /^i, 103,22; eamma-", 67,5 (right 
meditation); acc. ->^im (adhigacchati) 
Dh. 249. 366; instr. ^ina, Dh. 144; 
comp. **'-jhaiia, n. 109,si. 

s a m a n a ^ , mfn. (= sa.) like, equal ; 
same, alike; comp, *samana-baia,di- 
padesa, mfn., 43,8i {v, padesaV, 
*"-vaya-bhiiva, mfn, 43,!o {v, vaya"); 
•"-vasa, mfn. dwelling with equals, 
»«. f^Oy 104,21 ; """-samvasa, m. the 
dwelling together with equals (family- 
life), nom. r^o, Dh. 302 (2. ed. [a]- 
samana-vaso ?); *manussa-samana- 
liarira, mfn, wifj body like men, m, 
pi. ,%.a (macchs) 25,23. cp. sama, 

*samana*, mfn, (part, nted, fr, 
attbi) being (pleonast, added mostly 
to past part., or sometimes to adj.); 
ni. O.0 (puttho) £0,4; (vutto) 98, lo; 
(andho) 25,i6; acc, pi. m. r^e (matte) 
59,26, cp. Pischelf Gv. § 561. 

*8amaniya, mfn. (fr. samana', 
cp, sa, samanya, adv) joined, aBsem- 
bled; mi. pi. ^a, (putta me, "my 
children are ail about roe") 105,5. 

samaniiti, vh. {sa,^ 8am-a-\/m) 
to collect, assemble (occ); ger, r^etva 
(3ai!igkam) 114,7. 

samilpajjati, vb, {sa, sam-a- 
\/pad) to attain, arrive to, enter into 
(acc); aor. 3. sg. ^pajji (catuttba- 
jjbanam) 80,5, cp. next etc, 

samapatti, f, (= sa.) 'attain- 
ment', one of the eight Buccessive states 
of the ecstatic meditation; ahl, ,^iya 
(akasanaficayatana-", q. v.) 80,6, etc. 

samapanna, mfn, (pp, eama- 
pajjati; = sa.) arrived to, entered 

into (aee. or e, e.)\ tn. .vO, 80,i»; 
iccha-lobha-», Dh. 264. 

samaraddha, mfn, {aa. samS- 
rabdba) undertaken, begun; 8U-', mfn, 
Dh. 293 {q, v,), 

[8 am as a ti], vb. {sa. 8am-\/a>) 
to sit together, associate with {instr.); 
pot, 3. sg. med, samasetha (sabbmr 
eva) 29,12. 

saraasato, adv. {abl. samasa, m, 
abridgement; sa. samasatas) concisely, 
briefly, in an abridged form, 114,i2. 
samahita, mfn. (= sa.) put to* 
gether, collected, composed, e. C, fur- 
nished with; m. /^o, Dh, 362 (col- 
lected in mind); *pafina-sila-'*, mfn. 
Dh. 229 {q. v.); a-samahita, 8U-8am5- 
bita, mfn., v, a-", 8U-°. 

samijjbati, vb, {sa, sam-v/rdh) 
to prosper, succeed, flourish, ripen; 
pr, 3, sg, ,%^ati (viriya-phalam) 42,i4-i9. 
cp. samiddbi. 

*8aminjati, vb, (a secondary for- 
mation of sam-Y/ing) to tremble, falter; 
pr. 3, pi, ^anti, 106,29 = Dh, 81. 
{cp. Weber, Ind. Str. Ill, 397; 01- 
denberg, KZ. XXV (1881) 324.) 

*8amitatta, n, {fr. samita, pp. 
sameti; sa, *(;amita-tva) the being 
appeased or quieted ; abl. r^a, (papa- 
naifa) Dh. 265. 

samiti, /".(== sa.) coming together, 
meeting; battle, war; acc, i>^\m, Dh. 

samiddbi, f. {sa. samfddbi) suc- 
cess, increase, perfection, welfare; ace, 
rvira (attano) Dh. 84. 

samipa, n. {= sa.) nearnesB, 
proximity; only used adverbially in 
oblique cases : 'near', 'in the vicinity', 
Howards' (often e. c); acc. ^am, 
66,10; 8,21 (kbetta-o); 65,u (dvara-"); 
instr. ^ena, 49,3 (apana-"); loc. ^e, 
44,29; 21,18 (nagara-»); 73,2o (gan- 
dhakut>«); 84,si (Rajagaba-"); ekas- 
miiii gama-samipe, in the vicinity of a 
certain village,; ^ambi (Bodhi- 
manda-o) 113,8; - samipa-ttba, mfn., 
standing near; acc, m. ,>^aiii, 110,2i. 
samirati, vb. {pass, eam-^/ir, 



prob. contraction of *8amiriyati) to 
be moved or shaken; pr. 3. sg, ^ati 
(vatena) 106,39 = Dh. 81. 

samukkamsati, vb. (sa. sam- 
ut-v/krsh) to elevate, praise, extol 
(ace.) J pot. 3. sg. <^kamse (attanam) 
103,30. cp. samukkamsika. 

samugga, »j. {sa. saraudga) a 
box, casket; ace. ^wa\ (catujati-gan- 
dha-o) 41,»; loo. ^o (suvanna-") 41,e. 

samucchinna, »»/"n. ("= so.; pp. 
samucchindati) uprooted, destroyed; 
n, ^arii, Dh. 250 = 263. 

samutthana, n. (so. samutthana) 
rise, origin; *Oajjhatta-<', & ♦ofaahid- 
dha-°, mi/Vj. (r. /».). 

*samutthapana, n. (mow. ant, 
/"••. next) the causing to rise or start; 
katha-o, G4,io ("-attham, "for sake of 
starting talk"). 

saiuutthapeti, vh. (cans, sam- 
utthati, T/stha; sa. samutthapayati) 
to cause to rise (acc.) ; aor. 3. sg. /x/esi 
(vatarii) 19,is; 3. pi. />./esum (kathaih, 
"they discussed the matter") 29,38. 

samuttliita, mi/Vj. (pp. samu- 
ttliati, \/stba; sa. samutthita) risen, 
sprung from ; n. /x-aih (ayasa, v, ayas) 
106,19 = Dh. 240. 

samutte.jeti, vb. (cans. *sam- 
ut-y/tij ; Buddh. sa. sainuttijayati) to 
incite, inflame (acc); pr. 3. sg. «N^eti, 
71,22; aor. 3. sg. /s./esi, 77,25; ger. 
^etva, 78,22; pp. m. ^^./ito, 77,37. 

samudaya, w. (== so.) rise, origin, 
cause; nom. t>^o (rupassa) 94,8; (du- 
kkha-kkhandassa) 66,12; *''-dhamma, 
mfn., subject to birth, n, r^am, 68,27 
(opp. nirodha-dhamma); dukkha-", 
m. the cause of suffering; r^&m ariya- 
saccam, 67,i3, cp. dukkha-nirodha. 

samudacarati, vb. (sa. satn-ud- 
a-^/car) to appear, behave; to follow, 
attack, treat, overcome; to speak to, 
address (acc); pr. 3. pi. /s^anti (an- 
fiamafifiam avuso-vadena) 79,?; 96,8o; 
grd. <v.itabba, 79,7-io. 

samudahata, mfn. (aa. samu* 
dabfta, Vbr) mentioned, named; acc. 
m. pi. f^e (pottbake) 114,i7. 

samudda, m. (sa. satuudra) the 
sea, ocean; nom. ^0 (maha-") 95,t3; 
acc. /vara, 20,19; gen. r^assa, 2,ii; 
locj ^e (maba-°), 10,28; gen. pi. 
-"wanam (catunnarii) 89,1*; ku-samud- 
da, »>., V. ku-; "-lira, n.; "-devata, 
/"., "-pittbe & "-majjbe, loc. (q. v.)\ 
dakkbina-", m. & ♦pakati-", m. (v. h.). 

samuppada, m. (so. samutpada) 
rise, origin; '^dukkha-*', »t. the origin 
of pain; occ .vara, 107, i» = Dh. 191 
(synon, dukkha-saraudaya, 67,i»); 
paticca-", m. 66,5 (v. /».). 

8amu88aya, »». (so. samuccbraya) 
collection, accumulation, tsp. the aggre- 
gation of the elements (mental and 
material) of a human being; existence^ 
birth, body; nom. ^0 (antimo, the 
last existence) 108,i7; occ ^aih, 80,23. 
cp. next. 

samussita, mfn. (pp. 8am-ud- 
V^ri; sa. samuccbrita) collected, joined 
together; or, elevated, arrogant (?) 
Dh. 147. 

samuhata, mfn. (pp. fr. next; 
sa. samuddhata) done away, pulled 
out, extirpated ; n, /x-aiii (mulaghaccarii) 
Dh. 260. 

*8amiihanti, vb. (sa. *sara-ud- 
v/han) to lift up, throw away, abolish 
(acc); imp. 3. sg. o^antu (sikkhapa- 
aani, saiiigbo) 79,i2. pp., v. above. 

samuheti, vb. (caus. sam-\/uh; 
sa. samuhayati) to collect, assemble 
(occ); ger. /<wetva (samgham) Il4,i3. 

samekkhati, vb. (sa. sam-\/iksb) 
to investigate, examine, consider, pon- 
der (occ); ger. samekkbiya (katba- 
maggam) 113,3o. 

sameti', vb. (sa. sara-y/i) 'to 
come together', agree with (instr.); 
pr. 3. sg. .>./eti (sutaiii di^^bena) 54,is. 

sameti', vb. (cans, sammati; sa, 
Qamayati) to appease, quiet (occ); pr, 
3. sg. <veti (papaiii) Dh. 265; pp. 
samita, v. samitatta, n. 

""samodbaneti, vb. (denom. fr. 
satnodbana, sa. samavadbana) to put 
together, connect, compare; to enuine- 



Mte, calculate, aum up (acc); aor, 3, 
sg. ^esi (jatakam, q. v.) 29,i7. 

*9 a m p a j a n f . , mfn, {numen agentis 
fr, sam-pra-v/jf 5) coriBoiou», ielfpos* 
»ei»o(l; »». ^0, 'I8,ai\ rviinaih, 
Dh. 293 (svnon. sata"). 

sampajjati, vb, (sa. 8am-\/pad) 
*) to prosper, succaet ; pr. 3. sg, /x^ati 
(takes root) 37,'", part, ^anta, flou- 
ii«hinp, 102,7 (a-samptijjantesu, loc, 
pi.); fut. 3. pi, ^issanti (sassani) 
ib. ; 2) to become, turn into («o»i.) ; 
pot. 3. sg. ~eyya (dadhi) 101, 97; - 
pp, sampanna {q. v.), cans, sampa- 
deti {q. v.), cp. sampatti. 

*saaipaticchati, vb. (sa. sam* 
prati-Y'ish) tc receive, accept; consent, 
agree to (acc); aor. 3. sg, -^icchi 
(sadhu'ti) 5,i. 6,29. 53,i6; 46,i5; 3. 
pi. -viccliiriisu (tarn silam) 75,36; ger, 
^icchitva, l,i8. 14,i4-2o. 62,23; pp. 
/>^icchitti, 55,33 {loc. ahs, tena ,^e, 
when he had coneeuted). 

sampatta, mfn. {sa. sam-prapta) 
reached, attained; who has reached, 
arrived, come to; mj. »x/0 {w, acc. 
Mahavihararii) 114,8; m. pi. ^a 
(used B8 tempus finitum 'came') 20,i3. 
62,22; acc. pi. m. fs,e (yacake) 14,io; 
comp, '•-nava (a ship arrived there), 
27,12 {acc. ^aiii); "-parisa (the as- 
sembly present there) 86,10 (do^ ^aya). 

sampatti, f. (= sa.) success, 
prosperity; excellence, perfection; 
pleasure, bliss; magnificence, glory; 
nom. rs^i, 68,11; 42,10; acc. (^irii, 4,i8. 
63,17) rupa-", beauty, l^.u; dibba-", 
divine bliss, 23, 17. { 

Bum p anna, mfn. (= ««.; pp, 
saiupiijjuti) ') complete, perfect, ex* 
cellent; "-sassa, n, excellent crops, 
26,18; *"-vijja-CRrana, mfn. perfect in 
knowledge and behaviour, ut. pi, (n/S, 
Dh, 144; *'-8ila, f)ifn, perfect in vir- 
tiu'K, f/cn, pi. i^atmili, Dh. 57; Nah- 
liallgii-", VI fn. {v, aflfiu); - ") endowed 
with, possessed of, full lof {w. instr. 
or more frequently C. c.)\ ui. «^0 (plia- 
larukkbelii) 2,20; cotttp, *thama-", 1,8; 
pakka-plialu-pindi-", 2,i; klianti-me» 

ttanuddaya-", 7,i»; ana-«, 10,m; sara-" 
18,S4; flanaA 24,u; anubhava-', 
36,28; sila-o, 41,86; sabba-lakkhana-O, 
65,8«; roalil-gandha-vibhilti-o, 61,4; 
pnrideva-8oka-o, 69,8«; sila-dassana-o, 
Dh. 217 (v. /».). 

sampayata, mfn. {sa. sampraya- 
ta) come together, having advanced 
towards; m. f%/0 (Yamassa santike) 
Dh. 237. 

sampayoga,»M. {sa. samprayoga) 
joining, conjunction, connection (with, 
instr.); nom. »%/0 (appiyehi) 67,». 

[saniparivatta, »».] {sa. sam- 
parivarta) turning or rolling round; 
only in comp. ^''-sayiH, mfn. "rolling 
oneself about", nom. m. r>^l, Dh. 326. 

samparivareti, vb. {catts. sam- 
pari-y/vr) to surround (acc); ger. 
/^ayitva (narii) 64,3o. 

*sampavedhi«, mfn. {fr, sam- 
pavedhati. to tremble, shake, swing 
to and fro; sa. 8am-pra-\/vyath) shak- 
ing, trembling; only in comp. a-sam- 
pavedbi*/, mfn. {v. h.). 

sampassati, vb. {sa. sam-ypap) 
to look upon, regard, consider (acc); 
pari, m, --vpassarii (vipulam sukhaifa) 
Dh, 290; part. med. m. /^passamano 
(adinavaiii) 93,82 (considering it dan- 

sanipahariiseti, vb. {sa. sam- 
prabarahayati, cans. 8am-pra-\/hr8b) 
to make glad (acc); pr. 3. sg. ,>^eti 
(bbikkhu) 71,23; aor, 3. sg. ^esi, 
77,25; ger. ,>^etva, 78,»2; pp, ,%^ito, 

Ml. 77,27. 

sampildeti, r6. (ca!<s. sampajjati; 
sa. Hiiinpadiiyati) to bring about, pro- 
duce, supply, prepare {acc.)\ intr. to 
go to work, endeavour, strive; pr. 3. 
sg. ^eti (ratbarii) 98,i7; imp. 2. pi. 
<%^etha (appamadena) 80,»; ger. 
«N/etva, 6,4, 57,21; pp. sampadita, 
propiu'od, 41,11, 

sumpffpuiiRti, vb, («o. sam-iira- 
yiip) to reach, come to, arrive at 
(acc); aor, 3. sg. sampapuni, 29,25; 
8. pi. ,>.imsu, 59,27, 

sampunna, mfn, (sa. sampurna) 



complete, accomplished; *<»-pada, mfn. 
complete up to the single words; n. 
{adv.)r^{}im. (correctly, perfectly) 113,7. 
samphassa, »». {sa. samsparga) 
touch, contact; nom. «^o (*cakkhu-°) 
70,26; (*mano-0, q. v.) 70,33; ace. 
-^am (hattha-o) 51,9. cp. vedayita, 

samphusati.t;?). {sa. sam-yspr?) 
to come in contact with, touch; suffer, 
endure (ace); aor. 3. sg. ^\x%i (metri 
causa) 78,30 (abadham). 

sambandha, m. (= sa.) con- 
nexion, conjunation; relationship (with, 
instr.); ahl. />.a (tena, on account of 
the relationship with him) 112,38, 

sarabahula, mfn. (= sa.) nu- 
merous; insir, pi, ,^ehi (bhikkhuhi) 

sambadha, m. (= sa.) a narrow 
place; press, crowd; *''-tthana, n. the 
interstice between the legs, in the 
comp. pakata-bibhaccha-**, mfn. having 
the loathsome parts of the body dis- 
closed, f. pi. op^a, 65,8. 

*8ambahati (& *sambaheti), vb, 
(sa. sam + ;/vah (bah)) to rub (ace); 
aor. 3. sg. />^bahi (pahararii) 50,8-1. 

sambuddha, *) mfn, (= sa.) 
awakened, clear in insight; nom. m, 
-^0, 80,25; gen. pi. f^anam, Dh. 181; 
•) m, a Buddha; gen. <N/assa, 104,ia; 
loc. ^e, 81,*; ♦"-mats, n. the doctrine 
of the Buddha, 114,is ("-kovida); 
samma-*', wj. the enlightened one, the 
supreme Buddha, instr. ^ena, 88,s; 
gen. ^./assa, 81, s; Kassapa-", 28,i8 
(g. v.). 

sambodhi, f. {= sa.) perfect 
knowledge, supreme wisdom (of a 
Buddha); dat. <N^aya, 66,3o. 93,8; 
*'*-parayana, mfn, destined to obtain 
supreme wisdom, m. «x/0, 79,8*; *''-aa- 
ga, (m.) i. e. sambojjhafSga = bo- 
jjhaBga (q. v.); i)b. 89 (loc. pi. 


sambhata, mfn. (sa. sam-bhrta) 
collected, produced, earned; gen. n, 
^assa (dbanassa) 62,5. 

sambhava, m. (= sa.) birth. 

origin; being, existence; nom. f^O 
(*jati-*', existence) 17,28; instr. o^ena 
(matu-kuccbi-'*, on account of the so- 
journ in the mother's womb) 62,28; 
atta-", & *matti-o, mfn, (q,v.). 

sambhara, m. (= sa.) bringing 
together; abl. ^a (anga-", q. v.) 98,30. 
sambhuta, tnfn, (= sa.) pro- 
duced, arisen, come into being; n. 
^aib, 99,32. 

samma-, shortened of samma 
(q. v.). 

*S8imm&, indecl., a term of familiar 
address to inferiors or equals (not to 
women), sometimes also with plural 
ending (satiiina) : friend! my dear! 
[possibly some derivate from y'<jau), 
or Qam, indecl, (ved, «a.), cp, (jamya, 
(jamya, etc., if not, after all, akin to 
samraa (v. below); it is by some con- 
sidered as related to sa. saumya; Faus- 
bell, Five Jat. p. 37, hesitatingly, refers 
to sa. (jarman; Pischel, KZ (BB.) I. 
p. 176, to sa. *^amba]; 1,20. 6,2s; w. 
foil. voc. : o^ kumbhila, 3,i5; «%.- mora, 
10,u; />^ kappaka, 44,22. 

sammajjati, vb. (sa, sam-^/mrj) 
to sweep, cleanse, scrub (acc); grd, 
m. ^itabbo (deso) 82,33; f, /va, 84,22; 
pp. V. next. 

sammattha, mfn. (pp. samma- 
jjati; sa. sam-mrsh^a) cleansed, smooth; 
•"-passa, mfn. well-formed, beautiful, 
acc. f. r^&m. (kumarim) 47,i9. 

sam mat a, mfn. (= sa.) ') con- 
sidered as, so called; sutta-", 110,3; 
>) elected, authorized; m. (& n,?) a 
deputy; a select committee; '"samgha-'^, 

sammati, vb. (sa, ^/^am) to be- 
come quiet, appeased; to cease; to 
rest, dwell; pr. 3. sg. o^ati, Dh, 3; 
390 (sammati-m-eva); 3. pi. ^&nt\ 
(verani) 106,23-84 = Dh. 6; caus. 
sameti, pp. santa (q, v,) cp. sama, 

sammatta, mfn, (= sa,) inebri- 
ated, maddened, mad with joy, love &; 
m, pi. 0.5 (maccha) 19,88; *putta- 
pasu-**, mfn, one who is fully engaged 



in taking care of hU ohlldren and cattle, 
Dh. 287. 

sammad-, sandhi-forin of samma 
(g;. V.) cp. next etc. 

*8amma-d-akkbata, tnfn. (fr. 
samma + akkhata; sa. *8amyag- 
akbyata) well preached; loc, (x^e 
(dhamme) Dh. 86. 

samma-d-aSna, f. (sa. samyag* 
ajna) perfect knowledge; ♦"-vimutta, 
mfn. (v. anna) Dh. 67. 96. 

*samma-ppajaiia, mfn. (fr. 
samma + pajana, q. v.) possessed 
of complete knowledge, m. i^O, Dh. 20. 
*samma-ppanna, f, (fr. samma 
4" panna, q. v.) complete knowledge, 
clear understanding; instr, i^aySi, 
107,18 = Dh. 190. 

sammasati, v'6. (sa. sam-ymr^) 
to take hold of,, grasp; to consider, 
meditate, perceive fully (acc); pr. 3. 
sg. rvuti (khandhanara udayavyayam) 
Dh, 374. 

samma, indecl. (sa. samyak) com- 
pletely, wholly, truly, properly, duly, 
correctly, cltiariy ; nt the beg. of comp. 
it is shortened to samma-" before 
double cons. (v. iamma-ppajana, etc.), 
' ind before vowels 'in euphonical -d- 
generally is incerted \v, samma-d- 
akkliata, etc.); likewise before a foil, 
eva : samma-d-eva, 68,26; *) beyond 
comp. : 24,32 (vaddliito); 82, le (? sam- 
ma-vattitabbarii, v. samma- vattati 
below); 99,8i (vadeyya); 102,6-7 ("vas- 
sati, sauipajjjssanti); Dh. 89 (suohS- 
vitaih); Dh. 373 (vipas^ato); ^) at 
the heg, of comp., v. sepi^raiehj. 

8 a m m a - a j I \ a , m, (sa. samyag- 
ajiva) right living, 67,4. 

samma-kammanta, m. (sa.sam- 
yak-kiirmanta) right conduct, 67,4. 

samma-ditthi , f. (sa. samyag- 
drsliti) right belief, 67,3, 96,6. 

*8amma-panihita, »«/"«., v, pa- 

*samma«parinama, m., t>. pa- 

samma-vattati, vb. (probably 
to be read in two words) to observe 

a right conduct (towarde, loe.)\ prd. 
n. /vitabbam, 82,i«. ep. next. 

*8amma-vattana, f. right con* 
duct or behaviour; 82,it. 

samma-vaca, f. (sa. aatnyag- 
vac) right speech, 67,4. 

samma-vayama, nt. (sa, eam- 
yag-vyayama) right endeavour, 67,5. 
*8am ma-viiinata, tnfn. perfectly 
known or understood ; "-samaya, mfn. 
having a perfect knowledge in religious 
doctrines, 113,4. 

samma-samkappa, m.(sa.8am- 
yak-saiiikalpa) right aspiration or re- 
solve, 67,4; *o-gocara, mfn. "following 
true desires" {opp. miccha-") Dh. 12. 
samma-sati, f. (sa. samyak- 
amrti) right recollection, 67,5. 

samma-samadbi, m. (sa, sam- 
yak-") right meditation, 67,5. 

samma-sambuddha, in. (sa. 
samyak-") v. sambuddha. 

sammukha, mfn. (= sa.) being 
face to face with (gen.)\ present; sui- 
table; m. pi. ^a, 79,20; abl. (adv.) 
o^a (Bhagavato, in the presence of) 
98,29; 109,31 (sutva, "having heard 
it from B. himself") ; cowp. *°-cinna, 
n. a manifest suitable deed; instr. 
/x/ena, 14,3. cp. next & samukba- 
ve^hita, 61,3 (v. sa-*). 

sammuti, f. (sa. sammati) custom, 
general or current opinion (or expres- 
sion), name, appellation, phrase; hoti 
sattoHi sammuti, 98,31 ("we use the 
phrase a living being"). 

sammodati, vb. (sa, sam-y/roud) 
to exchange friendly greetings; aor. 
3. sg. sammodi (Bliagavata saddhira) 
89,20 ; part. med. rw raodamana, dwell- 
ing friendly and harmonious together, 
16,19; grd, sammodaniya, in the 
phrase : sammodaniyarii katham etc. 
89,20. 93,21. 96,26 (v. vitisareti). cp. 

sammoha, m. (= sa.) confusion; 
acc. .^am (apadim, v. apajjati) 94,22; 
dat. rvaya (alarii, q. v.) 94,24. 

saya, mfn. (sa. (;aya) lying, sleep* 
ing; V, guha-", dari-". 



■ sayam, indecl. (sa. svayam) self, 
by one's self, spontaneously ; 7,8. 33,82. 
46,16; sayam eva, 65,i!5. 85,88; sayam 
pi, 112,j»; comp. O-kata, mfn. Dh. 
347 (v. h.)', «-jata, mfn. 'self-born', 
growing wild, 22,1 (o-sali). cp. samara. 

sayati, vb,, v. seti, 

say an a, «. (sa. ^ayana) lying, 
Bleeping; bed, oouoh; ace, ^&±, 112,«; 
instr, ^ena, 20,»6. 61,io; Dh. 271 
(vivicca-o, q. v.); abl. ^a, 41,i7; (uccS- 
«-maha-0) 81, je; ^ato, 16,4 (dabba- 
tina-o); gen. .vassa, 47,«6; loc. /ve 
(pupphanam amnianaraattena abhi- 
ppakinna-") 65,3o; 4i,36 (maha-^) cp, 
siri-sayana; ♦"-gabbha, m. bed-cham. 
ber, 46,3; *"-gumba, m. 14,3S (v. /».); 
'-pittha (q. V.) cp. next. 

sayanasana, «., v. senSsana. 

sayani-ghara, n. (sa. Qayana- 
grha, cp. ^ayaniya-grha) a bed-cham- 
ber; ace. -N^aih, 52,8». 

sara', in, (sa. ^ara) an arrow; 
ace. r^&m, Dh. 320; pi. ^a, Dh. 304. 

sara', »>. n, (sa, sara & saras) 
a lake, pond; acc, ^aih, 4,i3; 3,3o 
(paduraa-"); gen. />/as9a, 4,u; loc. 
/%/e, 3,3». 21,36 (Tambapanni-"); >^U8- 
mim, 5,16 [loc. also sarasi from saras]; 
*-tira, "-pariyanta (v. /«.). 

sara*, m. (sa. svara) sound, voice, 
cry; acc. ,^aiii (atikaruna-") 27,i4; 
(atta-ssaram, v. atta *) 40,2i ; (gita-°) 
19,39; instr. .-^ena (madhurena) 17,87; 
(madhura-ssarena) 6,8o. 62,is; "-sam- 
panna, mfn. having a melodious voice, 
m. O.-0 (moro) 18,3*. 

saraka, m. n. (= sa.) a drinking 
vessel or cup; instr. o^ena (suvanna-*') 

sarana, n. (sa, garana) refuge; 
ace. ^am, Dh. 188; 192"= 107,8i; 
f^&m gaccbati (upeti), to take refuge 
in (aec.) : 69,i9. 106,J4. 107,i7 = Dh. 
190; pi. f^tLui (tini = ratanani, v. 
ratana) 28,2S. 

sarati, vb. (sa. y/amx) to remem- 
ber (acc. or gen.), to think of (with 
sorrow or regret); pr. 1. sg. /s/ami 
(attanam) 27,m; an earlier form of pr, 

3. sg. sumarati is found Dh. 324 (w. 
gen. nagavanassa); pp, v, sata*; cp, 
sati' & saraniya. 

sarabha, m. (sa. garabha) a kind 
of deer; ***-padaka, mfn. with legs of 
that deer, loc, /ve (kancana-pallaitike) 

sarita, mfn, (= so,; pp, y/ax) 
moving, going, running; n, pi. /vani 
(somanassani) Dh. 341 ("extrava- 
gant"), ep. 8ari«. 

sarira, n. (so. garira) the body; 
nom. /x/Bih, 2,7; aec. ^am, 1,6; 16,e 
(saka-"); 67,89 (sakala-"); instr, ^exia, 
89,9 (do.); abl. /^a, 45,i; .^ato, 23,32; 
loc, fs/i, 15,83; ♦"-patijaggana, n,, 
"■"-bhariga, »»., ♦°-mamsa, n. (v, h.); 
*antiiua-°, mfn. (q. v.); *obhagga-'', 
mfn. one whose body is bent or crooked, 
63,9; *manu8sa-9amana-°, mfn. (q. 
V.) ; maba-*', mfn. having a great body, 
1,3; cp. a-sarira, mfn. 

salaka, f. (sa. galaka) a small 
stick or twig, a piece or splint of bam- 
boo and the like, uited as ticket or 
ballot (by casting of lots); v, kala- 
kanni-°, 23,i2. 

salayatana, n. (sa. shad-ayata- 
na) tlie six organs of sense; nom. /vam, 
66,8; "-nirodha, m. 66,u (q. v.) cp. 

sal la, n. (sa. galya) a stake or 
thorn, an arrow; a wound; wo»!. /^am, 
92,9; acc. ~am (attano, metaph, of 
passions) 108,9; instr: .^ena, 92,7; 
pi. r^sLni (*bhava-o, q. v.) Dh. 351; 
*''-saiithana, «., "the removal of the 
thorns" (metaph.) Dh. 276. cp. next. 

salla-katta, m. (sa. galya-karttr) 
a surgeon; acc. /vam, 92,8. 

sallakkheti, vb. (sa. sam-v/laksh) 
to notice, observe, think of, consider 
(acc.); ger. /^etva, 84,i7; a-sallak- 
tfbetva (tarn karanam) 3,i8; (u\ gen, 
tassa) 89,6. 

sallapati, vb. (sa. saih-Vl^p) to 
talk together, converse, speak to, ad- 
dress ; part. m. f^anto (tena saddhim) 
13,24; f, /vanti, 73,4. cp. next. 

sail a pa, m, (sa. samlapa) conver- 



(•ation; allapa-',, m. id., aee. <vaih, 
56,81 ; "katha-", m. id., instr, /^en&, 


sallioa, tnfn. (««. sarfi-lina, pp, 
8ain-\/li) bent down, depreised; *a' 
sallina, mfn, (v, h,). 

savati, vb, {sa. \/8ru) to flow, 
stream; pr. 3. pi. ^anti (sota) Dh. 
340; cp, savana*, sota'*. 

savana^, n. (^sa. ^ravana) hearing, 
learning; dhamnia-", sad-dhamma-** 
(g. v.); 8u-ssavana, n, (v. su-"). 

savana^, n. {sa. sravana) flowing, 
BtreBming; *manana-°, mfn. (y. h.). 

savhaya, mfn. (e. c.) (fr. sa' -|- 
avhaya; sa. sahvaya) named, called; 
Ananda-", m. ace. ^arii, 109,i5. 

sasa, w. {sa. ga^a) a hare; nom. 
rvO, Dh.342; *'*-panaita, »». the wise 
hare, 14,ia; *''-yoni, f, {q. v.); loc, 
/%,iyaiii (nibbattilva, having been born 
fls a liare) 14,8; *''-raia, hi. {v. mja/i)', 
''-lakkhana, n, the eign of a hare, ace, 
<N/ani, 16,10. 

sassa, n. (rarely hi.) {sa, sasya 
or gasya) corn, crop; nom, ^o, 26,2o; 
ace, /N^arii, 8,5; 26,i8 (sampanna-", 
q.v.)\pl. .N^ani, 7,35. 102,7; ♦"•karaka- 
manussa, m. a husbandman, pi, ^a, 
8,7; **'-rakkhana, n. protection of 
fields, 8,7 (o-atthaxii). 

sassata, mfn, {sa. ^a^vata) eter- 
nal; HI. />,o (Icko) 89,21 ; a-sassato, 
69,26 {q. v.)\ m. pi. n„a (saiiikhara, 
n'atthi) Dh. 255. 

saha, prp. (=: sa.) with, together 
with, simultaneously with {instr, or 
abl.)', ■>./ khelena, 67,2i; »j Brah- 
iruna, Dh. 105; ^ pariuibbana {abl.) 
60,10 ; cp, next etc, 

saha-gata, mfn, (e. c; = so.) 
accompanied by; dukkha-", mfn. 97,8o; 
naudi-raga-'', mfn, 67, is. 

*8uhanukkami, mfn. (saha -f- 
anukhama) toge her with all pertain* 
iig; n. r^&m (sandiinaih) Dh. 398. 

*saha-8einana, n'fn, {v. sett 
[sayati]) lying or reposing with; ace. 
f. r^^TXi (yakkhinirii) 112,8. 

sahati, vh. {sa. ^sah) to overcorne, 

conquer; to bear, endare (aee.); pr. 
3. ag. /%/ati (metri causa) 107,8t = 
Dh. 335; part, m, a-sahanto (duk- 
khara) 32,«6; pot. 3, pi, -x/eyyuih 
(vuttbiih) 104,28; cp. sahasS, sahasa. 

Sahampati, m, {Btiddh, sa, 8&- 
hapati) an epithet of firahma/i (cp. 
SBE. XIII, p. 86); nom. Brahina ->^, 

sahasa, indeet. (== sa.) by vio- 
lence; unexpectedly, inconsiderately; 
Dh. 256 (atthaih naye); cp. a-saha- 

sahassa, n. {sa, sahasra) a thou- 
sand (w. nom. [or gen.'\ pi. of the 
things numbered, or e. c); nom. ace, 
sg. />.arii (datva, 1000 pieces of mo- 
ney) 37,10; (vaca, gatha) Dh. 100. 
101; purisa-", 33,22. 34,n; instr. .^^ena 
(at the rate of) 18,26; Db. 106; 
ainncca-" (saddhiih) 39,2o; kahapana-° 
(do.) 67„')2; bhikkhu-o (do.) 70,22; 
sahassaiii sahassena manuse {ace, 
pi,) 1000 times 1000 men, 107,3 = 
Dh. 103; - coHi^. w. other numerals : 
sata-sahassaih, n. 23,3 (visam); pi. 
~ani (cattari) 61,6; (satt'eva) 109,2; 
*''-agghauaka, mfn. {v. h.); catura- 
siti-vassa-sahassani, 44,2o; asiti-", 
mfn. eighty thousands, m, pi. ^R (bhik- 
khii) 97,4; — at the beg. of comp,: 
^"-kahapana, w. {sg.) 1000 pieces of 
money, ace. m^am (imam) 102,25; 
*Mhavika, f. {q. v.); *0-bhandika, f. 
{q. V.) ; "-bhaga, hi. the thousandth 
part, or (perhaps better) : with 1000 
parts; ndm. ^0 (maranassa, "is the 
property of deoth"; perhaps we ought 
to correct : sahassabhage maranaiii, 
cp. Windiaeh, Mara, p. 4) 103,8; 
*"-matta, mfn. being a number of 1000, ^a, 39,12; o-mula, mfn. worth 
a thousand pieces, aee. m. ^ani (sa- 
takam) 31, 10; (pannakiiraiii) 68,21; 
"-vagga, m. the eighth chapter of Dh. ; 
*yojana - sahasa' -ubbedha, mfn, {v. 

sahiiya, hi. (= sa.) a companion, 
friend; nom, ^0, 12,3; ace. -vBlh, 



47,80. Dh. 328! gen. ^assa, 12,34; 
pi. ~a, 11,27, cp. next etc, 

sahayaka, »». (= sa.) = prec; 
nom, ,^0, 79,24; gen. rwassa, ib.; gen. 
pi, ^anarii, 66,29. 

sahayata, f. (=z sa.) companion- 
ship; nom. ^a (n'atthi bale) Db,61. 
330. ^ 

*8ahayika, f. (fr. sahayaka) a 
female companion or friend; voc, ^e, 
58,31 ; imtr, pi, rwahi, 57,84. 

8abita, mfn. (5= sa.) >) joined, 
connected, leniible (?); », ^aih (ba- 
huii], bhasamano, ipeaking many 
sensible words?) Dh, 19 {cp. Childers 
sub vocp, SBE. X. p. 8) ; «) e. 0. ac 
compnnied by, endowed with (cp, 

sa, f. pron, demonstr., v. tarii *. 

sakunika, m, (sa, sakunika) a 
fowler, bird-catcher; instr, ^ena, 88,83 

Sakha, m, (sa. ^akha-"), nom. pr, 
of a deer ("Branch-deer", cp. next) 
acc. o.^am, 7,38; loc. -x-asmim, 7,34 
"-miga, »». id. (sa. "-mrga), nom. ^0 
5,31 ; dvandva camp, Nigrodhamiga-", 
6,9 (gen. pi.). 

sakha, f. (sa. (jakha) a branch 
nom. <N/a (sala-") 62,i7; acc, (x/am 
62,19; loc, ^aya, 13, 13; r-vayaih (sa 
la-") 62,17; pi. >^a. (sakhahi, instr, ^ 
branch with branch) 37, 20; 62, 11 (ag 
ga-**, q, V.) ; sakhagge, sakhaggesu 
on the top of the branch(e8), 13,22 
1,85 (cjj. agga*); sakhantarehi, 62,ii 
(v. antara); *'-palasa, n. dvandva 
comp. branches and leaves, 96,22 
apagata-", mfn. 95,25 (v. apagacchati) 

sa^aka, m. (sa. Qataka) cloth; 
dress, clothes ; robe, skirt, gown ; nom 
/vO, 87,11 (v. corrections) ; acc. .%/am 
31,4-10. 50,23. 67,32; 50,i8 (ghana-°, 
q. V.) ; instr. o/ena, 60,i8 ; loc. >^e. 
58,29 ; pi. /"wS, 45,1 ; acc. pi, /^e, 41,4 
*camma-°, m. (^q. v.). 

sati (or satika), f. (sa. <?ati; cp 
prec.) a robe, skirt, gown; *ajiDa-". 
f. (q. v.); *8ana-o, f. (q. v,). 

8a(tQal<&tbi^t ^- saV 

Sana, mfn, (sa. (jana) made of 
hemp; *'-sati-nivattha, mfn. wearing 
a skirt or tunic of hempen cloth, »». 

/vO, 71,29. 

sani, f, (sa. ?ani) cloth of hemp 
(used for tents or curtains) ; acc, /N/iiii 
(curtain) 62,2o; instr, ^iya, 112,s; 
*pata-«, f 37,3 (q. v.). 

sata, n, (sa, (jata) joy, pleasure; 
*a-8ata, mfn, (q, v.) ; *°-8ita, mfn, 
bound to pleasure, given up to plea< 
sure, pi, .x'S, Dh. 341. 

*gatacca-kari», mfn, (sa.*6ata- 
tya-°; cp, satataih above) persevering; 
m, pi, 'v/ino (to. loc, kicce) Dh. 293. 

""satatika, mfn, (fr, sa. satata) 
= prec, ; >». pi, >s,a, Dh. 23. 

satthaku, mfn, (sa. sarthaka) 
useful, successful, beneficial; f. /vika 
(desana) 86,10. 87,2. 89,3, 

sad a, m, (sa. svada) taste; *appa- 
ssada, mfn. Dh. 186 (v. /».). 

*sadana, mfn, (sa, sa -J- adana) 
V, sa-*. 

sadhana, n. (= sa.) accomplish- 
ment, PBtablishmeat, demonstration; 
"-attham, 31, u ("in order to enforce 
this truth"). 

sadhayati, or sadheti, d6. (sa. 
■y/sadh, caus. sadhayati) to direct, 
set right, accomplish, prepare (acc); 
ger, ^ayitvana (bhattani) 111,38, 

sadharana, mfn. (= sa,) com- 
mon, belonging to all; instr, n, o^ena 
(rajjena) 59,25. 

sadhu, *) mfn, (= sa.) good, ex- 
cellent, right, honorable; n. f>^\x (hoti) 
2,80 ; acc, r^\im (sadhuna [msii-.J jeti, 
"pays good with goodness") 44,2 (cp, 
a-sadhu); m. ^n (damatho) Dh. 35; ,>/uhi (therehi) 109,i3; gen, 
pi. /x/unam (sabba-°, all good men) 
114,8. — ^) indecl. ") adv, well, rightly; 
IS./ janasi, 98,24; ^) interj, very well! 
well done I /x-u'ti (sanipaticchitva) 
1,18; 6,1, 63,16; (pa^isunitva) 16,26; 
w, foil, voc, sadhu deva! 65,i7; re- 
peated 1 sadhu sadhu Nagasena! 
98,84. cp, next etc. 
. "'sadhukam, adv. (fr. sadhu*) 



well, rightly, properly, thoroaghly; 
82,11. 110,is. 

sadhu-kara, m. (= sa.) appro- 
val; /v/aih dadati, ti consent, applaud, 
6,19. 34,87. 87,1. 98,18. 

■"sadhu-rupa, mfn. respectable, 
comt'ly, sympathetic; m. rwO (naro) 
Dh. 262. 

*8adhii-vib.ann, tnfn, living 
righteously; wi. ace. "-vihari (formally 
in 009 word v ith the foil, dhiram) 
instead of '-viharinr. (or "-viharinaih) 
Dh. 1,28-29. 

Biima, mfn. (sa. ^ySma) dark- 
coloured; nt. >x/Q (puriso) 92,i3. 

*8amam, indecl. {pron.), self, 
ons's self (said of all persons) (=s 
sayam, to which it seems to be related 
in some way ; possibly from "'sayauiam, 
'ipsissimum', Tr. ?); 6,i9 (->./ gantva 
aneti); 68,si (samam yeva); 85,«8 
(saman 'ti sayam evp,). 

samaggi, f. {fr. samagga; sa. 
samagri) ') totality, complete collec* 
tion, completeuess; ^) concord, harmonyj 
nom. «N/i (samghassa) Dh. 194. 

samanna, *) n. (/V. samana, q 
v.; sa. Qramanya) the state of a sa 
mana, asceticism ; nom. ^am (duppa 
ramaUhaiii) Dh. 311; gen. ^assa 
Dh. 19; cp. next. — ^) mfn. {sa. sa 
tnanya) common ; t>. community, 

•samannata, f, = sarraflna* 
Dh. 332. 

samanera, m. (sa, ^ramanera) 
a Buddhist monk in his noviciate, 
pupil, novice; nom. n^o, 81, is; pi. 
r^si, 81, m; ace. ~e, 81,i7; instr. rv<ehi, 
81,81 ; gen. »N^anam, 81, is. 

samatthiya, n. {fr. samatthai 
sa. samarthya) ability, competence, 
qualificatioD; acc. r^&m. (tava dassehi) 


samanta, mfn. (fr. samanta; = 
sa.) being on all sides, near; n. neigh* 
bourhood ; abl. (adv. & prp.) r^a,, 
near, round (w. gen. (acc.) or e. C.) : 
apjAti-o, 83,4 t>. /*.). 

sariika, m. (fr. next; sa, "sva- 
mika) an owner, lord, husband; nom. 

/vo, 14,M. 100,11 (amba-"). 100,m 
(khetta-«); 10,io; ace. t^&±, 10,s; 
gen. f^assa, 58,5; loe. rN/amhi, 31,9; 
pi. ace. (N/e, 21,»j; gen. o,.anam, 21,io; 
comp. *'-acohadana, n. (v. h.)\ *rajja-^ 
m. king, 43,j»-2S (Baranasi-", Kosala-"); 
*8a-8samika, mfn., v. sa-*. 

samifi, m. (sa, svamin) an owner, 
master, lord, husband; nom. i>A, 87,6; 
voc. sami, 1,7. 5,u. 7,i6, etc, (at the 
beginning, after the opening word, or 
at the end of the sentence); gen, *) 
samino, 112,9; ^)8amissa (Dhamma-", 
q. V.) 114,e; pi. ^ino, 43,8i. cp, next 
& prec. 

samini, f. (sa. svamini) mistress, 
lady; nom. f^i, 111,5. 

•"samukkamsika, mfn. (Buddh. 
sa. samutkarshika; c^). samukkamsati, 
vb.) most excellent, most essential (or 
principal); f. ^a (dhammadesana 
buddhanaifa) 68,2s; acc. m. «>^am (sab- 
ba-«, panhaiii) 90,95, [cp. 8BE. XIII, 
p. XXVI ] 

sayam, adv.(=sa.) in the evening, 
at evening time; 2,24. 57,9. 73, 11; 
ajja ,, r^ i. eva, even this very evening, 
2,30. cp. next etc, 

sayanha, m. (so! sayahna) evening; 
"-samaye (loc.) 2,8». 14,ii, 

sayataram, adv. (compar,; sa. 
Bayatare) late or later in the evening, 

sayam-asa, tn, (sa. sayam-S^a) 
evening meal, supper; acc. <%/aiil 
(bhunjantassa) 53,29. 

sayika; f, (sa. (jayika) lying, 
sleeping; v. tbandila-'*, Dh. 141. 

sayin, mfn. (sa. ^ayin) lying; v. 
samparivatta-", Dh. 325. 

Sara, m, (= m. -t^ngth; the 
essential part of aii\ ■ • a precious 
thing, reality, quinttv, uce; loc. /\>e 
(patiithito) 95,94; acc. & abl. saram 
sarato natva, knowing what is essen* 
tial in its essence, Dh. 12; - *8ara- 
mati(?«), mfn. imagining to find the 
essence; pi, .>.,ino (asare) Dh. 11; 
cp. a-sara; - e. c. mani-*, mutta-", 



choice gems, pearls, 24,80 ; vajira-", 

26.1. (cp. ratana). 
*8aratta-ratta, vifn. (so. ♦sam- 

rakta-rakta) passionately enamoured 
or devoted to-, f. «^a (apekha, "pas- 
sionately strong") Dh. 345. 

sarathi, m. (= sa.) a charioteer; 
nom, voc. ,^i, 43,io-si; ace. «^im, 

63.2. 106,34 = Dh. 222; instr, ^ina, 
Dh. 94. 

sarada, mfn. {sa. Qarada) autumnal, 
mature, new, fresh (not too old; cp. 
Mil. transl. II. p. 79, note 2, where it 
is taken = sara-da, which can hardly 
be possible) ; - m. suhst, (= sarada) 
autumn; loc. /^e, Dh. 149. 

saradika, mfn. (sa. Qaradika) 
autumnal; ace, /s^am (kumudaih) Dh. 

sarambha, wi. {sa. samrambha) 
quarrel, brawling; abuse, brutality; 
anger, fury; nom. ^o, Dh. 134; *"-ka- 
tha, f. abusive or angry speech, Dh. 

*saraniya, mfn. (either from -^/sr, 
cans, kathaih sareti, cp. vitisareti 
& Tr. PM. 76,!2, or from \/smT, Chil- 
ders) usual, customary, traditional (or 
introductory ?); ace. f. ^&m (sammo- 
daniyam kathaiii, the usual (introduc- 
tory) compliments) 89,so-2i. 

sariJi, mfn. (== sa.) flowing, run- 
ning, wandering about; in the eomp. 
anoka-", mfn., v. an-oka. 

Sariputta, m. (Buddh. sa. Qari- 
putra) nom. pr. of one of Buddha's 
most famous pupils; nom. f^O, 29,i8; 
gen. ^assa (ayasmato) 81,n; °-Mog- 
gallana, m. pi. {dvandva) 74,j6-8o. 

sal a, m. {sa. q&\a) the Sal tree 
(shorea robusta); aec. r^am, Dh. 162; 
o-rukkha, m. id. 61,ii (maha-); 95,»i; 
*-vana, «., a grove of sal trees, 62,io 
(mangala-o), 62,i5 (O-kilam), 62,i6; 
«-sakha, f. 62,i7 (q. v.) cp. next. 

sala, f. (eomp. also sala-*"; sa. 
cala) a house, mansion, workshop; 
aee. ~am, 87,io; 88,8 (pesakara-", 
q. v.); sala-dvarena (gacchanti, pass 

by the house-door) 59,3; cp. assa-", 
dana-", panna-°, natthi-". 

sali, m. {sa. ^ali) rice, paddy, 
grains of rice ; ace. >x'ilh, 100,13; 22,i 
(sayaih-jata-^, q. v.); ♦"-yava-khetta, 
n. 8,18 (q. v.). 

salohita, m. {Buddh. sa, id.; fr. 
sa. sa-lohita) a kinsman; pi. /%..§ (na- 
ti-^, dvandva, "relatives and kinsmen") 

savaka, m. {sa. ^ravaka) "a 
hearer", a disciple, pupil, esp. a be- 
lieving Buddhist; nom. /vO (samma- 
sambuddha-") Dh. 59; pi. ,^E (Go- 
tamassa) 73,26. Dh. 296 ff.; aec. pi. 
^e, 104,8. 108,20 ; gen. pi. rvanam, 
90,16; 74,18 (Gotama-^) ; *ariya-°, ni. 
{v. h.). 

Savatthi, f. {sa. (Jravasti) nom. 
pr. of a city, the capital of North- 
Kosala (the exact position of which 
seems to be rather doubtful; according 
to Dhpd. (1866) p.' 232 seven yojanas 
north of Saketa (Oudh?)); nom. <>./!, 
81,8 ; loe. ^iyaih, 29,24; "-vasino, m. 
pi, the inhabitants of S., 73,32. 

*savana, f. {sa. gravana, n.) an- 
nouncement, proclamation; aec. pi. 
rwS, 11,4; tatiya-savanaya {instr.) 
11,6; cp. savana. 

saveti, vb, {cans, sunati; sa. (jra- 
vayati) to cause to be heard, teach; 
to announce, proclaim (ace); part.m. 
gen. .^entassa, 11,4; aor. 3. sg. f^esi 

{"made a proclamation") 11,4; 64,22 
su-ssavanam) ; gen /N/ctva (sa-na- 
mam) 111,22; ep. sjivana, f. 

sasana, n. {sa. Qasana) *) order, 
instruction, message; nom, ace. <x/aiii, 
36,28. 64,6; *) teaching, doctrine, re- 
ligion; nom, 110,8-24. Dh. 183. 185 
(Buddhana <v); 109,38 (Satthu-O); 
loc. ^e (Satthu) 69,1*; 109,« (Jina-^, 
q.v.); Kassapassa Bbagavato sasane, 
at the time when K. B. preached his 
doctrine, 84,i8; "'sasana-karaka, m. 
one who acts according to the order 
or doctrine, pi. r^ai (mama) 104,9; 
"'sasanS.raha, mfn. worthy of the sa- 
cred doctrine, 110,6 {cp, araha). 



sSsapa, m. («a. sarshapa) a mu* 
Btard*seed; nom. <h/0, Db. 401. 

sSbasa, n. (sn «a.) violenoe, cruel* 
ty; V, a-sSbasa. 
si =s= asi, V. atthi. 
sikkhati, vb, (sa. \/(;iksh) to 
learn, study (ace,)\ to practiae or ex- 
ercise oneseit' (in ; loc,)', pr, 3. tff. 
.N^ati (sippaiii) 99,ij; grd. n, ^itab- 
bam (kattha atnbehi ^, in what have 
we to exercise ourselves?) 81, to', inf. 
>N^ituiii (tesu, used ia a passive sense 
w. instr, sainanerelii) 81,2i ; pp. sik- 
kliitH, lonriKid, Htudied; truiiitid, edu- 
cated; w(. ^0( 99,i»; eu-sikkhitn, 
ntfn. {y. su-°); caus, v. "'sikkhapeti, 
cp. sekha .^ next. 

Bikkbapada, n. (sa. ^iksba-pada) 
n niorikl iniuupt; nom, (x/iiiii, Bl,ii); 
;)/. >^tini, 79,i!i. 81, id; (dasii) 81,ii. 

'''tiikkhilpaiui, n. (nom, aotlonU 
fr, next) the givin j[ instruction ; "-at- 
tbaya, "in order to give (her) a les* 
son", 63,B. 

*3ikkbapeti, vl, (cans, sikkhati) 
to cause to learn, train, iniitruct (ace); 
cor. 3. Bff. fs^osi (jvaricarikniii) 51, is; 
gcr. o,etva, lfe,i8i cp. *8ikkhilpana. 

sikkbita, »i/«., t*. sikkbati. 

sikba, f. {sa. (jikba) a lock of 
hair, cnast; a flami); aggi-", /". 107,i 
(q. v.), cp. next, 

sikbi/i, mfn. (so. ^ikliin) having 
locks, crests or flames; m. ') Are; ') 
a peacock; gen, ~i;io, 18,3> (= mo- 

si gala, m. (sa, srgala) ft jackal; 
nom. r«.o, 14,10. 

slag a, n. (sa. QfHga) the horn of 
an animal; imtr, .^ena, 12,si; pi. 
^ani, 5,s6. 

singhanika, /. (sa. gri5kbanika, 
singbanika) the mucus of the nose, 
82,5, 97,23. 

siiicati, vh. (sa. \/8ic) to be- 
sprinkle, water; to pour out, empty, 
bale out (a ship, ace); pr, 3. pi. 
,N.anti, 37, r, imper. 2. sg. r^a (na- 
vam) Dh. 369; pp. sitta (v, below)-., 

eaus. *8incSpeti, to water; aor. 3. sg. 
<%.e8i (attbiifa kbirodakena) 86,86. 
sita, mfn, (t= «o.) bound; v. sataA 
sitta, mfn. (pp. sifioati; sa. sikta) 
poured out, emptied; f, rv& (nava) 
Dh. 369. 

sittha, n, (sa, siktha) a grain or 
lump of boiled rice; nom. r^aiix (ekarii) 
53,29; pi. /N/ani, 56,i«. 

sitbila, mfn. (sa. pitbila; cp. 
sathila above) loose, relaxed; m. .n/0 
(pamsu) 40,n; n. ovarii (bandbanam, 
yielding, elastic?) Dh. 346; O-bbava, 
m. th« Ijuing loosened, ace. /^(ilh, 40,90. 
cp. ni'Tl, 

*8itbila-hanu, (>«.) lit. Moose- 
Jaw', name of a certain bird ; gen, 
/N/uno, 92,so, 

Hiddbattba, m, (sa. Siddhartha) 
nom. pr, of (iotunia Duddha before 
IiIk piibbajjil) o-kuinaro, G4,«o; °-ku- 
nmrassa, 63,t. 

siddbi, f. (= sa.) accomplishment, 
success, prosperity, result; siddbi-r- 
astu, 114,33. 

*yineru, »». nom, pr. of a mythi- 
cal mountain (sa. Meru, or Suinoru, 
of which sineru i« possibly only a 
variation; the sliort forms Neru and 
Meru are also found in Pali); nom. 
->.u, 110,10; ace. rvurii, 60,9; gen. 
<>^ussa, 69,27; "-papata, m, (q. v.). 

sineba, m. (sa. sneba) affection, 
love, attachment; acc. ^aiii, Dh. 286. 
sinebita, mfn. (sa. snebita) con- 
nected with love or lust; n. pi, rwani 
(somanassani) Dh. 341. 

sindbava, m. (sa. saindbava) 
'coming from Indus or Sindh', a horse; 
nom. ^0, 64,21 ;j;^ ^a (rathe yutta-') 
54,9. Dh. 322; acc. pi. .-..e (maSga- 
la-", q. V.) 63,6. 

sinna, mfn. (sa. svinna, pp. y'svid) 
wet, sweating, wet with perspiration; 
n. ^&m (civaraiii) 83,8; cp. sedita. 

sip pa, M. (sa. ^ilpa) art, discipline, 
learning; acc. ^am (ugganhati) 32,i2", 
(sikkbati) 99, is; gen. ,>./assa (upa- 
caro, q. V.) 55,7 ; loc. pi. ^esu (sab- 
ba-", all branches of learning) 38, lo; 



ni37amaka-o, n. 24,i3 (g. v.)- dvandva 
comp. vijja-o {v. h.) cp. next. 

sippava/. mfn. (sa. pilpa-vat) 
ekilled in art (or science), well-edu- 
cated; mm, m. ^va, 99,8. 

sibbati, vh. (sa. y/sIv) to sew 
(ace); flit. 1. sg. ^issaini, 67,5; grd. 
n. /vitabbam (kinci) 67,s. 

simbali, m. or f. (sa. ?almali, 
cp, simbala) the flilk-cotton tree; loc, 
(v^ismim, 60,ie (= Simbali-vane); 
'^Simbali-vana, n, name of a forest Id 
heaven, 60,6-u. 

siya, pot., v. atthi, 

sir as, n. (sa. <;iras) the head; 
nom. siro (phalitarii) Dh. 260 ; instr, 
sirasa (nipatitva) 75,8i; loc, sirasmiii], 
44,81 ; cp. sisa. 

siri (comp, siri-''), f. (sa. pri) 
beauty, welfare, Buccese, glory, dignity, 
majesty, e<c.; ace, o^im (riipa-*', "beauty 
and majesty") 64,i3; generally at the 
beg. of suhst. comp. : *9iri-gabbha, 
nt. a royal bed-chamber, 41,3!. 61,8; 
*°-vibhava, »i. majestic power, 47,88; 
"■"-sayana, n, a royal bed, loo. ^e, 
63,8. 64,88; <*-piUhe, 41, 8»; ♦"-gobbag- 
ga, n. majestic glory, instr, i-wena, 

*Siri8avatthu, «. (sa. *Qiri8ha- 
vastu) nom. pr. of a fabulous town; 
nom. ,^^x (yakkha-puraiii) 112, 12; 
/^urii (yakkha-nagaraiii, Tambapan- 
nidipe) 20,32. 

si la, f. (sa. gila) a stone, rock; 
ace. ~aiii, 75,35; pandu-kambalaA 
f. a sort of stone, of which Sakka's 
throne (pandu-kambala-silasana, n. 
15,8) is said to be made (cp. asana). 
cp. seia, »». 

si 1 oka, »». (sa. <jloka) fame, re- 
putation, praise; a verse; nom, /^O, 

103,89. . 

sivika, f. (sa. (jibika, (jmka) a 
palanquin, litter; loc. .vaya (sova^- 
na-o) 62,7. 

sigba, mfn. (sa, ^ighra) quick, 
rapid ; n. (adv.) -x-arii, quickly, 63,i7. 
11 1,81 ; 87,18 (sigham eva); - comp. 
eigh'-assa, m, a raoe^horse, Dh. 29. 

sita, mfn. (sa. (jita) cold, cool; 
n, ^am (odakaiii) 15,85; ***-cchaya, 
mfn. yielding cool shadow, n. />^aril 
(manoramaih) 15,25; - snbst. n. ^am, 
coolness; cold water, 83,S5 (opp. un- 
ham); instr. r^ena, ib.; cp. next. 

sitala, mfn. (sa. gitala) cold, 
cool; n. ^&m (sariram), 21,26; *ati- 
sitala, mfn. (q. v.). 

sitibhuta, mfn. (sa. ^iti-bhuta) 
become cold, metaph. tranquillized; 
ace. m. -varii, Dh. 418. 

si ma, f. (sa. sima, f. & siman, 
m.) boundary, border, limit; ace. Awam, 
39,17; abl, ^ato (paccanta"-, q. v.) 
43, u; *siraantarika, f. 40,88 (v, an- 

si la, n, (sa. ^ila) ') morality, vir- 
tue; ace, -^aiii, 16,i. 48,86 ; loc, >^e, 
17,32; 29,8 (attana rakkhita-"); comp. 
*silacara, *8ilagunacara, »>. {v. acara); 
*silanisaiiisa, m. (v. anisamsa); *'*-ka- 
tha, f. the duties of morality, ace. 
o/am (pakasesi) 68,19; *''-gandha, m, 
"the perfume of virtue", Dh, 56 ; ^'-teja, 
m. ''splendid display of virtue", instr. 
>N/ena, 15,7; silabbata, v. below, 
*°-saiiivuta, »»/■«. well behaved, Dh. 289; 
*°-sanipanna, mfn. virtuous, 41,36. 
42,18 = *sampanna-8ila, mfn. Dh. 
57; dvandva comp. "-dassuna, Dh. 
217 C-sampanna, mfn. possessing 
virtue and intelligence); paiina-**, Dh. 
229 ("-samabitaf mfn.). — ^) moral 
precept, esp. pi. paiica silani (= the 
first five of the dasa sikkhapadani, 
81,3i); ?oc. i)?. pancasu />/esu, 7,s4. - 
^) nature, quality (good or bad), mostly 
e. c.; V. *kujjhana-*', *dus-'', *dho- 
rayha-*^, mfn. (cp. next etc.). 

*8ilabbata, n. (sa. *5ila-vrata) 
mere ceremonial practices or rites 
(probably ironically said of brahmani- 
cal rites); o-mattena, Dh. 271 ("not 
only by discipline and vows", cp, 
matta^). (ep. Childers s, v. & Dham> 
ma-sangani, transl. by C. Bhys Davids, 
p. 260-61), 

silavaf, mfn, (sa. Qilavat)- moral, 
virtuous; nom. m. t^yS,, l^,8t, 99,»; 



ace. m, >%/Tantaih, Dh. 400; gen. pi. 
^vatam, Dh. 56 ; &t the beg. of comp. 
sjlava-" : *Silava-kumara, m, nom. 
pr. of a prince, 38,9; *Silava-[maha-] 
rajan, m, = Mahasilava (q. »!) 40,4-6. 
silavanta, tnfn, = prec; gen, 
m. /vassa, Dh. 110; compar. silavan- 
tatara, gen. m. .N^assa, 43,8a. 

silin, mfn. (sa, pilin) virtuoun 
(only «. c); v. abhivadana-". 

si 8 a, N. (sa. ^irshan) the head; 
ace, '^/aih, 6,ii. 65,is', instr, /vena, 
36,8. 67,11. all. 0,/ato, 46,88; loc. <ve, 
46,83; /vamhi, 47,i; "-ccheda, m, cut- 
ting off the head, acc. «vam, 17,7; 
*kaka-'', mfn. & Gaya-", n. (v. h.) ; 
cp. usslsaka, n. & *pacina-sisaka, 

siha, m. (sa. simha) a lion; nom. 
>vO, 8,88. 13,88; acc. /^am, 10,8. 112,3i; 
gen. /x-assa, 8,87. 13,io; "-camma, n. 
(g. V.) ep, next etc, 

*8iha-panjai-a, n. (cp. pafijara) 
a window; loc. rwC, 46,i. 

Sihabahu, m. (sa, Simha-bahu) 
nom. pr. of a king, father of Vijaya 
(q, v.)\ 112,8i; "-narinda-ja, m, son 
of king 8. (Vijaya), 110,88. 

Sihala, m. (sa. Simhala) Ceylon; 
pi. /va, the people of Ceylon, ll2,98; 
,vO (»j. eg.) = Sihabahu (siham 
adinnava iti, i. e, so called on account 
of his having split a lion) 112,81-38; 
- *»-atthakaiha, f, & *»-bhasa, f, 
(v. h). 

Sihasena, »». (sa. Simhasena) 
nom, pr. of a man; nom., ~o, 97, i. 

8U-, indecl-, (= sa.) pre^x to subst., 
implying the Bense of 'good, right, 
excellent', or to adj. & adv., 'well, 
rightly, very, greatly, beautifully, 
easily', etc. (opp. du- (dur-)); ! n 
vowels 8v- (or suv-) cp- sviikl! - i 
bilotc, or contracted, cp, BOtthi. 

8u-kata (or 8U-kata), mfn. well 
done (opp, duk^a^a, q. v.) 97, u; n. 
a good deed, Dh. 314. - °-kara, 
mfn. easy to do, Dh. 163. - "-ku- 
mara, mfn. very tetder or delicate, 
f. pi. gen, -vanam, 47,ii (= sukhu- 

mala, q. v, separately). - sukha, v. 
sep. - "-gata, mfn. wellfaring, Db. 
419; Sugata, m. nom. pr. = Bud- 
dha, 72,84; ms<r.- -vena, Dh. 285; loc. 
,ve, 105,85. - "-gati, f. (eometimes 
spelt suggati after the analogy of 
duggati) happiness, bliss, 77,4; acc. 
-vim, 7,86. 77,6. 89,1 ; 107,87 = Dh. 18 
(.gg.). _ *o-gatin, mfn. righteous, 
pi, -vino, Dh. 126. - "-gandha, 
mfn. fragrant, /". -vS, 53,s7; "-gan- 
dhaka, mfn. id.; /*. «^ika, fragrant 
substance (?) 41,is (panca-sugandhika- 
parivara, mfn,). - "-gahana, n. 
4,35 (q. v).- "-gahita, mfn. firmly 
seized or held, acc, -vaib, 4, 30 etc. — 
o-carita, mfn. good, right; acc. m. 
-vam (dhammain, righteousness, vir- 
tue) Dh. 168; n, good conduct, 86,8 
(vaci-o, q. v.); Dh. 231. - "-citta, 
mfn. (v. citta*). -♦"-cchanna, mfn, 
well thatched, acc. -vam (agaram) Dh. 
14 = 106,31. - "-jiva, mfn. easy 
to live, n, ^aiii (jivitam) Dh, 244 
(u), instr.). — "-tanu, mfn. having 
a very slender or beautiful body, acc. 
f, -vum (kumaririi) 47, 19. - "-danta, 
mfn, well turned, restrained; m. »vO, 
Dh. 169; n. -vaiii (cittam) 105,8; 
instr. -vena, Dh. 323; m. pi. -va 
(assa) Dh, 94. - ''-dassa, mfn. 
easily perceived, n, -vara, 106, 16 = 
Dh. 262. - "-duttara, mfn. very 
difficult to be passed, n. -vam (Mac- 
cudheyyam) Dh. 86. - ^-duddaBa, 
mfn. very difficult to be observed, n. 
-varia (oittam) Dh, 36, - ^-dullabha, 
mfn. very difficult to be found, 51, so, 

- *''-de8ita, mfn. well shown, well 
taught, n, -vam (dhammapadarii) Dh. 
44. - *°-dharamata, f. honesty (or 
generosity?) loc. -vaya, 1,88. - *<'-ni- 
puna, mfn. very skilful, very subtile, 
n. -vam (cittam) Dh. 36. - *o-ni- 
vattha, mfn. carefully dressed, 63, so. 

- "-paticchanna, mfn. well pro- 
tected, 110,14. - "-panna, v, below 
sep. - °-patitthita, »»/"«. standing 
firm; m. -vO,; f. -va, Dh. 333; 
acc. -vam (8atim) 104,7 ; comp, *<'-citta, 



infn. firm-minded, pi. ^a, 91,7. - 
*''-parikkhitta, mfn. well covered 
or overspread, n. r^Km (sayanam) 
112,3. - "■"-parimandalaiii, adv. 
completely, 113,7. - *<'-parisam. 
vuta, mfn. well controlled, pi. ^a, 
Dh. 234. - *0-paruta, mfn. 63,3o 
{v. /«.). -"-pes a la, mfn. very hand- 
some or skilful, »(. ,>.o, 30,s. - "-ppa- 
buddhaiii. adv. ^ pabujjhanti, "are 
well awake", Dh. 296. - "-ppahara, 
»». a well dealt blow, ace. ,vam, 30,i3, 

- *''-bbata, infn. pious, virtuous, 
dutiful, in. ^0, Dh. 95; pi. ,^a, 104,2. 
{cp. vata*). - sub ha, v, below sep. 

- *''-bhana, mfn. well spoken, salu- 
tary {synon. niyyanika), n. ovarii (gi- 
raiii) 9,31. (cp. bhanati). - "-bhad- 
dak a, mfn. 30,8 (v. /».). - "-bha- 
vita, mfn, well developed or culti- 
vated, M, /N^arii (cittaih) 106,32 = Dh. 
14,- °-bhasita, mfn. well spoken, 
f. ~a (vaca) Dh. 61. - "-majjha, 
mfn. having a slender waist, acc. f. 
f^a.m (kuraaririi) 47, i9. - <*-mana, 
mfn, well pleased, cheerful, m. ^o, 
Dh, 68 {cp. somanassa & inana(s)). 

— "-mana, /"., v, below sep. — 
**-medha, mfn. wise, acc. m, ^arii, 
Dh. 208 (c^j. medha). - "-medhasa, 
mfn. wise, m. <n^o, Dh. 29. - "-rak- 
khita, mfn. well protected, Dh. 157. 

— *''-laddha, mfn. well obtained, 
n. /vam, "a high bliss", 70,8, - "-van- 
na, V. below sep. - **'-vavattha- 
pita, »»/■«. («;. vavatthapeti). - "-vi- 
nita, mfn, well disciplined, f. o^a 
(parisa) 40,s. - "-vibhatta, mfn. 
well arranged, 110,i4. - *"'-vim utta- 
citta, mfn. {v. h.). - "-saravuta, 
mfn. well controlled, Dh. 8. 281. - 
"-samkhata, mfn. well constructed, 
104,80. - **'-sajjita, mfn, well pre- 
pared or decorated, 62,i4, — *-8an- 
^hana, mfn. well formed or made, 
105,17. - °-8amaraddha, mfn. 
(q. V.) well undertaken, well composed, 
Dh. 293. - o-samahita, mfn. well 
collected, very intent upon (2oc.), Dh. 
10. 378. - *»-8ikkhita, mfn, well 

ptu oioMur' 

trained, very skilled or perfect (in : 
loc.) 18,21. 64,29. - "-sukharn, adv. 
very pleasantly, comfortably, happily, 
Dh. 197, - *«-sedita, mfn. well 
soaked (or heated?) 62,17. — *'*-S8a- 
vana, n. a good lesson, 64,2j (v. 
savana'). - "-hajja, v. sep. below. 
— •*-hita, mfn. very pleased, 41,2o. 

sum su mar a, m. (sa. giQumara) 
a crocodile; nom. <n/0, 1,5; voc. ^a 
(bala-o) 2,5; instr. ^en&, 108,25. {cp, 
kumbhila), - f. sumsumari, acc, 
<%/iib, 1,11. 

suka, m. {sa. guka) a parrot; 
"-potaka, m. a young parrot, acc, pi. 
^e, 9,11 ; o-yoni, f 9,7 (g. t),). 

sukka, mfn. {sa. gukla) white, 
bright, pure (good); acc. m. ovarii 
(dbammam, "the bright state of life") 
Dh. 87 {opp. kanha); cp. next. 

*8ukkamsa, m. (fr. sa. (jukla -\- 
ariiQa, v. amsa^) the good side or 
point of a person, acc. ovarii, Dh. 72, 

sukha, ') mfn: (= sa.) pleasant, 
agreeable, happy; m. «x/0, 80,29, Dh. 
118; f r^a, Dh. 331-32; n. ,^am, 
70,37; "-vihara, m. 74,38 {v. A.); comp. 
sukha-saihvasa, »>. Dh. 207 (wrong 
reading instead of dbira-sariivasa, v. 
saiiivasa); a-sukha, unpleasant, 70,38 
(a-dukkham-**); - ^) sukhara, adv, 
pleasantly, happily; 5,81 {r-^nm edhati, 
g. v.); Dh, 79 (^seti); 112,5 (nipajji 
sayane); comp, sukha-payata, mfn. 
19,97 {v. payati); yatha-sukharii, adv. 
(v. yatha); su-sukham, Dh, 197; - 
') n. subst. /N/aih {opp. dukkham) 
happiness, joy, pleasure, 23,i7, 103,82; 
""kama-", n, {q. v.) ; *matta-'', n. {q. 
v.); dvandva comp. sukha-dukkham 
(imassa, tava bharo^ 28,2o {v. bhara) ; 
vimutti-", n, {q, v.)\ *-kama, mfn, 
{v. h.)\ "-vagga, m. title of Dhpd. ch. 
XV; o-avaha, mfn. {v. h.), cp. next 
& sukhesi/i, 

sukhi», mfn. {= sa.) possessing 
happiness, blessed; m. /n/I, Dh, 177. 
206. 393. 

sukhuma, mfn. {sa. sukshma) 
amall, fine, light; m, ^o (rajo) Dh. 125. 




stkhumala, nifn. (= au-kumara, 
q, v., through confusion with Bukhu- 
ma); m. a delicately nurtured youth; 
worn. «^o, 67,j2; accanta-®, 97,34 (g. 
».); *khattiya-', 97,8S (g. r.). 

sukhesiM, mfn. {sa. sukhaishin) 
seeking pleasure; m, pi. ^ino, Dh. 

suBka, M. (orw.) (sa. (julka) price, 
toll, customB, nuptial gift (for pur- 
chase of a bride); acc. o/aifa (datva^ 
101,16 ; *dinna-sua la, ad), f. (a maid) 
for whom the purohasemoney has been 
paid, 1(11,20 (maya). 

8Uci^M], mfn. (sa. (juci & Qucin) 
clear, bright, pure; m. /-vi, 106,9 (= 
Dh 393 : sukhi); ♦"-kamma, mfn. 
whose deeds are pure, gen. m. (N^aysa, 
Dh. 24; """-gandha, mfn. having a 
pure scent, n. .^am (padumam) Dh. 
68 ; **'-gavesin, mfn. looking for what 
is pure, instr. m. r^inE, Dh. 245. 

*Suja, f. now,, pr. of Sakka's wife) 
acc, r^nm (asura-kanflam) 64,7. 

sunn a, mfn, (sa. (junya) empty, 
Void; "-agara. n. au empty house, 
acc. -^aih, Dh. 373 (cp. agara). 

*8unnata, mfn. (fr. prec, w. 
pleonastic ending?) empty, i. e. in- 
discriminate or destitute of all cha- 
racteristics, said' of Nibbfina; «i. o^o 
(aniinitto ca vimokho) Dh. 92. 

sutthu, adv. {sa. sush^u) duly, 
well; f>, te kataifa, 16,99; ». fiatvS, 
49,4; <x/ pandita-^ 91,s4. 

siinati, vh. {sa, v'?''u) to *>*»rt 
listen to {acc.),, to hear or learn from 
{w. gen, of the person speaking); pr, 
1. sg. sunami (dhammam) 87,i4; 

ita88a paparii) 104,8*; 3. pi, 8unanti 
dhammam) 71,2<; part, m, sunanto 
tarii, M.) 64,2s; imper. 2, sg. sunahi, 
22,17; 44,7; 3. pi. sunantu (me) 97,3; 
aor. 1. pi. assumha, o4,i3; fut. 1. sg. 
sossami, 87, le; inf. sotum, 66,25. 87,9; 
comp, sotu-k.ama, mfn, wishing to 
hear (acc), f. ^a, 87, is; ger. sutva 
(tassa katham) 4,i8; 49,29; (devassa 
vassato) 106,22; (tassa) 112,2i; su- 
tvana, Dh. 82. 269; pass, 3. sg. 

8uyyati, 27,6 (suyyaf); pp. suta (t>, 
below); cam. saveti {q. v.) cp. aavana, 
savaaa, savaka, sota^. 

suta, mfn. {pp. sunati; sa, ^ruta) 
heard, learnt; n. ,>^am (tam no /x/, 
we have heard it) 64,i5; (evam me 
^, thus I have heard) 66,»8. 93,»i {v. 
corrections); ('ti me >^) 78,29; °-di- 
vasato, 86,80 {v. divasa); cp. *appa- 
ssuta, bahu-88uta, mfn. & next, 

8utava<, mfn, {sa. ^rutavat) 
learned, wise; nom, m. .vva, 71,s. 

sutta', mfn. (pp. supati; sa. 
BUpta) sleeping; acc, m. f^&m (ga- 
maih) Dh. 287; r^em, Dh.29. 

sutta*. n. (sa, sutra) ') a string, 
thread; acc. /^^arii (tesaifa hatthesu 
laggetva) 1 1 1 ,1 (i. e. a charmed thread) ; 
*paritta-''. 111, 11 {v, paritta'). - 
') the thread of tradition, doctrine, 
scientific system, a single rule, passage, 
or chapter in the Buddhist holy scrip- 
tures (containing a discourse of Buddha 
himself); nom, ^aiii, 31, 14 (of a single 
gatha); 109,s3 (a part of navaiiga- 
Satthusasana); *°-8ammata, mfn. 
known by the name of Sutta, 110,3; 
*niyyamaka-'', n. "the mariner's lore", 
26,28, cp. next etc. [Tr. PM. p. 69; 
Neumann, Die Reden des Gotama 
Buddha, I. p. 606-6.] 

*Sutta-nipata, m, name of a 
collection of old Buddhist Suttas, 
mostly in verse, forming a section of 
the Khuddaka-nikaya {q, v.) \ speci- 
mens thereof p. 103—6. 

suttanta, n. (& m.) {Buddh, sa, 
sutranta, m.) >) = sutta; Aggi- 
Vacchagotta-", n, 95,88 ; *) = Sutta- 
pi^aka, or Suttanta -pi^aKa, n. {v. 
piiaka); loc. ^e, 102,i4; °-pitakam, 
102,13 (the 2. division of the holy 
Scriptures, comprising the five nikayas). 

*8udam, indecl., an enclitic par- 
ticle used in narrative sentences, 
mostly after demonstr, (or relat.) pron. 
or adv., the verb generally following 
in pres.; tatra ,^, 70,22. 77, 19. 81,9; 
ta -v, 78,28 (w. foil. aor.). [The last 
part of this word seems to be iden» 



tical with the last element of idam, the 
first part with another frequently oc- 
curring particle su ('ssu, assu, or sa, 
'ssa), probably := sa. sma; cp, sa. 
svid, indecl] 

sudd a, »), (sa. ^udra) a man of 
the fourth caste; tiom, -wO, 92,ii. 

suddha, mfn. (sa. (juddha; pp. 
sujjhati, v?udh, cp. sodheti) cleansed, 
pure; faultless, genuine, etc.; m, ,-wO, 
62,89; (rukkho) 95,84; gen. ^^assa 
(posassa) Dh. 125; f. <va (aUha- 
katha) 113,88,; n. ,va± (vattham) 
68,84; (pavacanam) 95,86; m. pi, n.,a,, 
109,s; *"-citta, mfn. pure-minded, pi. 
/va, 62,88; "-bhava, mi. purity, chastity, 
ace. ivaiii, 58,i6; cp. next etc. 

suddhata, f, (sa. ^uddhata) pu- 
rity; ace. ^am, 103,»4. 

■"suddhajiva, »»/■». living a pure 
life (cp. ajiva, wj.); instr. /^ena, Dh. 
246 (cp. Kern, Verkl. p. 59); ace, 
pi, m. ^e, Dh. 375. - *8uddhajivi(ii), 
mfn. id.; ace. ^im, Dh. 366. 

*8uddhi«, mfn.(^) possessed of 
purity, pure; nom. m. rvi (paccattam, 
q. V.) Dh. 165 (cp. a-suddhiH). 

Suddhodana, m. (sa. ^uddho- 
dana) nom. pr. of the father of Go- 
tama Buddha; 62,4, 64,6 (**-mahara- 


sunakha, m. (rarely sunaka [per- 
haps on account of false etymology ; 
8u-nakha]; sa. ^unaka) a dog; pi. 
,^a, 111,4; ace, ~e, 21,4; cp. sona. 
[Pischel, Gr, § 206; Trenckner, PM. 
p. 59,18.] 

sundara, mfn. (= sa.) good, ex- 
cellent, beautiful, bandsome; f, >\/& 
(ySgu) 67,8«; n. adv. />/arn, well, 
rightly, l,i4 (^ te kataiii). 

Sundari, f. (== sa.) nom. pr. 
of a woman; nom. .%/!, 74,n; voc. .^i, 
73,16 ; ace. >^ivn, 73,8; instr. /s^iya, 
73,8 ; gen. -v^iya, 73,8i. 

supanna, m. (sa. suparna) a kind 
of bird (of mythical or fanciful de- 
scription); nom. /%/0, 20,18; "-potaka, 
m. 60,8 (q.v.); ♦<»-bbavana, n. the 
abode or world of the Supannas, 19,» ; 

"-yoni, f. 19,8 (q. v.); "-rajaH, jh, the 
S.-king, 19,15. 

supati, vb, (sa. ^svap) to sleep; 
part, ace, m. >N.'antam, 67,88; pp, v, 
sutta*; cp, next, 

supina, hi, (& n.) (sa. svapna) 
sleep, sleeping; a dream, vision; ace, 
<vam (addasa) 61,o. 

Supparaka, m. (sa. ^iirparaka) ') of a seaport-town (pat^ana), 
probably in the western India, ^) of 
a man ^niyyamaka) : "-kumaro, 24,u ; 
"-pandita, hi, id. 26,i4; "-jataka, n, 
24,8." ■ 

subha, mfn. (sa. Qubha) splendid, 
beautiful, handsome; good, agreeable, 
delightful; happy, auspicious; ace. f. 
/N^am (pokkbaranim) lll,ie; n, ^am 
(astu) 114,33; dvandva comp. subba- 
subhaifa, Dh. 409 (cp. a-subha); - 
""subhanupassiH, mfn. looking only 
for what is delightful, ace, m. <s/iri), 
Dh. 7; Dh. 8 (a-°); gen, m. ,vino, 
Dh. 349. cp. Bobbati. 

8umana, f, (at the beg. of comp, 
sumana-"; = «o.) name of a sort of 
great flowering jasmine; "-mallikadi- 
nam, gen. pi. (cp. mallika) 66,89; 
**'-patta-vitana, hi. n. a canopy of 
cloth with pattern of that flower, gen, 
<vassa, 65,18, 

sumarati, vh. (sa. ysmr; v. sa- 
rati) Dh. 324. 

suyyati, vb. (pass, sunati, q. v.) 

sura, f. (= sa.) a kind of spiri- 
tuous liquor; acc. i>,&u\, 74,4; "-pana, 
n, drinking sp. 1., 61,4 (vigata-", 
mfn.)', °-meraya-pana, n. id. Dh. 
247; "-meraya-majja-°, 81,88. (q.v.). 
suriya, m. (^sa, surya^ the sun; 
nom. t^o, 26,5; (majjhantika-'*) 26,4; 
loo. r^e, 32,88. 42,1; *8uriyuggamana, 
n, sunrise, 72,89 ^-kale). 

SuruBga, f. (= sa.) a aubter- 
raneous abode; loc. >N/ayam, Ill,i3. 
(cp. Weber, Ind. Str. II, 396. Ill, 

suvanna, n. (sa. suvarna) gold; 
nom. /N/am, 26,b; at the beg. of subst. 




comp. 'golden' or 'golden coloured', v. 
"-kataccbu, *>-camgotaka, "-jala, "-pan- 
jara, "-paduka, '-pasaka, '-bhimkara, 
"-miga, "-rajata-patiyo, f, pi. (diBhes 
of gold and silver, cp. pati) 61,87, 
"-rajahaihsa, '-Bandasa. "-samugga, 
"-saraka, "-haihsa; ~ "-maya, nifn. 
mado oi gold, n. pi. <^ani, 28,so; 
"-vanna, mfn, golden coloured, of 
beautiful corople^xion, m. <^o, 5,16. 
24,11. 87,8; cp. sovayna & next. 

*Suvanna-pabbata, in. "Gold- 
Hill", nom. pr, of a (mythical) moun- 
tain (in Himavanta); nom. ^o, 61, i7. 

Suvanna-bbiimi, f. {sa. Su- 
Varna-bhiimi) nom. pr. of a country 
("tiie golden land"), probably on the 
coast of Burrca or of the Malay Pen- 
insula; ace. ^im, 19,24. 

suve, adv., v, sve. 

susana, «. (so. Qma^ana) a ce- 
metery; nom, ^arii, B6,i8. 67,81; 
"-santike (g. v.) B6,i9; *amaka-'', «. 
(v. h.). 

sasira, mfn, {sa. sushira) per- 
forated, full of holes, hollow; "-rukkha, 
in. a hollow tree, initr, ,>^ena, 25,3. 

Susima, m. (= sa.) nom. pr. of 
a king; voc, «^a, 46,39; "-kumara, t». 
46,jd; "-jataka, 't. 45,i9. 

sussati, vb. {sa. y/f^ush) to be- 
coite dry, dry up; pr, 3. sg, rvati, 
103,2o; part. med. loc. sussamanamhi 
(lohite) ib. ; cp. u pa-sussati, vi-soseti. 

*Su8sondi, /., of a queen, 
ly,7. 20,17; gen, ^iya, 19,i8; i^wi-ja- 
taka, n, 19,s. (Among the different 
varr. Icct. of this name Sussoni {sa, 
BU-Qroni) seems to be worthy of no- 

suhajja [& suhada], in. {sa. su- 
hrdaya [su-hrd]) a friend; pi. ,v,a, 
Dh. 219; gen. pi, ,%.anam, 47,8i 

sukara, m. {= ea.) a boar, hog, 
pig; nom, <^o, 35,22. 46,33 (-gama-^ 
q. v.); ace, r^am, 35,3a; gen, /^assfa], 
85,5; *''-maddava, n. {q. v.); "-muklia, 
n. a pig's mouth, 84,34 ("-sadisa, mfn.); 
mfn, having a pig's mouth, 85,26; 

84,« C-peta, q, f.); "-sadiaa, mfn, 
ressembling a pig, 85,M. 

8 3pa, m. (= sa.) sauce, soUp; 
"-rasa, «». the taste of soup, ace. /x<arii, 
Dh. 64; aneka-supa-vyafijana, mfn. 
67,11 (v. an-eka). 

8 lira, mfn, {sa. ?ura) strong, brave, 
valiant; m. -^.-o (ativiya <%/ hutva, 
"showing a very bold front") 38,8i; 
m, pi. ^a, 40,14; - subst. in, a hero, 
warrior; abhejja- vara -sura- maha- 
yodba, pi, unconquerable excellent 
heros and great warriors, 39, is; a-sura, 
m. 103,32 {q. v.); *kaka-°, in. {q. v.). 

Siirasena, m. {sa, Qiirasena) 
nom. pr, of a man (fictitious); nom. 
rv.0, 96,31. 

siila. 111. n, {sa. gula^ a pointed 
stake, spike, pike; a spit (for roasting 
meat); *niaiiisa-'', Hi. n. 14,99 (3. v.). 

sekha, in. {sa, (jaiksha; cp, sik- 
khati) a beginner, pupil, one who has 
entered the path {v. magga^X but 
has not yet become an araha< (q. v.); 
nom. rs^o, Dh. 45; - mfn, {cp. sa. 
Qaiksbya) belonging to the stage of 
a pupil, elementary; instr. n. <x/ena 
(nanena, dassanena, "an imperfect 
degree of knowledge, or insight") 


set^ha, mfn. {sa. greshtba) most 
excellent, best {w. loe. or e, c. best 
of or among); in. .^0 (manussesu) 
Dh. 321; n. ^arii (dhanam) Dh. 26; 
comp. raja-", in. 47,8 {voc. rx»a); 
Buddha-", m. 109,93 {gen. ^assa). 
cp. seyya & next. 

settbata, f. {sa. (jreshthata) the 
first rank, superiority; aec, ^&m (de- 
vanaiii) Dh. 30. 

se^bi, m. {sa. (jreshthin) the 
chief of an association (of merchants 
etc.), president of a guild (in later 
times appointed by the king to this 
office (which was sometimes heritable)) ; 
nom. «^i (gahapati) 68,99; gen. fvino, 
22,13; .>.i8sa, 69,9; loc. ^iiiihi, 70,i3; 
^^-kula, n. (purana-", an ancient S. 
family) 55,3i; '•'"-putta, in. 67,22 {q. v.). 



[SBE. XIII, p. 102; Fick, Soc. Glied. 
p. 166.] 

seni, f. (sa. ^reni) a guild or 
association of traders; ace. pi. ~iyo 
(sabba-", opp. amacca-brahmana- 
gahapatike) 42,3. 

seta, mfn. (sa. gveta) white; m, 
~o (sabba-", white all over) 21,34; 
n. pi. ,>^ani, 47,3; comp. '•-cchatta, 
M. 42,8; "-paduma, n. 61,i9; "-vara- 
varana, m. 61,i7 (q. v.). 

seti (& sayati), vb. (sa. -y/Ql) to 
lie, lie down, sleep, repose; pr. 3. sg. 
seti, 30,31. Dh. 79. 168. 169 (sukham, 
"lives happily"); Dh. 201 (dukkham); 
sayati (ekako) 46,i9; 1. sg. sayami, 
47,35-, 5. pi. senti, Dh. 156; part, 
med. *semana [*sayainana, sayana] 
V. saba-semana; pot. 3. sg. sayetha, 
9,33; get: sayitva, 12,ii. 58,i7 (taya 
saddhim). cp. sayana, etc., seyyaka, 

seda, m. {sa. sveda) sweat, per- 
spiration; nom. 0^0, 82,5. 97,33; pi. 
f\.a., drops of perspiration, 45, 1. cp. 

sedita, mfn. (pp. sedeti, to soften, 
cook, steam; sa. svedita) softened; 
*8U-sedita, mfn. weli-steamed (bent, 
or crooked) 62,i7 ("-vettagga, q. v.). 

Senaka, vi. (sa. senaka?) nom. 
pr. of a king; loc. r>^e (Baranasiyam) 
52,14; gen. o-assa, 52, 15. 

sen a, f. (= sa.) an army, battle- 
array; nom. «N.a, 103,35; ace. /N.<aifa, 
104,5; instr, />^aya (caturanginiya) 
35,15; at the end of comp. (nom. pr. 
m.) o-sena, v. Naga-o, Vira-», Siha-», 

senasana (& sayanasana), n. (sa. 
(jayanasana) lit. 'sleeping and sitting', 
bedding, dwelling, habitation (some- 
times = vihara); 97,8; Dh. 185 
(sayanasanarii, pantam, q. v.). 

♦semana, part., v. seti. 

semha. n. (sa, ^leshman, »».) 
phlegm; nom, /varii, 82,4. 97,a». 103,«o. 

*8enihara, [»».] name of a certain 
animal, according to the comm. a 
monkey (makkata); gen. ^assa, 92,m. 

seyya (or seyyas), mfn. (sa. 
^reyas) better, preferable; m. /vO (atta) 
66,3; 107,1 = Dh. 308; aec. ^am, 
Dh. 61 ; the orig. s-stem is preserved 
in n. seyyo, 7,S4. 103,7-34; Dh. 76. 
100. 106 (sa pujana); 314; further 
in *seyyaso, indecl. = still better, 
Dh. 43. (cp. settha). 

♦seyyaka, mfn. (fr. seyya) lying, 
sleeping (only e. c), v. uttana-". 

*8eyyatha, indecl. (Magadhism 
instead of tarii-yatha, Buddh. sa. tad- 
yatba, cp. sa. sa yatha) just as, as 
if; w. foil. nom. 69,87 (^ pi pubbe 
agarikabhiito) ; 95,i3 (/n./ pi mahasa- 
muddo); at the beg. of full sentence 
(w. pot.) : ^ pi puriso sallena viddho 
assa ("it is as if....") 92,6; ,%/ pi 
raiino paccantimam nagaram [scil. 
assa, pot.] 90,30 (only fancy, for in- 
stance, that a certain king has a fron- 
tier fortress); r^ pi naraa (iv. foil, 
pot. & corresp. evam eva) 68,24; — 
seyyath'idam, that is to say, namely, 
67,3. 68,19. [cp. Trenckner, PM. p. 
76; Franke, KZ. (N. F.) XIV. p. 419; 
differently Pischel, Gr. § 423.] 

*seyyaso, indecl., v. seyya(s). 

seyya, f (sa. gayya) lying, sleep- 
ing; a bed, couch; acc. /%^am (kap- 
peti, q. V.) 46,32; *eka-°, f^ (q.v.); 
gabbha-", f. (q. v.)\ *nanikama-*', f. 
(q. V.) cp. uttana-seyyaka, mfn. 

*Seruma, [m.] nom. pr. of an is- 
land; acc. />^arii, 20,i9; *'-dipa, m. 
(= Nagadipa, Ceylon ?) 19,8. 

sela, *) "'• (**•• ^aila; cp, sila) a 
stone, rock; nom. /%^o, 106,29 = Dh. 
81; acc. ^am, 104,i6. - ^) mfn. stony, 
rocky ; acc. m. ^aiii (pabbatam) Dh. 8. 

sevati, vb. (sa. ^/sev) to frequent, 
serve, follow, practise, devote oneself 
to (acc); pr. 3. sg. -N^ati (piyani) 
55,1 ; 3. pi. ^anti, Dh. 293; pot. 3. 
sg, •) seve (paradararii) Dh. 310; 
)>) seveyya, 7,8s; Dh.l67 (dhammaih) ; 
grd. sevitabba, 66,25 (na <vS, to be 
avoided); pp. sevita, eqjoyed, Dh. 
272 (a-puthujjana-", q. v.) cp. next. 



sevana, f. (== sa.) waiting upon, 
service, honouring; 14,s. 

sesa, ^) mfn. (sa. ^esha) remain, 
ing, left, moHtly jj'. = the othera, the 
rest, or at the beg. oi comp,; pi. notn. 
m, -^a, 7,i«. 40,i«; 49,7 (sesapi); 
73,8* (^pleonast. added after papetva 
ariya^avake); ace. 2)1, />^e, 21,«; instr. 
pi. ,^ehi, 112,J3; gen. pi. ,>,anam, 
40,16; comp. "-varatta, 12,»o; "-vani- 
janain, 21,28? "-Amacce, 40,6. - *) 
siibst, n. 8e8a(ka), the rest; loc, <, 
33,32; cp. a-sesa, mfn. 

8 0, pron. demonstr. m, (= sa'), 
V, tam. 

soka, »H. (sa. ijoka) sorrow; nom. 
fK/O (maha-") 89, lo; ace. ,^am, ib.; 
pi. r^a,, 107,82 = Dh. 336; instr. pi, 
fv/chi, 70,29; comp. (df andra) : "-pari- 
deva-, 66,10. 90, n. 92,sr, parideva- 
soka-sampanna, mfn, full of lamen- 
tation and Borrow, 69,32; *tinna-8oka- 
pariddava, mfn. (v: pariddava); *tanu- 
bhiita-'', mfn. (q. v.) ; *"-pareta, mfn. 
(g. V.) cp. a-soka, vi-soka (visuka) 
& next. 

*8okin, mfn. (fr. soka) Borrowing; 
ace. f. ,>/iniih (pajurii) Dh. 28. 

socati, vb, (sa, V^uc) to grieve, 
mourn, suffer pain; pr. 3. sg. ,>^ati, 
17,2»; 106,31 (puttehi); Dh. 16 {opp, 
nandati, modati); 3. pi. «%.anti, 108,7; 
5. pi. med. socare, 104,io. Dh. 226; 
aor. 2. eg. (ma) 80ci, 89, 12; cp. 8oka, 
etc., BocanS, 

so can a, f, (== «a.) sorrow, suffer- 
ing; 106,82. 

sona, m. (/*. ,^1, alsoi spelt sona, 
r^i] sa. gvana, -^i) a dog; soni- 
rupena, in the appearance of a bitch, 
111,2; cp, sunakha. 

8 n d a , /". (& sonda, m. ; sa. ^aunda, 
fr. ^unda) an elephant's trunk; ace, 
-waiii. 76,21 ; instr. ~iiya, 61, is. 

8ota\ n. {sa. Qrotra) the ear (as 
organ of hearing, cp. kanna); nom. 
o.-am, 70,30 1 i'tstr, ^ena, Db. 360; 
loc. f^\A\, 71,3; pi. /v.ani, 27,4; 
"-saniphassi-, 72,9 (v, /».); *ohita-'', 
mfn. (q. v.). i 

Bota*, m. & n. (sa. srotas, n.) a 
stream, flood, current; nom. /v/O, 108,b; 
acc. o/am, Db. 347 (metaph. of the 
flood of passions); pi, /N/a, Db. 339 
(do.); n. pi. ^BLiii (nadinam) 103,i8; 
cp. uddham-sota, mfn. & next. 

sotapatti, f. (Buddh. sa. srota-